Creator Science with Jay Clouse https://podcast.creatorscience.com en-us Creator Science® 2025 The best creators experiment. Creator Science goes inside the strategies, systems, and decisions behind the world's most successful creator businesses. Practical, specific, and grounded in what's actually working today—not what used to. Each episode features candid conversations with creators like James Clear, Ali Abdaal, Tim Urban, and Codie Sanchez. We explore the experiments they're running, the data they're tracking, and the frameworks they use to grow their audience, build trust, and increase income. Jay Clouse is the founder of Creator Science, a multi-million dollar creator business, and was named Content Entrepreneur of the Year by The Tilt in 2023. 300+ episodes. New every week. This is growth for creators, down to a science. https://megaphone.imgix.net/podcasts/7036d60e-4b83-11ea-8ddd-d3061c708b65/image/dc3c8ad206466d4743f165a30ca115f7.jpg?ixlib=rails-4.3.1&max-w=3000&max-h=3000&fit=crop&auto=format,compress Creator Science with Jay Clouse https://podcast.creatorscience.com no episodic Become a smarter creator in 60 minutes per week. Jay Clouse The best creators experiment. Creator Science goes inside the strategies, systems, and decisions behind the world's most successful creator businesses. Practical, specific, and grounded in what's actually working today—not what used to. Each episode features candid conversations with creators like James Clear, Ali Abdaal, Tim Urban, and Codie Sanchez. We explore the experiments they're running, the data they're tracking, and the frameworks they use to grow their audience, build trust, and increase income. Jay Clouse is the founder of Creator Science, a multi-million dollar creator business, and was named Content Entrepreneur of the Year by The Tilt in 2023. 300+ episodes. New every week. This is growth for creators, down to a science. The best creators experiment.

Creator Science goes inside the strategies, systems, and decisions behind the world's most successful creator businesses. Practical, specific, and grounded in what's actually working today—not what used to.

Each episode features candid conversations with creators like James Clear, Ali Abdaal, Tim Urban, and Codie Sanchez. We explore the experiments they're running, the data they're tracking, and the frameworks they use to grow their audience, build trust, and increase income.

Jay Clouse is the founder of Creator Science, a multi-million dollar creator business, and was named Content Entrepreneur of the Year by The Tilt in 2023.

300+ episodes. New every week. This is growth for creators, down to a science.

]]> Jay Clouse jay@creatorscience.com #302: Coaching Session: Overcoming My Delegation Problems with Michael Bungay Stanier https://podcast.creatorscience.com/michael-bungay-stanier-2 This episode is a little different. Michael Bungay Stanier, author of The Coaching Habit, with over a million copies sold, reached out and offered to do something I didn't expect: a live coaching session, recorded, here on the podcast. The topic: my delegation issue. Not the tactics (I know the tactics). Something deeper has its foot on the brake. What unfolded was one of the most honest, vulnerable conversations I've had on this show. Michael walked me through the Immunity to Change framework, where we uncovered that I'm getting more out of the status quo than I realize. There are commitments I have to the way things are right now that I haven't even named. We named them. And then we ran small experiments to test whether the things I'm most afraid of would actually come true. The Coaching Habit (10th Anniversary Edition) MBS Works (Michael Bungay Stanier) Box of Crayons Immunity to Change (Kegan & Lahey) Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The inner monologue: lack of courage (00:22) Introducing Michael Bungay Stanier — and why this episode is different (01:46) Michael's outreach: 'Your delegation issue is probably hard change, not easy change' (03:24) The setup: Jay's wife is the only other 'full time employee' (08:58) Easy change vs. hard change — and why more tactics won't solve hard change (14:24) Defining the real challenge: more time on the business, not in it (17:26) The embarrassing list: all the things Jay is doing (and not doing) contrary to his goal (22:48) Flipping the script: what would you be worried about if you actually delegated? (26:30) Competing commitments — the foot on the brake even while pumping the accelerator (28:42) 'I'm committed to not let anybody else work in the business' (34:15) The apocalypse: what if it all goes wrong? The deepest fear, named (39:09) Reframe: it's not a lack of courage, it's a protective system (40:15) Small experiments to test the fears, not just grit through them (42:28) Experiment #1: Give Izzy more autonomy and outcome ownership (45:10) Experiment #2: Lead sponsorship conversations, test revenue potential (47:01) Experiment #3: Protect morning time for on-the-business thinking (55:44) 'How fascinating' — shifting physical state to get out of anxiety (59:35) The insight: running toward something vs. running away from something *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #82: Michael Bungay Stanier – How to Begin Setting a Worthy Goal *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 → Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 → Get CreatorHQ 🧪 → Join The Lab 🧞‍♂️ → Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 → Connect on Twitter 📸 → Connect on Instagram 💼 → Connect on LinkedIn 📹 → Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 → View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 21 Apr 2026 07:00:00 -0000 Coaching Session: Overcoming My Delegation Problems with Michael Bungay Stanier full 1 302 Jay Clouse Michael Bungay Stanier is the best-selling author of The Coaching Habit. This episode is a little different. Michael Bungay Stanier, author of The Coaching Habit, with over a million copies sold, reached out and offered to do something I didn't expect: a live coaching session, recorded, here on the podcast. The topic: my delegation issue. Not the tactics (I know the tactics). Something deeper has its foot on the brake. What unfolded was one of the most honest, vulnerable conversations I've had on this show. Michael walked me through the Immunity to Change framework, where we uncovered that I'm getting more out of the status quo than I realize. There are commitments I have to the way things are right now that I haven't even named. We named them. And then we ran small experiments to test whether the things I'm most afraid of would actually come true. The Coaching Habit (10th Anniversary Edition) MBS Works (Michael Bungay Stanier) Box of Crayons Immunity to Change (Kegan & Lahey) Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The inner monologue: lack of courage (00:22) Introducing Michael Bungay Stanier — and why this episode is different (01:46) Michael's outreach: 'Your delegation issue is probably hard change, not easy change' (03:24) The setup: Jay's wife is the only other 'full time employee' (08:58) Easy change vs. hard change — and why more tactics won't solve hard change (14:24) Defining the real challenge: more time on the business, not in it (17:26) The embarrassing list: all the things Jay is doing (and not doing) contrary to his goal (22:48) Flipping the script: what would you be worried about if you actually delegated? (26:30) Competing commitments — the foot on the brake even while pumping the accelerator (28:42) 'I'm committed to not let anybody else work in the business' (34:15) The apocalypse: what if it all goes wrong? The deepest fear, named (39:09) Reframe: it's not a lack of courage, it's a protective system (40:15) Small experiments to test the fears, not just grit through them (42:28) Experiment #1: Give Izzy more autonomy and outcome ownership (45:10) Experiment #2: Lead sponsorship conversations, test revenue potential (47:01) Experiment #3: Protect morning time for on-the-business thinking (55:44) 'How fascinating' — shifting physical state to get out of anxiety (59:35) The insight: running toward something vs. running away from something *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #82: Michael Bungay Stanier – How to Begin Setting a Worthy Goal *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 → Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 → Get CreatorHQ 🧪 → Join The Lab 🧞‍♂️ → Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 → Connect on Twitter 📸 → Connect on Instagram 💼 → Connect on LinkedIn 📹 → Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 → View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices This episode is a little different. Michael Bungay Stanier, author of The Coaching Habit, with over a million copies sold, reached out and offered to do something I didn't expect: a live coaching session, recorded, here on the podcast. The topic: my delegation issue. Not the tactics (I know the tactics). Something deeper has its foot on the brake.

What unfolded was one of the most honest, vulnerable conversations I've had on this show. Michael walked me through the Immunity to Change framework, where we uncovered that I'm getting more out of the status quo than I realize. There are commitments I have to the way things are right now that I haven't even named. We named them. And then we ran small experiments to test whether the things I'm most afraid of would actually come true.

Full transcript and show notes

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) The inner monologue: lack of courage

(00:22) Introducing Michael Bungay Stanier — and why this episode is different

(01:46) Michael's outreach: 'Your delegation issue is probably hard change, not easy change'

(03:24) The setup: Jay's wife is the only other 'full time employee'

(08:58) Easy change vs. hard change — and why more tactics won't solve hard change

(14:24) Defining the real challenge: more time on the business, not in it

(17:26) The embarrassing list: all the things Jay is doing (and not doing) contrary to his goal

(22:48) Flipping the script: what would you be worried about if you actually delegated?

(26:30) Competing commitments — the foot on the brake even while pumping the accelerator

(28:42) 'I'm committed to not let anybody else work in the business'

(34:15) The apocalypse: what if it all goes wrong? The deepest fear, named

(39:09) Reframe: it's not a lack of courage, it's a protective system

(40:15) Small experiments to test the fears, not just grit through them

(42:28) Experiment #1: Give Izzy more autonomy and outcome ownership

(45:10) Experiment #2: Lead sponsorship conversations, test revenue potential

(47:01) Experiment #3: Protect morning time for on-the-business thinking

(55:44) 'How fascinating' — shifting physical state to get out of anxiety

(59:35) The insight: running toward something vs. running away from something

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #82: Michael Bungay Stanier – How to Begin Setting a Worthy Goal

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 → Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 → Get CreatorHQ

🧪 → Join The Lab

🧞‍♂️ → Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 → Connect on Twitter

📸 → Connect on Instagram

💼 → Connect on LinkedIn

📹 → Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 → View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4039 no #301: How To Stop Limiting Yourself (Backed By Science) with Nir Eyal https://podcast.creatorscience.com/nir-eyal-2 Nir Eyal has spent his career studying why people don't do what they know they should. After writing Hooked and Indistractable, he kept getting a strange kind of call: readers who'd read the book, knew the steps, and still didn't do them. That puzzle led him down a six-year research path into the one variable missing from every motivation model: belief. In this conversation, Nir shares the science behind his new NYT bestseller Beyond Belief, and the framework that explains why knowing what to do is never enough. We go deep on the Motivation Triangle (behavior + benefit + belief), the difference between limiting and liberating beliefs, and why positive thinking and visualization can actually make your goals harder to reach. Nir walks through the turnaround process live—we use my own imposter syndrome as the test case—and you'll hear him demonstrate, in real time, how quickly a belief that feels like a fact can dissolve when you examine it. If belief is the hidden ceiling on your performance as a creator, this episode is the blueprint for raising it. Beyond Belief by Nir Eyal Nir's website — nirandfar.com Full transcript *** TIMESTAMPS (05:36) The Motivation Triangle (07:22) Why information is a solved problem (10:26) Beliefs vs. facts vs. faith (15:48) Limiting beliefs vs. liberating beliefs (21:46) The #1 reason people don't achieve goals (22:59) Why the brain hates changing its mind (31:31) Inquiry-Based Stress Reduction (34:27) The turnaround: collecting a portfolio of perspectives (42:24) Talking to Yourself In the Third Person (47:24) The Circle of False Promise (50:00) What athletes actually visualize (53:51) 'Imposter syndrome' is not a real diagnosis (56:10) Your labels become your limits *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #300: I Spent Three Days With A Dozen New York Times Bestselling Authors → #171: Nir Eyal – Writing books, persuasion vs. coercion, and how to be indistractable *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY Creator Science Newsletter Get CreatorHQ Join The Lab Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT Twitter Instagram LinkedIn YouTube *** SPONSORS View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 14 Apr 2026 07:00:00 -0000 How To Stop Limiting Yourself (Backed By Science) with Nir Eyal full 1 301 Jay Clouse How to turn your limiting beliefs into liberating beliefs. Nir Eyal has spent his career studying why people don't do what they know they should. After writing Hooked and Indistractable, he kept getting a strange kind of call: readers who'd read the book, knew the steps, and still didn't do them. That puzzle led him down a six-year research path into the one variable missing from every motivation model: belief. In this conversation, Nir shares the science behind his new NYT bestseller Beyond Belief, and the framework that explains why knowing what to do is never enough. We go deep on the Motivation Triangle (behavior + benefit + belief), the difference between limiting and liberating beliefs, and why positive thinking and visualization can actually make your goals harder to reach. Nir walks through the turnaround process live—we use my own imposter syndrome as the test case—and you'll hear him demonstrate, in real time, how quickly a belief that feels like a fact can dissolve when you examine it. If belief is the hidden ceiling on your performance as a creator, this episode is the blueprint for raising it. Beyond Belief by Nir Eyal Nir's website — nirandfar.com Full transcript *** TIMESTAMPS (05:36) The Motivation Triangle (07:22) Why information is a solved problem (10:26) Beliefs vs. facts vs. faith (15:48) Limiting beliefs vs. liberating beliefs (21:46) The #1 reason people don't achieve goals (22:59) Why the brain hates changing its mind (31:31) Inquiry-Based Stress Reduction (34:27) The turnaround: collecting a portfolio of perspectives (42:24) Talking to Yourself In the Third Person (47:24) The Circle of False Promise (50:00) What athletes actually visualize (53:51) 'Imposter syndrome' is not a real diagnosis (56:10) Your labels become your limits *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #300: I Spent Three Days With A Dozen New York Times Bestselling Authors → #171: Nir Eyal – Writing books, persuasion vs. coercion, and how to be indistractable *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY Creator Science Newsletter Get CreatorHQ Join The Lab Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT Twitter Instagram LinkedIn YouTube *** SPONSORS View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Nir Eyal has spent his career studying why people don't do what they know they should. After writing Hooked and Indistractable, he kept getting a strange kind of call: readers who'd read the book, knew the steps, and still didn't do them. That puzzle led him down a six-year research path into the one variable missing from every motivation model: belief. In this conversation, Nir shares the science behind his new NYT bestseller Beyond Belief, and the framework that explains why knowing what to do is never enough.

We go deep on the Motivation Triangle (behavior + benefit + belief), the difference between limiting and liberating beliefs, and why positive thinking and visualization can actually make your goals harder to reach. Nir walks through the turnaround process live—we use my own imposter syndrome as the test case—and you'll hear him demonstrate, in real time, how quickly a belief that feels like a fact can dissolve when you examine it. If belief is the hidden ceiling on your performance as a creator, this episode is the blueprint for raising it.

Full transcript

***

TIMESTAMPS

(05:36) The Motivation Triangle

(07:22) Why information is a solved problem

(10:26) Beliefs vs. facts vs. faith

(15:48) Limiting beliefs vs. liberating beliefs

(21:46) The #1 reason people don't achieve goals

(22:59) Why the brain hates changing its mind

(31:31) Inquiry-Based Stress Reduction

(34:27) The turnaround: collecting a portfolio of perspectives

(42:24) Talking to Yourself In the Third Person

(47:24) The Circle of False Promise

(50:00) What athletes actually visualize

(53:51) 'Imposter syndrome' is not a real diagnosis

(56:10) Your labels become your limits

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #300: I Spent Three Days With A Dozen New York Times Bestselling Authors

→ #171: Nir Eyal – Writing books, persuasion vs. coercion, and how to be indistractable

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

***

CONNECT

***

SPONSORS

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3647 no #300: I Spent Three Days With A Dozen New York Times Bestselling Authors https://podcast.creatorscience.com/authors-mastermind I recorded this just a few days removed from an author's mastermind in Franklin, Tennessee. I got a call from Haley at Kit a few weeks ago—she was putting together a small group mastermind with James Clear, and I was on the list. What I didn't expect was that the rest of the list was a dozen New York Times bestselling authors, including Jefferson Fisher, Vanessa Van Edwards, Amy Porterfield, Nir Eyal, Sahil Bloom, Tori Dunlap, and more. Over three days, I took pages of notes. This episode breaks down tactical takeaways (newsletter tours, AI consciousness filters, tiny offers), memorable quotes from the authors, insights on event structure that could inform our Boise event, and my honest reflection on authorship and team building. There was zero gatekeeping—everyone was incredibly generous with what they knew. James Clear's Atomic Habits Will Guidara's Unreasonable Hospitality Tori Dunlap episode (Creator Science) Rob Fitzpatrick's helpthisbook.com EOS (Entrepreneur Operating System) Culture Index Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Intro (00:45) How I got invited (01:39) The Attenddee List (02:40) Psyching myself up (03:14) Notes on the vibes (03:53) What I'll cover Today (04:32) Event structure (09:09) Gifts from James (12:07) Review of Tactics Shared (31:21) Misc. Reflections (37:59) Authors Equity Model (39:44) Quotes I’m Remembering (44:30) Closing *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → Next Episode *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ 🧪 Join The Lab *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram *** SPONSORS → View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 07 Apr 2026 10:39:00 -0000 I Spent Three Days With A Dozen New York Times Bestselling Authors full 1 300 Jay Clouse What I learned from the Authors Equity Mastermind I recorded this just a few days removed from an author's mastermind in Franklin, Tennessee. I got a call from Haley at Kit a few weeks ago—she was putting together a small group mastermind with James Clear, and I was on the list. What I didn't expect was that the rest of the list was a dozen New York Times bestselling authors, including Jefferson Fisher, Vanessa Van Edwards, Amy Porterfield, Nir Eyal, Sahil Bloom, Tori Dunlap, and more. Over three days, I took pages of notes. This episode breaks down tactical takeaways (newsletter tours, AI consciousness filters, tiny offers), memorable quotes from the authors, insights on event structure that could inform our Boise event, and my honest reflection on authorship and team building. There was zero gatekeeping—everyone was incredibly generous with what they knew. James Clear's Atomic Habits Will Guidara's Unreasonable Hospitality Tori Dunlap episode (Creator Science) Rob Fitzpatrick's helpthisbook.com EOS (Entrepreneur Operating System) Culture Index Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Intro (00:45) How I got invited (01:39) The Attenddee List (02:40) Psyching myself up (03:14) Notes on the vibes (03:53) What I'll cover Today (04:32) Event structure (09:09) Gifts from James (12:07) Review of Tactics Shared (31:21) Misc. Reflections (37:59) Authors Equity Model (39:44) Quotes I’m Remembering (44:30) Closing *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → Next Episode *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ 🧪 Join The Lab *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram *** SPONSORS → View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices I recorded this just a few days removed from an author's mastermind in Franklin, Tennessee. I got a call from Haley at Kit a few weeks ago—she was putting together a small group mastermind with James Clear, and I was on the list. What I didn't expect was that the rest of the list was a dozen New York Times bestselling authors, including Jefferson Fisher, Vanessa Van Edwards, Amy Porterfield, Nir Eyal, Sahil Bloom, Tori Dunlap, and more.

Over three days, I took pages of notes. This episode breaks down tactical takeaways (newsletter tours, AI consciousness filters, tiny offers), memorable quotes from the authors, insights on event structure that could inform our Boise event, and my honest reflection on authorship and team building. There was zero gatekeeping—everyone was incredibly generous with what they knew.

Full transcript and show notes

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Intro

(00:45) How I got invited

(01:39) The Attenddee List

(02:40) Psyching myself up

(03:14) Notes on the vibes

(03:53) What I'll cover Today

(04:32) Event structure

(09:09) Gifts from James

(12:07) Review of Tactics Shared

(31:21) Misc. Reflections

(37:59) Authors Equity Model

(39:44) Quotes I’m Remembering

(44:30) Closing

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ Next Episode

***


ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ

🧪 Join The Lab

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

***

SPONSORS

→ View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2936 no #299: What Nobody Tells You About Publishing a Book—with Award-Winning Podcaster Eric Zimmer https://podcast.creatorscience.com/eric-zimmer Eric Zimmer launched The One You Feed podcast in 2014 with no audience, no name recognition, and a podcast name that took explaining. Twelve years, 850+ episodes, and 500 million downloads later, he released his first book — How a Little Becomes a Lot — a title that is, in every way, the story of his life. In this conversation, we talk about how incremental progress actually works, why you can't see it happening in real time, and why that's actually fine. We also go deep on the business reality of podcasting in 2026 — the early mover advantage is gone, ad CPMs are harder to sustain, and Eric is actively pivoting from reaching many people loosely to serving fewer people more deeply. Then we spend a lot of time in the weeds of the book publishing process: the six-month proposal, the 18 months of writing in half-day increments, the uncomfortable dance between your vision and what an agent and publisher think will sell, and the emotional work of promotion — watching who shows up and who doesn't, and applying his own frameworks to keep from spiraling. This one got personal. I'm in month 11 of my own book proposal, and Eric helped me see the other side of a process that has genuinely been shaking my confidence. The One You Feed podcast How a Little Becomes a Lot by Eric Zimmer Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (02:54) The One You Feed parable: two wolves, and which one wins (05:18) How to remember to make the right choice daily (Still Point method) (07:37) Building a podcast to 850 episodes: the only way is one at a time (10:14) The hair growth metaphor for creator progress (11:36) How Eric renews his commitment to the show after 12 years (13:47) What it means to enter your "happy place" as a podcast host (17:23) State of podcasting in 2026: early mover advantage is gone (19:11) Pivoting from ad revenue to deeper relationships with fewer people (22:38) Why Eric is (mostly) skipping video — and why that's okay (24:58) The three-person team behind 500 million downloads (27:45) How Eric knew it was finally time to write a book (30:24) The writing process: three half-days a week across 18 months (31:09) The proposal took six months — and ended up looking nothing like Eric's vision (34:21) Jay opens up: 11 months into his own book proposal (39:12) Non-negotiables: how to protect the heart of your book (40:35) Expectations vs. reality of book launch week (43:01) The emotional work of asking everyone you know for support (44:47) Why the marketing marathon is harder than the writing (50:55) How to ask for blurbs — and who says yes (Susan Cain, Charles Duhigg, Young Pueblo) (55:51) What Eric would do differently for book two *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠#163: David Moldawer — Diving deep into book publishing with an industry insider *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ 🧪 Join The Lab 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 31 Mar 2026 07:00:00 -0000 What Nobody Tells You About Publishing a Book—with Award-Winning Podcaster Eric Zimmer full 1 299 Jay Clouse Eric is the host of The One You Feed, a podcast with over 500 million downloads. Eric Zimmer launched The One You Feed podcast in 2014 with no audience, no name recognition, and a podcast name that took explaining. Twelve years, 850+ episodes, and 500 million downloads later, he released his first book — How a Little Becomes a Lot — a title that is, in every way, the story of his life. In this conversation, we talk about how incremental progress actually works, why you can't see it happening in real time, and why that's actually fine. We also go deep on the business reality of podcasting in 2026 — the early mover advantage is gone, ad CPMs are harder to sustain, and Eric is actively pivoting from reaching many people loosely to serving fewer people more deeply. Then we spend a lot of time in the weeds of the book publishing process: the six-month proposal, the 18 months of writing in half-day increments, the uncomfortable dance between your vision and what an agent and publisher think will sell, and the emotional work of promotion — watching who shows up and who doesn't, and applying his own frameworks to keep from spiraling. This one got personal. I'm in month 11 of my own book proposal, and Eric helped me see the other side of a process that has genuinely been shaking my confidence. The One You Feed podcast How a Little Becomes a Lot by Eric Zimmer Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (02:54) The One You Feed parable: two wolves, and which one wins (05:18) How to remember to make the right choice daily (Still Point method) (07:37) Building a podcast to 850 episodes: the only way is one at a time (10:14) The hair growth metaphor for creator progress (11:36) How Eric renews his commitment to the show after 12 years (13:47) What it means to enter your "happy place" as a podcast host (17:23) State of podcasting in 2026: early mover advantage is gone (19:11) Pivoting from ad revenue to deeper relationships with fewer people (22:38) Why Eric is (mostly) skipping video — and why that's okay (24:58) The three-person team behind 500 million downloads (27:45) How Eric knew it was finally time to write a book (30:24) The writing process: three half-days a week across 18 months (31:09) The proposal took six months — and ended up looking nothing like Eric's vision (34:21) Jay opens up: 11 months into his own book proposal (39:12) Non-negotiables: how to protect the heart of your book (40:35) Expectations vs. reality of book launch week (43:01) The emotional work of asking everyone you know for support (44:47) Why the marketing marathon is harder than the writing (50:55) How to ask for blurbs — and who says yes (Susan Cain, Charles Duhigg, Young Pueblo) (55:51) What Eric would do differently for book two *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠#163: David Moldawer — Diving deep into book publishing with an industry insider *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ 🧪 Join The Lab 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Eric Zimmer launched The One You Feed podcast in 2014 with no audience, no name recognition, and a podcast name that took explaining. Twelve years, 850+ episodes, and 500 million downloads later, he released his first book — How a Little Becomes a Lot — a title that is, in every way, the story of his life. In this conversation, we talk about how incremental progress actually works, why you can't see it happening in real time, and why that's actually fine.

We also go deep on the business reality of podcasting in 2026 — the early mover advantage is gone, ad CPMs are harder to sustain, and Eric is actively pivoting from reaching many people loosely to serving fewer people more deeply. Then we spend a lot of time in the weeds of the book publishing process: the six-month proposal, the 18 months of writing in half-day increments, the uncomfortable dance between your vision and what an agent and publisher think will sell, and the emotional work of promotion — watching who shows up and who doesn't, and applying his own frameworks to keep from spiraling. This one got personal. I'm in month 11 of my own book proposal, and Eric helped me see the other side of a process that has genuinely been shaking my confidence.

Full transcript and show notes

***

TIMESTAMPS

(02:54) The One You Feed parable: two wolves, and which one wins

(05:18) How to remember to make the right choice daily (Still Point method)

(07:37) Building a podcast to 850 episodes: the only way is one at a time

(10:14) The hair growth metaphor for creator progress

(11:36) How Eric renews his commitment to the show after 12 years

(13:47) What it means to enter your "happy place" as a podcast host

(17:23) State of podcasting in 2026: early mover advantage is gone

(19:11) Pivoting from ad revenue to deeper relationships with fewer people

(22:38) Why Eric is (mostly) skipping video — and why that's okay

(24:58) The three-person team behind 500 million downloads

(27:45) How Eric knew it was finally time to write a book

(30:24) The writing process: three half-days a week across 18 months

(31:09) The proposal took six months — and ended up looking nothing like Eric's vision

(34:21) Jay opens up: 11 months into his own book proposal

(39:12) Non-negotiables: how to protect the heart of your book

(40:35) Expectations vs. reality of book launch week

(43:01) The emotional work of asking everyone you know for support

(44:47) Why the marketing marathon is harder than the writing

(50:55) How to ask for blurbs — and who says yes (Susan Cain, Charles Duhigg, Young Pueblo)

(55:51) What Eric would do differently for book two

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠#163: David Moldawer — Diving deep into book publishing with an industry insider

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

***

CONNECT

***

SPONSORS

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3713 no #298: 9 Things I'm Doing Differently in My Business https://podcast.creatorscience.com/9-things-2026 Nearing the end of Q1, I've been doing a lot of reflection on where the creator economy is heading, and where I want to take Creator Science. There's something interesting happening on the ground: the same energy that used to funnel beginners into content creation has largely shifted to AI and vibe coding. And honestly? I think that's a good thing. The people still showing up for this work seem to have their heads and hearts in the right place. In this episode, I walk you through 9 priorities on my mind right now — some tactical, some strategic, some still just ideas. From returning to the 1,000 True Fans model and posting more educational content about trust, to building internal AI tools for Creator Science, redesigning member onboarding, and taking November and December completely off. If you're a creator thinking about where to focus your energy in the back half of 2026, I think there's something here for you. Join The Lab 1,000 True Fans by Kevin Kelly Subscribe to the Creator Science Newsletter → Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The shifting energy in the creator space (05:01) Overview of 9 priorities for 2026 (05:38) Priority 1: Return to 1,000 True Fans (12:44) Priority 2: Being more outspoken (14:53) Priority 3: Increasing the rate of experiments in business and The Lab (17:45) Priority 4: Updating member and subscriber onboarding (23:52) Priority 5: In-person events and experiences for the broader audience (27:57) Priority 6: Getting more time back — taking November and December off (31:58) Priority 7: Building internal tools for Creator Science (42:59) Priority 8: Fewer, longer-term sponsorship partnerships (44:33) Priority 9: Making contact without expectation (46:52) Full recap of all 9 priorities *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → 48 Hours with Clawdbot (Episode 291) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 26 Mar 2026 07:00:00 -0000 9 Things I'm Doing Differently in My Business full 1 298 Jay Clouse Looking ahead at the rest of 2026 Nearing the end of Q1, I've been doing a lot of reflection on where the creator economy is heading, and where I want to take Creator Science. There's something interesting happening on the ground: the same energy that used to funnel beginners into content creation has largely shifted to AI and vibe coding. And honestly? I think that's a good thing. The people still showing up for this work seem to have their heads and hearts in the right place. In this episode, I walk you through 9 priorities on my mind right now — some tactical, some strategic, some still just ideas. From returning to the 1,000 True Fans model and posting more educational content about trust, to building internal AI tools for Creator Science, redesigning member onboarding, and taking November and December completely off. If you're a creator thinking about where to focus your energy in the back half of 2026, I think there's something here for you. Join The Lab 1,000 True Fans by Kevin Kelly Subscribe to the Creator Science Newsletter → Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The shifting energy in the creator space (05:01) Overview of 9 priorities for 2026 (05:38) Priority 1: Return to 1,000 True Fans (12:44) Priority 2: Being more outspoken (14:53) Priority 3: Increasing the rate of experiments in business and The Lab (17:45) Priority 4: Updating member and subscriber onboarding (23:52) Priority 5: In-person events and experiences for the broader audience (27:57) Priority 6: Getting more time back — taking November and December off (31:58) Priority 7: Building internal tools for Creator Science (42:59) Priority 8: Fewer, longer-term sponsorship partnerships (44:33) Priority 9: Making contact without expectation (46:52) Full recap of all 9 priorities *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → 48 Hours with Clawdbot (Episode 291) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Nearing the end of Q1, I've been doing a lot of reflection on where the creator economy is heading, and where I want to take Creator Science. There's something interesting happening on the ground: the same energy that used to funnel beginners into content creation has largely shifted to AI and vibe coding. And honestly? I think that's a good thing. The people still showing up for this work seem to have their heads and hearts in the right place.

In this episode, I walk you through 9 priorities on my mind right now — some tactical, some strategic, some still just ideas. From returning to the 1,000 True Fans model and posting more educational content about trust, to building internal AI tools for Creator Science, redesigning member onboarding, and taking November and December completely off. If you're a creator thinking about where to focus your energy in the back half of 2026, I think there's something here for you.

→ Full transcript and show notes

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) The shifting energy in the creator space

(05:01) Overview of 9 priorities for 2026

(05:38) Priority 1: Return to 1,000 True Fans

(12:44) Priority 2: Being more outspoken

(14:53) Priority 3: Increasing the rate of experiments in business and The Lab

(17:45) Priority 4: Updating member and subscriber onboarding

(23:52) Priority 5: In-person events and experiences for the broader audience

(27:57) Priority 6: Getting more time back — taking November and December off

(31:58) Priority 7: Building internal tools for Creator Science

(42:59) Priority 8: Fewer, longer-term sponsorship partnerships

(44:33) Priority 9: Making contact without expectation

(46:52) Full recap of all 9 priorities

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ 48 Hours with Clawdbot (Episode 291)

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

***

CONNECT

***

SPONSORS

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3059 no #297: Joy Sullivan — How She Built A Living As A Writer On Instagram and Substack https://podcast.creatorscience.com/joy-sullivan Joy Sullivan is a Portland-based poet who quit her corporate job mid-pandemic and built a thriving creative business through writing carousels on Instagram (115K followers), her Substack "Necessary Salt" (23K subscribers), and a 250-member paid writing community called Sustenance on Circle. She's a former Lab member, and in 2024, she published her first book, Instructions for Traveling West, with Dial Press, an imprint of Penguin Random House. What makes her path genuinely unusual: she grew her Instagram predominantly through writing, not video, and she's proof that you can build a real creative business around poetry, which almost nobody does. In this conversation, we get into the tension between craft and platform—her two mantras ("be a poet, not a preacher" and "my vulnerability is not social currency"), her exact Instagram carousel workflow using Canva and ManyChat, why she deliberately walked away from $60K/year in Substack revenue to protect her second book, her controversial take on growing slowly, and what she'd do differently with her first published collection. Plus my own honest reflection on the creative reset I've been living through since my daughter was born. Joy Sullivan Poet Necessary Salt on Substack Sustenance Writing Community Instructions for Traveling West Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Opening quote: “There is no amount of followers worth the sacrifice” (02:08) How Jay describes Joy’s unique approach to building a creative business (02:49) The landscape for writers today — platform pressure meets craft demands (05:19) Why Instagram, not X or LinkedIn, is actually the friendliest platform for writers (08:21) Joy’s two mantras: “Be a poet, not a preacher” + “My vulnerability is not social currency” (11:38) Memorable vs. marketable — and why slow growth protects your art (12:25) Is creating art divorced from performance a privilege or a strategy for newcomers? (14:06) Jay’s biological hard reset after having a daughter — and cosplaying an old self (17:10) The Medusa metaphor: artists weren’t built to withstand this level of visibility (20:30) Reconciling “be a poet” with running a teaching business (22:53) Why certainty is a red flag in 2026 (24:52) Defining “poet” — a container to hold the unsayable (26:00) Instagram vs. Substack: which one she’d keep if forced to choose (27:22) The $60K Substack year — and why she deliberately walked away from it (29:34) How full-time writers actually pay their bills (hint: not book sales) (32:00) Why you should NOT turn on paid Substack subscriptions immediately (34:56) The Instagram carousel workflow: Substack → test → pull excerpts → Canva → ManyChat (39:48) The cat synchronicity moment — and the “scars not scabs” philosophy (44:50) What she’d do differently about her first book (47:31) What she’d change about Substack if she could (48:32) Final advice: fall in love with your craft before chasing an audience Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 17 Mar 2026 07:00:00 -0000 Joy Sullivan — How She Built A Living As A Writer On Instagram and Substack full 1 297 Jay Clouse Joy Sullivan is a poet and the author of Instructions For Traveling West Joy Sullivan is a Portland-based poet who quit her corporate job mid-pandemic and built a thriving creative business through writing carousels on Instagram (115K followers), her Substack "Necessary Salt" (23K subscribers), and a 250-member paid writing community called Sustenance on Circle. She's a former Lab member, and in 2024, she published her first book, Instructions for Traveling West, with Dial Press, an imprint of Penguin Random House. What makes her path genuinely unusual: she grew her Instagram predominantly through writing, not video, and she's proof that you can build a real creative business around poetry, which almost nobody does. In this conversation, we get into the tension between craft and platform—her two mantras ("be a poet, not a preacher" and "my vulnerability is not social currency"), her exact Instagram carousel workflow using Canva and ManyChat, why she deliberately walked away from $60K/year in Substack revenue to protect her second book, her controversial take on growing slowly, and what she'd do differently with her first published collection. Plus my own honest reflection on the creative reset I've been living through since my daughter was born. Joy Sullivan Poet Necessary Salt on Substack Sustenance Writing Community Instructions for Traveling West Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Opening quote: “There is no amount of followers worth the sacrifice” (02:08) How Jay describes Joy’s unique approach to building a creative business (02:49) The landscape for writers today — platform pressure meets craft demands (05:19) Why Instagram, not X or LinkedIn, is actually the friendliest platform for writers (08:21) Joy’s two mantras: “Be a poet, not a preacher” + “My vulnerability is not social currency” (11:38) Memorable vs. marketable — and why slow growth protects your art (12:25) Is creating art divorced from performance a privilege or a strategy for newcomers? (14:06) Jay’s biological hard reset after having a daughter — and cosplaying an old self (17:10) The Medusa metaphor: artists weren’t built to withstand this level of visibility (20:30) Reconciling “be a poet” with running a teaching business (22:53) Why certainty is a red flag in 2026 (24:52) Defining “poet” — a container to hold the unsayable (26:00) Instagram vs. Substack: which one she’d keep if forced to choose (27:22) The $60K Substack year — and why she deliberately walked away from it (29:34) How full-time writers actually pay their bills (hint: not book sales) (32:00) Why you should NOT turn on paid Substack subscriptions immediately (34:56) The Instagram carousel workflow: Substack → test → pull excerpts → Canva → ManyChat (39:48) The cat synchronicity moment — and the “scars not scabs” philosophy (44:50) What she’d do differently about her first book (47:31) What she’d change about Substack if she could (48:32) Final advice: fall in love with your craft before chasing an audience Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Joy Sullivan is a Portland-based poet who quit her corporate job mid-pandemic and built a thriving creative business through writing carousels on Instagram (115K followers), her Substack "Necessary Salt" (23K subscribers), and a 250-member paid writing community called Sustenance on Circle. She's a former Lab member, and in 2024, she published her first book, Instructions for Traveling West, with Dial Press, an imprint of Penguin Random House. What makes her path genuinely unusual: she grew her Instagram predominantly through writing, not video, and she's proof that you can build a real creative business around poetry, which almost nobody does.

In this conversation, we get into the tension between craft and platform—her two mantras ("be a poet, not a preacher" and "my vulnerability is not social currency"), her exact Instagram carousel workflow using Canva and ManyChat, why she deliberately walked away from $60K/year in Substack revenue to protect her second book, her controversial take on growing slowly, and what she'd do differently with her first published collection. Plus my own honest reflection on the creative reset I've been living through since my daughter was born.

Full transcript and show notes

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Opening quote: “There is no amount of followers worth the sacrifice”

(02:08) How Jay describes Joy’s unique approach to building a creative business

(02:49) The landscape for writers today — platform pressure meets craft demands

(05:19) Why Instagram, not X or LinkedIn, is actually the friendliest platform for writers

(08:21) Joy’s two mantras: “Be a poet, not a preacher” + “My vulnerability is not social currency”

(11:38) Memorable vs. marketable — and why slow growth protects your art

(12:25) Is creating art divorced from performance a privilege or a strategy for newcomers?

(14:06) Jay’s biological hard reset after having a daughter — and cosplaying an old self

(17:10) The Medusa metaphor: artists weren’t built to withstand this level of visibility

(20:30) Reconciling “be a poet” with running a teaching business

(22:53) Why certainty is a red flag in 2026

(24:52) Defining “poet” — a container to hold the unsayable

(26:00) Instagram vs. Substack: which one she’d keep if forced to choose

(27:22) The $60K Substack year — and why she deliberately walked away from it

(29:34) How full-time writers actually pay their bills (hint: not book sales)

(32:00) Why you should NOT turn on paid Substack subscriptions immediately

(34:56) The Instagram carousel workflow: Substack → test → pull excerpts → Canva → ManyChat

(39:48) The cat synchronicity moment — and the “scars not scabs” philosophy

(44:50) What she’d do differently about her first book

(47:31) What she’d change about Substack if she could

(48:32) Final advice: fall in love with your craft before chasing an audience

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3174 no #296: Meet The Man Who Solved YouTube (With Data)—Richard from 1of10 https://podcast.creatorscience.com/richard-1of10 Richard is the co-founder of 1of10, a research platform built by YouTube strategists, and his team has quietly been behind the scenes for some of the biggest channels on the platform—helping creators accumulate over 2 billion views through a repeatable, data-backed system. In this episode, Richard walks through his complete four-phase ideation system—audience identification, outlier research (using five distinct methods), idea remixing, and validation—and backs every step with real examples. We talk about what happens when the wrong audience floods your channel, why creators should double and triple down on formats that work, and how a single title change took one creator's video from 10,000 views to 150,000. He also shares data from 300,000+ YouTube outliers on the ideal title length (hint: shorter than you think) and where the sweet spots are for video duration across different niches. Save 20% on 1of10 using code JAY20 Schedule a 1of10 Strategy Call Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (01:12) Where 80-85% of YouTube success comes from (01:50) Phase 1: Audience (03:19) When should you start a fresh channel instead of pivoting? (04:09) The danger of going viral with the wrong audience (05:40) Phase 2: Research (07:37) Format vs. Interest Topic (08:00) Method 1: Inside your own channel (10:52) Tripling and quadrupling down (12:33) Method 2: Inside your niche (13:45) Method 3: Adjacent niches (16:00) Method 4: Outside your niche (17:37) The "Japanese Rule" format (20:56) Method 5: External inspiration (22:07) Phase 3: Remixing (23:00) Escalation, inversion, and interest topic replacement (24:10) Viral vectors: concepts that work across all niches (25:28) Phase 4: Validation (27:00) Optimal video duration by niche (30:45) Why long videos are making a comeback (31:39) Total Addressable Viewership (34:36) Titles: Fear, Curiosity, and Desire as the three core drivers (37:17) Data: Title Length (37:51) Three methods for generating title angles (42:11) Thumbnails: Composition and Elements (45:11) It's never too late: title/thumbnail changes (46:10) Live demo: 1of10 thumbnail generator (48:10) The full 1of10 workflow *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #282: David Altizer — How to Make Great Thumbnails (For Non-Designers) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 10 Mar 2026 07:00:00 -0000 Meet The Man Who Solved YouTube (With Data)—Richard from 1of10 full 1 296 Jay Clouse Richard is the co-founder of 1of10. Richard is the co-founder of 1of10, a research platform built by YouTube strategists, and his team has quietly been behind the scenes for some of the biggest channels on the platform—helping creators accumulate over 2 billion views through a repeatable, data-backed system. In this episode, Richard walks through his complete four-phase ideation system—audience identification, outlier research (using five distinct methods), idea remixing, and validation—and backs every step with real examples. We talk about what happens when the wrong audience floods your channel, why creators should double and triple down on formats that work, and how a single title change took one creator's video from 10,000 views to 150,000. He also shares data from 300,000+ YouTube outliers on the ideal title length (hint: shorter than you think) and where the sweet spots are for video duration across different niches. Save 20% on 1of10 using code JAY20 Schedule a 1of10 Strategy Call Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (01:12) Where 80-85% of YouTube success comes from (01:50) Phase 1: Audience (03:19) When should you start a fresh channel instead of pivoting? (04:09) The danger of going viral with the wrong audience (05:40) Phase 2: Research (07:37) Format vs. Interest Topic (08:00) Method 1: Inside your own channel (10:52) Tripling and quadrupling down (12:33) Method 2: Inside your niche (13:45) Method 3: Adjacent niches (16:00) Method 4: Outside your niche (17:37) The "Japanese Rule" format (20:56) Method 5: External inspiration (22:07) Phase 3: Remixing (23:00) Escalation, inversion, and interest topic replacement (24:10) Viral vectors: concepts that work across all niches (25:28) Phase 4: Validation (27:00) Optimal video duration by niche (30:45) Why long videos are making a comeback (31:39) Total Addressable Viewership (34:36) Titles: Fear, Curiosity, and Desire as the three core drivers (37:17) Data: Title Length (37:51) Three methods for generating title angles (42:11) Thumbnails: Composition and Elements (45:11) It's never too late: title/thumbnail changes (46:10) Live demo: 1of10 thumbnail generator (48:10) The full 1of10 workflow *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #282: David Altizer — How to Make Great Thumbnails (For Non-Designers) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Richard is the co-founder of 1of10, a research platform built by YouTube strategists, and his team has quietly been behind the scenes for some of the biggest channels on the platform—helping creators accumulate over 2 billion views through a repeatable, data-backed system.

In this episode, Richard walks through his complete four-phase ideation system—audience identification, outlier research (using five distinct methods), idea remixing, and validation—and backs every step with real examples. We talk about what happens when the wrong audience floods your channel, why creators should double and triple down on formats that work, and how a single title change took one creator's video from 10,000 views to 150,000. He also shares data from 300,000+ YouTube outliers on the ideal title length (hint: shorter than you think) and where the sweet spots are for video duration across different niches.

Full transcript and show notes

***

TIMESTAMPS

(01:12) Where 80-85% of YouTube success comes from

(01:50) Phase 1: Audience

(03:19) When should you start a fresh channel instead of pivoting?

(04:09) The danger of going viral with the wrong audience

(05:40) Phase 2: Research

(07:37) Format vs. Interest Topic

(08:00) Method 1: Inside your own channel

(10:52) Tripling and quadrupling down

(12:33) Method 2: Inside your niche

(13:45) Method 3: Adjacent niches

(16:00) Method 4: Outside your niche

(17:37) The "Japanese Rule" format

(20:56) Method 5: External inspiration

(22:07) Phase 3: Remixing

(23:00) Escalation, inversion, and interest topic replacement

(24:10) Viral vectors: concepts that work across all niches

(25:28) Phase 4: Validation

(27:00) Optimal video duration by niche

(30:45) Why long videos are making a comeback

(31:39) Total Addressable Viewership

(34:36) Titles: Fear, Curiosity, and Desire as the three core drivers

(37:17) Data: Title Length

(37:51) Three methods for generating title angles

(42:11) Thumbnails: Composition and Elements

(45:11) It's never too late: title/thumbnail changes

(46:10) Live demo: 1of10 thumbnail generator

(48:10) The full 1of10 workflow

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #282: David Altizer — How to Make Great Thumbnails (For Non-Designers)

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

***

CONNECT

***

SPONSORS

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3115 no #295: Community Building Trends for 2026 with Becky Pierson Davidson https://podcast.creatorscience.com/becky-pierson-davidson-community-2026 I brought back Becky Pierson Davidson to compare notes on where community is headed — and we found a few areas of disagreement. Becky works with 6, 7, and 8-figure businesses helping them build memberships and courses through design thinking and customer research, and she's seeing a major shift right now: course businesses are slowing down, and the smart ones are pivoting to membership models. The difference? Shared learning experiences are replacing self-paced education. Community is what people stay for. We dig into the real mechanics: how to set expectations that don't feel like a bait-and-switch, why meaningful engagement isn't what most people think it is, the mastermind paradox (increases retention, decreases forum activity), and why in-person events might be the most important retention lever you're not using. Becky's hot take for 2026: content drops are dying. People don't need more stuff — they need connection and programming that moves them forward. Affinity Collective Build with Becky podcast Episode 197: Building Raving Fans (with Becky & Chanel) Circle (community platform) TightKnit (Slack archive plugin) Dreamers and Doers Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (02:35) Defining community as a product, not a growth engine (04:09) Why community is rising as a business model in 2026 (06:02) The reality of transitioning from courses to memberships (08:01) Finding the right community design for your appetite (10:02) How to avoid the bait-and-switch with member expectations (13:06) Value perception vs. value experience (13:57) The smallest viable promise for your sales page (16:44) Where we disagree: transformation vs. community of practice (21:14) Forum design: why fewer spaces wins (23:17) Solving the engagement problem (what meaningful engagement actually is) (25:50) How the best members actually use your community (29:46) The mastermind paradox: retention up, forum participation down (32:09) In-person experiences and the graduation weekend model (36:39) The economics of offline events (39:35) 2026 Hot Take: Content drops are dying (43:07) Retention rethink: Did I get my money's worth vs. Will I next year? (46:04) Why connection drives retention more than results (48:23) Tool stack: Circle 9 times out of 10 (51:14) The future: personalization in community software *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → Episode 197: Building Raving Fans *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 03 Mar 2026 08:00:00 -0000 Community Building Trends for 2026 with Becky Pierson Davidson full 1 295 Jay Clouse Becky Pierson Davidson is the founder of Affinity Collective I brought back Becky Pierson Davidson to compare notes on where community is headed — and we found a few areas of disagreement. Becky works with 6, 7, and 8-figure businesses helping them build memberships and courses through design thinking and customer research, and she's seeing a major shift right now: course businesses are slowing down, and the smart ones are pivoting to membership models. The difference? Shared learning experiences are replacing self-paced education. Community is what people stay for. We dig into the real mechanics: how to set expectations that don't feel like a bait-and-switch, why meaningful engagement isn't what most people think it is, the mastermind paradox (increases retention, decreases forum activity), and why in-person events might be the most important retention lever you're not using. Becky's hot take for 2026: content drops are dying. People don't need more stuff — they need connection and programming that moves them forward. Affinity Collective Build with Becky podcast Episode 197: Building Raving Fans (with Becky & Chanel) Circle (community platform) TightKnit (Slack archive plugin) Dreamers and Doers Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (02:35) Defining community as a product, not a growth engine (04:09) Why community is rising as a business model in 2026 (06:02) The reality of transitioning from courses to memberships (08:01) Finding the right community design for your appetite (10:02) How to avoid the bait-and-switch with member expectations (13:06) Value perception vs. value experience (13:57) The smallest viable promise for your sales page (16:44) Where we disagree: transformation vs. community of practice (21:14) Forum design: why fewer spaces wins (23:17) Solving the engagement problem (what meaningful engagement actually is) (25:50) How the best members actually use your community (29:46) The mastermind paradox: retention up, forum participation down (32:09) In-person experiences and the graduation weekend model (36:39) The economics of offline events (39:35) 2026 Hot Take: Content drops are dying (43:07) Retention rethink: Did I get my money's worth vs. Will I next year? (46:04) Why connection drives retention more than results (48:23) Tool stack: Circle 9 times out of 10 (51:14) The future: personalization in community software *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → Episode 197: Building Raving Fans *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices I brought back Becky Pierson Davidson to compare notes on where community is headed — and we found a few areas of disagreement. Becky works with 6, 7, and 8-figure businesses helping them build memberships and courses through design thinking and customer research, and she's seeing a major shift right now: course businesses are slowing down, and the smart ones are pivoting to membership models. The difference? Shared learning experiences are replacing self-paced education. Community is what people stay for.

We dig into the real mechanics: how to set expectations that don't feel like a bait-and-switch, why meaningful engagement isn't what most people think it is, the mastermind paradox (increases retention, decreases forum activity), and why in-person events might be the most important retention lever you're not using. Becky's hot take for 2026: content drops are dying. People don't need more stuff — they need connection and programming that moves them forward.

Full transcript and show notes

***

TIMESTAMPS

(02:35) Defining community as a product, not a growth engine

(04:09) Why community is rising as a business model in 2026

(06:02) The reality of transitioning from courses to memberships

(08:01) Finding the right community design for your appetite

(10:02) How to avoid the bait-and-switch with member expectations

(13:06) Value perception vs. value experience

(13:57) The smallest viable promise for your sales page

(16:44) Where we disagree: transformation vs. community of practice

(21:14) Forum design: why fewer spaces wins

(23:17) Solving the engagement problem (what meaningful engagement actually is)

(25:50) How the best members actually use your community

(29:46) The mastermind paradox: retention up, forum participation down

(32:09) In-person experiences and the graduation weekend model

(36:39) The economics of offline events

(39:35) 2026 Hot Take: Content drops are dying

(43:07) Retention rethink: Did I get my money's worth vs. Will I next year?

(46:04) Why connection drives retention more than results

(48:23) Tool stack: Circle 9 times out of 10

(51:14) The future: personalization in community software

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ Episode 197: Building Raving Fans

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3375 no #294: Rob Walling — SaaS godfather turned creator talks team building and vibe coding https://podcast.creatorscience.com/rob-walling Rob Walling is a godfather of the bootstrapped SaaS movement — he's started 6 companies (5 bootstrapped), built and sold Drip for 8 figures, and created the infrastructure behind MicroConf, TinySeed (which has raised nearly $60 million and invested in over 210 SaaS companies), and Startups for the Rest of Us (820+ episodes over 15 years). But here's what surprised me: Rob told me he's more of a creator these days than a software founder. The guy who built and sold an email marketing platform now gets his dopamine from podcasting, writing books, and making YouTube videos. And his experience on both sides gives him a perspective on the vibe coding trend that I think every creator needs to hear. In this episode, we get into the actual mechanics of how Rob runs his business — the team of 11 people, the $100,000-$120,000 monthly payroll, the four brands he wishes were two. We talk about how he eliminated stress from his life through therapy, hiring owner-level thinkers, and handing the project management to someone else entirely. And we have a real conversation about why vibe coding a SaaS product is probably not the opportunity you think it is — even if you have a big audience. This is part 1 of a 2-part episode; part 2 lives on Rob's podcast, Startups for the Rest of Us. → Listen to Part 2 on Startups for the Rest Of Us → Rob Walling on Twitter/X → Rob Walling's YouTube Channel → MicroConf → TinySeed → Drip (Rob's 8-figure exit) → SavvyCal (co-founded by Derek Reimer) Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (00:24) Introduction — why Rob Walling is a unicorn in the bootstrapped SaaS world (02:40) Mapping the full Rob Walling business ecosystem: podcast, MicroConf, TinySeed, books, YouTube (05:15) How Producer Ron keeps the trains running on time across four brands (06:44) Inside the team of 11: roles, full-time commitment, and why Rob stopped hiring part-time (07:53) The psychology of making your first full-time hire (and Rob's 8-year wait for MicroConf) (09:33) Moving from task-level to project-level to owner-level thinkers (10:27) Four brands, two LLCs — the insurance story behind the split and why Rob wants to consolidate (12:18) Why Rob doesn't want his name on everything (and the legacy question) (14:41) Identity shifts: from SaaS founder to serial entrepreneur to content creator (16:31) The vibe coding reality check: why building SaaS is 10x harder than creating content (19:09) Why SaaS churn makes recurring revenue harder than it looks for creators (21:04) The construction analogy: tool sheds vs. skyscrapers and where vibe coding breaks down (24:53) Data from 234 investments: only 10-15% of successful SaaS companies lack a technical founder (27:00) The bigger opportunity for creators: equity partnerships instead of vibe coding (29:00) 'Build your network, not your audience' — why audiences plateau for SaaS growth (31:53) A week in Rob's life: deep work Mondays, advising Wednesdays, and the 329 TinySeed founders (34:00) How Rob eliminated stress: therapy, delegation, and giving up project management (38:46) Hiring for high-functioning: screening for 'Producer Ron'-level operators (41:21) The positive tension of deadline stress and why containers make you ship (43:09) Post-exit motivation: 6 months of comic books, guitar, and getting bored into purpose *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠#291: 48 Hours With Clawdbot: How I’m Using It and Initial Reactions *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 24 Feb 2026 08:00:00 -0000 Rob Walling — SaaS godfather turned creator talks team building and vibe coding full 1 294 Jay Clouse Rob Walling is the founder of MicroConf, TinySeed, and formerly Drip. Rob Walling is a godfather of the bootstrapped SaaS movement — he's started 6 companies (5 bootstrapped), built and sold Drip for 8 figures, and created the infrastructure behind MicroConf, TinySeed (which has raised nearly $60 million and invested in over 210 SaaS companies), and Startups for the Rest of Us (820+ episodes over 15 years). But here's what surprised me: Rob told me he's more of a creator these days than a software founder. The guy who built and sold an email marketing platform now gets his dopamine from podcasting, writing books, and making YouTube videos. And his experience on both sides gives him a perspective on the vibe coding trend that I think every creator needs to hear. In this episode, we get into the actual mechanics of how Rob runs his business — the team of 11 people, the $100,000-$120,000 monthly payroll, the four brands he wishes were two. We talk about how he eliminated stress from his life through therapy, hiring owner-level thinkers, and handing the project management to someone else entirely. And we have a real conversation about why vibe coding a SaaS product is probably not the opportunity you think it is — even if you have a big audience. This is part 1 of a 2-part episode; part 2 lives on Rob's podcast, Startups for the Rest of Us. → Listen to Part 2 on Startups for the Rest Of Us → Rob Walling on Twitter/X → Rob Walling's YouTube Channel → MicroConf → TinySeed → Drip (Rob's 8-figure exit) → SavvyCal (co-founded by Derek Reimer) Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (00:24) Introduction — why Rob Walling is a unicorn in the bootstrapped SaaS world (02:40) Mapping the full Rob Walling business ecosystem: podcast, MicroConf, TinySeed, books, YouTube (05:15) How Producer Ron keeps the trains running on time across four brands (06:44) Inside the team of 11: roles, full-time commitment, and why Rob stopped hiring part-time (07:53) The psychology of making your first full-time hire (and Rob's 8-year wait for MicroConf) (09:33) Moving from task-level to project-level to owner-level thinkers (10:27) Four brands, two LLCs — the insurance story behind the split and why Rob wants to consolidate (12:18) Why Rob doesn't want his name on everything (and the legacy question) (14:41) Identity shifts: from SaaS founder to serial entrepreneur to content creator (16:31) The vibe coding reality check: why building SaaS is 10x harder than creating content (19:09) Why SaaS churn makes recurring revenue harder than it looks for creators (21:04) The construction analogy: tool sheds vs. skyscrapers and where vibe coding breaks down (24:53) Data from 234 investments: only 10-15% of successful SaaS companies lack a technical founder (27:00) The bigger opportunity for creators: equity partnerships instead of vibe coding (29:00) 'Build your network, not your audience' — why audiences plateau for SaaS growth (31:53) A week in Rob's life: deep work Mondays, advising Wednesdays, and the 329 TinySeed founders (34:00) How Rob eliminated stress: therapy, delegation, and giving up project management (38:46) Hiring for high-functioning: screening for 'Producer Ron'-level operators (41:21) The positive tension of deadline stress and why containers make you ship (43:09) Post-exit motivation: 6 months of comic books, guitar, and getting bored into purpose *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠#291: 48 Hours With Clawdbot: How I’m Using It and Initial Reactions *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Rob Walling is a godfather of the bootstrapped SaaS movement — he's started 6 companies (5 bootstrapped), built and sold Drip for 8 figures, and created the infrastructure behind MicroConf, TinySeed (which has raised nearly $60 million and invested in over 210 SaaS companies), and Startups for the Rest of Us (820+ episodes over 15 years). But here's what surprised me: Rob told me he's more of a creator these days than a software founder. The guy who built and sold an email marketing platform now gets his dopamine from podcasting, writing books, and making YouTube videos. And his experience on both sides gives him a perspective on the vibe coding trend that I think every creator needs to hear.

In this episode, we get into the actual mechanics of how Rob runs his business — the team of 11 people, the $100,000-$120,000 monthly payroll, the four brands he wishes were two. We talk about how he eliminated stress from his life through therapy, hiring owner-level thinkers, and handing the project management to someone else entirely. And we have a real conversation about why vibe coding a SaaS product is probably not the opportunity you think it is — even if you have a big audience. This is part 1 of a 2-part episode; part 2 lives on Rob's podcast, Startups for the Rest of Us.

→ Listen to Part 2 on Startups for the Rest Of Us

→ Rob Walling on Twitter/X

→ Rob Walling's YouTube Channel

→ MicroConf

→ TinySeed

→ Drip (Rob's 8-figure exit)

→ SavvyCal (co-founded by Derek Reimer)

Full transcript and show notes

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:24) Introduction — why Rob Walling is a unicorn in the bootstrapped SaaS world

(02:40) Mapping the full Rob Walling business ecosystem: podcast, MicroConf, TinySeed, books, YouTube

(05:15) How Producer Ron keeps the trains running on time across four brands

(06:44) Inside the team of 11: roles, full-time commitment, and why Rob stopped hiring part-time

(07:53) The psychology of making your first full-time hire (and Rob's 8-year wait for MicroConf)

(09:33) Moving from task-level to project-level to owner-level thinkers

(10:27) Four brands, two LLCs — the insurance story behind the split and why Rob wants to consolidate

(12:18) Why Rob doesn't want his name on everything (and the legacy question)

(14:41) Identity shifts: from SaaS founder to serial entrepreneur to content creator

(16:31) The vibe coding reality check: why building SaaS is 10x harder than creating content

(19:09) Why SaaS churn makes recurring revenue harder than it looks for creators

(21:04) The construction analogy: tool sheds vs. skyscrapers and where vibe coding breaks down

(24:53) Data from 234 investments: only 10-15% of successful SaaS companies lack a technical founder

(27:00) The bigger opportunity for creators: equity partnerships instead of vibe coding

(29:00) 'Build your network, not your audience' — why audiences plateau for SaaS growth

(31:53) A week in Rob's life: deep work Mondays, advising Wednesdays, and the 329 TinySeed founders

(34:00) How Rob eliminated stress: therapy, delegation, and giving up project management

(38:46) Hiring for high-functioning: screening for 'Producer Ron'-level operators

(41:21) The positive tension of deadline stress and why containers make you ship

(43:09) Post-exit motivation: 6 months of comic books, guitar, and getting bored into purpose

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠#291: 48 Hours With Clawdbot: How I’m Using It and Initial Reactions

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2897 no #236: Mike Michalowicz – How the author of Profit First stays lean by licensing his ideas [Greatest Hits] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/mike-michalowicz-replay Mike Michalowicz is the author of ⁠Profit First⁠, which is used by hundreds of thousands of companies across the globe to drive profit – Creator Science is one of those companies. Profit First has helped me develop sound financials for my business. He’s also the author of Clockwork, a powerful method to make any business run on automatic, and seven other books as well. With more than 500,000 book sales, all of Mike’s books have the same goal – to help small business owners and eliminate what he calls “entrepreneurial poverty.” Simon Sinek has called Mike “…the top contender for the patron saint of entrepreneurs.” This conversation is divided into halves: The first half explores Mike’s unique model as an author. For each book Mike writes, he partners with a third party to license the frameworks from his books and serve as the done-for-you service provider. This is super uncommon and part of why he’s been so prolific while running a very lean team. So we dig into how that works (and what he’d do differently if he were starting over today). The second half of the conversation is all about writing books. Mike has published nine books since 2008 – including 7 in the last 8 years. So we dig into how he determines what ideas to turn into books and how to write them so quickly. ⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠ Mike's ⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Twitter⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ / ⁠YouTube⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn⁠ *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠#176: April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business.⁠ *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠Submit your question here⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠ 🚀 ⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠Join The Lab⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠Connect on Twitter⁠ 📸 ⁠Connect on Instagram⁠ 💼 ⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠ 📹 ⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠ 🟢 ⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 17 Feb 2026 08:00:00 -0000 Mike Michalowicz – How the author of Profit First stays lean by licensing his ideas [Greatest Hits] full 1 Jay Clouse An author with a unique business model I’m obsessed with shares what he’d do differently Mike Michalowicz is the author of ⁠Profit First⁠, which is used by hundreds of thousands of companies across the globe to drive profit – Creator Science is one of those companies. Profit First has helped me develop sound financials for my business. He’s also the author of Clockwork, a powerful method to make any business run on automatic, and seven other books as well. With more than 500,000 book sales, all of Mike’s books have the same goal – to help small business owners and eliminate what he calls “entrepreneurial poverty.” Simon Sinek has called Mike “…the top contender for the patron saint of entrepreneurs.” This conversation is divided into halves: The first half explores Mike’s unique model as an author. For each book Mike writes, he partners with a third party to license the frameworks from his books and serve as the done-for-you service provider. This is super uncommon and part of why he’s been so prolific while running a very lean team. So we dig into how that works (and what he’d do differently if he were starting over today). The second half of the conversation is all about writing books. Mike has published nine books since 2008 – including 7 in the last 8 years. So we dig into how he determines what ideas to turn into books and how to write them so quickly. ⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠ Mike's ⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Twitter⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ / ⁠YouTube⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn⁠ *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠#176: April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business.⁠ *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠Submit your question here⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠ 🚀 ⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠Join The Lab⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠Connect on Twitter⁠ 📸 ⁠Connect on Instagram⁠ 💼 ⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠ 📹 ⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠ 🟢 ⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Mike Michalowicz is the author of ⁠Profit First⁠, which is used by hundreds of thousands of companies across the globe to drive profit – Creator Science is one of those companies. Profit First has helped me develop sound financials for my business.

He’s also the author of Clockwork, a powerful method to make any business run on automatic, and seven other books as well.

With more than 500,000 book sales, all of Mike’s books have the same goal – to help small business owners and eliminate what he calls “entrepreneurial poverty.” Simon Sinek has called Mike “…the top contender for the patron saint of entrepreneurs.”

This conversation is divided into halves:

The first half explores Mike’s unique model as an author. For each book Mike writes, he partners with a third party to license the frameworks from his books and serve as the done-for-you service provider. This is super uncommon and part of why he’s been so prolific while running a very lean team. So we dig into how that works (and what he’d do differently if he were starting over today).

The second half of the conversation is all about writing books. Mike has published nine books since 2008 – including 7 in the last 8 years. So we dig into how he determines what ideas to turn into books and how to write them so quickly.

⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠

Mike's ⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Twitter⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ / ⁠YouTube⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn⁠

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠#176: April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business.⁠

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠Submit your question here⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠

🚀 ⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠Join The Lab⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠Connect on Twitter⁠

📸 ⁠Connect on Instagram⁠

💼 ⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠

📹 ⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠

🟢 ⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3270 no #293: 12 Ways To Stand Out In 2026 https://podcast.creatorscience.com/12-ideas-2026 The world is changing faster than ever, and sometimes it feels like the old playbooks just aren't working anymore. In this solo episode, I share 12 opportunities I see for creators in 2026—ideas that range from the practical to the philosophical, from the obvious to the genuinely weird. These aren't predictions. They're possibilities. And you don't need to pursue all of them. But keeping a running list of where opportunity exists can help you find the direction that feels most right for you. Some of these ideas might surprise you. Long-form writing making a comeback? In 2026? But I think there's real evidence for it. Others might feel more intuitive—like the continued importance of community, or the value of live learning as self-paced courses lose their luster. And then there are the weirder ones: effortful art, doing the unscalable, being a "good hang." The through-line? In a world racing toward automation and optimization, the most human things are becoming the most valuable. X's Long-Form Writing Competition Substack jay.blog (Jay's Substack) Jay's Writing on Instagram Good Hang Podcast (Amy Poehler) The Lab Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Introduction: Where the opportunities lie in 2026 (01:03) Idea #1: Long-form writing is making a comeback (04:46) Idea #2: Demonstrations and "show don't tell" content (06:37) Idea #3: Verifiable human experiences (why we still watch sports) (08:44) Idea #4: Online community is more important than ever (12:33) Idea #5: Live learning over self-paced courses (15:29) Idea #6: Local media and community building (17:47) Idea #7: AI for normies (niche-specific AI content) (19:41) Idea #8: Effortful art in an AI world (21:54) Idea #9: Being unapologetically yourself (be weirder) (24:29) Idea #10: Doing the unscalable (27:00) Idea #11: Fewer moves, bolder strokes (29:07) Idea #12: Being a good hang (32:03) Recap of all 12 ideas *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #292: Chenell Basilio — The state of email in 2026, growing your list without social media, and new predictions. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 10 Feb 2026 13:20:00 -0000 12 Ways To Stand Out In 2026 full 1 293 Jay Clouse When content is abundant, what becomes scarce? The world is changing faster than ever, and sometimes it feels like the old playbooks just aren't working anymore. In this solo episode, I share 12 opportunities I see for creators in 2026—ideas that range from the practical to the philosophical, from the obvious to the genuinely weird. These aren't predictions. They're possibilities. And you don't need to pursue all of them. But keeping a running list of where opportunity exists can help you find the direction that feels most right for you. Some of these ideas might surprise you. Long-form writing making a comeback? In 2026? But I think there's real evidence for it. Others might feel more intuitive—like the continued importance of community, or the value of live learning as self-paced courses lose their luster. And then there are the weirder ones: effortful art, doing the unscalable, being a "good hang." The through-line? In a world racing toward automation and optimization, the most human things are becoming the most valuable. X's Long-Form Writing Competition Substack jay.blog (Jay's Substack) Jay's Writing on Instagram Good Hang Podcast (Amy Poehler) The Lab Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Introduction: Where the opportunities lie in 2026 (01:03) Idea #1: Long-form writing is making a comeback (04:46) Idea #2: Demonstrations and "show don't tell" content (06:37) Idea #3: Verifiable human experiences (why we still watch sports) (08:44) Idea #4: Online community is more important than ever (12:33) Idea #5: Live learning over self-paced courses (15:29) Idea #6: Local media and community building (17:47) Idea #7: AI for normies (niche-specific AI content) (19:41) Idea #8: Effortful art in an AI world (21:54) Idea #9: Being unapologetically yourself (be weirder) (24:29) Idea #10: Doing the unscalable (27:00) Idea #11: Fewer moves, bolder strokes (29:07) Idea #12: Being a good hang (32:03) Recap of all 12 ideas *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #292: Chenell Basilio — The state of email in 2026, growing your list without social media, and new predictions. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices The world is changing faster than ever, and sometimes it feels like the old playbooks just aren't working anymore. In this solo episode, I share 12 opportunities I see for creators in 2026—ideas that range from the practical to the philosophical, from the obvious to the genuinely weird. These aren't predictions. They're possibilities. And you don't need to pursue all of them. But keeping a running list of where opportunity exists can help you find the direction that feels most right for you.

Some of these ideas might surprise you. Long-form writing making a comeback? In 2026? But I think there's real evidence for it. Others might feel more intuitive—like the continued importance of community, or the value of live learning as self-paced courses lose their luster. And then there are the weirder ones: effortful art, doing the unscalable, being a "good hang." The through-line? In a world racing toward automation and optimization, the most human things are becoming the most valuable.

Full transcript and show notes

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Introduction: Where the opportunities lie in 2026

(01:03) Idea #1: Long-form writing is making a comeback

(04:46) Idea #2: Demonstrations and "show don't tell" content

(06:37) Idea #3: Verifiable human experiences (why we still watch sports)

(08:44) Idea #4: Online community is more important than ever

(12:33) Idea #5: Live learning over self-paced courses

(15:29) Idea #6: Local media and community building

(17:47) Idea #7: AI for normies (niche-specific AI content)

(19:41) Idea #8: Effortful art in an AI world

(21:54) Idea #9: Being unapologetically yourself (be weirder)

(24:29) Idea #10: Doing the unscalable

(27:00) Idea #11: Fewer moves, bolder strokes

(29:07) Idea #12: Being a good hang

(32:03) Recap of all 12 ideas

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #292: Chenell Basilio — The state of email in 2026, growing your list without social media, and new predictions.

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2176 no #292: Chenell Basilio — The state of email in 2026, growing your list without social media, and new predictions. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/chenell-basilio-2 This week I'm joined by my good friend Chenell Basilio, creator of Growth in Reverse and one of the most thorough newsletter analysts in the space. We spent over an hour diving deep into what's really working in email right now — from the death of newsletter hype to the opportunity hiding in recommendation networks. Chenell shared her framework of "insanely valuable content" (the one thing that matters more than any growth hack), and we got surprisingly honest about using AI to create short-form content from our long-form work. We also tackled the big question: how do you grow an email list if you refuse to use social media? Turns out there are more options than you think — from public homework challenges to old-school guest posting making a comeback. Plus, I introduced a new segment called "Unhinged Questions" where we played kiss, marry, kill with email platforms. Growth in Reverse (Chenell's newsletter) The Dink (pickleball newsletter with great referral program) Lenny's Newsletter (guest posting example) Ship 30 for 30 (public homework example) Tweet 100 (my old challenge that drove email growth) ⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Introduction (02:21) Email maturity and the end of newsletter hype (05:16) Why CPC advertising doesn't work for small creators (06:08) Chenell's focus: turning recommendation subscribers into fans (09:01) James Clear had 250K subscribers in 2012 (email inflation is real) (11:20) "It's never been easier to reach someone, harder to sustain a relationship" (12:33) "Insanely valuable content" — the one metric that matters (15:28) The struggle with AI-generated content that performs well (20:11) Short-form repurposing: employee vs. AI debate (24:18) What's no longer working: recommendations (before the reframe) (24:53) YouTube to email is massively underrated (29:25) How to grow without social media (5 strategies) (34:50) Public homework challenges (75 Hard, Tweet 100, Ship 30) (43:31) Unhinged Questions: Kiss, Marry, Kill email platforms (44:44) Operating on hunches without data (45:31) "I hate that I'm not doing deep dives every week" *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #147: Chenell Basilio – How the best newsletter operators grow to 50K+ subscribers *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors⁠ Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 03 Feb 2026 08:00:00 -0000 Chenell Basilio — The state of email in 2026, growing your list without social media, and new predictions. full 1 292 Jay Clouse Chenell Basilio is the creator of Growth In Reverse This week I'm joined by my good friend Chenell Basilio, creator of Growth in Reverse and one of the most thorough newsletter analysts in the space. We spent over an hour diving deep into what's really working in email right now — from the death of newsletter hype to the opportunity hiding in recommendation networks. Chenell shared her framework of "insanely valuable content" (the one thing that matters more than any growth hack), and we got surprisingly honest about using AI to create short-form content from our long-form work. We also tackled the big question: how do you grow an email list if you refuse to use social media? Turns out there are more options than you think — from public homework challenges to old-school guest posting making a comeback. Plus, I introduced a new segment called "Unhinged Questions" where we played kiss, marry, kill with email platforms. Growth in Reverse (Chenell's newsletter) The Dink (pickleball newsletter with great referral program) Lenny's Newsletter (guest posting example) Ship 30 for 30 (public homework example) Tweet 100 (my old challenge that drove email growth) ⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Introduction (02:21) Email maturity and the end of newsletter hype (05:16) Why CPC advertising doesn't work for small creators (06:08) Chenell's focus: turning recommendation subscribers into fans (09:01) James Clear had 250K subscribers in 2012 (email inflation is real) (11:20) "It's never been easier to reach someone, harder to sustain a relationship" (12:33) "Insanely valuable content" — the one metric that matters (15:28) The struggle with AI-generated content that performs well (20:11) Short-form repurposing: employee vs. AI debate (24:18) What's no longer working: recommendations (before the reframe) (24:53) YouTube to email is massively underrated (29:25) How to grow without social media (5 strategies) (34:50) Public homework challenges (75 Hard, Tweet 100, Ship 30) (43:31) Unhinged Questions: Kiss, Marry, Kill email platforms (44:44) Operating on hunches without data (45:31) "I hate that I'm not doing deep dives every week" *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #147: Chenell Basilio – How the best newsletter operators grow to 50K+ subscribers *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors⁠ Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices This week I'm joined by my good friend Chenell Basilio, creator of Growth in Reverse and one of the most thorough newsletter analysts in the space. We spent over an hour diving deep into what's really working in email right now — from the death of newsletter hype to the opportunity hiding in recommendation networks. Chenell shared her framework of "insanely valuable content" (the one thing that matters more than any growth hack), and we got surprisingly honest about using AI to create short-form content from our long-form work.

We also tackled the big question: how do you grow an email list if you refuse to use social media? Turns out there are more options than you think — from public homework challenges to old-school guest posting making a comeback. Plus, I introduced a new segment called "Unhinged Questions" where we played kiss, marry, kill with email platforms.

⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Introduction

(02:21) Email maturity and the end of newsletter hype

(05:16) Why CPC advertising doesn't work for small creators

(06:08) Chenell's focus: turning recommendation subscribers into fans

(09:01) James Clear had 250K subscribers in 2012 (email inflation is real)

(11:20) "It's never been easier to reach someone, harder to sustain a relationship"

(12:33) "Insanely valuable content" — the one metric that matters

(15:28) The struggle with AI-generated content that performs well

(20:11) Short-form repurposing: employee vs. AI debate

(24:18) What's no longer working: recommendations (before the reframe)

(24:53) YouTube to email is massively underrated

(29:25) How to grow without social media (5 strategies)

(34:50) Public homework challenges (75 Hard, Tweet 100, Ship 30)

(43:31) Unhinged Questions: Kiss, Marry, Kill email platforms

(44:44) Operating on hunches without data

(45:31) "I hate that I'm not doing deep dives every week"

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #147: Chenell Basilio – How the best newsletter operators grow to 50K+ subscribers

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors⁠

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3205 no #291: 48 Hours With Clawdbot: How I’m Using It and Initial Reactions https://podcast.creatorscience.com/clawdbot-moltbolt Over the last 48-72 hours, I completely fell down the rabbit hole with a new AI tool called Clawdbot (rebranded TODAY to Moltbot). Instead of my planned episode about what's on my mind in January 2026, I decided to share my raw, unfiltered experience setting up this AI assistant that runs 24/7 and integrates with all my tools. This isn't your typical AI chat interface—it's an always-on assistant I can text through Telegram that proactively handles research, automates workflows, and maintains institutional memory of all my content. I'll walk you through exactly how I discovered it, my security-first setup approach using a virtual private server, the learning curve (spoiler: it took me until 1:30 AM), and the specific ways I'm using it now. From automated guest research and fitness tracking to content ideation from my 300+ podcast transcripts, this tool is changing how I think about AI assistance. But I'm also wrestling with bigger questions about what this means for content creation, human creativity, and where we draw the line on AI-generated work. → Alex Finn video → Learn about Clawdbot → Setup video from Neil Stephenson → Setup video from VelvetShark Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Discovery Through Alex Finn's Video (02:50) What Actually Is Clawdbot? (05:46) Security-First Setup on Virtual Private Server (09:48) Current Integrations: Notion, Oura, Fathom, and More (14:15) Guest Research and Automated Workflows (16:48) Writing Style Analysis Exercise (19:13) Privacy Controls and Fathom Integration (22:54) Security Threats and Ongoing Protection (25:05) Future Plans: Show Notes and Automation (28:38) Should You Use Clawdbot? Technical Requirements (33:16) Costs, Setup Time, and What Can Go Wrong (35:24) The Content Creation Philosophy Question (40:02) Five Types of Content I Still Consume (42:36) How Creators Need to Adapt to AI Reality *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 27 Jan 2026 14:47:00 -0000 48 Hours With Clawdbot: How I’m Using It and Initial Reactions full 1 291 Jay Clouse My experience building a personal AI assistant Over the last 48-72 hours, I completely fell down the rabbit hole with a new AI tool called Clawdbot (rebranded TODAY to Moltbot). Instead of my planned episode about what's on my mind in January 2026, I decided to share my raw, unfiltered experience setting up this AI assistant that runs 24/7 and integrates with all my tools. This isn't your typical AI chat interface—it's an always-on assistant I can text through Telegram that proactively handles research, automates workflows, and maintains institutional memory of all my content. I'll walk you through exactly how I discovered it, my security-first setup approach using a virtual private server, the learning curve (spoiler: it took me until 1:30 AM), and the specific ways I'm using it now. From automated guest research and fitness tracking to content ideation from my 300+ podcast transcripts, this tool is changing how I think about AI assistance. But I'm also wrestling with bigger questions about what this means for content creation, human creativity, and where we draw the line on AI-generated work. → Alex Finn video → Learn about Clawdbot → Setup video from Neil Stephenson → Setup video from VelvetShark Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Discovery Through Alex Finn's Video (02:50) What Actually Is Clawdbot? (05:46) Security-First Setup on Virtual Private Server (09:48) Current Integrations: Notion, Oura, Fathom, and More (14:15) Guest Research and Automated Workflows (16:48) Writing Style Analysis Exercise (19:13) Privacy Controls and Fathom Integration (22:54) Security Threats and Ongoing Protection (25:05) Future Plans: Show Notes and Automation (28:38) Should You Use Clawdbot? Technical Requirements (33:16) Costs, Setup Time, and What Can Go Wrong (35:24) The Content Creation Philosophy Question (40:02) Five Types of Content I Still Consume (42:36) How Creators Need to Adapt to AI Reality *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Over the last 48-72 hours, I completely fell down the rabbit hole with a new AI tool called Clawdbot (rebranded TODAY to Moltbot). Instead of my planned episode about what's on my mind in January 2026, I decided to share my raw, unfiltered experience setting up this AI assistant that runs 24/7 and integrates with all my tools. This isn't your typical AI chat interface—it's an always-on assistant I can text through Telegram that proactively handles research, automates workflows, and maintains institutional memory of all my content.

I'll walk you through exactly how I discovered it, my security-first setup approach using a virtual private server, the learning curve (spoiler: it took me until 1:30 AM), and the specific ways I'm using it now. From automated guest research and fitness tracking to content ideation from my 300+ podcast transcripts, this tool is changing how I think about AI assistance. But I'm also wrestling with bigger questions about what this means for content creation, human creativity, and where we draw the line on AI-generated work.

→ Alex Finn video → Learn about Clawdbot → Setup video from Neil Stephenson → Setup video from VelvetShark

Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Discovery Through Alex Finn's Video

(02:50) What Actually Is Clawdbot?

(05:46) Security-First Setup on Virtual Private Server

(09:48) Current Integrations: Notion, Oura, Fathom, and More

(14:15) Guest Research and Automated Workflows

(16:48) Writing Style Analysis Exercise

(19:13) Privacy Controls and Fathom Integration

(22:54) Security Threats and Ongoing Protection

(25:05) Future Plans: Show Notes and Automation

(28:38) Should You Use Clawdbot? Technical Requirements

(33:16) Costs, Setup Time, and What Can Go Wrong

(35:24) The Content Creation Philosophy Question

(40:02) Five Types of Content I Still Consume

(42:36) How Creators Need to Adapt to AI Reality

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2869 no #290: Behind The Scenes: My End of Year Retro https://podcast.creatorscience.com/retro-december-2025 Every month inside The Lab, I do what I call a monthly retro. It's short for retrospective. The idea is that, on a regular basis, you look back at what you have just done to learn from it, course-correct, and move forward. So in my monthly retros, I look at the good things that happened, how I performed against my goals, the concerns I currently have, the changes I'm going to make moving forward, and my goals for next month. → Join The Lab → Subscribe to the newsletter → Read my 2025 Year In Review ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Reflecting on Growth and Challenges (05:27) Strong Year-End Revenue Insights (07:37) Signature Product Lab Launch (13:35) Life-Changing Chair Experience (16:23) Christmas Joy and New Nanny (19:32) Video Podcasts Drive Higher Engagement (20:53) Podcast Reflections and Hosting Challenges (26:13) Social Detox and Podcast Focus (29:04) Refining Strategy and Delegation (30:51) Prioritizing Quality Over Schedule (34:02) Exciting Updates and Reflections *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 20 Jan 2026 08:00:00 -0000 Behind The Scenes: My End of Year Retro full 1 290 Jay Clouse A look at my numbers and insight from December 2025. Every month inside The Lab, I do what I call a monthly retro. It's short for retrospective. The idea is that, on a regular basis, you look back at what you have just done to learn from it, course-correct, and move forward. So in my monthly retros, I look at the good things that happened, how I performed against my goals, the concerns I currently have, the changes I'm going to make moving forward, and my goals for next month. → Join The Lab → Subscribe to the newsletter → Read my 2025 Year In Review ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Reflecting on Growth and Challenges (05:27) Strong Year-End Revenue Insights (07:37) Signature Product Lab Launch (13:35) Life-Changing Chair Experience (16:23) Christmas Joy and New Nanny (19:32) Video Podcasts Drive Higher Engagement (20:53) Podcast Reflections and Hosting Challenges (26:13) Social Detox and Podcast Focus (29:04) Refining Strategy and Delegation (30:51) Prioritizing Quality Over Schedule (34:02) Exciting Updates and Reflections *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Every month inside The Lab, I do what I call a monthly retro. It's short for retrospective. The idea is that, on a regular basis, you look back at what you have just done to learn from it, course-correct, and move forward.

So in my monthly retros, I look at the good things that happened, how I performed against my goals, the concerns I currently have, the changes I'm going to make moving forward, and my goals for next month.

→ Join The Lab

→ Subscribe to the newsletter

→ Read my 2025 Year In Review

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Reflecting on Growth and Challenges

(05:27) Strong Year-End Revenue Insights

(07:37) Signature Product Lab Launch

(13:35) Life-Changing Chair Experience

(16:23) Christmas Joy and New Nanny

(19:32) Video Podcasts Drive Higher Engagement

(20:53) Podcast Reflections and Hosting Challenges

(26:13) Social Detox and Podcast Focus

(29:04) Refining Strategy and Delegation

(30:51) Prioritizing Quality Over Schedule

(34:02) Exciting Updates and Reflections

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2207 no #289: Paul Millerd — The Truth About Traditional Publishing (And The Deal He Would’ve Taken) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/paul-millerd Paul Millerd is the author of The Pathless Path, which has earned Paul $325,000 in royalties to date. In the process, Paul turned down a publishing offer from Penguin, one of the major publishers in the industry. Then, in December, Paul decided to double down and produce a new version of The Pathless Path, an ultra-premium hardcover book that is just beautiful. So in this episode, we talk about that decision, the dark side of traditional publishing, the book deal Paul WOULD have taken, and when traditional publishing actually makes sense. → Get The New Hardcover Pathless Path ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Paul's Website / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Intro (05:53) Why He Self-Published (08:01) Designing Books Beyond the Obvious (13:13) Money Isn't A Reason to Write (16:54) Book's Success and New Opportunities (20:30) Rejecting Penguin (22:00) Redefining Self-Publishing Potential (25:00) Author Rights and Publishing Deals (30:29) Reviving Unpublished Books (31:33) Publishing Challenges and Opportunities (37:11) Write a Book You Love (39:38) Inside The Pathless Path Hardcover (43:02) Overcoming Doubts, Achieving Success (46:23) Inspired by Steel Brothers (48:43) Direct Sales for Higher Margins (53:04) Amazon Book Bundling Limitations *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#182: Noah Kagan — Behind the scenes of writing (and marketing) Million Dollar Weekend → #163: David Moldawer — Diving deep into book publishing with an industry insider *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 13 Jan 2026 08:00:00 -0000 Paul Millerd — The Truth About Traditional Publishing (And The Deal He Would’ve Taken) full 1 289 Jay Clouse Paul Millerd is the self-published author of The Pathless Path and Good Work Paul Millerd is the author of The Pathless Path, which has earned Paul $325,000 in royalties to date. In the process, Paul turned down a publishing offer from Penguin, one of the major publishers in the industry. Then, in December, Paul decided to double down and produce a new version of The Pathless Path, an ultra-premium hardcover book that is just beautiful. So in this episode, we talk about that decision, the dark side of traditional publishing, the book deal Paul WOULD have taken, and when traditional publishing actually makes sense. → Get The New Hardcover Pathless Path ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Paul's Website / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Intro (05:53) Why He Self-Published (08:01) Designing Books Beyond the Obvious (13:13) Money Isn't A Reason to Write (16:54) Book's Success and New Opportunities (20:30) Rejecting Penguin (22:00) Redefining Self-Publishing Potential (25:00) Author Rights and Publishing Deals (30:29) Reviving Unpublished Books (31:33) Publishing Challenges and Opportunities (37:11) Write a Book You Love (39:38) Inside The Pathless Path Hardcover (43:02) Overcoming Doubts, Achieving Success (46:23) Inspired by Steel Brothers (48:43) Direct Sales for Higher Margins (53:04) Amazon Book Bundling Limitations *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#182: Noah Kagan — Behind the scenes of writing (and marketing) Million Dollar Weekend → #163: David Moldawer — Diving deep into book publishing with an industry insider *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Paul Millerd is the author of The Pathless Path, which has earned Paul $325,000 in royalties to date. In the process, Paul turned down a publishing offer from Penguin, one of the major publishers in the industry. Then, in December, Paul decided to double down and produce a new version of The Pathless Path, an ultra-premium hardcover book that is just beautiful.

So in this episode, we talk about that decision, the dark side of traditional publishing, the book deal Paul WOULD have taken, and when traditional publishing actually makes sense.

→ Get The New Hardcover Pathless Path

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

Paul's Website / Twitter

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Intro

(05:53) Why He Self-Published

(08:01) Designing Books Beyond the Obvious

(13:13) Money Isn't A Reason to Write

(16:54) Book's Success and New Opportunities

(20:30) Rejecting Penguin

(22:00) Redefining Self-Publishing Potential

(25:00) Author Rights and Publishing Deals

(30:29) Reviving Unpublished Books

(31:33) Publishing Challenges and Opportunities

(37:11) Write a Book You Love

(39:38) Inside The Pathless Path Hardcover

(43:02) Overcoming Doubts, Achieving Success

(46:23) Inspired by Steel Brothers

(48:43) Direct Sales for Higher Margins

(53:04) Amazon Book Bundling Limitations

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#182: Noah Kagan — Behind the scenes of writing (and marketing) Million Dollar Weekend

→ #163: David Moldawer — Diving deep into book publishing with an industry insider

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3655 no #288: He gained 190K Instagram followers in 508 days…but wouldn’t do it again | Yoni Smolyar https://podcast.creatorscience.com/yoni-smolyar A few weeks ago, I came across a post on X from a user named Yoni Smolyar. It said, "Posting a video on Instagram every day for 508 days in a row taught me that I never want to do that again." I realized that I had seen and followed Yoni on Instagram, where he has over 190,000 followers. In the process, Yoni built an iPhone app called Brainrot, which had a $10,000 launch that he credits to his social media presence that he built during this daily Instagram posting challenge. In this conversation, you'll hear Yoni's approach to Instagram, what worked for him, why he ultimately says he wouldn't do it again, and why he believes his ex-audience of 20,000 may be more valuable. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Yoni's Website / Instagram / Twitter / Brainrot App / YouTube / TikTok *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) 508 Days of Daily Videos (05:08) Building Habits: A Month In (08:55) From Hesitant Posts to Viral Storytelling (12:35) Documenting My Entrepreneurial Journey (14:07) Speak Your Mind, Hit Record (19:38) Entrepreneurial Journey: Transparency & Growth (21:19) Brainrot: Tackling Phone Overuse (24:42) Overcoming Cringe Through Posting (30:37) Seasons of Steak and Sizzle (32:12) Origins of Social Media Sharing (34:58) Trapped by Public Perception (38:48) Short Form Video's Negative Impact *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#275: From ignoring short-form video to 3.5 billion views | Pat Flynn’s Pokémon juggernaut (Part 1)⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 06 Jan 2026 08:00:00 -0000 He gained 190K Instagram followers in 508 days…but wouldn’t do it again | Yoni Smolyar full 1 288 Jay Clouse Are Instagram followers overrated? A few weeks ago, I came across a post on X from a user named Yoni Smolyar. It said, "Posting a video on Instagram every day for 508 days in a row taught me that I never want to do that again." I realized that I had seen and followed Yoni on Instagram, where he has over 190,000 followers. In the process, Yoni built an iPhone app called Brainrot, which had a $10,000 launch that he credits to his social media presence that he built during this daily Instagram posting challenge. In this conversation, you'll hear Yoni's approach to Instagram, what worked for him, why he ultimately says he wouldn't do it again, and why he believes his ex-audience of 20,000 may be more valuable. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Yoni's Website / Instagram / Twitter / Brainrot App / YouTube / TikTok *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) 508 Days of Daily Videos (05:08) Building Habits: A Month In (08:55) From Hesitant Posts to Viral Storytelling (12:35) Documenting My Entrepreneurial Journey (14:07) Speak Your Mind, Hit Record (19:38) Entrepreneurial Journey: Transparency & Growth (21:19) Brainrot: Tackling Phone Overuse (24:42) Overcoming Cringe Through Posting (30:37) Seasons of Steak and Sizzle (32:12) Origins of Social Media Sharing (34:58) Trapped by Public Perception (38:48) Short Form Video's Negative Impact *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#275: From ignoring short-form video to 3.5 billion views | Pat Flynn’s Pokémon juggernaut (Part 1)⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices A few weeks ago, I came across a post on X from a user named Yoni Smolyar. It said, "Posting a video on Instagram every day for 508 days in a row taught me that I never want to do that again." I realized that I had seen and followed Yoni on Instagram, where he has over 190,000 followers.

In the process, Yoni built an iPhone app called Brainrot, which had a $10,000 launch that he credits to his social media presence that he built during this daily Instagram posting challenge.

In this conversation, you'll hear Yoni's approach to Instagram, what worked for him, why he ultimately says he wouldn't do it again, and why he believes his ex-audience of 20,000 may be more valuable.

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

Yoni's Website / Instagram / Twitter / Brainrot App / YouTube / TikTok

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) 508 Days of Daily Videos

(05:08) Building Habits: A Month In

(08:55) From Hesitant Posts to Viral Storytelling

(12:35) Documenting My Entrepreneurial Journey

(14:07) Speak Your Mind, Hit Record

(19:38) Entrepreneurial Journey: Transparency & Growth

(21:19) Brainrot: Tackling Phone Overuse

(24:42) Overcoming Cringe Through Posting

(30:37) Seasons of Steak and Sizzle

(32:12) Origins of Social Media Sharing

(34:58) Trapped by Public Perception

(38:48) Short Form Video's Negative Impact

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#275: From ignoring short-form video to 3.5 billion views | Pat Flynn’s Pokémon juggernaut (Part 1)⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2710 no #287: Reflecting on a year of parenting (and how that’s impacted me as a creator) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/bonus-josh-hall Today I am sharing an episode between Josh hall and myself. Josh hall is a good friend of mine, a business owner, and a creator here in Columbus, Ohio. His business is all about web design and he has a podcast called Web Design Business with Josh Hall, and I was a recent guest. So this is a conversation with Josh as friends, talking about what I've learned over the last year. Plus as a new father, how that has impacted my work and why it's not all sunshine and rainbows, but definitely a choice I would make 10 times out of 10. Subscribe to Web Design Business with Josh Hall 2024 Year in Review ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Jay Clouse: Creator Science Insights (06:37) Streamlined Video Content Creation (10:52) Balancing Work, Parenthood, and Time (20:42) Entrepreneurship: Survival and Uncertainty (25:37) Reflecting on Event Insights (28:28) Business Books vs. Viral Posts (34:53) Balancing Timeliness and Evergreen Content (37:59) Struggling with Content Switching (46:17) Balancing Priorities and Podcasts (51:55) Balancing Priorities and Passions (58:36) Low-Priced Offers Drive Sales (01:01:00) Scaling Success with Live Ads (01:06:32) Jay: Creator Science Highlights *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#270: Being a creator and a parent | Jay-Talking with Jay Acunzo⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 30 Dec 2025 08:00:00 -0000 Reflecting on a year of parenting (and how that’s impacted me as a creator) full 1 287 Jay Clouse My interview on Web Design Business with Josh Hall Today I am sharing an episode between Josh hall and myself. Josh hall is a good friend of mine, a business owner, and a creator here in Columbus, Ohio. His business is all about web design and he has a podcast called Web Design Business with Josh Hall, and I was a recent guest. So this is a conversation with Josh as friends, talking about what I've learned over the last year. Plus as a new father, how that has impacted my work and why it's not all sunshine and rainbows, but definitely a choice I would make 10 times out of 10. Subscribe to Web Design Business with Josh Hall 2024 Year in Review ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Jay Clouse: Creator Science Insights (06:37) Streamlined Video Content Creation (10:52) Balancing Work, Parenthood, and Time (20:42) Entrepreneurship: Survival and Uncertainty (25:37) Reflecting on Event Insights (28:28) Business Books vs. Viral Posts (34:53) Balancing Timeliness and Evergreen Content (37:59) Struggling with Content Switching (46:17) Balancing Priorities and Podcasts (51:55) Balancing Priorities and Passions (58:36) Low-Priced Offers Drive Sales (01:01:00) Scaling Success with Live Ads (01:06:32) Jay: Creator Science Highlights *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#270: Being a creator and a parent | Jay-Talking with Jay Acunzo⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Today I am sharing an episode between Josh hall and myself. Josh hall is a good friend of mine, a business owner, and a creator here in Columbus, Ohio. His business is all about web design and he has a podcast called Web Design Business with Josh Hall, and I was a recent guest.

So this is a conversation with Josh as friends, talking about what I've learned over the last year. Plus as a new father, how that has impacted my work and why it's not all sunshine and rainbows, but definitely a choice I would make 10 times out of 10.

Subscribe to Web Design Business with Josh Hall

2024 Year in Review

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Jay Clouse: Creator Science Insights

(06:37) Streamlined Video Content Creation

(10:52) Balancing Work, Parenthood, and Time

(20:42) Entrepreneurship: Survival and Uncertainty

(25:37) Reflecting on Event Insights

(28:28) Business Books vs. Viral Posts

(34:53) Balancing Timeliness and Evergreen Content

(37:59) Struggling with Content Switching

(46:17) Balancing Priorities and Podcasts

(51:55) Balancing Priorities and Passions

(58:36) Low-Priced Offers Drive Sales

(01:01:00) Scaling Success with Live Ads

(01:06:32) Jay: Creator Science Highlights

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#270: Being a creator and a parent | Jay-Talking with Jay Acunzo⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4121 no #286: How To LEGALLY Pay Less In Taxes (And Invest It Instead) — Ankur Nagpal https://podcast.creatorscience.com/ankur-nagpal In 2020, Ankur Nagpal sold his course platform, Teachable, for around $250 million. But he knew that the sale would come with a giant tax bill. So Ankur became obsessed with the tax code, and he wanted to make it easier for everyone to legally operate within it. That led him to discover Solo 401(k)s. So he built a new company called Carry that helps you legally keep more of what you earn and invest it the way you want. This podcast is for informational purposes, and not intended to be financial advice. Please consult a financial advisor about your specific situation. → Get Ankur's Free Tax Guide → Sign up for Carry ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Introduction (01:32) Ankur's Crash Course in Tax Law (08:18) Tax Loopholes and Bias (11:02) Solo 401(k) Benefits Explained (14:32) Solo 401(k) Contribution Guidelines (17:46) S-Corp Tax Benefits Explained (20:11) Maximizing QBI Deduction Strategies (23:22) Tax Planning CPA vs Planners (26:29) Solo 401(k) Advantages Explained (31:49) Direct Indexing (32:34) Tax Loss Harvesting Strategy (36:34) Maximizing Retirement Contributions (41:07) Solo 401(k) Tax Planning Deadlines (44:06) Solo 401(k) Setup Guide (46:12) Tax-Saving Strategy Money Markets *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#280: How to LEGALLY Protect Your Channel (YouTube Lawyer Tyler Chou Explains) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Fri, 19 Dec 2025 16:44:00 -0000 How To LEGALLY Pay Less In Taxes (And Invest It Instead) — Ankur Nagpal full 1 286 Jay Clouse Ankur Nagpal is the founder of Carry. In 2020, Ankur Nagpal sold his course platform, Teachable, for around $250 million. But he knew that the sale would come with a giant tax bill. So Ankur became obsessed with the tax code, and he wanted to make it easier for everyone to legally operate within it. That led him to discover Solo 401(k)s. So he built a new company called Carry that helps you legally keep more of what you earn and invest it the way you want. This podcast is for informational purposes, and not intended to be financial advice. Please consult a financial advisor about your specific situation. → Get Ankur's Free Tax Guide → Sign up for Carry ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Introduction (01:32) Ankur's Crash Course in Tax Law (08:18) Tax Loopholes and Bias (11:02) Solo 401(k) Benefits Explained (14:32) Solo 401(k) Contribution Guidelines (17:46) S-Corp Tax Benefits Explained (20:11) Maximizing QBI Deduction Strategies (23:22) Tax Planning CPA vs Planners (26:29) Solo 401(k) Advantages Explained (31:49) Direct Indexing (32:34) Tax Loss Harvesting Strategy (36:34) Maximizing Retirement Contributions (41:07) Solo 401(k) Tax Planning Deadlines (44:06) Solo 401(k) Setup Guide (46:12) Tax-Saving Strategy Money Markets *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#280: How to LEGALLY Protect Your Channel (YouTube Lawyer Tyler Chou Explains) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices In 2020, Ankur Nagpal sold his course platform, Teachable, for around $250 million. But he knew that the sale would come with a giant tax bill. So Ankur became obsessed with the tax code, and he wanted to make it easier for everyone to legally operate within it. That led him to discover Solo 401(k)s. So he built a new company called Carry that helps you legally keep more of what you earn and invest it the way you want.

This podcast is for informational purposes, and not intended to be financial advice. Please consult a financial advisor about your specific situation.

→ Get Ankur's Free Tax Guide → Sign up for Carry

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Introduction

(01:32) Ankur's Crash Course in Tax Law

(08:18) Tax Loopholes and Bias

(11:02) Solo 401(k) Benefits Explained

(14:32) Solo 401(k) Contribution Guidelines

(17:46) S-Corp Tax Benefits Explained

(20:11) Maximizing QBI Deduction Strategies

(23:22) Tax Planning CPA vs Planners

(26:29) Solo 401(k) Advantages Explained

(31:49) Direct Indexing

(32:34) Tax Loss Harvesting Strategy

(36:34) Maximizing Retirement Contributions

(41:07) Solo 401(k) Tax Planning Deadlines

(44:06) Solo 401(k) Setup Guide

(46:12) Tax-Saving Strategy Money Markets

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#280: How to LEGALLY Protect Your Channel (YouTube Lawyer Tyler Chou Explains)

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2945 no #285: Personal branding, building trust, and why most creators fail | Influence Anyone https://podcast.creatorscience.com/influence-anyone Before I went on my current podcast guesting hiatus, I sat down with Howie Chan. I met Howie in person earlier this year at Matt McGarry’s Newsletter Marketing Summit. I thought he was fun, friendly, and thoughtful — just like he is in his podcast, Influence Anyone. This podcast is all about applied influence psychology. Each episode, Howie sit downs with experts and practitioners to uncover the hidden psychology that helps you influence yourself (mastering your mindset, habits, and decisions) and get buy-in from others (your team, clients, and audiences.) In this episode, we talk about my recent topic of study: trust. We break down what I’m learning about how trust works, what it looks like to build a trust-first creator business, and why some creators frankly don’t care about that. We also talk about personal branding — Howie dug up a cringe video I made in 2012 — and what I’d do if I were starting over in 2026. Subscribe to Influence Anyone ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Trust, Branding, and Starting Over (05:39) Sentiment and Expectations Scatterplot (12:01) Declining Trust in Modern Society (19:49) Key Traits of Trustworthiness (24:08) Building Trust Through Consistency (27:37) Trust Over Manipulation (35:18) Think Big, Stay Persistent (40:58) Understand Your Audience Through Interviews (43:37) Understanding Buyer Hesitation (51:06) Pushing for Growth and Goals (55:30) Building Trust to Expand Business (01:00:05) Creating Your Own Path *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 09 Dec 2025 08:00:00 -0000 Personal branding, building trust, and why most creators fail | Influence Anyone full 1 285 Jay Clouse My guest interview on Influence Anyone Before I went on my current podcast guesting hiatus, I sat down with Howie Chan. I met Howie in person earlier this year at Matt McGarry’s Newsletter Marketing Summit. I thought he was fun, friendly, and thoughtful — just like he is in his podcast, Influence Anyone. This podcast is all about applied influence psychology. Each episode, Howie sit downs with experts and practitioners to uncover the hidden psychology that helps you influence yourself (mastering your mindset, habits, and decisions) and get buy-in from others (your team, clients, and audiences.) In this episode, we talk about my recent topic of study: trust. We break down what I’m learning about how trust works, what it looks like to build a trust-first creator business, and why some creators frankly don’t care about that. We also talk about personal branding — Howie dug up a cringe video I made in 2012 — and what I’d do if I were starting over in 2026. Subscribe to Influence Anyone ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Trust, Branding, and Starting Over (05:39) Sentiment and Expectations Scatterplot (12:01) Declining Trust in Modern Society (19:49) Key Traits of Trustworthiness (24:08) Building Trust Through Consistency (27:37) Trust Over Manipulation (35:18) Think Big, Stay Persistent (40:58) Understand Your Audience Through Interviews (43:37) Understanding Buyer Hesitation (51:06) Pushing for Growth and Goals (55:30) Building Trust to Expand Business (01:00:05) Creating Your Own Path *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Before I went on my current podcast guesting hiatus, I sat down with Howie Chan. I met Howie in person earlier this year at Matt McGarry’s Newsletter Marketing Summit. I thought he was fun, friendly, and thoughtful — just like he is in his podcast, Influence Anyone.

This podcast is all about applied influence psychology. Each episode, Howie sit downs with experts and practitioners to uncover the hidden psychology that helps you influence yourself (mastering your mindset, habits, and decisions) and get buy-in from others (your team, clients, and audiences.)

In this episode, we talk about my recent topic of study: trust. We break down what I’m learning about how trust works, what it looks like to build a trust-first creator business, and why some creators frankly don’t care about that.

We also talk about personal branding — Howie dug up a cringe video I made in 2012 — and what I’d do if I were starting over in 2026.

Subscribe to Influence Anyone

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Trust, Branding, and Starting Over

(05:39) Sentiment and Expectations Scatterplot

(12:01) Declining Trust in Modern Society

(19:49) Key Traits of Trustworthiness

(24:08) Building Trust Through Consistency

(27:37) Trust Over Manipulation

(35:18) Think Big, Stay Persistent

(40:58) Understand Your Audience Through Interviews

(43:37) Understanding Buyer Hesitation

(51:06) Pushing for Growth and Goals

(55:30) Building Trust to Expand Business

(01:00:05) Creating Your Own Path

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3816 no #284: I helped a YouTuber design his membership https://podcast.creatorscience.com/tommy-sikes Meet Tommy. Tommy has a YouTube channel dedicated to helping Americans retire in France. Tommy’s done an incredible job attracting nearly 30,000 subscribers and 2 million views on his channel, but he needed help dialing in his product offer. Tommy is a member of The Lab, my invitation-only membership community for 6-and-7-figure creators. He scheduled a coaching call with me to work out how he can take his growing audience and design his product offers to both serve that audience and bring in serious revenue. This is that coaching call, where we discuss how his membership, cohort-based courses, and retreats to France all work together. → Join the Signature Product Bootcamp → Join The Lab ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Tommy's ⁠⁠Website⁠⁠ / ⁠YouTube⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Intro to American to France (06:11) Membership Focus: Retreats or Access? (08:03) Retreats and Membership Marketing Strategy (11:32) Membership Value and Retention (17:18) Time-Bound Experiences & Memberships (20:38) Strategic Event Video Planning (23:04) Ticket Sales Strategies (27:24) How Bootcamps Tie In (28:36) Community Engagement and Membership Disconnect (34:24) Selling Evergreen Memberships (36:22) The Power of Community (40:25) Building Community in New Locations *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#260: Detailed Breakdown: Our First Offline Event (And What We’ll Do Differently Next Time) → #271: Coaching: Helping a Lab member design their product suite | Hot Seat with John McBride *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Sun, 30 Nov 2025 08:00:00 -0000 I helped a YouTuber design his membership full 1 284 Jay Clouse Watch me help Tommy Sikes redesign his offer suite in real-time. Meet Tommy. Tommy has a YouTube channel dedicated to helping Americans retire in France. Tommy’s done an incredible job attracting nearly 30,000 subscribers and 2 million views on his channel, but he needed help dialing in his product offer. Tommy is a member of The Lab, my invitation-only membership community for 6-and-7-figure creators. He scheduled a coaching call with me to work out how he can take his growing audience and design his product offers to both serve that audience and bring in serious revenue. This is that coaching call, where we discuss how his membership, cohort-based courses, and retreats to France all work together. → Join the Signature Product Bootcamp → Join The Lab ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Tommy's ⁠⁠Website⁠⁠ / ⁠YouTube⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Intro to American to France (06:11) Membership Focus: Retreats or Access? (08:03) Retreats and Membership Marketing Strategy (11:32) Membership Value and Retention (17:18) Time-Bound Experiences & Memberships (20:38) Strategic Event Video Planning (23:04) Ticket Sales Strategies (27:24) How Bootcamps Tie In (28:36) Community Engagement and Membership Disconnect (34:24) Selling Evergreen Memberships (36:22) The Power of Community (40:25) Building Community in New Locations *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#260: Detailed Breakdown: Our First Offline Event (And What We’ll Do Differently Next Time) → #271: Coaching: Helping a Lab member design their product suite | Hot Seat with John McBride *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Meet Tommy. Tommy has a YouTube channel dedicated to helping Americans retire in France.

Tommy’s done an incredible job attracting nearly 30,000 subscribers and 2 million views on his channel, but he needed help dialing in his product offer.

Tommy is a member of The Lab, my invitation-only membership community for 6-and-7-figure creators. He scheduled a coaching call with me to work out how he can take his growing audience and design his product offers to both serve that audience and bring in serious revenue.

This is that coaching call, where we discuss how his membership, cohort-based courses, and retreats to France all work together.

→ Join the Signature Product Bootcamp

→ Join The Lab

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

Tommy's ⁠⁠Website⁠⁠ / ⁠YouTube⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Intro to American to France (06:11) Membership Focus: Retreats or Access? (08:03) Retreats and Membership Marketing Strategy (11:32) Membership Value and Retention (17:18) Time-Bound Experiences & Memberships (20:38) Strategic Event Video Planning (23:04) Ticket Sales Strategies (27:24) How Bootcamps Tie In (28:36) Community Engagement and Membership Disconnect (34:24) Selling Evergreen Memberships (36:22) The Power of Community (40:25) Building Community in New Locations

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#260: Detailed Breakdown: Our First Offline Event (And What We’ll Do Differently Next Time)

→ #271: Coaching: Helping a Lab member design their product suite | Hot Seat with John McBride

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2596 no #283: I’m launching my new offer TODAY! https://podcast.creatorscience.com/spb-launch Today, I’m launching my first-ever Signature Product Bootcamp: A four-week, live course for developing YOUR signature product (that you can sell with confidence for years). Program Dates: December 4, 2025 — December 29, 2025 Registration closes Dec. 1 at 11:59pm PT. → Enroll Now in the Signature Product Bootcamp → Learn More about the Signature Product Bootcamp → Join The Lab ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Creator Science: Signature Boot Camp 06:13 Building Mindshare Through Focus 08:25 Product Clarity Bootcamp 13:01 Building Your Signature Offer 14:07 Bootcamp: Plan, Not Build 17:20 Signature Product Bootcamp Info *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 25 Nov 2025 08:00:00 -0000 I’m launching my new offer TODAY! full 1 283 Jay Clouse I just opened enrollment to my first-ever Signature Product Bootcamp. Today, I’m launching my first-ever Signature Product Bootcamp: A four-week, live course for developing YOUR signature product (that you can sell with confidence for years). Program Dates: December 4, 2025 — December 29, 2025 Registration closes Dec. 1 at 11:59pm PT. → Enroll Now in the Signature Product Bootcamp → Learn More about the Signature Product Bootcamp → Join The Lab ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Creator Science: Signature Boot Camp 06:13 Building Mindshare Through Focus 08:25 Product Clarity Bootcamp 13:01 Building Your Signature Offer 14:07 Bootcamp: Plan, Not Build 17:20 Signature Product Bootcamp Info *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Today, I’m launching my first-ever Signature Product Bootcamp: A four-week, live course for developing YOUR signature product (that you can sell with confidence for years).

Program Dates: December 4, 2025 — December 29, 2025

Registration closes Dec. 1 at 11:59pm PT.

→ Enroll Now in the Signature Product Bootcamp

→ Learn More about the Signature Product Bootcamp

→ Join The Lab

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 Creator Science: Signature Boot Camp

06:13 Building Mindshare Through Focus

08:25 Product Clarity Bootcamp

13:01 Building Your Signature Offer

14:07 Bootcamp: Plan, Not Build

17:20 Signature Product Bootcamp Info

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 1115 no #282: David Altizer — How to Make Great Thumbnails (For Non-Designers) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/david-altizer David Altizer is the co-creator of Thumbnail Academy and has quickly become one of the most sought-after thumbnail designers around. David’s clients include Kurtis Connor, Jolly, Max Fosh, Hayden Hillier Smith, and now me. David’s thumbnails have earned nearly 350 million views—and in this video, he’ll show you why creating thumbnails is actually easier than you think. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Hire David Join Thumbnail Academy David's ⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ / Twitter / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Intro to David Altizer (05:20) Rule of Thirds Explained (06:26) The Key to Composition (11:07) Special Offer on 1of10 (15:02) Different Styles of Thumbnails (19:39) Clickbait is Good, Actually (22:05) The Key to More Clicks (24:27) Thumbnail Text Strategy (29:44) Learning from Far Side Comics (32:57) Mastering Thumbnails and Outliers (35:41) Working With Thumbnail Designers (45:46) AI's Role in Thumbnail *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#280: How to LEGALLY Protect Your Channel (YouTube Lawyer Tyler Chou Explains) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 18 Nov 2025 08:00:00 -0000 David Altizer — How to Make Great Thumbnails (For Non-Designers) full 1 282 Jay Clouse David Altizer has helped his clients earn more than 350,000,000 views David Altizer is the co-creator of Thumbnail Academy and has quickly become one of the most sought-after thumbnail designers around. David’s clients include Kurtis Connor, Jolly, Max Fosh, Hayden Hillier Smith, and now me. David’s thumbnails have earned nearly 350 million views—and in this video, he’ll show you why creating thumbnails is actually easier than you think. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Hire David Join Thumbnail Academy David's ⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ / Twitter / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Intro to David Altizer (05:20) Rule of Thirds Explained (06:26) The Key to Composition (11:07) Special Offer on 1of10 (15:02) Different Styles of Thumbnails (19:39) Clickbait is Good, Actually (22:05) The Key to More Clicks (24:27) Thumbnail Text Strategy (29:44) Learning from Far Side Comics (32:57) Mastering Thumbnails and Outliers (35:41) Working With Thumbnail Designers (45:46) AI's Role in Thumbnail *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#280: How to LEGALLY Protect Your Channel (YouTube Lawyer Tyler Chou Explains) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices David Altizer is the co-creator of Thumbnail Academy and has quickly become one of the most sought-after thumbnail designers around. David’s clients include Kurtis Connor, Jolly, Max Fosh, Hayden Hillier Smith, and now me.

David’s thumbnails have earned nearly 350 million views—and in this video, he’ll show you why creating thumbnails is actually easier than you think.

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

Hire David

Join Thumbnail Academy

David's ⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ / Twitter / YouTube

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Intro to David Altizer

(05:20) Rule of Thirds Explained

(06:26) The Key to Composition

(11:07) Special Offer on 1of10

(15:02) Different Styles of Thumbnails

(19:39) Clickbait is Good, Actually

(22:05) The Key to More Clicks

(24:27) Thumbnail Text Strategy

(29:44) Learning from Far Side Comics

(32:57) Mastering Thumbnails and Outliers

(35:41) Working With Thumbnail Designers

(45:46) AI's Role in Thumbnail

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#280: How to LEGALLY Protect Your Channel (YouTube Lawyer Tyler Chou Explains)

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3078 no #281: A question about the future of this podcast... [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-video-podcasting If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts! → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 11 Nov 2025 21:21:00 -0000 A question about the future of this podcast... [Voice Memo] full 1 281 Jay Clouse A change I'm considering If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts! → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts!

→ Subscribe to the newsletter

→ Join The Lab

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 257 no #263: How To Succeed on YouTube Today feat. Colin & Samir [Greatest Hits] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/colinandsamir-replay I interviewed YouTube legends, Colin and Samir. They are the most influential duo in the creator economy. Today, they talk about how to build a channel that stands the test of time. In this episode, you’ll learn the importance of formats in building a strong brand, how to set your channel up for financial success, and we vent about miscellaneous gripes we all have. ⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠ Colin and Samir's ⁠⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠YouTube⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Most Influential Duo on YouTube (01:08) What Are Successful YouTubers Doing Right Now (03:47) Relationship Between Consistency and a Strong Brand (12:38) What Consistency Looks Like in the C&S Brand (16:27) Don’t Commercialize Your Passion (18:51) Turning Your Channel Into a Business (25:52) The Future of Monetization (29:41) YouTubers Are Underselling Themselves to Brands (39:02) Merch as a Revenue Driver Vs Brand Loyalty (41:12) Future of Shorts (44:07) What Happens When Thumbnails Become Less Important (46:41) What’s the Deal with Livestreaming (50:23) Venting to Each Other About the World Around Us (55:46) Learn How to Secure High Paying Brand Deals *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#209: Paddy Galloway – How he makes any niche go viral⁠ → ⁠#164: Jon Youshaei – Ex-YouTube employee shares the best growth advice (that you’ve probably never heard)⁠ *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 04 Nov 2025 08:00:00 -0000 How To Succeed on YouTube Today feat. Colin & Samir [Greatest Hits] full 1 Jay Clouse Interviewing two of the most influential men in the creator economy. I interviewed YouTube legends, Colin and Samir. They are the most influential duo in the creator economy. Today, they talk about how to build a channel that stands the test of time. In this episode, you’ll learn the importance of formats in building a strong brand, how to set your channel up for financial success, and we vent about miscellaneous gripes we all have. ⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠ Colin and Samir's ⁠⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠YouTube⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Most Influential Duo on YouTube (01:08) What Are Successful YouTubers Doing Right Now (03:47) Relationship Between Consistency and a Strong Brand (12:38) What Consistency Looks Like in the C&S Brand (16:27) Don’t Commercialize Your Passion (18:51) Turning Your Channel Into a Business (25:52) The Future of Monetization (29:41) YouTubers Are Underselling Themselves to Brands (39:02) Merch as a Revenue Driver Vs Brand Loyalty (41:12) Future of Shorts (44:07) What Happens When Thumbnails Become Less Important (46:41) What’s the Deal with Livestreaming (50:23) Venting to Each Other About the World Around Us (55:46) Learn How to Secure High Paying Brand Deals *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#209: Paddy Galloway – How he makes any niche go viral⁠ → ⁠#164: Jon Youshaei – Ex-YouTube employee shares the best growth advice (that you’ve probably never heard)⁠ *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices I interviewed YouTube legends, Colin and Samir. They are the most influential duo in the creator economy. Today, they talk about how to build a channel that stands the test of time. In this episode, you’ll learn the importance of formats in building a strong brand, how to set your channel up for financial success, and we vent about miscellaneous gripes we all have.

⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠

Colin and Samir's ⁠⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠YouTube⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) The Most Influential Duo on YouTube

(01:08) What Are Successful YouTubers Doing Right Now

(03:47) Relationship Between Consistency and a Strong Brand

(12:38) What Consistency Looks Like in the C&S Brand

(16:27) Don’t Commercialize Your Passion

(18:51) Turning Your Channel Into a Business

(25:52) The Future of Monetization

(29:41) YouTubers Are Underselling Themselves to Brands

(39:02) Merch as a Revenue Driver Vs Brand Loyalty

(41:12) Future of Shorts

(44:07) What Happens When Thumbnails Become Less Important

(46:41) What’s the Deal with Livestreaming

(50:23) Venting to Each Other About the World Around Us

(55:46) Learn How to Secure High Paying Brand Deals

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#209: Paddy Galloway – How he makes any niche go viral⁠

→ ⁠#164: Jon Youshaei – Ex-YouTube employee shares the best growth advice (that you’ve probably never heard)⁠

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3505 no #280: How to LEGALLY Protect Your Channel (YouTube Lawyer Tyler Chou Explains) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/tyler-chou Tyler Chou spent nearly two decades as an entertainment attorney in Hollywood, with senior roles at Disney, Skydance, BuzzFeed, before starting her own YouTube channel, which brought her into this world of creators. And today, she helps clients like Sam & Colby, Andy Morris, and Jenny Hoyos stay on the right side of the law. Unfortunately, that’s getting harder (and scarier) all the time. But that doesn’t mean you can’t protect yourself. And Tyler is going to show us how you can start doing so – today. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Tyler's Website / Instagram / LinkedIn / TikTok / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Meet the Lawyer Saving YouTube Channels (04:35) Music Publishers and Copyright Strikes (09:54) Getting Strikes Removed (13:08) YouTube Strikes and Litigation Process (15:37) How we use 1of10 (20:28) Resolving Copyright Strikes Creatively (21:46) How Creators Misunderstand Fair Use (27:11) Essential Steps for Creator Protection (30:18) Protecting Partnerships from Future Risks (33:15) Protecting YouTube Channel Ownership (37:37) Photo Licensing and Fair Use (41:05) The Upside of Litigation (42:01) Why This Shouldn't Scare You *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#263: Colin & Samir on the future of their channel and the creator economy *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 28 Oct 2025 07:00:00 -0000 How to LEGALLY Protect Your Channel with YouTube Lawyer Tyler Chou full 1 280 Jay Clouse Tyler Chou is the Creator’s Attorney Tyler Chou spent nearly two decades as an entertainment attorney in Hollywood, with senior roles at Disney, Skydance, BuzzFeed, before starting her own YouTube channel, which brought her into this world of creators. And today, she helps clients like Sam & Colby, Andy Morris, and Jenny Hoyos stay on the right side of the law. Unfortunately, that’s getting harder (and scarier) all the time. But that doesn’t mean you can’t protect yourself. And Tyler is going to show us how you can start doing so – today. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Tyler's Website / Instagram / LinkedIn / TikTok / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Meet the Lawyer Saving YouTube Channels (04:35) Music Publishers and Copyright Strikes (09:54) Getting Strikes Removed (13:08) YouTube Strikes and Litigation Process (15:37) How we use 1of10 (20:28) Resolving Copyright Strikes Creatively (21:46) How Creators Misunderstand Fair Use (27:11) Essential Steps for Creator Protection (30:18) Protecting Partnerships from Future Risks (33:15) Protecting YouTube Channel Ownership (37:37) Photo Licensing and Fair Use (41:05) The Upside of Litigation (42:01) Why This Shouldn't Scare You *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#263: Colin & Samir on the future of their channel and the creator economy *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tyler Chou spent nearly two decades as an entertainment attorney in Hollywood, with senior roles at Disney, Skydance, BuzzFeed, before starting her own YouTube channel, which brought her into this world of creators. And today, she helps clients like Sam & Colby, Andy Morris, and Jenny Hoyos stay on the right side of the law. Unfortunately, that’s getting harder (and scarier) all the time. But that doesn’t mean you can’t protect yourself. And Tyler is going to show us how you can start doing so – today.

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

Tyler's Website / Instagram / LinkedIn / TikTok / YouTube

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Meet the Lawyer Saving YouTube Channels (04:35) Music Publishers and Copyright Strikes (09:54) Getting Strikes Removed (13:08) YouTube Strikes and Litigation Process (15:37) How we use 1of10 (20:28) Resolving Copyright Strikes Creatively (21:46) How Creators Misunderstand Fair Use (27:11) Essential Steps for Creator Protection (30:18) Protecting Partnerships from Future Risks (33:15) Protecting YouTube Channel Ownership (37:37) Photo Licensing and Fair Use (41:05) The Upside of Litigation (42:01) Why This Shouldn't Scare You

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#263: Colin & Samir on the future of their channel and the creator economy

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2705 no #279: How we navigate our different internal characters (and her experience as a first time author) | Amanda Goetz https://podcast.creatorscience.com/amanda-goetz In today's episode, I am speaking with my dear friend Amanda Goetz. Amanda is my favorite kind of person. She works her butt off, but she's also sensitive and introspective. Her perspective on ambition and how to marry it with family life is baked into her new book, called Toxic Grit, How to Have It All and Actually Love What You Have. Amanda is a two-time founder, four-time CMO, and single mom of three. She inspires over 150,000 people every week through her social insights and weekly newsletter Life's a Game. Previously, Amanda founded House of Wise, the luxury wellness brand giving women permission to make space for better sleep, hotter sex, less stress, and more strength. House of Wise was acquired in 2022, and before that, Amanda spent five years at the Knot Worldwide as Head of Brand Marketing. Learn more about Amanda Order Toxic Grit Amanda's Instagram / Twitter / LinkedIn ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Amanda's Inspiring Journey & Book 04:35 Embracing Multifaceted Female Identity 06:30 Rediscovering Authentic Self Needs 11:34 Seeking Validation as a Creator 13:29 Life's a Game Newsletter Launch 18:06 Building a Brand for Publishing 22:39 Industry Feedback and Benchmarks 25:12 First Book Needn't Be Best 29:05 Self-Understanding and Growth Process 31:37 Authenticity and Emotional Maturity 37:00 Authenticity and Creative Energy 40:34 Transitioning to Intimacy Mode 42:57 Mastering Co-Parenting Early 45:23 Trusting Publisher's Title Process 49:05 Focus, Strategy, Connection *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#276: From self-publishing to traditional and becoming a NYT best-seller | Pat Flynn (Part 2) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 21 Oct 2025 07:00:00 -0000 How we navigate our different internal characters (and her experience as a first time author) | Amanda Goetz full 1 279 Jay Clouse Amanda Goetz is the author of Toxic Grit: How to have it all and (actually) love what you have In today's episode, I am speaking with my dear friend Amanda Goetz. Amanda is my favorite kind of person. She works her butt off, but she's also sensitive and introspective. Her perspective on ambition and how to marry it with family life is baked into her new book, called Toxic Grit, How to Have It All and Actually Love What You Have. Amanda is a two-time founder, four-time CMO, and single mom of three. She inspires over 150,000 people every week through her social insights and weekly newsletter Life's a Game. Previously, Amanda founded House of Wise, the luxury wellness brand giving women permission to make space for better sleep, hotter sex, less stress, and more strength. House of Wise was acquired in 2022, and before that, Amanda spent five years at the Knot Worldwide as Head of Brand Marketing. Learn more about Amanda Order Toxic Grit Amanda's Instagram / Twitter / LinkedIn ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Amanda's Inspiring Journey & Book 04:35 Embracing Multifaceted Female Identity 06:30 Rediscovering Authentic Self Needs 11:34 Seeking Validation as a Creator 13:29 Life's a Game Newsletter Launch 18:06 Building a Brand for Publishing 22:39 Industry Feedback and Benchmarks 25:12 First Book Needn't Be Best 29:05 Self-Understanding and Growth Process 31:37 Authenticity and Emotional Maturity 37:00 Authenticity and Creative Energy 40:34 Transitioning to Intimacy Mode 42:57 Mastering Co-Parenting Early 45:23 Trusting Publisher's Title Process 49:05 Focus, Strategy, Connection *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#276: From self-publishing to traditional and becoming a NYT best-seller | Pat Flynn (Part 2) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices In today's episode, I am speaking with my dear friend Amanda Goetz. Amanda is my favorite kind of person. She works her butt off, but she's also sensitive and introspective. Her perspective on ambition and how to marry it with family life is baked into her new book, called Toxic Grit, How to Have It All and Actually Love What You Have.

Amanda is a two-time founder, four-time CMO, and single mom of three. She inspires over 150,000 people every week through her social insights and weekly newsletter Life's a Game. Previously, Amanda founded House of Wise, the luxury wellness brand giving women permission to make space for better sleep, hotter sex, less stress, and more strength. House of Wise was acquired in 2022, and before that, Amanda spent five years at the Knot Worldwide as Head of Brand Marketing.

Learn more about Amanda

Order Toxic Grit

Amanda's Instagram / Twitter / LinkedIn

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 Amanda's Inspiring Journey & Book

04:35 Embracing Multifaceted Female Identity

06:30 Rediscovering Authentic Self Needs

11:34 Seeking Validation as a Creator

13:29 Life's a Game Newsletter Launch

18:06 Building a Brand for Publishing

22:39 Industry Feedback and Benchmarks

25:12 First Book Needn't Be Best

29:05 Self-Understanding and Growth Process

31:37 Authenticity and Emotional Maturity

37:00 Authenticity and Creative Energy

40:34 Transitioning to Intimacy Mode

42:57 Mastering Co-Parenting Early

45:23 Trusting Publisher's Title Process

49:05 Focus, Strategy, Connection

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#276: From self-publishing to traditional and becoming a NYT best-seller | Pat Flynn (Part 2)

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3301 no #278: How I’m Approaching The Rest of 2025 (Behind The Scenes) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/bts-end-of-2025 Today, I want to take you behind the scenes in The Lab this week. Every month I do a retro where I look at the months that just passed, things that went well, things that didn't go well, things that I'm changing because of that. I wanted to share a version of that here on the channel and on the podcast feed, and hopefully by learning more about what's going on in my head, not only do you feel a little bit seen and understood, but maybe it gives you some insight and unlocks something for you in your own business as well. So in this episode, I'll be looking at the last quarter of the year. I want to look at my business, how it's performing so far, and where we're heading. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Quarterly Business Review Insights 06:26 Parenting, Priorities, and Adaptation 08:09 Lab and Book Priorities 11:51 Refocusing on Creator Priorities 15:41 Ambition on My Terms 19:40 Writing, Thinking, and Mimetic Desire 21:40 Content Repurposing Across Platforms 25:56 Content & Product Strategy Update 30:29 Lab Membership Updates & Features 31:54 Making the Book a Success 35:44 Balancing the Perfect Title 38:11 Struggling to Do Less *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#270: Being a creator and a parent | Jay-Talking with Jay Acunzo *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 14 Oct 2025 07:00:00 -0000 How I’m Approaching The Rest of 2025 (Behind The Scenes) full 1 278 Jay Clouse A peek behind the curtain into the rest of my year. Today, I want to take you behind the scenes in The Lab this week. Every month I do a retro where I look at the months that just passed, things that went well, things that didn't go well, things that I'm changing because of that. I wanted to share a version of that here on the channel and on the podcast feed, and hopefully by learning more about what's going on in my head, not only do you feel a little bit seen and understood, but maybe it gives you some insight and unlocks something for you in your own business as well. So in this episode, I'll be looking at the last quarter of the year. I want to look at my business, how it's performing so far, and where we're heading. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Quarterly Business Review Insights 06:26 Parenting, Priorities, and Adaptation 08:09 Lab and Book Priorities 11:51 Refocusing on Creator Priorities 15:41 Ambition on My Terms 19:40 Writing, Thinking, and Mimetic Desire 21:40 Content Repurposing Across Platforms 25:56 Content & Product Strategy Update 30:29 Lab Membership Updates & Features 31:54 Making the Book a Success 35:44 Balancing the Perfect Title 38:11 Struggling to Do Less *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#270: Being a creator and a parent | Jay-Talking with Jay Acunzo *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Today, I want to take you behind the scenes in The Lab this week. Every month I do a retro where I look at the months that just passed, things that went well, things that didn't go well, things that I'm changing because of that.

I wanted to share a version of that here on the channel and on the podcast feed, and hopefully by learning more about what's going on in my head, not only do you feel a little bit seen and understood, but maybe it gives you some insight and unlocks something for you in your own business as well.

So in this episode, I'll be looking at the last quarter of the year. I want to look at my business, how it's performing so far, and where we're heading.

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 Quarterly Business Review Insights

06:26 Parenting, Priorities, and Adaptation

08:09 Lab and Book Priorities

11:51 Refocusing on Creator Priorities

15:41 Ambition on My Terms

19:40 Writing, Thinking, and Mimetic Desire

21:40 Content Repurposing Across Platforms

25:56 Content & Product Strategy Update

30:29 Lab Membership Updates & Features

31:54 Making the Book a Success

35:44 Balancing the Perfect Title

38:11 Struggling to Do Less

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#270: Being a creator and a parent | Jay-Talking with Jay Acunzo

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2649 no #277: The best and worst income streams for creators (ranked) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/income-streams I’ve been a full-time creator for 8 years now and have earned $2,192,000 since 2022. I’ve spent a LOT of time and money experimenting with different ways to make money on the internet, so I’m going to rank them. The best and the worst. I show you 15 different revenue streams and rate them from S to F based on their potential versus the effort required. By the very end of the video, you’ll know which ones are right for you. And at any point, if you agree or disagree, let me know in the comments. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:32) AdSense (01:36) Sponsorship & Brand Deals (03:30) Content Memberships (04:30) Done-For-You Services (05:27) Royalties (06:28) 1-to-1 Coaching & Consulting (07:38) Affiliates (09:36) User Generated Content (UGC) (10:17) Group Programs (11:25) Digital Products (12:56) Speaking (14:27) Live Events (15:53) Community Memberships *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#267: When to use low-ticket offers, refund policies, how much I earned in the last 12 months, and my 5-year vision [Ask CS Pt. 1] *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 07 Oct 2025 07:00:00 -0000 The best and worst income streams for creators (ranked) full 1 277 Jay Clouse Comparing 15 different income streams for creators I’ve been a full-time creator for 8 years now and have earned $2,192,000 since 2022. I’ve spent a LOT of time and money experimenting with different ways to make money on the internet, so I’m going to rank them. The best and the worst. I show you 15 different revenue streams and rate them from S to F based on their potential versus the effort required. By the very end of the video, you’ll know which ones are right for you. And at any point, if you agree or disagree, let me know in the comments. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:32) AdSense (01:36) Sponsorship & Brand Deals (03:30) Content Memberships (04:30) Done-For-You Services (05:27) Royalties (06:28) 1-to-1 Coaching & Consulting (07:38) Affiliates (09:36) User Generated Content (UGC) (10:17) Group Programs (11:25) Digital Products (12:56) Speaking (14:27) Live Events (15:53) Community Memberships *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#267: When to use low-ticket offers, refund policies, how much I earned in the last 12 months, and my 5-year vision [Ask CS Pt. 1] *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices I’ve been a full-time creator for 8 years now and have earned $2,192,000 since 2022. I’ve spent a LOT of time and money experimenting with different ways to make money on the internet, so I’m going to rank them. The best and the worst.

I show you 15 different revenue streams and rate them from S to F based on their potential versus the effort required. By the very end of the video, you’ll know which ones are right for you. And at any point, if you agree or disagree, let me know in the comments.

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:32) AdSense

(01:36) Sponsorship & Brand Deals

(03:30) Content Memberships

(04:30) Done-For-You Services

(05:27) Royalties

(06:28) 1-to-1 Coaching & Consulting

(07:38) Affiliates

(09:36) User Generated Content (UGC)

(10:17) Group Programs

(11:25) Digital Products

(12:56) Speaking

(14:27) Live Events

(15:53) Community Memberships

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#267: When to use low-ticket offers, refund policies, how much I earned in the last 12 months, and my 5-year vision [Ask CS Pt. 1]

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 1248 no #276: From self-publishing to traditional and becoming a NYT best-seller | Pat Flynn (Part 2) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/pat-flynn-book This episode is part two of my recent conversation with Pat Flynn. Pat, is an online business legend, and this is the third time he's been on the show. Pat is the founder of Smart Passive Income. In this episode, we dig into his experience publishing his latest book, Lean Learning: How to Achieve More by Learning Less. Lean Learning was a New York Times bestseller. Get Pat’s book, Lean Learning ⁠Deep Pocket Monster⁠ ⁠Short Pocket Monster⁠ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Pat's ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠TikTok⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Reached Goal, Life Unchanged 04:14 Navigating Traditional Publishing Challenges 08:46 Leveraging Connections for Future Opportunities 12:21 Book Launch Strategy Concerns 15:38 Just in Time Learning 19:33 Unexpected Pokemon-Entrepreneurship Crossover 23:06 Multitasking Prevents Entrepreneur Burnout 25:49 Podcast Guesting Boosted Book Launch 29:37 Book Launch and Interview Journey 32:46 Monthly Networking Reflection Ritual 36:27 Collaborative Friendship and Opportunities 37:03 Embracing Abundance, Supporting Each Other 40:31 Leave Feedback on Podcasts *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#275: From ignoring short-form video to 3.5 billion views | Pat Flynn’s Pokémon juggernaut (Part 1) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 30 Sep 2025 07:00:00 -0000 From self-publishing to traditional and becoming a NYT best-seller | Pat Flynn (Part 2) full 1 276 Jay Clouse Pat Flynn is the author of the New York Times Best Seller, Lean Learning This episode is part two of my recent conversation with Pat Flynn. Pat, is an online business legend, and this is the third time he's been on the show. Pat is the founder of Smart Passive Income. In this episode, we dig into his experience publishing his latest book, Lean Learning: How to Achieve More by Learning Less. Lean Learning was a New York Times bestseller. Get Pat’s book, Lean Learning ⁠Deep Pocket Monster⁠ ⁠Short Pocket Monster⁠ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Pat's ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠TikTok⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Reached Goal, Life Unchanged 04:14 Navigating Traditional Publishing Challenges 08:46 Leveraging Connections for Future Opportunities 12:21 Book Launch Strategy Concerns 15:38 Just in Time Learning 19:33 Unexpected Pokemon-Entrepreneurship Crossover 23:06 Multitasking Prevents Entrepreneur Burnout 25:49 Podcast Guesting Boosted Book Launch 29:37 Book Launch and Interview Journey 32:46 Monthly Networking Reflection Ritual 36:27 Collaborative Friendship and Opportunities 37:03 Embracing Abundance, Supporting Each Other 40:31 Leave Feedback on Podcasts *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#275: From ignoring short-form video to 3.5 billion views | Pat Flynn’s Pokémon juggernaut (Part 1) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices This episode is part two of my recent conversation with Pat Flynn. Pat, is an online business legend, and this is the third time he's been on the show. Pat is the founder of Smart Passive Income.

In this episode, we dig into his experience publishing his latest book, Lean Learning: How to Achieve More by Learning Less. Lean Learning was a New York Times bestseller.

Get Pat’s book, Lean Learning

⁠Deep Pocket Monster⁠

⁠Short Pocket Monster⁠

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

Pat's ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠TikTok⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 Reached Goal, Life Unchanged

04:14 Navigating Traditional Publishing Challenges

08:46 Leveraging Connections for Future Opportunities

12:21 Book Launch Strategy Concerns

15:38 Just in Time Learning

19:33 Unexpected Pokemon-Entrepreneurship Crossover

23:06 Multitasking Prevents Entrepreneur Burnout

25:49 Podcast Guesting Boosted Book Launch

29:37 Book Launch and Interview Journey

32:46 Monthly Networking Reflection Ritual

36:27 Collaborative Friendship and Opportunities

37:03 Embracing Abundance, Supporting Each Other

40:31 Leave Feedback on Podcasts

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#275: From ignoring short-form video to 3.5 billion views | Pat Flynn’s Pokémon juggernaut (Part 1)

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2706 no #275: From ignoring short-form video to 3.5 billion views | Pat Flynn’s Pokémon juggernaut (Part 1) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/pat-flynn-shorts Pat Flynn (also known as Deep Pocket Monster or the Should I Open It Or Should I Keep It Sealed Guy) is the man with the most famous thumbs on the Internet. Pat has been a staple in the online business community for over a decade. But it's his short form Pokemon card series, that launched him to new heights. Today, we're breaking down exactly how he did it from the very beginning. In this episode, we talk about embracing your uniqueness, how to find inspiration, and whether or not he would put shorts and long-form videos on the same channel if he were starting over. Deep Pocket Monster Short Pocket Monster ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Pat's ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠⁠YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠⁠ / TikTok *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Man Who Solved Shorts (01:39) How SIOIOSIKIS Almost Failed (09:52) Differences Between Short Form Platforms (13:41) Should Shorts Be on A DIFFERENT Channel? (20:58) How to Innovate Formats (25:54) Using Voiceover for Storytelling (33:24) When is it Time to Quit a Project *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#167: Jenny Hoyos – How she averages 10 million views per video (YouTube Shorts) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 23 Sep 2025 07:00:00 -0000 From ignoring short-form video to 3.5 billion views | Pat Flynn’s Pokémon juggernaut (Part 1) full 1 275 Jay Clouse Pat Flynn is the creator of Deep Pocket Monster and Short Pocket Monster Pat Flynn (also known as Deep Pocket Monster or the Should I Open It Or Should I Keep It Sealed Guy) is the man with the most famous thumbs on the Internet. Pat has been a staple in the online business community for over a decade. But it's his short form Pokemon card series, that launched him to new heights. Today, we're breaking down exactly how he did it from the very beginning. In this episode, we talk about embracing your uniqueness, how to find inspiration, and whether or not he would put shorts and long-form videos on the same channel if he were starting over. Deep Pocket Monster Short Pocket Monster ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Pat's ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠⁠YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠⁠ / TikTok *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Man Who Solved Shorts (01:39) How SIOIOSIKIS Almost Failed (09:52) Differences Between Short Form Platforms (13:41) Should Shorts Be on A DIFFERENT Channel? (20:58) How to Innovate Formats (25:54) Using Voiceover for Storytelling (33:24) When is it Time to Quit a Project *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#167: Jenny Hoyos – How she averages 10 million views per video (YouTube Shorts) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Pat Flynn (also known as Deep Pocket Monster or the Should I Open It Or Should I Keep It Sealed Guy) is the man with the most famous thumbs on the Internet. Pat has been a staple in the online business community for over a decade. But it's his short form Pokemon card series, that launched him to new heights. Today, we're breaking down exactly how he did it from the very beginning. In this episode, we talk about embracing your uniqueness, how to find inspiration, and whether or not he would put shorts and long-form videos on the same channel if he were starting over.

Deep Pocket Monster

Short Pocket Monster

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

Pat's ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠⁠YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠⁠ / TikTok

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) The Man Who Solved Shorts

(01:39) How SIOIOSIKIS Almost Failed

(09:52) Differences Between Short Form Platforms

(13:41) Should Shorts Be on A DIFFERENT Channel?

(20:58) How to Innovate Formats

(25:54) Using Voiceover for Storytelling

(33:24) When is it Time to Quit a Project

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#167: Jenny Hoyos – How she averages 10 million views per video (YouTube Shorts)

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2399 no #274: Podcast growth strategies (paid and organic) with Jeff Umbro of The Podglomerate https://podcast.creatorscience.com/jeff-umbro This week, I'm speaking with my friend Jeff Umbro. Jeff is the founder and CEO of The Podglomerate, which helps you produce, market, and monetize your podcast. The Podglomerate's worked with some of the biggest podcast clients in the world, from creators like me to major brands like Netflix, NPR, PBS, HubSpot, Harvard, Substack, and more. Since its start in 2016, The Podglomerate has grown to represent more than 70 podcasts, accounting for more than 30 million monthly downloads. All that to say, Jeff is legit, and he knows his stuff. One of the things I appreciate most about Jeff is that he's honest and a straight shooter. So, in this episode, we talk about podcast growth, explore both organic and paid growth strategies, Jeff's experience with both, and, of course, I share my experience as well. PodglomerateIntrocastPodrollAdvertise with Acast ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Jeff's ⁠⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠LinkedIn⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Jeff Umbro: Podcasting Powerhouse 05:42 Innovative Marketing and Networking Strategy 06:33 Niche Show Strategy Planning 10:45 Podcast Audience Growth Strategy 13:39 AI Prompts Drive Web Traffic 17:03 Building Cross-Platform Audience Connections 21:10 Growing Podcast Audiences: Strategy Insights 22:32 Podcast Promotion Over Essays 29:06 Spotify's Editorial and Algorithmic Opportunities 32:03 Apple Podcast Metrics and Exploits 35:24 Spotify's Video Incentive Strategy 38:52 Spotify's Creator Fund Strategy 42:22 Ad Strategies: Effectiveness Varies 45:16 Podcast Advertising & Audience Alignment 47:51 Effective Pixel-Based Attribution Tracking 49:32 Monetizing Podcasts Through Feed Drops 52:56 Pod Roll: Dynamic RSS Episode Inserts 57:28 Affordable Podcast Advertising Platforms *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#212: Dan Misener – How to ACTUALLY grow your podcast (and measure its success) → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#177: Chris Hutchins – A master of podcast growth and building relationships. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 16 Sep 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Podcast growth strategies (paid and organic) with Jeff Umbro of The Podglomerate full 1 274 Jay Clouse Jeff Umbro is the founder and CEO of The Podglomerate, which helps you produce, market, and monetize your podcasts This week, I'm speaking with my friend Jeff Umbro. Jeff is the founder and CEO of The Podglomerate, which helps you produce, market, and monetize your podcast. The Podglomerate's worked with some of the biggest podcast clients in the world, from creators like me to major brands like Netflix, NPR, PBS, HubSpot, Harvard, Substack, and more. Since its start in 2016, The Podglomerate has grown to represent more than 70 podcasts, accounting for more than 30 million monthly downloads. All that to say, Jeff is legit, and he knows his stuff. One of the things I appreciate most about Jeff is that he's honest and a straight shooter. So, in this episode, we talk about podcast growth, explore both organic and paid growth strategies, Jeff's experience with both, and, of course, I share my experience as well. PodglomerateIntrocastPodrollAdvertise with Acast ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Jeff's ⁠⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠LinkedIn⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Jeff Umbro: Podcasting Powerhouse 05:42 Innovative Marketing and Networking Strategy 06:33 Niche Show Strategy Planning 10:45 Podcast Audience Growth Strategy 13:39 AI Prompts Drive Web Traffic 17:03 Building Cross-Platform Audience Connections 21:10 Growing Podcast Audiences: Strategy Insights 22:32 Podcast Promotion Over Essays 29:06 Spotify's Editorial and Algorithmic Opportunities 32:03 Apple Podcast Metrics and Exploits 35:24 Spotify's Video Incentive Strategy 38:52 Spotify's Creator Fund Strategy 42:22 Ad Strategies: Effectiveness Varies 45:16 Podcast Advertising & Audience Alignment 47:51 Effective Pixel-Based Attribution Tracking 49:32 Monetizing Podcasts Through Feed Drops 52:56 Pod Roll: Dynamic RSS Episode Inserts 57:28 Affordable Podcast Advertising Platforms *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#212: Dan Misener – How to ACTUALLY grow your podcast (and measure its success) → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#177: Chris Hutchins – A master of podcast growth and building relationships. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices This week, I'm speaking with my friend Jeff Umbro. Jeff is the founder and CEO of The Podglomerate, which helps you produce, market, and monetize your podcast. The Podglomerate's worked with some of the biggest podcast clients in the world, from creators like me to major brands like Netflix, NPR, PBS, HubSpot, Harvard, Substack, and more. Since its start in 2016, The Podglomerate has grown to represent more than 70 podcasts, accounting for more than 30 million monthly downloads.

All that to say, Jeff is legit, and he knows his stuff. One of the things I appreciate most about Jeff is that he's honest and a straight shooter. So, in this episode, we talk about podcast growth, explore both organic and paid growth strategies, Jeff's experience with both, and, of course, I share my experience as well.

Podglomerate
Introcast
Podroll
Advertise with Acast

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

Jeff's ⁠⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠LinkedIn⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 Jeff Umbro: Podcasting Powerhouse

05:42 Innovative Marketing and Networking Strategy

06:33 Niche Show Strategy Planning

10:45 Podcast Audience Growth Strategy

13:39 AI Prompts Drive Web Traffic

17:03 Building Cross-Platform Audience Connections

21:10 Growing Podcast Audiences: Strategy Insights

22:32 Podcast Promotion Over Essays

29:06 Spotify's Editorial and Algorithmic Opportunities

32:03 Apple Podcast Metrics and Exploits

35:24 Spotify's Video Incentive Strategy

38:52 Spotify's Creator Fund Strategy

42:22 Ad Strategies: Effectiveness Varies

45:16 Podcast Advertising & Audience Alignment

47:51 Effective Pixel-Based Attribution Tracking

49:32 Monetizing Podcasts Through Feed Drops

52:56 Pod Roll: Dynamic RSS Episode Inserts

57:28 Affordable Podcast Advertising Platforms

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#212: Dan Misener – How to ACTUALLY grow your podcast (and measure its success)

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#177: Chris Hutchins – A master of podcast growth and building relationships.

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3858 no #273: How to create a scrappy industry report that elevates your brand | Jeremy Enns https://podcast.creatorscience.com/jeremy-enns Today I'm speaking with my friend Jeremy Enns, the founder of Podcast Marketing Academy, an accelerator program that works with scrappy, ambitious creators and brands who are serious about podcast growth. Jeremy and I have a lot in common. We both care a lot about craft design and helping people who are already doing the work. For the last three years, Jeremy has published the Podcast Marketing Trends Report. This is a substantial piece of independent research that he produces about the state of podcast marketing, and it's had a major impact on his business. So in this episode, Jeremy walks us through, step by step, exactly how he puts together this report and how you can do it too. 2025 Podcast Marketing Trends Report Podcast Marketing Academy Tropical MBA #729 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Jeremy's ⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠Twitter⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Podcast Growth Rate Insights 09:04 Extreme Projects and PR Opportunities 11:24 Evaluating Report's Relevance and Value 16:47 Securing Sponsorships Through Strong Concepts 24:23 Strengthening Brand through Annual Report 31:27 Avoid Confirmation Bias in Reports 37:26 Curiosity-Driven Research Approach 38:54 Survey Design Skills Essential 46:13 Maximizing Survey Response Rates 51:57 Podcast Performance Analysis Strategies 55:41 DIY Data Visualization Strategy 01:02:51 Podcast Industry Networking Insights 01:06:31 Collaborative Blog Strategy and Podcast 01:12:30 Navigating Data Analysis with AI *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#188: Richard van der Blom – How the man behind the LinkedIn Algorithm Report uses LinkedIn. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 09 Sep 2025 07:00:00 -0000 How to create a scrappy industry report that elevates your brand | Jeremy Enns full 1 273 Jay Clouse Jeremy Enns is the creator of Podcast Marketing Academy and the Podcast Marketing Trends Report. Today I'm speaking with my friend Jeremy Enns, the founder of Podcast Marketing Academy, an accelerator program that works with scrappy, ambitious creators and brands who are serious about podcast growth. Jeremy and I have a lot in common. We both care a lot about craft design and helping people who are already doing the work. For the last three years, Jeremy has published the Podcast Marketing Trends Report. This is a substantial piece of independent research that he produces about the state of podcast marketing, and it's had a major impact on his business. So in this episode, Jeremy walks us through, step by step, exactly how he puts together this report and how you can do it too. 2025 Podcast Marketing Trends Report Podcast Marketing Academy Tropical MBA #729 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Jeremy's ⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠Twitter⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Podcast Growth Rate Insights 09:04 Extreme Projects and PR Opportunities 11:24 Evaluating Report's Relevance and Value 16:47 Securing Sponsorships Through Strong Concepts 24:23 Strengthening Brand through Annual Report 31:27 Avoid Confirmation Bias in Reports 37:26 Curiosity-Driven Research Approach 38:54 Survey Design Skills Essential 46:13 Maximizing Survey Response Rates 51:57 Podcast Performance Analysis Strategies 55:41 DIY Data Visualization Strategy 01:02:51 Podcast Industry Networking Insights 01:06:31 Collaborative Blog Strategy and Podcast 01:12:30 Navigating Data Analysis with AI *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#188: Richard van der Blom – How the man behind the LinkedIn Algorithm Report uses LinkedIn. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Today I'm speaking with my friend Jeremy Enns, the founder of Podcast Marketing Academy, an accelerator program that works with scrappy, ambitious creators and brands who are serious about podcast growth.

Jeremy and I have a lot in common. We both care a lot about craft design and helping people who are already doing the work. For the last three years, Jeremy has published the Podcast Marketing Trends Report. This is a substantial piece of independent research that he produces about the state of podcast marketing, and it's had a major impact on his business.

So in this episode, Jeremy walks us through, step by step, exactly how he puts together this report and how you can do it too.

2025 Podcast Marketing Trends Report

Podcast Marketing Academy

Tropical MBA #729

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

Jeremy's ⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠Twitter⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 Podcast Growth Rate Insights

09:04 Extreme Projects and PR Opportunities

11:24 Evaluating Report's Relevance and Value

16:47 Securing Sponsorships Through Strong Concepts

24:23 Strengthening Brand through Annual Report

31:27 Avoid Confirmation Bias in Reports

37:26 Curiosity-Driven Research Approach

38:54 Survey Design Skills Essential

46:13 Maximizing Survey Response Rates

51:57 Podcast Performance Analysis Strategies

55:41 DIY Data Visualization Strategy

01:02:51 Podcast Industry Networking Insights

01:06:31 Collaborative Blog Strategy and Podcast

01:12:30 Navigating Data Analysis with AI

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#188: Richard van der Blom – How the man behind the LinkedIn Algorithm Report uses LinkedIn.

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4695 no #272: Live from CEX: Book sales, book updates, and planning for the future | Justin Moore https://podcast.creatorscience.com/justin-moore-cex-2025 Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. I'm back home now, fresh off a trip to Cleveland for the fourth annual CEX, Content Entrepreneur Expo. While I was there, I caught up with my good friend Justin Moore. Justin is the founder of Creator Wizard, the author of Sponsor Magnet, and the creator of Sponsor Games. He is the sponsorship guy. In this conversation, you'll hear us discuss his book experience. He published his book Sponsor Magnet in January, and I wanted to hear how things are going now, midway through the year. And we talk about my book progress and why I'm thinking so much about writing. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Justin's ⁠⁠Website⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠ / Twitter / YouTube / TikTok *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Creator Science with Justin Moore 06:15 Pursuing Book Reviews Diligently 07:59 Strategizing Review Acquisition Campaign 11:00 Navigating Publishing Industry Nuances 13:42 Loss Leader Book Marketing Strategy 18:11 Unexpected Audience Insight 20:25 Book-Based Marketing Strategy Experiment 24:57 Embracing Optimization Over Novelty 29:12 Future Book Strategies and Ideas 32:52 Exploring Traditional Publishing Process 34:06 Seeking Audience Expansion & Flexibility 38:19 Balancing Book Writing Challenges 42:23 Books' Unique Impact on Readers 46:05 AI-Enriched Responses for Business 48:39 Exploring Publishing Opportunities Now 51:09 Talk Next Week *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#239: Justin Moore – What if feels like launching a book and an in-person event at the same time *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 02 Sep 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Live from CEX: Book sales, book updates, and planning for the future | Justin Moore full 1 272 Jay Clouse Justin Moore is the founder of Creator Wizard and author of Sponsor Magnet. Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. I'm back home now, fresh off a trip to Cleveland for the fourth annual CEX, Content Entrepreneur Expo. While I was there, I caught up with my good friend Justin Moore. Justin is the founder of Creator Wizard, the author of Sponsor Magnet, and the creator of Sponsor Games. He is the sponsorship guy. In this conversation, you'll hear us discuss his book experience. He published his book Sponsor Magnet in January, and I wanted to hear how things are going now, midway through the year. And we talk about my book progress and why I'm thinking so much about writing. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Justin's ⁠⁠Website⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠ / Twitter / YouTube / TikTok *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Creator Science with Justin Moore 06:15 Pursuing Book Reviews Diligently 07:59 Strategizing Review Acquisition Campaign 11:00 Navigating Publishing Industry Nuances 13:42 Loss Leader Book Marketing Strategy 18:11 Unexpected Audience Insight 20:25 Book-Based Marketing Strategy Experiment 24:57 Embracing Optimization Over Novelty 29:12 Future Book Strategies and Ideas 32:52 Exploring Traditional Publishing Process 34:06 Seeking Audience Expansion & Flexibility 38:19 Balancing Book Writing Challenges 42:23 Books' Unique Impact on Readers 46:05 AI-Enriched Responses for Business 48:39 Exploring Publishing Opportunities Now 51:09 Talk Next Week *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#239: Justin Moore – What if feels like launching a book and an in-person event at the same time *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. I'm back home now, fresh off a trip to Cleveland for the fourth annual CEX, Content Entrepreneur Expo.

While I was there, I caught up with my good friend Justin Moore. Justin is the founder of Creator Wizard, the author of Sponsor Magnet, and the creator of Sponsor Games. He is the sponsorship guy.

In this conversation, you'll hear us discuss his book experience. He published his book Sponsor Magnet in January, and I wanted to hear how things are going now, midway through the year. And we talk about my book progress and why I'm thinking so much about writing.

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

Justin's ⁠⁠Website⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠ / Twitter / YouTube / TikTok

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 Creator Science with Justin Moore

06:15 Pursuing Book Reviews Diligently

07:59 Strategizing Review Acquisition Campaign

11:00 Navigating Publishing Industry Nuances

13:42 Loss Leader Book Marketing Strategy

18:11 Unexpected Audience Insight

20:25 Book-Based Marketing Strategy Experiment

24:57 Embracing Optimization Over Novelty

29:12 Future Book Strategies and Ideas

32:52 Exploring Traditional Publishing Process

34:06 Seeking Audience Expansion & Flexibility

38:19 Balancing Book Writing Challenges

42:23 Books' Unique Impact on Readers

46:05 AI-Enriched Responses for Business

48:39 Exploring Publishing Opportunities Now

51:09 Talk Next Week

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#239: Justin Moore – What if feels like launching a book and an in-person event at the same time

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3323 no #271: Coaching: Helping a Lab member design their product suite | Hot Seat with John McBride https://podcast.creatorscience.com/john-mcbride Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. This week, I'm sharing with you a coaching conversation with John McBride. John is the co-founder of Fatherhood Unlocked, which offers digital products and group coaching programs to help high-performing dads level up as leaders, parents, and husbands. This is exactly my jam right now. John is a member of The Lab, and this call is what I refer to as a Hot Seat in The Lab. Hot seats are one-on-one conversations between me and a member. But we invite other members to join the call live and ask questions or share ideas in the chat. In this conversation, you'll hear me talk John through how I'd think about his different options, his ideas, and ultimately prioritize his path moving forward with Fatherhood Unlocked. Join The Lab Learn more about Fatherhood Unlocked ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ John's ⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Prioritizing Product Focus for Dads 04:17 Improving Fatherhood Course Conversion 07:26 Targeting Expecting Dads' Challenges 10:41 Fatherhood Readiness Quiz Initiative 13:56 Birth and Postpartum Partner Education 20:00 Post-Baby Relationship Journey Insights 24:01 Optimizing Product Strategy for Fathers 26:06 Simplicity Over Broad Product Suite 31:19 1:1 Coaching Boosts New Dad Program 33:11 Ideal Support for New Dads 37:38 Streamlined Marketing and Upselling Strategy 41:46 Bundle Upgrade Incentive Strategy 42:59 Defining Your Brand's Signature Product 48:09 Quiz-Driven Upselling Strategy 50:07 Help Us Reach 500 Ratings *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#270: Being a creator and a parent | Jay-Talking with Jay Acunzo *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 26 Aug 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Coaching: Helping a Lab member design their product suite | Hot Seat with John McBride full 1 271 Jay Clouse John McBride is the co-creator of Fatherhood Unlocked Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. This week, I'm sharing with you a coaching conversation with John McBride. John is the co-founder of Fatherhood Unlocked, which offers digital products and group coaching programs to help high-performing dads level up as leaders, parents, and husbands. This is exactly my jam right now. John is a member of The Lab, and this call is what I refer to as a Hot Seat in The Lab. Hot seats are one-on-one conversations between me and a member. But we invite other members to join the call live and ask questions or share ideas in the chat. In this conversation, you'll hear me talk John through how I'd think about his different options, his ideas, and ultimately prioritize his path moving forward with Fatherhood Unlocked. Join The Lab Learn more about Fatherhood Unlocked ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ John's ⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Prioritizing Product Focus for Dads 04:17 Improving Fatherhood Course Conversion 07:26 Targeting Expecting Dads' Challenges 10:41 Fatherhood Readiness Quiz Initiative 13:56 Birth and Postpartum Partner Education 20:00 Post-Baby Relationship Journey Insights 24:01 Optimizing Product Strategy for Fathers 26:06 Simplicity Over Broad Product Suite 31:19 1:1 Coaching Boosts New Dad Program 33:11 Ideal Support for New Dads 37:38 Streamlined Marketing and Upselling Strategy 41:46 Bundle Upgrade Incentive Strategy 42:59 Defining Your Brand's Signature Product 48:09 Quiz-Driven Upselling Strategy 50:07 Help Us Reach 500 Ratings *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#270: Being a creator and a parent | Jay-Talking with Jay Acunzo *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. This week, I'm sharing with you a coaching conversation with John McBride. John is the co-founder of Fatherhood Unlocked, which offers digital products and group coaching programs to help high-performing dads level up as leaders, parents, and husbands. This is exactly my jam right now.

John is a member of The Lab, and this call is what I refer to as a Hot Seat in The Lab. Hot seats are one-on-one conversations between me and a member. But we invite other members to join the call live and ask questions or share ideas in the chat.

In this conversation, you'll hear me talk John through how I'd think about his different options, his ideas, and ultimately prioritize his path moving forward with Fatherhood Unlocked.

Join The Lab

Learn more about Fatherhood Unlocked

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

John's ⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 Prioritizing Product Focus for Dads

04:17 Improving Fatherhood Course Conversion

07:26 Targeting Expecting Dads' Challenges

10:41 Fatherhood Readiness Quiz Initiative

13:56 Birth and Postpartum Partner Education

20:00 Post-Baby Relationship Journey Insights

24:01 Optimizing Product Strategy for Fathers

26:06 Simplicity Over Broad Product Suite

31:19 1:1 Coaching Boosts New Dad Program

33:11 Ideal Support for New Dads

37:38 Streamlined Marketing and Upselling Strategy

41:46 Bundle Upgrade Incentive Strategy

42:59 Defining Your Brand's Signature Product

48:09 Quiz-Driven Upselling Strategy

50:07 Help Us Reach 500 Ratings

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#270: Being a creator and a parent | Jay-Talking with Jay Acunzo

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3277 no #270: Being a creator and a parent | Jay-Talking with Jay Acunzo https://podcast.creatorscience.com/jay-acunzo-parenting Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. We have a different type of episode this week. I recently shared some stories on my social media about being a dad, and my good friend Jay Acunzo reached out and said we should do an episode talking about being parents and creators. I thought that was a great idea because, as I have spent the last year as a father, it's become so much more obvious to me that the voices in the space we pay attention to are not parents and do not quite have the same constraints and priorities that parents do. If you are a parent and you're doing this creator thing and you feel crazy because it seems like everyone has more time and can do a lot more than you are, you might find this to be an enjoyable, relatable listen. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Jay's Website / Instagram / LinkedIn / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Parent-Creator Insights with Jay Acunzo 05:57 Life Sprinting: Parenting & Entrepreneurship 08:42 Distracted Parenting Moment 13:20 Transformational Life Experiences 14:46 From Creation to Management 20:12 Parenting and Career Amid Pandemic 23:58 Parenting Pioneers Among Peers 24:37 Blank Canvas vs. Paint By Numbers 28:25 Balancing Business and Relationship Priorities 32:22 Fatherhood and Social Connections 36:09 Balancing Work, Parenting, and Storytelling 37:47 Embracing Efficiency in Parenthood 43:32 Parenthood Deepens Understanding of Parents 46:31 Balancing Parenthood and Business Identity 47:47 Embracing Simplicity in Content Creation 52:18 Combining Friend Groups Dilemma 54:35 Balancing Public Persona and Family *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#251: Behind the Scenes: What I’m quietly working on *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 19 Aug 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Being a creator and a parent | Jay-Talking with Jay Acunzo full 1 270 Jay Clouse Reflecting on my first year as a dad and what that has meant for the business Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. We have a different type of episode this week. I recently shared some stories on my social media about being a dad, and my good friend Jay Acunzo reached out and said we should do an episode talking about being parents and creators. I thought that was a great idea because, as I have spent the last year as a father, it's become so much more obvious to me that the voices in the space we pay attention to are not parents and do not quite have the same constraints and priorities that parents do. If you are a parent and you're doing this creator thing and you feel crazy because it seems like everyone has more time and can do a lot more than you are, you might find this to be an enjoyable, relatable listen. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ Jay's Website / Instagram / LinkedIn / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Parent-Creator Insights with Jay Acunzo 05:57 Life Sprinting: Parenting & Entrepreneurship 08:42 Distracted Parenting Moment 13:20 Transformational Life Experiences 14:46 From Creation to Management 20:12 Parenting and Career Amid Pandemic 23:58 Parenting Pioneers Among Peers 24:37 Blank Canvas vs. Paint By Numbers 28:25 Balancing Business and Relationship Priorities 32:22 Fatherhood and Social Connections 36:09 Balancing Work, Parenting, and Storytelling 37:47 Embracing Efficiency in Parenthood 43:32 Parenthood Deepens Understanding of Parents 46:31 Balancing Parenthood and Business Identity 47:47 Embracing Simplicity in Content Creation 52:18 Combining Friend Groups Dilemma 54:35 Balancing Public Persona and Family *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#251: Behind the Scenes: What I’m quietly working on *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. We have a different type of episode this week. I recently shared some stories on my social media about being a dad, and my good friend Jay Acunzo reached out and said we should do an episode talking about being parents and creators. I thought that was a great idea because, as I have spent the last year as a father, it's become so much more obvious to me that the voices in the space we pay attention to are not parents and do not quite have the same constraints and priorities that parents do.

If you are a parent and you're doing this creator thing and you feel crazy because it seems like everyone has more time and can do a lot more than you are, you might find this to be an enjoyable, relatable listen.

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

Jay's Website / Instagram / LinkedIn / YouTube

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 Parent-Creator Insights with Jay Acunzo

05:57 Life Sprinting: Parenting & Entrepreneurship

08:42 Distracted Parenting Moment

13:20 Transformational Life Experiences

14:46 From Creation to Management

20:12 Parenting and Career Amid Pandemic

23:58 Parenting Pioneers Among Peers

24:37 Blank Canvas vs. Paint By Numbers

28:25 Balancing Business and Relationship Priorities

32:22 Fatherhood and Social Connections

36:09 Balancing Work, Parenting, and Storytelling

37:47 Embracing Efficiency in Parenthood

43:32 Parenthood Deepens Understanding of Parents

46:31 Balancing Parenthood and Business Identity

47:47 Embracing Simplicity in Content Creation

52:18 Combining Friend Groups Dilemma

54:35 Balancing Public Persona and Family

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#251: Behind the Scenes: What I’m quietly working on

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3629 no #269: Moments I wanted to quit, AI-proofing, what’s changed on social, and whether I’d ever sell the business [Ask CS Pt. 2] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/ask-july-2025-2 Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. This is part two of our July edition of Ask Creator Science. I asked for your questions about your business or mine on all of our different social platforms. Here in part two, we're going to answer all of the LinkedIn questions. We had several dozen, so I'm going to get through as many as I possibly can. They are insightful, they're quirky, they're into the nitty gritty, and I'm excited to share all of those answers with you. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ #267: When to use low-ticket offers, refund policies, how much I earned in the last 12 months, and my 5-year vision [Ask CS Pt. 1] *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Optimizing LinkedIn Posts for Success 08:58 From Freelance to Productization 15:23 Evolving from Content to Business 19:52 Identify and Build Signature Product 23:54 Reflective Business Planning Insights 30:47 Content Investment Strategy Concerns 36:17 Boosting Podcast Retention with Titles 40:34 AI's Impact on Creative Process 44:28 Reluctance to Clone for Chat 50:28 Creating Niche Interest Communities 56:55 Exploring Solo Content for Growth 01:02:31 AI-Proofing: Prioritize Exclusivity and Community 01:06:07 Balancing Work, Exercise, and Social Media *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#267: When to use low-ticket offers, refund policies, how much I earned in the last 12 months, and my 5-year vision [Ask CS Pt. 1] → #260: Detailed Breakdown: Our First Offline Event (And What We’ll Do Differently Next Time) → #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership. → #188: Richard van der Blom – How the man behind the LinkedIn Algorithm Report uses LinkedIn. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 12 Aug 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Moments I wanted to quit, AI-proofing, what’s changed on social, and whether I’d ever sell the business [Ask CS Pt. 2] full 1 269 Jay Clouse The second installment of Ask Creator Science (July 2025) Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. This is part two of our July edition of Ask Creator Science. I asked for your questions about your business or mine on all of our different social platforms. Here in part two, we're going to answer all of the LinkedIn questions. We had several dozen, so I'm going to get through as many as I possibly can. They are insightful, they're quirky, they're into the nitty gritty, and I'm excited to share all of those answers with you. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ #267: When to use low-ticket offers, refund policies, how much I earned in the last 12 months, and my 5-year vision [Ask CS Pt. 1] *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Optimizing LinkedIn Posts for Success 08:58 From Freelance to Productization 15:23 Evolving from Content to Business 19:52 Identify and Build Signature Product 23:54 Reflective Business Planning Insights 30:47 Content Investment Strategy Concerns 36:17 Boosting Podcast Retention with Titles 40:34 AI's Impact on Creative Process 44:28 Reluctance to Clone for Chat 50:28 Creating Niche Interest Communities 56:55 Exploring Solo Content for Growth 01:02:31 AI-Proofing: Prioritize Exclusivity and Community 01:06:07 Balancing Work, Exercise, and Social Media *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#267: When to use low-ticket offers, refund policies, how much I earned in the last 12 months, and my 5-year vision [Ask CS Pt. 1] → #260: Detailed Breakdown: Our First Offline Event (And What We’ll Do Differently Next Time) → #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership. → #188: Richard van der Blom – How the man behind the LinkedIn Algorithm Report uses LinkedIn. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. This is part two of our July edition of Ask Creator Science. I asked for your questions about your business or mine on all of our different social platforms. Here in part two, we're going to answer all of the LinkedIn questions. We had several dozen, so I'm going to get through as many as I possibly can. They are insightful, they're quirky, they're into the nitty gritty, and I'm excited to share all of those answers with you.

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

#267: When to use low-ticket offers, refund policies, how much I earned in the last 12 months, and my 5-year vision [Ask CS Pt. 1]

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 Optimizing LinkedIn Posts for Success

08:58 From Freelance to Productization

15:23 Evolving from Content to Business

19:52 Identify and Build Signature Product

23:54 Reflective Business Planning Insights

30:47 Content Investment Strategy Concerns

36:17 Boosting Podcast Retention with Titles

40:34 AI's Impact on Creative Process

44:28 Reluctance to Clone for Chat

50:28 Creating Niche Interest Communities

56:55 Exploring Solo Content for Growth

01:02:31 AI-Proofing: Prioritize Exclusivity and Community

01:06:07 Balancing Work, Exercise, and Social Media

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#267: When to use low-ticket offers, refund policies, how much I earned in the last 12 months, and my 5-year vision [Ask CS Pt. 1]

→ #260: Detailed Breakdown: Our First Offline Event (And What We’ll Do Differently Next Time)

→ #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership.

→ #188: Richard van der Blom – How the man behind the LinkedIn Algorithm Report uses LinkedIn.

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4429 no #268: Meet the Appliance Repairman Making $1.8 Million on YouTube Shop | Benjamin Schlichter https://podcast.creatorscience.com/benjamin-schlichter Ben Schlichter is no ordinary YouTuber. He doesn’t do challenges or video essays. He talks about appliances and makes a LOT of money doing it, but not in the way you think. In this episode, we talk about, what you’re missing out on by not using YouTube Shop, how to effectively use your videos to sell products, and when you should start making your own products. ⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠ Benjamin's ⁠⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠YouTube⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Appliance Repairman Making Millions (01:16) The Economics of an Appliance Channel (04:20) The YouTube Shopping Program (13:33) How to Use Affiliate Links to Sell (19:33) Ideation Strategy to Sell More Effectively (21:46) What Content Converts the Best? (23:58) Secret to Getting People to Click Links (27:19) SEO Oriented Packaging and Descriptions (29:12) Creators Are the Distributors of Attention (32:25) Traffic Source Data and Chapter Title Importance (35:09) The Maytag Uniform (38:05) When to Start Diversifying Your Channel *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#179: Justin Moore – A step-by-step strategy to get anyone sponsored, regardless of audience size. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 05 Aug 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Meet the Appliance Repairman Making $1.8 Million on YouTube Shop | Benjamin Schlichter full 1 268 Jay Clouse Ben Schlichter is the creator of Ben’s Appliances and Junk. Ben Schlichter is no ordinary YouTuber. He doesn’t do challenges or video essays. He talks about appliances and makes a LOT of money doing it, but not in the way you think. In this episode, we talk about, what you’re missing out on by not using YouTube Shop, how to effectively use your videos to sell products, and when you should start making your own products. ⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠ Benjamin's ⁠⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠YouTube⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Appliance Repairman Making Millions (01:16) The Economics of an Appliance Channel (04:20) The YouTube Shopping Program (13:33) How to Use Affiliate Links to Sell (19:33) Ideation Strategy to Sell More Effectively (21:46) What Content Converts the Best? (23:58) Secret to Getting People to Click Links (27:19) SEO Oriented Packaging and Descriptions (29:12) Creators Are the Distributors of Attention (32:25) Traffic Source Data and Chapter Title Importance (35:09) The Maytag Uniform (38:05) When to Start Diversifying Your Channel *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#179: Justin Moore – A step-by-step strategy to get anyone sponsored, regardless of audience size. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Ben Schlichter is no ordinary YouTuber. He doesn’t do challenges or video essays. He talks about appliances and makes a LOT of money doing it, but not in the way you think. In this episode, we talk about, what you’re missing out on by not using YouTube Shop, how to effectively use your videos to sell products, and when you should start making your own products.

⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠

Benjamin's ⁠⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠⁠YouTube⁠⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠Instagram⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) The Appliance Repairman Making Millions

(01:16) The Economics of an Appliance Channel

(04:20) The YouTube Shopping Program

(13:33) How to Use Affiliate Links to Sell

(19:33) Ideation Strategy to Sell More Effectively

(21:46) What Content Converts the Best?

(23:58) Secret to Getting People to Click Links

(27:19) SEO Oriented Packaging and Descriptions

(29:12) Creators Are the Distributors of Attention

(32:25) Traffic Source Data and Chapter Title Importance

(35:09) The Maytag Uniform

(38:05) When to Start Diversifying Your Channel

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#179: Justin Moore – A step-by-step strategy to get anyone sponsored, regardless of audience size.

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2589 no #267: When to use low-ticket offers, refund policies, how much I earned in the last 12 months, and my 5-year vision [Ask CS Pt. 1] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/ask-july-2025-1 Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. I am here in the home studio, and I figured we are overdue for an episode of Ask Creator Science, where I dive into your questions from different social media platforms. We have several dozen questions, and I'll do my best to cover as many as I can. We have product questions, content questions, business strategy questions, and personal questions. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Content Strategy and Audience Growth 03:36 Email Focus and Personal Well-being Practices 06:47 Tiered Lab Strategy Explained 10:46 Three-Tier Educational System Overview 13:51 Effective Membership Launch Strategies 17:01 Boost Newsletter Signups with Signatures 22:49 Early Stage Creator Strategies 25:32 Effective Pricing and Sponsorship Strategy 26:44 Sponsorship Value vs. Refund Policies 29:45 Importance of Refund Policies 35:31 Start Luxury, Then Expand Downmarket 40:07 Value-Driven YouTube Strategy 41:16 Audience Engagement Over Growth 44:56 Conference Networking: Make One New Friend 50:26 Focus on Membership Growth 51:17 Future Marketing: Master One Medium 54:37 Master One Platform for Success 59:24 LinkedIn Q&A Part Two *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#259: My numbers from May 2025 [From The Lab] *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 29 Jul 2025 07:00:00 -0000 When to use low-ticket offers, refund policies, how much I earned in the last 12 months, and my 5-year vision [Ask CS Pt. 1] full 1 267 Jay Clouse The first installment of Ask Creator Science (July 2025) Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. I am here in the home studio, and I figured we are overdue for an episode of Ask Creator Science, where I dive into your questions from different social media platforms. We have several dozen questions, and I'll do my best to cover as many as I can. We have product questions, content questions, business strategy questions, and personal questions. ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Content Strategy and Audience Growth 03:36 Email Focus and Personal Well-being Practices 06:47 Tiered Lab Strategy Explained 10:46 Three-Tier Educational System Overview 13:51 Effective Membership Launch Strategies 17:01 Boost Newsletter Signups with Signatures 22:49 Early Stage Creator Strategies 25:32 Effective Pricing and Sponsorship Strategy 26:44 Sponsorship Value vs. Refund Policies 29:45 Importance of Refund Policies 35:31 Start Luxury, Then Expand Downmarket 40:07 Value-Driven YouTube Strategy 41:16 Audience Engagement Over Growth 44:56 Conference Networking: Make One New Friend 50:26 Focus on Membership Growth 51:17 Future Marketing: Master One Medium 54:37 Master One Platform for Success 59:24 LinkedIn Q&A Part Two *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#259: My numbers from May 2025 [From The Lab] *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Welcome back to another episode of Creator Science. I am here in the home studio, and I figured we are overdue for an episode of Ask Creator Science, where I dive into your questions from different social media platforms.

We have several dozen questions, and I'll do my best to cover as many as I can. We have product questions, content questions, business strategy questions, and personal questions.

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 Content Strategy and Audience Growth

03:36 Email Focus and Personal Well-being Practices

06:47 Tiered Lab Strategy Explained

10:46 Three-Tier Educational System Overview

13:51 Effective Membership Launch Strategies

17:01 Boost Newsletter Signups with Signatures

22:49 Early Stage Creator Strategies

25:32 Effective Pricing and Sponsorship Strategy

26:44 Sponsorship Value vs. Refund Policies

29:45 Importance of Refund Policies

35:31 Start Luxury, Then Expand Downmarket

40:07 Value-Driven YouTube Strategy

41:16 Audience Engagement Over Growth

44:56 Conference Networking: Make One New Friend

50:26 Focus on Membership Growth

51:17 Future Marketing: Master One Medium

54:37 Master One Platform for Success

59:24 LinkedIn Q&A Part Two

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#259: My numbers from May 2025 [From The Lab]

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3855 no #266: The key to more sales and referrals + a personal win [Weekend Update] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-value-extraction → Watch my episode with Nathan Barry → Subscribe to the Nathan Barry Show → ⁠Subscribe to the newsletter⁠ → ⁠Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Fri, 25 Jul 2025 18:25:00 -0000 The key to more sales and referrals + a personal win [Weekend Update] full 1 266 Jay Clouse Why I'm becoming obsessed with value extraction → Watch my episode with Nathan Barry → Subscribe to the Nathan Barry Show → ⁠Subscribe to the newsletter⁠ → ⁠Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices → Watch my episode with Nathan Barry

→ Subscribe to the Nathan Barry Show

→ ⁠Subscribe to the newsletter⁠

→ ⁠Join The Lab

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 594 no #265: How I Built A Community-Driven Business ($500K/yr) | Niche Pursuits Crossover https://podcast.creatorscience.com/niche-pursuits Welcome to a bonus episode of Creator Science. I was recently interviewed on the Niche Pursuits podcast hosted by Jared Bauman. He wanted to get into the nitty-gritty about how we built The Lab, our membership community, and how that 200-member community became a $400,000+ property in the business. In this episode, they asked great questions and I was able to get really specific. So, if you're considering a community or membership, this will certainly help you think about how to design it and build something that becomes a great little engine for your business, as it has for mine. ⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe to Niche Pursuits ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Building a $400K Community 03:23 Evolving Entrepreneurship Perspectives 06:26 "Pioneering Mastermind Communities Online" 10:04 Sustainable Small Creator Community 14:43 Success Through Consistent Visibility 17:41 "Embrace Accountability, Achieve Goals" 20:35 "Strategic Attention and Revenue Alignment" 24:58 "Content's Role: Passing the Regret Test" 27:36 "Building Valuable Peer Relationships" 30:02 Capped Membership Growth Strategy 35:57 Evaluating Recurring Revenue Viability 36:48 Sustaining Membership Engagement 42:29 Reducing Churn with Annual Memberships 45:04 "Importance of Valuing Membership Renewals" 46:41 "Creating Value Beyond Entry" *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 22 Jul 2025 07:00:00 -0000 How I Built A Community-Driven Business ($500K/yr) | Niche Pursuits Crossover full 1 265 Jay Clouse My interview on the Niche Pursuits podcast Welcome to a bonus episode of Creator Science. I was recently interviewed on the Niche Pursuits podcast hosted by Jared Bauman. He wanted to get into the nitty-gritty about how we built The Lab, our membership community, and how that 200-member community became a $400,000+ property in the business. In this episode, they asked great questions and I was able to get really specific. So, if you're considering a community or membership, this will certainly help you think about how to design it and build something that becomes a great little engine for your business, as it has for mine. ⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe to Niche Pursuits ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Building a $400K Community 03:23 Evolving Entrepreneurship Perspectives 06:26 "Pioneering Mastermind Communities Online" 10:04 Sustainable Small Creator Community 14:43 Success Through Consistent Visibility 17:41 "Embrace Accountability, Achieve Goals" 20:35 "Strategic Attention and Revenue Alignment" 24:58 "Content's Role: Passing the Regret Test" 27:36 "Building Valuable Peer Relationships" 30:02 Capped Membership Growth Strategy 35:57 Evaluating Recurring Revenue Viability 36:48 Sustaining Membership Engagement 42:29 Reducing Churn with Annual Memberships 45:04 "Importance of Valuing Membership Renewals" 46:41 "Creating Value Beyond Entry" *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Welcome to a bonus episode of Creator Science. I was recently interviewed on the Niche Pursuits podcast hosted by Jared Bauman. He wanted to get into the nitty-gritty about how we built The Lab, our membership community, and how that 200-member community became a $400,000+ property in the business.

In this episode, they asked great questions and I was able to get really specific. So, if you're considering a community or membership, this will certainly help you think about how to design it and build something that becomes a great little engine for your business, as it has for mine.

⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe to Niche Pursuits

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 Building a $400K Community

03:23 Evolving Entrepreneurship Perspectives

06:26 "Pioneering Mastermind Communities Online"

10:04 Sustainable Small Creator Community

14:43 Success Through Consistent Visibility

17:41 "Embrace Accountability, Achieve Goals"

20:35 "Strategic Attention and Revenue Alignment"

24:58 "Content's Role: Passing the Regret Test"

27:36 "Building Valuable Peer Relationships"

30:02 Capped Membership Growth Strategy

35:57 Evaluating Recurring Revenue Viability

36:48 Sustaining Membership Engagement

42:29 Reducing Churn with Annual Memberships

45:04 "Importance of Valuing Membership Renewals"

46:41 "Creating Value Beyond Entry"

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3021 no #264: The paradox of book writing AND other things I'm working on [Weekend Update] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-book-paradox If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts! → Watch the tour of my basement studio → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Fri, 18 Jul 2025 18:14:00 -0000 The paradox of book writing AND other things I'm working on [Weekend Update] full 1 264 Jay Clouse The first edition of Weekend Update If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts! → Watch the tour of my basement studio → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts!

→ Watch the tour of my basement studio

→ Subscribe to the newsletter

→ Join The Lab

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 396 no #263: Colin & Samir on the future of their channel and the creator economy https://podcast.creatorscience.com/colinandsamir I interviewed YouTube legends, Colin and Samir. They are the most influential duo in the creator economy. Today, they talk about how to build a channel that stands the test of time. In this episode, you’ll learn the importance of formats in building a strong brand, how to set your channel up for financial success, and we vent about miscellaneous gripes we all have. ⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠ Colin and Samir's ⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠YouTube⁠⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Most Influential Duo on YouTube (01:08) What Are Successful YouTubers Doing Right Now (03:47) Relationship Between Consistency and a Strong Brand (12:38) What Consistency Looks Like in the C&S Brand (16:27) Don’t Commercialize Your Passion (18:51) Turning Your Channel Into a Business (25:52) The Future of Monetization (29:41) YouTubers Are Underselling Themselves to Brands (39:02) Merch as a Revenue Driver Vs Brand Loyalty (41:12) Future of Shorts (44:07) What Happens When Thumbnails Become Less Important (46:41) What’s the Deal with Livestreaming (50:23) Venting to Each Other About the World Around Us (55:46) Learn How to Secure High Paying Brand Deals *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#209: Paddy Galloway – How he makes any niche go viral → #164: Jon Youshaei – Ex-YouTube employee shares the best growth advice (that you’ve probably never heard) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 15 Jul 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Colin & Samir on the future of their channel and the creator economy full 1 263 Jay Clouse Interviewing two of the most influential men in the creator economy. I interviewed YouTube legends, Colin and Samir. They are the most influential duo in the creator economy. Today, they talk about how to build a channel that stands the test of time. In this episode, you’ll learn the importance of formats in building a strong brand, how to set your channel up for financial success, and we vent about miscellaneous gripes we all have. ⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠ Colin and Samir's ⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠YouTube⁠⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Most Influential Duo on YouTube (01:08) What Are Successful YouTubers Doing Right Now (03:47) Relationship Between Consistency and a Strong Brand (12:38) What Consistency Looks Like in the C&S Brand (16:27) Don’t Commercialize Your Passion (18:51) Turning Your Channel Into a Business (25:52) The Future of Monetization (29:41) YouTubers Are Underselling Themselves to Brands (39:02) Merch as a Revenue Driver Vs Brand Loyalty (41:12) Future of Shorts (44:07) What Happens When Thumbnails Become Less Important (46:41) What’s the Deal with Livestreaming (50:23) Venting to Each Other About the World Around Us (55:46) Learn How to Secure High Paying Brand Deals *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#209: Paddy Galloway – How he makes any niche go viral → #164: Jon Youshaei – Ex-YouTube employee shares the best growth advice (that you’ve probably never heard) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices I interviewed YouTube legends, Colin and Samir. They are the most influential duo in the creator economy. Today, they talk about how to build a channel that stands the test of time. In this episode, you’ll learn the importance of formats in building a strong brand, how to set your channel up for financial success, and we vent about miscellaneous gripes we all have.

⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠

Colin and Samir's ⁠⁠⁠Website⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠Twitter⁠⁠ / ⁠⁠YouTube⁠⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) The Most Influential Duo on YouTube

(01:08) What Are Successful YouTubers Doing Right Now

(03:47) Relationship Between Consistency and a Strong Brand

(12:38) What Consistency Looks Like in the C&S Brand

(16:27) Don’t Commercialize Your Passion

(18:51) Turning Your Channel Into a Business

(25:52) The Future of Monetization

(29:41) YouTubers Are Underselling Themselves to Brands

(39:02) Merch as a Revenue Driver Vs Brand Loyalty

(41:12) Future of Shorts

(44:07) What Happens When Thumbnails Become Less Important

(46:41) What’s the Deal with Livestreaming

(50:23) Venting to Each Other About the World Around Us

(55:46) Learn How to Secure High Paying Brand Deals

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#209: Paddy Galloway – How he makes any niche go viral

→ #164: Jon Youshaei – Ex-YouTube employee shares the best growth advice (that you’ve probably never heard)

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3505 no #262: I was falling into this negative loop – watch out! [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-scarcity If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts! → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 08 Jul 2025 16:19:00 -0000 I was falling into this negative loop – watch out! [Voice Memo] full 1 262 Jay Clouse A riff on psychological safety and creativity If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts! → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts!

→ Subscribe to the newsletter

→ Join The Lab

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 236 no #261: Before you do that new thing [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-elegance If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts! → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Sat, 05 Jul 2025 19:00:00 -0000 Before you do that new thing [Voice Memo] full 1 261 Jay Clouse In pursuit of elegance If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts! → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts!

→ Subscribe to the newsletter

→ Join The Lab

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 369 no #236: Mike Michalowicz – How the author of Profit First stays lean by licensing his ideas [Greatest Hits] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/mike-michalowicz-replay Mike Michalowicz is the author of ⁠Profit First⁠, which is used by hundreds of thousands of companies across the globe to drive profit – Creator Science is one of those companies. Profit First has helped me develop sound financials for my business. He’s also the author of Clockwork, a powerful method to make any business run on automatic, and seven other books as well. With more than 500,000 book sales, all of Mike’s books have the same goal – to help small business owners and eliminate what he calls “entrepreneurial poverty.” Simon Sinek has called Mike “…the top contender for the patron saint of entrepreneurs.” This conversation is divided into halves: The first half explores Mike’s unique model as an author. For each book Mike writes, he partners with a third party to license the frameworks from his books and serve as the done-for-you service provider. This is super uncommon and part of why he’s been so prolific while running a very lean team. So we dig into how that works (and what he’d do differently if he were starting over today). The second half of the conversation is all about writing books. Mike has published nine books since 2008 – including 7 in the last 8 years. So we dig into how he determines what ideas to turn into books and how to write them so quickly. ⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠ Mike's ⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Twitter⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ / ⁠YouTube⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn⁠ *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠#176: April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business.⁠ *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠Submit your question here⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠ 🚀 ⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠Join The Lab⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠Connect on Twitter⁠ 📸 ⁠Connect on Instagram⁠ 💼 ⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠ 📹 ⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠ 🟢 ⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 01 Jul 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Mike Michalowicz – How the author of Profit First stays lean by licensing his ideas [Greatest Hits] full 1 Jay Clouse An author with a unique business model I’m obsessed with shares what he’d do differently Mike Michalowicz is the author of ⁠Profit First⁠, which is used by hundreds of thousands of companies across the globe to drive profit – Creator Science is one of those companies. Profit First has helped me develop sound financials for my business. He’s also the author of Clockwork, a powerful method to make any business run on automatic, and seven other books as well. With more than 500,000 book sales, all of Mike’s books have the same goal – to help small business owners and eliminate what he calls “entrepreneurial poverty.” Simon Sinek has called Mike “…the top contender for the patron saint of entrepreneurs.” This conversation is divided into halves: The first half explores Mike’s unique model as an author. For each book Mike writes, he partners with a third party to license the frameworks from his books and serve as the done-for-you service provider. This is super uncommon and part of why he’s been so prolific while running a very lean team. So we dig into how that works (and what he’d do differently if he were starting over today). The second half of the conversation is all about writing books. Mike has published nine books since 2008 – including 7 in the last 8 years. So we dig into how he determines what ideas to turn into books and how to write them so quickly. ⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠ Mike's ⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Twitter⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ / ⁠YouTube⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn⁠ *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠#176: April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business.⁠ *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠Submit your question here⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠ 🚀 ⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠Join The Lab⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠Connect on Twitter⁠ 📸 ⁠Connect on Instagram⁠ 💼 ⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠ 📹 ⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠ 🟢 ⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Mike Michalowicz is the author of ⁠Profit First⁠, which is used by hundreds of thousands of companies across the globe to drive profit – Creator Science is one of those companies. Profit First has helped me develop sound financials for my business.

He’s also the author of Clockwork, a powerful method to make any business run on automatic, and seven other books as well.

With more than 500,000 book sales, all of Mike’s books have the same goal – to help small business owners and eliminate what he calls “entrepreneurial poverty.” Simon Sinek has called Mike “…the top contender for the patron saint of entrepreneurs.”

This conversation is divided into halves:

The first half explores Mike’s unique model as an author. For each book Mike writes, he partners with a third party to license the frameworks from his books and serve as the done-for-you service provider. This is super uncommon and part of why he’s been so prolific while running a very lean team. So we dig into how that works (and what he’d do differently if he were starting over today).

The second half of the conversation is all about writing books. Mike has published nine books since 2008 – including 7 in the last 8 years. So we dig into how he determines what ideas to turn into books and how to write them so quickly.

⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠

Mike's ⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Twitter⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ / ⁠YouTube⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn⁠

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠#176: April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business.⁠

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠Submit your question here⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠

🚀 ⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠Join The Lab⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠Connect on Twitter⁠

📸 ⁠Connect on Instagram⁠

💼 ⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠

📹 ⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠

🟢 ⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3270 no #260: Detailed Breakdown: Our First Offline Event (And What We’ll Do Differently Next Time) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/offline-recap-boise-2025 Welcome back to Creator Science! In this special “Offline Recap” episode, host Jay Clouse takes us behind the scenes of The Lab’s very first in-person event—now officially dubbed “Lab Offline.” After years of thriving as an online community, this was a bold experiment to bring members together face-to-face in Boise, Idaho. Jay walks us through every step—how he chose the event style based on direct member feedback, the unexpected venue logistics (including a nerve-wracking run-in with a $43,000 hotel contract), the financial ups and downs, and the nuts and bolts of thoughtful event design. He shares candid lessons on budgeting, planning, creating meaningful connections, and gathering feedback, with plenty of wins and a few honest hiccups along the way. You’ll hear what made the event unforgettable for attendees, the feedback that will shape future editions, and Jay’s vision for making these gatherings a cornerstone of the Creator Science community. Whether you’re curious about community building, event planning, or just want inspiration for creating deeper connections in your own work, you’ll find a treasure trove of insights in this episode. So sit back and enjoy this honest, insightful look inside the evolution of Creator Science’s Lab Offline experience! ⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Event Planning Success Breakdown 05:28 Event Duration and Attendance Insights 07:11 Understanding Event Cost Drivers 10:13 Negotiating Group Hotel Rates 16:21 Last-Minute Event Adjustments Summary 18:32 Learning from Event Expenses 21:31 Event Planning for Meaningful Gatherings 26:46 Business Event: Sharing & Mastermind Activities 28:06 Facilitating Collaborative Interactions 33:16 Event Preparation and Dietary Feedback 37:25 "Event Planning Improvements" 40:08 Event Planning: Duration and Logistics 42:38 Event Prep: Lessons Learned 45:53 International Community Event Plans *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#221: Ryan Hawk – Anatomy of a $12,500 membership earning $400,000+ per year → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#232: Dan Andrews – Secrets of building a 1300-member, international community (with in-person events) → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#248: Justin Moore - Lessons from hosting his first 3-day event *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 24 Jun 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Detailed Breakdown: Our First Offline Event (And What We’ll Do Differently Next Time) full 1 260 Jay Clouse What we’ve learned from The Lab Offline in Boise. Welcome back to Creator Science! In this special “Offline Recap” episode, host Jay Clouse takes us behind the scenes of The Lab’s very first in-person event—now officially dubbed “Lab Offline.” After years of thriving as an online community, this was a bold experiment to bring members together face-to-face in Boise, Idaho. Jay walks us through every step—how he chose the event style based on direct member feedback, the unexpected venue logistics (including a nerve-wracking run-in with a $43,000 hotel contract), the financial ups and downs, and the nuts and bolts of thoughtful event design. He shares candid lessons on budgeting, planning, creating meaningful connections, and gathering feedback, with plenty of wins and a few honest hiccups along the way. You’ll hear what made the event unforgettable for attendees, the feedback that will shape future editions, and Jay’s vision for making these gatherings a cornerstone of the Creator Science community. Whether you’re curious about community building, event planning, or just want inspiration for creating deeper connections in your own work, you’ll find a treasure trove of insights in this episode. So sit back and enjoy this honest, insightful look inside the evolution of Creator Science’s Lab Offline experience! ⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Event Planning Success Breakdown 05:28 Event Duration and Attendance Insights 07:11 Understanding Event Cost Drivers 10:13 Negotiating Group Hotel Rates 16:21 Last-Minute Event Adjustments Summary 18:32 Learning from Event Expenses 21:31 Event Planning for Meaningful Gatherings 26:46 Business Event: Sharing & Mastermind Activities 28:06 Facilitating Collaborative Interactions 33:16 Event Preparation and Dietary Feedback 37:25 "Event Planning Improvements" 40:08 Event Planning: Duration and Logistics 42:38 Event Prep: Lessons Learned 45:53 International Community Event Plans *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#221: Ryan Hawk – Anatomy of a $12,500 membership earning $400,000+ per year → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#232: Dan Andrews – Secrets of building a 1300-member, international community (with in-person events) → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#248: Justin Moore - Lessons from hosting his first 3-day event *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Welcome back to Creator Science! In this special “Offline Recap” episode, host Jay Clouse takes us behind the scenes of The Lab’s very first in-person event—now officially dubbed “Lab Offline.” After years of thriving as an online community, this was a bold experiment to bring members together face-to-face in Boise, Idaho.

Jay walks us through every step—how he chose the event style based on direct member feedback, the unexpected venue logistics (including a nerve-wracking run-in with a $43,000 hotel contract), the financial ups and downs, and the nuts and bolts of thoughtful event design. He shares candid lessons on budgeting, planning, creating meaningful connections, and gathering feedback, with plenty of wins and a few honest hiccups along the way.

You’ll hear what made the event unforgettable for attendees, the feedback that will shape future editions, and Jay’s vision for making these gatherings a cornerstone of the Creator Science community. Whether you’re curious about community building, event planning, or just want inspiration for creating deeper connections in your own work, you’ll find a treasure trove of insights in this episode. So sit back and enjoy this honest, insightful look inside the evolution of Creator Science’s Lab Offline experience!

⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 Event Planning Success Breakdown

05:28 Event Duration and Attendance Insights

07:11 Understanding Event Cost Drivers

10:13 Negotiating Group Hotel Rates

16:21 Last-Minute Event Adjustments Summary

18:32 Learning from Event Expenses

21:31 Event Planning for Meaningful Gatherings

26:46 Business Event: Sharing & Mastermind Activities

28:06 Facilitating Collaborative Interactions

33:16 Event Preparation and Dietary Feedback

37:25 "Event Planning Improvements"

40:08 Event Planning: Duration and Logistics

42:38 Event Prep: Lessons Learned

45:53 International Community Event Plans

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#221: Ryan Hawk – Anatomy of a $12,500 membership earning $400,000+ per year

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#232: Dan Andrews – Secrets of building a 1300-member, international community (with in-person events)

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#248: Justin Moore - Lessons from hosting his first 3-day event

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3146 no #259: My numbers from May 2025 [From The Lab] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/retro-may-3035 Welcome back to Creator Science! In this special episode, host Jay Clouse pulls back the curtain on his business with a transparent look at his May Retro—an in-depth monthly review where he walks through key metrics, goals, wins, challenges, and behind-the-scenes decisions. You’ll get a firsthand listen to the kind of content usually reserved for The Lab community, as Jay shares real revenue numbers, growth strategies, creative experiments, and honest reflections about everything from team building to business structure to personal growth. Whether you’re curious about what drives Creator Science or looking for inspiration and practical insights to apply to your own creative journey, this episode delivers a candid, actionable tour through the ever-evolving world of modern content entrepreneurship. If you enjoy going behind the scenes, you’ll love this one—let’s dive in! ⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Event Planning Amid Illness 05:41 Course Sales Surge with Email Automation 09:26 "X Content Repurposing Success" 10:15 Shifting Focus: YouTube Over Social Media 15:50 Family Vacation & Home Updates 18:43 Over-Budget Event: Trust Seminar Dilemma 20:31 Crafting Trust: A Vital Skill 24:39 "Expanding Offline Community Effectively" 26:17 Tool Upgrades and Membership Strategy *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#258: Q&A: Goals for our YouTube videos, determining when a new offer is a distraction, validating a product idea, and more *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 17 Jun 2025 07:00:00 -0000 My numbers from May 2025 [From The Lab] full 1 259 Jay Clouse A peek behind the curtain at my 2025 Retro Welcome back to Creator Science! In this special episode, host Jay Clouse pulls back the curtain on his business with a transparent look at his May Retro—an in-depth monthly review where he walks through key metrics, goals, wins, challenges, and behind-the-scenes decisions. You’ll get a firsthand listen to the kind of content usually reserved for The Lab community, as Jay shares real revenue numbers, growth strategies, creative experiments, and honest reflections about everything from team building to business structure to personal growth. Whether you’re curious about what drives Creator Science or looking for inspiration and practical insights to apply to your own creative journey, this episode delivers a candid, actionable tour through the ever-evolving world of modern content entrepreneurship. If you enjoy going behind the scenes, you’ll love this one—let’s dive in! ⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Event Planning Amid Illness 05:41 Course Sales Surge with Email Automation 09:26 "X Content Repurposing Success" 10:15 Shifting Focus: YouTube Over Social Media 15:50 Family Vacation & Home Updates 18:43 Over-Budget Event: Trust Seminar Dilemma 20:31 Crafting Trust: A Vital Skill 24:39 "Expanding Offline Community Effectively" 26:17 Tool Upgrades and Membership Strategy *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#258: Q&A: Goals for our YouTube videos, determining when a new offer is a distraction, validating a product idea, and more *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Welcome back to Creator Science! In this special episode, host Jay Clouse pulls back the curtain on his business with a transparent look at his May Retro—an in-depth monthly review where he walks through key metrics, goals, wins, challenges, and behind-the-scenes decisions. You’ll get a firsthand listen to the kind of content usually reserved for The Lab community, as Jay shares real revenue numbers, growth strategies, creative experiments, and honest reflections about everything from team building to business structure to personal growth.

Whether you’re curious about what drives Creator Science or looking for inspiration and practical insights to apply to your own creative journey, this episode delivers a candid, actionable tour through the ever-evolving world of modern content entrepreneurship. If you enjoy going behind the scenes, you’ll love this one—let’s dive in!

⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠

⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 Event Planning Amid Illness

05:41 Course Sales Surge with Email Automation

09:26 "X Content Repurposing Success"

10:15 Shifting Focus: YouTube Over Social Media

15:50 Family Vacation & Home Updates

18:43 Over-Budget Event: Trust Seminar Dilemma

20:31 Crafting Trust: A Vital Skill

24:39 "Expanding Offline Community Effectively"

26:17 Tool Upgrades and Membership Strategy

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#258: Q&A: Goals for our YouTube videos, determining when a new offer is a distraction, validating a product idea, and more

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 1934 no #258: Q&A: Goals for our YouTube videos, determining when a new offer is a distraction, validating a product idea, and more https://podcast.creatorscience.com/the-lab-office-hours Welcome back to Creator Science! In this special episode, host Jay Clouse takes listeners behind the scenes of the The Lab’s vibrant community. Fresh off organizing The Lab’s first-ever major in-person event in Boise, Jay shares a candid update about creating real-world connections among full-time creators and what these gatherings mean for the future of The Lab membership. But that’s just the beginning. This episode is a front-row seat to the magic that happens during The Lab’s monthly office hours. Jay and a panel of talented creators—including Tom Burden, Pat Gostek, Anna Reich, Travis Ference, Anais Cisneros, and David Fortin—engage in open, practical discussions about growing a creator business. They tackle real-world questions: how to think about the purpose behind each video, launching masterminds without losing focus, building community vs. courses vs. memberships, and the ever-elusive challenge of monetizing as a creator in today’s landscape. Plus, you’ll hear smart strategies for product validation, content creation during market research, and best practices for leveraging email marketing and CRM tools. Whether you’re a growing creator or an established entrepreneur, this episode is packed with honest insights, actionable ideas, and a glimpse into the supportive space that makes the The Lab unique. If you’ve ever wondered what it’s really like to be part of this community—or how to take your creator business to the next level—you won’t want to miss this one. ⁠Join The Lab ⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Lab Membership Events and Opportunities 05:13 Tailoring Content for Specific Goals 06:47 YouTube Audience Engagement Strategy 11:08 Mastermind Group Pricing Dilemma 14:41 Done-for-You Video Expertise 17:55 Mastermind Group Launch Strategy 21:31 Pricing Strategy Gap Analysis 25:47 LinkedIn Posting Frequency Insights 29:17 Courses vs. Community: Balance Concerns 33:05 "Assessing Membership Value Elements" 36:28 Monetizing Creator Business Strategies 40:37 Marketing Community Value to Busy Clients 42:19 "Sell the Map Via Social Proof" 47:36 Email Marketing Tools Compared 49:40 Organizing Ideas with Purpose *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#246: Planning for a recession, my approach to email, increasing customers, and finding your partner [Ask Creator Science] *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 10 Jun 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Q&A: Goals for our YouTube videos, determining when a new offer is a distraction, validating a product idea, and more full 1 258 Jay Clouse Behind the scenes in The Lab office hours. Welcome back to Creator Science! In this special episode, host Jay Clouse takes listeners behind the scenes of the The Lab’s vibrant community. Fresh off organizing The Lab’s first-ever major in-person event in Boise, Jay shares a candid update about creating real-world connections among full-time creators and what these gatherings mean for the future of The Lab membership. But that’s just the beginning. This episode is a front-row seat to the magic that happens during The Lab’s monthly office hours. Jay and a panel of talented creators—including Tom Burden, Pat Gostek, Anna Reich, Travis Ference, Anais Cisneros, and David Fortin—engage in open, practical discussions about growing a creator business. They tackle real-world questions: how to think about the purpose behind each video, launching masterminds without losing focus, building community vs. courses vs. memberships, and the ever-elusive challenge of monetizing as a creator in today’s landscape. Plus, you’ll hear smart strategies for product validation, content creation during market research, and best practices for leveraging email marketing and CRM tools. Whether you’re a growing creator or an established entrepreneur, this episode is packed with honest insights, actionable ideas, and a glimpse into the supportive space that makes the The Lab unique. If you’ve ever wondered what it’s really like to be part of this community—or how to take your creator business to the next level—you won’t want to miss this one. ⁠Join The Lab ⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Lab Membership Events and Opportunities 05:13 Tailoring Content for Specific Goals 06:47 YouTube Audience Engagement Strategy 11:08 Mastermind Group Pricing Dilemma 14:41 Done-for-You Video Expertise 17:55 Mastermind Group Launch Strategy 21:31 Pricing Strategy Gap Analysis 25:47 LinkedIn Posting Frequency Insights 29:17 Courses vs. Community: Balance Concerns 33:05 "Assessing Membership Value Elements" 36:28 Monetizing Creator Business Strategies 40:37 Marketing Community Value to Busy Clients 42:19 "Sell the Map Via Social Proof" 47:36 Email Marketing Tools Compared 49:40 Organizing Ideas with Purpose *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#246: Planning for a recession, my approach to email, increasing customers, and finding your partner [Ask Creator Science] *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Welcome back to Creator Science! In this special episode, host Jay Clouse takes listeners behind the scenes of the The Lab’s vibrant community. Fresh off organizing The Lab’s first-ever major in-person event in Boise, Jay shares a candid update about creating real-world connections among full-time creators and what these gatherings mean for the future of The Lab membership.

But that’s just the beginning. This episode is a front-row seat to the magic that happens during The Lab’s monthly office hours. Jay and a panel of talented creators—including Tom Burden, Pat Gostek, Anna Reich, Travis Ference, Anais Cisneros, and David Fortin—engage in open, practical discussions about growing a creator business. They tackle real-world questions: how to think about the purpose behind each video, launching masterminds without losing focus, building community vs. courses vs. memberships, and the ever-elusive challenge of monetizing as a creator in today’s landscape. Plus, you’ll hear smart strategies for product validation, content creation during market research, and best practices for leveraging email marketing and CRM tools.

Whether you’re a growing creator or an established entrepreneur, this episode is packed with honest insights, actionable ideas, and a glimpse into the supportive space that makes the The Lab unique. If you’ve ever wondered what it’s really like to be part of this community—or how to take your creator business to the next level—you won’t want to miss this one.

⁠Join The Lab

⁠⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 Lab Membership Events and Opportunities

05:13 Tailoring Content for Specific Goals

06:47 YouTube Audience Engagement Strategy

11:08 Mastermind Group Pricing Dilemma

14:41 Done-for-You Video Expertise

17:55 Mastermind Group Launch Strategy

21:31 Pricing Strategy Gap Analysis

25:47 LinkedIn Posting Frequency Insights

29:17 Courses vs. Community: Balance Concerns

33:05 "Assessing Membership Value Elements"

36:28 Monetizing Creator Business Strategies

40:37 Marketing Community Value to Busy Clients

42:19 "Sell the Map Via Social Proof"

47:36 Email Marketing Tools Compared

49:40 Organizing Ideas with Purpose

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#246: Planning for a recession, my approach to email, increasing customers, and finding your partner [Ask Creator Science]

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3281 no #257: How to Build a Creator-First Business (That Actually Lasts) | The Strategy Hour Podcast https://podcast.creatorscience.com/the-strategy-hour Welcome back to Creator Science! In this special Strategy Hour episode, host Jay Clouse flips the script as a guest on Abagail Pumphrey’s acclaimed podcast, Strategy Hour. Abagail, the founder and CEO of The Boss Project, dives into Jay’s fascinating journey from startup founder to creative entrepreneur—exploring how he built a thriving newsletter business, fostered an engaged community, and navigated the ever-evolving creator landscape. Together, they break down what it really means to grow an audience with intention, why consistency trumps fleeting viral moments, and how creators can build businesses that last. Jay pulls back the curtain on his process, from his early days writing daily emails to building a sustainable business rooted in genuine connection and trust. You’ll also hear their takes on the future of courses, the role of AI and community in online business, and the importance of slow, steady growth. If you’re craving real talk about surviving (and thriving) as a creator—plus actionable tips on how to treat your newsletter as your most valuable product—this episode is for you. Stick around for an insightful conversation that’s both inspiring and refreshingly honest, and be sure to check the show notes to subscribe to Strategy Hour for more entrepreneurial wisdom! Subscribe to The Strategy Hour ⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 "Exploring Uncharted Podcast Territory" 04:44 "Insights on Becoming a Creator" 07:10 Promoting Newsletter via Events & Email 11:58 Audience vs. Crowd: Content Focus 15:38 Newsletter: Business Stability Anchor 16:36 Social Media Engagement Challenges 22:32 Slow Path to Sustainable Business 26:10 "Coping with Online Fame's Pressure" 30:04 Twelve-Week Group Pricing Plan 30:34 Pioneering Cohort-Based Learning 33:53 AI's Impact on Online Courses 38:48 Innovate or Strategize for Success 40:31 "Invaluable Insights and Connections" *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#247: How you can plan for growth in 2025 *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 03 Jun 2025 07:00:00 -0000 How to Build a Creator-First Business (That Actually Lasts) | The Strategy Hour Podcast full 1 257 Jay Clouse My interview with Abagail Pumphrey Welcome back to Creator Science! In this special Strategy Hour episode, host Jay Clouse flips the script as a guest on Abagail Pumphrey’s acclaimed podcast, Strategy Hour. Abagail, the founder and CEO of The Boss Project, dives into Jay’s fascinating journey from startup founder to creative entrepreneur—exploring how he built a thriving newsletter business, fostered an engaged community, and navigated the ever-evolving creator landscape. Together, they break down what it really means to grow an audience with intention, why consistency trumps fleeting viral moments, and how creators can build businesses that last. Jay pulls back the curtain on his process, from his early days writing daily emails to building a sustainable business rooted in genuine connection and trust. You’ll also hear their takes on the future of courses, the role of AI and community in online business, and the importance of slow, steady growth. If you’re craving real talk about surviving (and thriving) as a creator—plus actionable tips on how to treat your newsletter as your most valuable product—this episode is for you. Stick around for an insightful conversation that’s both inspiring and refreshingly honest, and be sure to check the show notes to subscribe to Strategy Hour for more entrepreneurial wisdom! Subscribe to The Strategy Hour ⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 "Exploring Uncharted Podcast Territory" 04:44 "Insights on Becoming a Creator" 07:10 Promoting Newsletter via Events & Email 11:58 Audience vs. Crowd: Content Focus 15:38 Newsletter: Business Stability Anchor 16:36 Social Media Engagement Challenges 22:32 Slow Path to Sustainable Business 26:10 "Coping with Online Fame's Pressure" 30:04 Twelve-Week Group Pricing Plan 30:34 Pioneering Cohort-Based Learning 33:53 AI's Impact on Online Courses 38:48 Innovate or Strategize for Success 40:31 "Invaluable Insights and Connections" *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#247: How you can plan for growth in 2025 *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Welcome back to Creator Science! In this special Strategy Hour episode, host Jay Clouse flips the script as a guest on Abagail Pumphrey’s acclaimed podcast, Strategy Hour. Abagail, the founder and CEO of The Boss Project, dives into Jay’s fascinating journey from startup founder to creative entrepreneur—exploring how he built a thriving newsletter business, fostered an engaged community, and navigated the ever-evolving creator landscape.

Together, they break down what it really means to grow an audience with intention, why consistency trumps fleeting viral moments, and how creators can build businesses that last. Jay pulls back the curtain on his process, from his early days writing daily emails to building a sustainable business rooted in genuine connection and trust. You’ll also hear their takes on the future of courses, the role of AI and community in online business, and the importance of slow, steady growth.

If you’re craving real talk about surviving (and thriving) as a creator—plus actionable tips on how to treat your newsletter as your most valuable product—this episode is for you. Stick around for an insightful conversation that’s both inspiring and refreshingly honest, and be sure to check the show notes to subscribe to Strategy Hour for more entrepreneurial wisdom!

Subscribe to The Strategy Hour

⁠⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 "Exploring Uncharted Podcast Territory"

04:44 "Insights on Becoming a Creator"

07:10 Promoting Newsletter via Events & Email

11:58 Audience vs. Crowd: Content Focus

15:38 Newsletter: Business Stability Anchor

16:36 Social Media Engagement Challenges

22:32 Slow Path to Sustainable Business

26:10 "Coping with Online Fame's Pressure"

30:04 Twelve-Week Group Pricing Plan

30:34 Pioneering Cohort-Based Learning

33:53 AI's Impact on Online Courses

38:48 Innovate or Strategize for Success

40:31 "Invaluable Insights and Connections"

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠⁠#247: How you can plan for growth in 2025

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2629 no #242: Mark Manson – Why YouTubers aren’t making more money [Greatest Hits] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/mark-manson-replay Mark Manson is an entrepreneur and author of the best-selling book, The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck. Mark's entrepreneur-first approach has enabled him to speed-run his YouTube success, gaining 2,600,000 subscribers in just two years. In this episode, we break down Mark's approach to YouTube, from content strategy to setting up his channel for long-term success. ⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠ Mark's ⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Twitter⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ / ⁠YouTube⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn⁠ / ⁠TikTok⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) YouTubers and Business (01:13) Why Do YouTubers Suck at Business? (10:14) Make Brainstorming Ideas Easy with 1of10 (11:50) How to Turn Your Channel into a Business (15:55) When to Make the Transition (24:43) When Maximizing Views is Bad (27:31) The Case For Not Taking Brand Deals (35:33) 1st Step to Take (37:48) Futureproofing Your Channel *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠#179: Justin Moore – A step-by-step strategy to get anyone sponsored, regardless of audience size⁠ *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠Submit your question here⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠ 🚀 ⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠Join The Lab⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠Connect on Twitter⁠ 📸 ⁠Connect on Instagram⁠ 💼 ⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠ 📹 ⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠ 🟢 ⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 27 May 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Mark Manson – Why YouTubers aren’t making more money [Greatest Hits] full 1 Jay Clouse Mark Manson is the author of the Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck and a YouTuber with more than 2 million subscribers. Mark Manson is an entrepreneur and author of the best-selling book, The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck. Mark's entrepreneur-first approach has enabled him to speed-run his YouTube success, gaining 2,600,000 subscribers in just two years. In this episode, we break down Mark's approach to YouTube, from content strategy to setting up his channel for long-term success. ⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠ Mark's ⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Twitter⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ / ⁠YouTube⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn⁠ / ⁠TikTok⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) YouTubers and Business (01:13) Why Do YouTubers Suck at Business? (10:14) Make Brainstorming Ideas Easy with 1of10 (11:50) How to Turn Your Channel into a Business (15:55) When to Make the Transition (24:43) When Maximizing Views is Bad (27:31) The Case For Not Taking Brand Deals (35:33) 1st Step to Take (37:48) Futureproofing Your Channel *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠#179: Justin Moore – A step-by-step strategy to get anyone sponsored, regardless of audience size⁠ *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠Submit your question here⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠ 🚀 ⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠Join The Lab⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠Connect on Twitter⁠ 📸 ⁠Connect on Instagram⁠ 💼 ⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠ 📹 ⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠ 🟢 ⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Mark Manson is an entrepreneur and author of the best-selling book, The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck.

Mark's entrepreneur-first approach has enabled him to speed-run his YouTube success, gaining 2,600,000 subscribers in just two years.

In this episode, we break down Mark's approach to YouTube, from content strategy to setting up his channel for long-term success.

⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠

Mark's ⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Twitter⁠ / ⁠Instagram⁠ / ⁠YouTube⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn⁠ / ⁠TikTok⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) YouTubers and Business

(01:13) Why Do YouTubers Suck at Business?

(10:14) Make Brainstorming Ideas Easy with 1of10

(11:50) How to Turn Your Channel into a Business

(15:55) When to Make the Transition

(24:43) When Maximizing Views is Bad

(27:31) The Case For Not Taking Brand Deals

(35:33) 1st Step to Take

(37:48) Futureproofing Your Channel

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠#179: Justin Moore – A step-by-step strategy to get anyone sponsored, regardless of audience size⁠

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠Submit your question here⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠

🚀 ⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠Join The Lab⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠Connect on Twitter⁠

📸 ⁠Connect on Instagram⁠

💼 ⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠

📹 ⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠

🟢 ⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3001 no #256: How to Find More Time: Balancing Creative Projects, Business, and Personal Life https://podcast.creatorscience.com/time-framework Welcome back to Creator Science! In this solo episode, I’m inviting you directly into the whirlwind that is my mind these days. From the outside, it might look like I’ve got things under control—but as I share straight from my journal, the reality is a constant tug-of-war between where my energy wants to go and where my time needs to be spent. I open up about the challenges of juggling my main business, the demands of being a new dad, and my excitement (and uncertainty) around a big experiment: writing a book proposal. You’ll hear my unfiltered reflections on feeling pulled toward deep, meaningful work—like research, writing, and evolving my community—while also handling the business operations that keep everything running. In this episode, I walk through the practical framework I’ve developed—concentrate, eliminate, consolidate, automate, and delegate—that’s helping me re-evaluate how I spend my time and create space for what feels truly alive for me right now. I’ll break down the tough choices, the things I’m letting go of (goodbye, social media expectations!), and my vision for building a stronger, more connected Creator Science community. If you’re grappling with too many competing priorities or searching for ways to prioritize your highest-energy projects, this episode is for you. Join me as I process all of this in real time—because I suspect, as creators, you might be feeling some of these same tensions too. ⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Uncertain Book Proposal Journey 04:05 Balancing Book Project and Business 07:26 Balancing Time for Book and Lab 11:10 Follow Your Passion and Fitness 13:55 Focus on In-Person Experiences 19:24 "Reevaluating Social Media Dependency" 20:23 Rethinking Social Media Strategy 26:37 Community Coaching Sessions Live 27:32 "Hot Seat Podcasts Introduction" 31:06 Selective Sponsorship Criteria 35:52 Delegating Community Management Tasks 37:43 Sponsorship Strategy and Event Planning 40:53 "Embrace Trade-Offs and Compromises" *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠#251: Behind the Scenes: What I’m quietly working on⁠ *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 20 May 2025 07:00:00 -0000 How to Find More Time: Balancing Creative Projects, Business, and Personal Life full 1 256 Jay Clouse My new five-part framework Welcome back to Creator Science! In this solo episode, I’m inviting you directly into the whirlwind that is my mind these days. From the outside, it might look like I’ve got things under control—but as I share straight from my journal, the reality is a constant tug-of-war between where my energy wants to go and where my time needs to be spent. I open up about the challenges of juggling my main business, the demands of being a new dad, and my excitement (and uncertainty) around a big experiment: writing a book proposal. You’ll hear my unfiltered reflections on feeling pulled toward deep, meaningful work—like research, writing, and evolving my community—while also handling the business operations that keep everything running. In this episode, I walk through the practical framework I’ve developed—concentrate, eliminate, consolidate, automate, and delegate—that’s helping me re-evaluate how I spend my time and create space for what feels truly alive for me right now. I’ll break down the tough choices, the things I’m letting go of (goodbye, social media expectations!), and my vision for building a stronger, more connected Creator Science community. If you’re grappling with too many competing priorities or searching for ways to prioritize your highest-energy projects, this episode is for you. Join me as I process all of this in real time—because I suspect, as creators, you might be feeling some of these same tensions too. ⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠ *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 Uncertain Book Proposal Journey 04:05 Balancing Book Project and Business 07:26 Balancing Time for Book and Lab 11:10 Follow Your Passion and Fitness 13:55 Focus on In-Person Experiences 19:24 "Reevaluating Social Media Dependency" 20:23 Rethinking Social Media Strategy 26:37 Community Coaching Sessions Live 27:32 "Hot Seat Podcasts Introduction" 31:06 Selective Sponsorship Criteria 35:52 Delegating Community Management Tasks 37:43 Sponsorship Strategy and Event Planning 40:53 "Embrace Trade-Offs and Compromises" *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠#251: Behind the Scenes: What I’m quietly working on⁠ *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Welcome back to Creator Science! In this solo episode, I’m inviting you directly into the whirlwind that is my mind these days. From the outside, it might look like I’ve got things under control—but as I share straight from my journal, the reality is a constant tug-of-war between where my energy wants to go and where my time needs to be spent.

I open up about the challenges of juggling my main business, the demands of being a new dad, and my excitement (and uncertainty) around a big experiment: writing a book proposal. You’ll hear my unfiltered reflections on feeling pulled toward deep, meaningful work—like research, writing, and evolving my community—while also handling the business operations that keep everything running.

In this episode, I walk through the practical framework I’ve developed—concentrate, eliminate, consolidate, automate, and delegate—that’s helping me re-evaluate how I spend my time and create space for what feels truly alive for me right now. I’ll break down the tough choices, the things I’m letting go of (goodbye, social media expectations!), and my vision for building a stronger, more connected Creator Science community.

If you’re grappling with too many competing priorities or searching for ways to prioritize your highest-energy projects, this episode is for you. Join me as I process all of this in real time—because I suspect, as creators, you might be feeling some of these same tensions too.

⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 Uncertain Book Proposal Journey

04:05 Balancing Book Project and Business

07:26 Balancing Time for Book and Lab

11:10 Follow Your Passion and Fitness

13:55 Focus on In-Person Experiences

19:24 "Reevaluating Social Media Dependency"

20:23 Rethinking Social Media Strategy

26:37 Community Coaching Sessions Live

27:32 "Hot Seat Podcasts Introduction"

31:06 Selective Sponsorship Criteria

35:52 Delegating Community Management Tasks

37:43 Sponsorship Strategy and Event Planning

40:53 "Embrace Trade-Offs and Compromises"

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠#251: Behind the Scenes: What I’m quietly working on⁠

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2664 no #255: What’s going on with Substack? https://podcast.creatorscience.com/substack Dan Koe, Justin Welsh, and I joined Substack in the last couple of weeks. In this episode, I explain what’s going on, my own motives, and why you should (or shouldn’t) consider making the same move. → Read Why I Joined Substack → Subscribe to my Substack ⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠ *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠#251: Behind the Scenes: What I’m quietly working on *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠Submit your question here⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠ 🚀 ⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠Join The Lab⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠Connect on Twitter⁠ 📸 ⁠Connect on Instagram⁠ 💼 ⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠ 📹 ⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠ 🟢 ⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 13 May 2025 07:00:00 -0000 What’s going on with Substack? full 1 255 Jay Clouse Why are so many creators making the move? Dan Koe, Justin Welsh, and I joined Substack in the last couple of weeks. In this episode, I explain what’s going on, my own motives, and why you should (or shouldn’t) consider making the same move. → Read Why I Joined Substack → Subscribe to my Substack ⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠ *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠#251: Behind the Scenes: What I’m quietly working on *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠Submit your question here⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠ 🚀 ⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠Join The Lab⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠Connect on Twitter⁠ 📸 ⁠Connect on Instagram⁠ 💼 ⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠ 📹 ⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠ 🟢 ⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Dan Koe, Justin Welsh, and I joined Substack in the last couple of weeks.

In this episode, I explain what’s going on, my own motives, and why you should (or shouldn’t) consider making the same move.

→ Read Why I Joined Substack

→ Subscribe to my Substack

⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠#251: Behind the Scenes: What I’m quietly working on

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠Submit your question here⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠

🚀 ⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠Join The Lab⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠Connect on Twitter⁠

📸 ⁠Connect on Instagram⁠

💼 ⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠

📹 ⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠

🟢 ⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2013 no #254: Caleb Ralston – Meet the Secret Strategist Behind Alex Hormozi and GaryVee https://podcast.creatorscience.com/caleb-ralston Caleb Ralston is a strategist and brand builder for some of the biggest names in business. His breakthrough was back in 2018 when he grew GaryVee’s TikTok from 300k to 3.5 million followers in just 3 months. In 2022 he joined Alex and Leila Hormozi’s team as content employee #1, where he grew their audience from 1.2 million to 11.5 million. Caleb just doesn’t miss – and now that he’s out on his own, he’s here to help YOU. In this episode, you'll learn the content strategy he used, how to improve your content, and where to start if you're feeling overwhelmed. ⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠ Caleb's ⁠⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Twitter⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn⁠ / ⁠YouTube⁠ / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Secret Man Behind GaryVee and the Hormozi’s (01:11) How Often Do the Top 1% Post? (03:31) The Brand Journey Framework (05:18) Being Intentional With Your Content (08:51) Is It Possible to NOT Niche Down? (13:55) Say the Same Things in Different Ways (18:07) Tracking and Analyzing Data (22:36) Maintaining Quality While Increasing Quantity (24:27) What it Actually Takes to Perform like the 1% (27:21) Where to Start (30:22) Building a Personalized Team (34:54) Agency vs Full Time vs Contractor (41:58) Developing a Content Strategy (45:15) Width Content vs Depth Content (46:55) Scaling Trust Using Educational Content (50:02) Best Call to Action Strategy (52:10) Email and Web Traffic Strategy (55:27) How Caleb is Going About Hiring His Own Team (58:53) The Correct Way to Give Feedback to Your Team (1:03:17) How to Take Inspiration from Others (1:04:55) Which Platform Has the Biggest Opportunity (1:06:57) Audio Content Strategy (1:08:47) Why You Need to Collaborate with Others *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠#175: Angus Parker – Ali Abdaal’s right-hand man shares a YouTuber’s guide to hiring. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Wed, 07 May 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Caleb Ralston – Meet the Secret Strategist Behind Alex Hormozi and GaryVee full 1 254 Jay Clouse Caleb Ralston is the former Director of Brand for Alex and Leila Hormozi Caleb Ralston is a strategist and brand builder for some of the biggest names in business. His breakthrough was back in 2018 when he grew GaryVee’s TikTok from 300k to 3.5 million followers in just 3 months. In 2022 he joined Alex and Leila Hormozi’s team as content employee #1, where he grew their audience from 1.2 million to 11.5 million. Caleb just doesn’t miss – and now that he’s out on his own, he’s here to help YOU. In this episode, you'll learn the content strategy he used, how to improve your content, and where to start if you're feeling overwhelmed. ⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠ Caleb's ⁠⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Twitter⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn⁠ / ⁠YouTube⁠ / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Secret Man Behind GaryVee and the Hormozi’s (01:11) How Often Do the Top 1% Post? (03:31) The Brand Journey Framework (05:18) Being Intentional With Your Content (08:51) Is It Possible to NOT Niche Down? (13:55) Say the Same Things in Different Ways (18:07) Tracking and Analyzing Data (22:36) Maintaining Quality While Increasing Quantity (24:27) What it Actually Takes to Perform like the 1% (27:21) Where to Start (30:22) Building a Personalized Team (34:54) Agency vs Full Time vs Contractor (41:58) Developing a Content Strategy (45:15) Width Content vs Depth Content (46:55) Scaling Trust Using Educational Content (50:02) Best Call to Action Strategy (52:10) Email and Web Traffic Strategy (55:27) How Caleb is Going About Hiring His Own Team (58:53) The Correct Way to Give Feedback to Your Team (1:03:17) How to Take Inspiration from Others (1:04:55) Which Platform Has the Biggest Opportunity (1:06:57) Audio Content Strategy (1:08:47) Why You Need to Collaborate with Others *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠⁠⁠⁠#175: Angus Parker – Ali Abdaal’s right-hand man shares a YouTuber’s guide to hiring. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠ 🚀 ⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠ 📸 ⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠ 💼 ⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠ 📹 ⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠ 🟢 ⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Caleb Ralston is a strategist and brand builder for some of the biggest names in business. His breakthrough was back in 2018 when he grew GaryVee’s TikTok from 300k to 3.5 million followers in just 3 months. In 2022 he joined Alex and Leila Hormozi’s team as content employee #1, where he grew their audience from 1.2 million to 11.5 million. Caleb just doesn’t miss – and now that he’s out on his own, he’s here to help YOU.

In this episode, you'll learn the content strategy he used, how to improve your content, and where to start if you're feeling overwhelmed.

⁠⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠⁠

Caleb's ⁠⁠Website⁠ / ⁠Twitter⁠ / ⁠LinkedIn⁠ / ⁠YouTube⁠ / Instagram

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) The Secret Man Behind GaryVee and the Hormozi’s (01:11) How Often Do the Top 1% Post? (03:31) The Brand Journey Framework (05:18) Being Intentional With Your Content (08:51) Is It Possible to NOT Niche Down? (13:55) Say the Same Things in Different Ways (18:07) Tracking and Analyzing Data (22:36) Maintaining Quality While Increasing Quantity (24:27) What it Actually Takes to Perform like the 1% (27:21) Where to Start (30:22) Building a Personalized Team (34:54) Agency vs Full Time vs Contractor (41:58) Developing a Content Strategy (45:15) Width Content vs Depth Content (46:55) Scaling Trust Using Educational Content (50:02) Best Call to Action Strategy (52:10) Email and Web Traffic Strategy (55:27) How Caleb is Going About Hiring His Own Team (58:53) The Correct Way to Give Feedback to Your Team (1:03:17) How to Take Inspiration from Others (1:04:55) Which Platform Has the Biggest Opportunity (1:06:57) Audio Content Strategy (1:08:47) Why You Need to Collaborate with Others

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠⁠⁠⁠#175: Angus Parker – Ali Abdaal’s right-hand man shares a YouTuber’s guide to hiring.

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠⁠Submit your question here⁠⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠⁠

🚀 ⁠⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠⁠Join The Lab⁠⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠⁠Connect on Twitter⁠⁠

📸 ⁠⁠Connect on Instagram⁠⁠

💼 ⁠⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠⁠

📹 ⁠⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠⁠

🟢 ⁠⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4466 yes #253: Mark Shust – Will AI kill our course businesses? https://podcast.creatorscience.com/mark-shust Will AI destroy our education businesses? In this video, I talk with Mark Shust. Mark has taught nearly 15,000 developers Magento through his education company M.academy. Mark is a member of The Lab and one of the first creators I saw locking arms with AI and implementing it into his business rather than running from it. We discuss the future of AI and creators, and how to stay ahead. → Join Mark and me in The Lab ⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠ Mark's ⁠Website / Twitter / LinkedIn / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Should You Be Worried? (04:01) How to Get Better at Using AI (07:42) Get Viral Video Ideas at the Touch of a Button (09:07) AI as a Teacher (18:05) Will AI Replace Educators? (21:45) How to Use AI to Your Advantage (27:12) SEO in the Age of AI (31:45) AI and Trust (37:51) How AI Changes Course Businesses (40:47) How AI Impacts Professional Development & Training (44:15) Community & Being Human is the Competitive Advantage *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠#184: Amy Porterfield – Her step-by-step process for MASSIVE product launches. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠Submit your question here⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠ 🚀 ⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠Join The Lab⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠Connect on Twitter⁠ 📸 ⁠Connect on Instagram⁠ 💼 ⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠ 📹 ⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠ 🟢 ⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Wed, 30 Apr 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Mark Shust – Will AI kill our course businesses? full 1 253 Jay Clouse What we’re doing to future-proof our course businesses Will AI destroy our education businesses? In this video, I talk with Mark Shust. Mark has taught nearly 15,000 developers Magento through his education company M.academy. Mark is a member of The Lab and one of the first creators I saw locking arms with AI and implementing it into his business rather than running from it. We discuss the future of AI and creators, and how to stay ahead. → Join Mark and me in The Lab ⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠ Mark's ⁠Website / Twitter / LinkedIn / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Should You Be Worried? (04:01) How to Get Better at Using AI (07:42) Get Viral Video Ideas at the Touch of a Button (09:07) AI as a Teacher (18:05) Will AI Replace Educators? (21:45) How to Use AI to Your Advantage (27:12) SEO in the Age of AI (31:45) AI and Trust (37:51) How AI Changes Course Businesses (40:47) How AI Impacts Professional Development & Training (44:15) Community & Being Human is the Competitive Advantage *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → ⁠#184: Amy Porterfield – Her step-by-step process for MASSIVE product launches. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → ⁠Submit your question here⁠ *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 ⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠ 🚀 ⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠ (creator operating system) 🧪 ⁠Join The Lab⁠ (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ ⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠ *** CONNECT 🐦 ⁠Connect on Twitter⁠ 📸 ⁠Connect on Instagram⁠ 💼 ⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠ 📹 ⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠ *** SPONSORS 💼 ⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠ *** SAY THANKS 💜 ⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠ 🟢 ⁠Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Will AI destroy our education businesses? In this video, I talk with Mark Shust. Mark has taught nearly 15,000 developers Magento through his education company M.academy. Mark is a member of The Lab and one of the first creators I saw locking arms with AI and implementing it into his business rather than running from it. We discuss the future of AI and creators, and how to stay ahead.

→ Join Mark and me in The Lab

⁠Full transcript and show notes⁠

Mark's ⁠Website / Twitter / LinkedIn / YouTube

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Should You Be Worried? (04:01) How to Get Better at Using AI (07:42) Get Viral Video Ideas at the Touch of a Button (09:07) AI as a Teacher (18:05) Will AI Replace Educators? (21:45) How to Use AI to Your Advantage (27:12) SEO in the Age of AI (31:45) AI and Trust (37:51) How AI Changes Course Businesses (40:47) How AI Impacts Professional Development & Training (44:15) Community & Being Human is the Competitive Advantage

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ ⁠#184: Amy Porterfield – Her step-by-step process for MASSIVE product launches.

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ ⁠Submit your question here⁠

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 ⁠Creator Science Newsletter⁠

🚀 ⁠Get CreatorHQ⁠ (creator operating system)

🧪 ⁠Join The Lab⁠ (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ ⁠Get a Personalized Offer⁠

***

CONNECT

🐦 ⁠Connect on Twitter⁠

📸 ⁠Connect on Instagram⁠

💼 ⁠Connect on LinkedIn⁠

📹 ⁠Subscribe on YouTube⁠

***

SPONSORS

💼 ⁠View all sponsors and offers⁠

***

SAY THANKS

💜 ⁠Leave a review on Apple Podcasts⁠

🟢 ⁠Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3137 no #252: Will we feel nostalgia for discovery in the 2020s? [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-discovery-2025 If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts! → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 29 Apr 2025 13:28:00 -0000 Will we feel nostalgia for discovery in the 2020s? [Voice Memo] full 1 252 Jay Clouse What if discovery only gets worse from here? If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts! → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts!

→ Subscribe to the newsletter

→ Join The Lab

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 394 no #251: Behind the Scenes: What I’m quietly working on https://podcast.creatorscience.com/bts-april-2025 In this episode, I'll be sharing a little behind the scenes of what's happening in my world. What am I spending time on? What's the latest? And give you a little bit of a peek under the hood. I know I enjoy it when I hear some of my favorite podcast hosts give a behind-the-scenes, a state of the business. And I thought maybe you'd like that too. So that's my intention here with this episode, to give you a look at what's going on in the world of Creator Science and the Clousehold as a whole. Full transcript and show notes → Join The Lab → Watch me build my Signature Product Course → Subscribe on Substack *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #250: One of my favorite questions for finding clarity *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 22 Apr 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Behind the Scenes: What I’m quietly working on full 1 251 Jay Clouse Take a peek behind the curtain at my current priorities In this episode, I'll be sharing a little behind the scenes of what's happening in my world. What am I spending time on? What's the latest? And give you a little bit of a peek under the hood. I know I enjoy it when I hear some of my favorite podcast hosts give a behind-the-scenes, a state of the business. And I thought maybe you'd like that too. So that's my intention here with this episode, to give you a look at what's going on in the world of Creator Science and the Clousehold as a whole. Full transcript and show notes → Join The Lab → Watch me build my Signature Product Course → Subscribe on Substack *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #250: One of my favorite questions for finding clarity *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices In this episode, I'll be sharing a little behind the scenes of what's happening in my world. What am I spending time on? What's the latest? And give you a little bit of a peek under the hood.

I know I enjoy it when I hear some of my favorite podcast hosts give a behind-the-scenes, a state of the business. And I thought maybe you'd like that too. So that's my intention here with this episode, to give you a look at what's going on in the world of Creator Science and the Clousehold as a whole.

Full transcript and show notes

→ Join The Lab

→ Watch me build my Signature Product Course

→ Subscribe on Substack

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #250: One of my favorite questions for finding clarity

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2657 no #225: Jonny Miller – $800,000+ from six cohorts of his signature course [Greatest Hits] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/jonny-miller-replay Jonny Miller is the creator of Nervous System Mastery. It teaches evidence-backed protocols to cultivate calm, build resilience, and increase aliveness in 45 days. It’s a five-week, cohort-based course that is just wrapping up its sixth cohort in the last three years. In those six cohorts, Jonny has served nearly 1,000 students and earned more than $800,000. Here’s the best part – Jonny doesn’t have a massive audience. When he launched Nervous System Mastery, he had a couple thousand followers on Twitter and a small email list. This is the magic of a well-designed Signature Product – and Jonny is the perfect example. In this episode, we get into the weeds about how he’s grown NSM – what’s worked well, what hasn’t, and how he’s found himself on large podcasts with people like Lenny Rachitsky, Ali Abdaal, Chris Williamson, and more. → Join Nervous System Mastery Full transcript and show notes Jonny's Website / Twitter / Instagram / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #221: Ryan Hawk – Anatomy of a $12,500 membership earning $400,000+ per year *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 15 Apr 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Jonny Miller – $800,000+ from six cohorts of his signature course [Greatest Hits] full 1 Jay Clouse How Nervous System Mastery continues to grow Jonny Miller is the creator of Nervous System Mastery. It teaches evidence-backed protocols to cultivate calm, build resilience, and increase aliveness in 45 days. It’s a five-week, cohort-based course that is just wrapping up its sixth cohort in the last three years. In those six cohorts, Jonny has served nearly 1,000 students and earned more than $800,000. Here’s the best part – Jonny doesn’t have a massive audience. When he launched Nervous System Mastery, he had a couple thousand followers on Twitter and a small email list. This is the magic of a well-designed Signature Product – and Jonny is the perfect example. In this episode, we get into the weeds about how he’s grown NSM – what’s worked well, what hasn’t, and how he’s found himself on large podcasts with people like Lenny Rachitsky, Ali Abdaal, Chris Williamson, and more. → Join Nervous System Mastery Full transcript and show notes Jonny's Website / Twitter / Instagram / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #221: Ryan Hawk – Anatomy of a $12,500 membership earning $400,000+ per year *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Jonny Miller is the creator of Nervous System Mastery. It teaches evidence-backed protocols to cultivate calm, build resilience, and increase aliveness in 45 days. It’s a five-week, cohort-based course that is just wrapping up its sixth cohort in the last three years. In those six cohorts, Jonny has served nearly 1,000 students and earned more than $800,000.

Here’s the best part – Jonny doesn’t have a massive audience. When he launched Nervous System Mastery, he had a couple thousand followers on Twitter and a small email list. This is the magic of a well-designed Signature Product – and Jonny is the perfect example.

In this episode, we get into the weeds about how he’s grown NSM – what’s worked well, what hasn’t, and how he’s found himself on large podcasts with people like Lenny Rachitsky, Ali Abdaal, Chris Williamson, and more.

→ Join Nervous System Mastery

Full transcript and show notes

Jonny's Website / Twitter / Instagram / LinkedIn

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #221: Ryan Hawk – Anatomy of a $12,500 membership earning $400,000+ per year

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3264 no #250: One of my favorite questions for finding clarity https://podcast.creatorscience.com/10-year-plan I had a coach once upon a time, and he told me that our greatest strengths are often our greatest weaknesses. I think that applies to creators because we are so creative that we easily get inspired by new ideas. We've proven to ourselves time and time again that we can create something out of thin air. So when we have a new idea that we get excited about, it can be tempting to dive all in on that idea, which creates this challenge: if I have a bunch of ideas, how do I choose where I should allocate my time and resources? The core problem here is that if you don't know your destination, it is impossible to get directions. This great saying says you can get to where you're going just by following the length of your headlights. You don't have to see the entire road to get to a place. So, just this past week, I was speaking with a member of the lab. The question was, I have options A or B, so which one should I do? And I asked this person, imagine it's three years in the future. Everything went as well as it possibly could have. What does that look like? Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #247: How you can plan for growth in 2025 *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 08 Apr 2025 07:00:00 -0000 One of my favorite questions for finding clarity full 1 250 Jay Clouse Featuring a classic story from Debbie Millman I had a coach once upon a time, and he told me that our greatest strengths are often our greatest weaknesses. I think that applies to creators because we are so creative that we easily get inspired by new ideas. We've proven to ourselves time and time again that we can create something out of thin air. So when we have a new idea that we get excited about, it can be tempting to dive all in on that idea, which creates this challenge: if I have a bunch of ideas, how do I choose where I should allocate my time and resources? The core problem here is that if you don't know your destination, it is impossible to get directions. This great saying says you can get to where you're going just by following the length of your headlights. You don't have to see the entire road to get to a place. So, just this past week, I was speaking with a member of the lab. The question was, I have options A or B, so which one should I do? And I asked this person, imagine it's three years in the future. Everything went as well as it possibly could have. What does that look like? Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #247: How you can plan for growth in 2025 *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices I had a coach once upon a time, and he told me that our greatest strengths are often our greatest weaknesses. I think that applies to creators because we are so creative that we easily get inspired by new ideas. We've proven to ourselves time and time again that we can create something out of thin air. So when we have a new idea that we get excited about, it can be tempting to dive all in on that idea, which creates this challenge: if I have a bunch of ideas, how do I choose where I should allocate my time and resources?

The core problem here is that if you don't know your destination, it is impossible to get directions. This great saying says you can get to where you're going just by following the length of your headlights. You don't have to see the entire road to get to a place.

So, just this past week, I was speaking with a member of the lab. The question was, I have options A or B, so which one should I do? And I asked this person, imagine it's three years in the future. Everything went as well as it possibly could have. What does that look like?

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #247: How you can plan for growth in 2025

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 1214 no #217: Chase Jarvis – Thinking bigger and taking more risks as a creator [Greatest Hits] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/chase-jarvis-replay Chase Jarvis is an American photographer, director, artist, and entrepreneur. From April 2014 until July 2022 Jarvis was the chief executive officer of CreativeLive, an online education platform that he co-founded in 2010. I’ve been a long-time listener of Chase’s podcast, the Chase Jarvis Live Show, and actually wrote him down as one of my ideal podcast guests when I started this show all the way back in 2020. So this is a full circle moment for me. This week, Chase is releasing his newest book, Never Play It Safe – A Practical Guide to Freedom, Creativity, and a Life You Want. I’ve pre-ordered my copy and I’ve read the first chapter, and recommend you do the same. This conversation is about thinking bigger, taking risks, and getting out of your own way. I left feeling more relaxed, inspired, and fully recharged. I hope you do, too. Order Never Play it Safe Read the first chapter Full transcript and show notes Chase's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / YouTube *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg – Building Creative Mornings into a global brand *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 01 Apr 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Chase Jarvis – Thinking bigger and taking more risks as a creator [Greatest Hits] full 1 Jay Clouse Chase Jarvis is an author, photographer, and former co-founder of CreativeLive. Chase Jarvis is an American photographer, director, artist, and entrepreneur. From April 2014 until July 2022 Jarvis was the chief executive officer of CreativeLive, an online education platform that he co-founded in 2010. I’ve been a long-time listener of Chase’s podcast, the Chase Jarvis Live Show, and actually wrote him down as one of my ideal podcast guests when I started this show all the way back in 2020. So this is a full circle moment for me. This week, Chase is releasing his newest book, Never Play It Safe – A Practical Guide to Freedom, Creativity, and a Life You Want. I’ve pre-ordered my copy and I’ve read the first chapter, and recommend you do the same. This conversation is about thinking bigger, taking risks, and getting out of your own way. I left feeling more relaxed, inspired, and fully recharged. I hope you do, too. Order Never Play it Safe Read the first chapter Full transcript and show notes Chase's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / YouTube *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg – Building Creative Mornings into a global brand *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Chase Jarvis is an American photographer, director, artist, and entrepreneur. From April 2014 until July 2022 Jarvis was the chief executive officer of CreativeLive, an online education platform that he co-founded in 2010.

I’ve been a long-time listener of Chase’s podcast, the Chase Jarvis Live Show, and actually wrote him down as one of my ideal podcast guests when I started this show all the way back in 2020.

So this is a full circle moment for me. This week, Chase is releasing his newest book, Never Play It Safe – A Practical Guide to Freedom, Creativity, and a Life You Want. I’ve pre-ordered my copy and I’ve read the first chapter, and recommend you do the same.

This conversation is about thinking bigger, taking risks, and getting out of your own way. I left feeling more relaxed, inspired, and fully recharged. I hope you do, too.

Order Never Play it Safe

Read the first chapter

Full transcript and show notes

Chase's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / YouTube

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg – Building Creative Mornings into a global brand

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2688 no #249: This is helping me make better decisions (faster) [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-right-decision If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts! → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Sat, 29 Mar 2025 14:24:00 -0000 This is helping me make better decisions (faster) [Voice Memo] full 1 249 Jay Clouse A short mantra to help you move a little faster If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts! → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices If you enjoy this episode, please leave a comment on Spotify or a review on Apple Podcasts!


→ Subscribe to the newsletter

→ Join The Lab

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 270 no #248: Justin Moore - Lessons from hosting his first 3-day event https://podcast.creatorscience.com/justin-moore-sponsor-games Last week, my good friend and frequent podcast guest, Justin Moore, hosted his first in-person event, Sponsor Games. It was three days designed to help people master their sponsorship pitch, get expert coaching in real-time, connect with fellow creators, and land repeat brand deals. If you remember the last conversation between Justin and I, he was launching his book and feeling a little nervous about planning this event. I was excited to join him in San Antonio for Sponsor Games, but unfortunately, I got sick and I had to cancel my trip. So, as a consolation prize, Justin agreed to stop by the show, close the loop on his experience organizing this event, and brain-dump all the learnings he had along the way. Full transcript and show notes Sponsor Magnet Justin's Website / Instagram / Twitter / YouTube / TikTok *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #239: Justin Moore – What if feels like launching a book and an in-person event at the same time *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 25 Mar 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Justin Moore - Lessons from hosting his first 3-day event full 1 248 Jay Clouse Justin Moore is the author of Sponsor Magnet and host of the Sponsor Games! Last week, my good friend and frequent podcast guest, Justin Moore, hosted his first in-person event, Sponsor Games. It was three days designed to help people master their sponsorship pitch, get expert coaching in real-time, connect with fellow creators, and land repeat brand deals. If you remember the last conversation between Justin and I, he was launching his book and feeling a little nervous about planning this event. I was excited to join him in San Antonio for Sponsor Games, but unfortunately, I got sick and I had to cancel my trip. So, as a consolation prize, Justin agreed to stop by the show, close the loop on his experience organizing this event, and brain-dump all the learnings he had along the way. Full transcript and show notes Sponsor Magnet Justin's Website / Instagram / Twitter / YouTube / TikTok *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #239: Justin Moore – What if feels like launching a book and an in-person event at the same time *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Last week, my good friend and frequent podcast guest, Justin Moore, hosted his first in-person event, Sponsor Games. It was three days designed to help people master their sponsorship pitch, get expert coaching in real-time, connect with fellow creators, and land repeat brand deals.

If you remember the last conversation between Justin and I, he was launching his book and feeling a little nervous about planning this event. I was excited to join him in San Antonio for Sponsor Games, but unfortunately, I got sick and I had to cancel my trip.

So, as a consolation prize, Justin agreed to stop by the show, close the loop on his experience organizing this event, and brain-dump all the learnings he had along the way.

Full transcript and show notes

Sponsor Magnet

Justin's Website / Instagram / Twitter / YouTube / TikTok

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #239: Justin Moore – What if feels like launching a book and an in-person event at the same time

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2342 no #247: How you can plan for growth in 2025 https://podcast.creatorscience.com/2025-growth-strategy We are almost a quarter through 2025. This is a good time to look against your goals for the year, take stock, and say, how are things tracking a quarter through the year? Do I need to refocus, redirect, and reallocate to hit these goals I set earlier in the year? Or, in some cases, maybe your goals have changed. I typically judge the health of my business on revenue and profitability. And for a little behind-the-scenes, I'm taking some big bets in the business this year and investing a lot of dollars into those bets. As I look at this new future where we're investing more in video and we're investing in audience growth and better content, I am asking myself, how do I increase revenue in 2025? And maybe you are asking yourself the same thing. So, in this episode, I'm going to talk about my plan for increasing revenue in 2025, give you some specific examples of how I'm thinking about that in my business, and maybe that will inspire you a little bit, too. Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #177: Chris Hutchins – A master of podcast growth and building relationships. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 18 Mar 2025 07:00:00 -0000 How you can plan for growth in 2025 full 1 247 Jay Clouse Here are the levers to pull (and in which order) We are almost a quarter through 2025. This is a good time to look against your goals for the year, take stock, and say, how are things tracking a quarter through the year? Do I need to refocus, redirect, and reallocate to hit these goals I set earlier in the year? Or, in some cases, maybe your goals have changed. I typically judge the health of my business on revenue and profitability. And for a little behind-the-scenes, I'm taking some big bets in the business this year and investing a lot of dollars into those bets. As I look at this new future where we're investing more in video and we're investing in audience growth and better content, I am asking myself, how do I increase revenue in 2025? And maybe you are asking yourself the same thing. So, in this episode, I'm going to talk about my plan for increasing revenue in 2025, give you some specific examples of how I'm thinking about that in my business, and maybe that will inspire you a little bit, too. Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #177: Chris Hutchins – A master of podcast growth and building relationships. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices We are almost a quarter through 2025. This is a good time to look against your goals for the year, take stock, and say, how are things tracking a quarter through the year? Do I need to refocus, redirect, and reallocate to hit these goals I set earlier in the year? Or, in some cases, maybe your goals have changed.

I typically judge the health of my business on revenue and profitability. And for a little behind-the-scenes, I'm taking some big bets in the business this year and investing a lot of dollars into those bets.

As I look at this new future where we're investing more in video and we're investing in audience growth and better content, I am asking myself, how do I increase revenue in 2025? And maybe you are asking yourself the same thing. So, in this episode, I'm going to talk about my plan for increasing revenue in 2025, give you some specific examples of how I'm thinking about that in my business, and maybe that will inspire you a little bit, too.

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #177: Chris Hutchins – A master of podcast growth and building relationships.

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3301 no #246: Planning for a recession, my approach to email, increasing customers, and finding your partner [Ask Creator Science] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/ask-march-2025 In this episode, I'm recording for the first time in the brand-new Creator Science home studio. Kevin Shen's team came out and visited the house, put the finishing touches on setting up the studio and it is glorious. I'm so excited to have this just steps away every moment of the day to come down here and record. I feel like this is going to be truly life and business-changing. So, I thought this would be a great opportunity to do another listener Q&A episode. I've been asking for questions this morning on social media and in email, and I will be answering them here in this episode. Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #227: Are memberships still viable in 2025? Creators vs. AI, creator economy pyramid schemes, and more [Ask Creator Science] *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 11 Mar 2025 07:00:00 -0000 Planning for a recession, my approach to email, increasing customers, and finding your partner [Ask Creator Science] full 1 246 Jay Clouse Answering YOUR questions! In this episode, I'm recording for the first time in the brand-new Creator Science home studio. Kevin Shen's team came out and visited the house, put the finishing touches on setting up the studio and it is glorious. I'm so excited to have this just steps away every moment of the day to come down here and record. I feel like this is going to be truly life and business-changing. So, I thought this would be a great opportunity to do another listener Q&A episode. I've been asking for questions this morning on social media and in email, and I will be answering them here in this episode. Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #227: Are memberships still viable in 2025? Creators vs. AI, creator economy pyramid schemes, and more [Ask Creator Science] *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices In this episode, I'm recording for the first time in the brand-new Creator Science home studio. Kevin Shen's team came out and visited the house, put the finishing touches on setting up the studio and it is glorious. I'm so excited to have this just steps away every moment of the day to come down here and record. I feel like this is going to be truly life and business-changing.

So, I thought this would be a great opportunity to do another listener Q&A episode. I've been asking for questions this morning on social media and in email, and I will be answering them here in this episode.

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #227: Are memberships still viable in 2025? Creators vs. AI, creator economy pyramid schemes, and more [Ask Creator Science]

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4702 no #245: How to get more done [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-product-manager → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Fri, 07 Mar 2025 20:36:00 -0000 How to get more done [Voice Memo] full 1 245 Jay Clouse → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices → Subscribe to the newsletter

→ Join The Lab

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 309 no #199: Katelyn Bourgoin – How to write great social content (and lessons learned from her recent launch) [Greatest Hits] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/katelyn-bourgoin-replay Katelyn Bourgoin is the founder of Customer Camp and the writer behind the buyer psychology newsletter, Why We Buy, which has nearly 75,000 subscribers.  Katelyn is also the co-creator of a couple of great products. The first being Unignorable, a 36 day group challenge designed to help you build an audience of future buyers. That's a collaboration with the Demand Curve team. And the second is Wallet Opening Words, 26 and a half science-backed copywriting techniques. That's a collaboration with friend of the podcast, Phil Agnew.  So in this episode, you'll learn Katelyn's approach to short form writing Why she treats her content like a chocolate covered almond The risk that comes with accounts getting too big And what she would do differently the next time she launches her cohort program Full transcript and show notes Katelyn's Twitter / Unignorable / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #157: Phill Agnew *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 04 Mar 2025 08:00:00 -0000 Katelyn Bourgoin – How to write great social content (and lessons learned from her recent launch) [Greatest Hits] full 1 Jay Clouse Katelyn Bourgoin is the founder of Customer Camp and the writer behind the buyer psychology newsletter, Why We Buy, which has nearly 75,000 subscribers. Katelyn Bourgoin is the founder of Customer Camp and the writer behind the buyer psychology newsletter, Why We Buy, which has nearly 75,000 subscribers.  Katelyn is also the co-creator of a couple of great products. The first being Unignorable, a 36 day group challenge designed to help you build an audience of future buyers. That's a collaboration with the Demand Curve team. And the second is Wallet Opening Words, 26 and a half science-backed copywriting techniques. That's a collaboration with friend of the podcast, Phil Agnew.  So in this episode, you'll learn Katelyn's approach to short form writing Why she treats her content like a chocolate covered almond The risk that comes with accounts getting too big And what she would do differently the next time she launches her cohort program Full transcript and show notes Katelyn's Twitter / Unignorable / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #157: Phill Agnew *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Katelyn Bourgoin is the founder of Customer Camp and the writer behind the buyer psychology newsletter, Why We Buy, which has nearly 75,000 subscribers. 

Katelyn is also the co-creator of a couple of great products. The first being Unignorable, a 36 day group challenge designed to help you build an audience of future buyers. That's a collaboration with the Demand Curve team.

And the second is Wallet Opening Words, 26 and a half science-backed copywriting techniques. That's a collaboration with friend of the podcast, Phil Agnew. 

So in this episode, you'll learn

  • Katelyn's approach to short form writing
  • Why she treats her content like a chocolate covered almond
  • The risk that comes with accounts getting too big
  • And what she would do differently the next time she launches her cohort program

Full transcript and show notes

Katelyn's Twitter / Unignorable / LinkedIn

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #157: Phill Agnew

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3695 no #221: Ryan Hawk – Anatomy of a $12,500 membership earning $400,000+ per year. [Greatest Hits] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/ryan-hawk-2-replay Ryan Hawk is a keynote speaker and the host of the Learning Leader Show. The show has been listened to by millions of people in more than 150 countries, and Forbes called it, “the most dynamic leadership podcast around.” He’s also the author of Welcome to Management: How To Grow From Top Performer To Excellent Leader. Ryan is actually a repeat guest—he was first on the show in episode #61 to talk about his podcasting journey. He’s become a friend and someone I really admire for his intentionality and the way he shows up for others—his friends, his family, and his community. Ryan’s business isn’t built on podcast advertising, as one may expect. It’s actually built on what he calls Leadership CIRCLES. These are groups of 10-15 people that he hand-selects for a group learning experience. They meet once per month on Zoom and once per year in person. In this episode, Ryan breaks down the specifics of how he runs these programs, prices them, and plans to grow them. We even workshop some of his questions on the fly. → Listen to my first episode with Ryan → Join The Lab Full transcript and show notes Ryan's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / YouTube / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #187: Michael Stelzner – How to run profitable events (without sponsors or selling from the stage) → #144: Bari Baumgardner – How to create the perfect 3-day event (IRL or virtually) → #206: How I’d approach hosting in-person events *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 25 Feb 2025 08:00:00 -0000 Ryan Hawk – Anatomy of a $12,500 membership earning $400,000+ per year. [Greatest Hits] full 1 Jay Clouse Learn how this mastermind program earns ~$450,000 per year Ryan Hawk is a keynote speaker and the host of the Learning Leader Show. The show has been listened to by millions of people in more than 150 countries, and Forbes called it, “the most dynamic leadership podcast around.” He’s also the author of Welcome to Management: How To Grow From Top Performer To Excellent Leader. Ryan is actually a repeat guest—he was first on the show in episode #61 to talk about his podcasting journey. He’s become a friend and someone I really admire for his intentionality and the way he shows up for others—his friends, his family, and his community. Ryan’s business isn’t built on podcast advertising, as one may expect. It’s actually built on what he calls Leadership CIRCLES. These are groups of 10-15 people that he hand-selects for a group learning experience. They meet once per month on Zoom and once per year in person. In this episode, Ryan breaks down the specifics of how he runs these programs, prices them, and plans to grow them. We even workshop some of his questions on the fly. → Listen to my first episode with Ryan → Join The Lab Full transcript and show notes Ryan's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / YouTube / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #187: Michael Stelzner – How to run profitable events (without sponsors or selling from the stage) → #144: Bari Baumgardner – How to create the perfect 3-day event (IRL or virtually) → #206: How I’d approach hosting in-person events *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Ryan Hawk is a keynote speaker and the host of the Learning Leader Show. The show has been listened to by millions of people in more than 150 countries, and Forbes called it, “the most dynamic leadership podcast around.” He’s also the author of Welcome to Management: How To Grow From Top Performer To Excellent Leader.

Ryan is actually a repeat guest—he was first on the show in episode #61 to talk about his podcasting journey. He’s become a friend and someone I really admire for his intentionality and the way he shows up for others—his friends, his family, and his community.

Ryan’s business isn’t built on podcast advertising, as one may expect. It’s actually built on what he calls Leadership CIRCLES. These are groups of 10-15 people that he hand-selects for a group learning experience. They meet once per month on Zoom and once per year in person.

In this episode, Ryan breaks down the specifics of how he runs these programs, prices them, and plans to grow them. We even workshop some of his questions on the fly.

→ Listen to my first episode with Ryan

→ Join The Lab

Full transcript and show notes

Ryan's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / YouTube / LinkedIn

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #187: Michael Stelzner – How to run profitable events (without sponsors or selling from the stage)

→ #144: Bari Baumgardner – How to create the perfect 3-day event (IRL or virtually)

→ #206: How I’d approach hosting in-person events

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3451 no #244: I've been avoiding this for too long [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-hiring → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Fri, 21 Feb 2025 16:21:00 -0000 I've been avoiding this for too long [Voice Memo] full 1 244 Jay Clouse → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices → Subscribe to the newsletter

→ Join The Lab

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 376 no #243: Brock Johnson – How to grow on Instagram in 2025 https://podcast.creatorscience.com/brock-johnson Brock Johnson is an Instagram growth coach with nearly 800,000 followers. Brock has grown his Instagram by 1,000 followers per day, for the last two years. He's helped thousands of people improve their Instagram through one-on-one coaching and his membership, the InstaClub Hub. In this episode, I ask Brock a lot of my basic questions, like how often to post and whether scheduling has a negative impact, and some more nuanced questions, like how to move people off of Instagram. Full transcript and show notes Brock's Website / Instagram / TikTok *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #229: Natasha Willis – $70M from automated Instagram DMs *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 18 Feb 2025 08:00:00 -0000 Brock Johnson – How to grow on Instagram in 2025 full 1 243 Jay Clouse Brock Johnson is an Instagram growth coach with nearly 1,000,000 followers. Brock Johnson is an Instagram growth coach with nearly 800,000 followers. Brock has grown his Instagram by 1,000 followers per day, for the last two years. He's helped thousands of people improve their Instagram through one-on-one coaching and his membership, the InstaClub Hub. In this episode, I ask Brock a lot of my basic questions, like how often to post and whether scheduling has a negative impact, and some more nuanced questions, like how to move people off of Instagram. Full transcript and show notes Brock's Website / Instagram / TikTok *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #229: Natasha Willis – $70M from automated Instagram DMs *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Brock Johnson is an Instagram growth coach with nearly 800,000 followers. Brock has grown his Instagram by 1,000 followers per day, for the last two years. He's helped thousands of people improve their Instagram through one-on-one coaching and his membership, the InstaClub Hub.

In this episode, I ask Brock a lot of my basic questions, like how often to post and whether scheduling has a negative impact, and some more nuanced questions, like how to move people off of Instagram.

Full transcript and show notes

Brock's Website / Instagram / TikTok

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #229: Natasha Willis – $70M from automated Instagram DMs

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3401 no #242: Mark Manson – Why YouTubers aren’t making more money https://podcast.creatorscience.com/mark-manson Mark Manson is an entrepreneur and author of the best-selling book, The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck. Mark's entrepreneur-first approach has enabled him to speed-run his YouTube success, gaining 2,600,000 subscribers in just two years. In this episode, we break down Mark's approach to YouTube, from content strategy to setting up his channel for long-term success. Full transcript and show notes Mark's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / LinkedIn / TikTok *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) YouTubers and Business (01:13) Why Do YouTubers Suck at Business? (10:14) Make Brainstorming Ideas Easy with 1of10 (11:50) How to Turn Your Channel into a Business (15:55) When to Make the Transition (24:43) When Maximizing Views is Bad (27:31) The Case For Not Taking Brand Deals (35:33) 1st Step to Take (37:48) Futureproofing Your Channel *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #179: Justin Moore – A step-by-step strategy to get anyone sponsored, regardless of audience size *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 11 Feb 2025 08:00:00 -0000 Mark Manson – Why YouTubers aren’t making more money full 1 242 Jay Clouse Mark Manson is the author of the Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck and a YouTuber with more than 2 million subscribers. Mark Manson is an entrepreneur and author of the best-selling book, The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck. Mark's entrepreneur-first approach has enabled him to speed-run his YouTube success, gaining 2,600,000 subscribers in just two years. In this episode, we break down Mark's approach to YouTube, from content strategy to setting up his channel for long-term success. Full transcript and show notes Mark's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / LinkedIn / TikTok *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) YouTubers and Business (01:13) Why Do YouTubers Suck at Business? (10:14) Make Brainstorming Ideas Easy with 1of10 (11:50) How to Turn Your Channel into a Business (15:55) When to Make the Transition (24:43) When Maximizing Views is Bad (27:31) The Case For Not Taking Brand Deals (35:33) 1st Step to Take (37:48) Futureproofing Your Channel *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #179: Justin Moore – A step-by-step strategy to get anyone sponsored, regardless of audience size *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Mark Manson is an entrepreneur and author of the best-selling book, The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck.

Mark's entrepreneur-first approach has enabled him to speed-run his YouTube success, gaining 2,600,000 subscribers in just two years.

In this episode, we break down Mark's approach to YouTube, from content strategy to setting up his channel for long-term success.

Full transcript and show notes

Mark's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / LinkedIn / TikTok

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) YouTubers and Business

(01:13) Why Do YouTubers Suck at Business?

(10:14) Make Brainstorming Ideas Easy with 1of10

(11:50) How to Turn Your Channel into a Business

(15:55) When to Make the Transition

(24:43) When Maximizing Views is Bad

(27:31) The Case For Not Taking Brand Deals

(35:33) 1st Step to Take

(37:48) Futureproofing Your Channel

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #179: Justin Moore – A step-by-step strategy to get anyone sponsored, regardless of audience size

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3001 no #241: Lara Acosta — How LinkedIn’s fastest-growing female creator uses the platform https://podcast.creatorscience.com/lara-acosta Lara Acosta is one of the fastest-growing creators on LinkedIn. She specializes in personal branding and teaching people how to tell short stories in their posts. As a result of her SLAY framework (which you’ll hear about in this conversation), Lara has generated tens of millions of impressions on LinkedIn. In this episode, Lara teaches us her secrets to growth on LinkedIn, her outlook on the future of video on the platform, how she thinks about the opportunity of Company Pages, and more. Full transcript and show notes Lara's Website / LinkedIn / Instagram / YouTube / Twitter *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #188: Richard van der Blom – How the man behind the LinkedIn Algorithm Report uses LinkedIn. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 04 Feb 2025 08:00:00 -0000 Lara Acosta — How LinkedIn’s fastest-growing female creator uses the platform full 1 241 Jay Clouse Lara Acosta helps people build personal brands Lara Acosta is one of the fastest-growing creators on LinkedIn. She specializes in personal branding and teaching people how to tell short stories in their posts. As a result of her SLAY framework (which you’ll hear about in this conversation), Lara has generated tens of millions of impressions on LinkedIn. In this episode, Lara teaches us her secrets to growth on LinkedIn, her outlook on the future of video on the platform, how she thinks about the opportunity of Company Pages, and more. Full transcript and show notes Lara's Website / LinkedIn / Instagram / YouTube / Twitter *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #188: Richard van der Blom – How the man behind the LinkedIn Algorithm Report uses LinkedIn. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Lara Acosta is one of the fastest-growing creators on LinkedIn. She specializes in personal branding and teaching people how to tell short stories in their posts. As a result of her SLAY framework (which you’ll hear about in this conversation), Lara has generated tens of millions of impressions on LinkedIn.

In this episode, Lara teaches us her secrets to growth on LinkedIn, her outlook on the future of video on the platform, how she thinks about the opportunity of Company Pages, and more.

Full transcript and show notes

Lara's Website / LinkedIn / Instagram / YouTube / Twitter

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #188: Richard van der Blom – How the man behind the LinkedIn Algorithm Report uses LinkedIn.

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3304 no #240: Valerie Feghali – Her FAST evolution from coach to creator with custom software https://podcast.creatorscience.com/valerie-feghali/ Valerie Feghali is a member of our membership community, The Lab. She impressed me immediately – and during my paternity leave, she hosted a workshop inside The Lab about how she’s used paid ads to grow her business. Namely, she used paid ads to convert to paying customers for a low-priced membership, generating enough revenue to cover the ad spend while also growing her email list. Her story gets even more incredible because just a few years ago, she was a wellness coach serving clients 1:1. But she quickly transitioned from being a wellness coach to empowering *other* wellness coaches with all of the tools and resources she had built for her own service business. She then went a step further by turning those resources into a custom-built web app that she sells as a monthly subscription. And her retention is through the roof. Valerie has a fantastic story, and you’ll hear how she made these transitions, how she thinks about paid ads, and what it took to build her software. Full transcript and show notes Valerie's Website / Instagram / Facebook / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #221: Ryan Hawk – Anatomy of a $12,500 membership earning $400,000+ per year *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 28 Jan 2025 08:00:00 -0000 Valerie Feghali – Her FAST evolution from coach to creator with custom software full 1 240 Jay Clouse Valerie Feghali is the creator of Wellness Vault, a software membership for wellness coaches Valerie Feghali is a member of our membership community, The Lab. She impressed me immediately – and during my paternity leave, she hosted a workshop inside The Lab about how she’s used paid ads to grow her business. Namely, she used paid ads to convert to paying customers for a low-priced membership, generating enough revenue to cover the ad spend while also growing her email list. Her story gets even more incredible because just a few years ago, she was a wellness coach serving clients 1:1. But she quickly transitioned from being a wellness coach to empowering *other* wellness coaches with all of the tools and resources she had built for her own service business. She then went a step further by turning those resources into a custom-built web app that she sells as a monthly subscription. And her retention is through the roof. Valerie has a fantastic story, and you’ll hear how she made these transitions, how she thinks about paid ads, and what it took to build her software. Full transcript and show notes Valerie's Website / Instagram / Facebook / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #221: Ryan Hawk – Anatomy of a $12,500 membership earning $400,000+ per year *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Valerie Feghali is a member of our membership community, The Lab. She impressed me immediately – and during my paternity leave, she hosted a workshop inside The Lab about how she’s used paid ads to grow her business. Namely, she used paid ads to convert to paying customers for a low-priced membership, generating enough revenue to cover the ad spend while also growing her email list.

Her story gets even more incredible because just a few years ago, she was a wellness coach serving clients 1:1. But she quickly transitioned from being a wellness coach to empowering *other* wellness coaches with all of the tools and resources she had built for her own service business.

She then went a step further by turning those resources into a custom-built web app that she sells as a monthly subscription. And her retention is through the roof. Valerie has a fantastic story, and you’ll hear how she made these transitions, how she thinks about paid ads, and what it took to build her software.

Full transcript and show notes

Valerie's Website / Instagram / Facebook / LinkedIn

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #221: Ryan Hawk – Anatomy of a $12,500 membership earning $400,000+ per year

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3297 no #239: Justin Moore – What it feels like launching a book and an in-person event at the same time https://podcast.creatorscience.com/justin-moore-book Justin Moore is a sponsorship coach who has generated over $5,000,000 in brand partnerships. As a full-time creator since 2014 and a former influencer marketing agency owner, he brings unique insider knowledge of how brands evaluate and select their ideal partners. Through his school, community, and latest book, Sponsor Magnet, Justin shares proven frameworks for attracting, pricing, and executing lucrative brand deals with a mission to help creators big and small land one million paid sponsorships. Justin's first-ever book is now available for purchase. It's called Sponsor Magnet: How to Attract, Price, and Execute Your Dream Brand Partnerships. I was an early reader of Sponsor Magnet, and I enthusiastically endorsed this book. In this conversation, we get candid about the highs and lows of writing this book, including launching it just ahead of his first-ever in-person event Sponsor Games, which I will be at in March of this year. →Get a free copy of Sponsor Magnet Full transcript and show notes Justin's Website / Instagram / Twitter / YouTube / TikTok *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #160: Tori Dunlap – A transparent look at writing a New York Times best-selling book. The process, numbers, and lessons learned. → #176: April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 21 Jan 2025 08:00:00 -0000 Justin Moore – What it feels like launching a book and an in-person event at the same time full 1 239 Jay Clouse Digging into the launch of Sponsor Magnet Justin Moore is a sponsorship coach who has generated over $5,000,000 in brand partnerships. As a full-time creator since 2014 and a former influencer marketing agency owner, he brings unique insider knowledge of how brands evaluate and select their ideal partners. Through his school, community, and latest book, Sponsor Magnet, Justin shares proven frameworks for attracting, pricing, and executing lucrative brand deals with a mission to help creators big and small land one million paid sponsorships. Justin's first-ever book is now available for purchase. It's called Sponsor Magnet: How to Attract, Price, and Execute Your Dream Brand Partnerships. I was an early reader of Sponsor Magnet, and I enthusiastically endorsed this book. In this conversation, we get candid about the highs and lows of writing this book, including launching it just ahead of his first-ever in-person event Sponsor Games, which I will be at in March of this year. →Get a free copy of Sponsor Magnet Full transcript and show notes Justin's Website / Instagram / Twitter / YouTube / TikTok *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #160: Tori Dunlap – A transparent look at writing a New York Times best-selling book. The process, numbers, and lessons learned. → #176: April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Justin Moore is a sponsorship coach who has generated over $5,000,000 in brand partnerships. As a full-time creator since 2014 and a former influencer marketing agency owner, he brings unique insider knowledge of how brands evaluate and select their ideal partners. Through his school, community, and latest book, Sponsor Magnet, Justin shares proven frameworks for attracting, pricing, and executing lucrative brand deals with a mission to help creators big and small land one million paid sponsorships.

Justin's first-ever book is now available for purchase. It's called Sponsor Magnet: How to Attract, Price, and Execute Your Dream Brand Partnerships. I was an early reader of Sponsor Magnet, and I enthusiastically endorsed this book.

In this conversation, we get candid about the highs and lows of writing this book, including launching it just ahead of his first-ever in-person event Sponsor Games, which I will be at in March of this year.

→Get a free copy of Sponsor Magnet

Full transcript and show notes

Justin's Website / Instagram / Twitter / YouTube / TikTok

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #160: Tori Dunlap – A transparent look at writing a New York Times best-selling book. The process, numbers, and lessons learned.

→ #176: April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business.

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3291 no #238: OK I have some thoughts on AI (and its impact on creator-educators) [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-ai-education → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Fri, 17 Jan 2025 15:56:00 -0000 OK I have some thoughts on AI (and its impact on creator-educators) [Voice Memo] full 1 238 Jay Clouse Why I'm prioritizing memberships more than ever → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices → Subscribe to the newsletter

→ Join The Lab

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 404 #237: Rachel Botsman – Trust expert on how you can earn trust with your audience https://podcast.creatorscience.com/rachel-botsman Rachel Botsman is a leading expert on trust in the modern world. She is the author of 3 critically acclaimed books, What's Mine is Yours, Who Can You Trust, and How to Trust and Be Trusted, that have been translated into 14 languages. That last one, How to Trust and Be Trusted, is brand new and actually just released today in audio only, which is a fascinating decision that we'll also discuss later in the conversation. Rachel is consistently recognized as a top keynote speaker, and her TED Talks have been viewed more than 5,000,000 times. If there's anyone who understands trust more than Rachel, I haven't found them yet. → How to Trust and Be Trusted - Audible & Spotify Full transcript and show notes Rachel's Website / Instagram / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #219: Robin Dreeke – How to earn someone’s trust (from a former FBI special agent) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 14 Jan 2025 08:00:00 -0000 Rachel Botsman – Trust expert on how you can earn trust with your audience full 1 237 Jay Clouse Rachel Botsman is a leading expert on trust in the modern world. She is the author of three critically acclaimed books, What’s Mine is Yours,  Who Can You Trust? and How To Trust and Be Trusted. Rachel Botsman is a leading expert on trust in the modern world. She is the author of 3 critically acclaimed books, What's Mine is Yours, Who Can You Trust, and How to Trust and Be Trusted, that have been translated into 14 languages. That last one, How to Trust and Be Trusted, is brand new and actually just released today in audio only, which is a fascinating decision that we'll also discuss later in the conversation. Rachel is consistently recognized as a top keynote speaker, and her TED Talks have been viewed more than 5,000,000 times. If there's anyone who understands trust more than Rachel, I haven't found them yet. → How to Trust and Be Trusted - Audible & Spotify Full transcript and show notes Rachel's Website / Instagram / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #219: Robin Dreeke – How to earn someone’s trust (from a former FBI special agent) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Rachel Botsman is a leading expert on trust in the modern world. She is the author of 3 critically acclaimed books, What's Mine is Yours, Who Can You Trust, and How to Trust and Be Trusted, that have been translated into 14 languages.

That last one, How to Trust and Be Trusted, is brand new and actually just released today in audio only, which is a fascinating decision that we'll also discuss later in the conversation.

Rachel is consistently recognized as a top keynote speaker, and her TED Talks have been viewed more than 5,000,000 times. If there's anyone who understands trust more than Rachel, I haven't found them yet.

→ How to Trust and Be Trusted - Audible & Spotify

Full transcript and show notes

Rachel's Website / Instagram / LinkedIn

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #219: Robin Dreeke – How to earn someone’s trust (from a former FBI special agent)

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3064 no #236: Mike Michalowicz – How the author of Profit First stays lean by licensing his ideas https://podcast.creatorscience.com/mike-michalowicz Mike Michalowicz is the author of Profit First, which is used by hundreds of thousands of companies across the globe to drive profit – Creator Science is one of those companies. Profit First has helped me develop sound financials for my business. He’s also the author of Clockwork, a powerful method to make any business run on automatic, and seven other books as well. With more than 500,000 book sales, all of Mike’s books have the same goal – to help small business owners and eliminate what he calls “entrepreneurial poverty.” Simon Sinek has called Mike “…the top contender for the patron saint of entrepreneurs.” This conversation is divided into halves: The first half explores Mike’s unique model as an author. For each book Mike writes, he partners with a third party to license the frameworks from his books and serve as the done-for-you service provider. This is super uncommon and part of why he’s been so prolific while running a very lean team. So we dig into how that works (and what he’d do differently if he were starting over today). The second half of the conversation is all about writing books. Mike has published nine books since 2008 – including 7 in the last 8 years. So we dig into how he determines what ideas to turn into books and how to write them so quickly. Full transcript and show notes Mike's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #176: April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 07 Jan 2025 08:00:00 -0000 Mike Michalowicz – How the author of Profit First stays lean by licensing his ideas full 1 236 Jay Clouse An author with a unique business model I’m obsessed with shares what he’d do differently Mike Michalowicz is the author of Profit First, which is used by hundreds of thousands of companies across the globe to drive profit – Creator Science is one of those companies. Profit First has helped me develop sound financials for my business. He’s also the author of Clockwork, a powerful method to make any business run on automatic, and seven other books as well. With more than 500,000 book sales, all of Mike’s books have the same goal – to help small business owners and eliminate what he calls “entrepreneurial poverty.” Simon Sinek has called Mike “…the top contender for the patron saint of entrepreneurs.” This conversation is divided into halves: The first half explores Mike’s unique model as an author. For each book Mike writes, he partners with a third party to license the frameworks from his books and serve as the done-for-you service provider. This is super uncommon and part of why he’s been so prolific while running a very lean team. So we dig into how that works (and what he’d do differently if he were starting over today). The second half of the conversation is all about writing books. Mike has published nine books since 2008 – including 7 in the last 8 years. So we dig into how he determines what ideas to turn into books and how to write them so quickly. Full transcript and show notes Mike's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #176: April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business. *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Mike Michalowicz is the author of Profit First, which is used by hundreds of thousands of companies across the globe to drive profit – Creator Science is one of those companies. Profit First has helped me develop sound financials for my business.

He’s also the author of Clockwork, a powerful method to make any business run on automatic, and seven other books as well.

With more than 500,000 book sales, all of Mike’s books have the same goal – to help small business owners and eliminate what he calls “entrepreneurial poverty.” Simon Sinek has called Mike “…the top contender for the patron saint of entrepreneurs.”

This conversation is divided into halves:

The first half explores Mike’s unique model as an author. For each book Mike writes, he partners with a third party to license the frameworks from his books and serve as the done-for-you service provider. This is super uncommon and part of why he’s been so prolific while running a very lean team. So we dig into how that works (and what he’d do differently if he were starting over today).

The second half of the conversation is all about writing books. Mike has published nine books since 2008 – including 7 in the last 8 years. So we dig into how he determines what ideas to turn into books and how to write them so quickly.

Full transcript and show notes

Mike's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / LinkedIn

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #176: April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business.

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3270 no #235: Take 5 minutes and journal on this question [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-replacement → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Sat, 04 Jan 2025 08:00:00 -0000 Take 5 minutes and journal on this question [Voice Memo] full 1 235 Jay Clouse A classic from Andy Grove → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices → Subscribe to the newsletter

→ Join The Lab

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 229 no #234: Garrett Kennell – How thinking big helped Michelle Khare attract 4.8 million subscribers https://podcast.creatorscience.com/garrett-kennell Garrett Kennell is the Chief Creative Officer for - and husband to - Michelle Khare. Garrett has been working on the channel since Michelle’s very first video all the way back in 2016. Since that first video, their channel has grown to nearly 5 million subscribers and has over 740 million views, making it one of the most intense and complicated productions YouTube has ever seen. Their secret? They have a process for everything. In this episode, Garrett breaks some of those processes down, including brainstorming, decision-making, and how YOU can start to make bigger, better videos at any scale. Full transcript and show notes Garrett's Twitter / YouTube / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Most Insane Production on YouTube (01:33) How Michelle Khare’s Channel Evolved (07:14) How Much a Michelle Khare Video Costs (10:19) Grow Your Podcast With Spotify (11:36) Bono’s Six Thinking Hats (17:43) Getting Rejected (21:20) Thinking Big (23:51) How Challenge Accepted Gets Made (29:23) Making Content for Impact (32:34) When is Something Done? (34:07) Where Do Things Go Wrong? (39:44) Systems and Processes (43:48) Getting Sponsors (48:55) Advice to Grow Quickly *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #202: Zack Honarvar – What he learned from working with 10,000 creators *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 31 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0000 Garrett Kennell – How thinking big helped Michelle Khare attract 4.8 million subscribers full 1 234 Jay Clouse Garrett Kennell is the Chief Creative Officer for Michelle Khare Garrett Kennell is the Chief Creative Officer for - and husband to - Michelle Khare. Garrett has been working on the channel since Michelle’s very first video all the way back in 2016. Since that first video, their channel has grown to nearly 5 million subscribers and has over 740 million views, making it one of the most intense and complicated productions YouTube has ever seen. Their secret? They have a process for everything. In this episode, Garrett breaks some of those processes down, including brainstorming, decision-making, and how YOU can start to make bigger, better videos at any scale. Full transcript and show notes Garrett's Twitter / YouTube / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Most Insane Production on YouTube (01:33) How Michelle Khare’s Channel Evolved (07:14) How Much a Michelle Khare Video Costs (10:19) Grow Your Podcast With Spotify (11:36) Bono’s Six Thinking Hats (17:43) Getting Rejected (21:20) Thinking Big (23:51) How Challenge Accepted Gets Made (29:23) Making Content for Impact (32:34) When is Something Done? (34:07) Where Do Things Go Wrong? (39:44) Systems and Processes (43:48) Getting Sponsors (48:55) Advice to Grow Quickly *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #202: Zack Honarvar – What he learned from working with 10,000 creators *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Garrett Kennell is the Chief Creative Officer for - and husband to - Michelle Khare. Garrett has been working on the channel since Michelle’s very first video all the way back in 2016.

Since that first video, their channel has grown to nearly 5 million subscribers and has over 740 million views, making it one of the most intense and complicated productions YouTube has ever seen. Their secret? They have a process for everything.

In this episode, Garrett breaks some of those processes down, including brainstorming, decision-making, and how YOU can start to make bigger, better videos at any scale.

Full transcript and show notes

Garrett's Twitter / YouTube / Instagram

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) The Most Insane Production on YouTube

(01:33) How Michelle Khare’s Channel Evolved

(07:14) How Much a Michelle Khare Video Costs

(10:19) Grow Your Podcast With Spotify

(11:36) Bono’s Six Thinking Hats

(17:43) Getting Rejected

(21:20) Thinking Big

(23:51) How Challenge Accepted Gets Made

(29:23) Making Content for Impact

(32:34) When is Something Done?

(34:07) Where Do Things Go Wrong?

(39:44) Systems and Processes

(43:48) Getting Sponsors

(48:55) Advice to Grow Quickly

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #202: Zack Honarvar – What he learned from working with 10,000 creators

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3341 no #233: Resource Allocation [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-resource-allocation → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Fri, 27 Dec 2024 18:45:00 -0000 Resource Allocation [Voice Memo] full 1 233 Jay Clouse The most important day-to-day decisions we make → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices → Subscribe to the newsletter

→ Join The Lab

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 334 no #232: Dan Andrews – Secrets of building a 1300-member, international community (with in-person events) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/dan-andrews-2 Dan Andrews founded the Dynamite Circle and Dynamite Jobs and is now a repeat guest. Dan was first on the show in episode #32 in November 2020. I've been listening to Dan's podcast, Tropical MBA, since 2014, and that was 5 years after they started. Tropical MBA started as a podcast for location-independent entrepreneurs and has grown into a thriving global community. The Dynamite Circle is a paid membership community that Dan and his partner, Ian, built from the podcast's success. It has more than 1,000 members, dozens of local meetups, and 5 signature events throughout the year; the Dynamite Circle has continued to innovate as a member-led community. This is a 2 part episode. The second half of this conversation can be found on Dan's podcast, Tropical MBA, and will be released on Thursday. → Subscribe to Tropical MBA → Join The Lab Full transcript and show notes Dan's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #32: Dan Andrews – Helping location independent entrepreneurs build businesses and find community *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 17 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0000 Dan Andrews – Secrets of building a 1300-member, international community (with in-person events) full 1 232 Jay Clouse Dan Andrews is the host of TropicalMBA and the co-founder of the Dynamite Circle Dan Andrews founded the Dynamite Circle and Dynamite Jobs and is now a repeat guest. Dan was first on the show in episode #32 in November 2020. I've been listening to Dan's podcast, Tropical MBA, since 2014, and that was 5 years after they started. Tropical MBA started as a podcast for location-independent entrepreneurs and has grown into a thriving global community. The Dynamite Circle is a paid membership community that Dan and his partner, Ian, built from the podcast's success. It has more than 1,000 members, dozens of local meetups, and 5 signature events throughout the year; the Dynamite Circle has continued to innovate as a member-led community. This is a 2 part episode. The second half of this conversation can be found on Dan's podcast, Tropical MBA, and will be released on Thursday. → Subscribe to Tropical MBA → Join The Lab Full transcript and show notes Dan's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #32: Dan Andrews – Helping location independent entrepreneurs build businesses and find community *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Dan Andrews founded the Dynamite Circle and Dynamite Jobs and is now a repeat guest. Dan was first on the show in episode #32 in November 2020.

I've been listening to Dan's podcast, Tropical MBA, since 2014, and that was 5 years after they started. Tropical MBA started as a podcast for location-independent entrepreneurs and has grown into a thriving global community. The Dynamite Circle is a paid membership community that Dan and his partner, Ian, built from the podcast's success. It has more than 1,000 members, dozens of local meetups, and 5 signature events throughout the year; the Dynamite Circle has continued to innovate as a member-led community.

This is a 2 part episode. The second half of this conversation can be found on Dan's podcast, Tropical MBA, and will be released on Thursday.

→ Subscribe to Tropical MBA

→ Join The Lab

Full transcript and show notes

Dan's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #32: Dan Andrews – Helping location independent entrepreneurs build businesses and find community

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2608 no #231: "No friends’ weddings for 10 years" – my take on the Hormozi post [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-hormozi-weddings → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Sat, 14 Dec 2024 14:02:00 -0000 "No friends’ weddings for 10 years" – my take on the Hormozi post [Voice Memo] full 1 231 Jay Clouse Is this really success? → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices → Subscribe to the newsletter

→ Join The Lab

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 285 no #230: How much do I make? How much do I work? Do creators keep their best tips secret? [Ask Creator Science] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/answering-scary-questions YouTubers keep a lot of secrets, but that's not really my style. So last week, I asked my audience for questions that creators are typically too afraid to answer. How much does this channel make? What are my politics? And how much time do I actually spend working? In this video, my producer, Conor, and I answer all these questions and more with complete transparency. Full transcript and show notes Conor's Twitter / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS (0:00:00) How Much Does a 100K Channel Make? (0:02:26) What Does a 100K Channel Charge for Brand Deals (0:09:25) AdSense and Brand Deals Are Overhyped (0:13:09) Pros and Cons of Talking About Politics (0:21:01) The Biggest Threat to the Channel (0:23:08) Most YouTubers Aren’t As Successful As You Think (0:28:26) Downsides of Being a Parent and a YouTuber (0:33:21) How Much Does a YouTuber ACTUALLY Work? (0:38:02) Promoting Products You Don’t Believe In (0:44:06) Is the Creator Economy Eating Itself? (0:49:34) Hidden Gems You Should Watch (0:55:08) Why Are YouTubers Secretive? (0:59:53) Don’t Listen to This Common Growth Advice (1:04:22) How to Spot Fake Gurus (1:08:50) YouTubers Who Lie to Their Audience (1:11:20) Trends That Will Die Quickly (1:14:29) Parasocial Relationships (1:20:15) When a Channel Dies (1:22:23) How Long to Get to $8k/month in Revenue (1:24:48) Maintaining Relationships As You Get Older (1:30:11) The Right Way to Raise Prices *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → Answering the Questions you're afraid to ask [YouTube] *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 10 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0000 How much do I make? How much do I work? Do creators keep their best tips secret? [Ask Creator Science] full 1 230 Jay Clouse This episode answers the questions most creators are afraid of. YouTubers keep a lot of secrets, but that's not really my style. So last week, I asked my audience for questions that creators are typically too afraid to answer. How much does this channel make? What are my politics? And how much time do I actually spend working? In this video, my producer, Conor, and I answer all these questions and more with complete transparency. Full transcript and show notes Conor's Twitter / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS (0:00:00) How Much Does a 100K Channel Make? (0:02:26) What Does a 100K Channel Charge for Brand Deals (0:09:25) AdSense and Brand Deals Are Overhyped (0:13:09) Pros and Cons of Talking About Politics (0:21:01) The Biggest Threat to the Channel (0:23:08) Most YouTubers Aren’t As Successful As You Think (0:28:26) Downsides of Being a Parent and a YouTuber (0:33:21) How Much Does a YouTuber ACTUALLY Work? (0:38:02) Promoting Products You Don’t Believe In (0:44:06) Is the Creator Economy Eating Itself? (0:49:34) Hidden Gems You Should Watch (0:55:08) Why Are YouTubers Secretive? (0:59:53) Don’t Listen to This Common Growth Advice (1:04:22) How to Spot Fake Gurus (1:08:50) YouTubers Who Lie to Their Audience (1:11:20) Trends That Will Die Quickly (1:14:29) Parasocial Relationships (1:20:15) When a Channel Dies (1:22:23) How Long to Get to $8k/month in Revenue (1:24:48) Maintaining Relationships As You Get Older (1:30:11) The Right Way to Raise Prices *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → Answering the Questions you're afraid to ask [YouTube] *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices YouTubers keep a lot of secrets, but that's not really my style.

So last week, I asked my audience for questions that creators are typically too afraid to answer. How much does this channel make? What are my politics? And how much time do I actually spend working?

In this video, my producer, Conor, and I answer all these questions and more with complete transparency.

Full transcript and show notes

Conor's Twitter / Instagram

***

TIMESTAMPS

(0:00:00) How Much Does a 100K Channel Make?

(0:02:26) What Does a 100K Channel Charge for Brand Deals

(0:09:25) AdSense and Brand Deals Are Overhyped

(0:13:09) Pros and Cons of Talking About Politics

(0:21:01) The Biggest Threat to the Channel

(0:23:08) Most YouTubers Aren’t As Successful As You Think

(0:28:26) Downsides of Being a Parent and a YouTuber

(0:33:21) How Much Does a YouTuber ACTUALLY Work?

(0:38:02) Promoting Products You Don’t Believe In

(0:44:06) Is the Creator Economy Eating Itself?

(0:49:34) Hidden Gems You Should Watch

(0:55:08) Why Are YouTubers Secretive?

(0:59:53) Don’t Listen to This Common Growth Advice

(1:04:22) How to Spot Fake Gurus

(1:08:50) YouTubers Who Lie to Their Audience

(1:11:20) Trends That Will Die Quickly

(1:14:29) Parasocial Relationships

(1:20:15) When a Channel Dies

(1:22:23) How Long to Get to $8k/month in Revenue

(1:24:48) Maintaining Relationships As You Get Older

(1:30:11) The Right Way to Raise Prices

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ Answering the Questions you're afraid to ask [YouTube]

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 6070 no #229: Natasha Willis – $70M from automated Instagram DMs https://podcast.creatorscience.com/natasha-willis/ Natasha Willis is the woman behind the conversational marketing agency School of Bots, which has generated over $70,000,000 for clients like Tori Dunlap, Jenna Kutcher, and even Facebook. In this episode, Natasha reveals how you can use automated direct messages to grow your email list, how to generate more revenue, and her secrets on how to increase your organic reach on Instagram. @natashatwillis → message “JAY” Full transcript and show notes Natasha's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Chatbot Queen (01:04) What is Conversational Marketing (02:28) Conversational Marketing Platforms (04:40) Understanding the Customer Journey (10:22) DM Automation Tools (14:20) Can You Tell it’s Not a Real Person? (18:33) What To Do Before You Get Started (24:14) Does Follower Count Matter? (25:41) Inflated Follower Counts (30:41) The 3 Types of Instagram Posts to Grow (35:34) $400K in 4 Months Strategy (43:29) Simplify to Amplify (45:43) Use Cases for DM Automation (49:28) Using Instagram Stories (53:47) What You Do Next *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #88: Tori Dunlap – Building an audience of millions on TikTok with Her First $100K *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 03 Dec 2024 08:00:00 -0000 Natasha Willis – $70M from automated Instagram DMs full 1 229 Jay Clouse Natasha Willis is the founder of School of Bots, a conversational marketing firm. Natasha Willis is the woman behind the conversational marketing agency School of Bots, which has generated over $70,000,000 for clients like Tori Dunlap, Jenna Kutcher, and even Facebook. In this episode, Natasha reveals how you can use automated direct messages to grow your email list, how to generate more revenue, and her secrets on how to increase your organic reach on Instagram. @natashatwillis → message “JAY” Full transcript and show notes Natasha's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Chatbot Queen (01:04) What is Conversational Marketing (02:28) Conversational Marketing Platforms (04:40) Understanding the Customer Journey (10:22) DM Automation Tools (14:20) Can You Tell it’s Not a Real Person? (18:33) What To Do Before You Get Started (24:14) Does Follower Count Matter? (25:41) Inflated Follower Counts (30:41) The 3 Types of Instagram Posts to Grow (35:34) $400K in 4 Months Strategy (43:29) Simplify to Amplify (45:43) Use Cases for DM Automation (49:28) Using Instagram Stories (53:47) What You Do Next *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #88: Tori Dunlap – Building an audience of millions on TikTok with Her First $100K *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Natasha Willis is the woman behind the conversational marketing agency School of Bots, which has generated over $70,000,000 for clients like Tori Dunlap, Jenna Kutcher, and even Facebook.

In this episode, Natasha reveals how you can use automated direct messages to grow your email list, how to generate more revenue, and her secrets on how to increase your organic reach on Instagram.

@natashatwillis → message “JAY”

Full transcript and show notes

Natasha's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / LinkedIn

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) The Chatbot Queen

(01:04) What is Conversational Marketing

(02:28) Conversational Marketing Platforms

(04:40) Understanding the Customer Journey

(10:22) DM Automation Tools

(14:20) Can You Tell it’s Not a Real Person?

(18:33) What To Do Before You Get Started

(24:14) Does Follower Count Matter?

(25:41) Inflated Follower Counts

(30:41) The 3 Types of Instagram Posts to Grow

(35:34) $400K in 4 Months Strategy

(43:29) Simplify to Amplify

(45:43) Use Cases for DM Automation

(49:28) Using Instagram Stories

(53:47) What You Do Next

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #88: Tori Dunlap – Building an audience of millions on TikTok with Her First $100K

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3576 no #188: Richard van der Blom – How the man behind the LinkedIn Algorithm Report uses LinkedIn. [Greatest Hits] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/richard-van-der-blom-replay Richard van der Blom is the founder of Just Connecting, a social selling and LinkedIn training consultancy based in the Netherlands. And with nearly 200,000 followers on LinkedIn, he's one of the most respected voices on the platform. Richard was really early to LinkedIn. And as his own reach grew, he started getting a lot of questions about how to best use the platform. 5 years ago, Richard started creating an annual LinkedIn algorithm insights research report. This thing is a gold mine of data driven observations about how different aspects of LinkedIn are working and even how they are trending compared to the year before. In this episode you'll learn Why LinkedIn reach may be down What formats are most effective right now How to use LinkedIn as a lead generation And you'll get a feature by feature breakdown of how Richard himself uses LinkedIn Full transcript and show notes Read the 2024 LinkedIn Algorithm Report Richard's Website / LinkedIn Listen to episode #127 with Daniel Murray *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #170: Justin Welsh Returns *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 26 Nov 2024 08:00:00 -0000 Richard van der Blom – How the man behind the LinkedIn Algorithm Report uses LinkedIn. [Greatest Hits] full 1 Jay Clouse Richard van der Blom creates the celebrated LinkedIn Algorithm Insights report. Richard van der Blom is the founder of Just Connecting, a social selling and LinkedIn training consultancy based in the Netherlands. And with nearly 200,000 followers on LinkedIn, he's one of the most respected voices on the platform. Richard was really early to LinkedIn. And as his own reach grew, he started getting a lot of questions about how to best use the platform. 5 years ago, Richard started creating an annual LinkedIn algorithm insights research report. This thing is a gold mine of data driven observations about how different aspects of LinkedIn are working and even how they are trending compared to the year before. In this episode you'll learn Why LinkedIn reach may be down What formats are most effective right now How to use LinkedIn as a lead generation And you'll get a feature by feature breakdown of how Richard himself uses LinkedIn Full transcript and show notes Read the 2024 LinkedIn Algorithm Report Richard's Website / LinkedIn Listen to episode #127 with Daniel Murray *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #170: Justin Welsh Returns *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Richard van der Blom is the founder of Just Connecting, a social selling and LinkedIn training consultancy based in the Netherlands. And with nearly 200,000 followers on LinkedIn, he's one of the most respected voices on the platform.

Richard was really early to LinkedIn. And as his own reach grew, he started getting a lot of questions about how to best use the platform.

5 years ago, Richard started creating an annual LinkedIn algorithm insights research report. This thing is a gold mine of data driven observations about how different aspects of LinkedIn are working and even how they are trending compared to the year before.

In this episode you'll learn

  • Why LinkedIn reach may be down
  • What formats are most effective right now
  • How to use LinkedIn as a lead generation
  • And you'll get a feature by feature breakdown of how Richard himself uses LinkedIn

Full transcript and show notes

Read the 2024 LinkedIn Algorithm Report

Richard's Website / LinkedIn

Listen to episode #127 with Daniel Murray

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #170: Justin Welsh Returns

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3625 no #228: A change I'm making in 2025 [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-simple-complex → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Mon, 25 Nov 2024 15:31:00 -0000 A change I'm making in 2025 [Voice Memo] full 1 228 Jay Clouse Inspired by Derek Sivers on the Tim Ferriss Podcast → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices → Subscribe to the newsletter

→ Join The Lab

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 333 no #227: Are memberships still viable in 2025? Creators vs. AI, creator economy pyramid schemes, and more [Ask Creator Science] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/ask-november-2024 In this episode, I answer the questions you're afraid to ask. I very explicitly asked people on my social media, "What are the questions you're afraid to ask me?" Things that feel a little bit off limits or taboo. And we got a lot, a lot of great questions. → Get your questions answered Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #215: How I Would Hit 100K YouTube Subscribers in 1 Year (If I Could Start Over) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 19 Nov 2024 08:00:00 -0000 Are memberships still viable in 2025? Creators vs. AI, creator economy pyramid schemes, and more [Ask Creator Science] full 1 227 Jay Clouse Answering your listener questions In this episode, I answer the questions you're afraid to ask. I very explicitly asked people on my social media, "What are the questions you're afraid to ask me?" Things that feel a little bit off limits or taboo. And we got a lot, a lot of great questions. → Get your questions answered Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #215: How I Would Hit 100K YouTube Subscribers in 1 Year (If I Could Start Over) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices In this episode, I answer the questions you're afraid to ask. I very explicitly asked people on my social media, "What are the questions you're afraid to ask me?" Things that feel a little bit off limits or taboo. And we got a lot, a lot of great questions.

→ Get your questions answered

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #215: How I Would Hit 100K YouTube Subscribers in 1 Year (If I Could Start Over)

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3578 no #226: The number one thing getting in my way [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-courage → Listen to Zach Braff x Rich Roll → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Fri, 15 Nov 2024 20:28:00 -0000 The number one thing getting in my way [Voice Memo] full 1 226 Jay Clouse Taking a lesson from Zach Braff → Listen to Zach Braff x Rich Roll → Subscribe to the newsletter → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices → Listen to Zach Braff x Rich Roll

→ Subscribe to the newsletter

→ Join The Lab

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 362 no #225: Jonny Miller – $800,000+ from six cohorts of his signature course https://podcast.creatorscience.com/jonny-miller Jonny Miller is the creator of Nervous System Mastery. It teaches evidence-backed protocols to cultivate calm, build resilience, and increase aliveness in 45 days. It’s a five-week, cohort-based course that is just wrapping up its sixth cohort in the last three years. In those six cohorts, Jonny has served nearly 1,000 students and earned more than $800,000. Here’s the best part – Jonny doesn’t have a massive audience. When he launched Nervous System Mastery, he had a couple thousand followers on Twitter and a small email list. This is the magic of a well-designed Signature Product – and Jonny is the perfect example. In this episode, we get into the weeds about how he’s grown NSM – what’s worked well, what hasn’t, and how he’s found himself on large podcasts with people like Lenny Rachitsky, Ali Abdaal, Chris Williamson, and more. → Join Nervous System Mastery Full transcript and show notes Jonny's Website / Twitter / Instagram / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #221: Ryan Hawk – Anatomy of a $12,500 membership earning $400,000+ per year *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 12 Nov 2024 08:00:00 -0000 Jonny Miller – $800,000+ from six cohorts of his signature course full 1 225 Jay Clouse How Nervous System Mastery continues to grow Jonny Miller is the creator of Nervous System Mastery. It teaches evidence-backed protocols to cultivate calm, build resilience, and increase aliveness in 45 days. It’s a five-week, cohort-based course that is just wrapping up its sixth cohort in the last three years. In those six cohorts, Jonny has served nearly 1,000 students and earned more than $800,000. Here’s the best part – Jonny doesn’t have a massive audience. When he launched Nervous System Mastery, he had a couple thousand followers on Twitter and a small email list. This is the magic of a well-designed Signature Product – and Jonny is the perfect example. In this episode, we get into the weeds about how he’s grown NSM – what’s worked well, what hasn’t, and how he’s found himself on large podcasts with people like Lenny Rachitsky, Ali Abdaal, Chris Williamson, and more. → Join Nervous System Mastery Full transcript and show notes Jonny's Website / Twitter / Instagram / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #221: Ryan Hawk – Anatomy of a $12,500 membership earning $400,000+ per year *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Jonny Miller is the creator of Nervous System Mastery. It teaches evidence-backed protocols to cultivate calm, build resilience, and increase aliveness in 45 days. It’s a five-week, cohort-based course that is just wrapping up its sixth cohort in the last three years. In those six cohorts, Jonny has served nearly 1,000 students and earned more than $800,000.

Here’s the best part – Jonny doesn’t have a massive audience. When he launched Nervous System Mastery, he had a couple thousand followers on Twitter and a small email list. This is the magic of a well-designed Signature Product – and Jonny is the perfect example.

In this episode, we get into the weeds about how he’s grown NSM – what’s worked well, what hasn’t, and how he’s found himself on large podcasts with people like Lenny Rachitsky, Ali Abdaal, Chris Williamson, and more.

→ Join Nervous System Mastery

Full transcript and show notes

Jonny's Website / Twitter / Instagram / LinkedIn

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #221: Ryan Hawk – Anatomy of a $12,500 membership earning $400,000+ per year

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3264 no #224: I cannot emphasize this enough [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-course-correct → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Fri, 08 Nov 2024 21:30:00 -0000 I cannot emphasize this enough [Voice Memo] full 1 224 Jay Clouse The reward for great work and exceeding expectations → Join The Lab Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices → Join The Lab

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 190 no #223: ChefPK – How this YouTuber makes merch people actually buy https://podcast.creatorscience.com/chefpk Chef PK is a cooking YouTuber whose anime food channel has done 67,000,000 views. But that's not what we're talking about today. We're talking about physical products. At a 100,000 subscribers he launched his first book, and did about 40,000 in revenue. In this episode, you'll learn how to brainstorm product ideas, how to find product audience fit, and how to bring an idea into reality. Full transcript and show notes Chef PK's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) What Happens When an Anime Chef Makes Merch? (01:05) ChefPK’s Product Rundown (02:11) Revenue Breakdown (03:37) Evolving from Channel to Business (07:07) Using Patreon as a YouTuber (13:09) Evolving from Channel to Business II (16:30) Figuring Out How to Make a Physical Product (19:56) Figuring Out What Your Audience Really Wants (24:32) Why You Should Sponsor Your Own Videos (28:50) Evolving from Channel to Business III (35:13) CCN Framework for Product Development (38:27) Getting Over Limiting Beliefs (40:02) Time and Cost of Product Development (42:54) Balancing Running Your Channel and Building a Business (45:52) Evolving from Channel to Business IV (47:31) The Advice You Need to Hear *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #130: Sarah Renae Clark – How This YouTuber Built A $200K/mo Coloring Book Empire *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 05 Nov 2024 08:00:00 -0000 ChefPK – How this YouTuber makes merch people actually buy full 1 223 Jay Clouse ChefPK is a cooking YouTuber who makes food featured in anime Chef PK is a cooking YouTuber whose anime food channel has done 67,000,000 views. But that's not what we're talking about today. We're talking about physical products. At a 100,000 subscribers he launched his first book, and did about 40,000 in revenue. In this episode, you'll learn how to brainstorm product ideas, how to find product audience fit, and how to bring an idea into reality. Full transcript and show notes Chef PK's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) What Happens When an Anime Chef Makes Merch? (01:05) ChefPK’s Product Rundown (02:11) Revenue Breakdown (03:37) Evolving from Channel to Business (07:07) Using Patreon as a YouTuber (13:09) Evolving from Channel to Business II (16:30) Figuring Out How to Make a Physical Product (19:56) Figuring Out What Your Audience Really Wants (24:32) Why You Should Sponsor Your Own Videos (28:50) Evolving from Channel to Business III (35:13) CCN Framework for Product Development (38:27) Getting Over Limiting Beliefs (40:02) Time and Cost of Product Development (42:54) Balancing Running Your Channel and Building a Business (45:52) Evolving from Channel to Business IV (47:31) The Advice You Need to Hear *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #130: Sarah Renae Clark – How This YouTuber Built A $200K/mo Coloring Book Empire *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Chef PK is a cooking YouTuber whose anime food channel has done 67,000,000 views. But that's not what we're talking about today. We're talking about physical products.

At a 100,000 subscribers he launched his first book, and did about 40,000 in revenue.

In this episode, you'll learn how to brainstorm product ideas, how to find product audience fit, and how to bring an idea into reality.

Full transcript and show notes

Chef PK's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) What Happens When an Anime Chef Makes Merch?

(01:05) ChefPK’s Product Rundown

(02:11) Revenue Breakdown

(03:37) Evolving from Channel to Business

(07:07) Using Patreon as a YouTuber

(13:09) Evolving from Channel to Business II

(16:30) Figuring Out How to Make a Physical Product

(19:56) Figuring Out What Your Audience Really Wants

(24:32) Why You Should Sponsor Your Own Videos

(28:50) Evolving from Channel to Business III

(35:13) CCN Framework for Product Development

(38:27) Getting Over Limiting Beliefs

(40:02) Time and Cost of Product Development

(42:54) Balancing Running Your Channel and Building a Business

(45:52) Evolving from Channel to Business IV

(47:31) The Advice You Need to Hear

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #130: Sarah Renae Clark – How This YouTuber Built A $200K/mo Coloring Book Empire

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3137 no #222: An alternative to the content treadmill [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-content-alternative Let me know what you think! Leave a comment on Spotify or tag me (@jayclouse). ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Fri, 01 Nov 2024 18:16:00 -0000 An alternative to the content treadmill [Voice Memo] full 1 222 Jay Clouse What if you didn't need to create more short-form content? Let me know what you think! Leave a comment on Spotify or tag me (@jayclouse). ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Let me know what you think! Leave a comment on Spotify or tag me (@jayclouse).


ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 411 no #221: Ryan Hawk – Anatomy of a $12,500 membership earning $400,000+ per year https://podcast.creatorscience.com/ryan-hawk-2 Ryan Hawk is a keynote speaker and the host of the Learning Leader Show. The show has been listened to by millions of people in more than 150 countries, and Forbes called it, “the most dynamic leadership podcast around.” He’s also the author of Welcome to Management: How To Grow From Top Performer To Excellent Leader. Ryan is actually a repeat guest—he was first on the show in episode #61 to talk about his podcasting journey. He’s become a friend and someone I really admire for his intentionality and the way he shows up for others—his friends, his family, and his community. Ryan’s business isn’t built on podcast advertising, as one may expect. It’s actually built on what he calls Leadership CIRCLES. These are groups of 10-15 people that he hand-selects for a group learning experience. They meet once per month on Zoom and once per year in person. In this episode, Ryan breaks down the specifics of how he runs these programs, prices them, and plans to grow them. We even workshop some of his questions on the fly. → Listen to my first episode with Ryan → Join The Lab Full transcript and show notes Ryan's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / YouTube / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #187: Michael Stelzner – How to run profitable events (without sponsors or selling from the stage) → #144: Bari Baumgardner – How to create the perfect 3-day event (IRL or virtually) → #206: How I’d approach hosting in-person events *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 29 Oct 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Ryan Hawk – Anatomy of a $12,500 membership earning $400,000+ per year full 1 221 Jay Clouse Learn how this mastermind program earns ~$450,000 per year Ryan Hawk is a keynote speaker and the host of the Learning Leader Show. The show has been listened to by millions of people in more than 150 countries, and Forbes called it, “the most dynamic leadership podcast around.” He’s also the author of Welcome to Management: How To Grow From Top Performer To Excellent Leader. Ryan is actually a repeat guest—he was first on the show in episode #61 to talk about his podcasting journey. He’s become a friend and someone I really admire for his intentionality and the way he shows up for others—his friends, his family, and his community. Ryan’s business isn’t built on podcast advertising, as one may expect. It’s actually built on what he calls Leadership CIRCLES. These are groups of 10-15 people that he hand-selects for a group learning experience. They meet once per month on Zoom and once per year in person. In this episode, Ryan breaks down the specifics of how he runs these programs, prices them, and plans to grow them. We even workshop some of his questions on the fly. → Listen to my first episode with Ryan → Join The Lab Full transcript and show notes Ryan's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / YouTube / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #187: Michael Stelzner – How to run profitable events (without sponsors or selling from the stage) → #144: Bari Baumgardner – How to create the perfect 3-day event (IRL or virtually) → #206: How I’d approach hosting in-person events *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Ryan Hawk is a keynote speaker and the host of the Learning Leader Show. The show has been listened to by millions of people in more than 150 countries, and Forbes called it, “the most dynamic leadership podcast around.” He’s also the author of Welcome to Management: How To Grow From Top Performer To Excellent Leader.

Ryan is actually a repeat guest—he was first on the show in episode #61 to talk about his podcasting journey. He’s become a friend and someone I really admire for his intentionality and the way he shows up for others—his friends, his family, and his community.

Ryan’s business isn’t built on podcast advertising, as one may expect. It’s actually built on what he calls Leadership CIRCLES. These are groups of 10-15 people that he hand-selects for a group learning experience. They meet once per month on Zoom and once per year in person.

In this episode, Ryan breaks down the specifics of how he runs these programs, prices them, and plans to grow them. We even workshop some of his questions on the fly.

→ Listen to my first episode with Ryan

→ Join The Lab

Full transcript and show notes

Ryan's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / YouTube / LinkedIn

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #187: Michael Stelzner – How to run profitable events (without sponsors or selling from the stage)

→ #144: Bari Baumgardner – How to create the perfect 3-day event (IRL or virtually)

→ #206: How I’d approach hosting in-person events

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3451 no #220: If I can stop ONE person from making this mistake, I'll be happy [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-perishable-content Let me know what you think! Leave a comment on Spotify or tag me (@jayclouse). ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Fri, 25 Oct 2024 18:00:00 -0000 If I can stop ONE person from making this mistake, I'll be happy [Voice Memo] full 1 220 Jay Clouse Don't drain your battery with vanishing content Let me know what you think! Leave a comment on Spotify or tag me (@jayclouse). ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Let me know what you think! Leave a comment on Spotify or tag me (@jayclouse).


ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 287 no #219: Robin Dreeke – How to earn someone’s trust (from a former FBI special agent) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/robin-dreeke Robin Dreeke is a human behavior expert, best-selling author, and professional speaker with a pretty incredible background. As a Marine Corps Officer and retired FBI Special Agent, he served as Chief of the Counterintelligence Behavioral Analysis Program, where he honed his skills in recruiting spies. He literally built relationships with citizens of other countries, earned their trust, and convinced them to become spies FOR the United States intelligence. I recently read two of his books, which I highly recommend: The Code of Trust, which teaches you to inspire trust, and It’s Not All About Me: The Top Ten Techniques for Building Quick Rapport with Anyone. Robin has a unique background in helping us understand humans and how to build relationships with them, and that’s exactly what we discuss in this episode. Unbreakable Alliances: A Spy Recruiter’s Authoritative Guide to Cultivating Powerful and Lasting Connections It’s Not All About Me: The Top Ten Techniques for Building Quick Rapport with Anyone The Code of Trust: An American Counterintelligence Expert's Five Rules to Lead and Succeed Sizing People Up: A Veteran FBI Agent's User Manual for Behavior Prediction Full transcript and show notes Robin's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / YouTube / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #204: Bryan Harris — How to grow your audience through partnerships (even if you have a small audience) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 22 Oct 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Robin Dreeke – How to earn someone’s trust (from a former FBI special agent) full 1 219 Jay Clouse Learn from a former spy recruiter Robin Dreeke is a human behavior expert, best-selling author, and professional speaker with a pretty incredible background. As a Marine Corps Officer and retired FBI Special Agent, he served as Chief of the Counterintelligence Behavioral Analysis Program, where he honed his skills in recruiting spies. He literally built relationships with citizens of other countries, earned their trust, and convinced them to become spies FOR the United States intelligence. I recently read two of his books, which I highly recommend: The Code of Trust, which teaches you to inspire trust, and It’s Not All About Me: The Top Ten Techniques for Building Quick Rapport with Anyone. Robin has a unique background in helping us understand humans and how to build relationships with them, and that’s exactly what we discuss in this episode. Unbreakable Alliances: A Spy Recruiter’s Authoritative Guide to Cultivating Powerful and Lasting Connections It’s Not All About Me: The Top Ten Techniques for Building Quick Rapport with Anyone The Code of Trust: An American Counterintelligence Expert's Five Rules to Lead and Succeed Sizing People Up: A Veteran FBI Agent's User Manual for Behavior Prediction Full transcript and show notes Robin's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / YouTube / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #204: Bryan Harris — How to grow your audience through partnerships (even if you have a small audience) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Robin Dreeke is a human behavior expert, best-selling author, and professional speaker with a pretty incredible background. As a Marine Corps Officer and retired FBI Special Agent, he served as Chief of the Counterintelligence Behavioral Analysis Program, where he honed his skills in recruiting spies. He literally built relationships with citizens of other countries, earned their trust, and convinced them to become spies FOR the United States intelligence.

I recently read two of his books, which I highly recommend: The Code of Trust, which teaches you to inspire trust, and It’s Not All About Me: The Top Ten Techniques for Building Quick Rapport with Anyone.

Robin has a unique background in helping us understand humans and how to build relationships with them, and that’s exactly what we discuss in this episode.

Unbreakable Alliances: A Spy Recruiter’s Authoritative Guide to Cultivating Powerful and Lasting Connections

It’s Not All About Me: The Top Ten Techniques for Building Quick Rapport with Anyone

The Code of Trust: An American Counterintelligence Expert's Five Rules to Lead and Succeed

Sizing People Up: A Veteran FBI Agent's User Manual for Behavior Prediction

Full transcript and show notes

Robin's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / YouTube / LinkedIn

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #204: Bryan Harris — How to grow your audience through partnerships (even if you have a small audience)

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3529 no #168: Alexandra Watkins – How to invent a GREAT brand name. [Greatest Hits] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/alexandra-watkins-replay Alexandra Watkins founded Eat My Words in 2005. She is a brand name expert and the author of the best-selling creativity book, Hello, My Name is Awesome Her branding firm, Eat My Words, has made a name for itself by cooking up unforgettable names and working with clients from Amazon to Coca-Cola, Disney, Google, and Twitter. Before starting Eat My Words, as a freelancer, Alexandra actually named Wendy's Baconator! In this episode, you’ll learn: The SMILE and SCRATCH test to help you identify good names and disqualify bad ones How important domain names are, including whether .com is important How to get a good .com even if your first choice is taken Whether premium domains are worth it or not And if and when you should consider a rebrand if you're not satisfied with your current name Full transcript and show notes Alexandra's Book / Website / Facebook / LinkedIn / Twitter SMILE and SCRATCH test How I rebranded my newsletter How I rebranded my podcast *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → Creative Elements is now Creator Science *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 15 Oct 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Alexandra Watkins – How to invent a GREAT brand name. [Greatest Hits] full 1 Jay Clouse Alexandra Watkins is the founder of the branding agency Eat My Words. Alexandra Watkins founded Eat My Words in 2005. She is a brand name expert and the author of the best-selling creativity book, Hello, My Name is Awesome Her branding firm, Eat My Words, has made a name for itself by cooking up unforgettable names and working with clients from Amazon to Coca-Cola, Disney, Google, and Twitter. Before starting Eat My Words, as a freelancer, Alexandra actually named Wendy's Baconator! In this episode, you’ll learn: The SMILE and SCRATCH test to help you identify good names and disqualify bad ones How important domain names are, including whether .com is important How to get a good .com even if your first choice is taken Whether premium domains are worth it or not And if and when you should consider a rebrand if you're not satisfied with your current name Full transcript and show notes Alexandra's Book / Website / Facebook / LinkedIn / Twitter SMILE and SCRATCH test How I rebranded my newsletter How I rebranded my podcast *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → Creative Elements is now Creator Science *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Alexandra Watkins founded Eat My Words in 2005. She is a brand name expert and the author of the best-selling creativity book, Hello, My Name is Awesome

Her branding firm, Eat My Words, has made a name for itself by cooking up unforgettable names and working with clients from Amazon to Coca-Cola, Disney, Google, and Twitter.

Before starting Eat My Words, as a freelancer, Alexandra actually named Wendy's Baconator!

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • The SMILE and SCRATCH test to help you identify good names and disqualify bad ones
  • How important domain names are, including whether .com is important
  • How to get a good .com even if your first choice is taken
  • Whether premium domains are worth it or not
  • And if and when you should consider a rebrand if you're not satisfied with your current name

Full transcript and show notes

Alexandra's Book / Website / Facebook / LinkedIn / Twitter

SMILE and SCRATCH test

How I rebranded my newsletter

How I rebranded my podcast

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ Creative Elements is now Creator Science

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3284 no #218: Are you missing one of these three key ingredients? [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-legible-differentiated-compelling ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Mon, 14 Oct 2024 20:17:00 -0000 Are you missing one of these three key ingredients? [Voice Memo] full 1 218 Jay Clouse Legible, Compelling, Differentiated ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 184 no #217: Chase Jarvis – Thinking bigger and taking more risks as a creator https://podcast.creatorscience.com/chase-jarvis/ Chase Jarvis is an American photographer, director, artist, and entrepreneur. From April 2014 until July 2022 Jarvis was the chief executive officer of CreativeLive, an online education platform that he co-founded in 2010. I’ve been a long-time listener of Chase’s podcast, the Chase Jarvis Live Show, and actually wrote him down as one of my ideal podcast guests when I started this show all the way back in 2020. So this is a full circle moment for me. This week, Chase is releasing his newest book, Never Play It Safe – A Practical Guide to Freedom, Creativity, and a Life You Want. I’ve pre-ordered my copy and I’ve read the first chapter, and recommend you do the same. This conversation is about thinking bigger, taking risks, and getting out of your own way. I left feeling more relaxed, inspired, and fully recharged. I hope you do, too. Order Never Play it Safe Read the first chapter Full transcript and show notes Chase's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / YouTube *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg – Building Creative Mornings into a global brand *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 08 Oct 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Chase Jarvis – Thinking bigger and taking more risks as a creator full 1 217 Jay Clouse Chase Jarvis is an author, photographer, and former co-founder of CreativeLive. Chase Jarvis is an American photographer, director, artist, and entrepreneur. From April 2014 until July 2022 Jarvis was the chief executive officer of CreativeLive, an online education platform that he co-founded in 2010. I’ve been a long-time listener of Chase’s podcast, the Chase Jarvis Live Show, and actually wrote him down as one of my ideal podcast guests when I started this show all the way back in 2020. So this is a full circle moment for me. This week, Chase is releasing his newest book, Never Play It Safe – A Practical Guide to Freedom, Creativity, and a Life You Want. I’ve pre-ordered my copy and I’ve read the first chapter, and recommend you do the same. This conversation is about thinking bigger, taking risks, and getting out of your own way. I left feeling more relaxed, inspired, and fully recharged. I hope you do, too. Order Never Play it Safe Read the first chapter Full transcript and show notes Chase's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / YouTube *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg – Building Creative Mornings into a global brand *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Chase Jarvis is an American photographer, director, artist, and entrepreneur. From April 2014 until July 2022 Jarvis was the chief executive officer of CreativeLive, an online education platform that he co-founded in 2010.

I’ve been a long-time listener of Chase’s podcast, the Chase Jarvis Live Show, and actually wrote him down as one of my ideal podcast guests when I started this show all the way back in 2020.

So this is a full circle moment for me. This week, Chase is releasing his newest book, Never Play It Safe – A Practical Guide to Freedom, Creativity, and a Life You Want. I’ve pre-ordered my copy and I’ve read the first chapter, and recommend you do the same.

This conversation is about thinking bigger, taking risks, and getting out of your own way. I left feeling more relaxed, inspired, and fully recharged. I hope you do, too.

Order Never Play it Safe

Read the first chapter

Full transcript and show notes

Chase's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / YouTube

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg – Building Creative Mornings into a global brand

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2688 no #216: A hidden opportunity that can give you an edge [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-onboarding ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Fri, 04 Oct 2024 18:46:00 -0000 A hidden opportunity that can give you an edge [Voice Memo] full 1 216 Jay Clouse Why you should focus on customer onboarding ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 410 no #215: How I Would Hit 100K YouTube Subscribers in 1 Year (If I Could Start Over) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/office-hours-100k We hit 100,000 subscribers in just a little over 2 years. But here's the thing – we could have done it faster. So in this video, I'm talking with my producer, Conor, about the 9 biggest mistakes we made and how we correct them, so you can grow faster than we did. Full transcript and show notes Podcast Like A YouTuber – workshop on video podcasting Conor's Twitter / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) 100K in Two Years (00:17) Mistake #1 (06:22) Mistake #2 (09:44) Mistake #3 (14:01) Mistake #4 (19:06) Mistake #5 (22:06) Mistake #6 (29:59) Mistake #7 (36:21) Mistake #8 (41:59) Bonus Tip #1 (47:57) Mistake #9 (51:00) Bonus Tip #2 *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #209: Paddy Galloway – How he makes any niche go viral *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 01 Oct 2024 07:00:00 -0000 How I Would Hit 100K YouTube Subscribers in 1 Year (If I Could Start Over) full 1 215 Jay Clouse Recapping our first two years with producer Conor We hit 100,000 subscribers in just a little over 2 years. But here's the thing – we could have done it faster. So in this video, I'm talking with my producer, Conor, about the 9 biggest mistakes we made and how we correct them, so you can grow faster than we did. Full transcript and show notes Podcast Like A YouTuber – workshop on video podcasting Conor's Twitter / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) 100K in Two Years (00:17) Mistake #1 (06:22) Mistake #2 (09:44) Mistake #3 (14:01) Mistake #4 (19:06) Mistake #5 (22:06) Mistake #6 (29:59) Mistake #7 (36:21) Mistake #8 (41:59) Bonus Tip #1 (47:57) Mistake #9 (51:00) Bonus Tip #2 *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #209: Paddy Galloway – How he makes any niche go viral *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices We hit 100,000 subscribers in just a little over 2 years. But here's the thing – we could have done it faster. So in this video, I'm talking with my producer, Conor, about the 9 biggest mistakes we made and how we correct them, so you can grow faster than we did.

Full transcript and show notes

Podcast Like A YouTuber – workshop on video podcasting

Conor's Twitter / Instagram

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) 100K in Two Years

(00:17) Mistake #1

(06:22) Mistake #2

(09:44) Mistake #3

(14:01) Mistake #4

(19:06) Mistake #5

(22:06) Mistake #6

(29:59) Mistake #7

(36:21) Mistake #8

(41:59) Bonus Tip #1

(47:57) Mistake #9

(51:00) Bonus Tip #2

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #209: Paddy Galloway – How he makes any niche go viral

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3430 no #214: A transparent look at how my business performed in August 2024 https://podcast.creatorscience.com/retro-august-2024 This is going to be a special episode. You may or may not be familiar with The Lab, my membership community for professional creators. Each month in The Lab, I record a Retro – a 30-minute video breaking down that previous month’s performance. I share: My Profit & Loss statement (including a breakdown of where those revenue and expenses come from) How I did with my goals for the month The highlights My concerns And changes I’m making based on that new data A lot of members tell me it’s their favorite part of membership. This episode is the audio from my latest retro, looking at August of 2024. Now this isn’t the *complete* experience of my monthly retros because a big part of the experience INSIDE The Lab is seeing my video screensharing this information, but it’s close. So, I hope you enjoy this look behind the curtain of my business – I know I love it when I get to see behind OTHER peoples’ businesses. And if you DO enjoy this experience, consider joining us in The Lab! We have some space available now, and even if you want to join on the Basic tier, you’ll get access to ALL of my courses, workshops, these monthly retros, and more. Full transcript and show notes → Join The Lab *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #191: Breaking down my $60,723 product launch *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 24 Sep 2024 07:00:00 -0000 A transparent look at how my business performed in August 2024 full 1 214 Jay Clouse Listen to one of my monthly retros from inside The Lab This is going to be a special episode. You may or may not be familiar with The Lab, my membership community for professional creators. Each month in The Lab, I record a Retro – a 30-minute video breaking down that previous month’s performance. I share: My Profit & Loss statement (including a breakdown of where those revenue and expenses come from) How I did with my goals for the month The highlights My concerns And changes I’m making based on that new data A lot of members tell me it’s their favorite part of membership. This episode is the audio from my latest retro, looking at August of 2024. Now this isn’t the *complete* experience of my monthly retros because a big part of the experience INSIDE The Lab is seeing my video screensharing this information, but it’s close. So, I hope you enjoy this look behind the curtain of my business – I know I love it when I get to see behind OTHER peoples’ businesses. And if you DO enjoy this experience, consider joining us in The Lab! We have some space available now, and even if you want to join on the Basic tier, you’ll get access to ALL of my courses, workshops, these monthly retros, and more. Full transcript and show notes → Join The Lab *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #191: Breaking down my $60,723 product launch *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices This is going to be a special episode. You may or may not be familiar with The Lab, my membership community for professional creators. Each month in The Lab, I record a Retro – a 30-minute video breaking down that previous month’s performance.

I share:

  • My Profit & Loss statement (including a breakdown of where those revenue and expenses come from)
  • How I did with my goals for the month
  • The highlights
  • My concerns
  • And changes I’m making based on that new data

A lot of members tell me it’s their favorite part of membership. This episode is the audio from my latest retro, looking at August of 2024. Now this isn’t the *complete* experience of my monthly retros because a big part of the experience INSIDE The Lab is seeing my video screensharing this information, but it’s close.

So, I hope you enjoy this look behind the curtain of my business – I know I love it when I get to see behind OTHER peoples’ businesses. And if you DO enjoy this experience, consider joining us in The Lab! We have some space available now, and even if you want to join on the Basic tier, you’ll get access to ALL of my courses, workshops, these monthly retros, and more.

Full transcript and show notes

→ Join The Lab

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #191: Breaking down my $60,723 product launch

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3076 no #213: Hiring (and retaining) high-quality contractors [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-hiring ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Fri, 20 Sep 2024 19:55:00 -0000 Hiring (and retaining) high-quality contractors [Voice Memo] full 1 213 Jay Clouse What I've learned about working with A-players ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 413 #212: Dan Misener – How to ACTUALLY grow your podcast (and measure its success) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/dan-misener Dan Misener is the co-founder of the podcast growth agency, Bumper. Prior to co-founding Bumper, Dan served as Director of Audience Development at Pacific Content, where he worked with brands like Slack, Adobe, Charles Schwab, Ford, Dell Technologies, Morgan Stanley, Red Hat, and Atlassian. Before that, he spent a decade working in public radio at the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation, where he was involved in their earliest podcasting efforts. He also hosts and produces the independent live event and podcast series Grown Ups Read Things They Wrote As Kids. The series has won several industry awards and has been downloaded over 10,000,000 times. Dan is a big-time data nerd, and with podcast analytics being so challenging to understand, this was exactly the type of conversation I was hoping to have. Dan and his team at Bumper have built an internal tool called the Bumper Dashboard that doesn't emphasize downloads, but verified listeners and consumption time. Full transcript and show notes Dan's Website / LinkedIn / Instagram *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #177: Chris Hutchins – A master of podcast growth and building relationships → #115: Jason Sew Hoy of Supercast – How and why to create a premium podcast subscription *** SPONSOR → Listen to Podcast Perspectives with Jeff Umbro → Get a free consultation from The Podglomerate *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 17 Sep 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Dan Misener – How to ACTUALLY grow your podcast (and measure its success) full 1 212 Jay Clouse Dan Misener is a podcast legend and the co-founder of the podcast growth agency, Bumper. Dan Misener is the co-founder of the podcast growth agency, Bumper. Prior to co-founding Bumper, Dan served as Director of Audience Development at Pacific Content, where he worked with brands like Slack, Adobe, Charles Schwab, Ford, Dell Technologies, Morgan Stanley, Red Hat, and Atlassian. Before that, he spent a decade working in public radio at the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation, where he was involved in their earliest podcasting efforts. He also hosts and produces the independent live event and podcast series Grown Ups Read Things They Wrote As Kids. The series has won several industry awards and has been downloaded over 10,000,000 times. Dan is a big-time data nerd, and with podcast analytics being so challenging to understand, this was exactly the type of conversation I was hoping to have. Dan and his team at Bumper have built an internal tool called the Bumper Dashboard that doesn't emphasize downloads, but verified listeners and consumption time. Full transcript and show notes Dan's Website / LinkedIn / Instagram *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #177: Chris Hutchins – A master of podcast growth and building relationships → #115: Jason Sew Hoy of Supercast – How and why to create a premium podcast subscription *** SPONSOR → Listen to Podcast Perspectives with Jeff Umbro → Get a free consultation from The Podglomerate *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Dan Misener is the co-founder of the podcast growth agency, Bumper. Prior to co-founding Bumper, Dan served as Director of Audience Development at Pacific Content, where he worked with brands like Slack, Adobe, Charles Schwab, Ford, Dell Technologies, Morgan Stanley, Red Hat, and Atlassian.

Before that, he spent a decade working in public radio at the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation, where he was involved in their earliest podcasting efforts.

He also hosts and produces the independent live event and podcast series Grown Ups Read Things They Wrote As Kids. The series has won several industry awards and has been downloaded over 10,000,000 times.

Dan is a big-time data nerd, and with podcast analytics being so challenging to understand, this was exactly the type of conversation I was hoping to have. Dan and his team at Bumper have built an internal tool called the Bumper Dashboard that doesn't emphasize downloads, but verified listeners and consumption time.

Full transcript and show notes

Dan's Website / LinkedIn / Instagram

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #177: Chris Hutchins – A master of podcast growth and building relationships

→ #115: Jason Sew Hoy of Supercast – How and why to create a premium podcast subscription

***

SPONSOR

→ Listen to Podcast Perspectives with Jeff Umbro

→ Get a free consultation from The Podglomerate

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3428 no #211: What to do when platforms stop working for you [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-3 ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Sat, 14 Sep 2024 19:57:00 -0000 What to do when platforms stop working for you [Voice Memo] full 1 211 Jay Clouse Why giving up is probably the wrong answer ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 265 no #210: New fatherhood and my next product (Justin Moore live from VidSummit) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vidsummt-2024 In keeping with tradition, I spoke with Justin Moore at VidSummit 2024 about two major things. One is being a new parent and a creator. That's the first half of our conversation. The second half is all about a new product that I am building behind the scenes, so I think you're really going to enjoy it. Full transcript and show notes Signup for the Signature Product Waitlist Justin's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / TikTok *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #194: An honest conversation with my friend, Justin Moore (live from CEX) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 10 Sep 2024 07:00:00 -0000 New fatherhood and my next product (Justin Moore live from VidSummit) full 1 210 Jay Clouse An update from paternity leave (and a look ahead) In keeping with tradition, I spoke with Justin Moore at VidSummit 2024 about two major things. One is being a new parent and a creator. That's the first half of our conversation. The second half is all about a new product that I am building behind the scenes, so I think you're really going to enjoy it. Full transcript and show notes Signup for the Signature Product Waitlist Justin's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / TikTok *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #194: An honest conversation with my friend, Justin Moore (live from CEX) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices In keeping with tradition, I spoke with Justin Moore at VidSummit 2024 about two major things.

One is being a new parent and a creator. That's the first half of our conversation. The second half is all about a new product that I am building behind the scenes, so I think you're really going to enjoy it.

Full transcript and show notes

Signup for the Signature Product Waitlist

Justin's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / TikTok

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #194: An honest conversation with my friend, Justin Moore (live from CEX)

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2605 no #209: Paddy Galloway – How he makes any niche go viral https://podcast.creatorscience.com/paddy-galloway-2 Paddy Galloway is arguably the world's best YouTube strategist. With more than 10 years of experience and 10 billion views generated, Paddy is one of the most respected YouTube authorities on the planet. As a "views-maximizer," Paddy's client roster includes MrBeast, Jesser, Noah Kagan, Red Bull, Preston, and many more. In this episode, Paddy shares his specific approach to helping ANY channel get more views, regardless of niche. Full transcript and show notes Paddy's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00:00) Meet the Man Who Solved Going Viral (00:00:50) Are Some Niches Too Small? (00:03:33) How to Calculate TAM (00:06:18) Start Narrow and Expand (00:12:32) The Core, Casual, New Framework (00:16:26) Can You Go Too Broad? (00:18:38) Should You Always Maximize Views? (00:22:44) What Do ALL Viral Videos Have in Common? (00:26:52) What Makes Viral Packaging? (00:30:45) How Much Does Pre-Production Actually Matter? (00:34:36) Stop Yourself From Overthinking (00:36:51) Should You Target Core, Casual, or New First? (00:40:20) How Do You Know When to Expand Your Audience? (00:43:53) Don’t Get Stuck on Strategy (00:47:07) How to Analyze Outlier Videos (00:50:36) How to Analyze Your Own Outliers (00:53:07) Is CTR a Useful Metric? (00:57:50) How to Filter Video Ideas (01:03:27) Paddy’s Hot Take *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #152: Paddy Galloway – The most sought-after YouTube consultant on the planet *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 03 Sep 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Paddy Galloway – How he makes any niche go viral full 1 209 Jay Clouse Paddy Galloway is the world’s most sought-after YouTube strategist Paddy Galloway is arguably the world's best YouTube strategist. With more than 10 years of experience and 10 billion views generated, Paddy is one of the most respected YouTube authorities on the planet. As a "views-maximizer," Paddy's client roster includes MrBeast, Jesser, Noah Kagan, Red Bull, Preston, and many more. In this episode, Paddy shares his specific approach to helping ANY channel get more views, regardless of niche. Full transcript and show notes Paddy's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00:00) Meet the Man Who Solved Going Viral (00:00:50) Are Some Niches Too Small? (00:03:33) How to Calculate TAM (00:06:18) Start Narrow and Expand (00:12:32) The Core, Casual, New Framework (00:16:26) Can You Go Too Broad? (00:18:38) Should You Always Maximize Views? (00:22:44) What Do ALL Viral Videos Have in Common? (00:26:52) What Makes Viral Packaging? (00:30:45) How Much Does Pre-Production Actually Matter? (00:34:36) Stop Yourself From Overthinking (00:36:51) Should You Target Core, Casual, or New First? (00:40:20) How Do You Know When to Expand Your Audience? (00:43:53) Don’t Get Stuck on Strategy (00:47:07) How to Analyze Outlier Videos (00:50:36) How to Analyze Your Own Outliers (00:53:07) Is CTR a Useful Metric? (00:57:50) How to Filter Video Ideas (01:03:27) Paddy’s Hot Take *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #152: Paddy Galloway – The most sought-after YouTube consultant on the planet *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Paddy Galloway is arguably the world's best YouTube strategist. With more than 10 years of experience and 10 billion views generated, Paddy is one of the most respected YouTube authorities on the planet.

As a "views-maximizer," Paddy's client roster includes MrBeast, Jesser, Noah Kagan, Red Bull, Preston, and many more.

In this episode, Paddy shares his specific approach to helping ANY channel get more views, regardless of niche.

Full transcript and show notes

Paddy's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / LinkedIn

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00:00) Meet the Man Who Solved Going Viral

(00:00:50) Are Some Niches Too Small?

(00:03:33) How to Calculate TAM

(00:06:18) Start Narrow and Expand

(00:12:32) The Core, Casual, New Framework

(00:16:26) Can You Go Too Broad?

(00:18:38) Should You Always Maximize Views?

(00:22:44) What Do ALL Viral Videos Have in Common?

(00:26:52) What Makes Viral Packaging?

(00:30:45) How Much Does Pre-Production Actually Matter?

(00:34:36) Stop Yourself From Overthinking

(00:36:51) Should You Target Core, Casual, or New First?

(00:40:20) How Do You Know When to Expand Your Audience?

(00:43:53) Don’t Get Stuck on Strategy

(00:47:07) How to Analyze Outlier Videos

(00:50:36) How to Analyze Your Own Outliers

(00:53:07) Is CTR a Useful Metric?

(00:57:50) How to Filter Video Ideas

(01:03:27) Paddy’s Hot Take

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #152: Paddy Galloway – The most sought-after YouTube consultant on the planet

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4131 no #208: "Has YouTube been worth it?" [Voice Memo] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-2 ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Mon, 02 Sep 2024 12:43:00 -0000 "Has YouTube been worth it?" [Voice Memo] full 1 208 Jay Clouse Reflecting on our YouTube journey to 100K subscribers ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 563 no #207: Voice Memo – What do you think about this? https://podcast.creatorscience.com/vm-1 Are you into this idea? Comment on Spotify or tag @jayclouse and let me know. ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 29 Aug 2024 17:33:00 -0000 Voice Memo – What do you think about this? full 1 207 Jay Clouse A quick note from Jay. Are you into this idea? Comment on Spotify or tag @jayclouse and let me know. ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Are you into this idea? Comment on Spotify or tag @jayclouse and let me know.


ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 425 no #206: How I’d approach hosting in-person events https://podcast.creatorscience.com/events-justin-moore This week, I’m sharing a recent conversation with Justin Moore, a friend of the podcast. Justin has been on the show several times, most recently in May. He’s a member of The Lab, the founder of Creator Wizard, and THE guy to learn sponsorship strategy from. Justin is making some big moves – next year, he’s publishing his first book AND he’s hosting an in-person sponsorship summit. When we were at Craft + Commerce back in June, he and I took some time to talk about how I’d approach that event if I were him. This was originally part of HIS Creator Wizard podcast. Full transcript and show notes Watch this in video Pre-order Justin’s Book, Sponsor Magnet Justin's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / TikTok *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #144: Bari Baumgardner – How to create the perfect 3-day event (IRL or virtually) → #187: Michael Stelzner – How to run profitable events (without sponsors or selling from the stage) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 27 Aug 2024 07:00:00 -0000 How I’d approach hosting in-person events full 1 206 Jay Clouse A discussion with my friend, Justin Moore This week, I’m sharing a recent conversation with Justin Moore, a friend of the podcast. Justin has been on the show several times, most recently in May. He’s a member of The Lab, the founder of Creator Wizard, and THE guy to learn sponsorship strategy from. Justin is making some big moves – next year, he’s publishing his first book AND he’s hosting an in-person sponsorship summit. When we were at Craft + Commerce back in June, he and I took some time to talk about how I’d approach that event if I were him. This was originally part of HIS Creator Wizard podcast. Full transcript and show notes Watch this in video Pre-order Justin’s Book, Sponsor Magnet Justin's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / TikTok *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #144: Bari Baumgardner – How to create the perfect 3-day event (IRL or virtually) → #187: Michael Stelzner – How to run profitable events (without sponsors or selling from the stage) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices This week, I’m sharing a recent conversation with Justin Moore, a friend of the podcast. Justin has been on the show several times, most recently in May. He’s a member of The Lab, the founder of Creator Wizard, and THE guy to learn sponsorship strategy from.

Justin is making some big moves – next year, he’s publishing his first book AND he’s hosting an in-person sponsorship summit. When we were at Craft + Commerce back in June, he and I took some time to talk about how I’d approach that event if I were him. This was originally part of HIS Creator Wizard podcast.

Full transcript and show notes

Watch this in video

Pre-order Justin’s Book, Sponsor Magnet

Justin's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / TikTok

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #144: Bari Baumgardner – How to create the perfect 3-day event (IRL or virtually)

→ #187: Michael Stelzner – How to run profitable events (without sponsors or selling from the stage)

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 1878 no #205: How I’d Start Today (If Creator Science Didn’t Exist) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/startng-over This episode is inspired by two questions from show listeners. If I were starting over today and building Creator Science was not an option or did not exist, what would I do? That is what I seek to share with you today. Full transcript and show notes Submit your own questions for Ask Creator Science Professional Creator Crash Course Creator Science Rabbit Hole Which name should you create behind? "Should I sell a course, coaching program, or both?" *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #175: Angus Parker – Ali Abdaal’s right-hand man shares a YouTuber’s guide to hiring *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 20 Aug 2024 07:00:00 -0000 How I’d Start Today (If Creator Science Didn’t Exist) full 1 205 Jay Clouse What I’d do (and what I’d avoid) to set myself up for success This episode is inspired by two questions from show listeners. If I were starting over today and building Creator Science was not an option or did not exist, what would I do? That is what I seek to share with you today. Full transcript and show notes Submit your own questions for Ask Creator Science Professional Creator Crash Course Creator Science Rabbit Hole Which name should you create behind? "Should I sell a course, coaching program, or both?" *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #175: Angus Parker – Ali Abdaal’s right-hand man shares a YouTuber’s guide to hiring *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices This episode is inspired by two questions from show listeners. If I were starting over today and building Creator Science was not an option or did not exist, what would I do? That is what I seek to share with you today.

Full transcript and show notes

Submit your own questions for Ask Creator Science

Professional Creator Crash Course

Creator Science Rabbit Hole

Which name should you create behind?

"Should I sell a course, coaching program, or both?"

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #175: Angus Parker – Ali Abdaal’s right-hand man shares a YouTuber’s guide to hiring

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3165 no #184: Amy Porterfield – Her step-by-step process for MASSIVE product launches [Greatest Hits] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/amy-porterfield-replay Amy Porterfield is an online marketing expert and the creator of a multimillion dollar education business. Now you may know Amy from her top ranked marketing podcast called Online Marketing Made Easy or her new best selling book, Two Weeks Notice. She is a legend after all. Amy quit her job in 2009 and started out on her own. In 2011, she launched her first course, but despite her background and experience, that course was a total flop earning just $26. She tried again in 2012, and this time, she earned $30,000 from her course launch. Then in 2013, she launched her podcast and really hit her stride. In 2013, Amy posted $915,000 in revenue. Amy has now built an online marketing machine. With 22 employees and millions of dollars in revenue each year, Amy has really nailed both evergreen sales and course launches. Her launch formula leverages the use of webinars. In this episode you'll learn The specific step by step strategy that Amy uses for her course launches How she builds her email list during the launch period How to be more successful in selling through those webinars even when you're sitting in the sale part of it And if you stick around towards the end, we even dig into how she's thought about building her team Full transcript and show notes Amy's Website / LinkedIn / TikTok / Instagram *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #158: Kieran Drew *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 13 Aug 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Amy Porterfield – Her step-by-step process for MASSIVE product launches [Greatest Hits] full 1 Jay Clouse Amy Porterfield is an online marketing legend who has done several multi-million dollar course launches. Amy Porterfield is an online marketing expert and the creator of a multimillion dollar education business. Now you may know Amy from her top ranked marketing podcast called Online Marketing Made Easy or her new best selling book, Two Weeks Notice. She is a legend after all. Amy quit her job in 2009 and started out on her own. In 2011, she launched her first course, but despite her background and experience, that course was a total flop earning just $26. She tried again in 2012, and this time, she earned $30,000 from her course launch. Then in 2013, she launched her podcast and really hit her stride. In 2013, Amy posted $915,000 in revenue. Amy has now built an online marketing machine. With 22 employees and millions of dollars in revenue each year, Amy has really nailed both evergreen sales and course launches. Her launch formula leverages the use of webinars. In this episode you'll learn The specific step by step strategy that Amy uses for her course launches How she builds her email list during the launch period How to be more successful in selling through those webinars even when you're sitting in the sale part of it And if you stick around towards the end, we even dig into how she's thought about building her team Full transcript and show notes Amy's Website / LinkedIn / TikTok / Instagram *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #158: Kieran Drew *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Amy Porterfield is an online marketing expert and the creator of a multimillion dollar education business. Now you may know Amy from her top ranked marketing podcast called Online Marketing Made Easy or her new best selling book, Two Weeks Notice.

She is a legend after all. Amy quit her job in 2009 and started out on her own. In 2011, she launched her first course, but despite her background and experience, that course was a total flop earning just $26. She tried again in 2012, and this time, she earned $30,000 from her course launch. Then in 2013, she launched her podcast and really hit her stride. In 2013, Amy posted $915,000 in revenue.

Amy has now built an online marketing machine. With 22 employees and millions of dollars in revenue each year, Amy has really nailed both evergreen sales and course launches. Her launch formula leverages the use of webinars.

In this episode you'll learn

  • The specific step by step strategy that Amy uses for her course launches
  • How she builds her email list during the launch period
  • How to be more successful in selling through those webinars even when you're sitting in the sale part of it
  • And if you stick around towards the end, we even dig into how she's thought about building her team

Full transcript and show notes

Amy's Website / LinkedIn / TikTok / Instagram

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #158: Kieran Drew

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3450 no #204: Bryan Harris — How to grow your audience through partnerships (even if you have a small audience yourself) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/bryan-harris-2 Bryan is the founder and CEO of Growth Tools. That's a coaching program that guarantees to help you grow your business. And I don't say that lightly because they actually guarantee that they will help you land 10 partnerships in 90 days. Bryan and I discuss how to grow through partnerships and collaborations, even if you have a small audience. This is the number one growth strategy that Brian helps his clients with, and it is truly effective. In typical Bryan fashion, this is a highly tactical, dense, and even surprising at times interview. He's a man who truly practices what he preaches, and this episode does not disappoint. Full transcript and show notes #121: Bryan Harris– How this sales master grew his business $100K/month GrowthTools Resources Bryan's Website / LinkedIn / Twitter / YouTube *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #121: Bryan Harris– How this sales master grew his business $100K/month *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 06 Aug 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Bryan Harris — How to grow your audience through partnerships (even if you have a small audience yourself) full 1 204 Jay Clouse Bryan Harris is the founder and CEO of GrowthTools. Bryan is the founder and CEO of Growth Tools. That's a coaching program that guarantees to help you grow your business. And I don't say that lightly because they actually guarantee that they will help you land 10 partnerships in 90 days. Bryan and I discuss how to grow through partnerships and collaborations, even if you have a small audience. This is the number one growth strategy that Brian helps his clients with, and it is truly effective. In typical Bryan fashion, this is a highly tactical, dense, and even surprising at times interview. He's a man who truly practices what he preaches, and this episode does not disappoint. Full transcript and show notes #121: Bryan Harris– How this sales master grew his business $100K/month GrowthTools Resources Bryan's Website / LinkedIn / Twitter / YouTube *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #121: Bryan Harris– How this sales master grew his business $100K/month *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Bryan is the founder and CEO of Growth Tools. That's a coaching program that guarantees to help you grow your business. And I don't say that lightly because they actually guarantee that they will help you land 10 partnerships in 90 days.

Bryan and I discuss how to grow through partnerships and collaborations, even if you have a small audience. This is the number one growth strategy that Brian helps his clients with, and it is truly effective.

In typical Bryan fashion, this is a highly tactical, dense, and even surprising at times interview. He's a man who truly practices what he preaches, and this episode does not disappoint.

Full transcript and show notes

#121: Bryan Harris– How this sales master grew his business $100K/month

GrowthTools Resources

Bryan's Website / LinkedIn / Twitter / YouTube

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #121: Bryan Harris– How this sales master grew his business $100K/month

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3819 no #164: Jon Youshaei – Ex-YouTube employee shares the best growth advice (that you’ve probably never heard) [Greatest Hits] https://podcast.creatorscience.com/jon-youshaei-replay WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Jon Youshaei is an ex-YouTube employee and one of the smartest creators on the platform right now and I’m not exaggerating. He’s done just about 260 million views in the past year alone and it was not an accident. His strategy just works So in this episode, you'll learn The best YouTube advice no one has ever told you The 1st Frame rule How Jon packages his videos And where there is still a massive opportunity for creators to find success Full transcript and show notes Jon's Website / Facebook / YouTube / Twitter / LinkedIn / Instagram / Community *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Smartest Creator on YouTube (01:07) Best YouTube Advice No One Ever Told You (04:11) How to Build Your Variety Show (08:14) 1st Frame Rule  (12:28) How to Find Your Niche (15:19) Age is ACTUALLY an Advantage on YouTube (17:10) The Dr. Mike-ification of YouTube (18:26) Jon’s Packaging Process (24:20) Why Content Formats are so Important (27:12) You Should Start with Shorts (28:54) Converting a Shorts Audience to Long Form (33:33) The Future of YouTube *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #152: Paddy Galloway *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 30 Jul 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Jon Youshaei – Ex-YouTube employee shares the best growth advice (that you’ve probably never heard) [Greatest Hits] full 1 Jay Clouse Jon Youshaei is a former YouTube and Instagram employee and host of the Created podcast. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Jon Youshaei is an ex-YouTube employee and one of the smartest creators on the platform right now and I’m not exaggerating. He’s done just about 260 million views in the past year alone and it was not an accident. His strategy just works So in this episode, you'll learn The best YouTube advice no one has ever told you The 1st Frame rule How Jon packages his videos And where there is still a massive opportunity for creators to find success Full transcript and show notes Jon's Website / Facebook / YouTube / Twitter / LinkedIn / Instagram / Community *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Smartest Creator on YouTube (01:07) Best YouTube Advice No One Ever Told You (04:11) How to Build Your Variety Show (08:14) 1st Frame Rule  (12:28) How to Find Your Niche (15:19) Age is ACTUALLY an Advantage on YouTube (17:10) The Dr. Mike-ification of YouTube (18:26) Jon’s Packaging Process (24:20) Why Content Formats are so Important (27:12) You Should Start with Shorts (28:54) Converting a Shorts Audience to Long Form (33:33) The Future of YouTube *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #152: Paddy Galloway *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Jon Youshaei is an ex-YouTube employee and one of the smartest creators on the platform right now and I’m not exaggerating.

He’s done just about 260 million views in the past year alone and it was not an accident. His strategy just works

So in this episode, you'll learn

  • The best YouTube advice no one has ever told you
  • The 1st Frame rule
  • How Jon packages his videos
  • And where there is still a massive opportunity for creators to find success

Full transcript and show notes

Jon's Website / Facebook / YouTube / Twitter / LinkedIn / Instagram / Community

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) The Smartest Creator on YouTube

(01:07) Best YouTube Advice No One Ever Told You

(04:11) How to Build Your Variety Show

(08:14) 1st Frame Rule 

(12:28) How to Find Your Niche

(15:19) Age is ACTUALLY an Advantage on YouTube

(17:10) The Dr. Mike-ification of YouTube

(18:26) Jon’s Packaging Process

(24:20) Why Content Formats are so Important

(27:12) You Should Start with Shorts

(28:54) Converting a Shorts Audience to Long Form

(33:33) The Future of YouTube

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #152: Paddy Galloway

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2288 no #203: Mid-Year Review: Goal progress, revenue, audience growth, and changes to my approach https://podcast.creatorscience.com/mid-2024 We are halfway through the year. We have passed the six-month mark of 2024, and I thought this was a perfect opportunity to reflect on the first six months of the year personally and encourage you to do the same. In this episode, you’ll learn, My overall progress on my goals as tracked in Creator HQ A breakdown of some of my numbers, mostly talking about revenue and how that breaks down this year compared to last year About audience growth across the different platforms And about some of my personal goals Full transcript and show notes More, Better, New essay Viral LinkedIn illustration *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #191: Breaking down my $60,723 product launch *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 23 Jul 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Mid-Year Review: Goal progress, revenue, audience growth, and changes to my approach full 1 203 Jay Clouse At the halfway mark of 2024, go behind the scenes of my progress. We are halfway through the year. We have passed the six-month mark of 2024, and I thought this was a perfect opportunity to reflect on the first six months of the year personally and encourage you to do the same. In this episode, you’ll learn, My overall progress on my goals as tracked in Creator HQ A breakdown of some of my numbers, mostly talking about revenue and how that breaks down this year compared to last year About audience growth across the different platforms And about some of my personal goals Full transcript and show notes More, Better, New essay Viral LinkedIn illustration *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #191: Breaking down my $60,723 product launch *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices We are halfway through the year. We have passed the six-month mark of 2024, and I thought this was a perfect opportunity to reflect on the first six months of the year personally and encourage you to do the same.

In this episode, you’ll learn,

  • My overall progress on my goals as tracked in Creator HQ
  • A breakdown of some of my numbers, mostly talking about revenue and how that breaks down this year compared to last year
  • About audience growth across the different platforms
  • And about some of my personal goals

Full transcript and show notes

More, Better, New essay

Viral LinkedIn illustration

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #191: Breaking down my $60,723 product launch

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3535 no #202: Zack Honarvar – What he learned from working with 10,000 creators https://podcast.creatorscience.com/zack-honarvar Zack Honarvar started managing YouTubers like Yes Theory and Airrack BEFORE they were the massive channels you know them as today. He also co-founded CreatorNow, a learning community that’s helped creators like Jenny Hoyos and Daniel Wall blow up their channels. Zack has worked with more than 10,000 creators since 2017, so I wanted to ask him: What separates the top .1% from the rest? In this episode, you’ll learn The traits of highly successful creators How you should measure growth Non-obvious pitfalls you need to avoid And how to set yourself up for long-term success Full transcript and show notes Zack's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / TikTok / LinkedIn The Danny Miranda podcast with Zack Honarvar *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) What Separates the Top 0.1% of YouTubers? (01:12) What Makes Someone “Have It”? (06:24) Does Consistency Matter? (09:16) Why You Should Do Things the Hard Way (17:12) What Role Does Work Ethic Play? (22:40) Does Your Personality Matter? (27:48) Avoid These Mistakes At All Costs (31:22) How You Should Define Success (35:46) Not All Views Are Created Equal (39:41) Best Advice for Small Creators (43:05) Zack’s Hot Take (44:34) Is There Less Opportunity for Creators Today? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #167: Jenny Hoyos – How she averages 10 million views per video (YouTube Shorts) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 16 Jul 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Zack Honarvar – What he learned from working with 10,000 creators full 1 202 Jay Clouse Zack Honarvar is the co-founder of Creator Now. Previously, he managed Airrack and Yes Theory. Zack Honarvar started managing YouTubers like Yes Theory and Airrack BEFORE they were the massive channels you know them as today. He also co-founded CreatorNow, a learning community that’s helped creators like Jenny Hoyos and Daniel Wall blow up their channels. Zack has worked with more than 10,000 creators since 2017, so I wanted to ask him: What separates the top .1% from the rest? In this episode, you’ll learn The traits of highly successful creators How you should measure growth Non-obvious pitfalls you need to avoid And how to set yourself up for long-term success Full transcript and show notes Zack's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / TikTok / LinkedIn The Danny Miranda podcast with Zack Honarvar *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) What Separates the Top 0.1% of YouTubers? (01:12) What Makes Someone “Have It”? (06:24) Does Consistency Matter? (09:16) Why You Should Do Things the Hard Way (17:12) What Role Does Work Ethic Play? (22:40) Does Your Personality Matter? (27:48) Avoid These Mistakes At All Costs (31:22) How You Should Define Success (35:46) Not All Views Are Created Equal (39:41) Best Advice for Small Creators (43:05) Zack’s Hot Take (44:34) Is There Less Opportunity for Creators Today? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #167: Jenny Hoyos – How she averages 10 million views per video (YouTube Shorts) *** ASK CREATOR SCIENCE → Submit your question here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Zack Honarvar started managing YouTubers like Yes Theory and Airrack BEFORE they were the massive channels you know them as today. He also co-founded CreatorNow, a learning community that’s helped creators like Jenny Hoyos and Daniel Wall blow up their channels. Zack has worked with more than 10,000 creators since 2017, so I wanted to ask him: What separates the top .1% from the rest?

In this episode, you’ll learn

  • The traits of highly successful creators
  • How you should measure growth
  • Non-obvious pitfalls you need to avoid
  • And how to set yourself up for long-term success

Full transcript and show notes

Zack's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / TikTok / LinkedIn

The Danny Miranda podcast with Zack Honarvar

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) What Separates the Top 0.1% of YouTubers?

(01:12) What Makes Someone “Have It”?

(06:24) Does Consistency Matter?

(09:16) Why You Should Do Things the Hard Way

(17:12) What Role Does Work Ethic Play?

(22:40) Does Your Personality Matter?

(27:48) Avoid These Mistakes At All Costs

(31:22) How You Should Define Success

(35:46) Not All Views Are Created Equal

(39:41) Best Advice for Small Creators

(43:05) Zack’s Hot Take

(44:34) Is There Less Opportunity for Creators Today?

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #167: Jenny Hoyos – How she averages 10 million views per video (YouTube Shorts)

***

ASK CREATOR SCIENCE

→ Submit your question here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2925 no #201: Nat Eliason – How he got a book deal and why traditional publishing is great https://podcast.creatorscience.com/nat-eliason Nat Eliason is the author of Crypto Confidential, Winning and Losing Millions in the New Frontier of Finance. I’ve been following Nat online for a while now – he’s gone from marketing agency owner to business writer to book influencer and a bunch of stops in between. And the common thread through all these projects was Nat’s ability to write. In 2021, Nat dove deep into the world of crypto and Web3, as many of us did. But when Nat goes into something, he goes really deep into that thing – and he got MUCH deeper into crypto and Web3 than most. During that boom cycle, there were some big winners and big losers—Nat, at times, was both. He left that world on top, and applied his writing ability to tell the story of just how insane things really were at the highest levels of crypto. Full transcript and show notes Nat's Website / Twitter REFERENCES Buy Crypto Confidential How to Get Insanely Rich in the Creator Economy Traditional Publishing is Great, Actually How We Designed a FUN Nonfiction Book Cover *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #176: April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business. → #182: Noah Kagan — Behind the scenes of writing (and marketing) Million Dollar Weekend → #163: David Moldawer — Diving deep into book publishing with an industry insider *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 09 Jul 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Nat Eliason – How he got a book deal and why traditional publishing is great full 1 201 Jay Clouse Nat Eliason is the author of Crypto Confidential: Winning and Losing Millions in the New Frontier of Finance Nat Eliason is the author of Crypto Confidential, Winning and Losing Millions in the New Frontier of Finance. I’ve been following Nat online for a while now – he’s gone from marketing agency owner to business writer to book influencer and a bunch of stops in between. And the common thread through all these projects was Nat’s ability to write. In 2021, Nat dove deep into the world of crypto and Web3, as many of us did. But when Nat goes into something, he goes really deep into that thing – and he got MUCH deeper into crypto and Web3 than most. During that boom cycle, there were some big winners and big losers—Nat, at times, was both. He left that world on top, and applied his writing ability to tell the story of just how insane things really were at the highest levels of crypto. Full transcript and show notes Nat's Website / Twitter REFERENCES Buy Crypto Confidential How to Get Insanely Rich in the Creator Economy Traditional Publishing is Great, Actually How We Designed a FUN Nonfiction Book Cover *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #176: April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business. → #182: Noah Kagan — Behind the scenes of writing (and marketing) Million Dollar Weekend → #163: David Moldawer — Diving deep into book publishing with an industry insider *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Nat Eliason is the author of Crypto Confidential, Winning and Losing Millions in the New Frontier of Finance. I’ve been following Nat online for a while now – he’s gone from marketing agency owner to business writer to book influencer and a bunch of stops in between. And the common thread through all these projects was Nat’s ability to write.

In 2021, Nat dove deep into the world of crypto and Web3, as many of us did. But when Nat goes into something, he goes really deep into that thing – and he got MUCH deeper into crypto and Web3 than most.

During that boom cycle, there were some big winners and big losers—Nat, at times, was both.

He left that world on top, and applied his writing ability to tell the story of just how insane things really were at the highest levels of crypto.


Full transcript and show notes

Nat's Website / Twitter


REFERENCES

Buy Crypto Confidential

How to Get Insanely Rich in the Creator Economy

Traditional Publishing is Great, Actually

How We Designed a FUN Nonfiction Book Cover


***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #176: April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business.

→ #182: Noah Kagan — Behind the scenes of writing (and marketing) Million Dollar Weekend

→ #163: David Moldawer — Diving deep into book publishing with an industry insider


***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4055 no #200: Nathan Barry – The risks of ConvertKit’s rebrand (and how I can become a billion dollar creator) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/nathan-barry-3 Nathan Barry is the founder and CEO of ConvertKit, one of the largest email marketing platforms on the planet. It powers the newsletters of people like Tim Ferris, Ryan Holiday, Andrew Huberman, and Gretchen Rubin, just to name a few. But ConvertKit has evolved and does so much more than email—which is why the brand itself is evolving.  If you haven't heard, ConvertKit is rebranding. It will soon be known simply as Kit—a set of tools for professional creators. That includes an app store where anyone can develop and expand on Kit to bring in extra tools, a central hub for your data with enhanced reporting, and the biggest and best Creator Network to help you find collaboration partners.   So, in this episode, you'll learn About the rebrand The risks involved Their new app store And how the Creator Network is doing Full transcript and show notes Nathan's Website / Twitter / YouTube Sign up for ConvertKit Watch episode one of ConvertKit’s rebrand series Listen to Billion Dollar Creator *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #96: Nathan Barry – from $150K/yr in ebooks to $30M in ARR with ConvertKit → #151: Nathan Barry of ConvertKit — Acquiring SparkLoop and turning email into multiplayer mode with the Creator Network *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 02 Jul 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Nathan Barry – The risks of ConvertKit’s rebrand (and how I can become a billion dollar creator) full 1 200 Jay Clouse Nathan Barry is the founder and CEO of ConvertKit (soon to be Kit). Nathan Barry is the founder and CEO of ConvertKit, one of the largest email marketing platforms on the planet. It powers the newsletters of people like Tim Ferris, Ryan Holiday, Andrew Huberman, and Gretchen Rubin, just to name a few. But ConvertKit has evolved and does so much more than email—which is why the brand itself is evolving.  If you haven't heard, ConvertKit is rebranding. It will soon be known simply as Kit—a set of tools for professional creators. That includes an app store where anyone can develop and expand on Kit to bring in extra tools, a central hub for your data with enhanced reporting, and the biggest and best Creator Network to help you find collaboration partners.   So, in this episode, you'll learn About the rebrand The risks involved Their new app store And how the Creator Network is doing Full transcript and show notes Nathan's Website / Twitter / YouTube Sign up for ConvertKit Watch episode one of ConvertKit’s rebrand series Listen to Billion Dollar Creator *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #96: Nathan Barry – from $150K/yr in ebooks to $30M in ARR with ConvertKit → #151: Nathan Barry of ConvertKit — Acquiring SparkLoop and turning email into multiplayer mode with the Creator Network *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Nathan Barry is the founder and CEO of ConvertKit, one of the largest email marketing platforms on the planet. It powers the newsletters of people like Tim Ferris, Ryan Holiday, Andrew Huberman, and Gretchen Rubin, just to name a few. But ConvertKit has evolved and does so much more than email—which is why the brand itself is evolving. 

If you haven't heard, ConvertKit is rebranding. It will soon be known simply as Kit—a set of tools for professional creators. That includes an app store where anyone can develop and expand on Kit to bring in extra tools, a central hub for your data with enhanced reporting, and the biggest and best Creator Network to help you find collaboration partners.  

So, in this episode, you'll learn

  • About the rebrand
  • The risks involved
  • Their new app store
  • And how the Creator Network is doing

Full transcript and show notes

Nathan's Website / Twitter / YouTube

Sign up for ConvertKit

Watch episode one of ConvertKit’s rebrand series

Listen to Billion Dollar Creator

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #96: Nathan Barry – from $150K/yr in ebooks to $30M in ARR with ConvertKit

→ #151: Nathan Barry of ConvertKit — Acquiring SparkLoop and turning email into multiplayer mode with the Creator Network

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3516 no #199: Katelyn Bourgoin – How to write great social content (and lessons learned from her recent launch) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/katelyn-bourgoin Katelyn Bourgoin is the founder of Customer Camp and the writer behind the buyer psychology newsletter, Why We Buy, which has nearly 75,000 subscribers.  Katelyn is also the co-creator of a couple of great products. The first being Unignorable, a 36 day group challenge designed to help you build an audience of future buyers. That's a collaboration with the Demand Curve team. And the second is Wallet Opening Words, 26 and a half science-backed copywriting techniques. That's a collaboration with friend of the podcast, Phil Agnew.  So in this episode, you'll learn Katelyn's approach to short form writing Why she treats her content like a chocolate covered almond The risk that comes with accounts getting too big And what she would do differently the next time she launches her cohort program Full transcript and show notes Katelyn's Twitter / Unignorable / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #157: Phill Agnew *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 25 Jun 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Katelyn Bourgoin – How to write great social content (and lessons learned from her recent launch) full 1 199 Jay Clouse Katelyn Bourgoin is the founder of Customer Camp and the writer behind the buyer psychology newsletter, Why We Buy, which has nearly 75,000 subscribers. Katelyn Bourgoin is the founder of Customer Camp and the writer behind the buyer psychology newsletter, Why We Buy, which has nearly 75,000 subscribers.  Katelyn is also the co-creator of a couple of great products. The first being Unignorable, a 36 day group challenge designed to help you build an audience of future buyers. That's a collaboration with the Demand Curve team. And the second is Wallet Opening Words, 26 and a half science-backed copywriting techniques. That's a collaboration with friend of the podcast, Phil Agnew.  So in this episode, you'll learn Katelyn's approach to short form writing Why she treats her content like a chocolate covered almond The risk that comes with accounts getting too big And what she would do differently the next time she launches her cohort program Full transcript and show notes Katelyn's Twitter / Unignorable / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #157: Phill Agnew *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Katelyn Bourgoin is the founder of Customer Camp and the writer behind the buyer psychology newsletter, Why We Buy, which has nearly 75,000 subscribers. 

Katelyn is also the co-creator of a couple of great products. The first being Unignorable, a 36 day group challenge designed to help you build an audience of future buyers. That's a collaboration with the Demand Curve team.

And the second is Wallet Opening Words, 26 and a half science-backed copywriting techniques. That's a collaboration with friend of the podcast, Phil Agnew. 

So in this episode, you'll learn

  • Katelyn's approach to short form writing
  • Why she treats her content like a chocolate covered almond
  • The risk that comes with accounts getting too big
  • And what she would do differently the next time she launches her cohort program

Full transcript and show notes

Katelyn's Twitter / Unignorable / LinkedIn

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #157: Phill Agnew

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3695 no #198: Ask Creator Science – When to give up, how often to publish, developing interest in YOU, and where to find leverage https://podcast.creatorscience.com/office-hours-2 In this episode, my good friend and YouTube editor, Conor Conaboy, joins me in an office hours where we answer your questions about content strategy. Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Here’s When You Should Quit (06:23) How Often You Should Upload (10:49) Making a Multi-Language Channel (15:18) Here’s When You Should Make a New Channel (19:10) When Viewers Watch Because of YOU (27:41) Making Content That You Like (34:36) How to Find New Content Formats (38:54) Deciding Which Platform to Create Content (40:57) Where to Find Leverage (44:43) The Hidden Opportunity in LinkedIn Video (49:18) The Easiest Thing About Growing a Podcast (52:11) “Are you happy?” *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #185: Listener Q&A Part 1 *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 18 Jun 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Ask Creator Science – When to give up, how often to publish, developing interest in YOU, and where to find leverage full 1 198 Jay Clouse Office hours with Jay and producer Conor. In this episode, my good friend and YouTube editor, Conor Conaboy, joins me in an office hours where we answer your questions about content strategy. Full transcript and show notes *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Here’s When You Should Quit (06:23) How Often You Should Upload (10:49) Making a Multi-Language Channel (15:18) Here’s When You Should Make a New Channel (19:10) When Viewers Watch Because of YOU (27:41) Making Content That You Like (34:36) How to Find New Content Formats (38:54) Deciding Which Platform to Create Content (40:57) Where to Find Leverage (44:43) The Hidden Opportunity in LinkedIn Video (49:18) The Easiest Thing About Growing a Podcast (52:11) “Are you happy?” *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #185: Listener Q&A Part 1 *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices In this episode, my good friend and YouTube editor, Conor Conaboy, joins me in an office hours where we answer your questions about content strategy.

Full transcript and show notes

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Here’s When You Should Quit

(06:23) How Often You Should Upload

(10:49) Making a Multi-Language Channel

(15:18) Here’s When You Should Make a New Channel

(19:10) When Viewers Watch Because of YOU

(27:41) Making Content That You Like

(34:36) How to Find New Content Formats

(38:54) Deciding Which Platform to Create Content

(40:57) Where to Find Leverage

(44:43) The Hidden Opportunity in LinkedIn Video

(49:18) The Easiest Thing About Growing a Podcast

(52:11) “Are you happy?”

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #185: Listener Q&A Part 1

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3843 no #197: How to build raving fans and real connection (feat. Chenell Basilio and Becky Davidson) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/cc2024 Last week, I spoke at ConvertKit's annual Craft and Commerce event in Boise, Idaho. It's one of my favorite events of the year, and this year may have been my favorite event ever. ConvertKit revealed that they are rebranding to Kit and making a whole slew of other product updates, including opening an in-person recording studio available to all ConvertKit customers, which is where today's recording took place. Today, I'm talking with two members of the lab who have become great friends. The first is Chenell Basilio, the writer of Growth in Reverse. Growth in Reverse is a newsletter that reverse-engineers the email growth strategies of today's top creators. Chenell has grown that subscriber base incredibly quickly because people absolutely love the deep research she does. My second guest is Becky Davidson. Becky has a background in both product and community design and now runs her own community agency called Affinity Collective. Before striking out on her own, Becky was the head of product at Boss Babe. These two women know a lot about serving audiences in a way that makes them genuinely love your work, and that's what I wanted to explore in this episode. If you wanna serve your audience in a way that is unique and memorable and remarkable, which I really think you should, then this episode is for you. Full transcript and show notes Chenell's Website / Twitter Becky's Website / Instagram *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #147: Chenell Basilio *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 13 Jun 2024 07:00:00 -0000 How to build raving fans and real connection (feat. Chenell Basilio and Becky Davidson) full 1 197 Jay Clouse Recorded at ConvertKit’s Craft + Commerce 2024 Last week, I spoke at ConvertKit's annual Craft and Commerce event in Boise, Idaho. It's one of my favorite events of the year, and this year may have been my favorite event ever. ConvertKit revealed that they are rebranding to Kit and making a whole slew of other product updates, including opening an in-person recording studio available to all ConvertKit customers, which is where today's recording took place. Today, I'm talking with two members of the lab who have become great friends. The first is Chenell Basilio, the writer of Growth in Reverse. Growth in Reverse is a newsletter that reverse-engineers the email growth strategies of today's top creators. Chenell has grown that subscriber base incredibly quickly because people absolutely love the deep research she does. My second guest is Becky Davidson. Becky has a background in both product and community design and now runs her own community agency called Affinity Collective. Before striking out on her own, Becky was the head of product at Boss Babe. These two women know a lot about serving audiences in a way that makes them genuinely love your work, and that's what I wanted to explore in this episode. If you wanna serve your audience in a way that is unique and memorable and remarkable, which I really think you should, then this episode is for you. Full transcript and show notes Chenell's Website / Twitter Becky's Website / Instagram *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #147: Chenell Basilio *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Last week, I spoke at ConvertKit's annual Craft and Commerce event in Boise, Idaho. It's one of my favorite events of the year, and this year may have been my favorite event ever. ConvertKit revealed that they are rebranding to Kit and making a whole slew of other product updates, including opening an in-person recording studio available to all ConvertKit customers, which is where today's recording took place.

Today, I'm talking with two members of the lab who have become great friends. The first is Chenell Basilio, the writer of Growth in Reverse. Growth in Reverse is a newsletter that reverse-engineers the email growth strategies of today's top creators. Chenell has grown that subscriber base incredibly quickly because people absolutely love the deep research she does.

My second guest is Becky Davidson. Becky has a background in both product and community design and now runs her own community agency called Affinity Collective. Before striking out on her own, Becky was the head of product at Boss Babe.

These two women know a lot about serving audiences in a way that makes them genuinely love your work, and that's what I wanted to explore in this episode. If you wanna serve your audience in a way that is unique and memorable and remarkable, which I really think you should, then this episode is for you.

Full transcript and show notes

Chenell's Website / Twitter

Becky's Website / Instagram

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #147: Chenell Basilio

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2913 no #196: Aprilynne Alter – Breaking down the video that blew up her channel (755,000 views with <1000 subscribers!) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/aprilynne-alter Aprilynne Alter is a YouTuber who abandoned her 20,000 subscriber channel to completely start over a year ago. Over that next 8 months, she tried everything. Nothing was working until she got 755,000 views on a video she posted with less than a 1,000 subscribers. In this episode, she'll take us through the process of how it happened from ideation to upload, so you can do it too. Full transcript and show notes Aprilynne's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Formula for a Breakthrough Video (00:43) It All Starts With an Idea (05:23) Why Make a THAT Idea (07:41) Creating the Perfect Title and Thumbnail (14:46) The Packaging That Didn’t Make it (16:57) Gathering Good Feedback (19:40) The Most Thorough Research Process You’ve Ever Seen (33:04) Writing a Script for YouTube (36:50) What Influences High Retention? (39:28) How to Edit a Breakthrough Video (41:44) What You Didn’t Know About Uploading (44:06) Why Was This THE Video that Broke Through *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #162: George Blackman *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 04 Jun 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Aprilynne Alter – Breaking down the video that blew up her channel (755,000 views with <1000 subscribers!) full 1 196 Jay Clouse Behind-the-scenes of how she creates banger videos. Aprilynne Alter is a YouTuber who abandoned her 20,000 subscriber channel to completely start over a year ago. Over that next 8 months, she tried everything. Nothing was working until she got 755,000 views on a video she posted with less than a 1,000 subscribers. In this episode, she'll take us through the process of how it happened from ideation to upload, so you can do it too. Full transcript and show notes Aprilynne's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Formula for a Breakthrough Video (00:43) It All Starts With an Idea (05:23) Why Make a THAT Idea (07:41) Creating the Perfect Title and Thumbnail (14:46) The Packaging That Didn’t Make it (16:57) Gathering Good Feedback (19:40) The Most Thorough Research Process You’ve Ever Seen (33:04) Writing a Script for YouTube (36:50) What Influences High Retention? (39:28) How to Edit a Breakthrough Video (41:44) What You Didn’t Know About Uploading (44:06) Why Was This THE Video that Broke Through *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #162: George Blackman *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Aprilynne Alter is a YouTuber who abandoned her 20,000 subscriber channel to completely start over a year ago. Over that next 8 months, she tried everything. Nothing was working until she got 755,000 views on a video she posted with less than a 1,000 subscribers.

In this episode, she'll take us through the process of how it happened from ideation to upload, so you can do it too.

Full transcript and show notes

Aprilynne's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) The Formula for a Breakthrough Video

(00:43) It All Starts With an Idea

(05:23) Why Make a THAT Idea

(07:41) Creating the Perfect Title and Thumbnail

(14:46) The Packaging That Didn’t Make it

(16:57) Gathering Good Feedback

(19:40) The Most Thorough Research Process You’ve Ever Seen

(33:04) Writing a Script for YouTube

(36:50) What Influences High Retention?

(39:28) How to Edit a Breakthrough Video

(41:44) What You Didn’t Know About Uploading

(44:06) Why Was This THE Video that Broke Through

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #162: George Blackman

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2943 no #195: Why (and how) to ask your audience why they DIDN’T take action https://podcast.creatorscience.com/pmte Subscribe to Podcast Marketing Trends Explained ↗ I was out for a run recently, and I was listening to a new podcast called Podcast Marketing Trends Explained. This show is co-hosted by my two friends, Jeremy Enns and Justin Jackson. Both of these guys are deep into the world of podcasting. Justin is the cofounder of Transistor, which is one of my favorite podcast hosting platforms. And Jeremy is the founder of Podcast Marketing Academy, as well as a member of The Lab. These guys are doing really great work with this podcast about podcasting. It's nerdy. It's data driven. It's everything I love about being creator and a podcaster all rolled into one. But these guys are taking a very rigorous data driven approach, and I love everything they are putting out. In particular, I loved this episode you're about to listen to. It's all about understanding why it's so hard to get your fans from other platforms to give a podcast a listen. Full transcript and show notes Justin's Twitter Jeremy's Twitter Watch this episode on YouTube *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 28 May 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Why (and how) to ask your audience why they DIDN’T take action full 1 195 Jay Clouse Jeremy Enns and Justin Jackson dig into the data on why people aren’t paying attention. Subscribe to Podcast Marketing Trends Explained ↗ I was out for a run recently, and I was listening to a new podcast called Podcast Marketing Trends Explained. This show is co-hosted by my two friends, Jeremy Enns and Justin Jackson. Both of these guys are deep into the world of podcasting. Justin is the cofounder of Transistor, which is one of my favorite podcast hosting platforms. And Jeremy is the founder of Podcast Marketing Academy, as well as a member of The Lab. These guys are doing really great work with this podcast about podcasting. It's nerdy. It's data driven. It's everything I love about being creator and a podcaster all rolled into one. But these guys are taking a very rigorous data driven approach, and I love everything they are putting out. In particular, I loved this episode you're about to listen to. It's all about understanding why it's so hard to get your fans from other platforms to give a podcast a listen. Full transcript and show notes Justin's Twitter Jeremy's Twitter Watch this episode on YouTube *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Subscribe to Podcast Marketing Trends Explained ↗

I was out for a run recently, and I was listening to a new podcast called Podcast Marketing Trends Explained. This show is co-hosted by my two friends, Jeremy Enns and Justin Jackson. Both of these guys are deep into the world of podcasting.

Justin is the cofounder of Transistor, which is one of my favorite podcast hosting platforms. And Jeremy is the founder of Podcast Marketing Academy, as well as a member of The Lab.

These guys are doing really great work with this podcast about podcasting. It's nerdy. It's data driven. It's everything I love about being creator and a podcaster all rolled into one. But these guys are taking a very rigorous data driven approach, and I love everything they are putting out. In particular, I loved this episode you're about to listen to. It's all about understanding why it's so hard to get your fans from other platforms to give a podcast a listen.

Full transcript and show notes

Justin's Twitter Jeremy's Twitter

Watch this episode on YouTube

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3897 no #194: An honest conversation with my friend, Justin Moore (live from CEX) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/justin-moore-cex Last week, I was invited to speak at the 3rd Annual Content Entrepreneur Expo, also known as CEX. We had more than 20 members of the lab at the event. It was fantastic. We hosted a dinner on the 1st night for everyone, and we had a great time connecting, reconnecting in person, or getting to meet each other for the first time in some cases. It was also an opportunity for me to really catch up with my good friend, Justin Moore. Justin has been on the show a bunch of times, and I'll link to some of the past episodes with Justin in the show notes. He's the founder of Creator Wizard, and he is the guy to learn sponsorship strategy from. This is a super transparent look into our businesses and really our friendship. Full transcript and show notes Justin's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / TikTok Episode #179: Justin Moore Episode #178: Redesigning MY sponsorship strategy Episode #146: Justin Moore Episode #108: Justin Moore *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #191: Breaking down my $60,723 product launch *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 21 May 2024 07:00:00 -0000 An honest conversation with my friend, Justin Moore (live from CEX) full 1 194 Jay Clouse Justin Moore is the founder of Creator Wizard and the most knowledgable guy on sponsorships. Last week, I was invited to speak at the 3rd Annual Content Entrepreneur Expo, also known as CEX. We had more than 20 members of the lab at the event. It was fantastic. We hosted a dinner on the 1st night for everyone, and we had a great time connecting, reconnecting in person, or getting to meet each other for the first time in some cases. It was also an opportunity for me to really catch up with my good friend, Justin Moore. Justin has been on the show a bunch of times, and I'll link to some of the past episodes with Justin in the show notes. He's the founder of Creator Wizard, and he is the guy to learn sponsorship strategy from. This is a super transparent look into our businesses and really our friendship. Full transcript and show notes Justin's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / TikTok Episode #179: Justin Moore Episode #178: Redesigning MY sponsorship strategy Episode #146: Justin Moore Episode #108: Justin Moore *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #191: Breaking down my $60,723 product launch *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Last week, I was invited to speak at the 3rd Annual Content Entrepreneur Expo, also known as CEX. We had more than 20 members of the lab at the event. It was fantastic. We hosted a dinner on the 1st night for everyone, and we had a great time connecting, reconnecting in person, or getting to meet each other for the first time in some cases.

It was also an opportunity for me to really catch up with my good friend, Justin Moore. Justin has been on the show a bunch of times, and I'll link to some of the past episodes with Justin in the show notes. He's the founder of Creator Wizard, and he is the guy to learn sponsorship strategy from. This is a super transparent look into our businesses and really our friendship.

Full transcript and show notes

Justin's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / TikTok

Episode #179: Justin Moore

Episode #178: Redesigning MY sponsorship strategy

Episode #146: Justin Moore

Episode #108: Justin Moore

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #191: Breaking down my $60,723 product launch

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3918 no #193: Jake Thomas – YouTube title expert shares his secrets for getting clicks. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/jake-thomas-2 Jake Thomas is a title specialist whose channels have over 100 million views because he spent thousands of hours studying viral titles and the psychology of what makes people click. He’s the man who solved YouTube titles. In this episode, you'll learn, How to model titles The differences between education and entertainment channels What most creators are getting wrong And much, much more Full transcript and show notes Jake's Website / Twitter / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Meet the Man Who Solved YouTube Titles (00:53) Title Expert Reveals What a Title Actually Does (02:34) You Should NEVER Do This With Titles… Unless (05:11) What Happens When You Write the Perfect Title (10:29) The Only 3 Emotions You Need for Better Titles (13:15) The Dark Side of YouTube Titles (and how to avoid it) (18:47) The Silent Hacks YouTubers Use To Hook You (21:31) Do NOT Make Your Titles Longer Than This (23:45) The Biggest Mistake YouTubers Make with Titles (25:51) How Pro YouTubers Actually Write Titles (34:58) Don’t Be Original *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #125: Jake Thomas *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 14 May 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Jake Thomas – YouTube title expert shares his secrets for getting clicks. full 1 193 Jay Clouse Jake Thomas is the founder of Creator Hooks and has received 100M+ views. Jake Thomas is a title specialist whose channels have over 100 million views because he spent thousands of hours studying viral titles and the psychology of what makes people click. He’s the man who solved YouTube titles. In this episode, you'll learn, How to model titles The differences between education and entertainment channels What most creators are getting wrong And much, much more Full transcript and show notes Jake's Website / Twitter / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Meet the Man Who Solved YouTube Titles (00:53) Title Expert Reveals What a Title Actually Does (02:34) You Should NEVER Do This With Titles… Unless (05:11) What Happens When You Write the Perfect Title (10:29) The Only 3 Emotions You Need for Better Titles (13:15) The Dark Side of YouTube Titles (and how to avoid it) (18:47) The Silent Hacks YouTubers Use To Hook You (21:31) Do NOT Make Your Titles Longer Than This (23:45) The Biggest Mistake YouTubers Make with Titles (25:51) How Pro YouTubers Actually Write Titles (34:58) Don’t Be Original *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #125: Jake Thomas *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Jake Thomas is a title specialist whose channels have over 100 million views because he spent thousands of hours studying viral titles and the psychology of what makes people click. He’s the man who solved YouTube titles.

In this episode, you'll learn,

  • How to model titles
  • The differences between education and entertainment channels
  • What most creators are getting wrong
  • And much, much more

Full transcript and show notes

Jake's Website / Twitter / LinkedIn

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Meet the Man Who Solved YouTube Titles

(00:53) Title Expert Reveals What a Title Actually Does

(02:34) You Should NEVER Do This With Titles… Unless

(05:11) What Happens When You Write the Perfect Title

(10:29) The Only 3 Emotions You Need for Better Titles

(13:15) The Dark Side of YouTube Titles (and how to avoid it)

(18:47) The Silent Hacks YouTubers Use To Hook You

(21:31) Do NOT Make Your Titles Longer Than This

(23:45) The Biggest Mistake YouTubers Make with Titles

(25:51) How Pro YouTubers Actually Write Titles

(34:58) Don’t Be Original

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #125: Jake Thomas

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2321 no #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/ali-abdaal-deep-dive Welcome to a bonus episode of Creator Science. A couple of months ago, I got a direct message on Twitter from Ali Abdaal. He said he loved what I was doing with The Lab, my membership community, and he had heard great things about the experience. He was in the early stages of building his own membership community, coincidentally called Productivity Lab, and he wanted to ask me some questions. He suggested that we record the episode as a coaching call for his podcast Deep Dive, and I thought it was a great idea. So we spoke for a little bit over an hour, and I helped him think through how he was designing this new membership. Get $200 off Build A Beloved Membership Watch this episode on YouTube Subscribe to Deep Dive Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → My most recent Listener Q&A *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Wed, 08 May 2024 07:00:00 -0000 I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership. bonus 1 192 Jay Clouse From Deep Dive with Ali Abdaal Welcome to a bonus episode of Creator Science. A couple of months ago, I got a direct message on Twitter from Ali Abdaal. He said he loved what I was doing with The Lab, my membership community, and he had heard great things about the experience. He was in the early stages of building his own membership community, coincidentally called Productivity Lab, and he wanted to ask me some questions. He suggested that we record the episode as a coaching call for his podcast Deep Dive, and I thought it was a great idea. So we spoke for a little bit over an hour, and I helped him think through how he was designing this new membership. Get $200 off Build A Beloved Membership Watch this episode on YouTube Subscribe to Deep Dive Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → My most recent Listener Q&A *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Welcome to a bonus episode of Creator Science. A couple of months ago, I got a direct message on Twitter from Ali Abdaal. He said he loved what I was doing with The Lab, my membership community, and he had heard great things about the experience.

He was in the early stages of building his own membership community, coincidentally called Productivity Lab, and he wanted to ask me some questions. He suggested that we record the episode as a coaching call for his podcast Deep Dive, and I thought it was a great idea. So we spoke for a little bit over an hour, and I helped him think through how he was designing this new membership.

Get $200 off Build A Beloved Membership

Watch this episode on YouTube

Subscribe to Deep Dive

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ My most recent Listener Q&A

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 5129 no #191: Breaking down my $60,723 product launch https://podcast.creatorscience.com/creatorhq-recap Earlier this month, I launched a brand new product called CreatorHQ. The way I’ve come to describe CreatorHQ is a complete operating system for creators – it’s literally the system I’ve built for myself in Notion to run the entire Creator Science business. I use CreatorHQ every day. It houses all my goals, projects, tasks, content, CRM, sponsorship campaigns – everything! This episode was prepared in CreatorHQ. It’s the glue that keeps my business together and keeps the trains running. And I knew if I made it available for other creators, it’d help you too. So I launched this on April 11 and had some bonuses available for those who purchased before April 15. It was my first true LAUNCH of something, and I put a lot of time and effort into it. Between April 11 and April 15, CreatorHQ generated $60,723. In this episode you'll learn About my launch strategy The good things I'd do again The bad things I'd do differently And a few things that I'm still indifferent about Full transcript and show notes Get CreatorHQ (use promo code PODCAST) Episode #158 with Kieran Drew Episode #184 with Amy Porterfield *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #158: Kieran Drew *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 30 Apr 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Breaking down my $60,723 product launch full 1 191 Jay Clouse What went well, what I’d change, and what remains to be seen with the launch of CreatorHQ. Earlier this month, I launched a brand new product called CreatorHQ. The way I’ve come to describe CreatorHQ is a complete operating system for creators – it’s literally the system I’ve built for myself in Notion to run the entire Creator Science business. I use CreatorHQ every day. It houses all my goals, projects, tasks, content, CRM, sponsorship campaigns – everything! This episode was prepared in CreatorHQ. It’s the glue that keeps my business together and keeps the trains running. And I knew if I made it available for other creators, it’d help you too. So I launched this on April 11 and had some bonuses available for those who purchased before April 15. It was my first true LAUNCH of something, and I put a lot of time and effort into it. Between April 11 and April 15, CreatorHQ generated $60,723. In this episode you'll learn About my launch strategy The good things I'd do again The bad things I'd do differently And a few things that I'm still indifferent about Full transcript and show notes Get CreatorHQ (use promo code PODCAST) Episode #158 with Kieran Drew Episode #184 with Amy Porterfield *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #158: Kieran Drew *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Earlier this month, I launched a brand new product called CreatorHQ. The way I’ve come to describe CreatorHQ is a complete operating system for creators – it’s literally the system I’ve built for myself in Notion to run the entire Creator Science business.

I use CreatorHQ every day. It houses all my goals, projects, tasks, content, CRM, sponsorship campaigns – everything! This episode was prepared in CreatorHQ. It’s the glue that keeps my business together and keeps the trains running. And I knew if I made it available for other creators, it’d help you too.

So I launched this on April 11 and had some bonuses available for those who purchased before April 15. It was my first true LAUNCH of something, and I put a lot of time and effort into it. Between April 11 and April 15, CreatorHQ generated $60,723.

In this episode you'll learn

  • About my launch strategy
  • The good things I'd do again
  • The bad things I'd do differently
  • And a few things that I'm still indifferent about

Full transcript and show notes

Get CreatorHQ (use promo code PODCAST)

Episode #158 with Kieran Drew

Episode #184 with Amy Porterfield

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #158: Kieran Drew

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3655 no [GREATEST HITS] #147: Chenell Basilio – How the best newsletter operators grow to 50K+ subscribers https://podcast.creatorscience.com/chenell-basilio-replay Chenell is the writer of Growth In Reverse, a weekly newsletter where she reverse engineers how a top creator grew from 0 to 50k+ subscribers. Chenell has done deep dives on Justin Welsh, Codie Sanchez, Lenny Rachitsky, Harry Dry, and many more. I read it every week and think it’s incredibly well-done. The premise is super clear, and as a result, Chenell has seen her OWN newsletter grow very quickly – nearing 10,000 subscribers in just about four months. In this episode, you’ll learn: The common patterns between these newsletter operators Some of the most effective growth tactics she’s uncovered And what’s working for HER right now Full transcript and show notes Follow Chenell on Twitter / LinkedIn Subscribe to Growth In Reverse *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #145: Matt McGarry *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 23 Apr 2024 07:00:00 -0000 [GREATEST HITS] #147: Chenell Basilio – How the best newsletter operators grow to 50K+ subscribers full 1 Jay Clouse Chenell Basilio is the creator of Growth In Reverse where she studies how creators like Justin Welsh, Packy McCormick, Lenny Rachitsky, and Codie Sanchez grew their newsletter. Chenell is the writer of Growth In Reverse, a weekly newsletter where she reverse engineers how a top creator grew from 0 to 50k+ subscribers. Chenell has done deep dives on Justin Welsh, Codie Sanchez, Lenny Rachitsky, Harry Dry, and many more. I read it every week and think it’s incredibly well-done. The premise is super clear, and as a result, Chenell has seen her OWN newsletter grow very quickly – nearing 10,000 subscribers in just about four months. In this episode, you’ll learn: The common patterns between these newsletter operators Some of the most effective growth tactics she’s uncovered And what’s working for HER right now Full transcript and show notes Follow Chenell on Twitter / LinkedIn Subscribe to Growth In Reverse *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #145: Matt McGarry *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Chenell is the writer of Growth In Reverse, a weekly newsletter where she reverse engineers how a top creator grew from 0 to 50k+ subscribers.

Chenell has done deep dives on Justin Welsh, Codie Sanchez, Lenny Rachitsky, Harry Dry, and many more.

I read it every week and think it’s incredibly well-done. The premise is super clear, and as a result, Chenell has seen her OWN newsletter grow very quickly – nearing 10,000 subscribers in just about four months.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • The common patterns between these newsletter operators
  • Some of the most effective growth tactics she’s uncovered
  • And what’s working for HER right now

Full transcript and show notes

Follow Chenell on Twitter / LinkedIn

Subscribe to Growth In Reverse

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #145: Matt McGarry

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2773 no #190: Tony Santos – How to find, hire, and work with great video editors. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/tony-santos WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Tony Santos is a YouTube editor with over a decade of experience working with people like Thomas Frank and Noah Kagan. With his own YouTube channel, Tony has built a reputation for helping creators and editors communicate in a more positive way, which makes him the perfect person to teach us how to find, hire, and work with great YouTube editors. In this episode, you'll learn, Where to look for an editor How to evaluate a potential hire when you're not an editor yourself And much, much more. Full transcript and show notes Tony's Website / YouTube / Twitter / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Meet Tony Santos (00:56) Where to Find Editors (05:53) When to Hire (09:04) What to Pay Editors (16:22) Misaligned Expectations (18:56) Per Project vs Hourly vs Retainer (25:46) How to Reach Out to Editors (27:30) Evaluating a Portfolio (29:15) Editing Skill Expectations (33:15) Workflow Expectations (34:43) Timeline and Revisions (37:55) How to Give Feedback (41:59) Nurturing Long Term Relationships *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #175: Angus Parker *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 18 Apr 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Tony Santos – How to find, hire, and work with great video editors. full 1 190 Jay Clouse A conversation with Thomas Frank’s editor. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Tony Santos is a YouTube editor with over a decade of experience working with people like Thomas Frank and Noah Kagan. With his own YouTube channel, Tony has built a reputation for helping creators and editors communicate in a more positive way, which makes him the perfect person to teach us how to find, hire, and work with great YouTube editors. In this episode, you'll learn, Where to look for an editor How to evaluate a potential hire when you're not an editor yourself And much, much more. Full transcript and show notes Tony's Website / YouTube / Twitter / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Meet Tony Santos (00:56) Where to Find Editors (05:53) When to Hire (09:04) What to Pay Editors (16:22) Misaligned Expectations (18:56) Per Project vs Hourly vs Retainer (25:46) How to Reach Out to Editors (27:30) Evaluating a Portfolio (29:15) Editing Skill Expectations (33:15) Workflow Expectations (34:43) Timeline and Revisions (37:55) How to Give Feedback (41:59) Nurturing Long Term Relationships *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #175: Angus Parker *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Tony Santos is a YouTube editor with over a decade of experience working with people like Thomas Frank and Noah Kagan. With his own YouTube channel, Tony has built a reputation for helping creators and editors communicate in a more positive way, which makes him the perfect person to teach us how to find, hire, and work with great YouTube editors.

In this episode, you'll learn,

  • Where to look for an editor
  • How to evaluate a potential hire when you're not an editor yourself
  • And much, much more.

Full transcript and show notes

Tony's Website / YouTube / Twitter / Instagram

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Meet Tony Santos

(00:56) Where to Find Editors

(05:53) When to Hire

(09:04) What to Pay Editors

(16:22) Misaligned Expectations

(18:56) Per Project vs Hourly vs Retainer

(25:46) How to Reach Out to Editors

(27:30) Evaluating a Portfolio

(29:15) Editing Skill Expectations

(33:15) Workflow Expectations

(34:43) Timeline and Revisions

(37:55) How to Give Feedback

(41:59) Nurturing Long Term Relationships

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #175: Angus Parker

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3150 no #188: Richard van der Blom – How the man behind the LinkedIn Algorithm Report uses LinkedIn. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/richard-van-der-blom Richard van der Blom is the founder of Just Connecting, a social selling and LinkedIn training consultancy based in the Netherlands. And with nearly 200,000 followers on LinkedIn, he's one of the most respected voices on the platform. Richard was really early to LinkedIn. And as his own reach grew, he started getting a lot of questions about how to best use the platform. 5 years ago, Richard started creating an annual LinkedIn algorithm insights research report. This thing is a gold mine of data driven observations about how different aspects of LinkedIn are working and even how they are trending compared to the year before. In this episode you'll learn Why LinkedIn reach may be down What formats are most effective right now How to use LinkedIn as a lead generation And you'll get a feature by feature breakdown of how Richard himself uses LinkedIn Full transcript and show notes Read the 2024 LinkedIn Algorithm Report Richard's Website / LinkedIn Listen to episode #127 with Daniel Murray *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #170: Justin Welsh Returns *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 09 Apr 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Richard van der Blom – How the man behind the LinkedIn Algorithm Report uses LinkedIn. full 1 188 Jay Clouse Richard van der Blom creates the celebrated LinkedIn Algorithm Insights report. Richard van der Blom is the founder of Just Connecting, a social selling and LinkedIn training consultancy based in the Netherlands. And with nearly 200,000 followers on LinkedIn, he's one of the most respected voices on the platform. Richard was really early to LinkedIn. And as his own reach grew, he started getting a lot of questions about how to best use the platform. 5 years ago, Richard started creating an annual LinkedIn algorithm insights research report. This thing is a gold mine of data driven observations about how different aspects of LinkedIn are working and even how they are trending compared to the year before. In this episode you'll learn Why LinkedIn reach may be down What formats are most effective right now How to use LinkedIn as a lead generation And you'll get a feature by feature breakdown of how Richard himself uses LinkedIn Full transcript and show notes Read the 2024 LinkedIn Algorithm Report Richard's Website / LinkedIn Listen to episode #127 with Daniel Murray *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #170: Justin Welsh Returns *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Richard van der Blom is the founder of Just Connecting, a social selling and LinkedIn training consultancy based in the Netherlands. And with nearly 200,000 followers on LinkedIn, he's one of the most respected voices on the platform.

Richard was really early to LinkedIn. And as his own reach grew, he started getting a lot of questions about how to best use the platform.

5 years ago, Richard started creating an annual LinkedIn algorithm insights research report. This thing is a gold mine of data driven observations about how different aspects of LinkedIn are working and even how they are trending compared to the year before.

In this episode you'll learn

  • Why LinkedIn reach may be down
  • What formats are most effective right now
  • How to use LinkedIn as a lead generation
  • And you'll get a feature by feature breakdown of how Richard himself uses LinkedIn

Full transcript and show notes

Read the 2024 LinkedIn Algorithm Report

Richard's Website / LinkedIn

Listen to episode #127 with Daniel Murray

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #170: Justin Welsh Returns

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3625 no #187: Michael Stelzner – How to run profitable events (without sponsors or selling from the stage) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/michael-stelzner Michael Stelzner is the founder of Social Media Examiner and the man behind Social Media Marketing World, the industry's largest conference. He takes a very different approach to events. Before talking with Michael, I was told that events are not profitable from ticket sales, that you had to design events to make money during the event itself by selling products or bringing in sponsors. But he disagrees. In this episode you'll learn The nitty gritty of the economics behind events Where things get expensive How to save money And how to make your event feel more like a fine dining experience than a marketplace Full transcript and show notes Michael's Website / LinkedIn / Twitter / Instagram Listen to episode #144 with Bari Baumgardner *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #144: Bari Baumgardner *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 02 Apr 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Michael Stelzner – How to run profitable events (without sponsors or selling from the stage) full 1 187 Jay Clouse How he grew Social Media Marketing World to 5000+ annual attendees. Michael Stelzner is the founder of Social Media Examiner and the man behind Social Media Marketing World, the industry's largest conference. He takes a very different approach to events. Before talking with Michael, I was told that events are not profitable from ticket sales, that you had to design events to make money during the event itself by selling products or bringing in sponsors. But he disagrees. In this episode you'll learn The nitty gritty of the economics behind events Where things get expensive How to save money And how to make your event feel more like a fine dining experience than a marketplace Full transcript and show notes Michael's Website / LinkedIn / Twitter / Instagram Listen to episode #144 with Bari Baumgardner *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #144: Bari Baumgardner *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Michael Stelzner is the founder of Social Media Examiner and the man behind Social Media Marketing World, the industry's largest conference.

He takes a very different approach to events. Before talking with Michael, I was told that events are not profitable from ticket sales, that you had to design events to make money during the event itself by selling products or bringing in sponsors.

But he disagrees.

In this episode you'll learn

  • The nitty gritty of the economics behind events
  • Where things get expensive
  • How to save money
  • And how to make your event feel more like a fine dining experience than a marketplace

Full transcript and show notes

Michael's Website / LinkedIn / Twitter / Instagram

Listen to episode #144 with Bari Baumgardner

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #144: Bari Baumgardner

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3275 no #186: Ask Creator Science – Selling without feeling salesy, choosing what products to create, my future plans, and more. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/mailbag-7 For this audio episode, we are going to dive into questions that I got from the lab, from Instagram, from LinkedIn, Twitter, and threads. Now this is actually a part 2. The first half of these questions I recorded in video format with my producer, Connor. We took a lot of the questions from YouTube and about YouTube and we prioritize those for a video episode on the channel. But before we get into that, I have a couple of things that I want to tell you. Thing #1, if you are not already subscribed to the Creator Science newsletter, please do so. You will like it. Almost 60,000 creators subscribed to it already. Thing #2, I've spent the last couple of months building a new product called Creator HQ. And this is a templatized version of my personal Notion setup that is how we run the entire creator science business. It's what we use for task management, content preparation, content publishing, content repurposing, and much more. Audience Q&A Part 1 Join The Lab Join the waitlist for Creator HQ Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #185: Listener Q&A Part 1 *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 28 Mar 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Ask Creator Science – Selling without feeling salesy, choosing what products to create, my future plans, and more. full 1 186 Jay Clouse Answering more questions from YOU. For this audio episode, we are going to dive into questions that I got from the lab, from Instagram, from LinkedIn, Twitter, and threads. Now this is actually a part 2. The first half of these questions I recorded in video format with my producer, Connor. We took a lot of the questions from YouTube and about YouTube and we prioritize those for a video episode on the channel. But before we get into that, I have a couple of things that I want to tell you. Thing #1, if you are not already subscribed to the Creator Science newsletter, please do so. You will like it. Almost 60,000 creators subscribed to it already. Thing #2, I've spent the last couple of months building a new product called Creator HQ. And this is a templatized version of my personal Notion setup that is how we run the entire creator science business. It's what we use for task management, content preparation, content publishing, content repurposing, and much more. Audience Q&A Part 1 Join The Lab Join the waitlist for Creator HQ Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #185: Listener Q&A Part 1 *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices For this audio episode, we are going to dive into questions that I got from the lab, from Instagram, from LinkedIn, Twitter, and threads.

Now this is actually a part 2. The first half of these questions I recorded in video format with my producer, Connor. We took a lot of the questions from YouTube and about YouTube and we prioritize those for a video episode on the channel.

But before we get into that, I have a couple of things that I want to tell you. Thing #1, if you are not already subscribed to the Creator Science newsletter, please do so. You will like it. Almost 60,000 creators subscribed to it already.

Thing #2, I've spent the last couple of months building a new product called Creator HQ. And this is a templatized version of my personal Notion setup that is how we run the entire creator science business. It's what we use for task management, content preparation, content publishing, content repurposing, and much more.

Audience Q&A Part 1

Join The Lab

Join the waitlist for Creator HQ

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #185: Listener Q&A Part 1

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4331 no #185: Ask Creator Science – The downside of viral videos, publishing less edited content, how we prepare our episodes, and working with sponsors. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/mailbag-6 WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION In this audience Q&A video, my producer Conor and I answer all your questions about YouTube and building a creator business. We talk about getting sponsors and how we craft our podcast intros We discuss pivoting your content and more. Get my Notion Template Listen to my recent Mailbag episode Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #186: Listener Q&A Part 2 *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Sat, 23 Mar 2024 13:00:00 -0000 Ask Creator Science – The downside of viral videos, publishing less edited content, how we prepare our episodes, and working with sponsors. full 1 185 Jay Clouse I’m joined by my producer Conor to answer your burning questions. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION In this audience Q&A video, my producer Conor and I answer all your questions about YouTube and building a creator business. We talk about getting sponsors and how we craft our podcast intros We discuss pivoting your content and more. Get my Notion Template Listen to my recent Mailbag episode Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #186: Listener Q&A Part 2 *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

In this audience Q&A video, my producer Conor and I answer all your questions about YouTube and building a creator business.

We talk about getting sponsors and how we craft our podcast intros

We discuss pivoting your content and more.

Get my Notion Template

Listen to my recent Mailbag episode

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #186: Listener Q&A Part 2

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 5758 no #184: Amy Porterfield – Her step-by-step process for MASSIVE product launches. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/amy-porterfield Amy Porterfield is an online marketing expert and the creator of a multimillion dollar education business. Now you may know Amy from her top ranked marketing podcast called Online Marketing Made Easy or her new best selling book, Two Weeks Notice. She is a legend after all. Amy quit her job in 2009 and started out on her own. In 2011, she launched her first course, but despite her background and experience, that course was a total flop earning just $26. She tried again in 2012, and this time, she earned $30,000 from her course launch. Then in 2013, she launched her podcast and really hit her stride. In 2013, Amy posted $915,000 in revenue. Amy has now built an online marketing machine. With 22 employees and millions of dollars in revenue each year, Amy has really nailed both evergreen sales and course launches. Her launch formula leverages the use of webinars. In this episode you'll learn The specific step by step strategy that Amy uses for her course launches How she builds her email list during the launch period How to be more successful in selling through those webinars even when you're sitting in the sale part of it And if you stick around towards the end, we even dig into how she's thought about building her team Full transcript and show notes Amy's Website / LinkedIn / TikTok / Instagram *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #158: Kieran Drew *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 12 Mar 2024 07:00:00 -0000 Amy Porterfield – Her step-by-step process for MASSIVE product launches. full 1 184 Jay Clouse Amy Porterfield is an online marketing legend who has done several multi-million dollar course launches. Amy Porterfield is an online marketing expert and the creator of a multimillion dollar education business. Now you may know Amy from her top ranked marketing podcast called Online Marketing Made Easy or her new best selling book, Two Weeks Notice. She is a legend after all. Amy quit her job in 2009 and started out on her own. In 2011, she launched her first course, but despite her background and experience, that course was a total flop earning just $26. She tried again in 2012, and this time, she earned $30,000 from her course launch. Then in 2013, she launched her podcast and really hit her stride. In 2013, Amy posted $915,000 in revenue. Amy has now built an online marketing machine. With 22 employees and millions of dollars in revenue each year, Amy has really nailed both evergreen sales and course launches. Her launch formula leverages the use of webinars. In this episode you'll learn The specific step by step strategy that Amy uses for her course launches How she builds her email list during the launch period How to be more successful in selling through those webinars even when you're sitting in the sale part of it And if you stick around towards the end, we even dig into how she's thought about building her team Full transcript and show notes Amy's Website / LinkedIn / TikTok / Instagram *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #158: Kieran Drew *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Amy Porterfield is an online marketing expert and the creator of a multimillion dollar education business. Now you may know Amy from her top ranked marketing podcast called Online Marketing Made Easy or her new best selling book, Two Weeks Notice.

She is a legend after all. Amy quit her job in 2009 and started out on her own. In 2011, she launched her first course, but despite her background and experience, that course was a total flop earning just $26. She tried again in 2012, and this time, she earned $30,000 from her course launch. Then in 2013, she launched her podcast and really hit her stride. In 2013, Amy posted $915,000 in revenue.

Amy has now built an online marketing machine. With 22 employees and millions of dollars in revenue each year, Amy has really nailed both evergreen sales and course launches. Her launch formula leverages the use of webinars.

In this episode you'll learn

  • The specific step by step strategy that Amy uses for her course launches
  • How she builds her email list during the launch period
  • How to be more successful in selling through those webinars even when you're sitting in the sale part of it
  • And if you stick around towards the end, we even dig into how she's thought about building her team

Full transcript and show notes

Amy's Website / LinkedIn / TikTok / Instagram

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #158: Kieran Drew

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3450 no #183: Thomas Frank – How to build a successful tutorial channel. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/thomas-frank-2 WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Two years ago, Thomas Frank made the seemingly crazy decision to abandon his 2 million subscriber YouTube channel that he spent a decade of his life building to make software tutorials. His decision paid off big time. The @ThomasFrankExplains channel has grown to 220,000 subscribers, done over 10 million views, and doubled his revenue, just by teaching people how to use the productivity and note taking software, Notion. In this episode, you'll learn: How to design the perfect viewer experience How to think about browse views versus Search the pros and cons of relying on outside platforms for success And what every person starting a tutorial channel needs to do Full transcript and show notes Thomas's Website / YouTube / Twitter / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Abandoning a 2 Million Sub Channel (01:17) Thomas’s New YouTube Strategy (04:10) Why Start a New Channel? (05:35) Browse Views vs Search Views (08:09) When Serving the Audience is Bad for Retention (12:01) Evaluating Platform Risk (16:14) Permanence on YouTube (18:40) How to Decide What Videos to Make (19:48) How Important is Production Value (24:32) Advice for New Tutorial Creators (30:07) Does First Mover Advantage Matter? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #112: Thomas Frank *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 05 Mar 2024 08:00:00 -0000 Thomas Frank – How to build a successful tutorial channel. full 1 183 Jay Clouse Thomas Frank is known as THE guy teaching Notion on his channel, Thomas Frank Explains. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Two years ago, Thomas Frank made the seemingly crazy decision to abandon his 2 million subscriber YouTube channel that he spent a decade of his life building to make software tutorials. His decision paid off big time. The @ThomasFrankExplains channel has grown to 220,000 subscribers, done over 10 million views, and doubled his revenue, just by teaching people how to use the productivity and note taking software, Notion. In this episode, you'll learn: How to design the perfect viewer experience How to think about browse views versus Search the pros and cons of relying on outside platforms for success And what every person starting a tutorial channel needs to do Full transcript and show notes Thomas's Website / YouTube / Twitter / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Abandoning a 2 Million Sub Channel (01:17) Thomas’s New YouTube Strategy (04:10) Why Start a New Channel? (05:35) Browse Views vs Search Views (08:09) When Serving the Audience is Bad for Retention (12:01) Evaluating Platform Risk (16:14) Permanence on YouTube (18:40) How to Decide What Videos to Make (19:48) How Important is Production Value (24:32) Advice for New Tutorial Creators (30:07) Does First Mover Advantage Matter? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #112: Thomas Frank *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Two years ago, Thomas Frank made the seemingly crazy decision to abandon his 2 million subscriber YouTube channel that he spent a decade of his life building to make software tutorials.

His decision paid off big time. The @ThomasFrankExplains channel has grown to 220,000 subscribers, done over 10 million views, and doubled his revenue, just by teaching people how to use the productivity and note taking software, Notion.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • How to design the perfect viewer experience
  • How to think about browse views versus
  • Search the pros and cons of relying on outside platforms for success
  • And what every person starting a tutorial channel needs to do

Full transcript and show notes

Thomas's Website / YouTube / Twitter / Instagram

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Abandoning a 2 Million Sub Channel

(01:17) Thomas’s New YouTube Strategy

(04:10) Why Start a New Channel?

(05:35) Browse Views vs Search Views

(08:09) When Serving the Audience is Bad for Retention

(12:01) Evaluating Platform Risk

(16:14) Permanence on YouTube

(18:40) How to Decide What Videos to Make

(19:48) How Important is Production Value

(24:32) Advice for New Tutorial Creators

(30:07) Does First Mover Advantage Matter?

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #112: Thomas Frank

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2023 no [GREATEST HITS] #134: Mariah Coz – Selling high-ticket programs on evergreen (without sales calls) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/mariah-coz-replay Mariah Coz is the founder of Fearless CEO. Mariah teaches coaches, course creators, and CEOs strategies for growing a course company that is sustainable, impactful, and evergreen. In this episode, you’ll learn How Mariah thinks about pricing How to design your high-ticket hybrid program How to avoid sales calls And why you may want to consider an evergreen offer. Full transcript and show notes Follow Mariah on Instagram / Twitter / Facebook Follow Fearless CEO on Instagram / Website / YouTube *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 27 Feb 2024 08:00:00 -0000 [GREATEST HITS] #134: Mariah Coz – Selling high-ticket programs on evergreen (without sales calls) full 1 Jay Clouse Mariah Coz teaches coaches, course creators, and CEOs strategies for growing a course company that is sustainable, impactful, and evergreen. Mariah Coz is the founder of Fearless CEO. Mariah teaches coaches, course creators, and CEOs strategies for growing a course company that is sustainable, impactful, and evergreen. In this episode, you’ll learn How Mariah thinks about pricing How to design your high-ticket hybrid program How to avoid sales calls And why you may want to consider an evergreen offer. Full transcript and show notes Follow Mariah on Instagram / Twitter / Facebook Follow Fearless CEO on Instagram / Website / YouTube *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Mariah Coz is the founder of Fearless CEO.

Mariah teaches coaches, course creators, and CEOs strategies for growing a course company that is sustainable, impactful, and evergreen.

In this episode, you’ll learn

  • How Mariah thinks about pricing
  • How to design your high-ticket hybrid program
  • How to avoid sales calls
  • And why you may want to consider an evergreen offer.

Full transcript and show notes

Follow Mariah on Instagram / Twitter / Facebook

Follow Fearless CEO on Instagram / Website / YouTube

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3174 no #182: Noah Kagan — Behind the scenes of writing (and marketing) Million Dollar Weekend https://podcast.creatorscience.com/noah-kagan Noah Kagan is the CEO of AppSumo, an 8 figure company that is the #1 software deals site. He also runs a YouTube channel where he shares his tips for finding financial freedom with more than 930,000 subscribers. Before AppSumo, he was the 30th employee at Facebook reporting directly to Mark Zuckerberg and the 4th employee at mint.com. Noah has built this reputation for being a relentless tinkerer. He's constantly running small experiments. A couple weeks ago, Noah's new book, Million Dollar Weekend, officially became available for sale. And since that time, he's been everywhere. The Tim Ferriss Show, School of Greatness, Deep Dive with Ali Abdaal. In this episode, you'll learn about his experience making the book itself. Full transcript and show notes Buy Million Dollar Weekend Listen to my episode with David Moldawer Listen to our publishing playlist Noah's Website / YouTube / Twitter / Instagram / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #163: David Moldawer *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 20 Feb 2024 08:00:00 -0000 Noah Kagan — Behind the scenes of writing (and marketing) Million Dollar Weekend full 1 182 Jay Clouse Noah Kagan is the CEO of AppSumo, an eight-figure company that is the number-one software deals site. Noah Kagan is the CEO of AppSumo, an 8 figure company that is the #1 software deals site. He also runs a YouTube channel where he shares his tips for finding financial freedom with more than 930,000 subscribers. Before AppSumo, he was the 30th employee at Facebook reporting directly to Mark Zuckerberg and the 4th employee at mint.com. Noah has built this reputation for being a relentless tinkerer. He's constantly running small experiments. A couple weeks ago, Noah's new book, Million Dollar Weekend, officially became available for sale. And since that time, he's been everywhere. The Tim Ferriss Show, School of Greatness, Deep Dive with Ali Abdaal. In this episode, you'll learn about his experience making the book itself. Full transcript and show notes Buy Million Dollar Weekend Listen to my episode with David Moldawer Listen to our publishing playlist Noah's Website / YouTube / Twitter / Instagram / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #163: David Moldawer *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Noah Kagan is the CEO of AppSumo, an 8 figure company that is the #1 software deals site. He also runs a YouTube channel where he shares his tips for finding financial freedom with more than 930,000 subscribers.

Before AppSumo, he was the 30th employee at Facebook reporting directly to Mark Zuckerberg and the 4th employee at mint.com.

Noah has built this reputation for being a relentless tinkerer. He's constantly running small experiments. A couple weeks ago, Noah's new book, Million Dollar Weekend, officially became available for sale. And since that time, he's been everywhere. The Tim Ferriss Show, School of Greatness, Deep Dive with Ali Abdaal. In this episode, you'll learn about his experience making the book itself.

Full transcript and show notes

Buy Million Dollar Weekend

Listen to my episode with David Moldawer

Listen to our publishing playlist

Noah's Website / YouTube / Twitter / Instagram / LinkedIn

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #163: David Moldawer

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3817 no #181: Dr. K – The Harvard Psychiatrist helping creators with performance, burnout, and dealing with negative feedback. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/dr-k WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Dr. K is a Harvard psychiatrist behind the YouTube channel HealthyGamerGG, where he makes videos to help you improve your mental health and your content. Over the past couple of years, Dr. K has gained over 2 million subscribers and done around 315,000,000 views. In this episode, you'll learn: How to improve your relationship with feedback How to actually deal with burnout Why you're wrong to focus on performance How to just be an overall healthier creator Full transcript and show notes Dr. K's Website / LinkenIn / YouTube / Twitter / Creator Coaching / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Meet the YouTuber’s Therapist (01:37) Why YouTubers Struggle with Mental Health (06:27) How to Improve Your Relationship with Feedback (10:40) Effects of Burnout You Might Not Know (15:34) How to Cure Burnout (25:28) Ego vs Confidence (31:25) You Can’t Ensure Anything (35:28) Expectation Leads to Suffering (37:37) Why Focusing on Performance is Bad (43:57) Dr K’s Content Philosophy (46:48) The Healthy Way to Make Content (53:08) Dr. K’s Hot Take on Ads + CTAs *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #114: Kat Norton *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 13 Feb 2024 08:00:00 -0000 Dr. K – The Harvard Psychiatrist helping creators with performance, burnout, and dealing with negative feedback. full 1 181 Jay Clouse Alok Kanojia, MD MPH, also known as “Dr. K”, is a Harvard-trained psychiatrist specializing in modern mental health. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Dr. K is a Harvard psychiatrist behind the YouTube channel HealthyGamerGG, where he makes videos to help you improve your mental health and your content. Over the past couple of years, Dr. K has gained over 2 million subscribers and done around 315,000,000 views. In this episode, you'll learn: How to improve your relationship with feedback How to actually deal with burnout Why you're wrong to focus on performance How to just be an overall healthier creator Full transcript and show notes Dr. K's Website / LinkenIn / YouTube / Twitter / Creator Coaching / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Meet the YouTuber’s Therapist (01:37) Why YouTubers Struggle with Mental Health (06:27) How to Improve Your Relationship with Feedback (10:40) Effects of Burnout You Might Not Know (15:34) How to Cure Burnout (25:28) Ego vs Confidence (31:25) You Can’t Ensure Anything (35:28) Expectation Leads to Suffering (37:37) Why Focusing on Performance is Bad (43:57) Dr K’s Content Philosophy (46:48) The Healthy Way to Make Content (53:08) Dr. K’s Hot Take on Ads + CTAs *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #114: Kat Norton *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Dr. K is a Harvard psychiatrist behind the YouTube channel HealthyGamerGG, where he makes videos to help you improve your mental health and your content.

Over the past couple of years, Dr. K has gained over 2 million subscribers and done around 315,000,000 views.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • How to improve your relationship with feedback
  • How to actually deal with burnout
  • Why you're wrong to focus on performance
  • How to just be an overall healthier creator

Full transcript and show notes

Dr. K's Website / LinkenIn / YouTube / Twitter / Creator Coaching / Instagram

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Meet the YouTuber’s Therapist

(01:37) Why YouTubers Struggle with Mental Health

(06:27) How to Improve Your Relationship with Feedback

(10:40) Effects of Burnout You Might Not Know

(15:34) How to Cure Burnout

(25:28) Ego vs Confidence

(31:25) You Can’t Ensure Anything

(35:28) Expectation Leads to Suffering

(37:37) Why Focusing on Performance is Bad

(43:57) Dr K’s Content Philosophy

(46:48) The Healthy Way to Make Content

(53:08) Dr. K’s Hot Take on Ads + CTAs

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #114: Kat Norton

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3515 no [GREATEST HITS] #152: Paddy Galloway – The most sought-after YouTube consultant on the planet https://podcast.creatorscience.com/paddy-galloway-replay WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Paddy Galloway is the most sought-after YouTube strategist in the world. He’s worked with clients like MrBeast, Jesser, Ryan Trahan, and Noah Kagan. All in all, his clients generate 750 Million views PER MONTH. And that’s because Paddy puts most of his focus where other people don’t: pre-production. So in this episode, you’ll learn: What makes a great video idea How to develop great titles and thumbnails Why it’s better to take a few BIG swings rather than a lot of small swings And why YOU should be spending more time in pre-production Full transcript and show notes Paddy's Website Follow Paddy on Twitter / Instagram / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - The Godfather of YouTube Strategy 00:55 - Spend MORE Time In Pre-Production 04:22 - What Makes a Great Video Idea? 09:44 - Importance of Packaging 11:44 - YouTube Title Best Practices 14:25 - Thumbnail Best Practices 16:48 - Using Text in Thumbnails 18:17 - Action & Curiosity Loops in Thumbnails 21:09 - How to Brainstorm Great Titles 24:53 - Developing Multiple Thumbnail Concepts 27:23 - Content Buckets 29:51 - Why You Need to Take Bigger Swings  *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #167: Jenny Hoyos *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Fri, 09 Feb 2024 08:00:00 -0000 [GREATEST HITS] #152: Paddy Galloway – The most sought-after YouTube consultant on the planet full 1 Jay Clouse Clients include MrBeast, Jesser, Ryan Trahan, and Noah Kagan WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Paddy Galloway is the most sought-after YouTube strategist in the world. He’s worked with clients like MrBeast, Jesser, Ryan Trahan, and Noah Kagan. All in all, his clients generate 750 Million views PER MONTH. And that’s because Paddy puts most of his focus where other people don’t: pre-production. So in this episode, you’ll learn: What makes a great video idea How to develop great titles and thumbnails Why it’s better to take a few BIG swings rather than a lot of small swings And why YOU should be spending more time in pre-production Full transcript and show notes Paddy's Website Follow Paddy on Twitter / Instagram / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - The Godfather of YouTube Strategy 00:55 - Spend MORE Time In Pre-Production 04:22 - What Makes a Great Video Idea? 09:44 - Importance of Packaging 11:44 - YouTube Title Best Practices 14:25 - Thumbnail Best Practices 16:48 - Using Text in Thumbnails 18:17 - Action & Curiosity Loops in Thumbnails 21:09 - How to Brainstorm Great Titles 24:53 - Developing Multiple Thumbnail Concepts 27:23 - Content Buckets 29:51 - Why You Need to Take Bigger Swings  *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #167: Jenny Hoyos *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Paddy Galloway is the most sought-after YouTube strategist in the world.

He’s worked with clients like MrBeast, Jesser, Ryan Trahan, and Noah Kagan. All in all, his clients generate 750 Million views PER MONTH.

And that’s because Paddy puts most of his focus where other people don’t: pre-production.

So in this episode, you’ll learn:

  • What makes a great video idea
  • How to develop great titles and thumbnails
  • Why it’s better to take a few BIG swings rather than a lot of small swings
  • And why YOU should be spending more time in pre-production

Full transcript and show notes

Paddy's Website

Follow Paddy on Twitter / Instagram / YouTube

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - The Godfather of YouTube Strategy

00:55 - Spend MORE Time In Pre-Production

04:22 - What Makes a Great Video Idea?

09:44 - Importance of Packaging

11:44 - YouTube Title Best Practices

14:25 - Thumbnail Best Practices

16:48 - Using Text in Thumbnails

18:17 - Action & Curiosity Loops in Thumbnails

21:09 - How to Brainstorm Great Titles

24:53 - Developing Multiple Thumbnail Concepts

27:23 - Content Buckets

29:51 - Why You Need to Take Bigger Swings 

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #167: Jenny Hoyos

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2185 no #180: Ask Creator Science – Talking about money, managing your time, and trends that I’m seeing. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/mailbag-5 You may have heard me say recently that one of my 2024 priorities for this show, the audio show in particular, is to split the recordings about 50/50 between guest interviews and solo episodes. I have been getting such positive feedback on episodes of the show where it's just me doing Q&A or breaking down a specific topic and sharing how I think about it. So today, I'm going to do one of those solo episodes. I have a lot of questions today submitted on Twitter, LinkedIn, and Threads, so we will go through as many as we can. Free professional creator crash course Listen to my recent Mailbag episode Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #185: Listener Q&A Part 1 *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 30 Jan 2024 08:00:00 -0000 Ask Creator Science – Talking about money, managing your time, and trends that I’m seeing. full 1 180 Jay Clouse Answering questions from listener like YOU. You may have heard me say recently that one of my 2024 priorities for this show, the audio show in particular, is to split the recordings about 50/50 between guest interviews and solo episodes. I have been getting such positive feedback on episodes of the show where it's just me doing Q&A or breaking down a specific topic and sharing how I think about it. So today, I'm going to do one of those solo episodes. I have a lot of questions today submitted on Twitter, LinkedIn, and Threads, so we will go through as many as we can. Free professional creator crash course Listen to my recent Mailbag episode Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #185: Listener Q&A Part 1 *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices You may have heard me say recently that one of my 2024 priorities for this show, the audio show in particular, is to split the recordings about 50/50 between guest interviews and solo episodes.

I have been getting such positive feedback on episodes of the show where it's just me doing Q&A or breaking down a specific topic and sharing how I think about it.

So today, I'm going to do one of those solo episodes. I have a lot of questions today submitted on Twitter, LinkedIn, and Threads, so we will go through as many as we can.

Free professional creator crash course

Listen to my recent Mailbag episode

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #185: Listener Q&A Part 1

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4269 no #179: Justin Moore – A step-by-step strategy to get anyone sponsored, regardless of audience size. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/justin-moore-sponsorship-strategy WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Justin Moore is a sponsorship coach who is helping thousands of YouTubers just like you find and negotiate their dream brand deals. In the last few years, His students have landed over $5,000,000 in sponsorships, and that number is increasing fast. So what's his secret? In this episode, you'll learn The right way to pitch yourself to brands How to negotiate without leaving money on the table How to handle contracts And that you're probably wrong about some things Full transcript and show notes Justin's Website / Instagram / YouTube / Twitter / TikTok *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00:00) The Man Making YouTubers Millions (00:01:15) Sponsorship Wheel Overview (00:05:17) The RIGHT Way to Pitch to Brands (00:10:46) Who You Need to Pitch to (00:13:57) Audience Size Doesn’t Matter (00:19:31) How to Negotiate WITHOUT Leaving Money on the Table (00:27:15) When the Brand Says NO (00:31:02) When the Brand Asks for Your Rates (00:34:56) Nurturing Brand Relationships (00:37:40) When YOU Should Say No to a Brand Deal (00:39:53) Creating Unique Offers Based on Brand Objectives (00:43:30) How to Handle Contracts (00:46:00) Must Knows About Usage Rights + Exclusivity (00:52:34) How to Handle Feedback from Brands (00:55:42) Prioritize Long Term Relationships (00:57:40) Common Mistakes When Publishing Branded Content (01:00:20) Analyzing a Brand Campaign *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #178: Redesigning MY sponsorship strategy (ft. Justin Moore) *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 23 Jan 2024 08:00:00 -0000 Justin Moore – A step-by-step strategy to get anyone sponsored, regardless of audience size. full 1 179 Jay Clouse Justin Moore is a sponsorship coach who has closed millions in brand deals. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Justin Moore is a sponsorship coach who is helping thousands of YouTubers just like you find and negotiate their dream brand deals. In the last few years, His students have landed over $5,000,000 in sponsorships, and that number is increasing fast. So what's his secret? In this episode, you'll learn The right way to pitch yourself to brands How to negotiate without leaving money on the table How to handle contracts And that you're probably wrong about some things Full transcript and show notes Justin's Website / Instagram / YouTube / Twitter / TikTok *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00:00) The Man Making YouTubers Millions (00:01:15) Sponsorship Wheel Overview (00:05:17) The RIGHT Way to Pitch to Brands (00:10:46) Who You Need to Pitch to (00:13:57) Audience Size Doesn’t Matter (00:19:31) How to Negotiate WITHOUT Leaving Money on the Table (00:27:15) When the Brand Says NO (00:31:02) When the Brand Asks for Your Rates (00:34:56) Nurturing Brand Relationships (00:37:40) When YOU Should Say No to a Brand Deal (00:39:53) Creating Unique Offers Based on Brand Objectives (00:43:30) How to Handle Contracts (00:46:00) Must Knows About Usage Rights + Exclusivity (00:52:34) How to Handle Feedback from Brands (00:55:42) Prioritize Long Term Relationships (00:57:40) Common Mistakes When Publishing Branded Content (01:00:20) Analyzing a Brand Campaign *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #178: Redesigning MY sponsorship strategy (ft. Justin Moore) *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Justin Moore is a sponsorship coach who is helping thousands of YouTubers just like you find and negotiate their dream brand deals.

In the last few years, His students have landed over $5,000,000 in sponsorships, and that number is increasing fast. So what's his secret?

In this episode, you'll learn

  • The right way to pitch yourself to brands
  • How to negotiate without leaving money on the table
  • How to handle contracts
  • And that you're probably wrong about some things

Full transcript and show notes

Justin's Website / Instagram / YouTube / Twitter / TikTok

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00:00) The Man Making YouTubers Millions

(00:01:15) Sponsorship Wheel Overview

(00:05:17) The RIGHT Way to Pitch to Brands

(00:10:46) Who You Need to Pitch to

(00:13:57) Audience Size Doesn’t Matter

(00:19:31) How to Negotiate WITHOUT Leaving Money on the Table

(00:27:15) When the Brand Says NO

(00:31:02) When the Brand Asks for Your Rates

(00:34:56) Nurturing Brand Relationships

(00:37:40) When YOU Should Say No to a Brand Deal

(00:39:53) Creating Unique Offers Based on Brand Objectives

(00:43:30) How to Handle Contracts

(00:46:00) Must Knows About Usage Rights + Exclusivity

(00:52:34) How to Handle Feedback from Brands

(00:55:42) Prioritize Long Term Relationships

(00:57:40) Common Mistakes When Publishing Branded Content

(01:00:20) Analyzing a Brand Campaign

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #178: Redesigning MY sponsorship strategy (ft. Justin Moore)

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4192 no #178: Redesigning MY sponsorship strategy (feat. Justin Moore). https://podcast.creatorscience.com/bonus-sponsorship-strategy Justin Moore is a sponsorship coach and the founder of Creator Wizard, a school and community that teaches you how to find and negotiate your dream brand deals. Along with his wife, April, Justin has been a full-time creator for over 8 years and has personally made over $4,000,000 working with brands. He has also run an influencer agency for over 7 years that helped creators earn an additional $3,000,000. Now Justin brings a very unique perspective because not only has he been a creator in the trenches doing sponsorships for years, but by running an agency, he has insider knowledge behind how big brands choose which influencers to partner with and why they pass on others. The conversation you're about to hear is something we recorded for Justin's YouTube channel about a month ago. In 2023, Creator Science earned more than $100,000 in sponsorship alone, but I didn't really have a sponsorship strategy. So in this episode, we changed that completely. Justin helps me see where I'm leaving things on the table. Full transcript and show notes Sponsor Creator Science Justin's Website / YouTube / Twitter / Instagram / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #179: Justin Moore *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 16 Jan 2024 09:00:00 -0000 Redesigning MY sponsorship strategy (feat. Justin Moore). full 1 178 Jay Clouse Watch as we rebuild my strategy from scratch. Justin Moore is a sponsorship coach and the founder of Creator Wizard, a school and community that teaches you how to find and negotiate your dream brand deals. Along with his wife, April, Justin has been a full-time creator for over 8 years and has personally made over $4,000,000 working with brands. He has also run an influencer agency for over 7 years that helped creators earn an additional $3,000,000. Now Justin brings a very unique perspective because not only has he been a creator in the trenches doing sponsorships for years, but by running an agency, he has insider knowledge behind how big brands choose which influencers to partner with and why they pass on others. The conversation you're about to hear is something we recorded for Justin's YouTube channel about a month ago. In 2023, Creator Science earned more than $100,000 in sponsorship alone, but I didn't really have a sponsorship strategy. So in this episode, we changed that completely. Justin helps me see where I'm leaving things on the table. Full transcript and show notes Sponsor Creator Science Justin's Website / YouTube / Twitter / Instagram / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #179: Justin Moore *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Justin Moore is a sponsorship coach and the founder of Creator Wizard, a school and community that teaches you how to find and negotiate your dream brand deals. Along with his wife, April, Justin has been a full-time creator for over 8 years and has personally made over $4,000,000 working with brands. He has also run an influencer agency for over 7 years that helped creators earn an additional $3,000,000.

Now Justin brings a very unique perspective because not only has he been a creator in the trenches doing sponsorships for years, but by running an agency, he has insider knowledge behind how big brands choose which influencers to partner with and why they pass on others.

The conversation you're about to hear is something we recorded for Justin's YouTube channel about a month ago. In 2023, Creator Science earned more than $100,000 in sponsorship alone, but I didn't really have a sponsorship strategy. So in this episode, we changed that completely. Justin helps me see where I'm leaving things on the table.

Full transcript and show notes

Sponsor Creator Science

Justin's Website / YouTube / Twitter / Instagram / LinkedIn

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #179: Justin Moore

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2913 no #177: Chris Hutchins – A master of podcast growth and building relationships. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/chris-hutchins Chris Hutchins is an avid lifehacker, a financial optimizer, and he's the host of the top-ranked podcast, All The Hacks, where he shares his quest to upgrade his life without having to spend a fortune. Chris has been featured in the New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and CNBC. Previously, Chris was the head of new product strategy at Wealthfront after they acquired his company, Grove. Before that, he was an investor at Google Ventures, and cofounded Milk, which Google acquired. And he is also a member of my community, The Lab. Chris goes fast. He digs in deep, and he applies a scientific lens to his work. He has a real experimentality. In this episode, you'll learn How Chris grew his podcast How he was able to build and leverage relationships with high-profile creators like Tim Ferriss and Kevin Rose How you can build similar relationships yourself And the experiments that he's run to grow his podcast Full transcript and show notes Chris's Website / Podcast / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #138: Chris Williamson *** SPONSOR → Listen to Podcast Perspectives with Jeff Umbro → Get a free consultation from The Podglomerate *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 09 Jan 2024 08:00:00 -0000 Chris Hutchins – A master of podcast growth and building relationships. full 1 177 Jay Clouse Chris Hutchins is the host of the award-winning podcast, All The Hacks. Chris Hutchins is an avid lifehacker, a financial optimizer, and he's the host of the top-ranked podcast, All The Hacks, where he shares his quest to upgrade his life without having to spend a fortune. Chris has been featured in the New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and CNBC. Previously, Chris was the head of new product strategy at Wealthfront after they acquired his company, Grove. Before that, he was an investor at Google Ventures, and cofounded Milk, which Google acquired. And he is also a member of my community, The Lab. Chris goes fast. He digs in deep, and he applies a scientific lens to his work. He has a real experimentality. In this episode, you'll learn How Chris grew his podcast How he was able to build and leverage relationships with high-profile creators like Tim Ferriss and Kevin Rose How you can build similar relationships yourself And the experiments that he's run to grow his podcast Full transcript and show notes Chris's Website / Podcast / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #138: Chris Williamson *** SPONSOR → Listen to Podcast Perspectives with Jeff Umbro → Get a free consultation from The Podglomerate *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Chris Hutchins is an avid lifehacker, a financial optimizer, and he's the host of the top-ranked podcast, All The Hacks, where he shares his quest to upgrade his life without having to spend a fortune.

Chris has been featured in the New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and CNBC. Previously, Chris was the head of new product strategy at Wealthfront after they acquired his company, Grove. Before that, he was an investor at Google Ventures, and cofounded Milk, which Google acquired. And he is also a member of my community, The Lab.

Chris goes fast. He digs in deep, and he applies a scientific lens to his work. He has a real experimentality.

In this episode, you'll learn

  • How Chris grew his podcast
  • How he was able to build and leverage relationships with high-profile creators like Tim Ferriss and Kevin Rose
  • How you can build similar relationships yourself
  • And the experiments that he's run to grow his podcast

Full transcript and show notes

Chris's Website / Podcast / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / LinkedIn

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #138: Chris Williamson

***

SPONSOR

→ Listen to Podcast Perspectives with Jeff Umbro

→ Get a free consultation from The Podglomerate

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 5072 no #176: April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/april-dunford April Dunford is the author of the best-seller, Obviously Awesome, How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get It, Buy It, and Love It. April spent the first 25 years of her career as a startup executive running marketing, product, and sales teams. During that journey, April positioned, repositioned, and launched 16 different products. Today, April is a business owner. She's an independent consultant, and she's worked with more than 100 early and growth-stage startups to help them position their products. In this episode, you'll learn How she built her consulting business How she attracts high-caliber clients The process she uses to qualify them And April's experience publishing her 1st book Full transcript and show notes April's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #163: David Moldawer *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 02 Jan 2024 08:00:00 -0000 April Dunford – How self-publishing a book exploded her client service business. full 1 176 Jay Clouse April Dunford is the author of Obviously Awesome: How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get It, Buy It, Love It. April Dunford is the author of the best-seller, Obviously Awesome, How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get It, Buy It, and Love It. April spent the first 25 years of her career as a startup executive running marketing, product, and sales teams. During that journey, April positioned, repositioned, and launched 16 different products. Today, April is a business owner. She's an independent consultant, and she's worked with more than 100 early and growth-stage startups to help them position their products. In this episode, you'll learn How she built her consulting business How she attracts high-caliber clients The process she uses to qualify them And April's experience publishing her 1st book Full transcript and show notes April's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / LinkedIn *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #163: David Moldawer *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices April Dunford is the author of the best-seller, Obviously Awesome, How to Nail Product Positioning so Customers Get It, Buy It, and Love It.

April spent the first 25 years of her career as a startup executive running marketing, product, and sales teams. During that journey, April positioned, repositioned, and launched 16 different products.

Today, April is a business owner. She's an independent consultant, and she's worked with more than 100 early and growth-stage startups to help them position their products.

In this episode, you'll learn

  • How she built her consulting business
  • How she attracts high-caliber clients
  • The process she uses to qualify them
  • And April's experience publishing her 1st book

Full transcript and show notes

April's Website / Twitter / Instagram / YouTube / LinkedIn

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #163: David Moldawer

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3300 no #175: Angus Parker – Ali Abdaal’s right-hand man shares a YouTuber’s guide to hiring. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/angus-parker WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Angus Parker is the general manager for Ali Abdaal. He's the guy building out the dream team behind Ali's YouTube empire that generated around a 120,000,000 views and over $5,000,000 in 2023 alone. This episode is all about one of the most important but least talked about topics in the YouTube space, hiring. And Angus is the perfect guy to teach us about it. In this episode, you'll learn: How you need to think about hiring What positions you should hire first Mistakes that you need to avoid And a hot take that some people might not like Full transcript and show notes Angus's Instagram / LinkedIn / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Ali Abdaals Right Hand Man (01:11) How to Think About Hiring (02:41) Ali Abdaal Team Breakdown (04:00) When Ali Started Hiring (09:37) Why YouTubers Shouldn’t Manage People (13:17) Who You Should Hire First (14:52) Where to Find Talent (17:24) How to Hire (19:43) Building Trust with Employees (23:11) Hiring Full-time vs Part-time (25:27) Training a Generalist (26:54) How to Retain Employees (30:50) Motivating Employees to Work Under Your Name (32:36) Hiring From Traditional Fields (33:45) Angus’s Hot Take *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #190: Tony Santos *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 21 Dec 2023 08:00:00 -0000 Angus Parker – Ali Abdaal’s right-hand man shares a YouTuber’s guide to hiring. full 1 175 Jay Clouse Angus Parker is the General Manager for Ali Abdaal. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Angus Parker is the general manager for Ali Abdaal. He's the guy building out the dream team behind Ali's YouTube empire that generated around a 120,000,000 views and over $5,000,000 in 2023 alone. This episode is all about one of the most important but least talked about topics in the YouTube space, hiring. And Angus is the perfect guy to teach us about it. In this episode, you'll learn: How you need to think about hiring What positions you should hire first Mistakes that you need to avoid And a hot take that some people might not like Full transcript and show notes Angus's Instagram / LinkedIn / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Ali Abdaals Right Hand Man (01:11) How to Think About Hiring (02:41) Ali Abdaal Team Breakdown (04:00) When Ali Started Hiring (09:37) Why YouTubers Shouldn’t Manage People (13:17) Who You Should Hire First (14:52) Where to Find Talent (17:24) How to Hire (19:43) Building Trust with Employees (23:11) Hiring Full-time vs Part-time (25:27) Training a Generalist (26:54) How to Retain Employees (30:50) Motivating Employees to Work Under Your Name (32:36) Hiring From Traditional Fields (33:45) Angus’s Hot Take *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #190: Tony Santos *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Angus Parker is the general manager for Ali Abdaal. He's the guy building out the dream team behind Ali's YouTube empire that generated around a 120,000,000 views and over $5,000,000 in 2023 alone.

This episode is all about one of the most important but least talked about topics in the YouTube space, hiring. And Angus is the perfect guy to teach us about it.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • How you need to think about hiring
  • What positions you should hire first
  • Mistakes that you need to avoid
  • And a hot take that some people might not like

Full transcript and show notes

Angus's Instagram / LinkedIn / Twitter

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Ali Abdaals Right Hand Man

(01:11) How to Think About Hiring

(02:41) Ali Abdaal Team Breakdown

(04:00) When Ali Started Hiring

(09:37) Why YouTubers Shouldn’t Manage People

(13:17) Who You Should Hire First

(14:52) Where to Find Talent

(17:24) How to Hire

(19:43) Building Trust with Employees

(23:11) Hiring Full-time vs Part-time

(25:27) Training a Generalist

(26:54) How to Retain Employees

(30:50) Motivating Employees to Work Under Your Name

(32:36) Hiring From Traditional Fields

(33:45) Angus’s Hot Take

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #190: Tony Santos

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2305 no #174: Bonnie Christine – How to ACTUALLY hire and delegate. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/bonnie-christine Bonnie Christine has helped me step into the power and the idea of hiring, delegating, and buying back my time as an entrepreneur. Bonnie has a team of 8 people now. She's done a fantastic job of putting herself in what she calls her zone of genius, And I wanted her to teach me about that, and by proxy, teach you about that as well. Now Bonnie says she's a mom, an artist, and a fabric designer living in the hills of the Great Smoky Mountains. In this episode, you’ll learn: How to calculate your freedom figure When to delegate How to delegate And how to create standard operating procedures (SOPs) Full transcript and show notes Get Bonnie's free resource here Bonnie's Website / Facebook / Instagram *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #175: Angus Parker *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 12 Dec 2023 08:00:00 -0000 Bonnie Christine – How to ACTUALLY hire and delegate. full 1 174 Jay Clouse Bonnie Christine is an artist turned business owner with a team of 8. Bonnie Christine has helped me step into the power and the idea of hiring, delegating, and buying back my time as an entrepreneur. Bonnie has a team of 8 people now. She's done a fantastic job of putting herself in what she calls her zone of genius, And I wanted her to teach me about that, and by proxy, teach you about that as well. Now Bonnie says she's a mom, an artist, and a fabric designer living in the hills of the Great Smoky Mountains. In this episode, you’ll learn: How to calculate your freedom figure When to delegate How to delegate And how to create standard operating procedures (SOPs) Full transcript and show notes Get Bonnie's free resource here Bonnie's Website / Facebook / Instagram *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #175: Angus Parker *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Bonnie Christine has helped me step into the power and the idea of hiring, delegating, and buying back my time as an entrepreneur.

Bonnie has a team of 8 people now. She's done a fantastic job of putting herself in what she calls her zone of genius, And I wanted her to teach me about that, and by proxy, teach you about that as well.

Now Bonnie says she's a mom, an artist, and a fabric designer living in the hills of the Great Smoky Mountains.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • How to calculate your freedom figure
  • When to delegate
  • How to delegate
  • And how to create standard operating procedures (SOPs)

Full transcript and show notes

Get Bonnie's free resource here

Bonnie's Website / Facebook / Instagram

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #175: Angus Parker

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3226 no #173: Danny McMahon (aka Dodford) – YouTube’s New Golden Boy. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/dodford WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION You might know Danny McMahon from his YouTube channel, @DodfordYT. Danny is one of the hottest rising YouTubers right now. His documentaries have had about 20,000,000 views since January of 2023. But Danny doesn't make videos just to get views... Danny shared so much great advice for creators of all sizes throughout this interview. Even some things that might contradict what you should do. Full transcript and show notes Danny's Website / YouTube / Instagram / TikTok / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Meet the Filmmaker Taking Over YouTube (01:26) The Case for Starting with Short-Form Content (05:01) Creating for Something Other Than Views (09:00) Breaking Down Dodford’s Exponential Growth (12:51) The Video That Started it All (14:33) What Makes a Good Idea? (20:03) Building a Team Dodford (22:13) Danny’s 1st Stumble (27:27) Maybe Looking at Analytics is Bad (32:31) How to Do a Good Brand Integration (35:51) Advice on Becoming a Stronger Creator (38:35) The Future of Dodford *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #129: Hayden Hillier Smith *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 05 Dec 2023 08:00:00 -0000 Danny McMahon (aka Dodford) – YouTube’s New Golden Boy. full 1 173 Jay Clouse Danny McMahon is a filmmaker taking YouTube by storm. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION You might know Danny McMahon from his YouTube channel, @DodfordYT. Danny is one of the hottest rising YouTubers right now. His documentaries have had about 20,000,000 views since January of 2023. But Danny doesn't make videos just to get views... Danny shared so much great advice for creators of all sizes throughout this interview. Even some things that might contradict what you should do. Full transcript and show notes Danny's Website / YouTube / Instagram / TikTok / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) Meet the Filmmaker Taking Over YouTube (01:26) The Case for Starting with Short-Form Content (05:01) Creating for Something Other Than Views (09:00) Breaking Down Dodford’s Exponential Growth (12:51) The Video That Started it All (14:33) What Makes a Good Idea? (20:03) Building a Team Dodford (22:13) Danny’s 1st Stumble (27:27) Maybe Looking at Analytics is Bad (32:31) How to Do a Good Brand Integration (35:51) Advice on Becoming a Stronger Creator (38:35) The Future of Dodford *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #129: Hayden Hillier Smith *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

You might know Danny McMahon from his YouTube channel, @DodfordYT. Danny is one of the hottest rising YouTubers right now.

His documentaries have had about 20,000,000 views since January of 2023. But Danny doesn't make videos just to get views...

Danny shared so much great advice for creators of all sizes throughout this interview. Even some things that might contradict what you should do.

Full transcript and show notes

Danny's Website / YouTube / Instagram / TikTok / Twitter

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) Meet the Filmmaker Taking Over YouTube

(01:26) The Case for Starting with Short-Form Content

(05:01) Creating for Something Other Than Views

(09:00) Breaking Down Dodford’s Exponential Growth

(12:51) The Video That Started it All

(14:33) What Makes a Good Idea?

(20:03) Building a Team Dodford

(22:13) Danny’s 1st Stumble

(27:27) Maybe Looking at Analytics is Bad

(32:31) How to Do a Good Brand Integration

(35:51) Advice on Becoming a Stronger Creator

(38:35) The Future of Dodford

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #129: Hayden Hillier Smith

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2670 no #172: Behind the scenes – What I'm planning for 2024 https://podcast.creatorscience.com/2024-preview In this solo episode, I will give you a little bit of behind the scenes of the business. We're looking forward to 2024. This is a fantastic time of year for you to take advantage of how much the world slows down so you can find some clarity, organize your thoughts, and really start the year at a full sprint. In this episode, I'm going to share with you my overall goals, my team strategy, my content strategy, my product strategy, and my sponsor strategy for 2024. Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 21 Nov 2023 08:00:00 -0000 Behind the scenes – What I'm planning for 2024 full 1 172 Jay Clouse Diving into my team, content, product, and sponsorship strategy. In this solo episode, I will give you a little bit of behind the scenes of the business. We're looking forward to 2024. This is a fantastic time of year for you to take advantage of how much the world slows down so you can find some clarity, organize your thoughts, and really start the year at a full sprint. In this episode, I'm going to share with you my overall goals, my team strategy, my content strategy, my product strategy, and my sponsor strategy for 2024. Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices In this solo episode, I will give you a little bit of behind the scenes of the business.

We're looking forward to 2024. This is a fantastic time of year for you to take advantage of how much the world slows down so you can find some clarity, organize your thoughts, and really start the year at a full sprint.

In this episode, I'm going to share with you my overall goals, my team strategy, my content strategy, my product strategy, and my sponsor strategy for 2024.

Full transcript and show notes

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3173 no #171: Nir Eyal – Writing books, persuasion vs. coercion, and how to be indistractable https://podcast.creatorscience.com/nir-eyal Nir Eyal is a writer, consultant, and teacher at the intersection of psychology, technology, and business. He's the author of two best-selling books. Hooked, How to Build Habit Forming Products (2014) and Indistractable, How to Control Your Attention and Choose Your Life (2019). Previously, Nir cofounded and sold 2 tech companies since 2003 and was dubbed by the MIT Technology Review as "the prophet of habit-forming technology." He previously taught as a lecturer in marketing at the Stanford Graduate School of Business and the Hasso Plattner Institute of Design at Stanford. In this episode, you’ll learn: About Nir's life as an author Habits and distractions Capturing the attention of an audience And how we can better focus our own limited energy and attention  Full transcript and show notes Nir's Website / LinkedIn / Twitter / Instagram *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #176: April Dunford *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 14 Nov 2023 08:00:00 -0000 Nir Eyal – Writing books, persuasion vs. coercion, and how to be indistractable full 1 171 Jay Clouse Nir Eyal is the best-selling author of Hooked and Indistractable Nir Eyal is a writer, consultant, and teacher at the intersection of psychology, technology, and business. He's the author of two best-selling books. Hooked, How to Build Habit Forming Products (2014) and Indistractable, How to Control Your Attention and Choose Your Life (2019). Previously, Nir cofounded and sold 2 tech companies since 2003 and was dubbed by the MIT Technology Review as "the prophet of habit-forming technology." He previously taught as a lecturer in marketing at the Stanford Graduate School of Business and the Hasso Plattner Institute of Design at Stanford. In this episode, you’ll learn: About Nir's life as an author Habits and distractions Capturing the attention of an audience And how we can better focus our own limited energy and attention  Full transcript and show notes Nir's Website / LinkedIn / Twitter / Instagram *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #176: April Dunford *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Nir Eyal is a writer, consultant, and teacher at the intersection of psychology, technology, and business. He's the author of two best-selling books. Hooked, How to Build Habit Forming Products (2014) and Indistractable, How to Control Your Attention and Choose Your Life (2019).

Previously, Nir cofounded and sold 2 tech companies since 2003 and was dubbed by the MIT Technology Review as "the prophet of habit-forming technology." He previously taught as a lecturer in marketing at the Stanford Graduate School of Business and the Hasso Plattner Institute of Design at Stanford.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • About Nir's life as an author
  • Habits and distractions
  • Capturing the attention of an audience
  • And how we can better focus our own limited energy and attention 

Full transcript and show notes

Nir's Website / LinkedIn / Twitter / Instagram

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #176: April Dunford

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3301 no #170: Justin Welsh Returns! – Behind his rebrand, innovating on social media, and building relationships. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/justin-welsh-2 Justin Welsh is known as one of the leading voices in the solopreneurship movement. And as a solopreneur himself, he's generated more than $5,000,000 in revenue since 2019. Both his Twitter and LinkedIn accounts reach nearly half a million people. His newsletter, The Saturday Solopreneur, goes out to nearly 200,000 subscribers as well. He was a guest on the show back in July of 2022, on episode number 109, where we spoke a lot about business as a game. In this episode, you’ll learn: About Justin's recent rebrand and new website The process, risks involved, and why he decided to take on a new online presence Justin's approach to social media And his approach to relationship-building Full transcript and show notes Justin's Website / Newsletter / LinkedIn / Twitter / Instagram *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #188: Richard van der Blom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 07 Nov 2023 08:00:00 -0000 Justin Welsh Returns! – Behind his rebrand, innovating on social media, and building relationships. full 1 170 Jay Clouse Justin Welsh returns to share his approach to social media. Justin Welsh is known as one of the leading voices in the solopreneurship movement. And as a solopreneur himself, he's generated more than $5,000,000 in revenue since 2019. Both his Twitter and LinkedIn accounts reach nearly half a million people. His newsletter, The Saturday Solopreneur, goes out to nearly 200,000 subscribers as well. He was a guest on the show back in July of 2022, on episode number 109, where we spoke a lot about business as a game. In this episode, you’ll learn: About Justin's recent rebrand and new website The process, risks involved, and why he decided to take on a new online presence Justin's approach to social media And his approach to relationship-building Full transcript and show notes Justin's Website / Newsletter / LinkedIn / Twitter / Instagram *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #188: Richard van der Blom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Justin Welsh is known as one of the leading voices in the solopreneurship movement. And as a solopreneur himself, he's generated more than $5,000,000 in revenue since 2019.

Both his Twitter and LinkedIn accounts reach nearly half a million people. His newsletter, The Saturday Solopreneur, goes out to nearly 200,000 subscribers as well.

He was a guest on the show back in July of 2022, on episode number 109, where we spoke a lot about business as a game.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • About Justin's recent rebrand and new website
  • The process, risks involved, and why he decided to take on a new online presence
  • Justin's approach to social media
  • And his approach to relationship-building

Full transcript and show notes

Justin's Website / Newsletter / LinkedIn / Twitter / Instagram

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #188: Richard van der Blom

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3433 no BONUS: How To Build an Audience From Scratch, Understanding Discovery and Relationship Platforms, Email vs Newsletters, Vertical Integration for Creators, and more https://podcast.creatorscience.com/newsletter-operator EPISODE DESCRIPTION For this week's episode, I was recently on the Newsletter Operator podcast hosted by Matt McGarry and Ryan Carr. Matt was actually a guest on this podcast back in episode 145. This is one of the most unique and densely packed interviews that I've personally given, so they've graciously allowed me to share that episode with you here today. We talk about how to build an audience from scratch, understanding discovery in relationship platforms, email versus newsletters, how to build a paid community, vertical integration for creators, and a whole lot more. Newsletter Operator Episode Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #186: Listener Q&A Part 2 *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:00:00 -0000 How To Build an Audience From Scratch, Understanding Discovery and Relationship Platforms, Email vs Newsletters, Vertical Integration for Creators, and more bonus Jay Clouse My guest appearance on the Newsletter Operator Podcast EPISODE DESCRIPTION For this week's episode, I was recently on the Newsletter Operator podcast hosted by Matt McGarry and Ryan Carr. Matt was actually a guest on this podcast back in episode 145. This is one of the most unique and densely packed interviews that I've personally given, so they've graciously allowed me to share that episode with you here today. We talk about how to build an audience from scratch, understanding discovery in relationship platforms, email versus newsletters, how to build a paid community, vertical integration for creators, and a whole lot more. Newsletter Operator Episode Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #186: Listener Q&A Part 2 *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices EPISODE DESCRIPTION

For this week's episode, I was recently on the Newsletter Operator podcast hosted by Matt McGarry and Ryan Carr. Matt was actually a guest on this podcast back in episode 145.

This is one of the most unique and densely packed interviews that I've personally given, so they've graciously allowed me to share that episode with you here today.

We talk about how to build an audience from scratch, understanding discovery in relationship platforms, email versus newsletters, how to build a paid community, vertical integration for creators, and a whole lot more.

Newsletter Operator Episode

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #186: Listener Q&A Part 2

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3117 no #169: Ask Creator Science – What to create, when to focus on growth, and what I’m dismantling. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/mailbag-4 This week we are back with another listener Q&A. I took questions from a lot of different sources this week and will answer as many as I can. I'm going to start with the questions that I got from readers of my newsletter, then I'll go to questions from The Lab, Twitter, LinkedIn, and Threads. Listen to my recent Mailbag episode Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #186: Listener Q&A Part 2 *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 24 Oct 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Ask Creator Science – What to create, when to focus on growth, and what I’m dismantling. full 1 169 Jay Clouse 80 minutes answering questions from listener like YOU. This week we are back with another listener Q&A. I took questions from a lot of different sources this week and will answer as many as I can. I'm going to start with the questions that I got from readers of my newsletter, then I'll go to questions from The Lab, Twitter, LinkedIn, and Threads. Listen to my recent Mailbag episode Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #186: Listener Q&A Part 2 *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices This week we are back with another listener Q&A.

I took questions from a lot of different sources this week and will answer as many as I can.

I'm going to start with the questions that I got from readers of my newsletter, then I'll go to questions from The Lab, Twitter, LinkedIn, and Threads.

Listen to my recent Mailbag episode

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #186: Listener Q&A Part 2

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4644 no #168: Alexandra Watkins – How to invent a GREAT brand name. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/alexandra-watkins Alexandra Watkins founded Eat My Words in 2005. She is a brand name expert and the author of the best-selling creativity book, Hello, My Name is Awesome Her branding firm, Eat My Words, has made a name for itself by cooking up unforgettable names and working with clients from Amazon to Coca-Cola, Disney, Google, and Twitter. Before starting Eat My Words, as a freelancer, Alexandra actually named Wendy's Baconator! In this episode, you’ll learn: The SMILE and SCRATCH test to help you identify good names and disqualify bad ones How important domain names are, including whether .com is important How to get a good .com even if your first choice is taken Whether premium domains are worth it or not And if and when you should consider a rebrand if you're not satisfied with your current name Full transcript and show notes Alexandra's Book / Website / Facebook / LinkedIn / Twitter SMILE and SCRATCH test How I rebranded my newsletter How I rebranded my podcast *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → Creative Elements is now Creator Science *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 17 Oct 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Alexandra Watkins – How to invent a GREAT brand name. full 1 168 Jay Clouse Alexandra Watkins is the founder of the branding agency Eat My Words. Alexandra Watkins founded Eat My Words in 2005. She is a brand name expert and the author of the best-selling creativity book, Hello, My Name is Awesome Her branding firm, Eat My Words, has made a name for itself by cooking up unforgettable names and working with clients from Amazon to Coca-Cola, Disney, Google, and Twitter. Before starting Eat My Words, as a freelancer, Alexandra actually named Wendy's Baconator! In this episode, you’ll learn: The SMILE and SCRATCH test to help you identify good names and disqualify bad ones How important domain names are, including whether .com is important How to get a good .com even if your first choice is taken Whether premium domains are worth it or not And if and when you should consider a rebrand if you're not satisfied with your current name Full transcript and show notes Alexandra's Book / Website / Facebook / LinkedIn / Twitter SMILE and SCRATCH test How I rebranded my newsletter How I rebranded my podcast *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → Creative Elements is now Creator Science *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Alexandra Watkins founded Eat My Words in 2005. She is a brand name expert and the author of the best-selling creativity book, Hello, My Name is Awesome

Her branding firm, Eat My Words, has made a name for itself by cooking up unforgettable names and working with clients from Amazon to Coca-Cola, Disney, Google, and Twitter.

Before starting Eat My Words, as a freelancer, Alexandra actually named Wendy's Baconator!

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • The SMILE and SCRATCH test to help you identify good names and disqualify bad ones
  • How important domain names are, including whether .com is important
  • How to get a good .com even if your first choice is taken
  • Whether premium domains are worth it or not
  • And if and when you should consider a rebrand if you're not satisfied with your current name

Full transcript and show notes

Alexandra's Book / Website / Facebook / LinkedIn / Twitter

SMILE and SCRATCH test

How I rebranded my newsletter

How I rebranded my podcast

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ Creative Elements is now Creator Science

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3284 no #167: Jenny Hoyos – How she averages 10 million views per video (YouTube Shorts) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/jenny-hoyos WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Jenny Hoyos is an 18 year old YouTuber, who is absolutely crushing Shorts. She’s done over 600 million views in the past year alone, averaging 10 million views per video. She has analyzed thousands of shorts, including MrBeast's and Ryan Trahan's. And she also looks at what is trending. Jenny can figure out how to make it viral. So in this episode, you'll learn How to make anything viral How to create the perfect Short The differences in Short form content platforms And a hot take you might not be expecting Full transcript and show notes Jenny's Website / YouTube / Instagram / TikTok *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The YouTuber Who Solved Shorts (01:05) How to Make Anything Go Viral (02:19) What Makes a Good Short? (05:28) Importance of Retention and Rewatchability (09:41) Crafting the Perfect 1st Frame Hook (12:53) How to Generate Great Ideas (16:24) Retention Mechanisms and Viewer Expectations (18:34) Relationship Between Short Length and Retention (19:50) Jenny’s Shorts Structure (24:07) Jenny’s Video Making Process (26:13) Finding Your Audience Avatar (28:26) Differences Across Short Form Platforms (31:13) Transitioning From Shorts to Long Form (36:03) Jenny’s YouTube Hot Takes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #152: Paddy Galloway *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 10 Oct 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Jenny Hoyos – How she averages 10 million views per video (YouTube Shorts) full 1 167 Jay Clouse A masterclass on short-form vertical video. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Jenny Hoyos is an 18 year old YouTuber, who is absolutely crushing Shorts. She’s done over 600 million views in the past year alone, averaging 10 million views per video. She has analyzed thousands of shorts, including MrBeast's and Ryan Trahan's. And she also looks at what is trending. Jenny can figure out how to make it viral. So in this episode, you'll learn How to make anything viral How to create the perfect Short The differences in Short form content platforms And a hot take you might not be expecting Full transcript and show notes Jenny's Website / YouTube / Instagram / TikTok *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The YouTuber Who Solved Shorts (01:05) How to Make Anything Go Viral (02:19) What Makes a Good Short? (05:28) Importance of Retention and Rewatchability (09:41) Crafting the Perfect 1st Frame Hook (12:53) How to Generate Great Ideas (16:24) Retention Mechanisms and Viewer Expectations (18:34) Relationship Between Short Length and Retention (19:50) Jenny’s Shorts Structure (24:07) Jenny’s Video Making Process (26:13) Finding Your Audience Avatar (28:26) Differences Across Short Form Platforms (31:13) Transitioning From Shorts to Long Form (36:03) Jenny’s YouTube Hot Takes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #152: Paddy Galloway *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Jenny Hoyos is an 18 year old YouTuber, who is absolutely crushing Shorts. She’s done over 600 million views in the past year alone, averaging 10 million views per video.

She has analyzed thousands of shorts, including MrBeast's and Ryan Trahan's. And she also looks at what is trending.

Jenny can figure out how to make it viral.

So in this episode, you'll learn

  • How to make anything viral
  • How to create the perfect Short
  • The differences in Short form content platforms
  • And a hot take you might not be expecting

Full transcript and show notes

Jenny's Website / YouTube / Instagram / TikTok

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) The YouTuber Who Solved Shorts

(01:05) How to Make Anything Go Viral

(02:19) What Makes a Good Short?

(05:28) Importance of Retention and Rewatchability

(09:41) Crafting the Perfect 1st Frame Hook

(12:53) How to Generate Great Ideas

(16:24) Retention Mechanisms and Viewer Expectations

(18:34) Relationship Between Short Length and Retention

(19:50) Jenny’s Shorts Structure

(24:07) Jenny’s Video Making Process

(26:13) Finding Your Audience Avatar

(28:26) Differences Across Short Form Platforms

(31:13) Transitioning From Shorts to Long Form

(36:03) Jenny’s YouTube Hot Takes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #152: Paddy Galloway

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2463 no #166: Taylor Lorenz – Investigating The Untold Story of Fame, Influence, and Power On The Internet. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/taylor-lorenz Taylor Lorenz is a technology columnist for The Washington Post's business section covering online culture and the content creator industry. She was previously a technology reporter for The New York Times business section, The Atlantic, and The Daily Beast. Her writing has appeared in New York magazine, Rolling Stone, Outside magazine, and more. She frequently appears on NBC, CNN, MSNBC, CBS, and the BBC. She even appears in documentaries on Netflix, Hulu, and HBO. This week, her first book is available for purchase. It’s called Extremely Online – The Untold Story of Fame, Influence, and Power on the Internet. In this episode, you’ll learn: Where influencers came from The rise and fall of platforms like Vine The single most important decision YouTube made And where things may be headed Full transcript and show notes Taylor's Book / Website / Newsletter / Instagram / Twitter *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #160: Tori Dunlap *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 03 Oct 2023 11:59:00 -0000 Taylor Lorenz – Investigating The Untold Story of Fame, Influence, and Power On The Internet. full 1 166 Jay Clouse Taylor Lorenz is a technology columnist for The Washington Post's business section covering online culture and the content creator industry. Taylor Lorenz is a technology columnist for The Washington Post's business section covering online culture and the content creator industry. She was previously a technology reporter for The New York Times business section, The Atlantic, and The Daily Beast. Her writing has appeared in New York magazine, Rolling Stone, Outside magazine, and more. She frequently appears on NBC, CNN, MSNBC, CBS, and the BBC. She even appears in documentaries on Netflix, Hulu, and HBO. This week, her first book is available for purchase. It’s called Extremely Online – The Untold Story of Fame, Influence, and Power on the Internet. In this episode, you’ll learn: Where influencers came from The rise and fall of platforms like Vine The single most important decision YouTube made And where things may be headed Full transcript and show notes Taylor's Book / Website / Newsletter / Instagram / Twitter *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #160: Tori Dunlap *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Taylor Lorenz is a technology columnist for The Washington Post's business section covering online culture and the content creator industry. She was previously a technology reporter for The New York Times business section, The Atlantic, and The Daily Beast.

Her writing has appeared in New York magazine, Rolling Stone, Outside magazine, and more. She frequently appears on NBC, CNN, MSNBC, CBS, and the BBC. She even appears in documentaries on Netflix, Hulu, and HBO.

This week, her first book is available for purchase. It’s called Extremely Online – The Untold Story of Fame, Influence, and Power on the Internet.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • Where influencers came from
  • The rise and fall of platforms like Vine
  • The single most important decision YouTube made
  • And where things may be headed

Full transcript and show notes

Taylor's Book / Website / Newsletter / Instagram / Twitter

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #160: Tori Dunlap

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2730 no BONUS: Creator Economy Predictions with John Lee Dumas https://podcast.creatorscience.com/john-lee-dumas EPISODE DESCRIPTION About a week ago, I was in Boston, Massachusetts for HubSpot's annual INBOUND conference. I was blown away by the scale of this event. I was lucky to be invited to come as one of HubSpot's creators to hang out in the Creator Cafe, host a meetup, and I also hosted a conversation on stage with John Lee Dumas, the founder and host of Entrepreneurs on Fire. He has over 4,000 episodes with a 150,000,000 lifetime downloads, and that breaks down to about 2,000,000 listens per month. Earns more than $1,000,000 in annual revenue. He and I sat down to talk about where we see the Creator Economy going in 2024. So in this episode, you'll hear JLD and I talking about our predictions for the coming year for creators. Follow JLD Website / Instagram / YouTube / Facebook Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #122: Pat Flynn and Matt Gartland *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 28 Sep 2023 07:00:00 -0000 BONUS: Creator Economy Predictions with John Lee Dumas bonus Jay Clouse A conversation with the host of Entrepreneurs On Fire from HubSpot’s 2023 INBOUND Conference. EPISODE DESCRIPTION About a week ago, I was in Boston, Massachusetts for HubSpot's annual INBOUND conference. I was blown away by the scale of this event. I was lucky to be invited to come as one of HubSpot's creators to hang out in the Creator Cafe, host a meetup, and I also hosted a conversation on stage with John Lee Dumas, the founder and host of Entrepreneurs on Fire. He has over 4,000 episodes with a 150,000,000 lifetime downloads, and that breaks down to about 2,000,000 listens per month. Earns more than $1,000,000 in annual revenue. He and I sat down to talk about where we see the Creator Economy going in 2024. So in this episode, you'll hear JLD and I talking about our predictions for the coming year for creators. Follow JLD Website / Instagram / YouTube / Facebook Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #122: Pat Flynn and Matt Gartland *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices EPISODE DESCRIPTION

About a week ago, I was in Boston, Massachusetts for HubSpot's annual INBOUND conference. I was blown away by the scale of this event. I was lucky to be invited to come as one of HubSpot's creators to hang out in the Creator Cafe, host a meetup, and I also hosted a conversation on stage with John Lee Dumas, the founder and host of Entrepreneurs on Fire.

He has over 4,000 episodes with a 150,000,000 lifetime downloads, and that breaks down to about 2,000,000 listens per month. Earns more than $1,000,000 in annual revenue.

He and I sat down to talk about where we see the Creator Economy going in 2024. So in this episode, you'll hear JLD and I talking about our predictions for the coming year for creators.

Follow JLD Website / Instagram / YouTube / Facebook

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #122: Pat Flynn and Matt Gartland

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3076 no #165: Announcing one of the biggest projects I’ve ever done. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/syndicate In this episode, I am going to discuss the Creator Science Syndicate. I just launched the syndicate to connect you to the companies that you use and love. If you're not familiar with the word syndicate, it's an investing term. I'm going to try to give you a crash course in financial education to understand what a syndicate is, if this is new to you, how investing works, and how you can get involved in the Creator Science Syndicate. Join the Creator Science Syndicate Learn more about Syndicates from Going VC Listen to my 2020 interview about syndicates Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 26 Sep 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Announcing one of the biggest projects I’ve ever done. full 1 165 Jay Clouse Introducing the Creator Science Syndicate In this episode, I am going to discuss the Creator Science Syndicate. I just launched the syndicate to connect you to the companies that you use and love. If you're not familiar with the word syndicate, it's an investing term. I'm going to try to give you a crash course in financial education to understand what a syndicate is, if this is new to you, how investing works, and how you can get involved in the Creator Science Syndicate. Join the Creator Science Syndicate Learn more about Syndicates from Going VC Listen to my 2020 interview about syndicates Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices In this episode, I am going to discuss the Creator Science Syndicate. I just launched the syndicate to connect you to the companies that you use and love.

If you're not familiar with the word syndicate, it's an investing term. I'm going to try to give you a crash course in financial education to understand what a syndicate is, if this is new to you, how investing works, and how you can get involved in the Creator Science Syndicate.

Join the Creator Science Syndicate

Learn more about Syndicates from Going VC

Listen to my 2020 interview about syndicates

Full transcript and show notes

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 1493 no [GREATEST HITS] #114: Miss Excel – Engineering virality and earning more than $100,000 in a single day https://podcast.creatorscience.com/kat-norton-miss-excel/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Kat Norton energetically teaches Microsoft Excel to individuals, businesses, and educational institutions. Since launching Miss Excel in June 2020, she has grown a community of over 1,000,000 people on TikTok & Instagram (@miss.excel) through viral Excel trick videos infused with creativity, music, and dance. Kat was recently awarded the Microsoft MVP Award and has been featured in Business Insider, CNBC, and Entrepreneur Magazine as a pioneer in the "Excel Influencer" space. Kat was also named one of the Top Influencers of 2021 by Forbes. In this episode, we talk about how Kat overcome her fear and began posting on TikTok, how she thinks about energy management, how she earned $100,000 in a single day, and why all of her progress can be attributed to taking what she calls “Messy Action.” Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Miss Excel Kat Norton Follow Kat Norton on TikTok / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS 00:16 - Weird and Wonderful World of TikTok 00:45 - Kat Norton 01:14 - The pandemic changed everything 02:55 - Kat got a $1 million idea 03:00 - 1st viral TikTok 03:28 - What we learn today 04:12 - Beginnings of Miss Excel 06:44 - Miss Excel becomes a business 07:30 - Did Kat even use TikTok? 08:10 - Overcoming limiting beliefs and anxiety 12:45 - Embracing messy action 14:35 - Kat’s self-imposed bounds on action 18:37 - How to exude positive energy 19:25 - How Kat handled blowing up so quickly 21:50 - Kat NEVER reached out for press 22:50 - How does your energy affect your content? 24:30 - Does Jay smile? 25:45 - How do you reach a higher version of yourself? 26:55 - Energy Management is better than Time Management 30:25 - Jay wants to buy Tony Robbins mini trampoline 30:37 - Kat on her spiritual journal and seeing Tony Robbins 33:23 - Kat’s journey to earn $100,000 in a single day 40:30 - Kat’s tips on going viral 43:20 - What is a good TikTok posting frequency? 45:10 - Miss Excel business model 46:02 - How to make a successful webinar 48:20 - How to structure time to be more productive 50:45 - What has Kat struggled with? 52:31 - What is next for Miss Excel? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #181: Dr. K *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 19 Sep 2023 07:00:00 -0000 [GREATEST HITS] #114: Miss Excel – Engineering virality and earning more than $100,000 in a single day full 1 Jay Clouse Kat Norton energetically teaches Microsoft Excel to individuals, businesses, and educational institutions. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Kat Norton energetically teaches Microsoft Excel to individuals, businesses, and educational institutions. Since launching Miss Excel in June 2020, she has grown a community of over 1,000,000 people on TikTok & Instagram (@miss.excel) through viral Excel trick videos infused with creativity, music, and dance. Kat was recently awarded the Microsoft MVP Award and has been featured in Business Insider, CNBC, and Entrepreneur Magazine as a pioneer in the "Excel Influencer" space. Kat was also named one of the Top Influencers of 2021 by Forbes. In this episode, we talk about how Kat overcome her fear and began posting on TikTok, how she thinks about energy management, how she earned $100,000 in a single day, and why all of her progress can be attributed to taking what she calls “Messy Action.” Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Miss Excel Kat Norton Follow Kat Norton on TikTok / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS 00:16 - Weird and Wonderful World of TikTok 00:45 - Kat Norton 01:14 - The pandemic changed everything 02:55 - Kat got a $1 million idea 03:00 - 1st viral TikTok 03:28 - What we learn today 04:12 - Beginnings of Miss Excel 06:44 - Miss Excel becomes a business 07:30 - Did Kat even use TikTok? 08:10 - Overcoming limiting beliefs and anxiety 12:45 - Embracing messy action 14:35 - Kat’s self-imposed bounds on action 18:37 - How to exude positive energy 19:25 - How Kat handled blowing up so quickly 21:50 - Kat NEVER reached out for press 22:50 - How does your energy affect your content? 24:30 - Does Jay smile? 25:45 - How do you reach a higher version of yourself? 26:55 - Energy Management is better than Time Management 30:25 - Jay wants to buy Tony Robbins mini trampoline 30:37 - Kat on her spiritual journal and seeing Tony Robbins 33:23 - Kat’s journey to earn $100,000 in a single day 40:30 - Kat’s tips on going viral 43:20 - What is a good TikTok posting frequency? 45:10 - Miss Excel business model 46:02 - How to make a successful webinar 48:20 - How to structure time to be more productive 50:45 - What has Kat struggled with? 52:31 - What is next for Miss Excel? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #181: Dr. K *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Kat Norton energetically teaches Microsoft Excel to individuals, businesses, and educational institutions.

Since launching Miss Excel in June 2020, she has grown a community of over 1,000,000 people on TikTok & Instagram (@miss.excel) through viral Excel trick videos infused with creativity, music, and dance.

Kat was recently awarded the Microsoft MVP Award and has been featured in Business Insider, CNBC, and Entrepreneur Magazine as a pioneer in the "Excel Influencer" space. Kat was also named one of the Top Influencers of 2021 by Forbes.

In this episode, we talk about how Kat overcome her fear and began posting on TikTok, how she thinks about energy management, how she earned $100,000 in a single day, and why all of her progress can be attributed to taking what she calls “Messy Action.”

Full transcript and show notes

Learn more about Miss Excel Kat Norton

Follow Kat Norton on TikTok / Instagram

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:16 - Weird and Wonderful World of TikTok

00:45 - Kat Norton

01:14 - The pandemic changed everything

02:55 - Kat got a $1 million idea

03:00 - 1st viral TikTok

03:28 - What we learn today

04:12 - Beginnings of Miss Excel

06:44 - Miss Excel becomes a business

07:30 - Did Kat even use TikTok?

08:10 - Overcoming limiting beliefs and anxiety

12:45 - Embracing messy action

14:35 - Kat’s self-imposed bounds on action

18:37 - How to exude positive energy

19:25 - How Kat handled blowing up so quickly

21:50 - Kat NEVER reached out for press

22:50 - How does your energy affect your content?

24:30 - Does Jay smile?

25:45 - How do you reach a higher version of yourself?

26:55 - Energy Management is better than Time Management

30:25 - Jay wants to buy Tony Robbins mini trampoline

30:37 - Kat on her spiritual journal and seeing Tony Robbins

33:23 - Kat’s journey to earn $100,000 in a single day

40:30 - Kat’s tips on going viral

43:20 - What is a good TikTok posting frequency?

45:10 - Miss Excel business model

46:02 - How to make a successful webinar

48:20 - How to structure time to be more productive

50:45 - What has Kat struggled with?

52:31 - What is next for Miss Excel?

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #181: Dr. K

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3495 no #164: Jon Youshaei – Ex-YouTube employee shares the best growth advice (that you’ve probably never heard) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/jon-youshaei WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Jon Youshaei is an ex-YouTube employee and one of the smartest creators on the platform right now and I’m not exaggerating. He’s done just about 260 million views in the past year alone and it was not an accident. His strategy just works So in this episode, you'll learn The best YouTube advice no one has ever told you The 1st Frame rule How Jon packages his videos And where there is still a massive opportunity for creators to find success Full transcript and show notes Jon's Website / Facebook / YouTube / Twitter / LinkedIn / Instagram / Community *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Smartest Creator on YouTube (01:07) Best YouTube Advice No One Ever Told You (04:11) How to Build Your Variety Show (08:14) 1st Frame Rule  (12:28) How to Find Your Niche (15:19) Age is ACTUALLY an Advantage on YouTube (17:10) The Dr. Mike-ification of YouTube (18:26) Jon’s Packaging Process (24:20) Why Content Formats are so Important (27:12) You Should Start with Shorts (28:54) Converting a Shorts Audience to Long Form (33:33) The Future of YouTube *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #152: Paddy Galloway *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 12 Sep 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Jon Youshaei – Ex-YouTube employee shares the best growth advice (that you’ve probably never heard) full 1 164 Jay Clouse Jon Youshaei is a former YouTube and Instagram employee and host of the Created podcast. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Jon Youshaei is an ex-YouTube employee and one of the smartest creators on the platform right now and I’m not exaggerating. He’s done just about 260 million views in the past year alone and it was not an accident. His strategy just works So in this episode, you'll learn The best YouTube advice no one has ever told you The 1st Frame rule How Jon packages his videos And where there is still a massive opportunity for creators to find success Full transcript and show notes Jon's Website / Facebook / YouTube / Twitter / LinkedIn / Instagram / Community *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Smartest Creator on YouTube (01:07) Best YouTube Advice No One Ever Told You (04:11) How to Build Your Variety Show (08:14) 1st Frame Rule  (12:28) How to Find Your Niche (15:19) Age is ACTUALLY an Advantage on YouTube (17:10) The Dr. Mike-ification of YouTube (18:26) Jon’s Packaging Process (24:20) Why Content Formats are so Important (27:12) You Should Start with Shorts (28:54) Converting a Shorts Audience to Long Form (33:33) The Future of YouTube *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #152: Paddy Galloway *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Jon Youshaei is an ex-YouTube employee and one of the smartest creators on the platform right now and I’m not exaggerating.

He’s done just about 260 million views in the past year alone and it was not an accident. His strategy just works

So in this episode, you'll learn

  • The best YouTube advice no one has ever told you
  • The 1st Frame rule
  • How Jon packages his videos
  • And where there is still a massive opportunity for creators to find success

Full transcript and show notes

Jon's Website / Facebook / YouTube / Twitter / LinkedIn / Instagram / Community

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) The Smartest Creator on YouTube

(01:07) Best YouTube Advice No One Ever Told You

(04:11) How to Build Your Variety Show

(08:14) 1st Frame Rule 

(12:28) How to Find Your Niche

(15:19) Age is ACTUALLY an Advantage on YouTube

(17:10) The Dr. Mike-ification of YouTube

(18:26) Jon’s Packaging Process

(24:20) Why Content Formats are so Important

(27:12) You Should Start with Shorts

(28:54) Converting a Shorts Audience to Long Form

(33:33) The Future of YouTube

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #152: Paddy Galloway

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2288 no #163: David Moldawer — Diving deep into book publishing with an industry insider https://podcast.creatorscience.com/david-moldawer David Moldawer has spent more than a decade in book publishing, acquiring and editing best selling books for Penguin, Saint Martin's Press, McGraw Hill, and Amazon Publishing New York. Those books were predominantly nonfiction in the areas of business, technology, health, and memoir. Today, David is an independent writer and editor with his business Bookitect. David helps authors create bulletproof book proposals. In this episode, you’ll learn: Who should write a book When they should write a book Why they should write a book What they should write a book about And how the publishing industry works - from royalties to advances, the auction process, hybrid publishing, self publishing, and more Full transcript and show notes David's Website / LinkedIn / Newsletter / Instagram *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #182: Noah Kagan *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 05 Sep 2023 07:00:00 -0000 David Moldawer — Diving deep into book publishing with an industry insider full 1 163 Jay Clouse Breaking down who should write a book, when to write it, and how publishing works. David Moldawer has spent more than a decade in book publishing, acquiring and editing best selling books for Penguin, Saint Martin's Press, McGraw Hill, and Amazon Publishing New York. Those books were predominantly nonfiction in the areas of business, technology, health, and memoir. Today, David is an independent writer and editor with his business Bookitect. David helps authors create bulletproof book proposals. In this episode, you’ll learn: Who should write a book When they should write a book Why they should write a book What they should write a book about And how the publishing industry works - from royalties to advances, the auction process, hybrid publishing, self publishing, and more Full transcript and show notes David's Website / LinkedIn / Newsletter / Instagram *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #182: Noah Kagan *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices David Moldawer has spent more than a decade in book publishing, acquiring and editing best selling books for Penguin, Saint Martin's Press, McGraw Hill, and Amazon Publishing New York. Those books were predominantly nonfiction in the areas of business, technology, health, and memoir.

Today, David is an independent writer and editor with his business Bookitect. David helps authors create bulletproof book proposals.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • Who should write a book
  • When they should write a book
  • Why they should write a book
  • What they should write a book about
  • And how the publishing industry works - from royalties to advances, the auction process, hybrid publishing, self publishing, and more

Full transcript and show notes

David's Website / LinkedIn / Newsletter / Instagram

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #182: Noah Kagan

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3835 no #162: George Blackman – How to script your videos like Ali Abdaal and Ed from Film Booth. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/george-blackman WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION George Blackman is a YouTube scriptwriter who’s been hired by YouTubers like Ali Abdaal, Mike Shake, and Ed from Film Booth to write videos for them. Scripting is one of THE most important parts of the video-making process that you may be overlooking – and George says it can make or break your video. So in this episode, you’ll learn How a great video starts The 4-hat writing process to make better videos Tips for finding and hiring a scriptwriter And how to craft the perfect Call to Action to end your videos Full transcript and show notes George's Website / Script Templates / Newsletter / Twitter / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Secret Scriptwriter Getting Millions of Views (01:20) How to Start a Video (05:08) The Biggest Writing Mistake YouTubers Make (06:37) Get Full Creative Control of Your Videos  (09:43) Do This Before You Start Writing (12:02) 4-Step Process to Writing the Perfect Script (16:42) How to Write to Engage the Audience (22:30) Why You Should Hire a Scriptwriter (24:33) Where to Find a YouTube Scriptwriter (27:36) Crafting the Perfect Call to Action *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #193: Jake Thomas *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 29 Aug 2023 07:00:00 -0000 George Blackman – How to script your videos like Ali Abdaal and Ed from Film Booth. full 1 162 Jay Clouse George Blackman is a scriptwriting consultant for top YouTubers. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION George Blackman is a YouTube scriptwriter who’s been hired by YouTubers like Ali Abdaal, Mike Shake, and Ed from Film Booth to write videos for them. Scripting is one of THE most important parts of the video-making process that you may be overlooking – and George says it can make or break your video. So in this episode, you’ll learn How a great video starts The 4-hat writing process to make better videos Tips for finding and hiring a scriptwriter And how to craft the perfect Call to Action to end your videos Full transcript and show notes George's Website / Script Templates / Newsletter / Twitter / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Secret Scriptwriter Getting Millions of Views (01:20) How to Start a Video (05:08) The Biggest Writing Mistake YouTubers Make (06:37) Get Full Creative Control of Your Videos  (09:43) Do This Before You Start Writing (12:02) 4-Step Process to Writing the Perfect Script (16:42) How to Write to Engage the Audience (22:30) Why You Should Hire a Scriptwriter (24:33) Where to Find a YouTube Scriptwriter (27:36) Crafting the Perfect Call to Action *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #193: Jake Thomas *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

George Blackman is a YouTube scriptwriter who’s been hired by YouTubers like Ali Abdaal, Mike Shake, and Ed from Film Booth to write videos for them.

Scripting is one of THE most important parts of the video-making process that you may be overlooking – and George says it can make or break your video.

So in this episode, you’ll learn

  • How a great video starts
  • The 4-hat writing process to make better videos
  • Tips for finding and hiring a scriptwriter
  • And how to craft the perfect Call to Action to end your videos

Full transcript and show notes

George's Website / Script Templates / Newsletter / Twitter / LinkedIn

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) The Secret Scriptwriter Getting Millions of Views

(01:20) How to Start a Video

(05:08) The Biggest Writing Mistake YouTubers Make

(06:37) Get Full Creative Control of Your Videos 

(09:43) Do This Before You Start Writing

(12:02) 4-Step Process to Writing the Perfect Script

(16:42) How to Write to Engage the Audience

(22:30) Why You Should Hire a Scriptwriter

(24:33) Where to Find a YouTube Scriptwriter

(27:36) Crafting the Perfect Call to Action

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #193: Jake Thomas

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2016 no #161: Ask Creator Science – when to change strategy, my issue with the term “solopreneur,” dealing with trolls, and a lot more https://podcast.creatorscience.com/mailbag-3 In this episode, we're going to do another listener mailbag. Instead of doing a guest interview as I typically do, I'm going to do a question and answer.  I'm going to start with the questions that I got from members of The Lab, then I'm going to transition to Twitter, LinkedIn, and then finally Threads. I'm going to answer as many questions as I can before I lose steam. Listen to my recent Mailbag episode Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #169: Q&A with Jay *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 22 Aug 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Ask Creator Science – when to change strategy, my issue with the term “solopreneur,” dealing with trolls, and a lot more full 1 161 Jay Clouse 80 minutes answering questions from The Lab and social media. In this episode, we're going to do another listener mailbag. Instead of doing a guest interview as I typically do, I'm going to do a question and answer.  I'm going to start with the questions that I got from members of The Lab, then I'm going to transition to Twitter, LinkedIn, and then finally Threads. I'm going to answer as many questions as I can before I lose steam. Listen to my recent Mailbag episode Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #169: Q&A with Jay *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices In this episode, we're going to do another listener mailbag.

Instead of doing a guest interview as I typically do, I'm going to do a question and answer. 

I'm going to start with the questions that I got from members of The Lab, then I'm going to transition to Twitter, LinkedIn, and then finally Threads. I'm going to answer as many questions as I can before I lose steam.

Listen to my recent Mailbag episode

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #169: Q&A with Jay

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 5107 no #160: Tori Dunlap – A transparent look at writing a New York Times best-selling book. The process, numbers, and lessons learned. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/tori-dunlap-2 EPISODE DESCRIPTION Tori Dunlap was originally on episode #88 of this show back in January of 2022, and a lot has changed for Tori. Now Tori is the founder of Her First $100k. This is something that she built after saving a $100,000 herself by age 25. She quit her corporate job in marketing and founded this company to fight financial inequality by giving women actionable resources to better their money. Tori started on TikTok – or at least that's where she first had her breakthrough. She has two and a half million followers on TikTok, and she has almost a million followers on Instagram. Not only has Tory launched a podcast called Financial Feminist since being on the show and has one of the top business shows out there, but she has also launched a book by the same name, Financial Feminist, and it is a New York Times bestseller. In this episode, you’ll learn: About her writing the proposal and finding a literary agent Selling and marketing the book Writing the book and the timeline with all of the steps Full transcript and show notes Tori's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / LinkedIn / Podcast / Book *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #166: Taylor Lorenz *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 15 Aug 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Tori Dunlap – A transparent look at writing a New York Times best-selling book. The process, numbers, and lessons learned. full 1 160 Jay Clouse Tori Dunlap is the founder of Her First $100K and the author of Financial Feminist. EPISODE DESCRIPTION Tori Dunlap was originally on episode #88 of this show back in January of 2022, and a lot has changed for Tori. Now Tori is the founder of Her First $100k. This is something that she built after saving a $100,000 herself by age 25. She quit her corporate job in marketing and founded this company to fight financial inequality by giving women actionable resources to better their money. Tori started on TikTok – or at least that's where she first had her breakthrough. She has two and a half million followers on TikTok, and she has almost a million followers on Instagram. Not only has Tory launched a podcast called Financial Feminist since being on the show and has one of the top business shows out there, but she has also launched a book by the same name, Financial Feminist, and it is a New York Times bestseller. In this episode, you’ll learn: About her writing the proposal and finding a literary agent Selling and marketing the book Writing the book and the timeline with all of the steps Full transcript and show notes Tori's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / LinkedIn / Podcast / Book *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #166: Taylor Lorenz *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Tori Dunlap was originally on episode #88 of this show back in January of 2022, and a lot has changed for Tori. Now Tori is the founder of Her First $100k. This is something that she built after saving a $100,000 herself by age 25. She quit her corporate job in marketing and founded this company to fight financial inequality by giving women actionable resources to better their money.

Tori started on TikTok – or at least that's where she first had her breakthrough. She has two and a half million followers on TikTok, and she has almost a million followers on Instagram.

Not only has Tory launched a podcast called Financial Feminist since being on the show and has one of the top business shows out there, but she has also launched a book by the same name, Financial Feminist, and it is a New York Times bestseller.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • About her writing the proposal and finding a literary agent
  • Selling and marketing the book
  • Writing the book and the timeline with all of the steps

Full transcript and show notes

Tori's Website / Twitter / Instagram / Facebook / LinkedIn / Podcast / Book

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #166: Taylor Lorenz

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3314 yes #159: Nuseir Yassin – The price of growing Nas Daily to 12 million subscribers https://podcast.creatorscience.com/nuseir-yassin WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Nuseir Yassin started the channel Nas Daily with the mission of highlighting incredible people and places on the planet. He set a goal to post a video every day for 1,000 straight days. 1,000 STRAIGHT DAYS… and he did it. Amassing 12 million subs, 6 billion views, and started two multi-million dollar companies along the way. He’s living out every YouTuber’s wildest dreams…right? So in this episode, you’ll learn: How Nuseir manages outside distractions Why you need to listen to your inner voice The Sniper vs Machine Gun creator philosophy And the actual cost of success Full transcript and show notes Nuseir's Website Follow Nuseir Community / YouTube / LinkedIn / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) YouTube Success Isn’t What You Think (01:08) The Cost of Success (04:29) Listening to Your Inner Voice vs Outer Voice (06:24) Why You Don’t Hit Deadlines (10:59) Why You Should be Like Arnold Schwarzenegger  (14:31) The 3 Things You Can Focus On (18:47) Snipers vs Machine Guns (21:33) It’s Normal to Feel Like a Failure *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #150: Jamie Rawsthorne *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 08 Aug 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Nuseir Yassin – The price of growing Nas Daily to 12 million subscribers full 1 159 Jay Clouse The sacrifices behind extraordinary success. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Nuseir Yassin started the channel Nas Daily with the mission of highlighting incredible people and places on the planet. He set a goal to post a video every day for 1,000 straight days. 1,000 STRAIGHT DAYS… and he did it. Amassing 12 million subs, 6 billion views, and started two multi-million dollar companies along the way. He’s living out every YouTuber’s wildest dreams…right? So in this episode, you’ll learn: How Nuseir manages outside distractions Why you need to listen to your inner voice The Sniper vs Machine Gun creator philosophy And the actual cost of success Full transcript and show notes Nuseir's Website Follow Nuseir Community / YouTube / LinkedIn / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) YouTube Success Isn’t What You Think (01:08) The Cost of Success (04:29) Listening to Your Inner Voice vs Outer Voice (06:24) Why You Don’t Hit Deadlines (10:59) Why You Should be Like Arnold Schwarzenegger  (14:31) The 3 Things You Can Focus On (18:47) Snipers vs Machine Guns (21:33) It’s Normal to Feel Like a Failure *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #150: Jamie Rawsthorne *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Nuseir Yassin started the channel Nas Daily with the mission of highlighting incredible people and places on the planet.

He set a goal to post a video every day for 1,000 straight days. 1,000 STRAIGHT DAYS… and he did it.

Amassing 12 million subs, 6 billion views, and started two multi-million dollar companies along the way. He’s living out every YouTuber’s wildest dreams…right?

So in this episode, you’ll learn:

  • How Nuseir manages outside distractions
  • Why you need to listen to your inner voice
  • The Sniper vs Machine Gun creator philosophy
  • And the actual cost of success

Full transcript and show notes

Nuseir's Website

Follow Nuseir Community / YouTube / LinkedIn / Twitter

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) YouTube Success Isn’t What You Think

(01:08) The Cost of Success

(04:29) Listening to Your Inner Voice vs Outer Voice

(06:24) Why You Don’t Hit Deadlines

(10:59) Why You Should be Like Arnold Schwarzenegger 

(14:31) The 3 Things You Can Focus On

(18:47) Snipers vs Machine Guns

(21:33) It’s Normal to Feel Like a Failure

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #150: Jamie Rawsthorne

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 1464 no #158: Kieran Drew – Behind-the-scenes of a $142,000 course launch https://podcast.creatorscience.com/kieran-drew Kieran Drew is an ex-dentist who quit dentistry to learn writing, and now that is what he is teaching others as well. Kieran has a newsletter called Digital Freedom with nearly 30,000 subscribers. He also has more than 175,000 followers on Twitter, which is potentially where you have heard of Kieran. And recently, Kieran launched a new course called High Impact Writing. In this episode, you’ll learn: The process for creating and launching this course What he would do differently if he were to do it again And all of the other lessons that he learned in launching High Impact Writing  Full transcript and show notes Follow Kieran on Twitter / Newsletter / LinkedIn Kieran's Course *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #191: Breaking down my $60,723 product launch *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 01 Aug 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Kieran Drew – Behind-the-scenes of a $142,000 course launch full 1 158 Jay Clouse Kieran Drew is a former dentist turned copywriter who launched a course called High Impact Writing. Kieran Drew is an ex-dentist who quit dentistry to learn writing, and now that is what he is teaching others as well. Kieran has a newsletter called Digital Freedom with nearly 30,000 subscribers. He also has more than 175,000 followers on Twitter, which is potentially where you have heard of Kieran. And recently, Kieran launched a new course called High Impact Writing. In this episode, you’ll learn: The process for creating and launching this course What he would do differently if he were to do it again And all of the other lessons that he learned in launching High Impact Writing  Full transcript and show notes Follow Kieran on Twitter / Newsletter / LinkedIn Kieran's Course *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #191: Breaking down my $60,723 product launch *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Kieran Drew is an ex-dentist who quit dentistry to learn writing, and now that is what he is teaching others as well.

Kieran has a newsletter called Digital Freedom with nearly 30,000 subscribers.

He also has more than 175,000 followers on Twitter, which is potentially where you have heard of Kieran. And recently, Kieran launched a new course called High Impact Writing.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • The process for creating and launching this course
  • What he would do differently if he were to do it again
  • And all of the other lessons that he learned in launching High Impact Writing 

Full transcript and show notes

Follow Kieran on Twitter / Newsletter / LinkedIn

Kieran's Course

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #191: Breaking down my $60,723 product launch

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3202 no #157: Phill Agnew - The psychology MrBeast uses to hook you https://podcast.creatorscience.com/phill-agnew WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Phill Agnew is the host of The Nudge Podcast. On his podcast, Phill dives deep into the behavioral science of marketing.  Phill has spent over 50 hours studying MrBeast’s channel, breaking down the psychological hacks Jimmy uses to hook viewers, so you don’t have to. So in this episode you’ll learn: The 3 Psychological Biases MrBeast uses most frequently Why they work And how you can apply them to your own videos Full transcript and show notes Phill's Website Follow Phill on Podcast / YouTube / LinkedIn / Newsletter / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Psychology of MrBeast (00:55) How MrBeast Gained Early Traction (07:09) Why Giving Away Money Works (11:28) Using Costly Signaling WITHOUT Being Wealthy (16:50) Why MrBeast Films the Way He Does (21:01) Making Content That Stands Out (25:10) Other Psychological Hacks MrBeast Uses (29:36) Using Nudges Subconsciously  *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #162: George Blackman *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 25 Jul 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Phill Agnew - The psychology MrBeast uses to hook you full 1 157 Jay Clouse Phill Agnew is the host of Nudge, which explores the behavioral science of marketing. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Phill Agnew is the host of The Nudge Podcast. On his podcast, Phill dives deep into the behavioral science of marketing.  Phill has spent over 50 hours studying MrBeast’s channel, breaking down the psychological hacks Jimmy uses to hook viewers, so you don’t have to. So in this episode you’ll learn: The 3 Psychological Biases MrBeast uses most frequently Why they work And how you can apply them to your own videos Full transcript and show notes Phill's Website Follow Phill on Podcast / YouTube / LinkedIn / Newsletter / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Psychology of MrBeast (00:55) How MrBeast Gained Early Traction (07:09) Why Giving Away Money Works (11:28) Using Costly Signaling WITHOUT Being Wealthy (16:50) Why MrBeast Films the Way He Does (21:01) Making Content That Stands Out (25:10) Other Psychological Hacks MrBeast Uses (29:36) Using Nudges Subconsciously  *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #162: George Blackman *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Phill Agnew is the host of The Nudge Podcast.

On his podcast, Phill dives deep into the behavioral science of marketing. 

Phill has spent over 50 hours studying MrBeast’s channel, breaking down the psychological hacks Jimmy uses to hook viewers, so you don’t have to.

So in this episode you’ll learn:

  • The 3 Psychological Biases MrBeast uses most frequently
  • Why they work
  • And how you can apply them to your own videos

Full transcript and show notes

Phill's Website

Follow Phill on Podcast / YouTube / LinkedIn / Newsletter / Twitter

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) The Psychology of MrBeast

(00:55) How MrBeast Gained Early Traction

(07:09) Why Giving Away Money Works

(11:28) Using Costly Signaling WITHOUT Being Wealthy

(16:50) Why MrBeast Films the Way He Does

(21:01) Making Content That Stands Out

(25:10) Other Psychological Hacks MrBeast Uses

(29:36) Using Nudges Subconsciously 

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #162: George Blackman

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2105 no [GREATEST HITS] #89: Hrishikesh Hirway – From full-time musician to Song Exploder and back again https://podcast.creatorscience.com/hrishikesh-hirway/ EPISODE DESCRIPTION Hrishikesh Hirway is a musician and podcast creator. He’s the host and creator of Song Exploder, an award-winning podcast and a Netflix original television series, where musicians break down the creative process behind their songs. Vulture called Song Exploder “probably the best use of the podcast format ever.”  As a musician, he’s released four albums under the moniker The One AM Radio, and an EP with Moors, his project with Lakeith Stanfield. Fast Company named him one of the Most Creative People in Business in 2021. He serves the Library of Congress as an advisor on digital strategy. He gave a TED Talk on how to listen to people to connect more deeply with them and their stories. In this episode, we talk about Hrishikesh’s journey as a musician, the disappointing album that led to starting Song Exploder, how he landed a series on Netflix, and how his Willfulness helped him rediscover his passion for creating his own music. Learn more about Hrishikesh Hirway Learn more about Song Exploder Listen to Hrishikesh's new music Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 18 Jul 2023 07:00:00 -0000 [GREATEST HITS] #89: Hrishikesh Hirway – From full-time musician to Song Exploder and back again full 1 Jay Clouse Hrishikesh Hirway is a musician and podcast creator. He’s the host and creator of Song Exploder, an award-winning podcast and a Netflix original television series, where musicians break down the creative process behind their songs. EPISODE DESCRIPTION Hrishikesh Hirway is a musician and podcast creator. He’s the host and creator of Song Exploder, an award-winning podcast and a Netflix original television series, where musicians break down the creative process behind their songs. Vulture called Song Exploder “probably the best use of the podcast format ever.”  As a musician, he’s released four albums under the moniker The One AM Radio, and an EP with Moors, his project with Lakeith Stanfield. Fast Company named him one of the Most Creative People in Business in 2021. He serves the Library of Congress as an advisor on digital strategy. He gave a TED Talk on how to listen to people to connect more deeply with them and their stories. In this episode, we talk about Hrishikesh’s journey as a musician, the disappointing album that led to starting Song Exploder, how he landed a series on Netflix, and how his Willfulness helped him rediscover his passion for creating his own music. Learn more about Hrishikesh Hirway Learn more about Song Exploder Listen to Hrishikesh's new music Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Hrishikesh Hirway is a musician and podcast creator. He’s the host and creator of Song Exploder, an award-winning podcast and a Netflix original television series, where musicians break down the creative process behind their songs. Vulture called Song Exploder “probably the best use of the podcast format ever.” 

As a musician, he’s released four albums under the moniker The One AM Radio, and an EP with Moors, his project with Lakeith Stanfield.

Fast Company named him one of the Most Creative People in Business in 2021. He serves the Library of Congress as an advisor on digital strategy. He gave a TED Talk on how to listen to people to connect more deeply with them and their stories.

In this episode, we talk about Hrishikesh’s journey as a musician, the disappointing album that led to starting Song Exploder, how he landed a series on Netflix, and how his Willfulness helped him rediscover his passion for creating his own music.

Learn more about Hrishikesh Hirway

Learn more about Song Exploder

Listen to Hrishikesh's new music

Full transcript and show notes

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3607 no #156: What we’ve learned in our first year on YouTube (feat. our editor, Conor Conaboy) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/youtube-birthday This week, the Creator Science YouTube channel turns one year old! In the first year, we've uploaded: 35 interviews 2 solo videos 9 clips 79 shorts As a result, our channel has: 7,600 subscribers 255,000 views 23,900 hours of watch time $1,008.28 in earnings In this episode, my good friend and YouTube editor, Conor Conaboy, joins me to talk a little bit about our experience on YouTube in the last year. In this episode, you’ll learn: What we learned in our first year on YouTube The changes we've made along the way How we've improved our packaging The challenges for interview podcasts Full transcript and show notes Subscribe on YouTube Follow Conor on Twitter Follow Jonathan on Twitter *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #185: Listener Q&A Part 1 *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 11 Jul 2023 07:00:00 -0000 What we’ve learned in our first year on YouTube (feat. our editor, Conor Conaboy) full 1 156 Jay Clouse This week, Creator Science celebrates its first anniversary of uploading on YouTube! This week, the Creator Science YouTube channel turns one year old! In the first year, we've uploaded: 35 interviews 2 solo videos 9 clips 79 shorts As a result, our channel has: 7,600 subscribers 255,000 views 23,900 hours of watch time $1,008.28 in earnings In this episode, my good friend and YouTube editor, Conor Conaboy, joins me to talk a little bit about our experience on YouTube in the last year. In this episode, you’ll learn: What we learned in our first year on YouTube The changes we've made along the way How we've improved our packaging The challenges for interview podcasts Full transcript and show notes Subscribe on YouTube Follow Conor on Twitter Follow Jonathan on Twitter *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #185: Listener Q&A Part 1 *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices This week, the Creator Science YouTube channel turns one year old!

In the first year, we've uploaded:

  • 35 interviews
  • 2 solo videos
  • 9 clips
  • 79 shorts

As a result, our channel has:

  • 7,600 subscribers
  • 255,000 views
  • 23,900 hours of watch time
  • $1,008.28 in earnings

In this episode, my good friend and YouTube editor, Conor Conaboy, joins me to talk a little bit about our experience on YouTube in the last year.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • What we learned in our first year on YouTube
  • The changes we've made along the way
  • How we've improved our packaging
  • The challenges for interview podcasts

Full transcript and show notes

Subscribe on YouTube

Follow Conor on Twitter

Follow Jonathan on Twitter

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #185: Listener Q&A Part 1

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3418 no #155: Ed from Film Booth — The Most Entertaining Educator on YouTube? https://podcast.creatorscience.com/ed-lawrence WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Ed Lawrence is the creator of the YouTube channel Film Booth, which helps YouTubers grow their channels. But Ed approaches his videos differently than your typical YouTuber. He’s found a way to make education entertaining. He's the answer to the question, what if learning wasn't boring? So in this episode, you’ll learn: How to use story as a teaching device How bingeable videos can turn first-time watchers into loyal fans Ed’s production process How to make your boring ideas sexy Full transcript and show notes Ed's Website Follow Ed on YouTube / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Most Entertaining Educator on YouTube (00:44) How to Make Your Ideas Interesting (07:19) Packaging Comes First (08:39) Intros and Clickbait (13:48) Using Story in Your Videos (17:34) Using Metaphors (19:10) Assuming Audience Knowledge (21:31) Bingeable Content Builds Community (24:06) Film Booth Production Process (28:34) When is a Story Too Long? (31:18) How to End a Video *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #164: Jon Youshaei *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 04 Jul 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Ed from Film Booth — The Most Entertaining Educator on YouTube? full 1 155 Jay Clouse Ed Lawrence is the creator of the YouTube channel Film Booth, which helps YouTubers grow their channels WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Ed Lawrence is the creator of the YouTube channel Film Booth, which helps YouTubers grow their channels. But Ed approaches his videos differently than your typical YouTuber. He’s found a way to make education entertaining. He's the answer to the question, what if learning wasn't boring? So in this episode, you’ll learn: How to use story as a teaching device How bingeable videos can turn first-time watchers into loyal fans Ed’s production process How to make your boring ideas sexy Full transcript and show notes Ed's Website Follow Ed on YouTube / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS (00:00) The Most Entertaining Educator on YouTube (00:44) How to Make Your Ideas Interesting (07:19) Packaging Comes First (08:39) Intros and Clickbait (13:48) Using Story in Your Videos (17:34) Using Metaphors (19:10) Assuming Audience Knowledge (21:31) Bingeable Content Builds Community (24:06) Film Booth Production Process (28:34) When is a Story Too Long? (31:18) How to End a Video *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #164: Jon Youshaei *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Ed Lawrence is the creator of the YouTube channel Film Booth, which helps YouTubers grow their channels.

But Ed approaches his videos differently than your typical YouTuber. He’s found a way to make education entertaining.

He's the answer to the question, what if learning wasn't boring?

So in this episode, you’ll learn:

  • How to use story as a teaching device
  • How bingeable videos can turn first-time watchers into loyal fans
  • Ed’s production process
  • How to make your boring ideas sexy

Full transcript and show notes

Ed's Website

Follow Ed on YouTube / Twitter

***

TIMESTAMPS

(00:00) The Most Entertaining Educator on YouTube

(00:44) How to Make Your Ideas Interesting

(07:19) Packaging Comes First

(08:39) Intros and Clickbait

(13:48) Using Story in Your Videos

(17:34) Using Metaphors

(19:10) Assuming Audience Knowledge

(21:31) Bingeable Content Builds Community

(24:06) Film Booth Production Process

(28:34) When is a Story Too Long?

(31:18) How to End a Video

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #164: Jon Youshaei

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2211 no #154: Ask Creator Science – starting over, mistakes, delegating, and more https://podcast.creatorscience.com/mailbag-2 EPISODE DESCRIPTION We're gonna do something a little bit different this week. In this episode, we're gonna slow down. We're gonna make this a little bit more casual, a little bit more of a hangout between me and you. Instead of doing a guest interview as I typically do, I'm going to do a question and answer episode.  I'm going start with the questions that I got from members of The Lab, then I'm going to transition to Twitter, and then finally LinkedIn. I'm going to answer as many questions as I can before I lose steam. Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #180: Q&A with Jay *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 27 Jun 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Ask Creator Science – starting over, mistakes, delegating, and more full 1 154 Jay Clouse A special Q&A episode with Jay answering listener questions from The Lab, Twitter, and LinkedIn. EPISODE DESCRIPTION We're gonna do something a little bit different this week. In this episode, we're gonna slow down. We're gonna make this a little bit more casual, a little bit more of a hangout between me and you. Instead of doing a guest interview as I typically do, I'm going to do a question and answer episode.  I'm going start with the questions that I got from members of The Lab, then I'm going to transition to Twitter, and then finally LinkedIn. I'm going to answer as many questions as I can before I lose steam. Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #180: Q&A with Jay *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices EPISODE DESCRIPTION

We're gonna do something a little bit different this week. In this episode, we're gonna slow down. We're gonna make this a little bit more casual, a little bit more of a hangout between me and you.

Instead of doing a guest interview as I typically do, I'm going to do a question and answer episode. 

I'm going start with the questions that I got from members of The Lab, then I'm going to transition to Twitter, and then finally LinkedIn. I'm going to answer as many questions as I can before I lose steam.

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #180: Q&A with Jay

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4140 no #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg – Building Creative Mornings into a global brand https://podcast.creatorscience.com/tina-roth-eisenberg EPISODE DESCRIPTION Tina Roth Eisenberg, also known as Swissmiss, started Creative Mornings in September of 2008, in New York City. She wanted to create an accessible, inspiring, morning event for creative people to meet. Today, there are Creative Mornings in more than 200 cities, about 70 countries across the globe, and it reaches 25,000 people per month. In addition to Creative Mornings, Tina is the founder of the designer temporary tattoo brand, Tatley, and the co-working community, Friends Work Here. In this episode, you’ll learn: The beginnings of Creative Mornings How Tina has scaled it into the global brand that it is today Why we need to get back to making things just for fun Why you may want to consider financially supporting the organizations you love Full transcript and show notes Follow Tina on Twitter / Instagram / Blog Tina's Creative Mornings Website *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #77: Andy J. Pizza *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 20 Jun 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Tina Roth Eisenberg – Building Creative Mornings into a global brand full 1 153 Jay Clouse How she scaled a morning meetup to 200+ countries EPISODE DESCRIPTION Tina Roth Eisenberg, also known as Swissmiss, started Creative Mornings in September of 2008, in New York City. She wanted to create an accessible, inspiring, morning event for creative people to meet. Today, there are Creative Mornings in more than 200 cities, about 70 countries across the globe, and it reaches 25,000 people per month. In addition to Creative Mornings, Tina is the founder of the designer temporary tattoo brand, Tatley, and the co-working community, Friends Work Here. In this episode, you’ll learn: The beginnings of Creative Mornings How Tina has scaled it into the global brand that it is today Why we need to get back to making things just for fun Why you may want to consider financially supporting the organizations you love Full transcript and show notes Follow Tina on Twitter / Instagram / Blog Tina's Creative Mornings Website *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #77: Andy J. Pizza *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Tina Roth Eisenberg, also known as Swissmiss, started Creative Mornings in September of 2008, in New York City. She wanted to create an accessible, inspiring, morning event for creative people to meet.

Today, there are Creative Mornings in more than 200 cities, about 70 countries across the globe, and it reaches 25,000 people per month.

In addition to Creative Mornings, Tina is the founder of the designer temporary tattoo brand, Tatley, and the co-working community, Friends Work Here.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • The beginnings of Creative Mornings
  • How Tina has scaled it into the global brand that it is today
  • Why we need to get back to making things just for fun
  • Why you may want to consider financially supporting the organizations you love

Full transcript and show notes

Follow Tina on Twitter / Instagram / Blog

Tina's Creative Mornings Website

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #77: Andy J. Pizza

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3060 no #152: Paddy Galloway – The most sought-after YouTube consultant on the planet https://podcast.creatorscience.com/paddy-galloway WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Paddy Galloway is the most sought-after YouTube strategist in the world. He’s worked with clients like MrBeast, Jesser, Ryan Trahan, and Noah Kagan. All in all, his clients generate 750 Million views PER MONTH. And that’s because Paddy puts most of his focus where other people don’t: pre-production. So in this episode, you’ll learn: What makes a great video idea How to develop great titles and thumbnails Why it’s better to take a few BIG swings rather than a lot of small swings And why YOU should be spending more time in pre-production Full transcript and show notes Paddy's Website Follow Paddy on Twitter / Instagram / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - The Godfather of YouTube Strategy 00:55 - Spend MORE Time In Pre-Production 04:22 - What Makes a Great Video Idea? 09:44 - Importance of Packaging 11:44 - YouTube Title Best Practices 14:25 - Thumbnail Best Practices 16:48 - Using Text in Thumbnails 18:17 - Action & Curiosity Loops in Thumbnails 21:09 - How to Brainstorm Great Titles 24:53 - Developing Multiple Thumbnail Concepts 27:23 - Content Buckets 29:51 - Why You Need to Take Bigger Swings  *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #167: Jenny Hoyos *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 13 Jun 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Paddy Galloway – The most sought-after YouTube consultant on the planet full 1 152 Jay Clouse Clients include MrBeast, Jesser, Ryan Trahan, and Noah Kagan WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Paddy Galloway is the most sought-after YouTube strategist in the world. He’s worked with clients like MrBeast, Jesser, Ryan Trahan, and Noah Kagan. All in all, his clients generate 750 Million views PER MONTH. And that’s because Paddy puts most of his focus where other people don’t: pre-production. So in this episode, you’ll learn: What makes a great video idea How to develop great titles and thumbnails Why it’s better to take a few BIG swings rather than a lot of small swings And why YOU should be spending more time in pre-production Full transcript and show notes Paddy's Website Follow Paddy on Twitter / Instagram / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - The Godfather of YouTube Strategy 00:55 - Spend MORE Time In Pre-Production 04:22 - What Makes a Great Video Idea? 09:44 - Importance of Packaging 11:44 - YouTube Title Best Practices 14:25 - Thumbnail Best Practices 16:48 - Using Text in Thumbnails 18:17 - Action & Curiosity Loops in Thumbnails 21:09 - How to Brainstorm Great Titles 24:53 - Developing Multiple Thumbnail Concepts 27:23 - Content Buckets 29:51 - Why You Need to Take Bigger Swings  *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #167: Jenny Hoyos *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Paddy Galloway is the most sought-after YouTube strategist in the world.

He’s worked with clients like MrBeast, Jesser, Ryan Trahan, and Noah Kagan. All in all, his clients generate 750 Million views PER MONTH.

And that’s because Paddy puts most of his focus where other people don’t: pre-production.

So in this episode, you’ll learn:

  • What makes a great video idea
  • How to develop great titles and thumbnails
  • Why it’s better to take a few BIG swings rather than a lot of small swings
  • And why YOU should be spending more time in pre-production

Full transcript and show notes

Paddy's Website

Follow Paddy on Twitter / Instagram / YouTube

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - The Godfather of YouTube Strategy

00:55 - Spend MORE Time In Pre-Production

04:22 - What Makes a Great Video Idea?

09:44 - Importance of Packaging

11:44 - YouTube Title Best Practices

14:25 - Thumbnail Best Practices

16:48 - Using Text in Thumbnails

18:17 - Action & Curiosity Loops in Thumbnails

21:09 - How to Brainstorm Great Titles

24:53 - Developing Multiple Thumbnail Concepts

27:23 - Content Buckets

29:51 - Why You Need to Take Bigger Swings 

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #167: Jenny Hoyos

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2185 no #151: Nathan Barry of ConvertKit — Acquiring SparkLoop and turning email into multiplayer mode with the Creator Network https://podcast.creatorscience.com/nathan-barry-2 EPISODE DESCRIPTION Nathan Barry is a creator, author, speaker, designer, and the founder of ConvertKit. ConvertKit powers the audiences for creators like Gretchen Rubin, Chris Guillebeau, Pat Flynn, Tim Ferriss, Carrie-Anne Moss, and Tim McGraw. If you're not familiar with Nathan, he was a guest on episode number 96 of this show a little more than a year ago. Nathan and I caught up about a month ago at CEX, the creator economy expo in Cleveland and there is some big news. ConvertKit acquired Sparkloop. In this episode, you’ll learn: What you can expect from the creator network The acquisition of Sparkloop And how to build a flywheel as a creator Full transcript and show notes Join the Creator Network Follow Nathan on Twitter / YouTube Nathan's Website *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #96: Nathan Barry *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Fri, 09 Jun 2023 16:57:00 -0000 Nathan Barry of ConvertKit — Acquiring SparkLoop and turning email into multiplayer mode with the Creator Network full 1 151 Jay Clouse Nathan Barry returns to talk about the Creator Network (and their most recent acquisition) EPISODE DESCRIPTION Nathan Barry is a creator, author, speaker, designer, and the founder of ConvertKit. ConvertKit powers the audiences for creators like Gretchen Rubin, Chris Guillebeau, Pat Flynn, Tim Ferriss, Carrie-Anne Moss, and Tim McGraw. If you're not familiar with Nathan, he was a guest on episode number 96 of this show a little more than a year ago. Nathan and I caught up about a month ago at CEX, the creator economy expo in Cleveland and there is some big news. ConvertKit acquired Sparkloop. In this episode, you’ll learn: What you can expect from the creator network The acquisition of Sparkloop And how to build a flywheel as a creator Full transcript and show notes Join the Creator Network Follow Nathan on Twitter / YouTube Nathan's Website *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #96: Nathan Barry *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Nathan Barry is a creator, author, speaker, designer, and the founder of ConvertKit. ConvertKit powers the audiences for creators like Gretchen Rubin, Chris Guillebeau, Pat Flynn, Tim Ferriss, Carrie-Anne Moss, and Tim McGraw.

If you're not familiar with Nathan, he was a guest on episode number 96 of this show a little more than a year ago.

Nathan and I caught up about a month ago at CEX, the creator economy expo in Cleveland and there is some big news. ConvertKit acquired Sparkloop.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • What you can expect from the creator network
  • The acquisition of Sparkloop
  • And how to build a flywheel as a creator

Full transcript and show notes

Join the Creator Network

Follow Nathan on Twitter / YouTube

Nathan's Website

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #96: Nathan Barry

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3054 no BONUS: Breaking down my journey on Tropical MBA https://podcast.creatorscience.com/tropical-mba EPISODE DESCRIPTION This is a special episode for me. I've been a long-time listener of Tropical MBA. TMBA is a podcast between Dan Andrews and Ian Schoen. It's the first podcast focused on location-independent entrepreneurship. I was first on the show back in 2018 on their first ever "Consulting Corner" episode where they helped me work through some issues I was facing in my business. Fast forward to two weeks ago, I had the pleasure of being a return guest on the Tropical MBA podcast to talk about my journey over the last five years. Episode 32: Dan Andrews / Tropical MBA 427 Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #32: Dan Andrews *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 06 Jun 2023 07:00:00 -0000 BONUS: Breaking down my journey on Tropical MBA bonus Jay Clouse Returning to Tropical MBA after my consulting call episode from 5 years ago EPISODE DESCRIPTION This is a special episode for me. I've been a long-time listener of Tropical MBA. TMBA is a podcast between Dan Andrews and Ian Schoen. It's the first podcast focused on location-independent entrepreneurship. I was first on the show back in 2018 on their first ever "Consulting Corner" episode where they helped me work through some issues I was facing in my business. Fast forward to two weeks ago, I had the pleasure of being a return guest on the Tropical MBA podcast to talk about my journey over the last five years. Episode 32: Dan Andrews / Tropical MBA 427 Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #32: Dan Andrews *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices EPISODE DESCRIPTION

This is a special episode for me. I've been a long-time listener of Tropical MBA. TMBA is a podcast between Dan Andrews and Ian Schoen. It's the first podcast focused on location-independent entrepreneurship.

I was first on the show back in 2018 on their first ever "Consulting Corner" episode where they helped me work through some issues I was facing in my business.

Fast forward to two weeks ago, I had the pleasure of being a return guest on the Tropical MBA podcast to talk about my journey over the last five years.

Episode 32: Dan Andrews / Tropical MBA 427

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #32: Dan Andrews

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3232 no #150: Jamie Rawsthorne – How to steal an idea (and get millions of views) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/jamie-rawsthorne/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Jamie Rawsthorne is formerly half of the Zac and Jay show and is a current Youtube advisor to clients like Codie Sanchez and Morning Brew. In 2018, Zac and Jay posted "We Entered the World’s Strangest Sport," a video where they take part in the age-old Welsh tradition of bog snorkeling. That video was the catalyst for the channel's explosion, becoming one of the fastest-growing channels on YouTube. Jamie helped grow the Zac and Jay show to 900,000 subscribers…and then he left. So in this episode, you’ll learn What’s working on YouTube today Where YouTube is headed How YouTubers can monetize their channel And how to steal ideas for your own channel Full transcript and show notes Follow Jamie on Twitter / Website *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Steal Like a YouTuber 01:46 - How YouTube Has Changed Since 2018 04:11 - Does the Algorithm Hurt Innovation? 07:31 - How to Steal Videos Ethically 09:50 - How to Evaluate Video Performance 11:15 - Don’t Overthink Thumbnails 14:05 - Is YouTube TOO Optimized? 14:56 - Our Lovely Sponsor Uscreen 16:23 - Entertainment YouTube VS Education YouTube 17:43 - The Truth About YouTube Podcasts 19:46 - Monetization and Your Relationship with Your Audience 23:52 - All YouTubers NEED an Email List 27:05 - Dealing With Burnout *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #159: Nuseir Yassin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 30 May 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Jamie Rawsthorne – How to steal an idea (and get millions of views) full 1 150 Jay Clouse Jamie Rawsthorne is the former half of the Zac and Jay show and current Youtube advisor to clients like Codie Sanchez and Morning Brew WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Jamie Rawsthorne is formerly half of the Zac and Jay show and is a current Youtube advisor to clients like Codie Sanchez and Morning Brew. In 2018, Zac and Jay posted "We Entered the World’s Strangest Sport," a video where they take part in the age-old Welsh tradition of bog snorkeling. That video was the catalyst for the channel's explosion, becoming one of the fastest-growing channels on YouTube. Jamie helped grow the Zac and Jay show to 900,000 subscribers…and then he left. So in this episode, you’ll learn What’s working on YouTube today Where YouTube is headed How YouTubers can monetize their channel And how to steal ideas for your own channel Full transcript and show notes Follow Jamie on Twitter / Website *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Steal Like a YouTuber 01:46 - How YouTube Has Changed Since 2018 04:11 - Does the Algorithm Hurt Innovation? 07:31 - How to Steal Videos Ethically 09:50 - How to Evaluate Video Performance 11:15 - Don’t Overthink Thumbnails 14:05 - Is YouTube TOO Optimized? 14:56 - Our Lovely Sponsor Uscreen 16:23 - Entertainment YouTube VS Education YouTube 17:43 - The Truth About YouTube Podcasts 19:46 - Monetization and Your Relationship with Your Audience 23:52 - All YouTubers NEED an Email List 27:05 - Dealing With Burnout *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #159: Nuseir Yassin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Jamie Rawsthorne is formerly half of the Zac and Jay show and is a current Youtube advisor to clients like Codie Sanchez and Morning Brew.

In 2018, Zac and Jay posted "We Entered the World’s Strangest Sport," a video where they take part in the age-old Welsh tradition of bog snorkeling. That video was the catalyst for the channel's explosion, becoming one of the fastest-growing channels on YouTube.

Jamie helped grow the Zac and Jay show to 900,000 subscribers…and then he left.

So in this episode, you’ll learn

  • What’s working on YouTube today
  • Where YouTube is headed
  • How YouTubers can monetize their channel
  • And how to steal ideas for your own channel

Full transcript and show notes

Follow Jamie on Twitter / Website

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Steal Like a YouTuber

01:46 - How YouTube Has Changed Since 2018

04:11 - Does the Algorithm Hurt Innovation?

07:31 - How to Steal Videos Ethically

09:50 - How to Evaluate Video Performance

11:15 - Don’t Overthink Thumbnails

14:05 - Is YouTube TOO Optimized?

14:56 - Our Lovely Sponsor Uscreen

16:23 - Entertainment YouTube VS Education YouTube

17:43 - The Truth About YouTube Podcasts

19:46 - Monetization and Your Relationship with Your Audience

23:52 - All YouTubers NEED an Email List

27:05 - Dealing With Burnout

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #159: Nuseir Yassin

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 1972 yes #149: Daniel Pink – How to write like a New York Times bestselling author https://podcast.creatorscience.com/dan-pink EPISODE DESCRIPTION Dan is the author of five New York Times bestsellers, including his latest, The Power of Regret: How Looking Backward Moves Us Forward. As part of the research for this book, Dan analyzed 16,000 regrets from more than 100 countries. It’s a great book and I highly recommend it.  His other books include the New York Times bestsellers When and A Whole New Mind — as well as the #1 New York Times bestsellers Drive and To Sell is Human. Dan’s books have won multiple awards, have been translated into 42 languages, and have sold millions of copies around the world. Before he was an author, Dan worked in several positions in politics and government, including serving from 1995 to 1997 as chief speechwriter to Vice President Al Gore. You may also know Dan from of his TED talk, the puzzle of motivation which has received more than 10 million views. In this episode, you’ll learn: Why following your passion can be bad advice When to maximize vs when to satisfice Dan’s rules for writing that allow him to be so prolific as an author And why Dan doesn’t write about the same subject in all of his books Full transcript and show notes Follow Dan on Twitter / LinkedIn / Facebook / Newsletter Dan's Website *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #171 Nir Eyal *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 23 May 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Daniel Pink – How to write like a New York Times bestselling author full 1 149 Jay Clouse Dan Pink is the author of five New York Times bestsellers, including his latest, The Power of Regret: How Looking Backward Moves Us Forward. EPISODE DESCRIPTION Dan is the author of five New York Times bestsellers, including his latest, The Power of Regret: How Looking Backward Moves Us Forward. As part of the research for this book, Dan analyzed 16,000 regrets from more than 100 countries. It’s a great book and I highly recommend it.  His other books include the New York Times bestsellers When and A Whole New Mind — as well as the #1 New York Times bestsellers Drive and To Sell is Human. Dan’s books have won multiple awards, have been translated into 42 languages, and have sold millions of copies around the world. Before he was an author, Dan worked in several positions in politics and government, including serving from 1995 to 1997 as chief speechwriter to Vice President Al Gore. You may also know Dan from of his TED talk, the puzzle of motivation which has received more than 10 million views. In this episode, you’ll learn: Why following your passion can be bad advice When to maximize vs when to satisfice Dan’s rules for writing that allow him to be so prolific as an author And why Dan doesn’t write about the same subject in all of his books Full transcript and show notes Follow Dan on Twitter / LinkedIn / Facebook / Newsletter Dan's Website *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #171 Nir Eyal *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Dan is the author of five New York Times bestsellers, including his latest, The Power of Regret: How Looking Backward Moves Us Forward. As part of the research for this book, Dan analyzed 16,000 regrets from more than 100 countries. It’s a great book and I highly recommend it. 

His other books include the New York Times bestsellers When and A Whole New Mind — as well as the #1 New York Times bestsellers Drive and To Sell is Human. Dan’s books have won multiple awards, have been translated into 42 languages, and have sold millions of copies around the world.

Before he was an author, Dan worked in several positions in politics and government, including serving from 1995 to 1997 as chief speechwriter to Vice President Al Gore. You may also know Dan from of his TED talk, the puzzle of motivation which has received more than 10 million views.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • Why following your passion can be bad advice
  • When to maximize vs when to satisfice
  • Dan’s rules for writing that allow him to be so prolific as an author
  • And why Dan doesn’t write about the same subject in all of his books

Full transcript and show notes

Follow Dan on Twitter / LinkedIn / Facebook / Newsletter

Dan's Website

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #171 Nir Eyal

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3581 no [GREATEST HITS] #109: Justin Welsh – How a LinkedIn legend expanded into Twitter and Email https://podcast.creatorscience.com/justin-welsh/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Over the last decade, Justin Welsh has helped build two $50M+ ARR companies, teams of 150+ people, and raise over $300M in venture capital. Then, in 2019, he burned out. Now he runs a boutique advisory firm for entrepreneurs and creates digital products for creators. He has 150,000 followers on Twitter, 250,000 followers on LinkedIn, more than 35,000 subscribers to his email newsletter, and has earned more than $2M as a solo creator. In this episode, we talk about his approach to LinkedIn, when he decided it was time to expand to new platforms, why business can be thought of as a game, and why being Autodidactic has helped him grow quickly. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Justin Welsh Get the Content OS Get the LinkedIn OS Follow Justin Welsh on Twitter / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Opening 00:13 - Catch up 00:48 - Today’s Guest 01:16 - Justin Welsh by the numbers 01:42 - Beginnings of Justin’s writing career 03:50 - Justin experiences burnout  04:10 - What we learn in this episode 05:00 - Intro 05:18 - Early on people didn’t get it 06:04 - Is LinkedIn a practical place to start writing? 07:34 - Justin’s early experience writing 08:45 - Morning routine post blows up 10:08 - Justin’s starting expectations 11:51 - Is business a game? 17:47 - Record your own podcast with Riverside 19:44 - How to make a great LinkedIn Profile 21:55 - Crafting the perfect LinkedIn headline 25:30 - The Creator Funnel 28:14 - Do platforms suppress content with links? 31:30 - How should people emulate Justin today? 34:30 - Start your own community with Circle 35:41 - Justin’s approach to social media 37:33 - Using LinkedIn to grow on Twitter 40:08 - Using awareness channels to grow 41:15 - People get weird about sales funnels 42:35 - Where are creators falling short? 46:52 - What separates the 5% from the 1%? 47:48 - When do you decide to make something a product? 51:32 - Justin’s course structure and production 54:10 - Does Justin have a team behind him? 55:10 - Justin gets very real about burnout 56:55 - Justin’s approach to networking 59:55 - Reflection *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #170: Justin Welsh Returns *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 16 May 2023 07:00:00 -0000 [GREATEST HITS] #109: Justin Welsh – How a LinkedIn legend expanded into Twitter and Email full 1 Jay Clouse Justin Welsh has 150,000 followers on Twitter, 250,000 followers on LinkedIn, more than 35,000 subscribers to his email newsletter, and has earned more than $2M as a solo creator. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Over the last decade, Justin Welsh has helped build two $50M+ ARR companies, teams of 150+ people, and raise over $300M in venture capital. Then, in 2019, he burned out. Now he runs a boutique advisory firm for entrepreneurs and creates digital products for creators. He has 150,000 followers on Twitter, 250,000 followers on LinkedIn, more than 35,000 subscribers to his email newsletter, and has earned more than $2M as a solo creator. In this episode, we talk about his approach to LinkedIn, when he decided it was time to expand to new platforms, why business can be thought of as a game, and why being Autodidactic has helped him grow quickly. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Justin Welsh Get the Content OS Get the LinkedIn OS Follow Justin Welsh on Twitter / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Opening 00:13 - Catch up 00:48 - Today’s Guest 01:16 - Justin Welsh by the numbers 01:42 - Beginnings of Justin’s writing career 03:50 - Justin experiences burnout  04:10 - What we learn in this episode 05:00 - Intro 05:18 - Early on people didn’t get it 06:04 - Is LinkedIn a practical place to start writing? 07:34 - Justin’s early experience writing 08:45 - Morning routine post blows up 10:08 - Justin’s starting expectations 11:51 - Is business a game? 17:47 - Record your own podcast with Riverside 19:44 - How to make a great LinkedIn Profile 21:55 - Crafting the perfect LinkedIn headline 25:30 - The Creator Funnel 28:14 - Do platforms suppress content with links? 31:30 - How should people emulate Justin today? 34:30 - Start your own community with Circle 35:41 - Justin’s approach to social media 37:33 - Using LinkedIn to grow on Twitter 40:08 - Using awareness channels to grow 41:15 - People get weird about sales funnels 42:35 - Where are creators falling short? 46:52 - What separates the 5% from the 1%? 47:48 - When do you decide to make something a product? 51:32 - Justin’s course structure and production 54:10 - Does Justin have a team behind him? 55:10 - Justin gets very real about burnout 56:55 - Justin’s approach to networking 59:55 - Reflection *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #170: Justin Welsh Returns *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Over the last decade, Justin Welsh has helped build two $50M+ ARR companies, teams of 150+ people, and raise over $300M in venture capital. Then, in 2019, he burned out.

Now he runs a boutique advisory firm for entrepreneurs and creates digital products for creators. He has 150,000 followers on Twitter, 250,000 followers on LinkedIn, more than 35,000 subscribers to his email newsletter, and has earned more than $2M as a solo creator.

In this episode, we talk about his approach to LinkedIn, when he decided it was time to expand to new platforms, why business can be thought of as a game, and why being Autodidactic has helped him grow quickly.

Full transcript and show notes

Learn more about Justin Welsh

Get the Content OS

Get the LinkedIn OS

Follow Justin Welsh on Twitter / LinkedIn

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Opening

00:13 - Catch up

00:48 - Today’s Guest

01:16 - Justin Welsh by the numbers

01:42 - Beginnings of Justin’s writing career

03:50 - Justin experiences burnout 

04:10 - What we learn in this episode

05:00 - Intro

05:18 - Early on people didn’t get it

06:04 - Is LinkedIn a practical place to start writing?

07:34 - Justin’s early experience writing

08:45 - Morning routine post blows up

10:08 - Justin’s starting expectations

11:51 - Is business a game?

17:47 - Record your own podcast with Riverside

19:44 - How to make a great LinkedIn Profile

21:55 - Crafting the perfect LinkedIn headline

25:30 - The Creator Funnel

28:14 - Do platforms suppress content with links?

31:30 - How should people emulate Justin today?

34:30 - Start your own community with Circle

35:41 - Justin’s approach to social media

37:33 - Using LinkedIn to grow on Twitter

40:08 - Using awareness channels to grow

41:15 - People get weird about sales funnels

42:35 - Where are creators falling short?

46:52 - What separates the 5% from the 1%?

47:48 - When do you decide to make something a product?

51:32 - Justin’s course structure and production

54:10 - Does Justin have a team behind him?

55:10 - Justin gets very real about burnout

56:55 - Justin’s approach to networking

59:55 - Reflection

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #170: Justin Welsh Returns

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3737 no #148: Kevin Espiritu – How Epic Gardening went from a blog to a video empire. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/kevin-espiritu WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Kevin Espiritu is the founder and CEO of Epic Gardening. Epic Gardening has a simple mission: to help people around the world learn how to grow fresh, healthy food, no matter where they live. And they’ve done a really good job of that – with nearly 300 MILLION views on their YouTube videos alone, Epic Gardening is one of the biggest names in the gardening space. Not only that, but Epic Gardening generates millions of dollars in revenue every year. And while they may be most known for their multi-platform video content, Epic Gardening began as a blog. Kevin’s team began doing video just a few years ago, but that decision fueled their rapid growth. So in this episode, you’ll learn: How Epic Gardening transitioned from a blog to a media company How Kevin operates more like an entrepreneur than a creator Why there may be opportunity in old industries And how to create things that other people just aren’t willing to Full transcript and show notes Follow Kevin on YouTube / TikTok / Instagram / Facebook / Pinterest Kevin's Website *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - The YouTube Gardening Empire 01:37 - Kevin Quits His Job to Build Epic Gardening 05:31 - Being an Entrepreneur First 10:43 - There is Massive Opportunity in Old Niches 14:14 - Evaluating Trends and Staying Ahead 18:17 - Short Form vs Long Form Content 20:20 - YouTube Shorts Audiences are Different than Longform 22:01 - Investing $30k into 1st Physical Products 25:01 - TikTok and YouTube KPIs to Look at 26:00 - Asking People For Help  26:50 - How Should a New Creator Start? 28:29 - SEO is Important for Creators 29:39 - YouTube SEO 30:51 - How to Make the Best Video in Your Niche 33:05 - Managing Video Production is Hard 35:00 - Hiring and Managing People as a Creator 40:34 - How to Evaluate Ideas and Opportunities 44:49 - Copycats Can Only Grow So Big *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #25: Eric Jorgenson *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 09 May 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Kevin Espiritu – How Epic Gardening went from a blog to a video empire. full 1 148 Jay Clouse Epic Gardening has 2.5 million subscribers and nearly 300 million views on YouTube alone. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Kevin Espiritu is the founder and CEO of Epic Gardening. Epic Gardening has a simple mission: to help people around the world learn how to grow fresh, healthy food, no matter where they live. And they’ve done a really good job of that – with nearly 300 MILLION views on their YouTube videos alone, Epic Gardening is one of the biggest names in the gardening space. Not only that, but Epic Gardening generates millions of dollars in revenue every year. And while they may be most known for their multi-platform video content, Epic Gardening began as a blog. Kevin’s team began doing video just a few years ago, but that decision fueled their rapid growth. So in this episode, you’ll learn: How Epic Gardening transitioned from a blog to a media company How Kevin operates more like an entrepreneur than a creator Why there may be opportunity in old industries And how to create things that other people just aren’t willing to Full transcript and show notes Follow Kevin on YouTube / TikTok / Instagram / Facebook / Pinterest Kevin's Website *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - The YouTube Gardening Empire 01:37 - Kevin Quits His Job to Build Epic Gardening 05:31 - Being an Entrepreneur First 10:43 - There is Massive Opportunity in Old Niches 14:14 - Evaluating Trends and Staying Ahead 18:17 - Short Form vs Long Form Content 20:20 - YouTube Shorts Audiences are Different than Longform 22:01 - Investing $30k into 1st Physical Products 25:01 - TikTok and YouTube KPIs to Look at 26:00 - Asking People For Help  26:50 - How Should a New Creator Start? 28:29 - SEO is Important for Creators 29:39 - YouTube SEO 30:51 - How to Make the Best Video in Your Niche 33:05 - Managing Video Production is Hard 35:00 - Hiring and Managing People as a Creator 40:34 - How to Evaluate Ideas and Opportunities 44:49 - Copycats Can Only Grow So Big *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #25: Eric Jorgenson *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Kevin Espiritu is the founder and CEO of Epic Gardening. Epic Gardening has a simple mission: to help people around the world learn how to grow fresh, healthy food, no matter where they live.

And they’ve done a really good job of that – with nearly 300 MILLION views on their YouTube videos alone, Epic Gardening is one of the biggest names in the gardening space. Not only that, but Epic Gardening generates millions of dollars in revenue every year.

And while they may be most known for their multi-platform video content, Epic Gardening began as a blog. Kevin’s team began doing video just a few years ago, but that decision fueled their rapid growth.

So in this episode, you’ll learn:

  • How Epic Gardening transitioned from a blog to a media company
  • How Kevin operates more like an entrepreneur than a creator
  • Why there may be opportunity in old industries
  • And how to create things that other people just aren’t willing to

Full transcript and show notes

Follow Kevin on YouTube / TikTok / Instagram / Facebook / Pinterest

Kevin's Website

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - The YouTube Gardening Empire

01:37 - Kevin Quits His Job to Build Epic Gardening

05:31 - Being an Entrepreneur First

10:43 - There is Massive Opportunity in Old Niches

14:14 - Evaluating Trends and Staying Ahead

18:17 - Short Form vs Long Form Content

20:20 - YouTube Shorts Audiences are Different than Longform

22:01 - Investing $30k into 1st Physical Products

25:01 - TikTok and YouTube KPIs to Look at

26:00 - Asking People For Help 

26:50 - How Should a New Creator Start?

28:29 - SEO is Important for Creators

29:39 - YouTube SEO

30:51 - How to Make the Best Video in Your Niche

33:05 - Managing Video Production is Hard

35:00 - Hiring and Managing People as a Creator

40:34 - How to Evaluate Ideas and Opportunities

44:49 - Copycats Can Only Grow So Big

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #25: Eric Jorgenson

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2998 no #147: Chenell Basilio – How the best newsletter operators grow to 50K+ subscribers https://podcast.creatorscience.com/chenell-basilio EPISODE DESCRIPTION Chenell is the writer of Growth In Reverse, a weekly newsletter where she reverse engineers how a top creator grew from 0 to 50k+ subscribers. Chenell has done deep dives on Justin Welsh, Codie Sanchez, Lenny Rachitsky, Harry Dry, and many more. I read it every week and think it’s incredibly well-done. The premise is super clear, and as a result, Chenell has seen her OWN newsletter grow very quickly – nearing 10,000 subscribers in just about four months. In this episode, you’ll learn: The common patterns between these newsletter operators Some of the most effective growth tactics she’s uncovered And what’s working for HER right now Full transcript and show notes Follow Chenell on Twitter / LinkedIn Subscribe to Growth In Reverse *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #145: Matt McGarry *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 02 May 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Chenell Basilio – How the best newsletter operators grow to 50K+ subscribers. full 1 147 Jay Clouse Chenell Basilio is the creator of Growth In Reverse where she studies how creators like Justin Welsh, Packy McCormick, Lenny Rachitsky, and Codie Sanchez grew their newsletter. EPISODE DESCRIPTION Chenell is the writer of Growth In Reverse, a weekly newsletter where she reverse engineers how a top creator grew from 0 to 50k+ subscribers. Chenell has done deep dives on Justin Welsh, Codie Sanchez, Lenny Rachitsky, Harry Dry, and many more. I read it every week and think it’s incredibly well-done. The premise is super clear, and as a result, Chenell has seen her OWN newsletter grow very quickly – nearing 10,000 subscribers in just about four months. In this episode, you’ll learn: The common patterns between these newsletter operators Some of the most effective growth tactics she’s uncovered And what’s working for HER right now Full transcript and show notes Follow Chenell on Twitter / LinkedIn Subscribe to Growth In Reverse *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #145: Matt McGarry *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Chenell is the writer of Growth In Reverse, a weekly newsletter where she reverse engineers how a top creator grew from 0 to 50k+ subscribers.

Chenell has done deep dives on Justin Welsh, Codie Sanchez, Lenny Rachitsky, Harry Dry, and many more.

I read it every week and think it’s incredibly well-done. The premise is super clear, and as a result, Chenell has seen her OWN newsletter grow very quickly – nearing 10,000 subscribers in just about four months.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • The common patterns between these newsletter operators
  • Some of the most effective growth tactics she’s uncovered
  • And what’s working for HER right now

Full transcript and show notes

Follow Chenell on Twitter / LinkedIn

Subscribe to Growth In Reverse

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #145: Matt McGarry

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2773 no #146: Justin Moore – Redesigning his perfect offer ladder https://podcast.creatorscience.com/justin-moore-2 WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Justin Moore is a sponsorship coach. His business, Creator Wizard, helps you find & negotiate your dream sponsorships so that you stop leaving money on the table. Along with his wife April, Justin’s been a full-time creator for over 7 years and has personally made over $3M working with brands. He has also run an influencer marketing agency for over 5 years that has helped other creators earn an additional $2M. For the last couple of years, Justin has been teaching what he knows through a live, cohort-based course called Brand Deal Wizard. But lately, he’s been working with more creators 1-on-1… In this episode, you’ll learn: About Justin's suite of products known as an offer ladder Tiered pricing models The coaching side of his business Full transcript and show notes Follow Justin on Newsletter / YouTube /Twitter / Instagram / Follow Justin on Instagram Justin's Website *** TIMESTAMPS 00:26 - Justin Moore Has a Problem 05:24 - Designing Your Value Ladder Workshop 19:38 - Designing Your Value Ladder Workshop II 30:07 - Webinars as a Top Funnel Strategy 32:27 - Tips for Scaling Coaching Services *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #121: Bryan Harris *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 25 Apr 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Justin Moore – Redesigning his perfect offer ladder full 1 146 Jay Clouse Go behind-the-scenes as we reimagine a creator’s products and services. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Justin Moore is a sponsorship coach. His business, Creator Wizard, helps you find & negotiate your dream sponsorships so that you stop leaving money on the table. Along with his wife April, Justin’s been a full-time creator for over 7 years and has personally made over $3M working with brands. He has also run an influencer marketing agency for over 5 years that has helped other creators earn an additional $2M. For the last couple of years, Justin has been teaching what he knows through a live, cohort-based course called Brand Deal Wizard. But lately, he’s been working with more creators 1-on-1… In this episode, you’ll learn: About Justin's suite of products known as an offer ladder Tiered pricing models The coaching side of his business Full transcript and show notes Follow Justin on Newsletter / YouTube /Twitter / Instagram / Follow Justin on Instagram Justin's Website *** TIMESTAMPS 00:26 - Justin Moore Has a Problem 05:24 - Designing Your Value Ladder Workshop 19:38 - Designing Your Value Ladder Workshop II 30:07 - Webinars as a Top Funnel Strategy 32:27 - Tips for Scaling Coaching Services *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #121: Bryan Harris *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Justin Moore is a sponsorship coach. His business, Creator Wizard, helps you find & negotiate your dream sponsorships so that you stop leaving money on the table.

Along with his wife April, Justin’s been a full-time creator for over 7 years and has personally made over $3M working with brands. He has also run an influencer marketing agency for over 5 years that has helped other creators earn an additional $2M.

For the last couple of years, Justin has been teaching what he knows through a live, cohort-based course called Brand Deal Wizard. But lately, he’s been working with more creators 1-on-1…

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • About Justin's suite of products known as an offer ladder
  • Tiered pricing models
  • The coaching side of his business

Full transcript and show notes

Follow Justin on Newsletter / YouTube /Twitter / Instagram / Follow Justin on Instagram

Justin's Website

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:26 - Justin Moore Has a Problem

05:24 - Designing Your Value Ladder Workshop

19:38 - Designing Your Value Ladder Workshop II

30:07 - Webinars as a Top Funnel Strategy

32:27 - Tips for Scaling Coaching Services

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #121: Bryan Harris

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2559 no #145: Matt McGarry – The man behind email acquisition for The Hustle, Codie Sanchez, Sahil Bloom, and The Milk Road https://podcast.creatorscience.com/matt-mcgarry EPISODE DESCRIPTION Matt McGarry is the owner of Growletter, an agency helping some of the biggest newsletters in the world grow. He's helped The Hustle, Codie Sanchez, The Milk Road, and others attract millions of email subscribers. He also studies the world’s best newsletters, content creators, and media companies and shares their strategies and tactics through his newsletter, called The Newsletter Operator. He is THE guy to know if you’re focused on building a newsletter and are interested in growing through paid acquisition. In this episode, you’ll learn: How paid acquisition works The costs you can expect How to run a successful campaign And how to calculate ROI Full transcript and show notes Follow Matt on Twitter / LinkedIn Subscribe to The Newsletter Operator *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #147: Chenell Basilio *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 18 Apr 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Matt McGarry – The man behind email acquisition for The Hustle, Codie Sanchez, Sahil Bloom, and The Milk Road full 1 145 Jay Clouse Breaking down how the best of the best grow their newsletters with paid acquisition. EPISODE DESCRIPTION Matt McGarry is the owner of Growletter, an agency helping some of the biggest newsletters in the world grow. He's helped The Hustle, Codie Sanchez, The Milk Road, and others attract millions of email subscribers. He also studies the world’s best newsletters, content creators, and media companies and shares their strategies and tactics through his newsletter, called The Newsletter Operator. He is THE guy to know if you’re focused on building a newsletter and are interested in growing through paid acquisition. In this episode, you’ll learn: How paid acquisition works The costs you can expect How to run a successful campaign And how to calculate ROI Full transcript and show notes Follow Matt on Twitter / LinkedIn Subscribe to The Newsletter Operator *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #147: Chenell Basilio *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Matt McGarry is the owner of Growletter, an agency helping some of the biggest newsletters in the world grow. He's helped The Hustle, Codie Sanchez, The Milk Road, and others attract millions of email subscribers.

He also studies the world’s best newsletters, content creators, and media companies and shares their strategies and tactics through his newsletter, called The Newsletter Operator.

He is THE guy to know if you’re focused on building a newsletter and are interested in growing through paid acquisition.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • How paid acquisition works
  • The costs you can expect
  • How to run a successful campaign
  • And how to calculate ROI

Full transcript and show notes

Follow Matt on Twitter / LinkedIn

Subscribe to The Newsletter Operator

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #147: Chenell Basilio

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3016 no #144: Bari Baumgardner – How to create the perfect 3-day event (IRL or virtually) https://podcast.creatorscience.com/bari-baumgardner WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Bari Baumgardner is the founder of SAGE Events. Bari has been in events since the 90s and has worked with some of the biggest names in business. When Tony Robbins was figuring out how to build his legendary virtual event stadium, he got in touch with Bari. In this episode, you’ll learn: How to create a perfect event The perfect event format The costs associated with an event How you can earn revenue outside of ticket sales Full transcript and show notes Follow Bari on Instagram / Facebook / YouTube Bari's Website *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - She Generated $500 MILLION in 2 YEARS 01:32 - Live Events are High Stakes 02:33 - “The Big Why” Exercise  06:54 - How Early Should I Plan for an Event? 09:40 - In-Person Event Costs and Cash Flow 14:26 - Location and Time Cost Differences 16:33 - Travel Considerations 19:58 - Budgeting for Events 22:17 - Be the Authority NOT the Expert 24:46 - The Best Event Length 27:22 - The PERFECT Event Format 31:08 - Events Need a Purpose 36:06 - You Don’t Need Guest Speakers 41:19 - Converting Your Audience for an Event 45:41 - How to Make the Perfect VIRTUAL Event 51:47 - Logistics of Virtual Events 55:13 - How to Limit Audience Distractions 57:06 - The Pressure of Working with Tony Robbins 01:01:23 - Next Steps to Take *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #187: Michael Stelzner *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 11 Apr 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Bari Baumgardner – How to create the perfect 3-day event (IRL or virtually) full 1 144 Jay Clouse Bari Baumgardner has helped create events for Tony Robbins, Russell Brunson, Grant Cardone, and more. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Bari Baumgardner is the founder of SAGE Events. Bari has been in events since the 90s and has worked with some of the biggest names in business. When Tony Robbins was figuring out how to build his legendary virtual event stadium, he got in touch with Bari. In this episode, you’ll learn: How to create a perfect event The perfect event format The costs associated with an event How you can earn revenue outside of ticket sales Full transcript and show notes Follow Bari on Instagram / Facebook / YouTube Bari's Website *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - She Generated $500 MILLION in 2 YEARS 01:32 - Live Events are High Stakes 02:33 - “The Big Why” Exercise  06:54 - How Early Should I Plan for an Event? 09:40 - In-Person Event Costs and Cash Flow 14:26 - Location and Time Cost Differences 16:33 - Travel Considerations 19:58 - Budgeting for Events 22:17 - Be the Authority NOT the Expert 24:46 - The Best Event Length 27:22 - The PERFECT Event Format 31:08 - Events Need a Purpose 36:06 - You Don’t Need Guest Speakers 41:19 - Converting Your Audience for an Event 45:41 - How to Make the Perfect VIRTUAL Event 51:47 - Logistics of Virtual Events 55:13 - How to Limit Audience Distractions 57:06 - The Pressure of Working with Tony Robbins 01:01:23 - Next Steps to Take *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #187: Michael Stelzner *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Bari Baumgardner is the founder of SAGE Events. Bari has been in events since the 90s and has worked with some of the biggest names in business.

When Tony Robbins was figuring out how to build his legendary virtual event stadium, he got in touch with Bari.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • How to create a perfect event
  • The perfect event format
  • The costs associated with an event
  • How you can earn revenue outside of ticket sales


Full transcript and show notes

Follow Bari on Instagram / Facebook / YouTube

Bari's Website

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - She Generated $500 MILLION in 2 YEARS

01:32 - Live Events are High Stakes

02:33 - “The Big Why” Exercise 

06:54 - How Early Should I Plan for an Event?

09:40 - In-Person Event Costs and Cash Flow

14:26 - Location and Time Cost Differences

16:33 - Travel Considerations

19:58 - Budgeting for Events

22:17 - Be the Authority NOT the Expert

24:46 - The Best Event Length

27:22 - The PERFECT Event Format

31:08 - Events Need a Purpose

36:06 - You Don’t Need Guest Speakers

41:19 - Converting Your Audience for an Event

45:41 - How to Make the Perfect VIRTUAL Event

51:47 - Logistics of Virtual Events

55:13 - How to Limit Audience Distractions

57:06 - The Pressure of Working with Tony Robbins

01:01:23 - Next Steps to Take

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #187: Michael Stelzner

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4049 no #143: Guy Raz – The host of How I Built This on what he’s learned from great creators. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/guy-raz WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Guy Raz is an independent producer who has been described by the New York Times as "one of the most popular podcasters in history." He's the creator of the wildly successful podcast How I Built This and he's also the former host and co-creator of TED Radio Hour. All together, Guy's programs are heard by nearly 19 MILLION listeners EACH MONTH. In this episode, you’ll learn: What Guy has learned from these Great Creators The similarities between high-performing artists and high-performing entrepreneurs The role luck plays in success The tradeoffs that come with having high ambition Subscribe to the Great Creators Full transcript and show notes Follow Guy on Instagram / LinkedIn /Twitter Guy's Website *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Talent Is Wildly Overrated 01:38 - Can you Interview Celebrities as Real People? 05:21 - How Guy Gets His Guests to be Genuine 08:41 - Tom Hanks Gets Imposter Syndrome Just Like You 11:33 - Being a “Lone Genius” Is a Myth 17:54 - Taking Risks and Getting Out of Your Comfort Zone 23:20 - What Separates Successful Creators from Others 27:33 - How to Keep Getting Better at Your Craft 33:35 - Similarities Between Artists and Entrepreneurs 35:45 - Is Success Just Luck? 41:00 - The Heavy Cost of Success 44:23 - Being a Lifelong Learner *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #89: Hrishikesh Hirway *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 04 Apr 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Guy Raz – The host of How I Built This on what he’s learned from great creators. full 1 143 Jay Clouse Guy Raz is an independent producer who has been described by the New York Times as "one of the most popular podcasters in history.” WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Guy Raz is an independent producer who has been described by the New York Times as "one of the most popular podcasters in history." He's the creator of the wildly successful podcast How I Built This and he's also the former host and co-creator of TED Radio Hour. All together, Guy's programs are heard by nearly 19 MILLION listeners EACH MONTH. In this episode, you’ll learn: What Guy has learned from these Great Creators The similarities between high-performing artists and high-performing entrepreneurs The role luck plays in success The tradeoffs that come with having high ambition Subscribe to the Great Creators Full transcript and show notes Follow Guy on Instagram / LinkedIn /Twitter Guy's Website *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Talent Is Wildly Overrated 01:38 - Can you Interview Celebrities as Real People? 05:21 - How Guy Gets His Guests to be Genuine 08:41 - Tom Hanks Gets Imposter Syndrome Just Like You 11:33 - Being a “Lone Genius” Is a Myth 17:54 - Taking Risks and Getting Out of Your Comfort Zone 23:20 - What Separates Successful Creators from Others 27:33 - How to Keep Getting Better at Your Craft 33:35 - Similarities Between Artists and Entrepreneurs 35:45 - Is Success Just Luck? 41:00 - The Heavy Cost of Success 44:23 - Being a Lifelong Learner *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #89: Hrishikesh Hirway *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Guy Raz is an independent producer who has been described by the New York Times as "one of the most popular podcasters in history."

He's the creator of the wildly successful podcast How I Built This and he's also the former host and co-creator of TED Radio Hour.

All together, Guy's programs are heard by nearly 19 MILLION listeners EACH MONTH.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • What Guy has learned from these Great Creators
  • The similarities between high-performing artists and high-performing entrepreneurs
  • The role luck plays in success
  • The tradeoffs that come with having high ambition

Subscribe to the Great Creators

Full transcript and show notes

Follow Guy on Instagram / LinkedIn /Twitter

Guy's Website

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Talent Is Wildly Overrated

01:38 - Can you Interview Celebrities as Real People?

05:21 - How Guy Gets His Guests to be Genuine

08:41 - Tom Hanks Gets Imposter Syndrome Just Like You

11:33 - Being a “Lone Genius” Is a Myth

17:54 - Taking Risks and Getting Out of Your Comfort Zone

23:20 - What Separates Successful Creators from Others

27:33 - How to Keep Getting Better at Your Craft

33:35 - Similarities Between Artists and Entrepreneurs

35:45 - Is Success Just Luck?

41:00 - The Heavy Cost of Success

44:23 - Being a Lifelong Learner

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #89: Hrishikesh Hirway

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3037 no #142: Creative Elements is now Creator Science! Here’s why I’m rebranding. https://podcast.creatorscience.com/rebrand Hello my friend! I have some BIG news to share with you today. This podcast has a new name! This show is no longer named Creative Elements. Moving forward, this show will be named Creator Science. Don’t worry, there’s nothing YOU need to do – it’s the same RSS feed that you’re already subscribed to. You’ll just see it pop up under the name “Creator Science” instead of Creative Elements and you’ll notice some slight differences in the new artwork. Rebrands are really hard. But I have two mantras for 2023: 1.) Simplification 2.) Ripping off the band-aid I’m on a mission to simplify my business and any time I can do that, even if it’s scary, difficult, or painful, I’m going to rip off the band-aid and make that change. So in this episode, I’m going to talk about why I’m renaming the podcast to Creator Science. Links for more: • My conversation with Arvid Kahl • My essay on rebranding my newsletter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #168: Alexandra Watkins *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 28 Mar 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Creative Elements is now Creator Science! Here’s why I’m rebranding. full 1 142 Jay Clouse On the 3-year anniversary of Creative Elements, we’re changing the name. In this episode, I explain why. Hello my friend! I have some BIG news to share with you today. This podcast has a new name! This show is no longer named Creative Elements. Moving forward, this show will be named Creator Science. Don’t worry, there’s nothing YOU need to do – it’s the same RSS feed that you’re already subscribed to. You’ll just see it pop up under the name “Creator Science” instead of Creative Elements and you’ll notice some slight differences in the new artwork. Rebrands are really hard. But I have two mantras for 2023: 1.) Simplification 2.) Ripping off the band-aid I’m on a mission to simplify my business and any time I can do that, even if it’s scary, difficult, or painful, I’m going to rip off the band-aid and make that change. So in this episode, I’m going to talk about why I’m renaming the podcast to Creator Science. Links for more: • My conversation with Arvid Kahl • My essay on rebranding my newsletter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #168: Alexandra Watkins *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Hello my friend! I have some BIG news to share with you today. This podcast has a new name! This show is no longer named Creative Elements. Moving forward, this show will be named Creator Science. Don’t worry, there’s nothing YOU need to do – it’s the same RSS feed that you’re already subscribed to. You’ll just see it pop up under the name “Creator Science” instead of Creative Elements and you’ll notice some slight differences in the new artwork.

Rebrands are really hard. But I have two mantras for 2023:

1.) Simplification

2.) Ripping off the band-aid

I’m on a mission to simplify my business and any time I can do that, even if it’s scary, difficult, or painful, I’m going to rip off the band-aid and make that change.

So in this episode, I’m going to talk about why I’m renaming the podcast to Creator Science.


Links for more:

• My conversation with Arvid Kahl

• My essay on rebranding my newsletter


Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #168: Alexandra Watkins

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 1782 no [GREATEST HITS] #93: Codie Sanchez – Growing a newsletter by dominating social media (in just over 2 years)! https://www.creativeelements.fm/codie-sanchez Codie Sanchez is a reformed journalist, turned institutional investor to cannabis investor and advisor, to now Founder of Contrarian Thinking and Cofounder of Unconventional Acquisitions. She helps people think critically, and cashflow unconventionally while allocating to what she calls "sweaty & boring" small businesses. Most notably these are businesses in the micro-private equity space in traditional service-based industries.  Throughout her career, she has worked at the intersection of marketing and money, finding contrarian ways to invest.  Today, Codie has more than 150,000 email subscribers, 815,000 followers on TikTok, 209,000 followers on Instagram, and 123,000 followers on Twitter. In this episode, we talk about Codie’s bet on being a content creator, how she forms opinions, her exact content process and strategy for TikTok, Twitter, and Instagram, why she doesn’t recommend Substack, and why Contrarian Thinking is a skill we all need to hone. Subscribe to Contrarian Thinking Follow Codie Sanchez on Instagram Follow Codie Sanchez on Twitter Follow Codie Sanchez on TikTok Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #170: Nick Huber *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 21 Mar 2023 07:00:00 -0000 [GREATEST HITS] #93: Codie Sanchez – Growing a newsletter by dominating social media (in just over 2 years)! full 1 Jay Clouse Codie Sanchez is the Founder of Contrarian Thinking and Cofounder of Unconventional Acquisitions. She helps people think critically and cashflow unconventionally while allocating to what she calls "sweaty & boring" small businesses. Codie Sanchez is a reformed journalist, turned institutional investor to cannabis investor and advisor, to now Founder of Contrarian Thinking and Cofounder of Unconventional Acquisitions. She helps people think critically, and cashflow unconventionally while allocating to what she calls "sweaty & boring" small businesses. Most notably these are businesses in the micro-private equity space in traditional service-based industries.  Throughout her career, she has worked at the intersection of marketing and money, finding contrarian ways to invest.  Today, Codie has more than 150,000 email subscribers, 815,000 followers on TikTok, 209,000 followers on Instagram, and 123,000 followers on Twitter. In this episode, we talk about Codie’s bet on being a content creator, how she forms opinions, her exact content process and strategy for TikTok, Twitter, and Instagram, why she doesn’t recommend Substack, and why Contrarian Thinking is a skill we all need to hone. Subscribe to Contrarian Thinking Follow Codie Sanchez on Instagram Follow Codie Sanchez on Twitter Follow Codie Sanchez on TikTok Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #170: Nick Huber *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Codie Sanchez is a reformed journalist, turned institutional investor to cannabis investor and advisor, to now Founder of Contrarian Thinking and Cofounder of Unconventional Acquisitions. She helps people think critically, and cashflow unconventionally while allocating to what she calls "sweaty & boring" small businesses. Most notably these are businesses in the micro-private equity space in traditional service-based industries. 

Throughout her career, she has worked at the intersection of marketing and money, finding contrarian ways to invest. 

Today, Codie has more than 150,000 email subscribers, 815,000 followers on TikTok, 209,000 followers on Instagram, and 123,000 followers on Twitter.

In this episode, we talk about Codie’s bet on being a content creator, how she forms opinions, her exact content process and strategy for TikTok, Twitter, and Instagram, why she doesn’t recommend Substack, and why Contrarian Thinking is a skill we all need to hone.

Subscribe to Contrarian Thinking

Follow Codie Sanchez on Instagram

Follow Codie Sanchez on Twitter

Follow Codie Sanchez on TikTok

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #170: Nick Huber

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3345 no #141: Sean Cannell – How YouTube is changing and what works in 2023 https://www.creativeelements.fm/sean-cannell WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Sean Cannell is the founder of Think Media and the author of YouTube Secrets. Think Media has nearly two and a half million subscribers and their videos have been viewed hundreds of millions of times. Sean is one of the most respected voices in the world of YouTube, and he says that the game is changing.  In this episode you’ll learn: What types of videos are doing well on YouTube today What metrics you should be paying attention to Sean’s Perfect Video recipe The video opportunity on social media INCLUDING Twitter Full transcript and show notes Follow Sean on Instagram / Twitter / Facebook / LinkedIn/ Website Think Media YouTube The Think Media Podcast / YouTube YouTube Secrets Book *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Is it too Late to Start on YouTube? 01:24 - What Video Length Performs Best? 05:01 - How Growing on YouTube Has Changed Recently 10:10 - The Ground Floor Opportunity for Creators 16:05 - Browse Traffic Vs Search Traffic 19:49 - Researching for Video Ideas 24:22 - How the Suggested Algorithm Works 31:22 - Sean’s Recipe for PERFECT Videos 39:08 - Video Opportunities on Twitter 45:06 - Facebook and Instagram Reels *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #129: Hayden Hillier-Smith *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 14 Mar 2023 07:00:00 -0000 Sean Cannell – How YouTube is changing and what works in 2023 full 1 141 Jay Clouse Sean Cannell is the founder of Think Media and the author of YouTube Secrets. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Sean Cannell is the founder of Think Media and the author of YouTube Secrets. Think Media has nearly two and a half million subscribers and their videos have been viewed hundreds of millions of times. Sean is one of the most respected voices in the world of YouTube, and he says that the game is changing.  In this episode you’ll learn: What types of videos are doing well on YouTube today What metrics you should be paying attention to Sean’s Perfect Video recipe The video opportunity on social media INCLUDING Twitter Full transcript and show notes Follow Sean on Instagram / Twitter / Facebook / LinkedIn/ Website Think Media YouTube The Think Media Podcast / YouTube YouTube Secrets Book *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Is it too Late to Start on YouTube? 01:24 - What Video Length Performs Best? 05:01 - How Growing on YouTube Has Changed Recently 10:10 - The Ground Floor Opportunity for Creators 16:05 - Browse Traffic Vs Search Traffic 19:49 - Researching for Video Ideas 24:22 - How the Suggested Algorithm Works 31:22 - Sean’s Recipe for PERFECT Videos 39:08 - Video Opportunities on Twitter 45:06 - Facebook and Instagram Reels *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #129: Hayden Hillier-Smith *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Sean Cannell is the founder of Think Media and the author of YouTube Secrets.

Think Media has nearly two and a half million subscribers and their videos have been viewed hundreds of millions of times.

Sean is one of the most respected voices in the world of YouTube, and he says that the game is changing. 

In this episode you’ll learn:

  • What types of videos are doing well on YouTube today
  • What metrics you should be paying attention to
  • Sean’s Perfect Video recipe
  • The video opportunity on social media INCLUDING Twitter

Full transcript and show notes

Follow Sean on Instagram / Twitter / Facebook / LinkedIn/ Website

Think Media YouTube

The Think Media Podcast / YouTube

YouTube Secrets Book

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Is it too Late to Start on YouTube?

01:24 - What Video Length Performs Best?

05:01 - How Growing on YouTube Has Changed Recently

10:10 - The Ground Floor Opportunity for Creators

16:05 - Browse Traffic Vs Search Traffic

19:49 - Researching for Video Ideas

24:22 - How the Suggested Algorithm Works

31:22 - Sean’s Recipe for PERFECT Videos

39:08 - Video Opportunities on Twitter

45:06 - Facebook and Instagram Reels

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #129: Hayden Hillier-Smith

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3149 no #140: Maurizio Leo – the sourdough bread blogger who became an overnight success https://www.creativeelements.fm/maurizio-leo WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Maurizio Leo is a software engineer-turned-baker who's baked sourdough bread for more than ten years. Maurizio started a blog called The Perfect Loaf in 2013 to share his passion for baking sourdough bread at home. Since then, Maurizio’s business has grown a lot. The Perfect Loaf has nearly 100,000 email subscribers with an incredible 72% open rate. He has nearly 300,000 followers on Instagram and a growing YouTube channel as well. Recently, he even published a New York Times best-selling cookbook! In this episode, you’ll learn: How to be patient with what you’re creating Why Maurizio responds to every email he receives How he makes money from a baking blog And what he’d do differently to better prepare for his website’s sudden traffic Full transcript and show notes Follow Maurizio on Instagram / Youtube / Pinterest The Perfect Loaf Website / Newsletter / Book *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Overnight Success Doesn’t Happen Overnight 01:56 - Maurizio’s Slow Beginnings 06:14 - Posting to Nobody for 5 Years 12:11 - Branching Out Into Instagram and YouTube 15:12 - People Start Paying Attention to Maurizio 17:37 - How Maurizio Thinks About SEO 18:46 - Going ALL IN on Content 20:29 - Blowing Up During the Pandemic 24:16 - How to Prepare for Growth 27:39 - Maurizio’s Business Model 31:17 - Chat Vs Forum Based Community Tools 34:24 - The Insane Process of Publishing a Book 40:52 - Preparing for a Book Release 43:50 - Does Email or Instagram Sell Better? 45:09 - What’s Next for Maurizio? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #148: Kevin Espiritu *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 07 Mar 2023 08:00:00 -0000 Maurizio Leo – the sourdough bread blogger who became an overnight success full 1 140 Jay Clouse How this baker was impacted by the sudden sourdough craze admist the global pandemic WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Maurizio Leo is a software engineer-turned-baker who's baked sourdough bread for more than ten years. Maurizio started a blog called The Perfect Loaf in 2013 to share his passion for baking sourdough bread at home. Since then, Maurizio’s business has grown a lot. The Perfect Loaf has nearly 100,000 email subscribers with an incredible 72% open rate. He has nearly 300,000 followers on Instagram and a growing YouTube channel as well. Recently, he even published a New York Times best-selling cookbook! In this episode, you’ll learn: How to be patient with what you’re creating Why Maurizio responds to every email he receives How he makes money from a baking blog And what he’d do differently to better prepare for his website’s sudden traffic Full transcript and show notes Follow Maurizio on Instagram / Youtube / Pinterest The Perfect Loaf Website / Newsletter / Book *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Overnight Success Doesn’t Happen Overnight 01:56 - Maurizio’s Slow Beginnings 06:14 - Posting to Nobody for 5 Years 12:11 - Branching Out Into Instagram and YouTube 15:12 - People Start Paying Attention to Maurizio 17:37 - How Maurizio Thinks About SEO 18:46 - Going ALL IN on Content 20:29 - Blowing Up During the Pandemic 24:16 - How to Prepare for Growth 27:39 - Maurizio’s Business Model 31:17 - Chat Vs Forum Based Community Tools 34:24 - The Insane Process of Publishing a Book 40:52 - Preparing for a Book Release 43:50 - Does Email or Instagram Sell Better? 45:09 - What’s Next for Maurizio? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #148: Kevin Espiritu *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Maurizio Leo is a software engineer-turned-baker who's baked sourdough bread for more than ten years.

Maurizio started a blog called The Perfect Loaf in 2013 to share his passion for baking sourdough bread at home.

Since then, Maurizio’s business has grown a lot. The Perfect Loaf has nearly 100,000 email subscribers with an incredible 72% open rate. He has nearly 300,000 followers on Instagram and a growing YouTube channel as well. Recently, he even published a New York Times best-selling cookbook!

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • How to be patient with what you’re creating
  • Why Maurizio responds to every email he receives
  • How he makes money from a baking blog
  • And what he’d do differently to better prepare for his website’s sudden traffic

Full transcript and show notes

Follow Maurizio on Instagram / Youtube / Pinterest

The Perfect Loaf Website / Newsletter / Book

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Overnight Success Doesn’t Happen Overnight

01:56 - Maurizio’s Slow Beginnings

06:14 - Posting to Nobody for 5 Years

12:11 - Branching Out Into Instagram and YouTube

15:12 - People Start Paying Attention to Maurizio

17:37 - How Maurizio Thinks About SEO

18:46 - Going ALL IN on Content

20:29 - Blowing Up During the Pandemic

24:16 - How to Prepare for Growth

27:39 - Maurizio’s Business Model

31:17 - Chat Vs Forum Based Community Tools

34:24 - The Insane Process of Publishing a Book

40:52 - Preparing for a Book Release

43:50 - Does Email or Instagram Sell Better?

45:09 - What’s Next for Maurizio?

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #148: Kevin Espiritu

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3041 no #139: How Brennan Dunn is Designing and Pricing His New Course Product https://www.creativeelements.fm/brennan-dunn-2 EPISODE DESCRIPTION Brennan Dunn is a friend and a man of many skills and accomplishments – he’s a writer, marketer, developer, and even designer. Brennan built Palladio, the tool I used to create my email templates. He co-founded RightMessage, an incredible software for segmenting your email subscribers. And these days, he writes a fantastic blog called Create & Sell where he’s documenting all that he’s learned over the years. We were talking over email recently and he told me he’s actually creating something new under the Create & Sell brand – a platform that pulls in EVERY course lesson he’s ever made and will create custom learning pathways based on a student intake survey. This is what he wants to build as a single product offer over the coming months and I REALLY wanted to dig into it with him. So in this episode, you'll hear a conversation between Brennan and me talking through what that might look like. We talk about positioning, pricing, marketing, and more. Full transcript and show notes Follow Brennan on Twitter Brennan's Newsletter / RightMessage / Palladio *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #146: Justin Moore *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 28 Feb 2023 08:00:00 -0000 How Brennan Dunn is Designing and Pricing His New Course Product full 1 139 Jay Clouse The journey to re-engineer multiple products into a single offer EPISODE DESCRIPTION Brennan Dunn is a friend and a man of many skills and accomplishments – he’s a writer, marketer, developer, and even designer. Brennan built Palladio, the tool I used to create my email templates. He co-founded RightMessage, an incredible software for segmenting your email subscribers. And these days, he writes a fantastic blog called Create & Sell where he’s documenting all that he’s learned over the years. We were talking over email recently and he told me he’s actually creating something new under the Create & Sell brand – a platform that pulls in EVERY course lesson he’s ever made and will create custom learning pathways based on a student intake survey. This is what he wants to build as a single product offer over the coming months and I REALLY wanted to dig into it with him. So in this episode, you'll hear a conversation between Brennan and me talking through what that might look like. We talk about positioning, pricing, marketing, and more. Full transcript and show notes Follow Brennan on Twitter Brennan's Newsletter / RightMessage / Palladio *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #146: Justin Moore *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Brennan Dunn is a friend and a man of many skills and accomplishments – he’s a writer, marketer, developer, and even designer.

Brennan built Palladio, the tool I used to create my email templates. He co-founded RightMessage, an incredible software for segmenting your email subscribers. And these days, he writes a fantastic blog called Create & Sell where he’s documenting all that he’s learned over the years.

We were talking over email recently and he told me he’s actually creating something new under the Create & Sell brand – a platform that pulls in EVERY course lesson he’s ever made and will create custom learning pathways based on a student intake survey.

This is what he wants to build as a single product offer over the coming months and I REALLY wanted to dig into it with him.

So in this episode, you'll hear a conversation between Brennan and me talking through what that might look like.

We talk about positioning, pricing, marketing, and more.


Full transcript and show notes

Follow Brennan on Twitter

Brennan's Newsletter / RightMessage / Palladio


***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #146: Justin Moore

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3829 no #138: Chris Williamson – How his podcast exploded to 70 million downloads and 125 million views https://www.creativeelements.fm/chris-williamson WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Chris Williamson is a former club promoter turned podcaster with his show Modern Wisdom. In just a few years, Modern Wisdom has generated more than 70 MILLION downloads with interviews of guests like Jocko Willink, Dr. Andrew Huberman, and Ryan Holiday. Not only that, but Chris has more than 700,000 subscribers on YouTube too. And while Chris started podcasting in 2018, things really accelerated for him in 2020. In this episode, you’ll learn: How Chris thinks about the role of HYPE and clickbait Why Chris worries more about being a “vibe architect” than over-preparing for his interviews The highest leverage activity he spends his time on to grow his show How he thinks about the role of video in podcasting Full transcript and show notes Follow Chris on Instagram / Twitter / YouTube Chris's Website / Podcast *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - How Did Chris Williamson Blow Up? 01:33 - Modern Wisdom Podcast Beginnings 04:52 - How Chris Avoids Burnout 08:16 - How Club Promoting Helps Creators 10:18 - Role of Hype and Clickbait in Content 16:16 - Logistics of In Person Episodes 18:10 - In Person VS Remote Interviews 21:46 - Logistics of Posting 3 Episodes Per Week 23:19 - What Does Good Preparation Look Like? 27:24 - How to Build Rapport With Someone Intimidating 31:17 - Chris’s Joe Rogan Experience 35:35 - Working Solo VS With a Partner 38:22 - Why 3 Episodes Per Week? 41:07 - How To Drive New Audio Listeners 42:56 - Where Podcasters Should Focus Their Efforts 47:58 - 6 Tips For Remote Interview Podcasts 52:06 - Clips VS Shorts *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #177: Chris Hutchins *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 21 Feb 2023 08:00:00 -0000 Chris Williamson – How his podcast exploded to 70 million downloads and 125 million views full 1 138 Jay Clouse Chris Williamson is a former club promoter turned podcaster as the host of Modern Wisdom WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Chris Williamson is a former club promoter turned podcaster with his show Modern Wisdom. In just a few years, Modern Wisdom has generated more than 70 MILLION downloads with interviews of guests like Jocko Willink, Dr. Andrew Huberman, and Ryan Holiday. Not only that, but Chris has more than 700,000 subscribers on YouTube too. And while Chris started podcasting in 2018, things really accelerated for him in 2020. In this episode, you’ll learn: How Chris thinks about the role of HYPE and clickbait Why Chris worries more about being a “vibe architect” than over-preparing for his interviews The highest leverage activity he spends his time on to grow his show How he thinks about the role of video in podcasting Full transcript and show notes Follow Chris on Instagram / Twitter / YouTube Chris's Website / Podcast *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - How Did Chris Williamson Blow Up? 01:33 - Modern Wisdom Podcast Beginnings 04:52 - How Chris Avoids Burnout 08:16 - How Club Promoting Helps Creators 10:18 - Role of Hype and Clickbait in Content 16:16 - Logistics of In Person Episodes 18:10 - In Person VS Remote Interviews 21:46 - Logistics of Posting 3 Episodes Per Week 23:19 - What Does Good Preparation Look Like? 27:24 - How to Build Rapport With Someone Intimidating 31:17 - Chris’s Joe Rogan Experience 35:35 - Working Solo VS With a Partner 38:22 - Why 3 Episodes Per Week? 41:07 - How To Drive New Audio Listeners 42:56 - Where Podcasters Should Focus Their Efforts 47:58 - 6 Tips For Remote Interview Podcasts 52:06 - Clips VS Shorts *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #177: Chris Hutchins *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Chris Williamson is a former club promoter turned podcaster with his show Modern Wisdom.

In just a few years, Modern Wisdom has generated more than 70 MILLION downloads with interviews of guests like Jocko Willink, Dr. Andrew Huberman, and Ryan Holiday.

Not only that, but Chris has more than 700,000 subscribers on YouTube too. And while Chris started podcasting in 2018, things really accelerated for him in 2020.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • How Chris thinks about the role of HYPE and clickbait
  • Why Chris worries more about being a “vibe architect” than over-preparing for his interviews
  • The highest leverage activity he spends his time on to grow his show
  • How he thinks about the role of video in podcasting


Full transcript and show notes

Follow Chris on Instagram / Twitter / YouTube

Chris's Website / Podcast

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - How Did Chris Williamson Blow Up?

01:33 - Modern Wisdom Podcast Beginnings

04:52 - How Chris Avoids Burnout

08:16 - How Club Promoting Helps Creators

10:18 - Role of Hype and Clickbait in Content

16:16 - Logistics of In Person Episodes

18:10 - In Person VS Remote Interviews

21:46 - Logistics of Posting 3 Episodes Per Week

23:19 - What Does Good Preparation Look Like?

27:24 - How to Build Rapport With Someone Intimidating

31:17 - Chris’s Joe Rogan Experience

35:35 - Working Solo VS With a Partner

38:22 - Why 3 Episodes Per Week?

41:07 - How To Drive New Audio Listeners

42:56 - Where Podcasters Should Focus Their Efforts

47:58 - 6 Tips For Remote Interview Podcasts

52:06 - Clips VS Shorts

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #177: Chris Hutchins

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3418 yes #137: How I’ve doubled my following on LinkedIn in the last few months https://www.creativeelements.fm/growth-strategy-linkedin This week I have a really actionable, audio-only episode of the podcast for you. For the past several months I've been experimenting with my own growth strategy on LinkedIn and have been paying attention to the current research. As a result, I've doubled my following over the last several months! In this episode, I share how I'm incorporating that research (combined with my own observations) into my current LinkedIn approach. So, in this episode you'll learn: • Current LinkedIn algorithm research • Best time of the day to publish • Current LinkedIn best practices • What to AVOID doing (that decreases engagement) • How I turn tweets or threads into content on LinkedIn Links mentioned: • Full Algorithm Research Study by Richard van der Blom • Follow Richard van der Blom on LinkedIn • Building LinkedIn newsletter by Tomer Cohen • Follow Cayman Rojas on LinkedIn • Connect with me on LinkedIn Tools mentioned: • Tweetpik • Taplio (free alternative) • png2pdf.com Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #188: Richard van der Blom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 14 Feb 2023 08:00:00 -0000 How I’ve doubled my following on LinkedIn in the last few months full 1 137 Jay Clouse Sharing my full strategy for how I'm growing on LinkedIn This week I have a really actionable, audio-only episode of the podcast for you. For the past several months I've been experimenting with my own growth strategy on LinkedIn and have been paying attention to the current research. As a result, I've doubled my following over the last several months! In this episode, I share how I'm incorporating that research (combined with my own observations) into my current LinkedIn approach. So, in this episode you'll learn: • Current LinkedIn algorithm research • Best time of the day to publish • Current LinkedIn best practices • What to AVOID doing (that decreases engagement) • How I turn tweets or threads into content on LinkedIn Links mentioned: • Full Algorithm Research Study by Richard van der Blom • Follow Richard van der Blom on LinkedIn • Building LinkedIn newsletter by Tomer Cohen • Follow Cayman Rojas on LinkedIn • Connect with me on LinkedIn Tools mentioned: • Tweetpik • Taplio (free alternative) • png2pdf.com Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #188: Richard van der Blom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices This week I have a really actionable, audio-only episode of the podcast for you. For the past several months I've been experimenting with my own growth strategy on LinkedIn and have been paying attention to the current research. As a result, I've doubled my following over the last several months! In this episode, I share how I'm incorporating that research (combined with my own observations) into my current LinkedIn approach.


So, in this episode you'll learn:

• Current LinkedIn algorithm research

• Best time of the day to publish

• Current LinkedIn best practices

• What to AVOID doing (that decreases engagement)

• How I turn tweets or threads into content on LinkedIn


Links mentioned:

• Full Algorithm Research Study by Richard van der Blom

• Follow Richard van der Blom on LinkedIn

• Building LinkedIn newsletter by Tomer Cohen

• Follow Cayman Rojas on LinkedIn

• Connect with me on LinkedIn


Tools mentioned:

• Tweetpik

• Taplio (free alternative)

• png2pdf.com


Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #188: Richard van der Blom

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2470 no #136: Kevin Parry – How he goes viral on EVERY platform https://www.creativeelements.fm/kevin-parry WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Kevin Parry is a stop-motion animator and video wizard who creates fun animation and mind-bending illusions. Kevin has a knack for going viral – and, as a result, he's built a massive following on just about every social media platform. He has nearly 2M subscribers on YouTube, 1.3M followers on Instagram, 2.3M followers on Tikok, 200K followers on Twitter, and Kevin even has more than 100K followers on LinkedIn. In this episode, you’ll learn: How Kevin approaches different social media platforms How he works with brands as a one-man studio How he developed an on-camera presence Why CONTEXT determines whether or not your content may go viral Full transcript and show notes Follow Kevin on Instagram / Twitter / Facebook / TikTok / YouTube Kevin's Website *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Going Viral Isn’t Luck 01:43 - Importance of Patience 06:31 - Stop Motion Films Take A LONG Time 08:57 - Transitioning To Social Media Full Time 11:15 - LinkedIn Is Underrated For Creators 13:16 - How Kevin’s Strategy Evolved Over The Years 17:17 - How Kevin Works With Brands 19:06 - Being A One Man Studio By Design 22:56 - Managing Capacity As A Creator 26:00 - Balancing Commercial Vs Personal Work 28:51 - How To Approach Different Social Media Platforms 30:15 - You Can’t Do The Same Content Forever 32:56 - Developing On Camera Presence 34:31 - Lessons From Working On Feature Films 36:30 - You Don’t Have To Build A Community To Be Successful 37:58 - Kevin’s Stop Motion Course 39:42 - Masterclass On Shareable Content 45:26 - What Is Kevin Struggling With? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #167: Jenny Hoyos *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 07 Feb 2023 08:00:00 -0000 Kevin Parry – How he goes viral on EVERY platform full 1 136 Jay Clouse Kevin Parry is a stop-motion animator and video wizard who creates fun animation and mind-bending illusions! WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Kevin Parry is a stop-motion animator and video wizard who creates fun animation and mind-bending illusions. Kevin has a knack for going viral – and, as a result, he's built a massive following on just about every social media platform. He has nearly 2M subscribers on YouTube, 1.3M followers on Instagram, 2.3M followers on Tikok, 200K followers on Twitter, and Kevin even has more than 100K followers on LinkedIn. In this episode, you’ll learn: How Kevin approaches different social media platforms How he works with brands as a one-man studio How he developed an on-camera presence Why CONTEXT determines whether or not your content may go viral Full transcript and show notes Follow Kevin on Instagram / Twitter / Facebook / TikTok / YouTube Kevin's Website *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Going Viral Isn’t Luck 01:43 - Importance of Patience 06:31 - Stop Motion Films Take A LONG Time 08:57 - Transitioning To Social Media Full Time 11:15 - LinkedIn Is Underrated For Creators 13:16 - How Kevin’s Strategy Evolved Over The Years 17:17 - How Kevin Works With Brands 19:06 - Being A One Man Studio By Design 22:56 - Managing Capacity As A Creator 26:00 - Balancing Commercial Vs Personal Work 28:51 - How To Approach Different Social Media Platforms 30:15 - You Can’t Do The Same Content Forever 32:56 - Developing On Camera Presence 34:31 - Lessons From Working On Feature Films 36:30 - You Don’t Have To Build A Community To Be Successful 37:58 - Kevin’s Stop Motion Course 39:42 - Masterclass On Shareable Content 45:26 - What Is Kevin Struggling With? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #167: Jenny Hoyos *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Kevin Parry is a stop-motion animator and video wizard who creates fun animation and mind-bending illusions.

Kevin has a knack for going viral – and, as a result, he's built a massive following on just about every social media platform. He has nearly 2M subscribers on YouTube, 1.3M followers on Instagram, 2.3M followers on Tikok, 200K followers on Twitter, and Kevin even has more than 100K followers on LinkedIn.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • How Kevin approaches different social media platforms
  • How he works with brands as a one-man studio
  • How he developed an on-camera presence
  • Why CONTEXT determines whether or not your content may go viral


Full transcript and show notes

Follow Kevin on Instagram / Twitter / Facebook / TikTok / YouTube

Kevin's Website

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Going Viral Isn’t Luck

01:43 - Importance of Patience

06:31 - Stop Motion Films Take A LONG Time

08:57 - Transitioning To Social Media Full Time

11:15 - LinkedIn Is Underrated For Creators

13:16 - How Kevin’s Strategy Evolved Over The Years

17:17 - How Kevin Works With Brands

19:06 - Being A One Man Studio By Design

22:56 - Managing Capacity As A Creator

26:00 - Balancing Commercial Vs Personal Work

28:51 - How To Approach Different Social Media Platforms

30:15 - You Can’t Do The Same Content Forever

32:56 - Developing On Camera Presence

34:31 - Lessons From Working On Feature Films

36:30 - You Don’t Have To Build A Community To Be Successful

37:58 - Kevin’s Stop Motion Course

39:42 - Masterclass On Shareable Content

45:26 - What Is Kevin Struggling With?

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #167: Jenny Hoyos

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2956 no BONUS: Creator Debates – Will Podcasts FAIL Without Video? | Jay Clouse vs. Joe Casabona https://creativeelements.fm/creator-debates WATCH ▶️ Watch this video on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION I’m excited to share with you an episode of a new podcast that I’m really excited about – it’s called Creator Debates with Justin Moore. You may or may not know that Justin and I are pretty good friends – his business is called Creator Wizard and he helps creators find & negotiate your dream sponsorships so that you stop leaving $ on the table. And he’s really, really good at that. Justin was my guest on Episode #112 of this podcast which was our first-ever VIDEO episode of this show on YouTube. He was gracious enough to be my guinea pig and I returned the favor with his new video show, Creator Debates. Creator Debates features stupid arguments to help creators make smart decisions. In this episode you’re about to hear, I debate with Joe Casabona on whether podcasters should be focused on leveraging video or not. And as someone who recently made the switch from audio only to video, I’m arguing FOR video. These guys are good friends, both members of The Lab, and this episode is a lot of fun. So, I’m sharing this episode in full with you today here on the feed. If you enjoy it, subscribe to Creator Debates in your podcast player OR, if you’d rather watch in video, the link is in the show notes. Subscribe to Creator Debates in audio / video Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 02 Feb 2023 08:00:00 -0000 BONUS: Creator Debates – Will Podcasts FAIL Without Video? | Jay Clouse vs. Joe Casabona bonus Jay Clouse I'm featured on Episode One of a new show from Justin Moore WATCH ▶️ Watch this video on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION I’m excited to share with you an episode of a new podcast that I’m really excited about – it’s called Creator Debates with Justin Moore. You may or may not know that Justin and I are pretty good friends – his business is called Creator Wizard and he helps creators find & negotiate your dream sponsorships so that you stop leaving $ on the table. And he’s really, really good at that. Justin was my guest on Episode #112 of this podcast which was our first-ever VIDEO episode of this show on YouTube. He was gracious enough to be my guinea pig and I returned the favor with his new video show, Creator Debates. Creator Debates features stupid arguments to help creators make smart decisions. In this episode you’re about to hear, I debate with Joe Casabona on whether podcasters should be focused on leveraging video or not. And as someone who recently made the switch from audio only to video, I’m arguing FOR video. These guys are good friends, both members of The Lab, and this episode is a lot of fun. So, I’m sharing this episode in full with you today here on the feed. If you enjoy it, subscribe to Creator Debates in your podcast player OR, if you’d rather watch in video, the link is in the show notes. Subscribe to Creator Debates in audio / video Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this video on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

I’m excited to share with you an episode of a new podcast that I’m really excited about – it’s called Creator Debates with Justin Moore.

You may or may not know that Justin and I are pretty good friends – his business is called Creator Wizard and he helps creators find & negotiate your dream sponsorships so that you stop leaving $ on the table. And he’s really, really good at that.

Justin was my guest on Episode #112 of this podcast which was our first-ever VIDEO episode of this show on YouTube. He was gracious enough to be my guinea pig and I returned the favor with his new video show, Creator Debates.

Creator Debates features stupid arguments to help creators make smart decisions. In this episode you’re about to hear, I debate with Joe Casabona on whether podcasters should be focused on leveraging video or not. And as someone who recently made the switch from audio only to video, I’m arguing FOR video.

These guys are good friends, both members of The Lab, and this episode is a lot of fun. So, I’m sharing this episode in full with you today here on the feed. If you enjoy it, subscribe to Creator Debates in your podcast player OR, if you’d rather watch in video, the link is in the show notes.


Subscribe to Creator Debates in audio / video

Full transcript and show notes

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2452 no #135: Behind the scenes of my first solo YouTube video (our most successful video yet) https://creativeelements.fm/first-solo-youtube-video/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this video on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION We released our first-ever solo video on the channel yesterday. And, so far, it's the most successful video on the channel yet. The video is called, “How I Made $300K in 2022 Without A Big Audience” and I break down the seven major revenue streams in my business. You can watch here it right now. This is a big moment for the channel not just because it's the FIRST solo video on the channel, but because we actually plan to do a lot of solo videos on the channel this year. YouTube is a big area of focus for me this year, despite currently being my smallest channel. So in this episode, I want to talk a little bit about our YouTube strategy and why I’m putting so much emphasis on it this year. Not only that, but I’ll share a little behind-the-scenes of making THIS video, what we learned, and how we’re approaching future videos as well. Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → What we've learned in our first year on YouTube *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 31 Jan 2023 08:00:00 -0000 Behind the scenes of my first solo YouTube video (our most successful video yet) full 1 135 Jay Clouse We released our first-ever solo video on the channel yesterday. And so far, it's the most successful video on the channel yet. WATCH ▶️ Watch this video on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION We released our first-ever solo video on the channel yesterday. And, so far, it's the most successful video on the channel yet. The video is called, “How I Made $300K in 2022 Without A Big Audience” and I break down the seven major revenue streams in my business. You can watch here it right now. This is a big moment for the channel not just because it's the FIRST solo video on the channel, but because we actually plan to do a lot of solo videos on the channel this year. YouTube is a big area of focus for me this year, despite currently being my smallest channel. So in this episode, I want to talk a little bit about our YouTube strategy and why I’m putting so much emphasis on it this year. Not only that, but I’ll share a little behind-the-scenes of making THIS video, what we learned, and how we’re approaching future videos as well. Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → What we've learned in our first year on YouTube *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this video on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

We released our first-ever solo video on the channel yesterday. And, so far, it's the most successful video on the channel yet.

The video is called, “How I Made $300K in 2022 Without A Big Audience” and I break down the seven major revenue streams in my business. You can watch here it right now.

This is a big moment for the channel not just because it's the FIRST solo video on the channel, but because we actually plan to do a lot of solo videos on the channel this year. YouTube is a big area of focus for me this year, despite currently being my smallest channel.

So in this episode, I want to talk a little bit about our YouTube strategy and why I’m putting so much emphasis on it this year. Not only that, but I’ll share a little behind-the-scenes of making THIS video, what we learned, and how we’re approaching future videos as well.


Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ What we've learned in our first year on YouTube

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 1596 no #134: Mariah Coz – Selling high-ticket programs on evergreen (without sales calls) https://www.creativeelements.fm/mariah-coz/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Mariah Coz is the founder of Fearless CEO. Mariah teaches coaches, course creators, and CEOs strategies for growing a course company that is sustainable, impactful, and evergreen. In this episode, you’ll learn how Mariah thinks about pricing, how to design your high-ticket hybrid program, how to avoid sales calls, and why you may want to consider an evergreen offer. Full transcript and show notes Follow Mariah on Instagram / Twitter / Facebook Follow Fearless CEO on Instagram / Website / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Selling WITHOUT Sales Calls 01:35 - Mariah Built Tiny Homes Before It Was Cool 03:00 - Taking In-Person Courses Online 05:30 - When Mariah Decided To Change Everything 08:21 - Organizing Webinars Is Like Being In A Punk Band 11:12 - Burnout Sent Mariah To The Hospital 12:22 - Pivoting To High Ticket Evergreen Sales 16:19 - Low Ticket vs High Ticket 17:23 - Live Launch Vs Evergreen Sales 19:57 - Are Course Prices Declining? 25:44 - Should You Sell High Ticket? 28:05 - What To Do When You’ve Underpriced Yourself 31:22 - How Big Does A Group Course Need To Be? 36:54 - Designing Your Own High Ticket Offer 42:37 - Creating Urgency In Your Offers 45:49 - Selling WITHOUT Making Free Content *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 24 Jan 2023 08:00:00 -0000 Mariah Coz – Selling high-ticket programs on evergreen (without sales calls) full 1 134 Jay Clouse Mariah Coz teaches coaches, course creators, and CEOs strategies for growing a course company that is sustainable, impactful, and evergreen. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Mariah Coz is the founder of Fearless CEO. Mariah teaches coaches, course creators, and CEOs strategies for growing a course company that is sustainable, impactful, and evergreen. In this episode, you’ll learn how Mariah thinks about pricing, how to design your high-ticket hybrid program, how to avoid sales calls, and why you may want to consider an evergreen offer. Full transcript and show notes Follow Mariah on Instagram / Twitter / Facebook Follow Fearless CEO on Instagram / Website / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Selling WITHOUT Sales Calls 01:35 - Mariah Built Tiny Homes Before It Was Cool 03:00 - Taking In-Person Courses Online 05:30 - When Mariah Decided To Change Everything 08:21 - Organizing Webinars Is Like Being In A Punk Band 11:12 - Burnout Sent Mariah To The Hospital 12:22 - Pivoting To High Ticket Evergreen Sales 16:19 - Low Ticket vs High Ticket 17:23 - Live Launch Vs Evergreen Sales 19:57 - Are Course Prices Declining? 25:44 - Should You Sell High Ticket? 28:05 - What To Do When You’ve Underpriced Yourself 31:22 - How Big Does A Group Course Need To Be? 36:54 - Designing Your Own High Ticket Offer 42:37 - Creating Urgency In Your Offers 45:49 - Selling WITHOUT Making Free Content *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Mariah Coz is the founder of Fearless CEO.

Mariah teaches coaches, course creators, and CEOs strategies for growing a course company that is sustainable, impactful, and evergreen.

In this episode, you’ll learn how Mariah thinks about pricing, how to design your high-ticket hybrid program, how to avoid sales calls, and why you may want to consider an evergreen offer.


Full transcript and show notes

Follow Mariah on Instagram / Twitter / Facebook

Follow Fearless CEO on Instagram / Website / YouTube

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Selling WITHOUT Sales Calls

01:35 - Mariah Built Tiny Homes Before It Was Cool

03:00 - Taking In-Person Courses Online

05:30 - When Mariah Decided To Change Everything

08:21 - Organizing Webinars Is Like Being In A Punk Band

11:12 - Burnout Sent Mariah To The Hospital

12:22 - Pivoting To High Ticket Evergreen Sales

16:19 - Low Ticket vs High Ticket

17:23 - Live Launch Vs Evergreen Sales

19:57 - Are Course Prices Declining?

25:44 - Should You Sell High Ticket?

28:05 - What To Do When You’ve Underpriced Yourself

31:22 - How Big Does A Group Course Need To Be?

36:54 - Designing Your Own High Ticket Offer

42:37 - Creating Urgency In Your Offers

45:49 - Selling WITHOUT Making Free Content

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3174 no #133: Behind the scenes: How much I earned (and spent) in December 2022 https://www.creativeelements.fm/december-2022-retro This week I have a REALLY transparent, audio-only episode of the podcast for you. It’s a peek behind the curtain into The Lab, my private membership community. The Lab is about 160 creators all experimenting and growing together. It’s genuinely my favorite place on the internet and I’m blown away by the caliber of people who have chosen to join. Every month in The Lab, I record a 30-minute Retro. This is a solo video where I literally walk through my numbers for the month to show how I’m making money, how I’m spending money, the lessons I’m learning, and the strategy decisions I’m making because of it. A lot of members tell me it’s one of their favorite parts of membership. To end the year, I decided to record December’s Retro live with members of The Lab so that they could ask questions as I went along. So this week on the show, I’m sharing with you the audio of that members-only session. You’ll get to listen in on: How much money I earned in December (spoiler: it's $40K) Where that money comes from How I’m thinking about growth on social media ...and a whole lot more. I think you’re going to enjoy it. And if you do, I would invite you to consider joining The Lab as a member! I’ve capped the total number of spots at 200 so there are less than 40 spots available right now. You can join at https://join.creatorscience.com/ You won't regret it!  Join The Lab Enroll in Build A Beloved Membership *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #191: Breaking down my $60,723 product launch *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 17 Jan 2023 08:00:00 -0000 Behind the scenes: How much I earned (and spent) in December 2022 full 1 133 Jay Clouse Listen in to a conversation from The Lab – my private membership community This week I have a REALLY transparent, audio-only episode of the podcast for you. It’s a peek behind the curtain into The Lab, my private membership community. The Lab is about 160 creators all experimenting and growing together. It’s genuinely my favorite place on the internet and I’m blown away by the caliber of people who have chosen to join. Every month in The Lab, I record a 30-minute Retro. This is a solo video where I literally walk through my numbers for the month to show how I’m making money, how I’m spending money, the lessons I’m learning, and the strategy decisions I’m making because of it. A lot of members tell me it’s one of their favorite parts of membership. To end the year, I decided to record December’s Retro live with members of The Lab so that they could ask questions as I went along. So this week on the show, I’m sharing with you the audio of that members-only session. You’ll get to listen in on: How much money I earned in December (spoiler: it's $40K) Where that money comes from How I’m thinking about growth on social media ...and a whole lot more. I think you’re going to enjoy it. And if you do, I would invite you to consider joining The Lab as a member! I’ve capped the total number of spots at 200 so there are less than 40 spots available right now. You can join at https://join.creatorscience.com/ You won't regret it!  Join The Lab Enroll in Build A Beloved Membership *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #191: Breaking down my $60,723 product launch *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices This week I have a REALLY transparent, audio-only episode of the podcast for you. It’s a peek behind the curtain into The Lab, my private membership community.

The Lab is about 160 creators all experimenting and growing together. It’s genuinely my favorite place on the internet and I’m blown away by the caliber of people who have chosen to join.

Every month in The Lab, I record a 30-minute Retro. This is a solo video where I literally walk through my numbers for the month to show how I’m making money, how I’m spending money, the lessons I’m learning, and the strategy decisions I’m making because of it.

A lot of members tell me it’s one of their favorite parts of membership.

To end the year, I decided to record December’s Retro live with members of The Lab so that they could ask questions as I went along.

So this week on the show, I’m sharing with you the audio of that members-only session. You’ll get to listen in on:

  • How much money I earned in December (spoiler: it's $40K)
  • Where that money comes from
  • How I’m thinking about growth on social media
  • ...and a whole lot more.

I think you’re going to enjoy it. And if you do, I would invite you to consider joining The Lab as a member! I’ve capped the total number of spots at 200 so there are less than 40 spots available right now.

You can join at https://join.creatorscience.com/

You won't regret it! 

Join The Lab

Enroll in Build A Beloved Membership


***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #191: Breaking down my $60,723 product launch

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3189 no What's underneath brand building for creators https://www.creativeelements.fm/bootstrapped-founder-podcast/ I was recently invited on the Bootstrapped Founder podcast, with Arvid Kahl. I actually interviewed Arvid on Creative Elements back in May 2022 (Episode #101) so it was fun to dive a bit deeper in this second round. We talk about making a living as a creator, how to choose great names for your projects, and lessons learned the hard way. You will learn about: How to develop discipline to fuel creativity Why executing on public promises creates more audience trust Why choosing an aligned brand name is so critical Tips for creating a content backlog so you don’t fall behind  How to refocus when you start comparing yourself to other creators  The 3 core strategies to know BEFORE starting a membership community Why building an audience is like an insurance policy for creators Want to learn more? Listen to me interview Arvid Kahl (Episode #101) Enroll in Build A Beloved Membership Join The Lab *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #101: Arvid Kahl *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 10 Jan 2023 08:00:00 -0000 What's underneath brand building for creators bonus Jay Clouse My conversation with Arvid Kahl on the Bootstrapped Founder Podcast I was recently invited on the Bootstrapped Founder podcast, with Arvid Kahl. I actually interviewed Arvid on Creative Elements back in May 2022 (Episode #101) so it was fun to dive a bit deeper in this second round. We talk about making a living as a creator, how to choose great names for your projects, and lessons learned the hard way. You will learn about: How to develop discipline to fuel creativity Why executing on public promises creates more audience trust Why choosing an aligned brand name is so critical Tips for creating a content backlog so you don’t fall behind  How to refocus when you start comparing yourself to other creators  The 3 core strategies to know BEFORE starting a membership community Why building an audience is like an insurance policy for creators Want to learn more? Listen to me interview Arvid Kahl (Episode #101) Enroll in Build A Beloved Membership Join The Lab *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #101: Arvid Kahl *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices I was recently invited on the Bootstrapped Founder podcast, with Arvid Kahl.

I actually interviewed Arvid on Creative Elements back in May 2022 (Episode #101) so it was fun to dive a bit deeper in this second round.

We talk about making a living as a creator, how to choose great names for your projects, and lessons learned the hard way.

You will learn about:

  • How to develop discipline to fuel creativity
  • Why executing on public promises creates more audience trust
  • Why choosing an aligned brand name is so critical
  • Tips for creating a content backlog so you don’t fall behind 
  • How to refocus when you start comparing yourself to other creators 
  • The 3 core strategies to know BEFORE starting a membership community
  • Why building an audience is like an insurance policy for creators


Want to learn more?

Listen to me interview Arvid Kahl (Episode #101)

Enroll in Build A Beloved Membership

Join The Lab

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #101: Arvid Kahl

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3659 no #132: Natalie Ellis of bossbabe – Attracting 3.5 million followers on Instagram (and what's working today) https://creativeelements.fm/natalie-ellis/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Natalie Ellis is the co-founder and CEO of bossbabe. bossbabe is a community of female entrepreneurs – and it started on Instagram. Today, the bossbabe Instagram account has more than 3.5 million followers. In this episode, you’ll learn what’s working TODAY on Instagram, how to make content that gets shared, how to turn your followers into email subscribers, and why you need to be open to change if you’re building your business on Instagram. Full transcript and show notes Follow Natalie on Instagram / YouTube / TikTok Follow bossbabe on Instagram / Website / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Natalie Ellis Is An Instagram Queen 01:42 - How bossbabe Grew So Fast 05:45 - Personal Brand Vs Separate Entity 07:35 - Qualities Of A Viral Instagram Post 09:31 - Being Relatable Without Being Negative 11:35 - Writing Is At The Core of Creativity 12:44 - Why Choose Instagram? 15:13 - How To Move Followers To Email 17:04 - Craft A Viral Instagram Reel That Converts 20:45 - Do You HAVE To Use Reels? 22:55 - Are Captions And Hashtags Important? 23:28 - In Feed Content Vs Stories 24:26 - Different Eras Of Instagram 26:14 - What Platform Is The Best To Start From Zero? 28:18 - Building A Personal Brand To Support A Company 31:05 - How To Approach Building With A Partner 38:16 - Product Strategy Masterclass For Creators 44:56 - How To Prioritize What You Should Be Doing 46:39 - How Being A New Mom Changed Natalie’s Work *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #88: Tori Dunlap *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 03 Jan 2023 08:00:00 -0000 Natalie Ellis of bossbabe – Attracting 3.5 million followers on Instagram (and what's working today) full 1 132 Jay Clouse bossbabe is a community of female entrepreneurs – and it started on Instagram. Today, the bossbabe instagram account has more than 3.5 million followers. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Natalie Ellis is the co-founder and CEO of bossbabe. bossbabe is a community of female entrepreneurs – and it started on Instagram. Today, the bossbabe Instagram account has more than 3.5 million followers. In this episode, you’ll learn what’s working TODAY on Instagram, how to make content that gets shared, how to turn your followers into email subscribers, and why you need to be open to change if you’re building your business on Instagram. Full transcript and show notes Follow Natalie on Instagram / YouTube / TikTok Follow bossbabe on Instagram / Website / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Natalie Ellis Is An Instagram Queen 01:42 - How bossbabe Grew So Fast 05:45 - Personal Brand Vs Separate Entity 07:35 - Qualities Of A Viral Instagram Post 09:31 - Being Relatable Without Being Negative 11:35 - Writing Is At The Core of Creativity 12:44 - Why Choose Instagram? 15:13 - How To Move Followers To Email 17:04 - Craft A Viral Instagram Reel That Converts 20:45 - Do You HAVE To Use Reels? 22:55 - Are Captions And Hashtags Important? 23:28 - In Feed Content Vs Stories 24:26 - Different Eras Of Instagram 26:14 - What Platform Is The Best To Start From Zero? 28:18 - Building A Personal Brand To Support A Company 31:05 - How To Approach Building With A Partner 38:16 - Product Strategy Masterclass For Creators 44:56 - How To Prioritize What You Should Be Doing 46:39 - How Being A New Mom Changed Natalie’s Work *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #88: Tori Dunlap *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Natalie Ellis is the co-founder and CEO of bossbabe.

bossbabe is a community of female entrepreneurs – and it started on Instagram. Today, the bossbabe Instagram account has more than 3.5 million followers.

In this episode, you’ll learn what’s working TODAY on Instagram, how to make content that gets shared, how to turn your followers into email subscribers, and why you need to be open to change if you’re building your business on Instagram.

Full transcript and show notes

Follow Natalie on Instagram / YouTube / TikTok

Follow bossbabe on Instagram / Website / YouTube

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Natalie Ellis Is An Instagram Queen

01:42 - How bossbabe Grew So Fast

05:45 - Personal Brand Vs Separate Entity

07:35 - Qualities Of A Viral Instagram Post

09:31 - Being Relatable Without Being Negative

11:35 - Writing Is At The Core of Creativity

12:44 - Why Choose Instagram?

15:13 - How To Move Followers To Email

17:04 - Craft A Viral Instagram Reel That Converts

20:45 - Do You HAVE To Use Reels?

22:55 - Are Captions And Hashtags Important?

23:28 - In Feed Content Vs Stories

24:26 - Different Eras Of Instagram

26:14 - What Platform Is The Best To Start From Zero?

28:18 - Building A Personal Brand To Support A Company

31:05 - How To Approach Building With A Partner

38:16 - Product Strategy Masterclass For Creators

44:56 - How To Prioritize What You Should Be Doing

46:39 - How Being A New Mom Changed Natalie’s Work

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #88: Tori Dunlap

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3100 no #131: Daniel Wall – 1.6M followers on TikTok using this viral framework https://creativeelements.fm/daniel-wall/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Daniel Wall has 1.6M followers on TikTok and nearly 800K subscribers on YouTube – all because of his short-form videos highlighting behind-the-scenes stories in music and entertainment. He's on a mission to inspire and educate the next generation of creators. In this episode, you’ll learn the most important ingredients to short-form success, Daniel’s framework for making attention-grabbing videos, the full process he goes through to make a video on TikTok, and why he believes storytelling is more important than anything else. Full transcript and show notes Follow Daniel on TikTok / YouTube / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Daniel Wall Is A Viral Machine 01:35 - Why Daniel's Wall? 03:02 - Creating Just For Fun 04:23 - Improving Your Content Over Time 07:47 - How Daniel Researches For Content Ideas 10:19 - Masterclass On Hooks In Short Form Content 15:37 - Daniels Video Making Process 20:21 - What Your Audience ACTUALLY Cares About 23:39 - CEFL Content Framework 25:13 - Moving Audiences Across Platforms 27:16 - Daniel's Business Model 28:20 - How To Think About TikTok Vs YouTube Shorts 31:01 - Daniel's Transition To Long Form Content 37:51 - How To Get In Touch With Wildly Successful And Busy People 41:22 - Are You Worried About The Transition To Long Form? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #136: Kevin Parry *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 27 Dec 2022 08:00:00 -0000 Daniel Wall – 1.6M followers on TikTok using this viral framework full 1 131 Jay Clouse Daniel Wall creates short-form videos highlighting behind-the-scenes stories in music and entertainment. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Daniel Wall has 1.6M followers on TikTok and nearly 800K subscribers on YouTube – all because of his short-form videos highlighting behind-the-scenes stories in music and entertainment. He's on a mission to inspire and educate the next generation of creators. In this episode, you’ll learn the most important ingredients to short-form success, Daniel’s framework for making attention-grabbing videos, the full process he goes through to make a video on TikTok, and why he believes storytelling is more important than anything else. Full transcript and show notes Follow Daniel on TikTok / YouTube / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Daniel Wall Is A Viral Machine 01:35 - Why Daniel's Wall? 03:02 - Creating Just For Fun 04:23 - Improving Your Content Over Time 07:47 - How Daniel Researches For Content Ideas 10:19 - Masterclass On Hooks In Short Form Content 15:37 - Daniels Video Making Process 20:21 - What Your Audience ACTUALLY Cares About 23:39 - CEFL Content Framework 25:13 - Moving Audiences Across Platforms 27:16 - Daniel's Business Model 28:20 - How To Think About TikTok Vs YouTube Shorts 31:01 - Daniel's Transition To Long Form Content 37:51 - How To Get In Touch With Wildly Successful And Busy People 41:22 - Are You Worried About The Transition To Long Form? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #136: Kevin Parry *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Daniel Wall has 1.6M followers on TikTok and nearly 800K subscribers on YouTube – all because of his short-form videos highlighting behind-the-scenes stories in music and entertainment.

He's on a mission to inspire and educate the next generation of creators.

In this episode, you’ll learn the most important ingredients to short-form success, Daniel’s framework for making attention-grabbing videos, the full process he goes through to make a video on TikTok, and why he believes storytelling is more important than anything else.

Full transcript and show notes

Follow Daniel on TikTok / YouTube / Instagram

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Daniel Wall Is A Viral Machine

01:35 - Why Daniel's Wall?

03:02 - Creating Just For Fun

04:23 - Improving Your Content Over Time

07:47 - How Daniel Researches For Content Ideas

10:19 - Masterclass On Hooks In Short Form Content

15:37 - Daniels Video Making Process

20:21 - What Your Audience ACTUALLY Cares About

23:39 - CEFL Content Framework

25:13 - Moving Audiences Across Platforms

27:16 - Daniel's Business Model

28:20 - How To Think About TikTok Vs YouTube Shorts

31:01 - Daniel's Transition To Long Form Content

37:51 - How To Get In Touch With Wildly Successful And Busy People

41:22 - Are You Worried About The Transition To Long Form?

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #136: Kevin Parry

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2743 no #130: Sarah Renae Clark – How This YouTuber Built A $200K/mo Coloring Book Empire https://creativeelements.fm/sarah-renae-clark/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Sarah Renae Clark is a YouTuber who creates coloring books to help you overcome anxiety and create something you can be proud of. Recently, Sarah launched her newest product the Color Cube, a physical product that makes color selection easy and fun! With 250 color palettes as handy cards to help build your confidence in choosing colors that look good. The Color Cube had a $50,000 launch and currently generates about $200,000 per month! In this episode, you’ll learn how Sarah used communities to build her audience, how Pinterest plays a key role in her business, how YouTube improved her email newsletter engagement, and why actually caring about PEOPLE is what builds your business. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Sarah Learn more about the Color Cube Follow Sarah on YouTube / Instagram / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00:00 - She Built An Empire With… Coloring Books? 00:01:22 - The Emergence Of Adult Coloring Books 00:04:05 - The Beginnings Of Sarah’s Business 00:06:22 - What Makes A Good Coloring Book? 00:08:01 - Most People Give Up Too Soon 00:09:24 - Integrating Into New Communities For Your Business 00:15:13 - Using Free Samples To Sell 00:18:22 - The Best Business Advice Sarah Got 00:20:34 - Creators Are Autodidactic 00:23:16 - How To Help People Navigate Your Catalog 00:28:57 - Can You Rely On One GREAT Revenue Stream? 00:30:58 - Pinterest Almost Killed Sarah’s Business 00:38:57 - Sarah Starts A YouTube Channel 00:43:22 - Building Relationships With Your Audience 00:47:15 - How To Manage Operations At Scale 00:49:27 - Working With Your Significant Other 00:54:16 - Making Physical Products Is HARD (The Color Cube) 01:01:16 - Sarah COLD Launched The Color Cube *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #174: Bonnie Christine *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 20 Dec 2022 08:00:00 -0000 Sarah Renae Clark – How This YouTuber Built A $200K/mo Coloring Book Empire full 1 130 Jay Clouse Sarah Renae Clark is a YouTuber who creates coloring books to help you overcome anxiety and create something you can be proud of. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Sarah Renae Clark is a YouTuber who creates coloring books to help you overcome anxiety and create something you can be proud of. Recently, Sarah launched her newest product the Color Cube, a physical product that makes color selection easy and fun! With 250 color palettes as handy cards to help build your confidence in choosing colors that look good. The Color Cube had a $50,000 launch and currently generates about $200,000 per month! In this episode, you’ll learn how Sarah used communities to build her audience, how Pinterest plays a key role in her business, how YouTube improved her email newsletter engagement, and why actually caring about PEOPLE is what builds your business. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Sarah Learn more about the Color Cube Follow Sarah on YouTube / Instagram / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00:00 - She Built An Empire With… Coloring Books? 00:01:22 - The Emergence Of Adult Coloring Books 00:04:05 - The Beginnings Of Sarah’s Business 00:06:22 - What Makes A Good Coloring Book? 00:08:01 - Most People Give Up Too Soon 00:09:24 - Integrating Into New Communities For Your Business 00:15:13 - Using Free Samples To Sell 00:18:22 - The Best Business Advice Sarah Got 00:20:34 - Creators Are Autodidactic 00:23:16 - How To Help People Navigate Your Catalog 00:28:57 - Can You Rely On One GREAT Revenue Stream? 00:30:58 - Pinterest Almost Killed Sarah’s Business 00:38:57 - Sarah Starts A YouTube Channel 00:43:22 - Building Relationships With Your Audience 00:47:15 - How To Manage Operations At Scale 00:49:27 - Working With Your Significant Other 00:54:16 - Making Physical Products Is HARD (The Color Cube) 01:01:16 - Sarah COLD Launched The Color Cube *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #174: Bonnie Christine *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Sarah Renae Clark is a YouTuber who creates coloring books to help you overcome anxiety and create something you can be proud of.

Recently, Sarah launched her newest product the Color Cube, a physical product that makes color selection easy and fun! With 250 color palettes as handy cards to help build your confidence in choosing colors that look good. The Color Cube had a $50,000 launch and currently generates about $200,000 per month!

In this episode, you’ll learn how Sarah used communities to build her audience, how Pinterest plays a key role in her business, how YouTube improved her email newsletter engagement, and why actually caring about PEOPLE is what builds your business.

Full transcript and show notes

Learn more about Sarah

Learn more about the Color Cube

Follow Sarah on YouTube / Instagram / Twitter

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00:00 - She Built An Empire With… Coloring Books?

00:01:22 - The Emergence Of Adult Coloring Books

00:04:05 - The Beginnings Of Sarah’s Business

00:06:22 - What Makes A Good Coloring Book?

00:08:01 - Most People Give Up Too Soon

00:09:24 - Integrating Into New Communities For Your Business

00:15:13 - Using Free Samples To Sell

00:18:22 - The Best Business Advice Sarah Got

00:20:34 - Creators Are Autodidactic

00:23:16 - How To Help People Navigate Your Catalog

00:28:57 - Can You Rely On One GREAT Revenue Stream?

00:30:58 - Pinterest Almost Killed Sarah’s Business

00:38:57 - Sarah Starts A YouTube Channel

00:43:22 - Building Relationships With Your Audience

00:47:15 - How To Manage Operations At Scale

00:49:27 - Working With Your Significant Other

00:54:16 - Making Physical Products Is HARD (The Color Cube)

01:01:16 - Sarah COLD Launched The Color Cube

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #174: Bonnie Christine

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4067 no #129: Hayden Hillier-Smith – Logan Paul's former editor on the future of YouTube https://creativeelements.fm/hayden-hillier-smith/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Hayden Hillier-Smith is an industry leader in online editing. He has edited for top-name talents like Logan Paul, Sam & Colby, Alex Wassabi and many more. In 2020, he won the Streamy for best editing. Today, Hayden is also the cohost of The Editing Podcast, publishing weekly videos about film editing. In this episode, you’ll learn where YouTube is heading, how to keep an audience’s attention, how to hire an editor, and why Hayden doesn’t believe in creating videos for the YouTube algorithm. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Hayden Hillier-Smith Subscribe to The Editing Podcast Follow Hayden on Twitter / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - YouTube Content Is Shifting 01:43 - Hardest Thing About Working For Logan Paul 03:25 - We Are Entering The Next Era Of YouTube 06:33 - Why You Shouldn’t Copy Big YouTubers 08:05 - Why Hayden Went Solo 09:41 - How Do You Reconcile Niching Down? 10:57 - Hayden Doesn’t View Data Like Other YouTubers 12:14 - How Hayden Approaches Making Videos 14:43 - Importance of Early Retention 16:34 - What Creates High Energy? 18:21 - Importance Of Sound Design In Videos 20:39 - How To Choose What Sounds To Use 21:28 - How Does Being An Editor Affect Personal Viewing Experiences 23:00 - Why Start A Podcast? 24:15 - Hayden’s Rules For The Editing Podcast 26:12 - The Editing Podcast Intros Are Insane 27:13 - What’s Been Surprising Since Going Solo? 29:15 - Drama and Negativity Get Views 31:02 - Thinking About Growth Oriented Content 32:29 - Hayden Wants To Improve Life For YouTube Editors 35:01 - How To Hire A Great Video Editor 38:30 - What Should A New YouTuber Be Doing? 39:41 - What To Think About YouTube Shorts 40:37 - The Community Tab Is SUPER Underrated 42:06 - We Love Colin and Samir 44:25 - Why YOUR Perspective Is Important In Content 46:04 - Hayden’s YouTube Predictions 47:43 - Start Investing In Your Audience NOW *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #173: Danny McMahon *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 13 Dec 2022 08:00:00 -0000 Hayden Hillier-Smith – Logan Paul's former editor on the future of YouTube full 1 129 Jay Clouse Hayden Hillier-Smith is a Streamy-award winning editor having worked with Logan Paul, Sam & Colby, Alex Wassabi and many more. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Hayden Hillier-Smith is an industry leader in online editing. He has edited for top-name talents like Logan Paul, Sam & Colby, Alex Wassabi and many more. In 2020, he won the Streamy for best editing. Today, Hayden is also the cohost of The Editing Podcast, publishing weekly videos about film editing. In this episode, you’ll learn where YouTube is heading, how to keep an audience’s attention, how to hire an editor, and why Hayden doesn’t believe in creating videos for the YouTube algorithm. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Hayden Hillier-Smith Subscribe to The Editing Podcast Follow Hayden on Twitter / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - YouTube Content Is Shifting 01:43 - Hardest Thing About Working For Logan Paul 03:25 - We Are Entering The Next Era Of YouTube 06:33 - Why You Shouldn’t Copy Big YouTubers 08:05 - Why Hayden Went Solo 09:41 - How Do You Reconcile Niching Down? 10:57 - Hayden Doesn’t View Data Like Other YouTubers 12:14 - How Hayden Approaches Making Videos 14:43 - Importance of Early Retention 16:34 - What Creates High Energy? 18:21 - Importance Of Sound Design In Videos 20:39 - How To Choose What Sounds To Use 21:28 - How Does Being An Editor Affect Personal Viewing Experiences 23:00 - Why Start A Podcast? 24:15 - Hayden’s Rules For The Editing Podcast 26:12 - The Editing Podcast Intros Are Insane 27:13 - What’s Been Surprising Since Going Solo? 29:15 - Drama and Negativity Get Views 31:02 - Thinking About Growth Oriented Content 32:29 - Hayden Wants To Improve Life For YouTube Editors 35:01 - How To Hire A Great Video Editor 38:30 - What Should A New YouTuber Be Doing? 39:41 - What To Think About YouTube Shorts 40:37 - The Community Tab Is SUPER Underrated 42:06 - We Love Colin and Samir 44:25 - Why YOUR Perspective Is Important In Content 46:04 - Hayden’s YouTube Predictions 47:43 - Start Investing In Your Audience NOW *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #173: Danny McMahon *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Hayden Hillier-Smith is an industry leader in online editing.

He has edited for top-name talents like Logan Paul, Sam & Colby, Alex Wassabi and many more. In 2020, he won the Streamy for best editing. Today, Hayden is also the cohost of The Editing Podcast, publishing weekly videos about film editing.

In this episode, you’ll learn where YouTube is heading, how to keep an audience’s attention, how to hire an editor, and why Hayden doesn’t believe in creating videos for the YouTube algorithm.

Full transcript and show notes

Learn more about Hayden Hillier-Smith

Subscribe to The Editing Podcast

Follow Hayden on Twitter / YouTube

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - YouTube Content Is Shifting

01:43 - Hardest Thing About Working For Logan Paul

03:25 - We Are Entering The Next Era Of YouTube

06:33 - Why You Shouldn’t Copy Big YouTubers

08:05 - Why Hayden Went Solo

09:41 - How Do You Reconcile Niching Down?

10:57 - Hayden Doesn’t View Data Like Other YouTubers

12:14 - How Hayden Approaches Making Videos

14:43 - Importance of Early Retention

16:34 - What Creates High Energy?

18:21 - Importance Of Sound Design In Videos

20:39 - How To Choose What Sounds To Use

21:28 - How Does Being An Editor Affect Personal Viewing Experiences

23:00 - Why Start A Podcast?

24:15 - Hayden’s Rules For The Editing Podcast

26:12 - The Editing Podcast Intros Are Insane

27:13 - What’s Been Surprising Since Going Solo?

29:15 - Drama and Negativity Get Views

31:02 - Thinking About Growth Oriented Content

32:29 - Hayden Wants To Improve Life For YouTube Editors

35:01 - How To Hire A Great Video Editor

38:30 - What Should A New YouTuber Be Doing?

39:41 - What To Think About YouTube Shorts

40:37 - The Community Tab Is SUPER Underrated

42:06 - We Love Colin and Samir

44:25 - Why YOUR Perspective Is Important In Content

46:04 - Hayden’s YouTube Predictions

47:43 - Start Investing In Your Audience NOW

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #173: Danny McMahon

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3083 no #128: Neville Medhora – Making millions with remarkable copywriting https://creativeelements.fm/neville-medhora WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Neville Medhora is the creator of Copywriting Course and SwipeFile.com. Neville first flexed his copywriting skills by helping Noah Kagan write emails AppSumo, which led to their highest sales days ever. Neville created Copywriting Course in 2012 (then spelled "Kopywriting Kourse") and generated more than $2 million in course sales within two years. In this episode, you’ll learn how YOU can get better at copywriting, how Copywriting Course has changed over the years, why Neville has leaned more into community, and the opportunities Neville is focusing HIS attention on in 2023. Full transcript and show notes My interview on Neville's podcast Learn more about Copywriting Course Follow Neville on Twitter / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Neville Medhora Is The OG Online Copywriter 01:22 - Neville Ran A Rave Dropshipping Company In College 02:14 - Copywriting Lessons From A Convicted Fraudster 03:49 - Neville Grew AppSumo With Noah Kagan 04:30 - Kopywriting Kourse Is Created 05:13 - Who Is Your ACTUAL Target Audience 08:00 - Cliffhangers Are A GREAT Engagement Tactic 09:14 - Why Should People Care About Your Content? 10:39 - The Early Days Of Online Courses 14:21 - The Future Of Online Education 20:59 - The Evolution of Neville’s Online Business 26:09 - How Neville Has Continually Brought In New Customers 27:36 - A URL Change Caused A 400,000 Visits / Month Drop 31:45 - Is Copywriting Harder Now That Consumers Are Smarter? 37:02 - Twitter Is The Best Place To Meet People 40:07 - How To Make Yourself More Consistent 43:42 - Apple Should Make A Social Network 45:13 - My YouTube Strategy 47:10 - Neville’s Biggest Struggles *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #35: David Perell *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 06 Dec 2022 08:00:00 -0000 Neville Medhora – Earning millions with remarkable copywriting full 1 128 Jay Clouse Neville Medhora is the creator of Copywriting Course and SwipeFile.com WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Neville Medhora is the creator of Copywriting Course and SwipeFile.com. Neville first flexed his copywriting skills by helping Noah Kagan write emails AppSumo, which led to their highest sales days ever. Neville created Copywriting Course in 2012 (then spelled "Kopywriting Kourse") and generated more than $2 million in course sales within two years. In this episode, you’ll learn how YOU can get better at copywriting, how Copywriting Course has changed over the years, why Neville has leaned more into community, and the opportunities Neville is focusing HIS attention on in 2023. Full transcript and show notes My interview on Neville's podcast Learn more about Copywriting Course Follow Neville on Twitter / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Neville Medhora Is The OG Online Copywriter 01:22 - Neville Ran A Rave Dropshipping Company In College 02:14 - Copywriting Lessons From A Convicted Fraudster 03:49 - Neville Grew AppSumo With Noah Kagan 04:30 - Kopywriting Kourse Is Created 05:13 - Who Is Your ACTUAL Target Audience 08:00 - Cliffhangers Are A GREAT Engagement Tactic 09:14 - Why Should People Care About Your Content? 10:39 - The Early Days Of Online Courses 14:21 - The Future Of Online Education 20:59 - The Evolution of Neville’s Online Business 26:09 - How Neville Has Continually Brought In New Customers 27:36 - A URL Change Caused A 400,000 Visits / Month Drop 31:45 - Is Copywriting Harder Now That Consumers Are Smarter? 37:02 - Twitter Is The Best Place To Meet People 40:07 - How To Make Yourself More Consistent 43:42 - Apple Should Make A Social Network 45:13 - My YouTube Strategy 47:10 - Neville’s Biggest Struggles *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #35: David Perell *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Neville Medhora is the creator of Copywriting Course and SwipeFile.com.

Neville first flexed his copywriting skills by helping Noah Kagan write emails AppSumo, which led to their highest sales days ever. Neville created Copywriting Course in 2012 (then spelled "Kopywriting Kourse") and generated more than $2 million in course sales within two years.

In this episode, you’ll learn how YOU can get better at copywriting, how Copywriting Course has changed over the years, why Neville has leaned more into community, and the opportunities Neville is focusing HIS attention on in 2023.

Full transcript and show notes

My interview on Neville's podcast

Learn more about Copywriting Course

Follow Neville on Twitter / YouTube

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Neville Medhora Is The OG Online Copywriter

01:22 - Neville Ran A Rave Dropshipping Company In College

02:14 - Copywriting Lessons From A Convicted Fraudster

03:49 - Neville Grew AppSumo With Noah Kagan

04:30 - Kopywriting Kourse Is Created

05:13 - Who Is Your ACTUAL Target Audience

08:00 - Cliffhangers Are A GREAT Engagement Tactic

09:14 - Why Should People Care About Your Content?

10:39 - The Early Days Of Online Courses

14:21 - The Future Of Online Education

20:59 - The Evolution of Neville’s Online Business

26:09 - How Neville Has Continually Brought In New Customers

27:36 - A URL Change Caused A 400,000 Visits / Month Drop

31:45 - Is Copywriting Harder Now That Consumers Are Smarter?

37:02 - Twitter Is The Best Place To Meet People

40:07 - How To Make Yourself More Consistent

43:42 - Apple Should Make A Social Network

45:13 - My YouTube Strategy

47:10 - Neville’s Biggest Struggles

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #35: David Perell

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3212 no How to build a great community (my appearance on The Learning Culture Podcast) https://creativeelements.fm/learning-culture-podcast Recently, I spoke with my friend Andrew Barry on The Learning Culture podcast, and we talked about all things community. If you’ve listened to this show for a while, you know that community is really important to me and also an area where I have a lot of experience – having sold a community in the past and then also working with Pat Flynn and SPI last year. This episode is super tactical and specific about building community and some of the pitfalls to avoid. If you’re interested in community-building, I think you’ll really like it. You will learn about: Uncovering the job to be done for your community. Why making it peer-to-peer instead of one way is so critical. Why making the implicit explicit is going to help you define the rules of engagement for your community. How to increase the surface area of one-on-one connections at a human level with members. What to do with rockstars and lurkers in your community. How to create spaces for people and set milestones for members. How to know when your community is coming to an end and what to do about it. Want to learn more? Enroll in Build A Beloved Membership Join The Lab Curious Lion Learning *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 29 Nov 2022 08:00:00 -0000 How to build a great community (my appearance on The Learning Culture Podcast) bonus Jay Clouse Getting into the weeds of what makes a community great from the member point of view. Recently, I spoke with my friend Andrew Barry on The Learning Culture podcast, and we talked about all things community. If you’ve listened to this show for a while, you know that community is really important to me and also an area where I have a lot of experience – having sold a community in the past and then also working with Pat Flynn and SPI last year. This episode is super tactical and specific about building community and some of the pitfalls to avoid. If you’re interested in community-building, I think you’ll really like it. You will learn about: Uncovering the job to be done for your community. Why making it peer-to-peer instead of one way is so critical. Why making the implicit explicit is going to help you define the rules of engagement for your community. How to increase the surface area of one-on-one connections at a human level with members. What to do with rockstars and lurkers in your community. How to create spaces for people and set milestones for members. How to know when your community is coming to an end and what to do about it. Want to learn more? Enroll in Build A Beloved Membership Join The Lab Curious Lion Learning *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Recently, I spoke with my friend Andrew Barry on The Learning Culture podcast, and we talked about all things community. If you’ve listened to this show for a while, you know that community is really important to me and also an area where I have a lot of experience – having sold a community in the past and then also working with Pat Flynn and SPI last year.

This episode is super tactical and specific about building community and some of the pitfalls to avoid. If you’re interested in community-building, I think you’ll really like it.

You will learn about:

  • Uncovering the job to be done for your community.
  • Why making it peer-to-peer instead of one way is so critical.
  • Why making the implicit explicit is going to help you define the rules of engagement for your community.
  • How to increase the surface area of one-on-one connections at a human level with members.
  • What to do with rockstars and lurkers in your community.
  • How to create spaces for people and set milestones for members.
  • How to know when your community is coming to an end and what to do about it.


Want to learn more?

Enroll in Build A Beloved Membership

Join The Lab

Curious Lion Learning

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3476 no #127: Daniel Murray – Why LinkedIn Company Pages are a HUGE Opportunity https://creativeelements.fm/daniel-murray/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Daniel Murray is the creator of The Marketing Millennials, a podcast and newsletter focused on today’s marketing leaders and tomorrow’s stars. Daniel is also a creator for Workweek and personally has 110,000 followers on LinkedIn. The Marketing Millennials Company page has more than 500,000. In this episode, you’ll learn how to use LinkedIn company pages well, some of the nuances that make your content stand out, when to use images vs. text, and why your goal should be to create a pattern interrupt. Full transcript and show notes Follow The Marketing Millennials on LinkedIn Subscribe to The Marketing Millennials Follow Daniel Murray on LinkedIn / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Daniel Murray’s Growth Secret 01:32 - Daniel’s Path to Marketing 03:17 - Marketing Operations VS Marketing Automation 05:01 - What ACTUALLY Makes You Successful In Marketing 06:26 - How Marketing Should Be Taught In College 08:06 - Creating A Space To Learn Good Marketing 13:02 - How Should We Think About Company Pages 18:16 - LinkedIn Has Great Organic Reach 20:33 - Company Pages Are Like Meme Pages 23:48 - Why Are People Posting Dark Mode Tweets? 28:48 - Gaining 40,000 Followers PER MONTH 30:52 - Using Other People’s Content To Grow YOUR Following 33:15 - Image VS Text Posts 34:05 - Speak The Language of the Platform 36:55 - What Makes a GREAT Post? 38:27 - Testing What Works For You *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #188: Richard van der Blom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 22 Nov 2022 08:00:00 -0000 Daniel Murray – Why LinkedIn Company Pages are a HUGE Opportunity full 1 127 Jay Clouse Daniel Murray is the creator of The Marketing Millennials, a podcast and newsletter focused on today’s marketing leaders and tomorrow’s stars. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Daniel Murray is the creator of The Marketing Millennials, a podcast and newsletter focused on today’s marketing leaders and tomorrow’s stars. Daniel is also a creator for Workweek and personally has 110,000 followers on LinkedIn. The Marketing Millennials Company page has more than 500,000. In this episode, you’ll learn how to use LinkedIn company pages well, some of the nuances that make your content stand out, when to use images vs. text, and why your goal should be to create a pattern interrupt. Full transcript and show notes Follow The Marketing Millennials on LinkedIn Subscribe to The Marketing Millennials Follow Daniel Murray on LinkedIn / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Daniel Murray’s Growth Secret 01:32 - Daniel’s Path to Marketing 03:17 - Marketing Operations VS Marketing Automation 05:01 - What ACTUALLY Makes You Successful In Marketing 06:26 - How Marketing Should Be Taught In College 08:06 - Creating A Space To Learn Good Marketing 13:02 - How Should We Think About Company Pages 18:16 - LinkedIn Has Great Organic Reach 20:33 - Company Pages Are Like Meme Pages 23:48 - Why Are People Posting Dark Mode Tweets? 28:48 - Gaining 40,000 Followers PER MONTH 30:52 - Using Other People’s Content To Grow YOUR Following 33:15 - Image VS Text Posts 34:05 - Speak The Language of the Platform 36:55 - What Makes a GREAT Post? 38:27 - Testing What Works For You *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #188: Richard van der Blom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Daniel Murray is the creator of The Marketing Millennials, a podcast and newsletter focused on today’s marketing leaders and tomorrow’s stars.

Daniel is also a creator for Workweek and personally has 110,000 followers on LinkedIn. The Marketing Millennials Company page has more than 500,000.

In this episode, you’ll learn how to use LinkedIn company pages well, some of the nuances that make your content stand out, when to use images vs. text, and why your goal should be to create a pattern interrupt.

Full transcript and show notes

Follow The Marketing Millennials on LinkedIn

Subscribe to The Marketing Millennials

Follow Daniel Murray on LinkedIn / Twitter

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Daniel Murray’s Growth Secret

01:32 - Daniel’s Path to Marketing

03:17 - Marketing Operations VS Marketing Automation

05:01 - What ACTUALLY Makes You Successful In Marketing

06:26 - How Marketing Should Be Taught In College

08:06 - Creating A Space To Learn Good Marketing

13:02 - How Should We Think About Company Pages

18:16 - LinkedIn Has Great Organic Reach

20:33 - Company Pages Are Like Meme Pages

23:48 - Why Are People Posting Dark Mode Tweets?

28:48 - Gaining 40,000 Followers PER MONTH

30:52 - Using Other People’s Content To Grow YOUR Following

33:15 - Image VS Text Posts

34:05 - Speak The Language of the Platform

36:55 - What Makes a GREAT Post?

38:27 - Testing What Works For You

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #188: Richard van der Blom

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2672 no #126: Kayse Morris – from government assistance to multimillion dollar membership https://creativeelements.fm/kayse-morris/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Kayse Morris is the creator of The CEO Teacher and has helped thousands of other teachers break through the classroom glass ceiling. Kayse started selling her teaching resources from the kitchen table in 2013 after grappling with a four-year-long stint through deep (and I mean deep) postpartum depression. Today, The CEO Teacher is a multimillion dollar business. In this episode, you’ll learn how Kayse transitioned from selling digital products to a membership, how to avoid making bad hires, how she manages such a large membership community, and why Kindness is at the core of her business. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Kayse Morris Follow Kayse Morris on Instagram / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - From Government Assistance to Multi-Million Dollar CEO 01:15 - Kayse Has An Idea 04:40 - The Early Days of Selling Digital Products 07:58 - Kayse Built An Audience On Accident 11:01 - Her Life Changed Forever 12:31 - The Old School Way To Build An Email List 14:11 - Jay and Kayse Talk Music 16:10 - Struggles With Depression After Finding Success 18:17 - Change Your Mindset To Be A Better Boss 20:22 - The Team Behind Kayse Morris 20:36 - What Is An “Integrator” 23:01 - Teachers Are The PERFECT Entrepreneurs 25:31 - How Does Success Change Your Relationship With Money? 30:47 - You HAVE To Know The Customer Journey 32:16 - Don’t Do Memberships Like Kayse Did 34:05 - NEVER Say “Lifetime Access” 37:30 - The CEO Teacher Program Breakdown 41:38 - How To Manage A Community At Scale 44:50 - Become A Master At Launches *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #105: Daphne Gomez *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 15 Nov 2022 08:00:00 -0000 Kayse Morris – from government assistance to multimillion dollar membership full 1 126 Jay Clouse Kayse Morris is the creator of The CEO Teacher and has helped thousands of other teachers break through the classroom glass ceiling. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Kayse Morris is the creator of The CEO Teacher and has helped thousands of other teachers break through the classroom glass ceiling. Kayse started selling her teaching resources from the kitchen table in 2013 after grappling with a four-year-long stint through deep (and I mean deep) postpartum depression. Today, The CEO Teacher is a multimillion dollar business. In this episode, you’ll learn how Kayse transitioned from selling digital products to a membership, how to avoid making bad hires, how she manages such a large membership community, and why Kindness is at the core of her business. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Kayse Morris Follow Kayse Morris on Instagram / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - From Government Assistance to Multi-Million Dollar CEO 01:15 - Kayse Has An Idea 04:40 - The Early Days of Selling Digital Products 07:58 - Kayse Built An Audience On Accident 11:01 - Her Life Changed Forever 12:31 - The Old School Way To Build An Email List 14:11 - Jay and Kayse Talk Music 16:10 - Struggles With Depression After Finding Success 18:17 - Change Your Mindset To Be A Better Boss 20:22 - The Team Behind Kayse Morris 20:36 - What Is An “Integrator” 23:01 - Teachers Are The PERFECT Entrepreneurs 25:31 - How Does Success Change Your Relationship With Money? 30:47 - You HAVE To Know The Customer Journey 32:16 - Don’t Do Memberships Like Kayse Did 34:05 - NEVER Say “Lifetime Access” 37:30 - The CEO Teacher Program Breakdown 41:38 - How To Manage A Community At Scale 44:50 - Become A Master At Launches *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #105: Daphne Gomez *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Kayse Morris is the creator of The CEO Teacher and has helped thousands of other teachers break through the classroom glass ceiling.

Kayse started selling her teaching resources from the kitchen table in 2013 after grappling with a four-year-long stint through deep (and I mean deep) postpartum depression. Today, The CEO Teacher is a multimillion dollar business.

In this episode, you’ll learn how Kayse transitioned from selling digital products to a membership, how to avoid making bad hires, how she manages such a large membership community, and why Kindness is at the core of her business.

Full transcript and show notes

Learn more about Kayse Morris

Follow Kayse Morris on Instagram / YouTube

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - From Government Assistance to Multi-Million Dollar CEO

01:15 - Kayse Has An Idea

04:40 - The Early Days of Selling Digital Products

07:58 - Kayse Built An Audience On Accident

11:01 - Her Life Changed Forever

12:31 - The Old School Way To Build An Email List

14:11 - Jay and Kayse Talk Music

16:10 - Struggles With Depression After Finding Success

18:17 - Change Your Mindset To Be A Better Boss

20:22 - The Team Behind Kayse Morris

20:36 - What Is An “Integrator”

23:01 - Teachers Are The PERFECT Entrepreneurs

25:31 - How Does Success Change Your Relationship With Money?

30:47 - You HAVE To Know The Customer Journey

32:16 - Don’t Do Memberships Like Kayse Did

34:05 - NEVER Say “Lifetime Access”

37:30 - The CEO Teacher Program Breakdown

41:38 - How To Manage A Community At Scale

44:50 - Become A Master At Launches

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #105: Daphne Gomez

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3356 no BONUS: How to reach 10K subscribers and $10K revenue https://creativeelements.fm/10k-creator/ I was recently asked to be a guest coach on a new show called the $10k Creator Podcast. The show follows Daren Smith on his journey to becoming a "10k creator" meaning 10,000 email subscribers and $10,000/mo in revenue. In this episode, I help talk Daren through what I believe his next steps should be. This is very similar to the calls I host every week inside The Lab! If you want to get this type of support yourself, consider joining us. Join The Lab Listen to the 10k Creator Podcast Follow Daren Smith on Twitter *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #146: Justin Moore *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 10 Nov 2022 08:00:00 -0000 How to reach 10k subscribers and $10K revenue bonus Jay Clouse Listen while I coach another creator on the $10k Creator Podcast. I was recently asked to be a guest coach on a new show called the $10k Creator Podcast. The show follows Daren Smith on his journey to becoming a "10k creator" meaning 10,000 email subscribers and $10,000/mo in revenue. In this episode, I help talk Daren through what I believe his next steps should be. This is very similar to the calls I host every week inside The Lab! If you want to get this type of support yourself, consider joining us. Join The Lab Listen to the 10k Creator Podcast Follow Daren Smith on Twitter *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #146: Justin Moore *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices I was recently asked to be a guest coach on a new show called the $10k Creator Podcast. The show follows Daren Smith on his journey to becoming a "10k creator" meaning 10,000 email subscribers and $10,000/mo in revenue. In this episode, I help talk Daren through what I believe his next steps should be.

This is very similar to the calls I host every week inside The Lab! If you want to get this type of support yourself, consider joining us.

Join The Lab

Listen to the 10k Creator Podcast

Follow Daren Smith on Twitter

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #146: Justin Moore

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3037 no #125: Jake Thomas – How to write great YouTube titles https://creativeelements.fm/jake-thomas/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Jake Thomas is the writer of Creator Hooks. Creator Hooks is a newsletter dedicated to helping you write better YouTube titles by studying human psychology. I read this newsletter every week, and what I love about Jake’s approach is that he’s very data-driven. In this episode, you’ll learn how to research your own titles, how you can leverage human psychology to get views, some successful frameworks for titles, and why curiosity is the most impactful emotion to tap into. Full transcript and show notes Subscribe to Creator Hooks Follow Jake Thomas on Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - He Is The Biggest YouTube Title Nerd IN THE WORLD 01:20 - DON’T Copy The Biggest YouTubers. Here’s Why 05:13 - How Jake Became OBSESSED With YouTube Titles 08:05 - The SECRET to Finding Patterns In Successful Titles 10:33 - The 3 Clickworthy Emotions You Don’t Know About 14:36 - How A Pro YouTuber ACTUALLY Makes Titles 19:09 - Playing The CRINGEY Game Of YouTube Titles 23:26 - Become A PRO At YouTube Titles 29:25 - Titles Are More Important Than Thumbnails (In Education) 30:54 - A/B Testing Titles For Beginners 37:25 - Is This Chapter Title A Waste Of My Time? 38:26 - How a Title Nerd Curates His Newsletter 42:54 - Make Titles For Humans NOT Algorithms 48:09 - STOP Putting “And” In Your Titles 49:40 - The Art Vs Science of Titles *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #193: Jake Thomas *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 08 Nov 2022 08:00:00 -0000 Jake Thomas – How to write great YouTube titles full 1 125 Jay Clouse Jake Thomas is the writer of Creator Hooks, a newsletter dedicated to helping you write better YouTube titles by studying human psychology. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Jake Thomas is the writer of Creator Hooks. Creator Hooks is a newsletter dedicated to helping you write better YouTube titles by studying human psychology. I read this newsletter every week, and what I love about Jake’s approach is that he’s very data-driven. In this episode, you’ll learn how to research your own titles, how you can leverage human psychology to get views, some successful frameworks for titles, and why curiosity is the most impactful emotion to tap into. Full transcript and show notes Subscribe to Creator Hooks Follow Jake Thomas on Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - He Is The Biggest YouTube Title Nerd IN THE WORLD 01:20 - DON’T Copy The Biggest YouTubers. Here’s Why 05:13 - How Jake Became OBSESSED With YouTube Titles 08:05 - The SECRET to Finding Patterns In Successful Titles 10:33 - The 3 Clickworthy Emotions You Don’t Know About 14:36 - How A Pro YouTuber ACTUALLY Makes Titles 19:09 - Playing The CRINGEY Game Of YouTube Titles 23:26 - Become A PRO At YouTube Titles 29:25 - Titles Are More Important Than Thumbnails (In Education) 30:54 - A/B Testing Titles For Beginners 37:25 - Is This Chapter Title A Waste Of My Time? 38:26 - How a Title Nerd Curates His Newsletter 42:54 - Make Titles For Humans NOT Algorithms 48:09 - STOP Putting “And” In Your Titles 49:40 - The Art Vs Science of Titles *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #193: Jake Thomas *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Jake Thomas is the writer of Creator Hooks. Creator Hooks is a newsletter dedicated to helping you write better YouTube titles by studying human psychology.

I read this newsletter every week, and what I love about Jake’s approach is that he’s very data-driven.

In this episode, you’ll learn how to research your own titles, how you can leverage human psychology to get views, some successful frameworks for titles, and why curiosity is the most impactful emotion to tap into.

Full transcript and show notes

Subscribe to Creator Hooks

Follow Jake Thomas on Twitter

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - He Is The Biggest YouTube Title Nerd IN THE WORLD

01:20 - DON’T Copy The Biggest YouTubers. Here’s Why

05:13 - How Jake Became OBSESSED With YouTube Titles

08:05 - The SECRET to Finding Patterns In Successful Titles

10:33 - The 3 Clickworthy Emotions You Don’t Know About

14:36 - How A Pro YouTuber ACTUALLY Makes Titles

19:09 - Playing The CRINGEY Game Of YouTube Titles

23:26 - Become A PRO At YouTube Titles

29:25 - Titles Are More Important Than Thumbnails (In Education)

30:54 - A/B Testing Titles For Beginners

37:25 - Is This Chapter Title A Waste Of My Time?

38:26 - How a Title Nerd Curates His Newsletter

42:54 - Make Titles For Humans NOT Algorithms

48:09 - STOP Putting “And” In Your Titles

49:40 - The Art Vs Science of Titles

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #193: Jake Thomas

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3384 no #124: Nick Gray – The secret to throwing great events (online or IRL) https://creativeelements.fm/nick-gray/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Nick Gray is the Founder of Museum Hack and author of The 2-Hour Cocktail Party. Nick moved to New York City with very few friends and less-than-stellar social skills. But Nick craved new relationships and exciting opportunities. He started hosting non-traditional parties—a move that opened doors he never could have imagined. Today, after hosting hundreds of 2-hour parties, he counts business owners, artists, and inspiring teachers among a circle of friends that helped him launch a multimillion-dollar company. Featured in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal, Nick has been called a host of “culturally significant parties” by New York Magazine. In this episode, you’ll learn Nick’s four-part framework for hosting great events, how to get out of awkward conversations, how to throw great ONLINE events, and why hosting gatherings is the best way to build powerful relationships. Full transcript and show notes Get the book Learn more about Nick Gray Learn more about throwing parties Follow Nick Gray on Twitter / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Nick Gray Hosts the BEST Parties You’ve Ever Seen 01:24 - Networking Events Suck 02:23 - What You’ll Learn Today 03:05 - Nick’s Nightmare 1ST Party 04:15 - The BEST Framework For Throwing Parties 05:07 - Why Nametags Are SUPER Important 06:58 - 3 Things That Make An Icebreaker GREAT 11:27 - How To End A Conversation 14:02 - What Is The Perfect Party Size? 17:43 - You Should Make Hosting A Habit 18:22 - Why Hosting Dinner Is Too Complicated 19:02 - Every Party Has a 2 HOUR Time Limit 20:42 - The Irish Goodbye Is Actually GOOD 23:03 - N.I.C.K. Framework Review 23:23 - Make It Easy For Your Guests To Interact 25:08 - How To Transfer These Lessons To ONLINE Events 32:14 - Things That Online Events Do Well 32:51 - How Do You Encourage Chat Interaction? 33:54 - Can the N.I.C.K Framework Work For Online Events? 38:49 - First Steps To Throw Your Own Party *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #144: Bari Baumgardner *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 01 Nov 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Nick Gray – The secret to throwing great events (online or IRL) full 1 124 Jay Clouse Featured in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal, Nick has been called a host of “culturally significant parties” by New York Magazine. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Nick Gray is the Founder of Museum Hack and author of The 2-Hour Cocktail Party. Nick moved to New York City with very few friends and less-than-stellar social skills. But Nick craved new relationships and exciting opportunities. He started hosting non-traditional parties—a move that opened doors he never could have imagined. Today, after hosting hundreds of 2-hour parties, he counts business owners, artists, and inspiring teachers among a circle of friends that helped him launch a multimillion-dollar company. Featured in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal, Nick has been called a host of “culturally significant parties” by New York Magazine. In this episode, you’ll learn Nick’s four-part framework for hosting great events, how to get out of awkward conversations, how to throw great ONLINE events, and why hosting gatherings is the best way to build powerful relationships. Full transcript and show notes Get the book Learn more about Nick Gray Learn more about throwing parties Follow Nick Gray on Twitter / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Nick Gray Hosts the BEST Parties You’ve Ever Seen 01:24 - Networking Events Suck 02:23 - What You’ll Learn Today 03:05 - Nick’s Nightmare 1ST Party 04:15 - The BEST Framework For Throwing Parties 05:07 - Why Nametags Are SUPER Important 06:58 - 3 Things That Make An Icebreaker GREAT 11:27 - How To End A Conversation 14:02 - What Is The Perfect Party Size? 17:43 - You Should Make Hosting A Habit 18:22 - Why Hosting Dinner Is Too Complicated 19:02 - Every Party Has a 2 HOUR Time Limit 20:42 - The Irish Goodbye Is Actually GOOD 23:03 - N.I.C.K. Framework Review 23:23 - Make It Easy For Your Guests To Interact 25:08 - How To Transfer These Lessons To ONLINE Events 32:14 - Things That Online Events Do Well 32:51 - How Do You Encourage Chat Interaction? 33:54 - Can the N.I.C.K Framework Work For Online Events? 38:49 - First Steps To Throw Your Own Party *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #144: Bari Baumgardner *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Nick Gray is the Founder of Museum Hack and author of The 2-Hour Cocktail Party. Nick moved to New York City with very few friends and less-than-stellar social skills. But Nick craved new relationships and exciting opportunities. He started hosting non-traditional parties—a move that opened doors he never could have imagined.

Today, after hosting hundreds of 2-hour parties, he counts business owners, artists, and inspiring teachers among a circle of friends that helped him launch a multimillion-dollar company. Featured in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal, Nick has been called a host of “culturally significant parties” by New York Magazine.

In this episode, you’ll learn Nick’s four-part framework for hosting great events, how to get out of awkward conversations, how to throw great ONLINE events, and why hosting gatherings is the best way to build powerful relationships.

Full transcript and show notes

Get the book

Learn more about Nick Gray

Learn more about throwing parties

Follow Nick Gray on Twitter / Instagram

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Nick Gray Hosts the BEST Parties You’ve Ever Seen

01:24 - Networking Events Suck

02:23 - What You’ll Learn Today

03:05 - Nick’s Nightmare 1ST Party

04:15 - The BEST Framework For Throwing Parties

05:07 - Why Nametags Are SUPER Important

06:58 - 3 Things That Make An Icebreaker GREAT

11:27 - How To End A Conversation

14:02 - What Is The Perfect Party Size?

17:43 - You Should Make Hosting A Habit

18:22 - Why Hosting Dinner Is Too Complicated

19:02 - Every Party Has a 2 HOUR Time Limit

20:42 - The Irish Goodbye Is Actually GOOD

23:03 - N.I.C.K. Framework Review

23:23 - Make It Easy For Your Guests To Interact

25:08 - How To Transfer These Lessons To ONLINE Events

32:14 - Things That Online Events Do Well

32:51 - How Do You Encourage Chat Interaction?

33:54 - Can the N.I.C.K Framework Work For Online Events?

38:49 - First Steps To Throw Your Own Party

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #144: Bari Baumgardner

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2683 no [REPLAY] #77: Andy J. Pizza [Storytelling] – Writing with pictures and developing your taste https://creativeelements.fm/replay-andy-j-pizza Andy J. Pizza is an illustrator.  Sometimes he uses pictures. Like in his kid’s books, comics, and client work for the likes of The New York Times, Apple, or Nickelodeon.  Sometimes he uses words. Like when he’s making his podcast Creative Pep Talk. CPT consists of monologues on building a thriving creative practice and conversations with creative powerhouses like Joseph Gordon-Levitt, Abbi Jacobson, and Morgan Harper Nichols. His favorite way to illustrate ideas is with analogies and stories on stage. Andy’s style of public speaking is one part TED Talk, one part one-man show — with a sprinkle of stand-up comedy. In this episode, we talk about creative taste and intuition, watching the tape, playing your hits, creative habits, and why he’s more focused on storytelling than ever before. Andy J. Pizza's new course on Skillshare (Free Trial) Follow Andy J. Pizza on Instagram Follow Andy J. Pizza on Twitter Subscribe to Creative Pep Talk Visit Andy J. Pizza's website Unmaking the Myth Series with Skillshare on YouTube Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 27 Oct 2022 07:00:00 -0000 [REPLAY] Andy J. Pizza [Storytelling] – Writing with pictures and developing your taste full 1 Jay Clouse Andy J. Pizza is an illustrator and the host of the Creative Pep Talk podcast. Andy J. Pizza is an illustrator.  Sometimes he uses pictures. Like in his kid’s books, comics, and client work for the likes of The New York Times, Apple, or Nickelodeon.  Sometimes he uses words. Like when he’s making his podcast Creative Pep Talk. CPT consists of monologues on building a thriving creative practice and conversations with creative powerhouses like Joseph Gordon-Levitt, Abbi Jacobson, and Morgan Harper Nichols. His favorite way to illustrate ideas is with analogies and stories on stage. Andy’s style of public speaking is one part TED Talk, one part one-man show — with a sprinkle of stand-up comedy. In this episode, we talk about creative taste and intuition, watching the tape, playing your hits, creative habits, and why he’s more focused on storytelling than ever before. Andy J. Pizza's new course on Skillshare (Free Trial) Follow Andy J. Pizza on Instagram Follow Andy J. Pizza on Twitter Subscribe to Creative Pep Talk Visit Andy J. Pizza's website Unmaking the Myth Series with Skillshare on YouTube Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Andy J. Pizza is an illustrator. 

Sometimes he uses pictures. Like in his kid’s books, comics, and client work for the likes of The New York Times, Apple, or Nickelodeon. 

Sometimes he uses words. Like when he’s making his podcast Creative Pep Talk. CPT consists of monologues on building a thriving creative practice and conversations with creative powerhouses like Joseph Gordon-Levitt, Abbi Jacobson, and Morgan Harper Nichols.

His favorite way to illustrate ideas is with analogies and stories on stage. Andy’s style of public speaking is one part TED Talk, one part one-man show — with a sprinkle of stand-up comedy.

In this episode, we talk about creative taste and intuition, watching the tape, playing your hits, creative habits, and why he’s more focused on storytelling than ever before.

Andy J. Pizza's new course on Skillshare (Free Trial)

Follow Andy J. Pizza on Instagram

Follow Andy J. Pizza on Twitter

Subscribe to Creative Pep Talk

Visit Andy J. Pizza's website

Unmaking the Myth Series with Skillshare on YouTube

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3574 no #123: 12 strategies for becoming more consistent https://creativeelements.fm/consistent/ Hello my friend! Welcome to a short, audio-only episode of Creative Elements. First off, we're taking a break from uploading to YouTube this week. So I'll share a little bit behind the scenes for why that is (and why it's scary). Then we'll get into a 12-part framework for how YOU can become more consistent with publishing and hitting deadlines. This framework was first covered in my newsletter, Creator Science! If you don't already subscribe, I recommend you do below. Subscribe to Creator Science Join The Lab Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 25 Oct 2022 07:00:00 -0000 12 strategies for becoming more consistent full 1 123 Jay Clouse Sharing how you can become better at hitting deadlines and publishing consistently Hello my friend! Welcome to a short, audio-only episode of Creative Elements. First off, we're taking a break from uploading to YouTube this week. So I'll share a little bit behind the scenes for why that is (and why it's scary). Then we'll get into a 12-part framework for how YOU can become more consistent with publishing and hitting deadlines. This framework was first covered in my newsletter, Creator Science! If you don't already subscribe, I recommend you do below. Subscribe to Creator Science Join The Lab Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Hello my friend! Welcome to a short, audio-only episode of Creative Elements.

First off, we're taking a break from uploading to YouTube this week. So I'll share a little bit behind the scenes for why that is (and why it's scary). Then we'll get into a 12-part framework for how YOU can become more consistent with publishing and hitting deadlines.

This framework was first covered in my newsletter, Creator Science! If you don't already subscribe, I recommend you do below.

Subscribe to Creator Science

Join The Lab

Full transcript and show notes

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2038 no #122: Pat Flynn and Matt Gartland – Courses, community, and the future of education https://creativeelements.fm/smart-passive-income-2/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Pat Flynn is the founder of Smart Passive Income as well as a bestselling author, serial entrepreneur, industry influencer, and startup advisor.  Matt Gartland is the CEO of Smart Passive Income and a servant leader whose greatest joy comes from empowering other leaders, teams, and organizations to achieve their potential through sustainable growth. Smart Passive Income is a trailblazer in the entrepreneurial space, developing state-of-the-art content, training, and resources to help you launch and grow your online business. In this episode, you’ll learn how SPI leverages its team, how to make your first hire as a creator, how to create a tiered membership, and why community is the next evolution of online courses. Full transcript and show notes Listen to episode #22 with Matt and Pat Learn more about Smart Passive Income Learn more about SPI Pro Learn more about The Lab Follow Pat Flynn on Twitter / Instagram / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Why Is Community So Hot Right Now 01:02 - THIS Is The Problem With Online Courses 01:55 - What You Will Learn Today 02:33 - People Are Craving Experiences to Learn Together 04:11 - The Team Behind Smart Passive Income (SPI) 09:46 - Hiring And Delegating Is GREAT For Mental Health 10:53 - The Creators You Love Have Robust Teams Behind Them 12:35 - Hiring And Managing Is A Whole Different Skill Set 14:32 - How Creators Should Think About Their 1st Hire 17:18 - Should Your 1st Hire Be An Editor? 21:22 - How to Validate and Create a Tiered Membership Program 28:23 - How Jay Structured The Creator Science Lab Membership 29:34 - Guarding Your Time and Access To You 34:36 - THIS is the Future of Online Courses 36:44 - It’s NOT too Late to Get Started 40:54 - Pat Flynn Was Wrong About Email *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → Creator Economy Predictions with John Lee Dumas *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 18 Oct 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Pat Flynn and Matt Gartland – Courses, community, and the future of education full 1 122 Jay Clouse Pat and Matt lead Smart Passive Income, a trailblazer in the entrepreneurial space, developing state-of-the-art content, training, and resources to help you launch and grow your online business. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Pat Flynn is the founder of Smart Passive Income as well as a bestselling author, serial entrepreneur, industry influencer, and startup advisor.  Matt Gartland is the CEO of Smart Passive Income and a servant leader whose greatest joy comes from empowering other leaders, teams, and organizations to achieve their potential through sustainable growth. Smart Passive Income is a trailblazer in the entrepreneurial space, developing state-of-the-art content, training, and resources to help you launch and grow your online business. In this episode, you’ll learn how SPI leverages its team, how to make your first hire as a creator, how to create a tiered membership, and why community is the next evolution of online courses. Full transcript and show notes Listen to episode #22 with Matt and Pat Learn more about Smart Passive Income Learn more about SPI Pro Learn more about The Lab Follow Pat Flynn on Twitter / Instagram / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Why Is Community So Hot Right Now 01:02 - THIS Is The Problem With Online Courses 01:55 - What You Will Learn Today 02:33 - People Are Craving Experiences to Learn Together 04:11 - The Team Behind Smart Passive Income (SPI) 09:46 - Hiring And Delegating Is GREAT For Mental Health 10:53 - The Creators You Love Have Robust Teams Behind Them 12:35 - Hiring And Managing Is A Whole Different Skill Set 14:32 - How Creators Should Think About Their 1st Hire 17:18 - Should Your 1st Hire Be An Editor? 21:22 - How to Validate and Create a Tiered Membership Program 28:23 - How Jay Structured The Creator Science Lab Membership 29:34 - Guarding Your Time and Access To You 34:36 - THIS is the Future of Online Courses 36:44 - It’s NOT too Late to Get Started 40:54 - Pat Flynn Was Wrong About Email *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → Creator Economy Predictions with John Lee Dumas *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Pat Flynn is the founder of Smart Passive Income as well as a bestselling author, serial entrepreneur, industry influencer, and startup advisor. 

Matt Gartland is the CEO of Smart Passive Income and a servant leader whose greatest joy comes from empowering other leaders, teams, and organizations to achieve their potential through sustainable growth.

Smart Passive Income is a trailblazer in the entrepreneurial space, developing state-of-the-art content, training, and resources to help you launch and grow your online business.

In this episode, you’ll learn how SPI leverages its team, how to make your first hire as a creator, how to create a tiered membership, and why community is the next evolution of online courses.

Full transcript and show notes

Listen to episode #22 with Matt and Pat

Learn more about Smart Passive Income

Learn more about SPI Pro

Learn more about The Lab

Follow Pat Flynn on Twitter / Instagram / YouTube

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Why Is Community So Hot Right Now

01:02 - THIS Is The Problem With Online Courses

01:55 - What You Will Learn Today

02:33 - People Are Craving Experiences to Learn Together

04:11 - The Team Behind Smart Passive Income (SPI)

09:46 - Hiring And Delegating Is GREAT For Mental Health

10:53 - The Creators You Love Have Robust Teams Behind Them

12:35 - Hiring And Managing Is A Whole Different Skill Set

14:32 - How Creators Should Think About Their 1st Hire

17:18 - Should Your 1st Hire Be An Editor?

21:22 - How to Validate and Create a Tiered Membership Program

28:23 - How Jay Structured The Creator Science Lab Membership

29:34 - Guarding Your Time and Access To You

34:36 - THIS is the Future of Online Courses

36:44 - It’s NOT too Late to Get Started

40:54 - Pat Flynn Was Wrong About Email

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ Creator Economy Predictions with John Lee Dumas

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2873 no #121: Bryan Harris – How this sales master grew his business $100K/month https://creativeelements.fm/bryan-harris/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Bryan Harris is the founder and CEO of Growth Tools, a monthly coaching service that makes it nearly impossible to fail at growing your online business. They combine proven growth playbooks with 1:1 coaching and peer support so you’re never overwhelmed, stuck, or left wondering what to do next. Not only does Growth Tools offer a 100% refund, but he'll even give you $1,000 on top of that to hire another coach. In this episode, you’ll learn how to get people to take action, how Bryan sells a $15,000 coaching program, what makes a sales offer irresistible, and an entirely new pricing model that increased Bryan’s monthly earnings $100K per MONTH. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Growth Tools Join the Growth Tools VIP list (free) Follow Bryan Harris on Twitter / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - What If You Could Earn an EXTRA $100K per month? 00:37 - Bryan Sold Baseball Cards Out of His Bedroom Window 01:09 - Bryan’s First Company Video Fruit 01:59 - What You’ll Learn Today 02:43 - 9 Year Anniversary of Bryan Quitting His Job 03:47 - Being On a Constant Mission to “Figure It Out” 05:51 - Bryan Started Making Content 06:56 - The Growth Tools Flywheel 07:22 - Bryan Zigs When Others Zag 07:56 - The Mission to Scale 1-on-1 Coaching 11:02 - What You Need To Do To Consistently Produce Results 13:19 - People Fail Because They Lose Belief In Their Plan 17:04 - Why Do People Lose Belief In Their Plan? 21:26 - Who is Bryan’s PERFECT Client? 24:26 - The BEST Business Framework I’ve EVER Heard Of 27:58 - It’s Depressing There is Only ONE Elon Musk 29:31 - Elon Musk vs Mark Cuban 30:13 - Bryan’s 20 Year Problem 34:22 - What Makes an IRRESISTIBLE Sales Offer? 39:59 - How to Make an Effective High-Ticket Offer 44:26 - How Bryan Added an EXTRA $100K in Revenue PER MONTH 51:33 - Clients Leaving is a BUG Not a Feature 53:25 - Should You Use Software for Lead Generation? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #146: Justin Moore *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 11 Oct 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Bryan Harris – How this sales master grew his business $100K/month full 1 121 Jay Clouse Bryan Harris is the founder and CEO of Growth Tools, a monthly coaching service that makes it nearly impossible to fail at growing your online business. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Bryan Harris is the founder and CEO of Growth Tools, a monthly coaching service that makes it nearly impossible to fail at growing your online business. They combine proven growth playbooks with 1:1 coaching and peer support so you’re never overwhelmed, stuck, or left wondering what to do next. Not only does Growth Tools offer a 100% refund, but he'll even give you $1,000 on top of that to hire another coach. In this episode, you’ll learn how to get people to take action, how Bryan sells a $15,000 coaching program, what makes a sales offer irresistible, and an entirely new pricing model that increased Bryan’s monthly earnings $100K per MONTH. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Growth Tools Join the Growth Tools VIP list (free) Follow Bryan Harris on Twitter / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - What If You Could Earn an EXTRA $100K per month? 00:37 - Bryan Sold Baseball Cards Out of His Bedroom Window 01:09 - Bryan’s First Company Video Fruit 01:59 - What You’ll Learn Today 02:43 - 9 Year Anniversary of Bryan Quitting His Job 03:47 - Being On a Constant Mission to “Figure It Out” 05:51 - Bryan Started Making Content 06:56 - The Growth Tools Flywheel 07:22 - Bryan Zigs When Others Zag 07:56 - The Mission to Scale 1-on-1 Coaching 11:02 - What You Need To Do To Consistently Produce Results 13:19 - People Fail Because They Lose Belief In Their Plan 17:04 - Why Do People Lose Belief In Their Plan? 21:26 - Who is Bryan’s PERFECT Client? 24:26 - The BEST Business Framework I’ve EVER Heard Of 27:58 - It’s Depressing There is Only ONE Elon Musk 29:31 - Elon Musk vs Mark Cuban 30:13 - Bryan’s 20 Year Problem 34:22 - What Makes an IRRESISTIBLE Sales Offer? 39:59 - How to Make an Effective High-Ticket Offer 44:26 - How Bryan Added an EXTRA $100K in Revenue PER MONTH 51:33 - Clients Leaving is a BUG Not a Feature 53:25 - Should You Use Software for Lead Generation? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #146: Justin Moore *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Bryan Harris is the founder and CEO of Growth Tools, a monthly coaching service that makes it nearly impossible to fail at growing your online business. They combine proven growth playbooks with 1:1 coaching and peer support so you’re never overwhelmed, stuck, or left wondering what to do next.

Not only does Growth Tools offer a 100% refund, but he'll even give you $1,000 on top of that to hire another coach.

In this episode, you’ll learn how to get people to take action, how Bryan sells a $15,000 coaching program, what makes a sales offer irresistible, and an entirely new pricing model that increased Bryan’s monthly earnings $100K per MONTH.

Full transcript and show notes

Learn more about Growth Tools

Join the Growth Tools VIP list (free)

Follow Bryan Harris on Twitter / YouTube

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - What If You Could Earn an EXTRA $100K per month?

00:37 - Bryan Sold Baseball Cards Out of His Bedroom Window

01:09 - Bryan’s First Company Video Fruit

01:59 - What You’ll Learn Today

02:43 - 9 Year Anniversary of Bryan Quitting His Job

03:47 - Being On a Constant Mission to “Figure It Out”

05:51 - Bryan Started Making Content

06:56 - The Growth Tools Flywheel

07:22 - Bryan Zigs When Others Zag

07:56 - The Mission to Scale 1-on-1 Coaching

11:02 - What You Need To Do To Consistently Produce Results

13:19 - People Fail Because They Lose Belief In Their Plan

17:04 - Why Do People Lose Belief In Their Plan?

21:26 - Who is Bryan’s PERFECT Client?

24:26 - The BEST Business Framework I’ve EVER Heard Of

27:58 - It’s Depressing There is Only ONE Elon Musk

29:31 - Elon Musk vs Mark Cuban

30:13 - Bryan’s 20 Year Problem

34:22 - What Makes an IRRESISTIBLE Sales Offer?

39:59 - How to Make an Effective High-Ticket Offer

44:26 - How Bryan Added an EXTRA $100K in Revenue PER MONTH

51:33 - Clients Leaving is a BUG Not a Feature

53:25 - Should You Use Software for Lead Generation?

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #146: Justin Moore

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3781 no #120: Derek Sivers – How to Live as a Creator and Why You Should Focus Like a Monomaniac https://creativeelements.fm/derek-sivers/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Derek Sivers is a musician, producer, circus performer, entrepreneur, TED speaker, and book publisher. He's written four books including How To Live, Hell Yeah Or No, Your Music And People, and Anything You Want. He's also the founder of CD Baby – the largest seller of independent music online, with $100 million in sales for 150,000 musicians. In 2007, Derek sold that business for $22 million – almost all of which Derek donated to a charitable trust for music education. In this episode, we talk about how Derek keeps himself focused on ONE project at a time, how to navigate conflicting philosophies, what we can learn from professional musicians, and how creators can pursue balance in our lives. Full transcript and show notes Visit Derek Sivers website See Derek Sivers book recommendations Follow Derek Sivers on Twitter / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Who is Derek Sivers? 00:27 - Derek is a Monomaniac 01:19 - Derek’s Inspiration for “How To Live” 01:58 - What We Learn Today 02:45 - Derek Has a Singular Focus 04:14 - Is Being a Monomaniac Innate or Learned? 04:57- Don’t Be a Donkey! (Buridan’s Donkey Paradox) 06:54 - Why It’s Important to Prioritize and Sequence in Your Life 07:46 - How to Use Journaling to Prioritize Your Life 09:19 - Life is NOT a Problem to be Solved 12:33 - How Do You Decide What Gets Priority? 17:10 - How to Navigate Conflicting Philosophies 20:10 - Derek’s Process of writing “How To Live” 21:30 - Your Values Change Over Time 23:13 - Breaking Away From Tribalism 24:21 - How to find Balance in Your life 27:49 - STOP Relying on Your Job to Fulfill EVERY Need 30:23 - Derek’s Life as a Musician 31:34 - Momentum is SO Important 34:39 - What Creators Can Learn From Musicians 35:57 - The History of Starbucks (And What You Can Learn From It) 38:22 - Intrinsic VS Extrinsic Motivation 43:10 - Even Rock Stars Have a Boss 44:54 - What Will Derek Do Next? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #82: Michael Bungay Stanier *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 04 Oct 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Derek Sivers – How to Live as a Creator and Why You Should Focus Like a Monomaniac full 1 120 Jay Clouse Derek Sivers is a musician, producer, circus performer, entrepreneur, TED speaker, and book publisher. He's written four books including How To Live, Hell Yeah Or No, Your Music And People, and Anything You Want. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Derek Sivers is a musician, producer, circus performer, entrepreneur, TED speaker, and book publisher. He's written four books including How To Live, Hell Yeah Or No, Your Music And People, and Anything You Want. He's also the founder of CD Baby – the largest seller of independent music online, with $100 million in sales for 150,000 musicians. In 2007, Derek sold that business for $22 million – almost all of which Derek donated to a charitable trust for music education. In this episode, we talk about how Derek keeps himself focused on ONE project at a time, how to navigate conflicting philosophies, what we can learn from professional musicians, and how creators can pursue balance in our lives. Full transcript and show notes Visit Derek Sivers website See Derek Sivers book recommendations Follow Derek Sivers on Twitter / YouTube *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Who is Derek Sivers? 00:27 - Derek is a Monomaniac 01:19 - Derek’s Inspiration for “How To Live” 01:58 - What We Learn Today 02:45 - Derek Has a Singular Focus 04:14 - Is Being a Monomaniac Innate or Learned? 04:57- Don’t Be a Donkey! (Buridan’s Donkey Paradox) 06:54 - Why It’s Important to Prioritize and Sequence in Your Life 07:46 - How to Use Journaling to Prioritize Your Life 09:19 - Life is NOT a Problem to be Solved 12:33 - How Do You Decide What Gets Priority? 17:10 - How to Navigate Conflicting Philosophies 20:10 - Derek’s Process of writing “How To Live” 21:30 - Your Values Change Over Time 23:13 - Breaking Away From Tribalism 24:21 - How to find Balance in Your life 27:49 - STOP Relying on Your Job to Fulfill EVERY Need 30:23 - Derek’s Life as a Musician 31:34 - Momentum is SO Important 34:39 - What Creators Can Learn From Musicians 35:57 - The History of Starbucks (And What You Can Learn From It) 38:22 - Intrinsic VS Extrinsic Motivation 43:10 - Even Rock Stars Have a Boss 44:54 - What Will Derek Do Next? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #82: Michael Bungay Stanier *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Derek Sivers is a musician, producer, circus performer, entrepreneur, TED speaker, and book publisher. He's written four books including How To Live, Hell Yeah Or No, Your Music And People, and Anything You Want.

He's also the founder of CD Baby – the largest seller of independent music online, with $100 million in sales for 150,000 musicians. In 2007, Derek sold that business for $22 million – almost all of which Derek donated to a charitable trust for music education.

In this episode, we talk about how Derek keeps himself focused on ONE project at a time, how to navigate conflicting philosophies, what we can learn from professional musicians, and how creators can pursue balance in our lives.

Full transcript and show notes

Visit Derek Sivers website

See Derek Sivers book recommendations

Follow Derek Sivers on Twitter / YouTube

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Who is Derek Sivers?

00:27 - Derek is a Monomaniac

01:19 - Derek’s Inspiration for “How To Live”

01:58 - What We Learn Today

02:45 - Derek Has a Singular Focus

04:14 - Is Being a Monomaniac Innate or Learned?

04:57- Don’t Be a Donkey! (Buridan’s Donkey Paradox)

06:54 - Why It’s Important to Prioritize and Sequence in Your Life

07:46 - How to Use Journaling to Prioritize Your Life

09:19 - Life is NOT a Problem to be Solved

12:33 - How Do You Decide What Gets Priority?

17:10 - How to Navigate Conflicting Philosophies

20:10 - Derek’s Process of writing “How To Live”

21:30 - Your Values Change Over Time

23:13 - Breaking Away From Tribalism

24:21 - How to find Balance in Your life

27:49 - STOP Relying on Your Job to Fulfill EVERY Need

30:23 - Derek’s Life as a Musician

31:34 - Momentum is SO Important

34:39 - What Creators Can Learn From Musicians

35:57 - The History of Starbucks (And What You Can Learn From It)

38:22 - Intrinsic VS Extrinsic Motivation

43:10 - Even Rock Stars Have a Boss

44:54 - What Will Derek Do Next?

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #82: Michael Bungay Stanier

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3024 no #119: Omar Zenhom – Lessons from 200M downloads and 2000+ episodes of a daily podcast https://creativeelements.fm/omar-zenhom/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Omar Zenhom is co-founder and host of the award-winning The $100 MBA Show, which consistently ranks as a top business podcast in over 30 countries and has over 200 million downloads. As a former school teacher for over a dozen years, Omar decided to apply his natural passion for teaching and learning to the business world. Now, through The $100 MBA Show and his software company, WebinarNinja, Omar has made it his business to help others learn, teach, and grow as entrepreneurs – every single day. In this episode, we talk about the numbers behind the $100 MBA podcast, his strategy for growing the podcast, his process for publishing a daily show, and why you should really focus on your strengths when you’re getting started. Full transcript and show notes Subscribe to the $100 MBA Show Learn more about WebinarNinja Follow Omar Zenhom on Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Today’s Guest 00:37 - Omar Zenhom’s Background 01:50 - What We Learn Today 02:33 - How Being a Teacher Helps Omar Now 04:30 - The Turning Point In Omar’s Career 06:21 - Omar’s 1st Podcast Failed 06:50 - You Should Double Down on Your Strengths 11:43 - How The $100 MBA Show Became a TOP Podcast 16:42 - Omar Loves Helping Entrepreneurs 17:56 - Entrepreneurship is REALLY Hard 18:34 - How Omar Grew The $100 MBA Show 20:13 - How to Sponsor Other People’s Shows 22:03 - Most Effective Cross-Promotion Strategy 23:25 - More Strategies for Podcast Growth 25:33 - How Omar Approaches Audience Retention 29:19 - Does Omar Ever Make Repeat Content? 30:04 - Your Problems All Come From Your Head 32:52 - What it Takes to Make a Daily Podcast 37:05 - Why Omar DOESN’T Do Video 38:58 - How Omar Approaches Making a New Episode 42:43 - Storytelling is Everything 43:42 - How Leading a SaaS Company Impacts Omar as a Creator 45:37 - Documenting Your Process is VERY Important 47:24 - How to Help Listeners Navigate Your Catalog *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #115: Jason Sew Hoy *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 27 Sep 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Omar Zenhom – Lessons from 200M downloads and 2000+ episodes of a daily podcast full 1 119 Jay Clouse Omar Zenhom is co-founder and host of the award-winning The $100 MBA Show, which consistently ranks as a top business podcast in over 30 countries and has over 200 million downloads. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Omar Zenhom is co-founder and host of the award-winning The $100 MBA Show, which consistently ranks as a top business podcast in over 30 countries and has over 200 million downloads. As a former school teacher for over a dozen years, Omar decided to apply his natural passion for teaching and learning to the business world. Now, through The $100 MBA Show and his software company, WebinarNinja, Omar has made it his business to help others learn, teach, and grow as entrepreneurs – every single day. In this episode, we talk about the numbers behind the $100 MBA podcast, his strategy for growing the podcast, his process for publishing a daily show, and why you should really focus on your strengths when you’re getting started. Full transcript and show notes Subscribe to the $100 MBA Show Learn more about WebinarNinja Follow Omar Zenhom on Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Today’s Guest 00:37 - Omar Zenhom’s Background 01:50 - What We Learn Today 02:33 - How Being a Teacher Helps Omar Now 04:30 - The Turning Point In Omar’s Career 06:21 - Omar’s 1st Podcast Failed 06:50 - You Should Double Down on Your Strengths 11:43 - How The $100 MBA Show Became a TOP Podcast 16:42 - Omar Loves Helping Entrepreneurs 17:56 - Entrepreneurship is REALLY Hard 18:34 - How Omar Grew The $100 MBA Show 20:13 - How to Sponsor Other People’s Shows 22:03 - Most Effective Cross-Promotion Strategy 23:25 - More Strategies for Podcast Growth 25:33 - How Omar Approaches Audience Retention 29:19 - Does Omar Ever Make Repeat Content? 30:04 - Your Problems All Come From Your Head 32:52 - What it Takes to Make a Daily Podcast 37:05 - Why Omar DOESN’T Do Video 38:58 - How Omar Approaches Making a New Episode 42:43 - Storytelling is Everything 43:42 - How Leading a SaaS Company Impacts Omar as a Creator 45:37 - Documenting Your Process is VERY Important 47:24 - How to Help Listeners Navigate Your Catalog *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #115: Jason Sew Hoy *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Omar Zenhom is co-founder and host of the award-winning The $100 MBA Show, which consistently ranks as a top business podcast in over 30 countries and has over 200 million downloads.

As a former school teacher for over a dozen years, Omar decided to apply his natural passion for teaching and learning to the business world. Now, through The $100 MBA Show and his software company, WebinarNinja, Omar has made it his business to help others learn, teach, and grow as entrepreneurs – every single day.

In this episode, we talk about the numbers behind the $100 MBA podcast, his strategy for growing the podcast, his process for publishing a daily show, and why you should really focus on your strengths when you’re getting started.

Full transcript and show notes

Subscribe to the $100 MBA Show

Learn more about WebinarNinja

Follow Omar Zenhom on Twitter

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Today’s Guest

00:37 - Omar Zenhom’s Background

01:50 - What We Learn Today

02:33 - How Being a Teacher Helps Omar Now

04:30 - The Turning Point In Omar’s Career

06:21 - Omar’s 1st Podcast Failed

06:50 - You Should Double Down on Your Strengths

11:43 - How The $100 MBA Show Became a TOP Podcast

16:42 - Omar Loves Helping Entrepreneurs

17:56 - Entrepreneurship is REALLY Hard

18:34 - How Omar Grew The $100 MBA Show

20:13 - How to Sponsor Other People’s Shows

22:03 - Most Effective Cross-Promotion Strategy

23:25 - More Strategies for Podcast Growth

25:33 - How Omar Approaches Audience Retention

29:19 - Does Omar Ever Make Repeat Content?

30:04 - Your Problems All Come From Your Head

32:52 - What it Takes to Make a Daily Podcast

37:05 - Why Omar DOESN’T Do Video

38:58 - How Omar Approaches Making a New Episode

42:43 - Storytelling is Everything

43:42 - How Leading a SaaS Company Impacts Omar as a Creator

45:37 - Documenting Your Process is VERY Important

47:24 - How to Help Listeners Navigate Your Catalog

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #115: Jason Sew Hoy

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3213 no #118: Sahil Bloom – Attracting 700,000 followers on Twitter by being consistent WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Sahil Bloom is a writer, investor, and podcaster. Every week, his content reaches over 1 million people around the world.  Sahil has nearly 700,000 followers on Twitter (@SahilBloom), 118,000 subscribers to his newsletter (The Curiosity Chronicle), a podcast (Where It Happens), and more. In this episode, we talk about Sahil’s rocketship Twitter growth, how he attracts the support of others, how he’s changed his strategy as he’s grown, and why he believes his success all comes down to being Consistent. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Sahil Bloom Subscribe to The Curiosity Chronicle Subscribe to Where It Happens Follow Sahil Bloom on Twitter / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Sahil Bloom is One of the Fastest Growing Creators 00:35 - How Sahil Got Started 02:34 - What We Learn Today 03:19 - Sahil Pioneers Twitter Threads 05:15 - How Sahil Thinks About Platform Innovation 06:28 - Is Engagement Down Across All Platforms? 08:39 - Sahil Started Taking Twitter Seriously 10:16 - Law of Attraction 14:28 - How Did Sahil Grow So Fast? 16:29 - What Would Sahil Do Differently? 17:09 - What Changed When Sahil Blew Up? 18:05 - Different Planning Structures and Styles 23:25 - Hustle Culture and Working Hard 25:09 - Does Growth Get Easier? 27:13 - How Sahil Will Get to 1 Million Followers 29:42 - Structure vs Inspiration 31:02 - Sahil on the Negativity He Experiences 33:09 - Strategy for Deepening Relationships With Your Audience 33:59 - Evergreen vs Timely Content 35:49 - Why You Should Repurpose Old Content 38:29 - How Becoming a Dad Changed Sahil 39:41 - What Does Sahil’s Future Look Like? 40:11 - How to Think About Time When Writing a Book *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #109: Justin Welsh *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 20 Sep 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Sahil Bloom – Attracting 700,000 followers on Twitter by being consistent full 1 118 Jay Clouse Sahil Bloom is a writer, investor, and podcaster. Every week, his content reaches over 1 million people around the world. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Sahil Bloom is a writer, investor, and podcaster. Every week, his content reaches over 1 million people around the world.  Sahil has nearly 700,000 followers on Twitter (@SahilBloom), 118,000 subscribers to his newsletter (The Curiosity Chronicle), a podcast (Where It Happens), and more. In this episode, we talk about Sahil’s rocketship Twitter growth, how he attracts the support of others, how he’s changed his strategy as he’s grown, and why he believes his success all comes down to being Consistent. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Sahil Bloom Subscribe to The Curiosity Chronicle Subscribe to Where It Happens Follow Sahil Bloom on Twitter / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Sahil Bloom is One of the Fastest Growing Creators 00:35 - How Sahil Got Started 02:34 - What We Learn Today 03:19 - Sahil Pioneers Twitter Threads 05:15 - How Sahil Thinks About Platform Innovation 06:28 - Is Engagement Down Across All Platforms? 08:39 - Sahil Started Taking Twitter Seriously 10:16 - Law of Attraction 14:28 - How Did Sahil Grow So Fast? 16:29 - What Would Sahil Do Differently? 17:09 - What Changed When Sahil Blew Up? 18:05 - Different Planning Structures and Styles 23:25 - Hustle Culture and Working Hard 25:09 - Does Growth Get Easier? 27:13 - How Sahil Will Get to 1 Million Followers 29:42 - Structure vs Inspiration 31:02 - Sahil on the Negativity He Experiences 33:09 - Strategy for Deepening Relationships With Your Audience 33:59 - Evergreen vs Timely Content 35:49 - Why You Should Repurpose Old Content 38:29 - How Becoming a Dad Changed Sahil 39:41 - What Does Sahil’s Future Look Like? 40:11 - How to Think About Time When Writing a Book *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #109: Justin Welsh *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Sahil Bloom is a writer, investor, and podcaster. Every week, his content reaches over 1 million people around the world. 

Sahil has nearly 700,000 followers on Twitter (@SahilBloom), 118,000 subscribers to his newsletter (The Curiosity Chronicle), a podcast (Where It Happens), and more.

In this episode, we talk about Sahil’s rocketship Twitter growth, how he attracts the support of others, how he’s changed his strategy as he’s grown, and why he believes his success all comes down to being Consistent.

Full transcript and show notes

Learn more about Sahil Bloom

Subscribe to The Curiosity Chronicle

Subscribe to Where It Happens

Follow Sahil Bloom on Twitter / LinkedIn

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Sahil Bloom is One of the Fastest Growing Creators

00:35 - How Sahil Got Started

02:34 - What We Learn Today

03:19 - Sahil Pioneers Twitter Threads

05:15 - How Sahil Thinks About Platform Innovation

06:28 - Is Engagement Down Across All Platforms?

08:39 - Sahil Started Taking Twitter Seriously

10:16 - Law of Attraction

14:28 - How Did Sahil Grow So Fast?

16:29 - What Would Sahil Do Differently?

17:09 - What Changed When Sahil Blew Up?

18:05 - Different Planning Structures and Styles

23:25 - Hustle Culture and Working Hard

25:09 - Does Growth Get Easier?

27:13 - How Sahil Will Get to 1 Million Followers

29:42 - Structure vs Inspiration

31:02 - Sahil on the Negativity He Experiences

33:09 - Strategy for Deepening Relationships With Your Audience

33:59 - Evergreen vs Timely Content

35:49 - Why You Should Repurpose Old Content

38:29 - How Becoming a Dad Changed Sahil

39:41 - What Does Sahil’s Future Look Like?

40:11 - How to Think About Time When Writing a Book

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #109: Justin Welsh

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2692 no #117: Josh Spector – Driving action with a daily newsletter and providing Transformation for your audience https://creativeelements.fm/josh-spector/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Josh Spector is a marketing and business consultant who writes For The Interested, a newsletter for creative entrepreneurs with more than 20,000 subscribers. Josh also recently launched the I Want To Know podcast where Josh answers three questions from creative entrepreneurs to help them overcome their challenges and accomplish their goals.  In this episode, we talk about how Josh has built his newsletter, the benefits, and challenges of publishing daily, why I think he’s undercharging for sponsorships, and why Transformation is what you need to deliver to your readers. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Josh Spector Subscribe to For The Interested Subscribe to I Want To Know Follow Josh Spector on Twitter / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Every Creator Should Have an Email List 00:23 - Josh Spector’s Background 01:40 - What We Learn Today 02:32 - Evolution of Josh’s Newsletter & Audience 08:25 - Should You Start Niche? 10:43 - Niche Isn’t Exclusion 15:14 - You Have to Provide Value 17:26 - Sell the Solution, Not the Problem 20:50 - Josh Workshops Jay’s Transformation Offer 28:09 - Language is Important 29:01 - Josh + Jay Copywriting Workshop 33:05 - Josh Changes His Mind on Ads 36:10 - Josh’s Ad Strategy 40:21 - Why Josh Started a Daily Newsletter 43:30 - Josh’s Unsubscribe Rates are Crazy 46:49 - Josh Undercharges for Ads *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #147: Chenell Basilio *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 13 Sep 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Josh Spector – Driving action with a daily newsletter and providing Transformation for your audience full 1 117 Jay Clouse Josh Spector is a marketing and business consultant who writes For The Interested, a newsletter for creative entrepreneurs with more than 20,000 subscribers. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Josh Spector is a marketing and business consultant who writes For The Interested, a newsletter for creative entrepreneurs with more than 20,000 subscribers. Josh also recently launched the I Want To Know podcast where Josh answers three questions from creative entrepreneurs to help them overcome their challenges and accomplish their goals.  In this episode, we talk about how Josh has built his newsletter, the benefits, and challenges of publishing daily, why I think he’s undercharging for sponsorships, and why Transformation is what you need to deliver to your readers. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Josh Spector Subscribe to For The Interested Subscribe to I Want To Know Follow Josh Spector on Twitter / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Every Creator Should Have an Email List 00:23 - Josh Spector’s Background 01:40 - What We Learn Today 02:32 - Evolution of Josh’s Newsletter & Audience 08:25 - Should You Start Niche? 10:43 - Niche Isn’t Exclusion 15:14 - You Have to Provide Value 17:26 - Sell the Solution, Not the Problem 20:50 - Josh Workshops Jay’s Transformation Offer 28:09 - Language is Important 29:01 - Josh + Jay Copywriting Workshop 33:05 - Josh Changes His Mind on Ads 36:10 - Josh’s Ad Strategy 40:21 - Why Josh Started a Daily Newsletter 43:30 - Josh’s Unsubscribe Rates are Crazy 46:49 - Josh Undercharges for Ads *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #147: Chenell Basilio *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Josh Spector is a marketing and business consultant who writes For The Interested, a newsletter for creative entrepreneurs with more than 20,000 subscribers.

Josh also recently launched the I Want To Know podcast where Josh answers three questions from creative entrepreneurs to help them overcome their challenges and accomplish their goals. 

In this episode, we talk about how Josh has built his newsletter, the benefits, and challenges of publishing daily, why I think he’s undercharging for sponsorships, and why Transformation is what you need to deliver to your readers.

Full transcript and show notes

Learn more about Josh Spector

Subscribe to For The Interested

Subscribe to I Want To Know

Follow Josh Spector on Twitter / LinkedIn

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Every Creator Should Have an Email List

00:23 - Josh Spector’s Background

01:40 - What We Learn Today

02:32 - Evolution of Josh’s Newsletter & Audience

08:25 - Should You Start Niche?

10:43 - Niche Isn’t Exclusion

15:14 - You Have to Provide Value

17:26 - Sell the Solution, Not the Problem

20:50 - Josh Workshops Jay’s Transformation Offer

28:09 - Language is Important

29:01 - Josh + Jay Copywriting Workshop

33:05 - Josh Changes His Mind on Ads

36:10 - Josh’s Ad Strategy

40:21 - Why Josh Started a Daily Newsletter

43:30 - Josh’s Unsubscribe Rates are Crazy

46:49 - Josh Undercharges for Ads

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #147: Chenell Basilio

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3287 no #116: Sara Dietschy – Algorithm Anxiety, Reinventing Yourself, and Advice for Small Tech YouTubers https://creativeelements.fm/sara-dietschy/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Sara Dietschy (rhymes with peachy) is a YouTuber and content creator based in Dallas, Texas. With over 835,000 subscribers on her self-titled channel, Sara creates and uploads docu-series, tech reviews and vlogs. Through her work, she explores the intersection of technology and creativity. Sara rocks the YouTube scene with her sincerity and a contagious zest for life. She's previously partnered with brands like Intel, AT&T, Logitech, Samsung, and Best Buy to enable her creativity and provide the best content possible. In this episode, we talk about Sara’s approach to creating content, what makes creating hardware so hard, what she’d do differently if she was starting today, and why she’s never been afraid of a little Reinvention. Full transcript and show notes Back the Lab22 Kickstarter Learn more about Sara Dietschy Subscribe to Sara Dietschy on YouTube Follow Sara Dietschy on Twitter / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Who is Sara Dietschy 00:25 - Sara Parodies Casey Neistat 01:18 - Sara Blows Up 02:02 - Lab22 Launch 03:16 - What We Learn Today 03:54 - “What Am I Doing With My Life” 06:28 - Insecurity As A YouTuber 07:12 - What is Moment? 08:15 - Design Process of Physical Products 09:09 - Digital vs. Physical Products 10:48 - Iteration Time For Physical Products 12:20 - Prototyping Lab22 Products 13:54 - The Response to Lab22 14:50 - Fear & Anxiety 18:55 - Why Sara Doesn’t Do Email 20:25 - Will Gen Z Use Email? 21:34 - Sara on Reinventing Yourself 26:40 - Sara on Her Mom’s Influence 28:40 - Corporate Sara 30:31 - Changing Up How She Does Review Videos 32:43 - Huge Growth Potential For Small Tech YouTubers 35:13 - Allure of Tech Review Videos Has Changed 37:00 - Sara’s Video Making Process 43:25 - How Sara’s Approach to Content Has Changed 45:53 - Sara’s Early YouTube Strategy 50:15 - If You Had To Start Over, What Would You Do? 54:55 - Community Building Tips 57:19 - Sara On Building Relationships *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #183: Thomas Frank *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 06 Sep 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Sara Dietschy – Algorithm Anxiety, Reinventing Yourself, and Advice for Small Tech YouTubers full 1 116 Jay Clouse Sara Dietschy (rhymes with peachy) is a YouTuber and content creator based in Dallas, Texas. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Sara Dietschy (rhymes with peachy) is a YouTuber and content creator based in Dallas, Texas. With over 835,000 subscribers on her self-titled channel, Sara creates and uploads docu-series, tech reviews and vlogs. Through her work, she explores the intersection of technology and creativity. Sara rocks the YouTube scene with her sincerity and a contagious zest for life. She's previously partnered with brands like Intel, AT&T, Logitech, Samsung, and Best Buy to enable her creativity and provide the best content possible. In this episode, we talk about Sara’s approach to creating content, what makes creating hardware so hard, what she’d do differently if she was starting today, and why she’s never been afraid of a little Reinvention. Full transcript and show notes Back the Lab22 Kickstarter Learn more about Sara Dietschy Subscribe to Sara Dietschy on YouTube Follow Sara Dietschy on Twitter / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00 - Who is Sara Dietschy 00:25 - Sara Parodies Casey Neistat 01:18 - Sara Blows Up 02:02 - Lab22 Launch 03:16 - What We Learn Today 03:54 - “What Am I Doing With My Life” 06:28 - Insecurity As A YouTuber 07:12 - What is Moment? 08:15 - Design Process of Physical Products 09:09 - Digital vs. Physical Products 10:48 - Iteration Time For Physical Products 12:20 - Prototyping Lab22 Products 13:54 - The Response to Lab22 14:50 - Fear & Anxiety 18:55 - Why Sara Doesn’t Do Email 20:25 - Will Gen Z Use Email? 21:34 - Sara on Reinventing Yourself 26:40 - Sara on Her Mom’s Influence 28:40 - Corporate Sara 30:31 - Changing Up How She Does Review Videos 32:43 - Huge Growth Potential For Small Tech YouTubers 35:13 - Allure of Tech Review Videos Has Changed 37:00 - Sara’s Video Making Process 43:25 - How Sara’s Approach to Content Has Changed 45:53 - Sara’s Early YouTube Strategy 50:15 - If You Had To Start Over, What Would You Do? 54:55 - Community Building Tips 57:19 - Sara On Building Relationships *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #183: Thomas Frank *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Sara Dietschy (rhymes with peachy) is a YouTuber and content creator based in Dallas, Texas.

With over 835,000 subscribers on her self-titled channel, Sara creates and uploads docu-series, tech reviews and vlogs. Through her work, she explores the intersection of technology and creativity. Sara rocks the YouTube scene with her sincerity and a contagious zest for life. She's previously partnered with brands like Intel, AT&T, Logitech, Samsung, and Best Buy to enable her creativity and provide the best content possible.

In this episode, we talk about Sara’s approach to creating content, what makes creating hardware so hard, what she’d do differently if she was starting today, and why she’s never been afraid of a little Reinvention.

Full transcript and show notes

Back the Lab22 Kickstarter

Learn more about Sara Dietschy

Subscribe to Sara Dietschy on YouTube

Follow Sara Dietschy on Twitter / Instagram

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00 - Who is Sara Dietschy

00:25 - Sara Parodies Casey Neistat

01:18 - Sara Blows Up

02:02 - Lab22 Launch

03:16 - What We Learn Today

03:54 - “What Am I Doing With My Life”

06:28 - Insecurity As A YouTuber

07:12 - What is Moment?

08:15 - Design Process of Physical Products

09:09 - Digital vs. Physical Products

10:48 - Iteration Time For Physical Products

12:20 - Prototyping Lab22 Products

13:54 - The Response to Lab22

14:50 - Fear & Anxiety

18:55 - Why Sara Doesn’t Do Email

20:25 - Will Gen Z Use Email?

21:34 - Sara on Reinventing Yourself

26:40 - Sara on Her Mom’s Influence

28:40 - Corporate Sara

30:31 - Changing Up How She Does Review Videos

32:43 - Huge Growth Potential For Small Tech YouTubers

35:13 - Allure of Tech Review Videos Has Changed

37:00 - Sara’s Video Making Process

43:25 - How Sara’s Approach to Content Has Changed

45:53 - Sara’s Early YouTube Strategy

50:15 - If You Had To Start Over, What Would You Do?

54:55 - Community Building Tips

57:19 - Sara On Building Relationships

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #183: Thomas Frank

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3842 no #115: Jason Sew Hoy of Supercast – How and why to create a premium podcast subscription https://creativeelements.fm/jason-sew-hoy-supercast/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Jason Sew Hoy is the cofounder and CEO of Supercast. He was previously COO & Chief Growth Officer at 99designs. Supercast is a podcast subscription platform for thousands of podcasters, networks, and publishers. Their top 10 podcasters earn $12+ million a year directly from their listeners. In this episode, we talk about Jason’s path to Supercast, when a premium podcast subscription makes sense, how to create good incentives for subscribers to pay, and why none of this has been possible without Experimentation. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Supercast Follow Jason Sew Hoy on Twitter *** SPONSOR → Listen to Podcast Perspectives with Jeff Umbro → Get a free consultation from The Podglomerate *** TIMESTAMPS 00:12 - Creator Ecosystem Bird’s Eye View 00:34 - Today’s guest 01:02 - Jason’s Journey To 99designs 02:16 - Jason Saw The Power Of Podcasting 02:50 - What We Learn Today 03:30 - The Unusual Beginning’s of 99designs 08:26 - Creator vs Creative 14:12 - Tim Ferris Inspired Jason’s Interest In Podcasts 16:19 - Jason Meets Andrew Wilkinson and Sam Harris 16:43 - Patreon Problems Needed Solutions 17:30 - Start Of Supercast 18:29 - Money Behind A Huge Podcast Launch 21:37 - Why Breaking Points Blew Up 23:06 - How Can I Sustain Creating Bonus Content? 24:16 - Supercast Q+A Feature 25:13 - Best Trick To Growing A Paid Community 29:39 - Is Ad Free Enough To Convert a Free Listener? 31:19 - Is 5% Conversion Rate The Standard? 32:58 - Teams Behind Successful Podcast Creators 34:28 - When To Monetize Your Podcast 40:09 - Best Incentives to Convert Free Listeners to Paid 44:16 - How To Price A Premium Membership 46:24 - Monthly vs Yearly Pricing *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #119: Omar Zenhom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 30 Aug 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Jason Sew Hoy of Supercast – How and why to create a premium podcast subscription full 1 115 Jay Clouse Jason Sew Hoy is the cofounder and CEO of Supercast. He was previously COO & Chief Growth Officer at 99designs. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Jason Sew Hoy is the cofounder and CEO of Supercast. He was previously COO & Chief Growth Officer at 99designs. Supercast is a podcast subscription platform for thousands of podcasters, networks, and publishers. Their top 10 podcasters earn $12+ million a year directly from their listeners. In this episode, we talk about Jason’s path to Supercast, when a premium podcast subscription makes sense, how to create good incentives for subscribers to pay, and why none of this has been possible without Experimentation. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Supercast Follow Jason Sew Hoy on Twitter *** SPONSOR → Listen to Podcast Perspectives with Jeff Umbro → Get a free consultation from The Podglomerate *** TIMESTAMPS 00:12 - Creator Ecosystem Bird’s Eye View 00:34 - Today’s guest 01:02 - Jason’s Journey To 99designs 02:16 - Jason Saw The Power Of Podcasting 02:50 - What We Learn Today 03:30 - The Unusual Beginning’s of 99designs 08:26 - Creator vs Creative 14:12 - Tim Ferris Inspired Jason’s Interest In Podcasts 16:19 - Jason Meets Andrew Wilkinson and Sam Harris 16:43 - Patreon Problems Needed Solutions 17:30 - Start Of Supercast 18:29 - Money Behind A Huge Podcast Launch 21:37 - Why Breaking Points Blew Up 23:06 - How Can I Sustain Creating Bonus Content? 24:16 - Supercast Q+A Feature 25:13 - Best Trick To Growing A Paid Community 29:39 - Is Ad Free Enough To Convert a Free Listener? 31:19 - Is 5% Conversion Rate The Standard? 32:58 - Teams Behind Successful Podcast Creators 34:28 - When To Monetize Your Podcast 40:09 - Best Incentives to Convert Free Listeners to Paid 44:16 - How To Price A Premium Membership 46:24 - Monthly vs Yearly Pricing *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #119: Omar Zenhom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Jason Sew Hoy is the cofounder and CEO of Supercast. He was previously COO & Chief Growth Officer at 99designs.

Supercast is a podcast subscription platform for thousands of podcasters, networks, and publishers. Their top 10 podcasters earn $12+ million a year directly from their listeners.

In this episode, we talk about Jason’s path to Supercast, when a premium podcast subscription makes sense, how to create good incentives for subscribers to pay, and why none of this has been possible without Experimentation.

Full transcript and show notes

Learn more about Supercast

Follow Jason Sew Hoy on Twitter

***

SPONSOR

→ Listen to Podcast Perspectives with Jeff Umbro

→ Get a free consultation from The Podglomerate

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:12 - Creator Ecosystem Bird’s Eye View

00:34 - Today’s guest

01:02 - Jason’s Journey To 99designs

02:16 - Jason Saw The Power Of Podcasting

02:50 - What We Learn Today

03:30 - The Unusual Beginning’s of 99designs

08:26 - Creator vs Creative

14:12 - Tim Ferris Inspired Jason’s Interest In Podcasts

16:19 - Jason Meets Andrew Wilkinson and Sam Harris

16:43 - Patreon Problems Needed Solutions

17:30 - Start Of Supercast

18:29 - Money Behind A Huge Podcast Launch

21:37 - Why Breaking Points Blew Up

23:06 - How Can I Sustain Creating Bonus Content?

24:16 - Supercast Q+A Feature

25:13 - Best Trick To Growing A Paid Community

29:39 - Is Ad Free Enough To Convert a Free Listener?

31:19 - Is 5% Conversion Rate The Standard?

32:58 - Teams Behind Successful Podcast Creators

34:28 - When To Monetize Your Podcast

40:09 - Best Incentives to Convert Free Listeners to Paid

44:16 - How To Price A Premium Membership

46:24 - Monthly vs Yearly Pricing

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #119: Omar Zenhom

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3054 no #114: Kat Norton aka Miss Excel – Engineering virality and earning more than $100,000 in a single day https://creativeelements.fm/kat-norton-miss-excel WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Kat Norton energetically teaches Microsoft Excel to individuals, businesses, and educational institutions. Since launching Miss Excel in June 2020, she has grown a community of over 1,000,000 people on TikTok & Instagram (@miss.excel) through viral Excel trick videos infused with creativity, music, and dance. Kat was recently awarded the Microsoft MVP Award and has been featured in Business Insider, CNBC, and Entrepreneur Magazine as a pioneer in the "Excel Influencer" space. Kat was also named one of the Top Influencers of 2021 by Forbes. In this episode, we talk about how Kat overcome her fear and began posting on TikTok, how she thinks about energy management, how she earned $100,000 in a single day, and why all of her progress can be attributed to taking what she calls “Messy Action.” Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Miss Excel Kat Norton Follow Kat Norton on TikTok / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS 00:16 - Weird and Wonderful World of TikTok 00:45 - Kat Norton 01:14 - The pandemic changed everything 02:55 - Kat got a $1 million idea 03:00 - 1st viral TikTok 03:28 - What we learn today 04:12 - Beginnings of Miss Excel 06:44 - Miss Excel becomes a business 07:30 - Did Kat even use TikTok? 08:10 - Overcoming limiting beliefs and anxiety 12:45 - Embracing messy action 14:35 - Kat’s self-imposed bounds on action 18:37 - How to exude positive energy 19:25 - How Kat handled blowing up so quickly 21:50 - Kat NEVER reached out for press 22:50 - How does your energy affect your content? 24:30 - Does Jay smile? 25:45 - How do you reach a higher version of yourself? 26:55 - Energy Management is better than Time Management 30:25 - Jay wants to buy Tony Robbins mini trampoline 30:37 - Kat on her spiritual journal and seeing Tony Robbins 33:23 - Kat’s journey to earn $100,000 in a single day 40:30 - Kat’s tips on going viral 43:20 - What is a good TikTok posting frequency? 45:10 - Miss Excel business model 46:02 - How to make a successful webinar 48:20 - How to structure time to be more productive 50:45 - What has Kat struggled with? 52:31 - What is next for Miss Excel? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #181: Dr. K *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 23 Aug 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Kat Norton aka Miss Excel – Engineering virality and earning more than $100,000 in a single day full 1 114 Jay Clouse Kat Norton energetically teaches Microsoft Excel to individuals, businesses, and educational institutions. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Kat Norton energetically teaches Microsoft Excel to individuals, businesses, and educational institutions. Since launching Miss Excel in June 2020, she has grown a community of over 1,000,000 people on TikTok & Instagram (@miss.excel) through viral Excel trick videos infused with creativity, music, and dance. Kat was recently awarded the Microsoft MVP Award and has been featured in Business Insider, CNBC, and Entrepreneur Magazine as a pioneer in the "Excel Influencer" space. Kat was also named one of the Top Influencers of 2021 by Forbes. In this episode, we talk about how Kat overcome her fear and began posting on TikTok, how she thinks about energy management, how she earned $100,000 in a single day, and why all of her progress can be attributed to taking what she calls “Messy Action.” Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Miss Excel Kat Norton Follow Kat Norton on TikTok / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS 00:16 - Weird and Wonderful World of TikTok 00:45 - Kat Norton 01:14 - The pandemic changed everything 02:55 - Kat got a $1 million idea 03:00 - 1st viral TikTok 03:28 - What we learn today 04:12 - Beginnings of Miss Excel 06:44 - Miss Excel becomes a business 07:30 - Did Kat even use TikTok? 08:10 - Overcoming limiting beliefs and anxiety 12:45 - Embracing messy action 14:35 - Kat’s self-imposed bounds on action 18:37 - How to exude positive energy 19:25 - How Kat handled blowing up so quickly 21:50 - Kat NEVER reached out for press 22:50 - How does your energy affect your content? 24:30 - Does Jay smile? 25:45 - How do you reach a higher version of yourself? 26:55 - Energy Management is better than Time Management 30:25 - Jay wants to buy Tony Robbins mini trampoline 30:37 - Kat on her spiritual journal and seeing Tony Robbins 33:23 - Kat’s journey to earn $100,000 in a single day 40:30 - Kat’s tips on going viral 43:20 - What is a good TikTok posting frequency? 45:10 - Miss Excel business model 46:02 - How to make a successful webinar 48:20 - How to structure time to be more productive 50:45 - What has Kat struggled with? 52:31 - What is next for Miss Excel? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #181: Dr. K *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Kat Norton energetically teaches Microsoft Excel to individuals, businesses, and educational institutions.

Since launching Miss Excel in June 2020, she has grown a community of over 1,000,000 people on TikTok & Instagram (@miss.excel) through viral Excel trick videos infused with creativity, music, and dance.

Kat was recently awarded the Microsoft MVP Award and has been featured in Business Insider, CNBC, and Entrepreneur Magazine as a pioneer in the "Excel Influencer" space. Kat was also named one of the Top Influencers of 2021 by Forbes.

In this episode, we talk about how Kat overcome her fear and began posting on TikTok, how she thinks about energy management, how she earned $100,000 in a single day, and why all of her progress can be attributed to taking what she calls “Messy Action.”

Full transcript and show notes

Learn more about Miss Excel Kat Norton

Follow Kat Norton on TikTok / Instagram

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:16 - Weird and Wonderful World of TikTok

00:45 - Kat Norton

01:14 - The pandemic changed everything

02:55 - Kat got a $1 million idea

03:00 - 1st viral TikTok

03:28 - What we learn today

04:12 - Beginnings of Miss Excel

06:44 - Miss Excel becomes a business

07:30 - Did Kat even use TikTok?

08:10 - Overcoming limiting beliefs and anxiety

12:45 - Embracing messy action

14:35 - Kat’s self-imposed bounds on action

18:37 - How to exude positive energy

19:25 - How Kat handled blowing up so quickly

21:50 - Kat NEVER reached out for press

22:50 - How does your energy affect your content?

24:30 - Does Jay smile?

25:45 - How do you reach a higher version of yourself?

26:55 - Energy Management is better than Time Management

30:25 - Jay wants to buy Tony Robbins mini trampoline

30:37 - Kat on her spiritual journal and seeing Tony Robbins

33:23 - Kat’s journey to earn $100,000 in a single day

40:30 - Kat’s tips on going viral

43:20 - What is a good TikTok posting frequency?

45:10 - Miss Excel business model

46:02 - How to make a successful webinar

48:20 - How to structure time to be more productive

50:45 - What has Kat struggled with?

52:31 - What is next for Miss Excel?

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #181: Dr. K

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3447 no BONUS: Podcast Movement, newsletter rebrand, and more! https://creativeelements.fm/pm22 EPISODE DESCRIPTION Hello my friend! Welcome to a short, special, audio-only episode of Creative Elements. First off – I wanted to let you know that I’ll be at Podcast Movement this week! If you’re in Dallas for Podcast Movement 22, shoot me an email! I’ll be speaking on Thursday at 1:15 and my session is called How to Build Your Own Podcast Discovery Engine with Twitter and Email. It’s a breakdown of how I’ve been using Twitter and email to grow this very show. AND, if you do find me, I’ll give you a rare, coveted Creative Elements sticker. So, if you’ll be at Podcast Movement in Dallas August 23 through the 25th, shoot me an email and come to my session Thursday at 1:15 local time.  The second update is that I’ve rebranded my business and my newsletter! Formerly known as Creative Companion, my newsletter is now called Creator Science. Read more on that below. Subscribe to Creator Science Join The Lab Read about the rebrand Submit a question for the Mailbag Check out the YouTube Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Mon, 22 Aug 2022 07:00:00 -0000 BONUS: Podcast Movement, newsletter rebrand, and more! bonus Jay Clouse A special, audio-only episode to share a few behind-the-scenes announcements EPISODE DESCRIPTION Hello my friend! Welcome to a short, special, audio-only episode of Creative Elements. First off – I wanted to let you know that I’ll be at Podcast Movement this week! If you’re in Dallas for Podcast Movement 22, shoot me an email! I’ll be speaking on Thursday at 1:15 and my session is called How to Build Your Own Podcast Discovery Engine with Twitter and Email. It’s a breakdown of how I’ve been using Twitter and email to grow this very show. AND, if you do find me, I’ll give you a rare, coveted Creative Elements sticker. So, if you’ll be at Podcast Movement in Dallas August 23 through the 25th, shoot me an email and come to my session Thursday at 1:15 local time.  The second update is that I’ve rebranded my business and my newsletter! Formerly known as Creative Companion, my newsletter is now called Creator Science. Read more on that below. Subscribe to Creator Science Join The Lab Read about the rebrand Submit a question for the Mailbag Check out the YouTube Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Hello my friend! Welcome to a short, special, audio-only episode of Creative Elements.

First off – I wanted to let you know that I’ll be at Podcast Movement this week! If you’re in Dallas for Podcast Movement 22, shoot me an email! I’ll be speaking on Thursday at 1:15 and my session is called How to Build Your Own Podcast Discovery Engine with Twitter and Email. It’s a breakdown of how I’ve been using Twitter and email to grow this very show. AND, if you do find me, I’ll give you a rare, coveted Creative Elements sticker.

So, if you’ll be at Podcast Movement in Dallas August 23 through the 25th, shoot me an email and come to my session Thursday at 1:15 local time. 

The second update is that I’ve rebranded my business and my newsletter! Formerly known as Creative Companion, my newsletter is now called Creator Science. Read more on that below.

Subscribe to Creator Science

Join The Lab

Read about the rebrand

Submit a question for the Mailbag

Check out the YouTube

Full transcript and show notes

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 536 no #113: Austin Belcak – From zero job offers to attracting 1.3 million followers on LinkedIn https://creativeelements.fm/austin-belcak/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Austin Belcak is the founder of Cultivated Culture, which people how to land jobs they love without “traditional” experience and without applying online. Austin has 1.3 million followers on LinkedIn and his posts have been viewed hundreds of millions of times. He's recently started investing time into Twitter, where he already has more than 50,000 subscribers. In this episode, we talk about Austin’s approach to content creation, what content is working on LinkedIn today, why good people give bad advice, and how being Data Driven helped him become one of the biggest accounts on LinkedIn. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Austin Belcak Follow Austin Belcak on LinkedIn / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS 00:13 - LinkedIn is underrated 00:40 - Today’s guest 01:07 - The problem with our education system 02:03 - Applying to tech companies 03:34 - Is Austin LinkedIn’s TOP creator? 04:20 - What we learn today 04:58 - What do you want to be when you grow up? 05:42 - Austin’s early interest in entrepreneurship 06:29 - Good people give bad advice 08:45 - Learning the RIGHT way to get hired 11:09 - People project their own shortcomings onto you 14:32 - Sometimes your friends work against you 15:40 - Seeking approval from others is a bad idea 18:03 - You have to fail a lot 19:12 - Austin’s first piece of content 20:58 - Starting to create on LinkedIn 22:24 - Early struggles creating content 24:56 - Ways to remove anxiety from creating 25:35 - Developing habits 27:10 - Austin’s content posting cadence 32:09 - Importance of luck 32:59 - Importance of data 33:39 - Find a medium that gives you energy 34:21 - Analyzing your content to improve 37:13 - Why analyzing content is important 39:08 - New LinkedIn carousel strategy 41:24 - Longevity of LinkedIn content 43:00 - Austin on building genuine relationships 47:40 - Using a CRM to track relationships? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #127: Daniel Murray *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 16 Aug 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Austin Belcak – From zero job offers to attracting 1.3 million followers on LinkedIn full 1 113 Jay Clouse Austin Belcak is the founder of Cultivated Culture, which people how to land jobs they love without “traditional” experience and without applying online. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Austin Belcak is the founder of Cultivated Culture, which people how to land jobs they love without “traditional” experience and without applying online. Austin has 1.3 million followers on LinkedIn and his posts have been viewed hundreds of millions of times. He's recently started investing time into Twitter, where he already has more than 50,000 subscribers. In this episode, we talk about Austin’s approach to content creation, what content is working on LinkedIn today, why good people give bad advice, and how being Data Driven helped him become one of the biggest accounts on LinkedIn. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Austin Belcak Follow Austin Belcak on LinkedIn / Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS 00:13 - LinkedIn is underrated 00:40 - Today’s guest 01:07 - The problem with our education system 02:03 - Applying to tech companies 03:34 - Is Austin LinkedIn’s TOP creator? 04:20 - What we learn today 04:58 - What do you want to be when you grow up? 05:42 - Austin’s early interest in entrepreneurship 06:29 - Good people give bad advice 08:45 - Learning the RIGHT way to get hired 11:09 - People project their own shortcomings onto you 14:32 - Sometimes your friends work against you 15:40 - Seeking approval from others is a bad idea 18:03 - You have to fail a lot 19:12 - Austin’s first piece of content 20:58 - Starting to create on LinkedIn 22:24 - Early struggles creating content 24:56 - Ways to remove anxiety from creating 25:35 - Developing habits 27:10 - Austin’s content posting cadence 32:09 - Importance of luck 32:59 - Importance of data 33:39 - Find a medium that gives you energy 34:21 - Analyzing your content to improve 37:13 - Why analyzing content is important 39:08 - New LinkedIn carousel strategy 41:24 - Longevity of LinkedIn content 43:00 - Austin on building genuine relationships 47:40 - Using a CRM to track relationships? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #127: Daniel Murray *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Austin Belcak is the founder of Cultivated Culture, which people how to land jobs they love without “traditional” experience and without applying online.

Austin has 1.3 million followers on LinkedIn and his posts have been viewed hundreds of millions of times. He's recently started investing time into Twitter, where he already has more than 50,000 subscribers.

In this episode, we talk about Austin’s approach to content creation, what content is working on LinkedIn today, why good people give bad advice, and how being Data Driven helped him become one of the biggest accounts on LinkedIn.

Full transcript and show notes

Learn more about Austin Belcak

Follow Austin Belcak on LinkedIn / Twitter

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:13 - LinkedIn is underrated

00:40 - Today’s guest

01:07 - The problem with our education system

02:03 - Applying to tech companies

03:34 - Is Austin LinkedIn’s TOP creator?

04:20 - What we learn today

04:58 - What do you want to be when you grow up?

05:42 - Austin’s early interest in entrepreneurship

06:29 - Good people give bad advice

08:45 - Learning the RIGHT way to get hired

11:09 - People project their own shortcomings onto you

14:32 - Sometimes your friends work against you

15:40 - Seeking approval from others is a bad idea

18:03 - You have to fail a lot

19:12 - Austin’s first piece of content

20:58 - Starting to create on LinkedIn

22:24 - Early struggles creating content

24:56 - Ways to remove anxiety from creating

25:35 - Developing habits

27:10 - Austin’s content posting cadence

32:09 - Importance of luck

32:59 - Importance of data

33:39 - Find a medium that gives you energy

34:21 - Analyzing your content to improve

37:13 - Why analyzing content is important

39:08 - New LinkedIn carousel strategy

41:24 - Longevity of LinkedIn content

43:00 - Austin on building genuine relationships

47:40 - Using a CRM to track relationships?

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #127: Daniel Murray

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3249 no #112: Thomas Frank – Getting nerdy about YouTube and why he created a second channel https://creativeelements.fm/thomas-frank/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Thomas is a YouTuber, podcaster, and author who helps people become more capable and productive. His main YouTube channel has nearly 2.5 million subscribers and more than 160 million views!  In 2020, Thomas began producing a lot of content about how to use Notion, a popular project management and note-taking software. But instead of publishing those videos on his existing channel, Thomas created a SECOND channel called Thomas Frank Explains, which itself already has nearly 80K subscribers and almost 3 million views. So in this episode, we talk about Thomas’s YouTube journey, why he built a second channel for his Notion content, how he’s thinking about short-form video like Shorts, and how intentional he is about all of the details that go into building his business. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Thomas Frank Subscribe to Thomas Frank on YouTube Subscribe to Thomas Frank Explains on YouTube Follow Thomas Frank on Twitter / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS 00:17 - Today’s guest 01:01 - When Thomas took YouTube seriously 01:49 - Thomas’s early inspiration 02:38 - What we learn today 03:39 - YouTube vs Wistia 05:27 - Why don’t Thomas’s old videos suck? 06:36 - The “true” start of Thomas Frank 07:14 - Using Reddit to grow on YouTube 08:23 - Thomas goes viral 10:26 - What changed after the viral video? 11:41 - How Thomas was making money to focus on YouTube 12:32 - Thomas didn’t turn on AdSense until 100k subs 15:40 - Creator self-doubt 16:53 - Thomas’s approach to criticism 18:09 - What took 2200 subs to 2.5 million 19:25 - Importance of platform discoverability 21:35 - YouTube podcasts 22:15 - How does Thomas think about his business today? 23:13 - The Notion Arc 26:18 - AdSense + Brand Deals vs Direct Monetization 31:18 - Why make a second YouTube channel? 32:58 - What’s the plan for the main channel? 34:41 - How does the YouTube algorithm work? 36:50 - How to think about short form video 39:20 - Looking at content through the “Jobs to be done” framework 41:39 - Why Thomas makes everything FREE 45:45 - Thomas’s skillshare hack 48:50 - Team Thomas Frank 51:15 - Every creator should hire an editor sooner 52:20 - Art vs Ego 53:19 - What is currently frustrating Thomas Frank? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #183: Thomas Frank *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 09 Aug 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Thomas Frank – Getting nerdy about YouTube and why he created a second channel full 1 112 Jay Clouse Thomas is a YouTuber, podcaster, and author who helps people become more capable and productive. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Thomas is a YouTuber, podcaster, and author who helps people become more capable and productive. His main YouTube channel has nearly 2.5 million subscribers and more than 160 million views!  In 2020, Thomas began producing a lot of content about how to use Notion, a popular project management and note-taking software. But instead of publishing those videos on his existing channel, Thomas created a SECOND channel called Thomas Frank Explains, which itself already has nearly 80K subscribers and almost 3 million views. So in this episode, we talk about Thomas’s YouTube journey, why he built a second channel for his Notion content, how he’s thinking about short-form video like Shorts, and how intentional he is about all of the details that go into building his business. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Thomas Frank Subscribe to Thomas Frank on YouTube Subscribe to Thomas Frank Explains on YouTube Follow Thomas Frank on Twitter / Instagram *** TIMESTAMPS 00:17 - Today’s guest 01:01 - When Thomas took YouTube seriously 01:49 - Thomas’s early inspiration 02:38 - What we learn today 03:39 - YouTube vs Wistia 05:27 - Why don’t Thomas’s old videos suck? 06:36 - The “true” start of Thomas Frank 07:14 - Using Reddit to grow on YouTube 08:23 - Thomas goes viral 10:26 - What changed after the viral video? 11:41 - How Thomas was making money to focus on YouTube 12:32 - Thomas didn’t turn on AdSense until 100k subs 15:40 - Creator self-doubt 16:53 - Thomas’s approach to criticism 18:09 - What took 2200 subs to 2.5 million 19:25 - Importance of platform discoverability 21:35 - YouTube podcasts 22:15 - How does Thomas think about his business today? 23:13 - The Notion Arc 26:18 - AdSense + Brand Deals vs Direct Monetization 31:18 - Why make a second YouTube channel? 32:58 - What’s the plan for the main channel? 34:41 - How does the YouTube algorithm work? 36:50 - How to think about short form video 39:20 - Looking at content through the “Jobs to be done” framework 41:39 - Why Thomas makes everything FREE 45:45 - Thomas’s skillshare hack 48:50 - Team Thomas Frank 51:15 - Every creator should hire an editor sooner 52:20 - Art vs Ego 53:19 - What is currently frustrating Thomas Frank? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #183: Thomas Frank *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Thomas is a YouTuber, podcaster, and author who helps people become more capable and productive. His main YouTube channel has nearly 2.5 million subscribers and more than 160 million views! 

In 2020, Thomas began producing a lot of content about how to use Notion, a popular project management and note-taking software. But instead of publishing those videos on his existing channel, Thomas created a SECOND channel called Thomas Frank Explains, which itself already has nearly 80K subscribers and almost 3 million views.

So in this episode, we talk about Thomas’s YouTube journey, why he built a second channel for his Notion content, how he’s thinking about short-form video like Shorts, and how intentional he is about all of the details that go into building his business.

Full transcript and show notes

Learn more about Thomas Frank

Subscribe to Thomas Frank on YouTube

Subscribe to Thomas Frank Explains on YouTube

Follow Thomas Frank on Twitter / Instagram

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:17 - Today’s guest

01:01 - When Thomas took YouTube seriously

01:49 - Thomas’s early inspiration

02:38 - What we learn today

03:39 - YouTube vs Wistia

05:27 - Why don’t Thomas’s old videos suck?

06:36 - The “true” start of Thomas Frank

07:14 - Using Reddit to grow on YouTube

08:23 - Thomas goes viral

10:26 - What changed after the viral video?

11:41 - How Thomas was making money to focus on YouTube

12:32 - Thomas didn’t turn on AdSense until 100k subs

15:40 - Creator self-doubt

16:53 - Thomas’s approach to criticism

18:09 - What took 2200 subs to 2.5 million

19:25 - Importance of platform discoverability

21:35 - YouTube podcasts

22:15 - How does Thomas think about his business today?

23:13 - The Notion Arc

26:18 - AdSense + Brand Deals vs Direct Monetization

31:18 - Why make a second YouTube channel?

32:58 - What’s the plan for the main channel?

34:41 - How does the YouTube algorithm work?

36:50 - How to think about short form video

39:20 - Looking at content through the “Jobs to be done” framework

41:39 - Why Thomas makes everything FREE

45:45 - Thomas’s skillshare hack

48:50 - Team Thomas Frank

51:15 - Every creator should hire an editor sooner

52:20 - Art vs Ego

53:19 - What is currently frustrating Thomas Frank?

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #183: Thomas Frank

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3445 no #111: Chris Do – From running a multimillion dollar design agency to becoming a multimillion dollar creator https://creativeelements.fm/chris-do/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Chris is a legend in the creative world. He is an Emmy award-winning designer, director, CEO and Chief Strategist of Blind, a Brand Strategy Design Consultancy. Blind has worked with some incredible clients including MLB, Wells Fargo, Honda, Intel, Microsoft, NFL, Nike, Showtime, EA, Google, Audi, Sony, XBOX, Snapchat, and Riot Games. Chris is also the founder of The Futur—an online education platform with the mission of teaching 1 billion people how to make a living doing what they love. In this episode, we talk about Chris’s path from design school to content creation, the bold moves he took to transition from agency life to creator life, how you can make that same transition, and why today he’s all in on Content as a way to impact a billion people. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Blind Learn more about the Futur Subscribe to The Futur on YouTube Follow Chris Do on Twitter / Instagram / TikTok / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS 00:14 - Today’s guest 01:01 - Chris took on a challenge 02:25 - A traditional path wasn’t for Chris 04:25 - What we learn today 05:07 - Chris’s start in the design world 05:59 - Honing your craft vs business development 06:51 - When Chris started to find success 07:21 - The importance of consistency and relationships 09:29 - Concept of “trading up” 11:15 - How you work with BIG clients 14:40 - Is there any risk to spec work? 18:28 - Chris’s transition from Blind to The Futur 22:04 - Blind’s business model during the transition 22:56 - The painful part of business 23:45 - What was driving the shift towards content? 26:50 - The plan for Blind employees 27:27 - Difference between YouTube and commercial work 28:18 - Cultural redefinition at Blind 29:46 - Chris’s start in content 31:25 - Start of The Futur 32:52 - How was The Futur making money? 33:37 - Chris’s identity crisis 37:04 - Voice of The Futur 40:45 - How YOU can make the transition to content 44:37 - How Ben Stiller found the Severance animator 45:30 - You’re 2 or 3 people away from who you need to know 47:21 - The ugly side people don’t talk about 48:30 - Ask and you shall receive 49:23 - How to land your dream job 53:04 - What is Chris struggling with today? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #121: Bryan Harris *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 02 Aug 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Chris Do – From running a multimillion dollar design agency to becoming a multimillion dollar creator full 1 111 Jay Clouse Chris Do is the founder of The Futur and CEO and Chief Strategist of Blind, a Brand Strategy Design Consultancy. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Chris is a legend in the creative world. He is an Emmy award-winning designer, director, CEO and Chief Strategist of Blind, a Brand Strategy Design Consultancy. Blind has worked with some incredible clients including MLB, Wells Fargo, Honda, Intel, Microsoft, NFL, Nike, Showtime, EA, Google, Audi, Sony, XBOX, Snapchat, and Riot Games. Chris is also the founder of The Futur—an online education platform with the mission of teaching 1 billion people how to make a living doing what they love. In this episode, we talk about Chris’s path from design school to content creation, the bold moves he took to transition from agency life to creator life, how you can make that same transition, and why today he’s all in on Content as a way to impact a billion people. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Blind Learn more about the Futur Subscribe to The Futur on YouTube Follow Chris Do on Twitter / Instagram / TikTok / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS 00:14 - Today’s guest 01:01 - Chris took on a challenge 02:25 - A traditional path wasn’t for Chris 04:25 - What we learn today 05:07 - Chris’s start in the design world 05:59 - Honing your craft vs business development 06:51 - When Chris started to find success 07:21 - The importance of consistency and relationships 09:29 - Concept of “trading up” 11:15 - How you work with BIG clients 14:40 - Is there any risk to spec work? 18:28 - Chris’s transition from Blind to The Futur 22:04 - Blind’s business model during the transition 22:56 - The painful part of business 23:45 - What was driving the shift towards content? 26:50 - The plan for Blind employees 27:27 - Difference between YouTube and commercial work 28:18 - Cultural redefinition at Blind 29:46 - Chris’s start in content 31:25 - Start of The Futur 32:52 - How was The Futur making money? 33:37 - Chris’s identity crisis 37:04 - Voice of The Futur 40:45 - How YOU can make the transition to content 44:37 - How Ben Stiller found the Severance animator 45:30 - You’re 2 or 3 people away from who you need to know 47:21 - The ugly side people don’t talk about 48:30 - Ask and you shall receive 49:23 - How to land your dream job 53:04 - What is Chris struggling with today? *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #121: Bryan Harris *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Chris is a legend in the creative world. He is an Emmy award-winning designer, director, CEO and Chief Strategist of Blind, a Brand Strategy Design Consultancy. Blind has worked with some incredible clients including MLB, Wells Fargo, Honda, Intel, Microsoft, NFL, Nike, Showtime, EA, Google, Audi, Sony, XBOX, Snapchat, and Riot Games.

Chris is also the founder of The Futur—an online education platform with the mission of teaching 1 billion people how to make a living doing what they love.

In this episode, we talk about Chris’s path from design school to content creation, the bold moves he took to transition from agency life to creator life, how you can make that same transition, and why today he’s all in on Content as a way to impact a billion people.

Full transcript and show notes

Learn more about Blind

Learn more about the Futur

Subscribe to The Futur on YouTube

Follow Chris Do on Twitter / Instagram / TikTok / LinkedIn

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:14 - Today’s guest

01:01 - Chris took on a challenge

02:25 - A traditional path wasn’t for Chris

04:25 - What we learn today

05:07 - Chris’s start in the design world

05:59 - Honing your craft vs business development

06:51 - When Chris started to find success

07:21 - The importance of consistency and relationships

09:29 - Concept of “trading up”

11:15 - How you work with BIG clients

14:40 - Is there any risk to spec work?

18:28 - Chris’s transition from Blind to The Futur

22:04 - Blind’s business model during the transition

22:56 - The painful part of business

23:45 - What was driving the shift towards content?

26:50 - The plan for Blind employees

27:27 - Difference between YouTube and commercial work

28:18 - Cultural redefinition at Blind

29:46 - Chris’s start in content

31:25 - Start of The Futur

32:52 - How was The Futur making money?

33:37 - Chris’s identity crisis

37:04 - Voice of The Futur

40:45 - How YOU can make the transition to content

44:37 - How Ben Stiller found the Severance animator

45:30 - You’re 2 or 3 people away from who you need to know

47:21 - The ugly side people don’t talk about

48:30 - Ask and you shall receive

49:23 - How to land your dream job

53:04 - What is Chris struggling with today?

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #121: Bryan Harris

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3502 #110: Polina Marinova Pompliano – How "The Internet's Biographer" writes great profiles https://creativeelements.fm/polina-marinova-pompliano/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Polina Pompliano is the author of The Profile, which studies the most successful and interesting people and companies in business, entertainment, tech, sports, and more. The Profile is a paid newsletter. Before Polina was writing The Profile, she wrote for Fortune, USA Today, and CNN. Polina also has nearly 130,000 followers on Twitter and in order to write exceptional profiles, says she read 1.8 million words online last year – the equivalent of 25 books. Profiles are a rare breed of writing – and Polina is really good at it. She’s written profiles of Sara Blakely, Elon Musk, Dwayne The Rock Johnson, Dolly Parton, Kris Jenner, and many more. In this episode, we talk about the difference between profiles and biographies, the economics behind a paid newsletter, the most effective strategies she’s found for growth, and why the secret to a great profile is found in the Details. Full transcript and show notes Subscribe to The Profile Follow Polina Pompliano on Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS 00:12 - New projects 01:00 - Today’s guest 01:40 - Polina by the numbers 03:00 - What we learn today 03:40 - Why profiles are great 05:40 - Difference between profiles and biographies 06:58 - What makes a great profile? 10:00 - How Polina approaches research 12:30 - How to tell what matters to someone 13:00 - How does Polina find time to do research 15:33 - What if you can’t get primary research? 16:10 - Response between primary and secondary research 17:09 - Ever have someone get mad? 18:35 - Free vs Paid offerings 19:40 - The Profile metrics 21:00 - The Profile business model 24:00 - What it takes to do a paid newsletter 28:00 - Important factors for growth 29:16 - Newsletter subscriber behavior 30:44 - Newsletter pricing 31:10 - Best methods for newsletter growth 33:27 - Newsletter cross promos 36:38 - Free to paid subscriber journey 39:10 - Name recognition and views 43:49 - Most difficult part of a newsletter business *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #147: Chenell Basilio *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 26 Jul 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Polina Marinova Pompliano – How "The Internet's Biographer" writes great profiles full 1 110 Jay Clouse Polina Pompliano is the author of The Profile, which studies the most successful and interesting people and companies in business, entertainment, tech, sports, and more. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Polina Pompliano is the author of The Profile, which studies the most successful and interesting people and companies in business, entertainment, tech, sports, and more. The Profile is a paid newsletter. Before Polina was writing The Profile, she wrote for Fortune, USA Today, and CNN. Polina also has nearly 130,000 followers on Twitter and in order to write exceptional profiles, says she read 1.8 million words online last year – the equivalent of 25 books. Profiles are a rare breed of writing – and Polina is really good at it. She’s written profiles of Sara Blakely, Elon Musk, Dwayne The Rock Johnson, Dolly Parton, Kris Jenner, and many more. In this episode, we talk about the difference between profiles and biographies, the economics behind a paid newsletter, the most effective strategies she’s found for growth, and why the secret to a great profile is found in the Details. Full transcript and show notes Subscribe to The Profile Follow Polina Pompliano on Twitter *** TIMESTAMPS 00:12 - New projects 01:00 - Today’s guest 01:40 - Polina by the numbers 03:00 - What we learn today 03:40 - Why profiles are great 05:40 - Difference between profiles and biographies 06:58 - What makes a great profile? 10:00 - How Polina approaches research 12:30 - How to tell what matters to someone 13:00 - How does Polina find time to do research 15:33 - What if you can’t get primary research? 16:10 - Response between primary and secondary research 17:09 - Ever have someone get mad? 18:35 - Free vs Paid offerings 19:40 - The Profile metrics 21:00 - The Profile business model 24:00 - What it takes to do a paid newsletter 28:00 - Important factors for growth 29:16 - Newsletter subscriber behavior 30:44 - Newsletter pricing 31:10 - Best methods for newsletter growth 33:27 - Newsletter cross promos 36:38 - Free to paid subscriber journey 39:10 - Name recognition and views 43:49 - Most difficult part of a newsletter business *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #147: Chenell Basilio *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Polina Pompliano is the author of The Profile, which studies the most successful and interesting people and companies in business, entertainment, tech, sports, and more.

The Profile is a paid newsletter. Before Polina was writing The Profile, she wrote for Fortune, USA Today, and CNN. Polina also has nearly 130,000 followers on Twitter and in order to write exceptional profiles, says she read 1.8 million words online last year – the equivalent of 25 books.

Profiles are a rare breed of writing – and Polina is really good at it. She’s written profiles of Sara Blakely, Elon Musk, Dwayne The Rock Johnson, Dolly Parton, Kris Jenner, and many more.

In this episode, we talk about the difference between profiles and biographies, the economics behind a paid newsletter, the most effective strategies she’s found for growth, and why the secret to a great profile is found in the Details.

Full transcript and show notes

Subscribe to The Profile

Follow Polina Pompliano on Twitter

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:12 - New projects

01:00 - Today’s guest

01:40 - Polina by the numbers

03:00 - What we learn today

03:40 - Why profiles are great

05:40 - Difference between profiles and biographies

06:58 - What makes a great profile?

10:00 - How Polina approaches research

12:30 - How to tell what matters to someone

13:00 - How does Polina find time to do research

15:33 - What if you can’t get primary research?

16:10 - Response between primary and secondary research

17:09 - Ever have someone get mad?

18:35 - Free vs Paid offerings

19:40 - The Profile metrics

21:00 - The Profile business model

24:00 - What it takes to do a paid newsletter

28:00 - Important factors for growth

29:16 - Newsletter subscriber behavior

30:44 - Newsletter pricing

31:10 - Best methods for newsletter growth

33:27 - Newsletter cross promos

36:38 - Free to paid subscriber journey

39:10 - Name recognition and views

43:49 - Most difficult part of a newsletter business

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #147: Chenell Basilio

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2946 no #109: Justin Welsh – How a LinkedIn legend expanded into Twitter and Email https://creativeelements.fm/justin-welsh/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Over the last decade, Justin Welsh has helped build two $50M+ ARR companies, teams of 150+ people, and raise over $300M in venture capital. Then, in 2019, he burned out. Now he runs a boutique advisory firm for entrepreneurs and creates digital products for creators. He has 150,000 followers on Twitter, 250,000 followers on LinkedIn, more than 35,000 subscribers to his email newsletter, and has earned more than $2M as a solo creator. In this episode, we talk about his approach to LinkedIn, when he decided it was time to expand to new platforms, why business can be thought of as a game, and why being Autodidactic has helped him grow quickly. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Justin Welsh Get the Content OS Get the LinkedIn OS Follow Justin Welsh on Twitter / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS 00:13 - Catch up 00:48 - Today’s Guest 01:16 - Justin Welsh by the numbers 01:42 - Beginnings of Justin’s writing career 03:50 - Justin experiences burnout 04:10 - What we learn in this episode 05:18 - Early on people didn’t get it 06:04 - Is LinkedIn a practical place to start writing? 07:34 - Justin’s early experience writing 08:45 - Morning routine post blows up 10:08 - Justin’s starting expectations 11:51 - Is business a game? 19:44 - How to make a great LinkedIn Profile 21:55 - Crafting the perfect LinkedIn headline 25:30 - The Creator Funnel 28:14 - Do platforms suppress content with links? 31:30 - How should people emulate Justin today? 35:41 - Justin’s approach to social media 37:33 - Using LinkedIn to grow on Twitter 40:08 - Using awareness channels to grow 41:15 - People get weird about sales funnels 42:35 - Where are creators falling short? 46:52 - What separates the 5% from the 1%? 47:48 - When do you decide to make something a product? 51:32 - Justin’s course structure and production 54:10 - Does Justin have a team behind him? 55:10 - Justin gets very real about burnout 56:55 - Justin’s approach to networking *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #118: Sahil Bloom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 19 Jul 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Justin Welsh – How a LinkedIn legend expanded into Twitter and Email full 1 109 Jay Clouse Justin Welsh has 150,000 followers on Twitter, 250,000 followers on LinkedIn, more than 35,000 subscribers to his email newsletter, and has earned more than $2M as a solo creator. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Over the last decade, Justin Welsh has helped build two $50M+ ARR companies, teams of 150+ people, and raise over $300M in venture capital. Then, in 2019, he burned out. Now he runs a boutique advisory firm for entrepreneurs and creates digital products for creators. He has 150,000 followers on Twitter, 250,000 followers on LinkedIn, more than 35,000 subscribers to his email newsletter, and has earned more than $2M as a solo creator. In this episode, we talk about his approach to LinkedIn, when he decided it was time to expand to new platforms, why business can be thought of as a game, and why being Autodidactic has helped him grow quickly. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Justin Welsh Get the Content OS Get the LinkedIn OS Follow Justin Welsh on Twitter / LinkedIn *** TIMESTAMPS 00:13 - Catch up 00:48 - Today’s Guest 01:16 - Justin Welsh by the numbers 01:42 - Beginnings of Justin’s writing career 03:50 - Justin experiences burnout 04:10 - What we learn in this episode 05:18 - Early on people didn’t get it 06:04 - Is LinkedIn a practical place to start writing? 07:34 - Justin’s early experience writing 08:45 - Morning routine post blows up 10:08 - Justin’s starting expectations 11:51 - Is business a game? 19:44 - How to make a great LinkedIn Profile 21:55 - Crafting the perfect LinkedIn headline 25:30 - The Creator Funnel 28:14 - Do platforms suppress content with links? 31:30 - How should people emulate Justin today? 35:41 - Justin’s approach to social media 37:33 - Using LinkedIn to grow on Twitter 40:08 - Using awareness channels to grow 41:15 - People get weird about sales funnels 42:35 - Where are creators falling short? 46:52 - What separates the 5% from the 1%? 47:48 - When do you decide to make something a product? 51:32 - Justin’s course structure and production 54:10 - Does Justin have a team behind him? 55:10 - Justin gets very real about burnout 56:55 - Justin’s approach to networking *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #118: Sahil Bloom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Over the last decade, Justin Welsh has helped build two $50M+ ARR companies, teams of 150+ people, and raise over $300M in venture capital. Then, in 2019, he burned out.

Now he runs a boutique advisory firm for entrepreneurs and creates digital products for creators. He has 150,000 followers on Twitter, 250,000 followers on LinkedIn, more than 35,000 subscribers to his email newsletter, and has earned more than $2M as a solo creator.

In this episode, we talk about his approach to LinkedIn, when he decided it was time to expand to new platforms, why business can be thought of as a game, and why being Autodidactic has helped him grow quickly.

Full transcript and show notes

Learn more about Justin Welsh

Get the Content OS

Get the LinkedIn OS

Follow Justin Welsh on Twitter / LinkedIn

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:13 - Catch up

00:48 - Today’s Guest

01:16 - Justin Welsh by the numbers

01:42 - Beginnings of Justin’s writing career

03:50 - Justin experiences burnout

04:10 - What we learn in this episode

05:18 - Early on people didn’t get it

06:04 - Is LinkedIn a practical place to start writing?

07:34 - Justin’s early experience writing

08:45 - Morning routine post blows up

10:08 - Justin’s starting expectations

11:51 - Is business a game?

19:44 - How to make a great LinkedIn Profile

21:55 - Crafting the perfect LinkedIn headline

25:30 - The Creator Funnel

28:14 - Do platforms suppress content with links?

31:30 - How should people emulate Justin today?

35:41 - Justin’s approach to social media

37:33 - Using LinkedIn to grow on Twitter

40:08 - Using awareness channels to grow

41:15 - People get weird about sales funnels

42:35 - Where are creators falling short?

46:52 - What separates the 5% from the 1%?

47:48 - When do you decide to make something a product?

51:32 - Justin’s course structure and production

54:10 - Does Justin have a team behind him?

55:10 - Justin gets very real about burnout

56:55 - Justin’s approach to networking

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #118: Sahil Bloom

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3771 no BIG Announcement: We're on YouTube! https://creativeelements.fm/announcement-youtube/ WATCH ▶️ Subscribe to our YouTube channel *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION I wanted to drop into your feed today and share some BIG news with you… If you haven’t listened to yesterday’s episode with Justin Moore yet, I wanted to let you know that it just so happens to also be the first video episode of Creative Elements! It’s beautiful, I’m so proud of it, and I wanted to tell you a little bit more about it in case you haven’t already given it a look on YouTube.  Because here’s the thing – I think you’re going to be surprised by the way we’ve built the video show. Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Wed, 13 Jul 2022 07:00:00 -0000 BIG Announcement: We're on YouTube! bonus Jay Clouse Why we decided to make Creative Elements a video show. WATCH ▶️ Subscribe to our YouTube channel *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION I wanted to drop into your feed today and share some BIG news with you… If you haven’t listened to yesterday’s episode with Justin Moore yet, I wanted to let you know that it just so happens to also be the first video episode of Creative Elements! It’s beautiful, I’m so proud of it, and I wanted to tell you a little bit more about it in case you haven’t already given it a look on YouTube.  Because here’s the thing – I think you’re going to be surprised by the way we’ve built the video show. Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Subscribe to our YouTube channel

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

I wanted to drop into your feed today and share some BIG news with you…

If you haven’t listened to yesterday’s episode with Justin Moore yet, I wanted to let you know that it just so happens to also be the first video episode of Creative Elements!

It’s beautiful, I’m so proud of it, and I wanted to tell you a little bit more about it in case you haven’t already given it a look on YouTube. 

Because here’s the thing – I think you’re going to be surprised by the way we’ve built the video show.

Full transcript and show notes

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 230 no #108: Justin Moore – How to get brand deals and why they are underrated https://creativeelements.fm/justin-moore/ WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Justin Moore is a Sponsorship Coach & the founder of Creator Wizard, a school & community that teaches you how to find & negotiate your dream brand deals so that you stop leaving thousands on the table. He’s also a member of my membership community, the Creative Companion Club! Along with his wife April, Justin has been a full-time creator for over 7 years and has personally made over $3M working with brands. He has also run an influencer marketing agency for over 5 years that has helped other creators earn an additional $2M. Today, Justin runs a cohort-based course called Brand Deal Wizard to help creators land their dream sponsorships, a growing TikTok and he has a personal mission to enable creators big and small to land 1 million paid brand partnerships by 2032. In this episode, we talk about his experience on YouTube, why he thinks TikTok today is like YouTube 10 years ago, how you can land your own brand partnerships, and why Reliability has been his secret weapon in working with brands. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Justin Moore Subscribe to Justin Moore on YouTube Follow Justin Moore on Twitter / Instagram / TikTok *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00:16 - Challenges of trying a video show 00:01:56 - Benefits of doing a video show 00:02:54 - Justin Moore background 00:03:20 - Justin's childhood entrepreneurship 00:04:09 - Justin's early opportunities on YouTube 00:05:03 - Justin by the numbers 00:05:52 - What we are learning today 00:06:36 - Justin's college days and early career 00:09:34 - Anxiety about life and avoiding disasters by accident 00:10:34 - The start of AprilAthena7 and AprilJustinTV 00:11:41 - What was early YouTube like? 00:14:28 - Very first brand deal 00:15:18 - What were the first months of posting like? 00:16:53 - Is grit as necessary today as it was for early Youtubers? 00:19:02 - TikTok today is YouTube 10 years ago 00:20:06 - Why should you diversify your income? 00:26:15 - AdSense + Brand Deals vs Direct Monetization 00:29:38 - Recent failures + sticking it out 00:32:47 - Why you need to be getting brand deals 00:34:54 - How to get a brand deal with 0 followers 00:46:11 - Teaching new creators business etiquette 00:47:59 - How do you pitch yourself to brands? 00:53:55 - Who do I send my pitch to? 00:56:55 - What's the best 1st step to getting a brand deal? 00:59:04 - Marketing Rule of 7 *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #179: Justin Moore *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 12 Jul 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Justin Moore – How to get brand deals and why they are underrated full 1 108 Jay Clouse Justin Moore is a Sponsorship Coach & the founder of Creator Wizard, a school & community that teaches you how to find & negotiate your dream brand deals so that you stop leaving thousands on the table. WATCH ▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube *** EPISODE DESCRIPTION Justin Moore is a Sponsorship Coach & the founder of Creator Wizard, a school & community that teaches you how to find & negotiate your dream brand deals so that you stop leaving thousands on the table. He’s also a member of my membership community, the Creative Companion Club! Along with his wife April, Justin has been a full-time creator for over 7 years and has personally made over $3M working with brands. He has also run an influencer marketing agency for over 5 years that has helped other creators earn an additional $2M. Today, Justin runs a cohort-based course called Brand Deal Wizard to help creators land their dream sponsorships, a growing TikTok and he has a personal mission to enable creators big and small to land 1 million paid brand partnerships by 2032. In this episode, we talk about his experience on YouTube, why he thinks TikTok today is like YouTube 10 years ago, how you can land your own brand partnerships, and why Reliability has been his secret weapon in working with brands. Full transcript and show notes Learn more about Justin Moore Subscribe to Justin Moore on YouTube Follow Justin Moore on Twitter / Instagram / TikTok *** TIMESTAMPS 00:00:16 - Challenges of trying a video show 00:01:56 - Benefits of doing a video show 00:02:54 - Justin Moore background 00:03:20 - Justin's childhood entrepreneurship 00:04:09 - Justin's early opportunities on YouTube 00:05:03 - Justin by the numbers 00:05:52 - What we are learning today 00:06:36 - Justin's college days and early career 00:09:34 - Anxiety about life and avoiding disasters by accident 00:10:34 - The start of AprilAthena7 and AprilJustinTV 00:11:41 - What was early YouTube like? 00:14:28 - Very first brand deal 00:15:18 - What were the first months of posting like? 00:16:53 - Is grit as necessary today as it was for early Youtubers? 00:19:02 - TikTok today is YouTube 10 years ago 00:20:06 - Why should you diversify your income? 00:26:15 - AdSense + Brand Deals vs Direct Monetization 00:29:38 - Recent failures + sticking it out 00:32:47 - Why you need to be getting brand deals 00:34:54 - How to get a brand deal with 0 followers 00:46:11 - Teaching new creators business etiquette 00:47:59 - How do you pitch yourself to brands? 00:53:55 - Who do I send my pitch to? 00:56:55 - What's the best 1st step to getting a brand deal? 00:59:04 - Marketing Rule of 7 *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #179: Justin Moore *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices WATCH

▶️ Watch this episode on YouTube

***

EPISODE DESCRIPTION

Justin Moore is a Sponsorship Coach & the founder of Creator Wizard, a school & community that teaches you how to find & negotiate your dream brand deals so that you stop leaving thousands on the table. He’s also a member of my membership community, the Creative Companion Club!

Along with his wife April, Justin has been a full-time creator for over 7 years and has personally made over $3M working with brands. He has also run an influencer marketing agency for over 5 years that has helped other creators earn an additional $2M.

Today, Justin runs a cohort-based course called Brand Deal Wizard to help creators land their dream sponsorships, a growing TikTok and he has a personal mission to enable creators big and small to land 1 million paid brand partnerships by 2032.

In this episode, we talk about his experience on YouTube, why he thinks TikTok today is like YouTube 10 years ago, how you can land your own brand partnerships, and why Reliability has been his secret weapon in working with brands.

Full transcript and show notes

Learn more about Justin Moore

Subscribe to Justin Moore on YouTube

Follow Justin Moore on Twitter / Instagram / TikTok

***

TIMESTAMPS

00:00:16 - Challenges of trying a video show

00:01:56 - Benefits of doing a video show

00:02:54 - Justin Moore background

00:03:20 - Justin's childhood entrepreneurship

00:04:09 - Justin's early opportunities on YouTube

00:05:03 - Justin by the numbers

00:05:52 - What we are learning today

00:06:36 - Justin's college days and early career

00:09:34 - Anxiety about life and avoiding disasters by accident

00:10:34 - The start of AprilAthena7 and AprilJustinTV

00:11:41 - What was early YouTube like?

00:14:28 - Very first brand deal

00:15:18 - What were the first months of posting like?

00:16:53 - Is grit as necessary today as it was for early Youtubers?

00:19:02 - TikTok today is YouTube 10 years ago

00:20:06 - Why should you diversify your income?

00:26:15 - AdSense + Brand Deals vs Direct Monetization

00:29:38 - Recent failures + sticking it out

00:32:47 - Why you need to be getting brand deals

00:34:54 - How to get a brand deal with 0 followers

00:46:11 - Teaching new creators business etiquette

00:47:59 - How do you pitch yourself to brands?

00:53:55 - Who do I send my pitch to?

00:56:55 - What's the best 1st step to getting a brand deal?

00:59:04 - Marketing Rule of 7

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #179: Justin Moore

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3753 no #107: Chanti Zak – How (and why) you should be using quizzes https://www.creativeelements.fm/chanti-zak/ Chanti Zak is a quiz funnel strategist and growth coach for online business owners, change-makers, and brands. Chanti has developed quizzes for Jenna Kutcher, Carrie Green, Rick Mulready, John Lee Dumas, Amy Porterfield, and many more. Those quizzes have attracted hundreds of thousands of qualified leads and millions in sales for my clients and students. In this episode, we talk about how Chanti got into quiz building, the different types of quizzes you can use, the steps to building your OWN quiz, and how Curiosity doesn’t just serve you but serves your audience as well. Learn more about Chanti Zak Follow Chanti Zak on Instagram Save 15% on Interact (use code ELEMENTS) Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok Check out our curated Playlists Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #60: Brennan Dunn *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 05 Jul 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Chanti Zak – How (and why) you should be using quizzes full 1 107 Jay Clouse Chanti Zak has developed quizzes for Jenna Kutcher, Carrie Green, Rick Mulready, John Lee Dumas, Amy Porterfield, and many more. Chanti Zak is a quiz funnel strategist and growth coach for online business owners, change-makers, and brands. Chanti has developed quizzes for Jenna Kutcher, Carrie Green, Rick Mulready, John Lee Dumas, Amy Porterfield, and many more. Those quizzes have attracted hundreds of thousands of qualified leads and millions in sales for my clients and students. In this episode, we talk about how Chanti got into quiz building, the different types of quizzes you can use, the steps to building your OWN quiz, and how Curiosity doesn’t just serve you but serves your audience as well. Learn more about Chanti Zak Follow Chanti Zak on Instagram Save 15% on Interact (use code ELEMENTS) Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok Check out our curated Playlists Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #60: Brennan Dunn *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Chanti Zak is a quiz funnel strategist and growth coach for online business owners, change-makers, and brands.

Chanti has developed quizzes for Jenna Kutcher, Carrie Green, Rick Mulready, John Lee Dumas, Amy Porterfield, and many more. Those quizzes have attracted hundreds of thousands of qualified leads and millions in sales for my clients and students.

In this episode, we talk about how Chanti got into quiz building, the different types of quizzes you can use, the steps to building your OWN quiz, and how Curiosity doesn’t just serve you but serves your audience as well.

Learn more about Chanti Zak

Follow Chanti Zak on Instagram

Save 15% on Interact (use code ELEMENTS)

Join the Creative Companion Club

Subscribe to Creative Companion

Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok

Check out our curated Playlists

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #60: Brennan Dunn

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3645 no #106: Bop-It Inventor Dan Klitsner – How to create and commercialize games https://www.creativeelements.fm/dan-klitsner/ Dan Klitsner is the inventor of Bop It and more than a dozen different versions of Bop It including Bop It Extreme, Bop It Blast, Bop It Tetris, and even Bratz Bop It. Since 1996, Bop It has sold more than 30 million units worldwide. Dan estimates that he's seen hundreds of his game ideas go to market and has given up to 40,000 total concept pitches. And today, Dan has nearly 500,000 followers on TikTok. In this episode, we talk about how Dan broke into the world of game creation, how the game industry works, the difference between licensing and selling direct to consumers, and how Dan’s passion for Play is what keeps him going all these years later. Follow Dan Klitsner on TikTok Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok Check out our curated Playlists Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #40: Matty Benedetto *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 28 Jun 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Bop-It Inventor Dan Klitsner – How to create and commercialize games full 1 106 Jay Clouse Dan Klitsner is the inventor of Bop It and more than a dozen different versions of Bop It since 1996. Dan Klitsner is the inventor of Bop It and more than a dozen different versions of Bop It including Bop It Extreme, Bop It Blast, Bop It Tetris, and even Bratz Bop It. Since 1996, Bop It has sold more than 30 million units worldwide. Dan estimates that he's seen hundreds of his game ideas go to market and has given up to 40,000 total concept pitches. And today, Dan has nearly 500,000 followers on TikTok. In this episode, we talk about how Dan broke into the world of game creation, how the game industry works, the difference between licensing and selling direct to consumers, and how Dan’s passion for Play is what keeps him going all these years later. Follow Dan Klitsner on TikTok Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok Check out our curated Playlists Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #40: Matty Benedetto *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Dan Klitsner is the inventor of Bop It and more than a dozen different versions of Bop It including Bop It Extreme, Bop It Blast, Bop It Tetris, and even Bratz Bop It. Since 1996, Bop It has sold more than 30 million units worldwide.

Dan estimates that he's seen hundreds of his game ideas go to market and has given up to 40,000 total concept pitches. And today, Dan has nearly 500,000 followers on TikTok.

In this episode, we talk about how Dan broke into the world of game creation, how the game industry works, the difference between licensing and selling direct to consumers, and how Dan’s passion for Play is what keeps him going all these years later.

Follow Dan Klitsner on TikTok

Join the Creative Companion Club

Subscribe to Creative Companion

Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok

Check out our curated Playlists

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #40: Matty Benedetto

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4114 no [REPLAY] #21: Matt D'Avella – Freelancing, filmmaking, podcasting, and finding success on YouTube. https://www.creativeelements.fm/replay-matt-davella Matt D'Avella is a filmmaker, YouTuber & podcaster that explores what it means to live a good life. Matt directed Minimalism: A Documentary About the Important Things, which was acquired by Netflix in 2016. His YouTube channel has nearly 3 million subscribers, and his videos have been viewed more than 175 million times. In this episode, we talk about his experience creating the Minimalism documentary, managing his creative energy, crafting a good story, and how Experimentation has helped him find success on YouTube. Learn more about Matt D'Avella Follow Matt D'Avella on Twitter Subscribe to Matt D'Avella on YouTube Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok Check out our curated Playlists Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #112: Thomas Frank *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 21 Jun 2022 07:00:00 -0000 [REPLAY] Matt D'Avella – Freelancing, filmmaking, podcasting, and finding success on YouTube. bonus Jay Clouse Matt D'Avella is a filmmaker, YouTuber & podcaster that explores what it means to live a good life. Matt directed Minimalism: A Documentary About the Important Things, which was acquired by Netflix in 2016. Matt D'Avella is a filmmaker, YouTuber & podcaster that explores what it means to live a good life. Matt directed Minimalism: A Documentary About the Important Things, which was acquired by Netflix in 2016. His YouTube channel has nearly 3 million subscribers, and his videos have been viewed more than 175 million times. In this episode, we talk about his experience creating the Minimalism documentary, managing his creative energy, crafting a good story, and how Experimentation has helped him find success on YouTube. Learn more about Matt D'Avella Follow Matt D'Avella on Twitter Subscribe to Matt D'Avella on YouTube Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok Check out our curated Playlists Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #112: Thomas Frank *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Matt D'Avella is a filmmaker, YouTuber & podcaster that explores what it means to live a good life. Matt directed Minimalism: A Documentary About the Important Things, which was acquired by Netflix in 2016. His YouTube channel has nearly 3 million subscribers, and his videos have been viewed more than 175 million times. In this episode, we talk about his experience creating the Minimalism documentary, managing his creative energy, crafting a good story, and how Experimentation has helped him find success on YouTube.

Learn more about Matt D'Avella

Follow Matt D'Avella on Twitter

Subscribe to Matt D'Avella on YouTube

Join the Creative Companion Club

Subscribe to Creative Companion

Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok

Check out our curated Playlists

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #112: Thomas Frank

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3460 no [REPLAY] #102: Tiago Forte – How Building a Second Brain went from public rant to thriving cohort-based course https://www.creativeelements.fm/replay-tiago-forte Tiago Forte is the creator of Building a Second Brain. Tiago has spent more than 10 years researching and personally experimenting with a new way of organizing our digital lives and improving our productivity as creative professionals. The Building a Second Brain system is the result of thousands of hours spent teaching, speaking, coaching, and writing about Personal Knowledge Management. In this episode, we talk about Tiago’s interest in digital organization, how he came up with the name Building A Second Brain, the course and his email newsletter’s growth over time, and how listening to signals from the market guided him to write the book and start a YouTube channel. Follow Tiago Forte on Twitter Follow Tiago Forte on YouTube Learn more about Building a Second Brain Order Building a Second Brain (book) Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok Check out our curated Playlists Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #78: Marie Poulin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 16 Jun 2022 07:00:00 -0000 [REPLAY] Tiago Forte – How Building a Second Brain went from public rant to thriving cohort-based course bonus Jay Clouse Tiago Forte is the creator of Building a Second Brain. Tiago has spent more than 10 years researching and personally experimenting with a new way of organizing our digital lives and improving our productivity as creative professionals. Tiago Forte is the creator of Building a Second Brain. Tiago has spent more than 10 years researching and personally experimenting with a new way of organizing our digital lives and improving our productivity as creative professionals. The Building a Second Brain system is the result of thousands of hours spent teaching, speaking, coaching, and writing about Personal Knowledge Management. In this episode, we talk about Tiago’s interest in digital organization, how he came up with the name Building A Second Brain, the course and his email newsletter’s growth over time, and how listening to signals from the market guided him to write the book and start a YouTube channel. Follow Tiago Forte on Twitter Follow Tiago Forte on YouTube Learn more about Building a Second Brain Order Building a Second Brain (book) Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok Check out our curated Playlists Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #78: Marie Poulin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tiago Forte is the creator of Building a Second Brain. Tiago has spent more than 10 years researching and personally experimenting with a new way of organizing our digital lives and improving our productivity as creative professionals.

The Building a Second Brain system is the result of thousands of hours spent teaching, speaking, coaching, and writing about Personal Knowledge Management.

In this episode, we talk about Tiago’s interest in digital organization, how he came up with the name Building A Second Brain, the course and his email newsletter’s growth over time, and how listening to signals from the market guided him to write the book and start a YouTube channel.

Follow Tiago Forte on Twitter

Follow Tiago Forte on YouTube

Learn more about Building a Second Brain

Order Building a Second Brain (book)

Join the Creative Companion Club

Subscribe to Creative Companion

Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok

Check out our curated Playlists

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #78: Marie Poulin

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3409 no [REPLAY] #71: Steph Smith – Generating thousands of sales on Gumroad (with a side project!) https://www.creativeelements.fm/replay-steph-smith Steph Smith is a growth marketer, writer, and indie maker. She's the creator of two books, Doing Content Right and Doing Time Right.  Doing Content Right is a 270-page book published in 2020. The book retails for $100 and has sold nearly 3200 copies on Gumroad. Steph creates her independent work on the side while leading Trends for the Hustle, which generates millions in ARR and has 15000+ paying subscribers. In this episode, we talk about how Stephanie found her way from chemical engineering into business, how she spends her time learning while also ensuring that she’s actively applying what she learns, her strategy for marketing and selling digital products, and why she believes we all have a TON of Agency to change our own lives and impact the world around us. Visit Steph Smith's website Learn more about Doing Content Right Learn more about Doing Time Right See Steph Smith's Open page Follow Steph Smith on Twitter Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok Check out our curated Playlists Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #103: Sam Parr *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 14 Jun 2022 07:00:00 -0000 [REPLAY] Steph Smith – Generating thousands of sales on Gumroad (with a side project!) bonus Jay Clouse Steph Smith is a growth marketer, writer, and indie maker. She's the creator of two books, Doing Content Right and Doing Time Right. Steph Smith is a growth marketer, writer, and indie maker. She's the creator of two books, Doing Content Right and Doing Time Right.  Doing Content Right is a 270-page book published in 2020. The book retails for $100 and has sold nearly 3200 copies on Gumroad. Steph creates her independent work on the side while leading Trends for the Hustle, which generates millions in ARR and has 15000+ paying subscribers. In this episode, we talk about how Stephanie found her way from chemical engineering into business, how she spends her time learning while also ensuring that she’s actively applying what she learns, her strategy for marketing and selling digital products, and why she believes we all have a TON of Agency to change our own lives and impact the world around us. Visit Steph Smith's website Learn more about Doing Content Right Learn more about Doing Time Right See Steph Smith's Open page Follow Steph Smith on Twitter Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok Check out our curated Playlists Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #103: Sam Parr *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Steph Smith is a growth marketer, writer, and indie maker. She's the creator of two books, Doing Content Right and Doing Time Right. 

Doing Content Right is a 270-page book published in 2020. The book retails for $100 and has sold nearly 3200 copies on Gumroad.

Steph creates her independent work on the side while leading Trends for the Hustle, which generates millions in ARR and has 15000+ paying subscribers.

In this episode, we talk about how Stephanie found her way from chemical engineering into business, how she spends her time learning while also ensuring that she’s actively applying what she learns, her strategy for marketing and selling digital products, and why she believes we all have a TON of Agency to change our own lives and impact the world around us.

Visit Steph Smith's website

Learn more about Doing Content Right

Learn more about Doing Time Right

See Steph Smith's Open page

Follow Steph Smith on Twitter

Join the Creative Companion Club

Subscribe to Creative Companion

Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok

Check out our curated Playlists

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #103: Sam Parr

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3596 no [REPLAY] #44: Jordan Harbinger – The secret to effective sales, dating, and hosting a popular podcast https://www.creativeelements.fm/replay-jordan-harbinger Jordan Harbinger is a Wall Street lawyer turned podcast interviewer with an approachable style and knack for securing high-profile guests. His show, The Jordan Harbinger Show was selected as part of Apple’s “Best of 2018.” And today, the Jordan Harbinger Show generates more than 6 million downloads per month. In this episode, we talk about building strong relationships, effective sales strategies that people actually appreciate, being a great podcast host, and ALL of it really comes down to relationships. Learn more about Jordan Harbinger Subscribe to the Jordan Harbinger Show Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok Check out our curated Playlists Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #138: Chris Williamson *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 07 Jun 2022 07:00:00 -0000 [REPLAY] Jordan Harbinger – The secret to effective sales, dating, and hosting a popular podcast bonus Jay Clouse Jordan Harbinger is a Wall Street lawyer turned podcast interviewer with an approachable style and knack for securing high-profile guests. Jordan Harbinger is a Wall Street lawyer turned podcast interviewer with an approachable style and knack for securing high-profile guests. His show, The Jordan Harbinger Show was selected as part of Apple’s “Best of 2018.” And today, the Jordan Harbinger Show generates more than 6 million downloads per month. In this episode, we talk about building strong relationships, effective sales strategies that people actually appreciate, being a great podcast host, and ALL of it really comes down to relationships. Learn more about Jordan Harbinger Subscribe to the Jordan Harbinger Show Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok Check out our curated Playlists Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #138: Chris Williamson *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Jordan Harbinger is a Wall Street lawyer turned podcast interviewer with an approachable style and knack for securing high-profile guests.

His show, The Jordan Harbinger Show was selected as part of Apple’s “Best of 2018.” And today, the Jordan Harbinger Show generates more than 6 million downloads per month.

In this episode, we talk about building strong relationships, effective sales strategies that people actually appreciate, being a great podcast host, and ALL of it really comes down to relationships.

Learn more about Jordan Harbinger

Subscribe to the Jordan Harbinger Show

Join the Creative Companion Club

Subscribe to Creative Companion

Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok

Check out our curated Playlists

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #138: Chris Williamson

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3541 no BRB – Going on my honeymoon! https://www.creativeelements.fm/honeymoon Hello my friend! I wanted to share a very short message today… This past Memorial Day weekend, I married my best friend! Mallory and I had a beautiful, amazing, perfect outdoor wedding here in Ohio surrounded by about 120 of our closest friends and family. We’ve been engaged since December 2020, so for this to finally all come to fruition in such a beautiful way was absolutely amazing. We got married on a 12-acre farm at a property built in 1850. There’s a pine forest in the backyard where the ceremony was held, led by one of my best friends who got his officiant license, my nieces were the perfect flower girls… Mallory was completely stunning in her dress, the weather was beautiful, it was just absolutely perfect. I’ll be posting some photos on Instagram here over the coming days and weeks. And now, we are headed out on a European honeymoon for some much-needed rest and relaxation. We’ll be headed to Dublin, Copenhagen, London, and Paris. I can’t wait to spend some time just hanging out the two of us. So, if you have any must-do recommendations for those four cities – Dublin, Copenhagen, London, and Paris, please let me know! You shoot me an email to jay@jayclouse.com. Over the next three weeks, I’ll be re-airing some of this show’s most popular episodes starting tomorrow with Jordan Harbinger. So keep an eye on your feed! If you haven’t already listened to those episodes, I can’t recommend them enough.  Thanks for your patience while we’re out exploring the globe, thanks for supporting this show, and I’ll be back with some new episodes very soon. Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok Check out our curated Playlists Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Mon, 06 Jun 2022 07:00:00 -0000 BRB – Going on my honeymoon! bonus Jay Clouse Taking a few weeks off to celebrate my brand new marriage to my brand new wife. Hello my friend! I wanted to share a very short message today… This past Memorial Day weekend, I married my best friend! Mallory and I had a beautiful, amazing, perfect outdoor wedding here in Ohio surrounded by about 120 of our closest friends and family. We’ve been engaged since December 2020, so for this to finally all come to fruition in such a beautiful way was absolutely amazing. We got married on a 12-acre farm at a property built in 1850. There’s a pine forest in the backyard where the ceremony was held, led by one of my best friends who got his officiant license, my nieces were the perfect flower girls… Mallory was completely stunning in her dress, the weather was beautiful, it was just absolutely perfect. I’ll be posting some photos on Instagram here over the coming days and weeks. And now, we are headed out on a European honeymoon for some much-needed rest and relaxation. We’ll be headed to Dublin, Copenhagen, London, and Paris. I can’t wait to spend some time just hanging out the two of us. So, if you have any must-do recommendations for those four cities – Dublin, Copenhagen, London, and Paris, please let me know! You shoot me an email to jay@jayclouse.com. Over the next three weeks, I’ll be re-airing some of this show’s most popular episodes starting tomorrow with Jordan Harbinger. So keep an eye on your feed! If you haven’t already listened to those episodes, I can’t recommend them enough.  Thanks for your patience while we’re out exploring the globe, thanks for supporting this show, and I’ll be back with some new episodes very soon. Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok Check out our curated Playlists Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Hello my friend! I wanted to share a very short message today…

This past Memorial Day weekend, I married my best friend! Mallory and I had a beautiful, amazing, perfect outdoor wedding here in Ohio surrounded by about 120 of our closest friends and family.

We’ve been engaged since December 2020, so for this to finally all come to fruition in such a beautiful way was absolutely amazing.

We got married on a 12-acre farm at a property built in 1850. There’s a pine forest in the backyard where the ceremony was held, led by one of my best friends who got his officiant license, my nieces were the perfect flower girls…

Mallory was completely stunning in her dress, the weather was beautiful, it was just absolutely perfect. I’ll be posting some photos on Instagram here over the coming days and weeks.

And now, we are headed out on a European honeymoon for some much-needed rest and relaxation. We’ll be headed to Dublin, Copenhagen, London, and Paris. I can’t wait to spend some time just hanging out the two of us.

So, if you have any must-do recommendations for those four cities – Dublin, Copenhagen, London, and Paris, please let me know! You shoot me an email to jay@jayclouse.com.

Over the next three weeks, I’ll be re-airing some of this show’s most popular episodes starting tomorrow with Jordan Harbinger. So keep an eye on your feed! If you haven’t already listened to those episodes, I can’t recommend them enough. 

Thanks for your patience while we’re out exploring the globe, thanks for supporting this show, and I’ll be back with some new episodes very soon.

Join the Creative Companion Club

Subscribe to Creative Companion

Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok

Check out our curated Playlists

Full transcript and show notes

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 120 no #105: Daphne Gomez – Leaning into rapid growth and finding rapid growth on Instagram https://www.creativeelements.fm/daphne-gomez/ Daphne Gomez is the creator of Teacher Career Coach. She is a former teacher turned instructional designer, podcaster, and career coach. Teacher Career Coach receives more than 150,000 monthly views. Daphne has 85K followers on Instagram, more than 85K email subscribers, and a podcast that generates nearly 50K downloads per month! In this episode, we talk about Daphne’s transition out of the classroom, how she’s leveraged partnerships and collaboration to grow on Instagram, how she gets so many podcast reviews, and why Service is at the core of her business. Learn more about Daphne Gomez Learn more about Teacher Career Coach Follow Teacher Career Coach on Instagram Subscribe to Teacher Career Coach Podcast Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok Check out our curated Playlists Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #126: Kayse Morris *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 31 May 2022 11:45:00 -0000 Daphne Gomez – Leaning into rapid growth and finding rapid growth on Instagram full 1 105 Jay Clouse Daphne Gomez is the creator of Teacher Career Coach. She is a former teacher turned instructional designer, podcaster, and career coach. Daphne Gomez is the creator of Teacher Career Coach. She is a former teacher turned instructional designer, podcaster, and career coach. Teacher Career Coach receives more than 150,000 monthly views. Daphne has 85K followers on Instagram, more than 85K email subscribers, and a podcast that generates nearly 50K downloads per month! In this episode, we talk about Daphne’s transition out of the classroom, how she’s leveraged partnerships and collaboration to grow on Instagram, how she gets so many podcast reviews, and why Service is at the core of her business. Learn more about Daphne Gomez Learn more about Teacher Career Coach Follow Teacher Career Coach on Instagram Subscribe to Teacher Career Coach Podcast Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok Check out our curated Playlists Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #126: Kayse Morris *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Daphne Gomez is the creator of Teacher Career Coach. She is a former teacher turned instructional designer, podcaster, and career coach.

Teacher Career Coach receives more than 150,000 monthly views. Daphne has 85K followers on Instagram, more than 85K email subscribers, and a podcast that generates nearly 50K downloads per month!

In this episode, we talk about Daphne’s transition out of the classroom, how she’s leveraged partnerships and collaboration to grow on Instagram, how she gets so many podcast reviews, and why Service is at the core of her business.

Learn more about Daphne Gomez

Learn more about Teacher Career Coach

Follow Teacher Career Coach on Instagram

Subscribe to Teacher Career Coach Podcast

Join the Creative Companion Club

Subscribe to Creative Companion

Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram/ TikTok

Check out our curated Playlists

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #126: Kayse Morris

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3203 no #104: Ask Creator Science https://creativeelements.fm/mailbag-1 We have a special episode this week! For the first time, I wanted to do a little listener Q&A episode…which I’m calling a Mailbag! A couple of weeks ago, I posted on my social media looking for listener questions. So if you don’t follow me on Twitter or Instagram yet, be sure to do so! I’m @jayclouse on both. So today I have 12 listener questions that I’m going to answer for you. This may be a little more free-form and rambly than a typical episode of Creative Elements, but let me know what you think. Leave me a voicemail Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram / TikTok Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #185: Listener Q&A Part 1 *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 24 May 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Ask Creator Science full 1 104 Jay Clouse Answering 12 listener questions submitted on Twitter We have a special episode this week! For the first time, I wanted to do a little listener Q&A episode…which I’m calling a Mailbag! A couple of weeks ago, I posted on my social media looking for listener questions. So if you don’t follow me on Twitter or Instagram yet, be sure to do so! I’m @jayclouse on both. So today I have 12 listener questions that I’m going to answer for you. This may be a little more free-form and rambly than a typical episode of Creative Elements, but let me know what you think. Leave me a voicemail Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram / TikTok Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #185: Listener Q&A Part 1 *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices We have a special episode this week! For the first time, I wanted to do a little listener Q&A episode…which I’m calling a Mailbag!

A couple of weeks ago, I posted on my social media looking for listener questions. So if you don’t follow me on Twitter or Instagram yet, be sure to do so! I’m @jayclouse on both.

So today I have 12 listener questions that I’m going to answer for you. This may be a little more free-form and rambly than a typical episode of Creative Elements, but let me know what you think.

Leave me a voicemail

Join the Creative Companion Club

Subscribe to Creative Companion

Follow Jay on Twitter / Instagram / TikTok

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #185: Listener Q&A Part 1

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2767 no #103: Sam Parr – from The Hustle to one of the top podcasts on the planet with My First Million https://www.creativeelements.fm/sam-parr/ Sam Parr is the co-host of My First Million and the founder of The Hustle. My First Million is one of the top business podcasts on the planet, generating more than 1 million downloads per month. The Hustle is a business and tech newsletter that had 1.5 million subscribers when it was acquired by Hubspot in February 2021. We don’t know what the terms of the deal are – Sam has said that he’s taking the number to the grave. But Axios reported that The Hustle was valued at $27 million. In this episode, we talk about the start of The Hustle, how Sam learned copywriting, how he does research, the growth of My First Million, the platforms he sees with the biggest opportunities for creators, and why he’s never been afraid of asking questions. Follow Sam Parr on Twitter Subscribe to My First Million Subscribe to The Hustle Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #71: Steph Smith *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 17 May 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Sam Parr – from The Hustle to one of the top podcasts on the planet with My First Million full 1 103 Jay Clouse Sam Parr is the co-host of My First Million and the founder of The Hustle. My First Million is one of the top business podcasts on the planet, generating more than 1 million downloads per month. Sam Parr is the co-host of My First Million and the founder of The Hustle. My First Million is one of the top business podcasts on the planet, generating more than 1 million downloads per month. The Hustle is a business and tech newsletter that had 1.5 million subscribers when it was acquired by Hubspot in February 2021. We don’t know what the terms of the deal are – Sam has said that he’s taking the number to the grave. But Axios reported that The Hustle was valued at $27 million. In this episode, we talk about the start of The Hustle, how Sam learned copywriting, how he does research, the growth of My First Million, the platforms he sees with the biggest opportunities for creators, and why he’s never been afraid of asking questions. Follow Sam Parr on Twitter Subscribe to My First Million Subscribe to The Hustle Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #71: Steph Smith *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Sam Parr is the co-host of My First Million and the founder of The Hustle. My First Million is one of the top business podcasts on the planet, generating more than 1 million downloads per month.

The Hustle is a business and tech newsletter that had 1.5 million subscribers when it was acquired by Hubspot in February 2021. We don’t know what the terms of the deal are – Sam has said that he’s taking the number to the grave. But Axios reported that The Hustle was valued at $27 million.

In this episode, we talk about the start of The Hustle, how Sam learned copywriting, how he does research, the growth of My First Million, the platforms he sees with the biggest opportunities for creators, and why he’s never been afraid of asking questions.

Follow Sam Parr on Twitter

Subscribe to My First Million

Subscribe to The Hustle

Join the Creative Companion Club

Subscribe to Creative Companion

Follow Jay on Twitter

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #71: Steph Smith

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3445 yes #102: Tiago Forte – How Building a Second Brain went from public rant to thriving cohort-based course https://creativeelements.fm/tiago-forte/ Tiago Forte is the creator of Building a Second Brain. Tiago has spent more than 10 years researching and personally experimenting with a new way of organizing our digital lives and improving our productivity as creative professionals. The Building a Second Brain system is the result of thousands of hours spent teaching, speaking, coaching, and writing about Personal Knowledge Management. In this episode, we talk about Tiago’s interest in digital organization, how he came up with the name Building A Second Brain, the course and his email newsletter’s growth over time, and how listening to signals from the market guided him to write the book and start a YouTube channel. Follow Tiago Forte on Twitter Follow Tiago Forte on YouTube Learn more about Building a Second Brain Pre-order Building a Second Brain (book) Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #78: Marie Poulin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 10 May 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Tiago Forte – How Building a Second Brain went from public rant to thriving cohort-based course full 1 102 Jay Clouse Tiago Forte is the creator of Building a Second Brain. Tiago has spent more than 10 years researching and personally experimenting with a new way of organizing our digital lives and improving our productivity as creative professionals. Tiago Forte is the creator of Building a Second Brain. Tiago has spent more than 10 years researching and personally experimenting with a new way of organizing our digital lives and improving our productivity as creative professionals. The Building a Second Brain system is the result of thousands of hours spent teaching, speaking, coaching, and writing about Personal Knowledge Management. In this episode, we talk about Tiago’s interest in digital organization, how he came up with the name Building A Second Brain, the course and his email newsletter’s growth over time, and how listening to signals from the market guided him to write the book and start a YouTube channel. Follow Tiago Forte on Twitter Follow Tiago Forte on YouTube Learn more about Building a Second Brain Pre-order Building a Second Brain (book) Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #78: Marie Poulin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tiago Forte is the creator of Building a Second Brain. Tiago has spent more than 10 years researching and personally experimenting with a new way of organizing our digital lives and improving our productivity as creative professionals.

The Building a Second Brain system is the result of thousands of hours spent teaching, speaking, coaching, and writing about Personal Knowledge Management.

In this episode, we talk about Tiago’s interest in digital organization, how he came up with the name Building A Second Brain, the course and his email newsletter’s growth over time, and how listening to signals from the market guided him to write the book and start a YouTube channel.

Follow Tiago Forte on Twitter

Follow Tiago Forte on YouTube

Learn more about Building a Second Brain

Pre-order Building a Second Brain (book)

Join the Creative Companion Club

Subscribe to Creative Companion

Follow Jay on Twitter

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #78: Marie Poulin

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3360 no #101: Arvid Kahl – From SaaS founder to full-time creator https://creativeelements.fm/arvid-kahl/ Arvid Kahl is the creator of The Bootstrapped Founder. The Bootstrapped Founder is the home of his Twitter course Find your Following, the books Zero to Sold: How to Start, Run, and Sell a Bootstrapped Business and The Embedded Entrepreneur, which is an audience-driven book teaching you how to build an audience-driven business. Previously, Arvid was the co-founder of FeedbackPanda, an online teacher productivity SaaS company, with my partner Danielle Simpson. FeedbackPanda was sold to SureSwift Capital in 2019. In this episode, we talk about the start of FeedbackPanda, a speaking opportunity that opened up a new world for Arvid, the transition from founder to creator, his unconventional approach to Twitter, the difference between creating a course vs. books, and why he’s on a personal mission of Empowerment. Learn more about Arvid Kahl Follow Arvid Kahl on Twitter Take Arvid's Twitter course Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → What's underneath brand building for creators *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 03 May 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Arvid Kahl – From SaaS founder to full-time creator full 1 101 Jay Clouse Arvid Kahl sold his SaaS company, FeedbackPanda, and is now a full-time creator as an author and course creator Arvid Kahl is the creator of The Bootstrapped Founder. The Bootstrapped Founder is the home of his Twitter course Find your Following, the books Zero to Sold: How to Start, Run, and Sell a Bootstrapped Business and The Embedded Entrepreneur, which is an audience-driven book teaching you how to build an audience-driven business. Previously, Arvid was the co-founder of FeedbackPanda, an online teacher productivity SaaS company, with my partner Danielle Simpson. FeedbackPanda was sold to SureSwift Capital in 2019. In this episode, we talk about the start of FeedbackPanda, a speaking opportunity that opened up a new world for Arvid, the transition from founder to creator, his unconventional approach to Twitter, the difference between creating a course vs. books, and why he’s on a personal mission of Empowerment. Learn more about Arvid Kahl Follow Arvid Kahl on Twitter Take Arvid's Twitter course Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → What's underneath brand building for creators *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Arvid Kahl is the creator of The Bootstrapped Founder. The Bootstrapped Founder is the home of his Twitter course Find your Following, the books Zero to Sold: How to Start, Run, and Sell a Bootstrapped Business and The Embedded Entrepreneur, which is an audience-driven book teaching you how to build an audience-driven business.

Previously, Arvid was the co-founder of FeedbackPanda, an online teacher productivity SaaS company, with my partner Danielle Simpson. FeedbackPanda was sold to SureSwift Capital in 2019.

In this episode, we talk about the start of FeedbackPanda, a speaking opportunity that opened up a new world for Arvid, the transition from founder to creator, his unconventional approach to Twitter, the difference between creating a course vs. books, and why he’s on a personal mission of Empowerment.

Learn more about Arvid Kahl

Follow Arvid Kahl on Twitter

Take Arvid's Twitter course

Join the Creative Companion Club

Subscribe to Creative Companion

Follow Jay on Twitter

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ What's underneath brand building for creators

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3771 no [BONUS] Talking about my money story and the MOAT Method on the Danny Miranda Podcast https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jsSdGDhILVs To continue to celebrate our 100th episode this week, I’m airing a second interview with yours truly this week. This interview came from the Danny Miranda Podcast, where I appeared as a guest just last week. I thought Danny did an excellent job of interviewing and asking questions that I’m not often asked. Since this episode covers a lot of new ground, especially in comparison to my interview earlier this week, I asked Danny if I could share it on my feed as well. And he was kind enough to oblige. In this interview, I talk about how to create unique messaging, my brand new framework for creators which I call the MOAT method, what it was like to work with Pat Flynn, how his voice has actually changed over the years, and much more. Watch this interview on YouTube (0:00) Intro (0:25) How Jay helped his dad plant trees (4:30) Why Jay's 1 year of journalism was his most impactful (6:43) Inverted pyramid (style of writing) (10:55) Turning blog posts into books (14:05) "Lifestyle of an author" (17:13) Timeless principles of creators (The MOAT Method) (22:43) Messaging as a creator (24:47) Working with Pat Flynn (30:02) The highs and lows of being a creator (35:12) Living on $24,000/year (38:00) How does it feel to look back on it? (39:50) Winning a negotiation (41:50) Origin of money story problem (43:20) How to get over the money story? (44:22) Jay's podcast changing his money story (46:54) Jay's silky smooth voice (51:20) Day-to-day energy levels (52:34) Work like a lion (54:23) Repurposing ideas (58:40) Cold emailing (The Rule of One Scroll) (1:03:13) Growth for podcasters and creators (1:11:24) Connecting with Jay Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 28 Apr 2022 07:00:00 -0000 [BONUS] Talking about my money story and the MOAT Method on the Danny Miranda Podcast bonus Jay Clouse Unveiling my brand new framework for helping people become professional creators To continue to celebrate our 100th episode this week, I’m airing a second interview with yours truly this week. This interview came from the Danny Miranda Podcast, where I appeared as a guest just last week. I thought Danny did an excellent job of interviewing and asking questions that I’m not often asked. Since this episode covers a lot of new ground, especially in comparison to my interview earlier this week, I asked Danny if I could share it on my feed as well. And he was kind enough to oblige. In this interview, I talk about how to create unique messaging, my brand new framework for creators which I call the MOAT method, what it was like to work with Pat Flynn, how his voice has actually changed over the years, and much more. Watch this interview on YouTube (0:00) Intro (0:25) How Jay helped his dad plant trees (4:30) Why Jay's 1 year of journalism was his most impactful (6:43) Inverted pyramid (style of writing) (10:55) Turning blog posts into books (14:05) "Lifestyle of an author" (17:13) Timeless principles of creators (The MOAT Method) (22:43) Messaging as a creator (24:47) Working with Pat Flynn (30:02) The highs and lows of being a creator (35:12) Living on $24,000/year (38:00) How does it feel to look back on it? (39:50) Winning a negotiation (41:50) Origin of money story problem (43:20) How to get over the money story? (44:22) Jay's podcast changing his money story (46:54) Jay's silky smooth voice (51:20) Day-to-day energy levels (52:34) Work like a lion (54:23) Repurposing ideas (58:40) Cold emailing (The Rule of One Scroll) (1:03:13) Growth for podcasters and creators (1:11:24) Connecting with Jay Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices To continue to celebrate our 100th episode this week, I’m airing a second interview with yours truly this week.

This interview came from the Danny Miranda Podcast, where I appeared as a guest just last week. I thought Danny did an excellent job of interviewing and asking questions that I’m not often asked. Since this episode covers a lot of new ground, especially in comparison to my interview earlier this week, I asked Danny if I could share it on my feed as well. And he was kind enough to oblige.

In this interview, I talk about how to create unique messaging, my brand new framework for creators which I call the MOAT method, what it was like to work with Pat Flynn, how his voice has actually changed over the years, and much more.

Watch this interview on YouTube

(0:00) Intro

(0:25) How Jay helped his dad plant trees

(4:30) Why Jay's 1 year of journalism was his most impactful

(6:43) Inverted pyramid (style of writing)

(10:55) Turning blog posts into books

(14:05) "Lifestyle of an author"

(17:13) Timeless principles of creators (The MOAT Method)

(22:43) Messaging as a creator

(24:47) Working with Pat Flynn

(30:02) The highs and lows of being a creator

(35:12) Living on $24,000/year

(38:00) How does it feel to look back on it?

(39:50) Winning a negotiation

(41:50) Origin of money story problem

(43:20) How to get over the money story?

(44:22) Jay's podcast changing his money story

(46:54) Jay's silky smooth voice

(51:20) Day-to-day energy levels

(52:34) Work like a lion

(54:23) Repurposing ideas

(58:40) Cold emailing (The Rule of One Scroll)

(1:03:13) Growth for podcasters and creators

(1:11:24) Connecting with Jay

Join the Creative Companion Club

Subscribe to Creative Companion

Follow Jay on Twitter

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4625 no #100: My Story and Reflecting on 100 Episodes of Creative Elements https://creativeelements.fm/episode-100/ This week marks the 100th episode of Creative Elements! That's 100 unique interviews (and 87 unique elements) in just over two years. In March of this year, 2022, the show crossed 1,000,000 all-time downloads! And it gets about 40,000 downloads each and every month. It’s been featured in Apple Podcasts, Stitcher, Pocket Casts, Castbox, Castro, and more. The success this show has had and continues to build is all because of YOU. You listening, supporting, and sharing the show.  We have nearly 250 five-star reviews on Apple Podcasts and nearly 50 five-star reviews on Spotify! Over the last two years, a lot of listeners have asked to hear more of my story. For 100 episodes, I’ve put the spotlight on other creators. Those interviews have done a LOT to inform the decisions I’m making for my own creator business! And as a result, the last two years have been huge for the growth of my business. So in this episode, we talk about why I love podcasting, where the idea for Creative Elements came from, how I’m structuring my business today, some of the most memorable guests in the first 100 episodes, and a special surprise from YOU at the end. Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 26 Apr 2022 07:00:00 -0000 My Story and Reflecting on 100 Episodes of Creative Elements full 1 100 Jay Clouse Why I love podcasting, where the idea for Creative Elements came from, how I’m structuring my business today, and some of the most memorable guests in the first 100 episodes This week marks the 100th episode of Creative Elements! That's 100 unique interviews (and 87 unique elements) in just over two years. In March of this year, 2022, the show crossed 1,000,000 all-time downloads! And it gets about 40,000 downloads each and every month. It’s been featured in Apple Podcasts, Stitcher, Pocket Casts, Castbox, Castro, and more. The success this show has had and continues to build is all because of YOU. You listening, supporting, and sharing the show.  We have nearly 250 five-star reviews on Apple Podcasts and nearly 50 five-star reviews on Spotify! Over the last two years, a lot of listeners have asked to hear more of my story. For 100 episodes, I’ve put the spotlight on other creators. Those interviews have done a LOT to inform the decisions I’m making for my own creator business! And as a result, the last two years have been huge for the growth of my business. So in this episode, we talk about why I love podcasting, where the idea for Creative Elements came from, how I’m structuring my business today, some of the most memorable guests in the first 100 episodes, and a special surprise from YOU at the end. Join the Creative Companion Club Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices This week marks the 100th episode of Creative Elements! That's 100 unique interviews (and 87 unique elements) in just over two years.

In March of this year, 2022, the show crossed 1,000,000 all-time downloads! And it gets about 40,000 downloads each and every month. It’s been featured in Apple Podcasts, Stitcher, Pocket Casts, Castbox, Castro, and more.

The success this show has had and continues to build is all because of YOU. You listening, supporting, and sharing the show. 

We have nearly 250 five-star reviews on Apple Podcasts and nearly 50 five-star reviews on Spotify!

Over the last two years, a lot of listeners have asked to hear more of my story. For 100 episodes, I’ve put the spotlight on other creators. Those interviews have done a LOT to inform the decisions I’m making for my own creator business! And as a result, the last two years have been huge for the growth of my business.

So in this episode, we talk about why I love podcasting, where the idea for Creative Elements came from, how I’m structuring my business today, some of the most memorable guests in the first 100 episodes, and a special surprise from YOU at the end.

Join the Creative Companion Club

Subscribe to Creative Companion

Follow Jay on Twitter

Full transcript and show notes

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4369 no #99: Amanda Natividad – Growing on Twitter and using her platform to lift up others https://creativeelements.fm/amanda-natividad Amanda Natividad is VP of Marketing for audience research startup, SparkToro. She’s also a contributor for Adweek, a Le Cordon Bleu-trained chef, and a former journalist. Amanda previously led marketing for Growth Machine, led marketing for Liftopia, built Fitbit’s B2B content program, and led content and communications for NatureBox. In this episode, we talk about Amanda’s path into marketing, her advice for growing your Twitter following, her new live talk show on YouTube called The Menu, and what she’s doing to encourage more inclusiveness online. Learn more about Amanda Natividad Follow Amanda Natividad on Twitter Learn more about SparkToro Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫 Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #63: Jay Acunzo *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 19 Apr 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Amanda Natividad – Growing on Twitter and using her platform to lift up others full 1 99 Jay Clouse Amanda Natividad is VP of Marketing for audience research startup, SparkToro. She’s also a contributor for Adweek, a Le Cordon Bleu-trained chef, and a former journalist. Amanda Natividad is VP of Marketing for audience research startup, SparkToro. She’s also a contributor for Adweek, a Le Cordon Bleu-trained chef, and a former journalist. Amanda previously led marketing for Growth Machine, led marketing for Liftopia, built Fitbit’s B2B content program, and led content and communications for NatureBox. In this episode, we talk about Amanda’s path into marketing, her advice for growing your Twitter following, her new live talk show on YouTube called The Menu, and what she’s doing to encourage more inclusiveness online. Learn more about Amanda Natividad Follow Amanda Natividad on Twitter Learn more about SparkToro Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫 Subscribe to Creative Companion Follow Jay on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #63: Jay Acunzo *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Amanda Natividad is VP of Marketing for audience research startup, SparkToro. She’s also a contributor for Adweek, a Le Cordon Bleu-trained chef, and a former journalist. Amanda previously led marketing for Growth Machine, led marketing for Liftopia, built Fitbit’s B2B content program, and led content and communications for NatureBox.

In this episode, we talk about Amanda’s path into marketing, her advice for growing your Twitter following, her new live talk show on YouTube called The Menu, and what she’s doing to encourage more inclusiveness online.

Learn more about Amanda Natividad

Follow Amanda Natividad on Twitter

Learn more about SparkToro

Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫

Subscribe to Creative Companion

Follow Jay on Twitter

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #63: Jay Acunzo

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3558 no #98: Jay-Talking about Memberships with Jay Acunzo https://creativeelements.fm/jay-talking-memberships Over the last month, Jay Acunzo and I have both launched our own membership programs. And while we were in the thick of designing and launching those programs, we thought it would be a good idea to record a podcast about it. This episode is part of “Jay Talking,” a series of conversations with my friend Jay Acunzo that are less of an interview, and more of a conversation between two creators in the trenches of building their businesses. Jay is an author, a speaker, and a showrunner. He started his career in marketing working with ESPN, Google and HubSpot. He hosts Unthinkable, a storytelling podcast about creative people who break from conventional thinking to make what matters most. In this episode of Jay Talking, we talk about how we structured our membership programs, the difference between creators following a Tesla vs. a Toyota model, the psychology of pricing a membership, how I presold access to the Creative Companion Club, and the uncertainties we didn’t let hold us back. 👉 Join the Creative Companion Club Check out Jay Acunzo's website Subscribe to Unthinkable Follow Jay Acunzo on Twitter Follow Jay Clouse on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #81: Jay Acunzo *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 12 Apr 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Jay-Talking about Memberships with Jay Acunzo full 1 98 Jay Clouse Discussing our different approaches to launching a membership program Over the last month, Jay Acunzo and I have both launched our own membership programs. And while we were in the thick of designing and launching those programs, we thought it would be a good idea to record a podcast about it. This episode is part of “Jay Talking,” a series of conversations with my friend Jay Acunzo that are less of an interview, and more of a conversation between two creators in the trenches of building their businesses. Jay is an author, a speaker, and a showrunner. He started his career in marketing working with ESPN, Google and HubSpot. He hosts Unthinkable, a storytelling podcast about creative people who break from conventional thinking to make what matters most. In this episode of Jay Talking, we talk about how we structured our membership programs, the difference between creators following a Tesla vs. a Toyota model, the psychology of pricing a membership, how I presold access to the Creative Companion Club, and the uncertainties we didn’t let hold us back. 👉 Join the Creative Companion Club Check out Jay Acunzo's website Subscribe to Unthinkable Follow Jay Acunzo on Twitter Follow Jay Clouse on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #81: Jay Acunzo *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Over the last month, Jay Acunzo and I have both launched our own membership programs. And while we were in the thick of designing and launching those programs, we thought it would be a good idea to record a podcast about it.

This episode is part of “Jay Talking,” a series of conversations with my friend Jay Acunzo that are less of an interview, and more of a conversation between two creators in the trenches of building their businesses.

Jay is an author, a speaker, and a showrunner. He started his career in marketing working with ESPN, Google and HubSpot. He hosts Unthinkable, a storytelling podcast about creative people who break from conventional thinking to make what matters most.

In this episode of Jay Talking, we talk about how we structured our membership programs, the difference between creators following a Tesla vs. a Toyota model, the psychology of pricing a membership, how I presold access to the Creative Companion Club, and the uncertainties we didn’t let hold us back.

👉 Join the Creative Companion Club

Check out Jay Acunzo's website

Subscribe to Unthinkable

Follow Jay Acunzo on Twitter

Follow Jay Clouse on Twitter

Follow Creative Elements on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #81: Jay Acunzo

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3875 no #97: Dickie Bush Returns! – Jumping ship from full-time job to full-time creator https://creativeelements.fm/dickie-bush-returns Dickie Bush is the creator of Ship 30 for 30, a cohort-based course and community of people developing a writing habit in 30 days. He is passionate about providing writers and creators with the tools, resources, processes, and mindsets required to find points of leverage and achieve exponential growth—both personally and professionally. Since our first interview, Dickie has grown his Twitter following from 10,000 to more than 175,000 at the time of publishing. He's also now served 4,000 students through Ship 30 for 30. In this episode, we talk about Dickie’s wild year of growth, the evolution of the Ship 30 for 30 student experience, Dickie’s underrated growth technique, and why adding his new software product Typeshare is adding to their business Flywheel. Join Ship 30 for 30 Follow Dickie Bush on Twitter Join #Tweet100 Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫 Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #51: Dickie Bush *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 05 Apr 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Dickie Bush Returns! – Jumping ship from full-time job to full-time creator full 1 97 Jay Clouse Dickie Bush is the creator of Ship 30 for 30, a cohort-based course and community of people developing a writing habit in 30 days Dickie Bush is the creator of Ship 30 for 30, a cohort-based course and community of people developing a writing habit in 30 days. He is passionate about providing writers and creators with the tools, resources, processes, and mindsets required to find points of leverage and achieve exponential growth—both personally and professionally. Since our first interview, Dickie has grown his Twitter following from 10,000 to more than 175,000 at the time of publishing. He's also now served 4,000 students through Ship 30 for 30. In this episode, we talk about Dickie’s wild year of growth, the evolution of the Ship 30 for 30 student experience, Dickie’s underrated growth technique, and why adding his new software product Typeshare is adding to their business Flywheel. Join Ship 30 for 30 Follow Dickie Bush on Twitter Join #Tweet100 Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫 Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #51: Dickie Bush *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Dickie Bush is the creator of Ship 30 for 30, a cohort-based course and community of people developing a writing habit in 30 days.

He is passionate about providing writers and creators with the tools, resources, processes, and mindsets required to find points of leverage and achieve exponential growth—both personally and professionally.

Since our first interview, Dickie has grown his Twitter following from 10,000 to more than 175,000 at the time of publishing. He's also now served 4,000 students through Ship 30 for 30.

In this episode, we talk about Dickie’s wild year of growth, the evolution of the Ship 30 for 30 student experience, Dickie’s underrated growth technique, and why adding his new software product Typeshare is adding to their business Flywheel.

Join Ship 30 for 30

Follow Dickie Bush on Twitter

Join #Tweet100

Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫

Follow Jay on Twitter

Follow Creative Elements on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #51: Dickie Bush

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3381 no [REPLAY] #51: Dickie Bush – Building an audience, product, and community in less than one year https://creativeelements.fm/replay-dickie-bush-2 Dickie Bush is a macro investor and the creator of Ship 30 for 30, a community of writers developing a writing habit in 30 days. He is passionate about providing writers and creators with the tools, resources, processes, and mindsets required to find points of leverage and achieve exponential growth—both personally and professionally. In this episode we talk about Dickie’s humble newsletter beginnings, his experimentation with Twitter, the growth of Ship 30 for 30, and why listening to feedback loops has helped him turn the flywheel of growth so quickly. Join Ship 30 for 30 Follow Dickie Bush on Twitter Join #Tweet100 Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫 Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Mon, 04 Apr 2022 07:00:00 -0000 [REPLAY] Dickie Bush – Building an audience, product, and community in less than one year bonus Jay Clouse Dickie Bush is a macro investor and the creator of Ship 30 for 30, a community of writers developing a writing habit in 30 days. Dickie Bush is a macro investor and the creator of Ship 30 for 30, a community of writers developing a writing habit in 30 days. He is passionate about providing writers and creators with the tools, resources, processes, and mindsets required to find points of leverage and achieve exponential growth—both personally and professionally. In this episode we talk about Dickie’s humble newsletter beginnings, his experimentation with Twitter, the growth of Ship 30 for 30, and why listening to feedback loops has helped him turn the flywheel of growth so quickly. Join Ship 30 for 30 Follow Dickie Bush on Twitter Join #Tweet100 Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫 Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Dickie Bush is a macro investor and the creator of Ship 30 for 30, a community of writers developing a writing habit in 30 days.

He is passionate about providing writers and creators with the tools, resources, processes, and mindsets required to find points of leverage and achieve exponential growth—both personally and professionally.

In this episode we talk about Dickie’s humble newsletter beginnings, his experimentation with Twitter, the growth of Ship 30 for 30, and why listening to feedback loops has helped him turn the flywheel of growth so quickly.

Join Ship 30 for 30

Follow Dickie Bush on Twitter

Join #Tweet100

Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫

Follow Jay on Twitter

Follow Creative Elements on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3142 no #96: Nathan Barry – from $150K/yr in ebooks to $30M in ARR with ConvertKit https://creativeelements.fm/nathan-barry Nathan Barry is a creator, author, speaker, designer, and the founder of ConvertKit. ConvertKit powers the audiences for creators like Gretchen Rubin, Chris Guillebeau, Pat Flynn, Tim Ferriss, Carrie-Anne Moss, and Tim McGraw. Prior to ConvertKit, Nathan made over $150,000 from self-published books in less than one year. His book Authority is still often referenced within the creator community. In this episode, we talk about Nathan’s wild year of selling ebooks, trends he’s seeing among creators today, a crucial business model decision every creator should make, and why his relentlessness helped make his decision to double down on ConvertKit look very smart in retrospect. Learn more about Nathan Barry Follow Nathan Barry on Twitter Subscribe to the Nathan Barry Show Start a trial of ConvertKit (affiliate) ConvertKit metrics Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫 Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #151: Nathan Barry of Convertkit *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 29 Mar 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Nathan Barry – from $150K/yr in ebooks to $30M in ARR with ConvertKit full 1 96 Jay Clouse Investigating trends of the creator economy with the CEO of ConvertKit Nathan Barry is a creator, author, speaker, designer, and the founder of ConvertKit. ConvertKit powers the audiences for creators like Gretchen Rubin, Chris Guillebeau, Pat Flynn, Tim Ferriss, Carrie-Anne Moss, and Tim McGraw. Prior to ConvertKit, Nathan made over $150,000 from self-published books in less than one year. His book Authority is still often referenced within the creator community. In this episode, we talk about Nathan’s wild year of selling ebooks, trends he’s seeing among creators today, a crucial business model decision every creator should make, and why his relentlessness helped make his decision to double down on ConvertKit look very smart in retrospect. Learn more about Nathan Barry Follow Nathan Barry on Twitter Subscribe to the Nathan Barry Show Start a trial of ConvertKit (affiliate) ConvertKit metrics Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫 Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #151: Nathan Barry of Convertkit *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Nathan Barry is a creator, author, speaker, designer, and the founder of ConvertKit. ConvertKit powers the audiences for creators like Gretchen Rubin, Chris Guillebeau, Pat Flynn, Tim Ferriss, Carrie-Anne Moss, and Tim McGraw.

Prior to ConvertKit, Nathan made over $150,000 from self-published books in less than one year. His book Authority is still often referenced within the creator community.

In this episode, we talk about Nathan’s wild year of selling ebooks, trends he’s seeing among creators today, a crucial business model decision every creator should make, and why his relentlessness helped make his decision to double down on ConvertKit look very smart in retrospect.

Learn more about Nathan Barry

Follow Nathan Barry on Twitter

Subscribe to the Nathan Barry Show

Start a trial of ConvertKit (affiliate)

ConvertKit metrics

Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫

Follow Jay on Twitter

Follow Creative Elements on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #151: Nathan Barry of Convertkit

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3733 no #95: Josh Hall – from freelance web design to professional creator earning $300K/year https://www.creativeelements.fm/josh-hall/ Josh Hall is a YouTuber, course creator, and web design coach specializing in WordPress and Divi. Josh helps people build and scale 6-figure, work-from-home web design businesses. He's created nine web design courses as well as a membership, Josh's Web Design Club. On his YouTube channel, he posts videos about the business of web design, the tools he uses, the video interviews of his podcast, and live stream Q&A sessions. In this episode, we talk about Josh’s evolution from underpricing clients to selling his agency, why he began creating on YouTube, how his first course launch netted nearly $10,000, and how one Opportunity to guest post on a blog ultimately led him down the path to professional creator. Learn more about Josh Hall Josh Hall on YouTube Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫 Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #78: Marie Poulin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 22 Mar 2022 07:00:00 -0000 Josh Hall – from freelance web design to professional creator earning $300K/year full 1 95 Jay Clouse Josh Hall is a YouTuber, course creator, and web design coach specializing in WordPress and Divi. Josh Hall is a YouTuber, course creator, and web design coach specializing in WordPress and Divi. Josh helps people build and scale 6-figure, work-from-home web design businesses. He's created nine web design courses as well as a membership, Josh's Web Design Club. On his YouTube channel, he posts videos about the business of web design, the tools he uses, the video interviews of his podcast, and live stream Q&A sessions. In this episode, we talk about Josh’s evolution from underpricing clients to selling his agency, why he began creating on YouTube, how his first course launch netted nearly $10,000, and how one Opportunity to guest post on a blog ultimately led him down the path to professional creator. Learn more about Josh Hall Josh Hall on YouTube Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫 Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #78: Marie Poulin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Josh Hall is a YouTuber, course creator, and web design coach specializing in WordPress and Divi. Josh helps people build and scale 6-figure, work-from-home web design businesses.

He's created nine web design courses as well as a membership, Josh's Web Design Club. On his YouTube channel, he posts videos about the business of web design, the tools he uses, the video interviews of his podcast, and live stream Q&A sessions.

In this episode, we talk about Josh’s evolution from underpricing clients to selling his agency, why he began creating on YouTube, how his first course launch netted nearly $10,000, and how one Opportunity to guest post on a blog ultimately led him down the path to professional creator.

Learn more about Josh Hall

Josh Hall on YouTube

Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫

Follow Jay on Twitter

Follow Creative Elements on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #78: Marie Poulin

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3460 no [REPLAY] #8: Adam Turla –Going on tour, building a fanbase, launching albums through kickstarter, and playing cave shows https://www.creativeelements.fm/replay-adam-turla/ Adam Turla is the guitarist, lead singer, and founding member of Murder By Death, a five-piece band from Louisville, Kentucky. They have a unique sound that's somewhere between folk, rock, and spooky western. Even more unique is their cult-like following that has supported them for the last 20 years. In this episode, we’re talking about how Murder By Death has built such a loyal following. We talk about the early days on tour, how they accidentally got lumped in with the Emo movement, why they use Kickstarter, and how Gratitude has allowed them to keep this band going now, 20 years later. Listen to Murder By Death Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫 Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #77: Andy J. PIzza *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 15 Mar 2022 07:00:00 -0000 [REPLAY] Adam Turla – Going on tour, building a fanbase, launching albums through kickstarter, and playing cave shows bonus Jay Clouse Adam Turla is the guitarist, lead singer, and founding member of Murder By Death, a five-piece band from Louisville, Kentucky. Adam Turla is the guitarist, lead singer, and founding member of Murder By Death, a five-piece band from Louisville, Kentucky. They have a unique sound that's somewhere between folk, rock, and spooky western. Even more unique is their cult-like following that has supported them for the last 20 years. In this episode, we’re talking about how Murder By Death has built such a loyal following. We talk about the early days on tour, how they accidentally got lumped in with the Emo movement, why they use Kickstarter, and how Gratitude has allowed them to keep this band going now, 20 years later. Listen to Murder By Death Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫 Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #77: Andy J. PIzza *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Adam Turla is the guitarist, lead singer, and founding member of Murder By Death, a five-piece band from Louisville, Kentucky. They have a unique sound that's somewhere between folk, rock, and spooky western. Even more unique is their cult-like following that has supported them for the last 20 years. In this episode, we’re talking about how Murder By Death has built such a loyal following. We talk about the early days on tour, how they accidentally got lumped in with the Emo movement, why they use Kickstarter, and how Gratitude has allowed them to keep this band going now, 20 years later.

Listen to Murder By Death

Join the Creative Companion Club 🤫

Follow Jay on Twitter

Follow Creative Elements on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #77: Andy J. PIzza

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3304 no #94: Ann Handley – How to make your voice a differentiator in your work https://www.creativeelements.fm/ann-handley/ Ann Handley is a writer, digital marketing pioneer, and author of the Wall Street Journal bestsellers Everybody Writes: Your Go-To Guide to Creating Ridiculously Good Content and co-author of Content Rules: How to Create Killer Blogs, Podcasts, Videos, Ebooks, Webinars (and More) That Engage Customers and Ignite Your Business. Her company, MarketingProfs, is a marketing training and education company with more than 600,000 subscribers. She is a LinkedIn Influencer with more than 420,000 followers on Twitter. She is consistently named one of the most influential marketers on social media. In this episode, we’re exploring how Ann got into writing, how Ann thinks about the audience she is writing to, her unique metric for measuring the success of her newsletter, and how you can find and hone your own unique voice. Learn more about Ann Handley Subscribe to Total ANNARCHY Read Ann Handley's How To Newsletter PDF Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 08 Mar 2022 08:00:00 -0000 Ann Handley – How to make your voice a differentiator in your work full 1 94 Jay Clouse Ann Handley is a writer, digital marketing pioneer, and Wall Street Journal bestselling author Ann Handley is a writer, digital marketing pioneer, and author of the Wall Street Journal bestsellers Everybody Writes: Your Go-To Guide to Creating Ridiculously Good Content and co-author of Content Rules: How to Create Killer Blogs, Podcasts, Videos, Ebooks, Webinars (and More) That Engage Customers and Ignite Your Business. Her company, MarketingProfs, is a marketing training and education company with more than 600,000 subscribers. She is a LinkedIn Influencer with more than 420,000 followers on Twitter. She is consistently named one of the most influential marketers on social media. In this episode, we’re exploring how Ann got into writing, how Ann thinks about the audience she is writing to, her unique metric for measuring the success of her newsletter, and how you can find and hone your own unique voice. Learn more about Ann Handley Subscribe to Total ANNARCHY Read Ann Handley's How To Newsletter PDF Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Ann Handley is a writer, digital marketing pioneer, and author of the Wall Street Journal bestsellers Everybody Writes: Your Go-To Guide to Creating Ridiculously Good Content and co-author of Content Rules: How to Create Killer Blogs, Podcasts, Videos, Ebooks, Webinars (and More) That Engage Customers and Ignite Your Business.

Her company, MarketingProfs, is a marketing training and education company with more than 600,000 subscribers. She is a LinkedIn Influencer with more than 420,000 followers on Twitter. She is consistently named one of the most influential marketers on social media.

In this episode, we’re exploring how Ann got into writing, how Ann thinks about the audience she is writing to, her unique metric for measuring the success of her newsletter, and how you can find and hone your own unique voice.

Learn more about Ann Handley

Subscribe to Total ANNARCHY

Read Ann Handley's How To Newsletter PDF

Follow Jay on Twitter

Follow Creative Elements on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3228 no #93: Codie Sanchez – Growing a newsletter by dominating social media (in just over 2 years)! https://www.creativeelements.fm/codie-sanchez Codie Sanchez is a reformed journalist, turned institutional investor to cannabis investor and advisor, to now Founder of Contrarian Thinking and Cofounder of Unconventional Acquisitions. She helps people think critically, and cashflow unconventionally while allocating to what she calls "sweaty & boring" small businesses. Most notably these are businesses in the micro-private equity space in traditional service-based industries.  Throughout her career, she has worked at the intersection of marketing and money, finding contrarian ways to invest.  Today, Codie has more than 150,000 email subscribers, 815,000 followers on TikTok, 209,000 followers on Instagram, and 123,000 followers on Twitter. In this episode, we talk about Codie’s bet on being a content creator, how she forms opinions, her exact content process and strategy for TikTok, Twitter, and Instagram, why she doesn’t recommend Substack, and why Contrarian Thinking is a skill we all need to hone. Subscribe to Contrarian Thinking Follow Codie Sanchez on Instagram Follow Codie Sanchez on Twitter Follow Codie Sanchez on TikTok Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #70: Nick Huber *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 01 Mar 2022 08:00:00 -0000 Codie Sanchez – Growing a newsletter by dominating social media (in just over 2 years)! full 1 93 Jay Clouse Codie Sanchez is the Founder of Contrarian Thinking and Cofounder of Unconventional Acquisitions. She helps people think critically and cashflow unconventionally while allocating to what she calls "sweaty & boring" small businesses. Codie Sanchez is a reformed journalist, turned institutional investor to cannabis investor and advisor, to now Founder of Contrarian Thinking and Cofounder of Unconventional Acquisitions. She helps people think critically, and cashflow unconventionally while allocating to what she calls "sweaty & boring" small businesses. Most notably these are businesses in the micro-private equity space in traditional service-based industries.  Throughout her career, she has worked at the intersection of marketing and money, finding contrarian ways to invest.  Today, Codie has more than 150,000 email subscribers, 815,000 followers on TikTok, 209,000 followers on Instagram, and 123,000 followers on Twitter. In this episode, we talk about Codie’s bet on being a content creator, how she forms opinions, her exact content process and strategy for TikTok, Twitter, and Instagram, why she doesn’t recommend Substack, and why Contrarian Thinking is a skill we all need to hone. Subscribe to Contrarian Thinking Follow Codie Sanchez on Instagram Follow Codie Sanchez on Twitter Follow Codie Sanchez on TikTok Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #70: Nick Huber *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Codie Sanchez is a reformed journalist, turned institutional investor to cannabis investor and advisor, to now Founder of Contrarian Thinking and Cofounder of Unconventional Acquisitions. She helps people think critically, and cashflow unconventionally while allocating to what she calls "sweaty & boring" small businesses. Most notably these are businesses in the micro-private equity space in traditional service-based industries. 

Throughout her career, she has worked at the intersection of marketing and money, finding contrarian ways to invest. 

Today, Codie has more than 150,000 email subscribers, 815,000 followers on TikTok, 209,000 followers on Instagram, and 123,000 followers on Twitter.

In this episode, we talk about Codie’s bet on being a content creator, how she forms opinions, her exact content process and strategy for TikTok, Twitter, and Instagram, why she doesn’t recommend Substack, and why Contrarian Thinking is a skill we all need to hone.

Subscribe to Contrarian Thinking

Follow Codie Sanchez on Instagram

Follow Codie Sanchez on Twitter

Follow Codie Sanchez on TikTok

Follow Jay on Twitter

Follow Creative Elements on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #70: Nick Huber

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3345 yes #92: Cathryn Lavery – From Kickstarter to global 8-figure e-commerce business https://www.creativeelements.fm/cathryn-lavery/ Cathryn Lavery is the Founder & CEO of BestSelf. Since 2013 she's designed, launched and sold over $32 Million in consumer products. Along the way, BestSelf Co. won Shopify’s Build a Business Competition in 2016 and the Build a BIGGER Business competition in 2017 – the only company to win both awards consecutively. We have been featured in the New York Times, Entrepreneur, MTV, Huffington Post, Forbes, Inc., and more. We’re funded solely through the investments made by thousands of customers who have used our products to change their lives. In this episode, we talk about Cathryn’s first business as a 13-year old, her New York architecture job that put her back on the path to entrepreneurship, what’s changed for Kickstarter products and e-commerce businesses today, and why keeping Best as the Standard for her work has helped her find success in e-commerce. Learn more about Cathryn Lavery Learn more about BestSelf Follow Cathryn Lavery on Twitter Follow Cathryn Lavery on Instagram  Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #93: Codie Sanchez *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 22 Feb 2022 08:00:00 -0000 Cathryn Lavery – From Kickstarter to global 8-figure e-commerce business full 1 92 Jay Clouse Cathryn Lavery is the Founder & CEO of BestSelf. Since 2013 she's designed, launched and sold over $32 Million in consumer products. Cathryn Lavery is the Founder & CEO of BestSelf. Since 2013 she's designed, launched and sold over $32 Million in consumer products. Along the way, BestSelf Co. won Shopify’s Build a Business Competition in 2016 and the Build a BIGGER Business competition in 2017 – the only company to win both awards consecutively. We have been featured in the New York Times, Entrepreneur, MTV, Huffington Post, Forbes, Inc., and more. We’re funded solely through the investments made by thousands of customers who have used our products to change their lives. In this episode, we talk about Cathryn’s first business as a 13-year old, her New York architecture job that put her back on the path to entrepreneurship, what’s changed for Kickstarter products and e-commerce businesses today, and why keeping Best as the Standard for her work has helped her find success in e-commerce. Learn more about Cathryn Lavery Learn more about BestSelf Follow Cathryn Lavery on Twitter Follow Cathryn Lavery on Instagram  Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #93: Codie Sanchez *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Cathryn Lavery is the Founder & CEO of BestSelf. Since 2013 she's designed, launched and sold over $32 Million in consumer products.

Along the way, BestSelf Co. won Shopify’s Build a Business Competition in 2016 and the Build a BIGGER Business competition in 2017 – the only company to win both awards consecutively. We have been featured in the New York Times, Entrepreneur, MTV, Huffington Post, Forbes, Inc., and more. We’re funded solely through the investments made by thousands of customers who have used our products to change their lives.

In this episode, we talk about Cathryn’s first business as a 13-year old, her New York architecture job that put her back on the path to entrepreneurship, what’s changed for Kickstarter products and e-commerce businesses today, and why keeping Best as the Standard for her work has helped her find success in e-commerce.

Learn more about Cathryn Lavery

Learn more about BestSelf

Follow Cathryn Lavery on Twitter

Follow Cathryn Lavery on Instagram 

Follow Jay on Twitter

Follow Creative Elements on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #93: Codie Sanchez

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2990 no #91: Mariah Sinclair – How the "Queen of Cozy" began designing covers for cozy mystery novels https://www.creativeelements.fm/mariah-sinclair Mariah Sinclair is an award-winning designer. During most of her career, she worked for advertising agencies as a designer and digital marketer serving Fortune 500 companies and the City of Los Angeles. Then she designed her first book cover in 2001. Now known as the “Queen of Cozy,” Mariah’s clients regularly dominate the top of the cozy mystery charts on Amazon.  Today, Mariah sometimes designs hundreds of pre-made covers and lists them for sale at once, earning thousands of dollars within minutes (and sometimes crashing her website in the process). In this episode, we talk about her first book cover design in 2001 and why it took 14 years to design her second how self-published authors earn their living, the role a book cover plays in the success of a book, how she built up her own clientele, and why always chasing a new Challenge wasn’t always a positive experience. Learn more about Mariah Sinclair See some of Mariah Sinclair's pre-made covers Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #176: April Dunford *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 15 Feb 2022 08:00:00 -0000 Mariah Sinclair – How the "Queen of Cozy" began designing covers for cozy mystery novels full 1 91 Jay Clouse Now known as the “Queen of Cozy,” Mariah’s clients regularly dominate the top of the cozy mystery charts on Amazon. Mariah Sinclair is an award-winning designer. During most of her career, she worked for advertising agencies as a designer and digital marketer serving Fortune 500 companies and the City of Los Angeles. Then she designed her first book cover in 2001. Now known as the “Queen of Cozy,” Mariah’s clients regularly dominate the top of the cozy mystery charts on Amazon.  Today, Mariah sometimes designs hundreds of pre-made covers and lists them for sale at once, earning thousands of dollars within minutes (and sometimes crashing her website in the process). In this episode, we talk about her first book cover design in 2001 and why it took 14 years to design her second how self-published authors earn their living, the role a book cover plays in the success of a book, how she built up her own clientele, and why always chasing a new Challenge wasn’t always a positive experience. Learn more about Mariah Sinclair See some of Mariah Sinclair's pre-made covers Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #176: April Dunford *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Mariah Sinclair is an award-winning designer. During most of her career, she worked for advertising agencies as a designer and digital marketer serving Fortune 500 companies and the City of Los Angeles. Then she designed her first book cover in 2001. Now known as the “Queen of Cozy,” Mariah’s clients regularly dominate the top of the cozy mystery charts on Amazon. 

Today, Mariah sometimes designs hundreds of pre-made covers and lists them for sale at once, earning thousands of dollars within minutes (and sometimes crashing her website in the process).

In this episode, we talk about her first book cover design in 2001 and why it took 14 years to design her second how self-published authors earn their living, the role a book cover plays in the success of a book, how she built up her own clientele, and why always chasing a new Challenge wasn’t always a positive experience.

Learn more about Mariah Sinclair

See some of Mariah Sinclair's pre-made covers

Follow Jay on Twitter

Follow Creative Elements on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #176: April Dunford

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4094 no [BONUS] Creative Independence on The Accidental Creative https://www.creativeelements.fm/accidental-creative Last week I was featured on The Accidental Creative, a podcast hosted by Todd Henry since 2005. It’s one of the most influential and important podcasts out there for creative professionals, and I was honored to be a guest. And it’s great for the show too – I’m sure a lot of new listeners found Creative Elements by listening to that episode. In this episode we talk a lot about Creative Independence – a topic I care a lot about and think YOU will too. We all seem to strive for financial independence...but I think creative independence is an even more important goal for a lot of us, and I think you’ll see why. Subscribe to the Accidental Creative Episode #85 with Todd Henry Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 10 Feb 2022 08:00:00 -0000 [BONUS] Creative Independence on The Accidental Creative bonus Jay Clouse Why I'm focused on Creative Independence more than Financial Independence Last week I was featured on The Accidental Creative, a podcast hosted by Todd Henry since 2005. It’s one of the most influential and important podcasts out there for creative professionals, and I was honored to be a guest. And it’s great for the show too – I’m sure a lot of new listeners found Creative Elements by listening to that episode. In this episode we talk a lot about Creative Independence – a topic I care a lot about and think YOU will too. We all seem to strive for financial independence...but I think creative independence is an even more important goal for a lot of us, and I think you’ll see why. Subscribe to the Accidental Creative Episode #85 with Todd Henry Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Last week I was featured on The Accidental Creative, a podcast hosted by Todd Henry since 2005. It’s one of the most influential and important podcasts out there for creative professionals, and I was honored to be a guest. And it’s great for the show too – I’m sure a lot of new listeners found Creative Elements by listening to that episode.

In this episode we talk a lot about Creative Independence – a topic I care a lot about and think YOU will too. We all seem to strive for financial independence...but I think creative independence is an even more important goal for a lot of us, and I think you’ll see why.

Subscribe to the Accidental Creative

Episode #85 with Todd Henry

Follow Jay on Twitter

Follow Creative Elements on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 1556 no #90: Wes Kao – Should you teach a cohort-based course? https://www.creativeelements.fm/wes-kao Wes Kao is co-founder of Maven, the first platform for cohort-based courses. Maven helps creators build a cohort-based course and deliver an incredible student experience at scale. She helped build cohort-based courses for Outlier.org (from the co-founder of MasterClass), David Perell’s Write of Passage, Tiago Forte’s Build a Second Brain, Section4/Professor Scott Galloway, and Morning Brew. Previously, Wes was the co-founder of the altMBA. Under her leadership, the altMBA grew from zero to 550 cities in 45 countries in three years. She designed the altMBA's beloved coaching system, grew the global community, built the marketing engine, and built a team of 40 people to support rapid scaling. In this episode, we talk about Wes’s early experiences building cohort-based courses, how you can decide whether teaching a CBC is right for you, the frameworks you can use to design your course curriculum, and why Rigorous Thinking helps her to build quickly without wasting time on failed experiments. Learn more about Wes Kao Learn more about Maven Wes's piece on Spiky Points of View Follow Wes on Twitter Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #121: Bryan Harris *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 08 Feb 2022 08:00:00 -0000 Wes Kao – Should you teach a cohort-based course? full 1 90 Jay Clouse Wes Kao is co-founder of Maven, the first platform for cohort-based courses. She also co-founded the altMBA with Seth Godin. Wes Kao is co-founder of Maven, the first platform for cohort-based courses. Maven helps creators build a cohort-based course and deliver an incredible student experience at scale. She helped build cohort-based courses for Outlier.org (from the co-founder of MasterClass), David Perell’s Write of Passage, Tiago Forte’s Build a Second Brain, Section4/Professor Scott Galloway, and Morning Brew. Previously, Wes was the co-founder of the altMBA. Under her leadership, the altMBA grew from zero to 550 cities in 45 countries in three years. She designed the altMBA's beloved coaching system, grew the global community, built the marketing engine, and built a team of 40 people to support rapid scaling. In this episode, we talk about Wes’s early experiences building cohort-based courses, how you can decide whether teaching a CBC is right for you, the frameworks you can use to design your course curriculum, and why Rigorous Thinking helps her to build quickly without wasting time on failed experiments. Learn more about Wes Kao Learn more about Maven Wes's piece on Spiky Points of View Follow Wes on Twitter Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #121: Bryan Harris *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Wes Kao is co-founder of Maven, the first platform for cohort-based courses. Maven helps creators build a cohort-based course and deliver an incredible student experience at scale.

She helped build cohort-based courses for Outlier.org (from the co-founder of MasterClass), David Perell’s Write of Passage, Tiago Forte’s Build a Second Brain, Section4/Professor Scott Galloway, and Morning Brew.

Previously, Wes was the co-founder of the altMBA. Under her leadership, the altMBA grew from zero to 550 cities in 45 countries in three years. She designed the altMBA's beloved coaching system, grew the global community, built the marketing engine, and built a team of 40 people to support rapid scaling.

In this episode, we talk about Wes’s early experiences building cohort-based courses, how you can decide whether teaching a CBC is right for you, the frameworks you can use to design your course curriculum, and why Rigorous Thinking helps her to build quickly without wasting time on failed experiments.

Learn more about Wes Kao

Learn more about Maven

Wes's piece on Spiky Points of View

Follow Wes on Twitter

Follow Jay on Twitter

Follow Creative Elements on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #121: Bryan Harris

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3181 no [REPLAY] #41: Tim Urban – Why the author of Wait But Why focuses on quality over consistency https://www.creativeeleents.fm/replay-tim-urban Tim Urban is the writer of the blog Wait But Why. Tim writes about topics including artificial intelligence, brain-computer interfaces, alien life, the size of the universe, and more. His articles are often tens of thousands of words – the length of finished novels. The success of his blog has garnered millions of unique page views, thousands of patrons and famous fans like Elon Musk. In this episode we talk about the beginning of Wait But Why, his research and writing process, how Tim thinks about A+ work, and why he loves the struggle of writing online. Learn more about Wait But Why Follow Tim Urban on Twitter Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #2: James Clear *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 01 Feb 2022 08:00:00 -0000 [REPLAY] Tim Urban – Why the author of Wait But Why focuses on quality over consistency bonus Jay Clouse Tim Urban is the writer of the blog Wait But Why. Tim writes about topics including artificial intelligence, brain-computer interfaces, alien life, the size of the universe, and more. Tim Urban is the writer of the blog Wait But Why. Tim writes about topics including artificial intelligence, brain-computer interfaces, alien life, the size of the universe, and more. His articles are often tens of thousands of words – the length of finished novels. The success of his blog has garnered millions of unique page views, thousands of patrons and famous fans like Elon Musk. In this episode we talk about the beginning of Wait But Why, his research and writing process, how Tim thinks about A+ work, and why he loves the struggle of writing online. Learn more about Wait But Why Follow Tim Urban on Twitter Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #2: James Clear *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tim Urban is the writer of the blog Wait But Why. Tim writes about topics including artificial intelligence, brain-computer interfaces, alien life, the size of the universe, and more.

His articles are often tens of thousands of words – the length of finished novels. The success of his blog has garnered millions of unique page views, thousands of patrons and famous fans like Elon Musk.

In this episode we talk about the beginning of Wait But Why, his research and writing process, how Tim thinks about A+ work, and why he loves the struggle of writing online.

Learn more about Wait But Why

Follow Tim Urban on Twitter

Follow Jay on Twitter

Follow Creative Elements on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #2: James Clear

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3270 no #89: Hrishikesh Hirway – From full-time musician to Song Exploder and back again https://www.creativeelements.fm/hrishikesh-hirway Hrishikesh Hirway is a musician and podcast creator. He’s the host and creator of Song Exploder, an award-winning podcast and a Netflix original television series, where musicians break down the creative process behind their songs. Vulture called Song Exploder “probably the best use of the podcast format ever.”  As a musician, he’s released four albums under the moniker The One AM Radio, and an EP with Moors, his project with Lakeith Stanfield. Fast Company named him one of the Most Creative People in Business in 2021. He serves the Library of Congress as an advisor on digital strategy. He gave a TED Talk on how to listen to people to connect more deeply with them and their stories. In this episode, we talk about Hrishikesh’s journey as a musician, the disappointing album that led to starting Song Exploder, how he landed a series on Netflix, and how his Willfulness helped him rediscover his passion for creating his own music. Learn more about Hrishikesh Hirway Learn more about Song Exploder Listen to Hrishikesh's new music Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #143: Guy Raz *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 25 Jan 2022 08:00:00 -0000 Hrishikesh Hirway – From full-time musician to Song Exploder and back again full 1 89 Jay Clouse Hrishikesh Hirway is a musician and podcast creator. He’s the host and creator of Song Exploder, an award-winning podcast and a Netflix original television series, where musicians break down the creative process behind their songs. Hrishikesh Hirway is a musician and podcast creator. He’s the host and creator of Song Exploder, an award-winning podcast and a Netflix original television series, where musicians break down the creative process behind their songs. Vulture called Song Exploder “probably the best use of the podcast format ever.”  As a musician, he’s released four albums under the moniker The One AM Radio, and an EP with Moors, his project with Lakeith Stanfield. Fast Company named him one of the Most Creative People in Business in 2021. He serves the Library of Congress as an advisor on digital strategy. He gave a TED Talk on how to listen to people to connect more deeply with them and their stories. In this episode, we talk about Hrishikesh’s journey as a musician, the disappointing album that led to starting Song Exploder, how he landed a series on Netflix, and how his Willfulness helped him rediscover his passion for creating his own music. Learn more about Hrishikesh Hirway Learn more about Song Exploder Listen to Hrishikesh's new music Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #143: Guy Raz *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Hrishikesh Hirway is a musician and podcast creator. He’s the host and creator of Song Exploder, an award-winning podcast and a Netflix original television series, where musicians break down the creative process behind their songs. Vulture called Song Exploder “probably the best use of the podcast format ever.” 

As a musician, he’s released four albums under the moniker The One AM Radio, and an EP with Moors, his project with Lakeith Stanfield.

Fast Company named him one of the Most Creative People in Business in 2021. He serves the Library of Congress as an advisor on digital strategy. He gave a TED Talk on how to listen to people to connect more deeply with them and their stories.

In this episode, we talk about Hrishikesh’s journey as a musician, the disappointing album that led to starting Song Exploder, how he landed a series on Netflix, and how his Willfulness helped him rediscover his passion for creating his own music.

Learn more about Hrishikesh Hirway

Learn more about Song Exploder

Listen to Hrishikesh's new music

Follow Jay on Twitter

Follow Creative Elements on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #143: Guy Raz

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3607 no #88: Tori Dunlap – Building an audience of millions on TikTok with Her First $100K https://www.creativeelements.fm/tori-dunlap/ Tori Dunlap is a nationally-recognized millennial money and career expert. After saving $100,000 at age 25, Tori quit her corporate job in marketing and founded Her First $100K to fight financial inequality by giving women actionable resources to better their money. She has helped over 800,000 women negotiate salaries, pay off debt, build savings, and invest.  A Plutus award winner, her work has been featured on Good Morning America, the Today Show, the New York Times, TIME, PEOPLE, New York Magazine, Forbes, CNBC, and more.   In this episode, we talk about Tori’s start as a creator, what she’s learned about what works on TikTok, her best advice for getting featured in major publications, and why Service is at the core of Tori’s winning content strategy. Learn more about Her First $100K Follow Tori on Instagram Follow Tori on TikTok Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #132: Natalie Ellis *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 18 Jan 2022 08:05:00 -0000 Tori Dunlap – Building an audience of millions on TikTok with Her First $100K full 1 88 Jay Clouse After saving $100,000 at age 25, Tori quit her corporate job in marketing and founded Her First $100K to fight financial inequality by giving women actionable resources to better their money. Tori Dunlap is a nationally-recognized millennial money and career expert. After saving $100,000 at age 25, Tori quit her corporate job in marketing and founded Her First $100K to fight financial inequality by giving women actionable resources to better their money. She has helped over 800,000 women negotiate salaries, pay off debt, build savings, and invest.  A Plutus award winner, her work has been featured on Good Morning America, the Today Show, the New York Times, TIME, PEOPLE, New York Magazine, Forbes, CNBC, and more.   In this episode, we talk about Tori’s start as a creator, what she’s learned about what works on TikTok, her best advice for getting featured in major publications, and why Service is at the core of Tori’s winning content strategy. Learn more about Her First $100K Follow Tori on Instagram Follow Tori on TikTok Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #132: Natalie Ellis *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tori Dunlap is a nationally-recognized millennial money and career expert. After saving $100,000 at age 25, Tori quit her corporate job in marketing and founded Her First $100K to fight financial inequality by giving women actionable resources to better their money. She has helped over 800,000 women negotiate salaries, pay off debt, build savings, and invest. 

A Plutus award winner, her work has been featured on Good Morning America, the Today Show, the New York Times, TIME, PEOPLE, New York Magazine, Forbes, CNBC, and more.  

In this episode, we talk about Tori’s start as a creator, what she’s learned about what works on TikTok, her best advice for getting featured in major publications, and why Service is at the core of Tori’s winning content strategy.

Learn more about Her First $100K

Follow Tori on Instagram

Follow Tori on TikTok

Follow Jay on Twitter

Follow Creative Elements on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #132: Natalie Ellis

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3796 yes #87: Dan Runcie – From business school to music industry insider by covering the business of hip hop https://www.creativeelements.fm/dan-runcie Dan Runcie is the founder of Trapital, a media company covering the business of hip hop. Trapital has been featured in The New York Times, Wall Street Journal, BBC World News, NPR All Things Considered, CNBC, and many more publications, with more than 13,000 subscribers. And 35% of the audience works in the music industry at companies like Universal Music Group, Sony Music, Warner Music Group, Live Nation, 300, Roc Nation, eOne, ASCAP, UnitedMasters, and more. In this episode, we talk about Dan’s pathway into writing the Trapital newsletter, why he shut down a successful paid version of his newsletter to focus on monetizing through consulting, what the subjects of his writing have to say about it, and why Focus has helped him quickly create a name for himself despite being an industry outsider. Learn more about Trapital Follow Dan on Twitter Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #79: Dru Riley *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 11 Jan 2022 08:00:00 -0000 Dan Runcie – From business school to music industry insider by covering the business of hip hop full 1 87 Jay Clouse Dan Runcie is the founder of Trapital, a media company covering the business of hip hop. Dan Runcie is the founder of Trapital, a media company covering the business of hip hop. Trapital has been featured in The New York Times, Wall Street Journal, BBC World News, NPR All Things Considered, CNBC, and many more publications, with more than 13,000 subscribers. And 35% of the audience works in the music industry at companies like Universal Music Group, Sony Music, Warner Music Group, Live Nation, 300, Roc Nation, eOne, ASCAP, UnitedMasters, and more. In this episode, we talk about Dan’s pathway into writing the Trapital newsletter, why he shut down a successful paid version of his newsletter to focus on monetizing through consulting, what the subjects of his writing have to say about it, and why Focus has helped him quickly create a name for himself despite being an industry outsider. Learn more about Trapital Follow Dan on Twitter Follow Jay on Twitter Follow Creative Elements on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #79: Dru Riley *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Dan Runcie is the founder of Trapital, a media company covering the business of hip hop.

Trapital has been featured in The New York Times, Wall Street Journal, BBC World News, NPR All Things Considered, CNBC, and many more publications, with more than 13,000 subscribers.

And 35% of the audience works in the music industry at companies like Universal Music Group, Sony Music, Warner Music Group, Live Nation, 300, Roc Nation, eOne, ASCAP, UnitedMasters, and more.

In this episode, we talk about Dan’s pathway into writing the Trapital newsletter, why he shut down a successful paid version of his newsletter to focus on monetizing through consulting, what the subjects of his writing have to say about it, and why Focus has helped him quickly create a name for himself despite being an industry outsider.

Learn more about Trapital

Follow Dan on Twitter

Follow Jay on Twitter

Follow Creative Elements on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #79: Dru Riley

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3831 no [BONUS] Resonance Revisited with Jay Acunzo on Unthinkable https://www.creativeelements.fm/jay-talking-resonance/ I recently started a mini-series of episodes on the show called Jay-Talking with my friend Jay Acunzo. Those episodes are intended to be a little more raw and really feel more like you are a fly on the wall listening to a conversation between the two of us. Well, Jay recently had me on HIS show, Unthinkable, to continue the Jay-Talking series. We are talking about one of his favorite topics, the idea of Resonance. As Jay likes to say, marketing isn't about who arrives, it’s about who stays. We chatted about Resonance and how he can talk about that topic in a way that resonates with guys like me who may NOT yet be focused as much as resonance as we are on reach or revenue. It’s a fun conversation, and so I’m going to share the episode in it’s entirety today on the feed. Subscribe to Unthinkable *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 06 Jan 2022 08:00:00 -0000 [BONUS] Resonance Revisited with Jay Acunzo on Unthinkable bonus Jay Clouse Re-examining how far we’ve come in trying to understand one key concept of the show: Resonance. I recently started a mini-series of episodes on the show called Jay-Talking with my friend Jay Acunzo. Those episodes are intended to be a little more raw and really feel more like you are a fly on the wall listening to a conversation between the two of us. Well, Jay recently had me on HIS show, Unthinkable, to continue the Jay-Talking series. We are talking about one of his favorite topics, the idea of Resonance. As Jay likes to say, marketing isn't about who arrives, it’s about who stays. We chatted about Resonance and how he can talk about that topic in a way that resonates with guys like me who may NOT yet be focused as much as resonance as we are on reach or revenue. It’s a fun conversation, and so I’m going to share the episode in it’s entirety today on the feed. Subscribe to Unthinkable *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices I recently started a mini-series of episodes on the show called Jay-Talking with my friend Jay Acunzo. Those episodes are intended to be a little more raw and really feel more like you are a fly on the wall listening to a conversation between the two of us.

Well, Jay recently had me on HIS show, Unthinkable, to continue the Jay-Talking series.

We are talking about one of his favorite topics, the idea of Resonance. As Jay likes to say, marketing isn't about who arrives, it’s about who stays.

We chatted about Resonance and how he can talk about that topic in a way that resonates with guys like me who may NOT yet be focused as much as resonance as we are on reach or revenue.

It’s a fun conversation, and so I’m going to share the episode in it’s entirety today on the feed.

Subscribe to Unthinkable

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3828 no #86: Mitch Long AKA OG Pickle – Building brands for influencers and becoming a professional streamer https://www.creativeelements.fm/mitch-long-aka-ogpickle Mitch Long (also known as OG Pickle) is a professional streamer, Twitch Partner, and PUBG Partner. PUBG Partners have an average concurrent viewership of 150 + on Twitch or 50,000+ subscribers on YouTube and they broadcast at least 3 times per week. That’s a high bar – and being a Twitch Partner has a high bar too. Within a 30 day period, you must stream for 25 hours, Stream on 12 different days, and average 75 concurrent viewers. Mitch also played a major part in the development of the Maverick brand with Logan Paul and other influencer brands as well. In this episode, we talk about Mitch’s experience building brands for influencers, the opportunity for creators today to sell merch, how Mitch found initial traction on Twitch, and how Networking played a role in his success. Follow OG Pickle on Twitch Follow OG Pickle on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #53: Bijan Stephen *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 04 Jan 2022 08:00:00 -0000 Mitch Long AKA OG Pickle – Building brands for influencers and becoming a professional streamer full 1 86 Jay Clouse Mitch Long (also known as OG Pickle) is a professional streamer, Twitch Partner, and PUBG Partner. Mitch Long (also known as OG Pickle) is a professional streamer, Twitch Partner, and PUBG Partner. PUBG Partners have an average concurrent viewership of 150 + on Twitch or 50,000+ subscribers on YouTube and they broadcast at least 3 times per week. That’s a high bar – and being a Twitch Partner has a high bar too. Within a 30 day period, you must stream for 25 hours, Stream on 12 different days, and average 75 concurrent viewers. Mitch also played a major part in the development of the Maverick brand with Logan Paul and other influencer brands as well. In this episode, we talk about Mitch’s experience building brands for influencers, the opportunity for creators today to sell merch, how Mitch found initial traction on Twitch, and how Networking played a role in his success. Follow OG Pickle on Twitch Follow OG Pickle on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #53: Bijan Stephen *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Mitch Long (also known as OG Pickle) is a professional streamer, Twitch Partner, and PUBG Partner.

PUBG Partners have an average concurrent viewership of 150 + on Twitch or 50,000+ subscribers on YouTube and they broadcast at least 3 times per week.

That’s a high bar – and being a Twitch Partner has a high bar too. Within a 30 day period, you must stream for 25 hours, Stream on 12 different days, and average 75 concurrent viewers.

Mitch also played a major part in the development of the Maverick brand with Logan Paul and other influencer brands as well.

In this episode, we talk about Mitch’s experience building brands for influencers, the opportunity for creators today to sell merch, how Mitch found initial traction on Twitch, and how Networking played a role in his success.

Follow OG Pickle on Twitch

Follow OG Pickle on Twitter

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #53: Bijan Stephen

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3406 yes #85: Todd Henry – Practices to help you be more creative on-demand https://www.creativeelements.fm/todd-henry/ Todd Henry is the author of five books, including The Accidental Creative, Die Empty, Louder Than Words, Herding Tigers, and The Motivation Code. His books have been translated into more than a dozen languages. He’s the host of The Accidental Creative podcast, which has more than 10 million downloads.  And he’s built one heck of a reputation as an international speaker as well, keynoting more than 30 events per year at times. In this episode, we talk about how you can become more creative on-demand, honing your intuition, why vine keepers destroy perfectly good grapes, Todd’s Idea Factory, and why Deadlines make his whole creative business run. Subscribe to Accidental Creative Learn more about Todd Henry Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #2: James Clear *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 28 Dec 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Todd Henry – Practices to help you be more creative on-demand full 1 85 Jay Clouse Todd Henry is an author, podcaster, and keynote speaker. Todd Henry is the author of five books, including The Accidental Creative, Die Empty, Louder Than Words, Herding Tigers, and The Motivation Code. His books have been translated into more than a dozen languages. He’s the host of The Accidental Creative podcast, which has more than 10 million downloads.  And he’s built one heck of a reputation as an international speaker as well, keynoting more than 30 events per year at times. In this episode, we talk about how you can become more creative on-demand, honing your intuition, why vine keepers destroy perfectly good grapes, Todd’s Idea Factory, and why Deadlines make his whole creative business run. Subscribe to Accidental Creative Learn more about Todd Henry Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #2: James Clear *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Todd Henry is the author of five books, including The Accidental Creative, Die Empty, Louder Than Words, Herding Tigers, and The Motivation Code. His books have been translated into more than a dozen languages.

He’s the host of The Accidental Creative podcast, which has more than 10 million downloads. 

And he’s built one heck of a reputation as an international speaker as well, keynoting more than 30 events per year at times.

In this episode, we talk about how you can become more creative on-demand, honing your intuition, why vine keepers destroy perfectly good grapes, Todd’s Idea Factory, and why Deadlines make his whole creative business run.

Subscribe to Accidental Creative

Learn more about Todd Henry

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #2: James Clear

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3525 no #84: 11 Lessons Learned in 2021 https://www.creativeelements.fm/11-lessons-2021 I think we can all agree that any year is a step up from the year that was 2020...but I have to say, 2021 was better than I could've imagined. I won't focus on my own results too much, but I made some big moves this year that have really paid off in a big way. First, I joined Pat Flynn and the SPI time when Unreal Collective was acquired. That was a scary decision to make, and it wasn't easy to make either! But it was absolutely the right call for a few reasons: I had the opportunity to lead the Community Experience team. It gave Unreal members the opportunity to join an even better membership (for free) I worked alongside an amazing team and saw how a creator business at scale operates. It allowed me to focus on the non-service-related aspects of my own content business. As a result, my overall business income increased nearly 50% this year. And while my 2020 income was nearly 70% service-based, less than 2% of my 2021 income was service-based. It's been an amazing year, and I feel so fortunate. The business is in a place now where I can truly be intentional about what I create, who I partner with, where I invest my energy, and more. And YOU have had a big part in that. But I want to highlight some of the other lessons I've learned this year that I think can serve you in your life as a creator too. Subscribe to my newsletter Twitter thread on why community is hard Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → What we’ve learned in our first year on YouTube *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 21 Dec 2021 08:00:00 -0000 11 Lessons Learned in 2021 full 1 84 Jay Clouse Looking back on some of the major lessons learned that led to my best year ever I think we can all agree that any year is a step up from the year that was 2020...but I have to say, 2021 was better than I could've imagined. I won't focus on my own results too much, but I made some big moves this year that have really paid off in a big way. First, I joined Pat Flynn and the SPI time when Unreal Collective was acquired. That was a scary decision to make, and it wasn't easy to make either! But it was absolutely the right call for a few reasons: I had the opportunity to lead the Community Experience team. It gave Unreal members the opportunity to join an even better membership (for free) I worked alongside an amazing team and saw how a creator business at scale operates. It allowed me to focus on the non-service-related aspects of my own content business. As a result, my overall business income increased nearly 50% this year. And while my 2020 income was nearly 70% service-based, less than 2% of my 2021 income was service-based. It's been an amazing year, and I feel so fortunate. The business is in a place now where I can truly be intentional about what I create, who I partner with, where I invest my energy, and more. And YOU have had a big part in that. But I want to highlight some of the other lessons I've learned this year that I think can serve you in your life as a creator too. Subscribe to my newsletter Twitter thread on why community is hard Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → What we’ve learned in our first year on YouTube *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices I think we can all agree that any year is a step up from the year that was 2020...but I have to say, 2021 was better than I could've imagined.

I won't focus on my own results too much, but I made some big moves this year that have really paid off in a big way. First, I joined Pat Flynn and the SPI time when Unreal Collective was acquired.

That was a scary decision to make, and it wasn't easy to make either! But it was absolutely the right call for a few reasons:

  • I had the opportunity to lead the Community Experience team.
  • It gave Unreal members the opportunity to join an even better membership (for free)
  • I worked alongside an amazing team and saw how a creator business at scale operates.
  • It allowed me to focus on the non-service-related aspects of my own content business.

As a result, my overall business income increased nearly 50% this year. And while my 2020 income was nearly 70% service-based, less than 2% of my 2021 income was service-based.

It's been an amazing year, and I feel so fortunate. The business is in a place now where I can truly be intentional about what I create, who I partner with, where I invest my energy, and more. And YOU have had a big part in that.

But I want to highlight some of the other lessons I've learned this year that I think can serve you in your life as a creator too.

Subscribe to my newsletter

Twitter thread on why community is hard

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ What we’ve learned in our first year on YouTube

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 1081 no #83: Joe Skinner – How to turn short interviews into structured, high-production podcast episodes https://www.creativeelements.fm/joe-skinner Joe Skinner is the host and founding producer of American Masters: Creative Spark. American Masters: Creative Spark is a Webby-winning arts and culture podcast that explores what makes a master. Following the model of the signature PBS biography series, American Masters: Creative Spark celebrates diverse artists and cultural icons who represent a wide range of disciplines, from music and comedy to poetry and film. As Digital Lead for the award-winning national PBS documentary series "American Masters," Joe oversees digital content and strategy for the brand. This includes the production of original digital-forward culture and arts video series', audio series', as well as general content and engagement strategy for the "American Masters" PBS.org website and across all branded social accounts. In this episode, we talk about Joe’s experience with audio, video, and even photography, how he prepares for interviews, we compare notes on producing a narrative-interview podcast, and Joe explains how good storytelling comes from finding the elements of humanity and common ground with his interview subjects. Subscribe to American Masters: Creative Spark Learn more about American Masters Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #143: Guy Raz *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 14 Dec 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Joe Skinner – How to turn short interviews into structured, high-production podcast episodes full 1 83 Jay Clouse Joe Skinner is the host and founding producer of American Masters: Creative Spark. Joe Skinner is the host and founding producer of American Masters: Creative Spark. American Masters: Creative Spark is a Webby-winning arts and culture podcast that explores what makes a master. Following the model of the signature PBS biography series, American Masters: Creative Spark celebrates diverse artists and cultural icons who represent a wide range of disciplines, from music and comedy to poetry and film. As Digital Lead for the award-winning national PBS documentary series "American Masters," Joe oversees digital content and strategy for the brand. This includes the production of original digital-forward culture and arts video series', audio series', as well as general content and engagement strategy for the "American Masters" PBS.org website and across all branded social accounts. In this episode, we talk about Joe’s experience with audio, video, and even photography, how he prepares for interviews, we compare notes on producing a narrative-interview podcast, and Joe explains how good storytelling comes from finding the elements of humanity and common ground with his interview subjects. Subscribe to American Masters: Creative Spark Learn more about American Masters Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #143: Guy Raz *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Joe Skinner is the host and founding producer of American Masters: Creative Spark.

American Masters: Creative Spark is a Webby-winning arts and culture podcast that explores what makes a master. Following the model of the signature PBS biography series, American Masters: Creative Spark celebrates diverse artists and cultural icons who represent a wide range of disciplines, from music and comedy to poetry and film.

As Digital Lead for the award-winning national PBS documentary series "American Masters," Joe oversees digital content and strategy for the brand. This includes the production of original digital-forward culture and arts video series', audio series', as well as general content and engagement strategy for the "American Masters" PBS.org website and across all branded social accounts.

In this episode, we talk about Joe’s experience with audio, video, and even photography, how he prepares for interviews, we compare notes on producing a narrative-interview podcast, and Joe explains how good storytelling comes from finding the elements of humanity and common ground with his interview subjects.

Subscribe to American Masters: Creative Spark

Learn more about American Masters

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #143: Guy Raz

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3441 no #82: Michael Bungay Stanier – How to Begin Setting a Worthy Goal https://www.creativeelements.fm/michael-bungay-stanier Michael Bungay Stanier has written books that have sold about a million copies all told, including The Coaching Habit, a self-published book that’s become the best-selling book on coaching this century. He was a Rhodes Scholar, and he founded a training and development company, Box of Crayons, that has taught coaching skills to hundreds of thousands of people around the world. His new book How to Begin: Start Doing Something that Matters will help you find, define and start your own Worthy Goal. In this episode, we talk about Michael’s career as an author what makes a worthy goal, how to clear space for your worthy goals, and why striving for simplicity helps you be more effective. Pre-order How To Begin Learn more about Michael Bungay Stanier Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #120: Derek Sivers *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 07 Dec 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Michael Bungay Stanier – How to Begin Setting a Worthy Goal full 1 82 Jay Clouse In this episode, we talk about Michael’s career as an author what makes a worthy goal, how to clear space for your worthy goals, and why striving for simplicity helps you be more effective. Michael Bungay Stanier has written books that have sold about a million copies all told, including The Coaching Habit, a self-published book that’s become the best-selling book on coaching this century. He was a Rhodes Scholar, and he founded a training and development company, Box of Crayons, that has taught coaching skills to hundreds of thousands of people around the world. His new book How to Begin: Start Doing Something that Matters will help you find, define and start your own Worthy Goal. In this episode, we talk about Michael’s career as an author what makes a worthy goal, how to clear space for your worthy goals, and why striving for simplicity helps you be more effective. Pre-order How To Begin Learn more about Michael Bungay Stanier Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #120: Derek Sivers *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Michael Bungay Stanier has written books that have sold about a million copies all told, including The Coaching Habit, a self-published book that’s become the best-selling book on coaching this century. He was a Rhodes Scholar, and he founded a training and development company, Box of Crayons, that has taught coaching skills to hundreds of thousands of people around the world.

His new book How to Begin: Start Doing Something that Matters will help you find, define and start your own Worthy Goal.

In this episode, we talk about Michael’s career as an author what makes a worthy goal, how to clear space for your worthy goals, and why striving for simplicity helps you be more effective.

Pre-order How To Begin

Learn more about Michael Bungay Stanier

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #120: Derek Sivers

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3372 no #81: Jay-Talking about Speaking with Jay Acunzo https://creativeelements.fm/jay-talking-speaking Jay Acunzo is an author, a speaker, and a showrunner. He started his career in marketing working with ESPN, Google and HubSpot. He currently hosts two podcasts. One is called 3 Clips, which was recently acquired by a podcasting platform called Castos, and the other is called Unthinkable, a storytelling podcast about creative people who break from conventional thinking to make what matters most. I recently reached out to Jay to ask him questions about speaking, and we decided to turn that conversation into a podcast episode to help others too. I’m calling this “Jay Talking,” a series of conversations with my friend Jay Acunzo that are less so an interview, and more so a conversation between two creators in the trenches of building their businesses. In this episode of Jay Talking, we talk about speaking, the differences between a keynote and a breakout, how to land gigs, how to prepare for gigs, and some actual next steps I could take if I wanted to become a keynote like my friend Jay. Follow Jay Acunzo on twitter Check out Jay Acunzo's website Subscribe to Unthinkable Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #98: Jay Acunzo *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 30 Nov 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Jay-Talking about Speaking with Jay Acunzo full 1 81 Jay Clouse Talking about what it takes to be a professional keynote speaker Jay Acunzo is an author, a speaker, and a showrunner. He started his career in marketing working with ESPN, Google and HubSpot. He currently hosts two podcasts. One is called 3 Clips, which was recently acquired by a podcasting platform called Castos, and the other is called Unthinkable, a storytelling podcast about creative people who break from conventional thinking to make what matters most. I recently reached out to Jay to ask him questions about speaking, and we decided to turn that conversation into a podcast episode to help others too. I’m calling this “Jay Talking,” a series of conversations with my friend Jay Acunzo that are less so an interview, and more so a conversation between two creators in the trenches of building their businesses. In this episode of Jay Talking, we talk about speaking, the differences between a keynote and a breakout, how to land gigs, how to prepare for gigs, and some actual next steps I could take if I wanted to become a keynote like my friend Jay. Follow Jay Acunzo on twitter Check out Jay Acunzo's website Subscribe to Unthinkable Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #98: Jay Acunzo *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Jay Acunzo is an author, a speaker, and a showrunner. He started his career in marketing working with ESPN, Google and HubSpot. He currently hosts two podcasts. One is called 3 Clips, which was recently acquired by a podcasting platform called Castos, and the other is called Unthinkable, a storytelling podcast about creative people who break from conventional thinking to make what matters most.

I recently reached out to Jay to ask him questions about speaking, and we decided to turn that conversation into a podcast episode to help others too.

I’m calling this “Jay Talking,” a series of conversations with my friend Jay Acunzo that are less so an interview, and more so a conversation between two creators in the trenches of building their businesses.

In this episode of Jay Talking, we talk about speaking, the differences between a keynote and a breakout, how to land gigs, how to prepare for gigs, and some actual next steps I could take if I wanted to become a keynote like my friend Jay.

Follow Jay Acunzo on twitter

Check out Jay Acunzo's website

Subscribe to Unthinkable

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #98: Jay Acunzo

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4022 no Unveiling Our New Cover Art! https://www.creativeelements.fm/new-artwork I'm thrilled to share the new Creative Elements cover artwork with you. Thanks to Johnny Ropple of Brave Little Beast for the new artwork! Follow Emily Clouse on Instagram *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 23 Nov 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Unveiling Our New Cover Art! bonus Jay Clouse After a year and a half, it was time to upgrade this show's artwork. I'm thrilled to share the new Creative Elements cover artwork with you. Thanks to Johnny Ropple of Brave Little Beast for the new artwork! Follow Emily Clouse on Instagram *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices I'm thrilled to share the new Creative Elements cover artwork with you.

Thanks to Johnny Ropple of Brave Little Beast for the new artwork!

Follow Emily Clouse on Instagram

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 368 no #80: Lauren Hom – How turning your work into play turns into my clients and more opportunities https://www.creativeelements.fm/lauren-hom Lauren Hom is a designer and hand lettering artist based in Detroit (formerly New York & Los Angeles). Lauren is known for her bright color palettes and playful letterforms. She has created work for clients like Starbucks, Google, AT&T, YouTube and TIME Magazine. Her work has been recognized by Communication Arts, the Type Directors Club, and the Webby Awards.  Lauren is also the author of the popular blog and book Daily Dishonesty. She finds that she's happiest when creating; so, when she's not working, you can find her baking yummy things, selling your ex-boyfriend's tears, or putting bread on her head. In this episode, we talk about Lauren’s experience getting (and leaving) her dream job, what she took away from her time at an ad agency, how she grew her Instagram account to 250,000 followers, and why her instinct to bring play into her work has helped her find new clients and new opportunity. Visit Lauren Hom's website Follow Lauren Hom on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #13: Cat Coquillette *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 16 Nov 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Lauren Hom – How turning your work into play turns into more clients and more opportunities full 1 80 Jay Clouse Lauren is known for her bright color palettes and playful letterforms. She has created work for clients like Starbucks, Google, AT&T, YouTube and TIME Magazine. Her work has been recognized by Communication Arts, the Type Directors Club, and the Webby Awards. Lauren Hom is a designer and hand lettering artist based in Detroit (formerly New York & Los Angeles). Lauren is known for her bright color palettes and playful letterforms. She has created work for clients like Starbucks, Google, AT&T, YouTube and TIME Magazine. Her work has been recognized by Communication Arts, the Type Directors Club, and the Webby Awards.  Lauren is also the author of the popular blog and book Daily Dishonesty. She finds that she's happiest when creating; so, when she's not working, you can find her baking yummy things, selling your ex-boyfriend's tears, or putting bread on her head. In this episode, we talk about Lauren’s experience getting (and leaving) her dream job, what she took away from her time at an ad agency, how she grew her Instagram account to 250,000 followers, and why her instinct to bring play into her work has helped her find new clients and new opportunity. Visit Lauren Hom's website Follow Lauren Hom on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #13: Cat Coquillette *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Lauren Hom is a designer and hand lettering artist based in Detroit (formerly New York & Los Angeles).

Lauren is known for her bright color palettes and playful letterforms. She has created work for clients like Starbucks, Google, AT&T, YouTube and TIME Magazine. Her work has been recognized by Communication Arts, the Type Directors Club, and the Webby Awards. 

Lauren is also the author of the popular blog and book Daily Dishonesty. She finds that she's happiest when creating; so, when she's not working, you can find her baking yummy things, selling your ex-boyfriend's tears, or putting bread on her head.

In this episode, we talk about Lauren’s experience getting (and leaving) her dream job, what she took away from her time at an ad agency, how she grew her Instagram account to 250,000 followers, and why her instinct to bring play into her work has helped her find new clients and new opportunity.

Visit Lauren Hom's website

Follow Lauren Hom on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #13: Cat Coquillette

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3371 no #79: Dru Riley – 45,000+ email subscribers in less than 2 years https://www.creativeelements.com/dru-riley Dru Riley is the creator of Trends.vc, which has more than 45,000 subscribers and 1,000 Pro members. With each Trends report, Dru focuses on one core idea or movement. He dives into the history of that idea, why it matters, who the major players in that industry are, the relevant tools and platforms, predictions, opportunities, risks, key lessons, and even some of the opposing viewpoints as to why that idea is bogus. Trends also has a Pro subscription that goes deeper into each of those areas and includes other forms of media, a community, and more. In this episode, we talk about Dru’s mini-retirement, why he decided to build Trends, how he thinks about pricing and monetization, what makes a good online community, and why Being Concise has helped along the way. Subscribe to Trends.vc Learn more about Dru Riley Follow Dru Riley on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #87: Dan Runcie *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 09 Nov 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Dru Riley – 45,000+ email subscribers in less than 2 years full 1 79 Jay Clouse Dru Riley is the creator of Trends.vc, which has more than 45,000 subscribers and 1,000 Pro members. Dru Riley is the creator of Trends.vc, which has more than 45,000 subscribers and 1,000 Pro members. With each Trends report, Dru focuses on one core idea or movement. He dives into the history of that idea, why it matters, who the major players in that industry are, the relevant tools and platforms, predictions, opportunities, risks, key lessons, and even some of the opposing viewpoints as to why that idea is bogus. Trends also has a Pro subscription that goes deeper into each of those areas and includes other forms of media, a community, and more. In this episode, we talk about Dru’s mini-retirement, why he decided to build Trends, how he thinks about pricing and monetization, what makes a good online community, and why Being Concise has helped along the way. Subscribe to Trends.vc Learn more about Dru Riley Follow Dru Riley on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #87: Dan Runcie *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Dru Riley is the creator of Trends.vc, which has more than 45,000 subscribers and 1,000 Pro members.

With each Trends report, Dru focuses on one core idea or movement. He dives into the history of that idea, why it matters, who the major players in that industry are, the relevant tools and platforms, predictions, opportunities, risks, key lessons, and even some of the opposing viewpoints as to why that idea is bogus.

Trends also has a Pro subscription that goes deeper into each of those areas and includes other forms of media, a community, and more.

In this episode, we talk about Dru’s mini-retirement, why he decided to build Trends, how he thinks about pricing and monetization, what makes a good online community, and why Being Concise has helped along the way.

Subscribe to Trends.vc

Learn more about Dru Riley

Follow Dru Riley on Twitter

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #87: Dan Runcie

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3215 no #78: Marie Poulin – Earning $40,000 per month as a course creator https://creativeelements.fm/marie-poulin Marie Poulin is the creator of Notion Mastery. Marie helps ambitious business owners design their life and business systems, so they can make space for growth. Notion is one of her favorite tools for making your goals visible and taking action on your ideas, and she loves showing folks how to use it to Supercharge their productivity. Marie educates people on how to use Notion on YouTube and through Notion Mastery, her 12-month, semi-guided learning journey. She provides video instruction and all kinds of templates as a starting point, which she pairs with weekly live office hours, an online community, live demos, coaching hot seats, and even some additional workshops. In this episode, we talk about Marie’s transition from agency job to full-time freelance, her discovery of online education, her foray into creating a software product, the origins of Notion Mastery, and why her inconsistency hasn’t slowed her down one bit. Learn more about Notion Mastery Enroll in Notion Mastery (affiliate) Follow Marie Poulin on Twitter Follow Marie Poulin on Youtube Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #102: Tiago Forte *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 02 Nov 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Marie Poulin – Earning $40,000 per month as a course creator full 1 78 Jay Clouse Marie’s transition from agency job to full-time freelance, her discovery of online education, her foray into creating a software product, the origins of Notion Mastery, and why her inconsistency hasn’t slowed her down one bit. Marie Poulin is the creator of Notion Mastery. Marie helps ambitious business owners design their life and business systems, so they can make space for growth. Notion is one of her favorite tools for making your goals visible and taking action on your ideas, and she loves showing folks how to use it to Supercharge their productivity. Marie educates people on how to use Notion on YouTube and through Notion Mastery, her 12-month, semi-guided learning journey. She provides video instruction and all kinds of templates as a starting point, which she pairs with weekly live office hours, an online community, live demos, coaching hot seats, and even some additional workshops. In this episode, we talk about Marie’s transition from agency job to full-time freelance, her discovery of online education, her foray into creating a software product, the origins of Notion Mastery, and why her inconsistency hasn’t slowed her down one bit. Learn more about Notion Mastery Enroll in Notion Mastery (affiliate) Follow Marie Poulin on Twitter Follow Marie Poulin on Youtube Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #102: Tiago Forte *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Marie Poulin is the creator of Notion Mastery. Marie helps ambitious business owners design their life and business systems, so they can make space for growth.

Notion is one of her favorite tools for making your goals visible and taking action on your ideas, and she loves showing folks how to use it to Supercharge their productivity.

Marie educates people on how to use Notion on YouTube and through Notion Mastery, her 12-month, semi-guided learning journey. She provides video instruction and all kinds of templates as a starting point, which she pairs with weekly live office hours, an online community, live demos, coaching hot seats, and even some additional workshops.

In this episode, we talk about Marie’s transition from agency job to full-time freelance, her discovery of online education, her foray into creating a software product, the origins of Notion Mastery, and why her inconsistency hasn’t slowed her down one bit.

Learn more about Notion Mastery

Enroll in Notion Mastery (affiliate)

Follow Marie Poulin on Twitter

Follow Marie Poulin on Youtube

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #102: Tiago Forte

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3635 #77: Andy J. Pizza – Writing with pictures and developing your taste https://creativeelements.fm/andy-j-pizza/ Andy J. Pizza is an illustrator.  Sometimes he uses pictures. Like in his kid’s books, comics, and client work for the likes of The New York Times, Apple, or Nickelodeon.  Sometimes he uses words. Like when he’s making his podcast Creative Pep Talk. CPT consists of monologues on building a thriving creative practice and conversations with creative powerhouses like Joseph Gordon-Levitt, Abbi Jacobson, and Morgan Harper Nichols. His favorite way to illustrate ideas is with analogies and stories on stage. Andy’s style of public speaking is one part TED Talk, one part one-man show — with a sprinkle of stand-up comedy. In this episode, we talk about creative taste and intuition, watching the tape, playing your hits, creative habits, and why he’s more focused on storytelling than ever before. Andy J. Pizza's new course on Skillshare (Free Trial) Follow Andy J. Pizza on Instagram Follow Andy J. Pizza on Twitter Subscribe to Creative Pep Talk Visit Andy J. Pizza's website Unmaking the Myth Series with Skillshare on YouTube Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 26 Oct 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Andy J. Pizza – Writing with pictures and developing your taste full 1 77 Jay Clouse Andy J. Pizza is an illustrator and the host of the Creative Pep Talk podcast. Andy J. Pizza is an illustrator.  Sometimes he uses pictures. Like in his kid’s books, comics, and client work for the likes of The New York Times, Apple, or Nickelodeon.  Sometimes he uses words. Like when he’s making his podcast Creative Pep Talk. CPT consists of monologues on building a thriving creative practice and conversations with creative powerhouses like Joseph Gordon-Levitt, Abbi Jacobson, and Morgan Harper Nichols. His favorite way to illustrate ideas is with analogies and stories on stage. Andy’s style of public speaking is one part TED Talk, one part one-man show — with a sprinkle of stand-up comedy. In this episode, we talk about creative taste and intuition, watching the tape, playing your hits, creative habits, and why he’s more focused on storytelling than ever before. Andy J. Pizza's new course on Skillshare (Free Trial) Follow Andy J. Pizza on Instagram Follow Andy J. Pizza on Twitter Subscribe to Creative Pep Talk Visit Andy J. Pizza's website Unmaking the Myth Series with Skillshare on YouTube Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Andy J. Pizza is an illustrator. 

Sometimes he uses pictures. Like in his kid’s books, comics, and client work for the likes of The New York Times, Apple, or Nickelodeon. 

Sometimes he uses words. Like when he’s making his podcast Creative Pep Talk. CPT consists of monologues on building a thriving creative practice and conversations with creative powerhouses like Joseph Gordon-Levitt, Abbi Jacobson, and Morgan Harper Nichols.

His favorite way to illustrate ideas is with analogies and stories on stage. Andy’s style of public speaking is one part TED Talk, one part one-man show — with a sprinkle of stand-up comedy.

In this episode, we talk about creative taste and intuition, watching the tape, playing your hits, creative habits, and why he’s more focused on storytelling than ever before.

Andy J. Pizza's new course on Skillshare (Free Trial)

Follow Andy J. Pizza on Instagram

Follow Andy J. Pizza on Twitter

Subscribe to Creative Pep Talk

Visit Andy J. Pizza's website

Unmaking the Myth Series with Skillshare on YouTube

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3574 no #76: Andrew Warner – How to be a better conversationalist with the host of 2,000+ interviews https://creativeelements.fm/andrew-warner/ Andrew Warner is the founder of Mixergy and host of the Startup Stories Podcast by Mixergy, where he uncovers the secrets of the world’s best founders. Over the course of 2,000+ episodes, Andrew has interviewed everyone from Barbara Corcoran, to Gary Vee, to the founders of Airbnb. He's also the author of Stop Asking Questions: How to Lead High-Impact Interviews And Learn Anything from Anyone. After building two startups of his own—one successful and one failed—Andrew started Mixergy as a way to learn from other entrepreneurs. Today, Mixergy is a place where successful people teach ambitious upstarts through interviews, courses, masterclasses, and events.  So in this episode, we talk about why Andrew became fascinated with learning from others, feeling starstruck as an interviewer, small ways YOU can become a better conversationalist, and how his persistence has helped him through the challenges of building a podcast and writing this book. Learn more about Mixergy Order Stop Asking Questions Follow Andrew on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #143: Guy Raz *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 19 Oct 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Andrew Warner – How to be a better conversationalist with the host of 2,000+ interviews full 1 76 Jay Clouse Andrew Warner is the founder of Mixergy and host of the Startup Stories Podcast by Mixergy, where he uncovers the secrets of the world’s best founders. Andrew Warner is the founder of Mixergy and host of the Startup Stories Podcast by Mixergy, where he uncovers the secrets of the world’s best founders. Over the course of 2,000+ episodes, Andrew has interviewed everyone from Barbara Corcoran, to Gary Vee, to the founders of Airbnb. He's also the author of Stop Asking Questions: How to Lead High-Impact Interviews And Learn Anything from Anyone. After building two startups of his own—one successful and one failed—Andrew started Mixergy as a way to learn from other entrepreneurs. Today, Mixergy is a place where successful people teach ambitious upstarts through interviews, courses, masterclasses, and events.  So in this episode, we talk about why Andrew became fascinated with learning from others, feeling starstruck as an interviewer, small ways YOU can become a better conversationalist, and how his persistence has helped him through the challenges of building a podcast and writing this book. Learn more about Mixergy Order Stop Asking Questions Follow Andrew on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #143: Guy Raz *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Andrew Warner is the founder of Mixergy and host of the Startup Stories Podcast by Mixergy, where he uncovers the secrets of the world’s best founders. Over the course of 2,000+ episodes, Andrew has interviewed everyone from Barbara Corcoran, to Gary Vee, to the founders of Airbnb.

He's also the author of Stop Asking Questions: How to Lead High-Impact Interviews And Learn Anything from Anyone.

After building two startups of his own—one successful and one failed—Andrew started Mixergy as a way to learn from other entrepreneurs. Today, Mixergy is a place where successful people teach ambitious upstarts through interviews, courses, masterclasses, and events. 

So in this episode, we talk about why Andrew became fascinated with learning from others, feeling starstruck as an interviewer, small ways YOU can become a better conversationalist, and how his persistence has helped him through the challenges of building a podcast and writing this book.

Learn more about Mixergy

Order Stop Asking Questions

Follow Andrew on Twitter

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #143: Guy Raz

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3460 no [REPLAY] #30: Anne-Laure Le Cunff – From burnout to mindful productivity and quickly building an audience https://creativeelements.fm/replay-anne-laure-le-cunff LISTENER SURVEY Click here to complete our listener survey Leave me a voicemail *** Anne-Laure Le Cunff is an entrepreneur, an ex-Googler, and a neuroscience student. She’s the creator of Ness Labs and a Masters of Science in Applied Neuroscience candidate at King's College. She writes a lot about "mindful productivity," and every week she sends a newsletter called Maker Mind with practical content at the intersection of neuroscience and entrepreneurship. Her work has been featured in WIRED, Forbes, FT, Rolling Stone, and more. In this episode we talk about how Anne-Laure quickly grew her Twitter audience, Ness Labs, and how Mindfulness has allowed her to be prolific in her writing while getting a graduate degree in applied neuroscience. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #102: Tiago Forte *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 14 Oct 2021 07:00:00 -0000 [REPLAY] Anne-Laure Le Cunff – From burnout to mindful productivity and quickly building an audience bonus Jay Clouse Anne-Laure Le Cunff is an entrepreneur, an ex-Googler, and a neuroscience student. She’s the creator of Ness Labs and a Masters of Science in Applied Neuroscience candidate at King's College. LISTENER SURVEY Click here to complete our listener survey Leave me a voicemail *** Anne-Laure Le Cunff is an entrepreneur, an ex-Googler, and a neuroscience student. She’s the creator of Ness Labs and a Masters of Science in Applied Neuroscience candidate at King's College. She writes a lot about "mindful productivity," and every week she sends a newsletter called Maker Mind with practical content at the intersection of neuroscience and entrepreneurship. Her work has been featured in WIRED, Forbes, FT, Rolling Stone, and more. In this episode we talk about how Anne-Laure quickly grew her Twitter audience, Ness Labs, and how Mindfulness has allowed her to be prolific in her writing while getting a graduate degree in applied neuroscience. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #102: Tiago Forte *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices LISTENER SURVEY

Click here to complete our listener survey

Leave me a voicemail

***

Anne-Laure Le Cunff is an entrepreneur, an ex-Googler, and a neuroscience student. She’s the creator of Ness Labs and a Masters of Science in Applied Neuroscience candidate at King's College.

She writes a lot about "mindful productivity," and every week she sends a newsletter called Maker Mind with practical content at the intersection of neuroscience and entrepreneurship. Her work has been featured in WIRED, Forbes, FT, Rolling Stone, and more.

In this episode we talk about how Anne-Laure quickly grew her Twitter audience, Ness Labs, and how Mindfulness has allowed her to be prolific in her writing while getting a graduate degree in applied neuroscience.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #102: Tiago Forte

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3269 no Take our Listener Survey for a chance to win $200 https://creativeelements.fm/ LISTENER SURVEY Click here to complete our listener survey Leave me a voicemail *** This week I'm asking for your help. Podcast analytics are terrible, and I want to know more about YOU. Please take our Creative Elements Listener Survey for a chance to win one of two $200 Amazon Gift Cards! The survey takes 5-10 minutes to complete, and the winners will be chosen at random on November 1. And when you finish the survey, leave me a voicemail! I'm putting together an episode of listener questions, so feel free to leave a question about creativity, business, past episodes of the show, or anything else on your mind. Your help on this goes a LONG way, and I appreciate you taking the time! *** IF YOU LOVE CREATIVE ELEMENTS Leave me a voicemail Complete our listener survey Subscribe to weekly episode emails Leave a review on Apple Podcasts Buy Me A Coffee *** ABOUT JAY CLOUSE Learn more about me Subscribe to my newsletter, Creative Companion Connect with me on Twitter Connect with me on Instagram Join #Tweet100 *** FOR PODCASTERS Enroll in my podcasting workshop Enroll in my course on podcasting, Podcast Like The Pros Learn more about Podpage *** SPONSORS Try Podia and save 15% for life as a Creative Elements listener Start your free trial of SavvyCal and get your first month free using promo code ELEMENTS Get a free month of Blinkist Premium *** PODGLOMERATE NETWORK This show is a part of the Podglomerate network, a company that produces, distributes, and monetizes podcasts. We encourage you to visit the website and sign up for our newsletter for more information about our shows, launches, and events. For more information on how The Podglomerate treats data, please see our Privacy Policy.  Since you're listening to Creative Elements, we'd like to suggest you also try other Podglomerate shows surrounding entrepreneurship, business, and careers like Rocketship.fm and Freelance to Founder. Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 12 Oct 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Take our Listener Survey for a chance to win $200 bonus Jay Clouse This week I'm asking for your help. Podcast analytics are terrible, and I want to know more about YOU. Please take our Creative Elements Listener Survey for a chance to win one of two $200 Amazon Gift Cards! LISTENER SURVEY Click here to complete our listener survey Leave me a voicemail *** This week I'm asking for your help. Podcast analytics are terrible, and I want to know more about YOU. Please take our Creative Elements Listener Survey for a chance to win one of two $200 Amazon Gift Cards! The survey takes 5-10 minutes to complete, and the winners will be chosen at random on November 1. And when you finish the survey, leave me a voicemail! I'm putting together an episode of listener questions, so feel free to leave a question about creativity, business, past episodes of the show, or anything else on your mind. Your help on this goes a LONG way, and I appreciate you taking the time! *** IF YOU LOVE CREATIVE ELEMENTS Leave me a voicemail Complete our listener survey Subscribe to weekly episode emails Leave a review on Apple Podcasts Buy Me A Coffee *** ABOUT JAY CLOUSE Learn more about me Subscribe to my newsletter, Creative Companion Connect with me on Twitter Connect with me on Instagram Join #Tweet100 *** FOR PODCASTERS Enroll in my podcasting workshop Enroll in my course on podcasting, Podcast Like The Pros Learn more about Podpage *** SPONSORS Try Podia and save 15% for life as a Creative Elements listener Start your free trial of SavvyCal and get your first month free using promo code ELEMENTS Get a free month of Blinkist Premium *** PODGLOMERATE NETWORK This show is a part of the Podglomerate network, a company that produces, distributes, and monetizes podcasts. We encourage you to visit the website and sign up for our newsletter for more information about our shows, launches, and events. For more information on how The Podglomerate treats data, please see our Privacy Policy.  Since you're listening to Creative Elements, we'd like to suggest you also try other Podglomerate shows surrounding entrepreneurship, business, and careers like Rocketship.fm and Freelance to Founder. Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices LISTENER SURVEY

Click here to complete our listener survey

Leave me a voicemail

***

This week I'm asking for your help. Podcast analytics are terrible, and I want to know more about YOU. Please take our Creative Elements Listener Survey for a chance to win one of two $200 Amazon Gift Cards!

The survey takes 5-10 minutes to complete, and the winners will be chosen at random on November 1.

And when you finish the survey, leave me a voicemail! I'm putting together an episode of listener questions, so feel free to leave a question about creativity, business, past episodes of the show, or anything else on your mind.

Your help on this goes a LONG way, and I appreciate you taking the time!

***

IF YOU LOVE CREATIVE ELEMENTS

Leave me a voicemail

Complete our listener survey

Subscribe to weekly episode emails

Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

Buy Me A Coffee

***

ABOUT JAY CLOUSE

Learn more about me

Subscribe to my newsletter, Creative Companion

Connect with me on Twitter

Connect with me on Instagram

Join #Tweet100

***

FOR PODCASTERS

Enroll in my podcasting workshop

Enroll in my course on podcasting, Podcast Like The Pros

Learn more about Podpage

***

SPONSORS

Try Podia and save 15% for life as a Creative Elements listener

Start your free trial of SavvyCal and get your first month free using promo code ELEMENTS

Get a free month of Blinkist Premium

***

PODGLOMERATE NETWORK

This show is a part of the Podglomerate network, a company that produces, distributes, and monetizes podcasts. We encourage you to visit the website and sign up for our newsletter for more information about our shows, launches, and events. For more information on how The Podglomerate treats data, please see our Privacy Policy. 

Since you're listening to Creative Elements, we'd like to suggest you also try other Podglomerate shows surrounding entrepreneurship, business, and careers like Rocketship.fm and Freelance to Founder.

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 322 no #75: Ali Spagnola – Making outrageous music and videos while trying to befriend the algorithm https://creativeelements.fm/ali-spagnola/ Ali Spagnola is a musician, comedian, and artist. Ali creates outrageous videos including turning her car into a Chia Pet, covering her apartment with fur, or putting 3200 PopSockets on her wall! She also creates "What If" videos where she remixes popular music into the style of another artist. Ali has more than 362,000 subscribers on YouTube, more than 800,000 followers on TikTok, 500,000 followers on Facebook, and more than 2 million followers on Twitter. In this episode, we talk about Ali’s beginnings on YouTube, how her first viral success came on what she thought would be her LAST upload to the platform, the frustration of catering to algorithms, and the role of Luck in breaking through. Watch Ali Spagnola on YouTube Follow Ali Spagnola on TikTok Follow Ali Spagnola on Twitter Follow Ali Spagnola on Instagram Visit Ali Spagnola's website Support Ali Spagnola on Patreon Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #8: Adam Turla *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 05 Oct 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Ali Spagnola – Making outrageous music and videos while trying to befriend the algorithm full 1 75 Jay Clouse Ali Spagnola is a musician, comedian, and artist. Ali creates outrageous videos including turning her car into a Chia Pet, covering her apartment with fur, or putting 3200 PopSockets on her wall! She also creates "What If" videos where she remixes popular music into the style of another artist. Ali Spagnola is a musician, comedian, and artist. Ali creates outrageous videos including turning her car into a Chia Pet, covering her apartment with fur, or putting 3200 PopSockets on her wall! She also creates "What If" videos where she remixes popular music into the style of another artist. Ali has more than 362,000 subscribers on YouTube, more than 800,000 followers on TikTok, 500,000 followers on Facebook, and more than 2 million followers on Twitter. In this episode, we talk about Ali’s beginnings on YouTube, how her first viral success came on what she thought would be her LAST upload to the platform, the frustration of catering to algorithms, and the role of Luck in breaking through. Watch Ali Spagnola on YouTube Follow Ali Spagnola on TikTok Follow Ali Spagnola on Twitter Follow Ali Spagnola on Instagram Visit Ali Spagnola's website Support Ali Spagnola on Patreon Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #8: Adam Turla *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Ali Spagnola is a musician, comedian, and artist. Ali creates outrageous videos including turning her car into a Chia Pet, covering her apartment with fur, or putting 3200 PopSockets on her wall! She also creates "What If" videos where she remixes popular music into the style of another artist.

Ali has more than 362,000 subscribers on YouTube, more than 800,000 followers on TikTok, 500,000 followers on Facebook, and more than 2 million followers on Twitter.

In this episode, we talk about Ali’s beginnings on YouTube, how her first viral success came on what she thought would be her LAST upload to the platform, the frustration of catering to algorithms, and the role of Luck in breaking through.

Watch Ali Spagnola on YouTube

Follow Ali Spagnola on TikTok

Follow Ali Spagnola on Twitter

Follow Ali Spagnola on Instagram

Visit Ali Spagnola's website

Support Ali Spagnola on Patreon

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #8: Adam Turla

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3363 no #74: Bad Bunnies NFT – From idea to sold-out NFT project in less than 3 months https://jayclouse.com/podcast/bad-bunnies-nft/ c4nopener is one of the creators of the Bad Bunnies NFT project. Bad Bunnies are 5,500 randomly generated, gamified NFTs, released from captivity to the Ethereum blockchain. The project was created by c4nopener, a product designer bunny with 15 years experience in the industry, his brother poopli, and their friend bdub. The project opened to the public for minting on Sept. 18 at a price of 0.0275 ETH and sold out in a matter of 48 hours. In this episode, we talk about the origins of Bad Bunnies, their sold-out launch, a step-by-step guide for how you can launch your own NFT, the role of hype in an NFT project, and why the Bad Bunnies team valued Design over all else. Visit the Bad Bunnies website Visit the Bad Bunnies collection on OpenSea Join the Bad Bunnies Discord Follow Bad Bunnies NFT on Twitter View my collection on OpenSea Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #69: Jack Rhysider *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 28 Sep 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Bad Bunnies NFT – From idea to sold-out NFT project in less than 3 months full 1 74 Jay Clouse Bad Bunnies are 5,500 randomly generated, gamified NFTs, released from captivity to the Ethereum blockchain. c4nopener is one of the creators of the Bad Bunnies NFT project. Bad Bunnies are 5,500 randomly generated, gamified NFTs, released from captivity to the Ethereum blockchain. The project was created by c4nopener, a product designer bunny with 15 years experience in the industry, his brother poopli, and their friend bdub. The project opened to the public for minting on Sept. 18 at a price of 0.0275 ETH and sold out in a matter of 48 hours. In this episode, we talk about the origins of Bad Bunnies, their sold-out launch, a step-by-step guide for how you can launch your own NFT, the role of hype in an NFT project, and why the Bad Bunnies team valued Design over all else. Visit the Bad Bunnies website Visit the Bad Bunnies collection on OpenSea Join the Bad Bunnies Discord Follow Bad Bunnies NFT on Twitter View my collection on OpenSea Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #69: Jack Rhysider *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices c4nopener is one of the creators of the Bad Bunnies NFT project. Bad Bunnies are 5,500 randomly generated, gamified NFTs, released from captivity to the Ethereum blockchain.

The project was created by c4nopener, a product designer bunny with 15 years experience in the industry, his brother poopli, and their friend bdub.

The project opened to the public for minting on Sept. 18 at a price of 0.0275 ETH and sold out in a matter of 48 hours.

In this episode, we talk about the origins of Bad Bunnies, their sold-out launch, a step-by-step guide for how you can launch your own NFT, the role of hype in an NFT project, and why the Bad Bunnies team valued Design over all else.

Visit the Bad Bunnies website

Visit the Bad Bunnies collection on OpenSea

Join the Bad Bunnies Discord

Follow Bad Bunnies NFT on Twitter

View my collection on OpenSea

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #69: Jack Rhysider

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3472 no #73: Taylor Schulte – Creating a winning content marketing strategy for a professional services business https://jayclouse.com/podcast/taylor-schulte/ Taylor Schulte is the founder of Define Financial, which manages over $120 million in assets and specializes in retirement & tax planning for people over age 50. He's been named been recognized as a “Top 40 Advisor Under 40” by InvestmentNews and named “The #2 Independent Advisor in the U.S.” by Investopedia. Taylor hosts Stay Wealthy Retirement, a Forbes Top 10 Retirement podcast. And in 2020, Taylor co-founded Advisors Growing as a Community, or the AGC. The online community has more than 150 members and generates more than $225,000 in annual recurring revenue. In this episode, we talk about how Taylor found his initial clients, the short-term and long-term marketing strategies he’s put into place, how he literally structured his client-facing website, how he leverages press mentions, and why an abundance mindset has helped him stand out in a competitive field. Visit Taylor Schulte's website Visit the Define Financial website Learn more about The AGC Follow Taylor Schulte on Twitter Join #Tweet100 Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #78: Marie Poulin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 21 Sep 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Taylor Schulte – Creating a winning content marketing strategy for a professional services business full 1 73 Jay Clouse Taylor Schulte is the founder of Define Financial, which manages over $120 million in assets and specializes in retirement & tax planning for people over age 50. Taylor Schulte is the founder of Define Financial, which manages over $120 million in assets and specializes in retirement & tax planning for people over age 50. He's been named been recognized as a “Top 40 Advisor Under 40” by InvestmentNews and named “The #2 Independent Advisor in the U.S.” by Investopedia. Taylor hosts Stay Wealthy Retirement, a Forbes Top 10 Retirement podcast. And in 2020, Taylor co-founded Advisors Growing as a Community, or the AGC. The online community has more than 150 members and generates more than $225,000 in annual recurring revenue. In this episode, we talk about how Taylor found his initial clients, the short-term and long-term marketing strategies he’s put into place, how he literally structured his client-facing website, how he leverages press mentions, and why an abundance mindset has helped him stand out in a competitive field. Visit Taylor Schulte's website Visit the Define Financial website Learn more about The AGC Follow Taylor Schulte on Twitter Join #Tweet100 Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #78: Marie Poulin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Taylor Schulte is the founder of Define Financial, which manages over $120 million in assets and specializes in retirement & tax planning for people over age 50.

He's been named been recognized as a “Top 40 Advisor Under 40” by InvestmentNews and named “The #2 Independent Advisor in the U.S.” by Investopedia.

Taylor hosts Stay Wealthy Retirement, a Forbes Top 10 Retirement podcast.

And in 2020, Taylor co-founded Advisors Growing as a Community, or the AGC. The online community has more than 150 members and generates more than $225,000 in annual recurring revenue.

In this episode, we talk about how Taylor found his initial clients, the short-term and long-term marketing strategies he’s put into place, how he literally structured his client-facing website, how he leverages press mentions, and why an abundance mindset has helped him stand out in a competitive field.

Visit Taylor Schulte's website

Visit the Define Financial website

Learn more about The AGC

Follow Taylor Schulte on Twitter

Join #Tweet100

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #78: Marie Poulin

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3611 no #72: Jason Feifer – The Editor In Chief of Entrepreneur Magazine on making time for your own projects https://jayclouse.com/podcast/jason-feifer/ Jason Feifer is the editor in chief of Entrepreneur magazine, a podcast host, book author, keynote speaker, startup advisor, and nonstop optimism machine. Jason is the host of Build for Tomorrow, a show exploring the curious things from history that shaped us, and how we can shape the future. He's the author of two books, Build for Tomorrow, Not Yesterday, and Mr. Nice Guy. His goal is to help you become more resilient and adaptable in a world of constant change — so you can seize new opportunity before anyone else does! In this episode, we talk about Jason’s pathway into print media, the direction he sees media and content heading, how he prioritizes his job with what he calls “Opportunity Set B,” and why living in a state of constant reconsideration has helped him adapt his life and business when he needed to. Visit Jason Feifer's website Subscribe to Build For Tomorrow Follow Jason Feifer on Twitter Follow Jason Feifer on Instagram Join #Tweet100 Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #85: Todd Henry *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 14 Sep 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Jason Feifer – The Editor In Chief of Entrepreneur Magazine on making time for your own projects full 1 72 Jay Clouse Jason Feifer is the editor in chief of Entrepreneur magazine, a podcast host, book author, keynote speaker, startup advisor, and nonstop optimism machine. Jason Feifer is the editor in chief of Entrepreneur magazine, a podcast host, book author, keynote speaker, startup advisor, and nonstop optimism machine. Jason is the host of Build for Tomorrow, a show exploring the curious things from history that shaped us, and how we can shape the future. He's the author of two books, Build for Tomorrow, Not Yesterday, and Mr. Nice Guy. His goal is to help you become more resilient and adaptable in a world of constant change — so you can seize new opportunity before anyone else does! In this episode, we talk about Jason’s pathway into print media, the direction he sees media and content heading, how he prioritizes his job with what he calls “Opportunity Set B,” and why living in a state of constant reconsideration has helped him adapt his life and business when he needed to. Visit Jason Feifer's website Subscribe to Build For Tomorrow Follow Jason Feifer on Twitter Follow Jason Feifer on Instagram Join #Tweet100 Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #85: Todd Henry *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Jason Feifer is the editor in chief of Entrepreneur magazine, a podcast host, book author, keynote speaker, startup advisor, and nonstop optimism machine.

Jason is the host of Build for Tomorrow, a show exploring the curious things from history that shaped us, and how we can shape the future.

He's the author of two books, Build for Tomorrow, Not Yesterday, and Mr. Nice Guy.

His goal is to help you become more resilient and adaptable in a world of constant change — so you can seize new opportunity before anyone else does!

In this episode, we talk about Jason’s pathway into print media, the direction he sees media and content heading, how he prioritizes his job with what he calls “Opportunity Set B,” and why living in a state of constant reconsideration has helped him adapt his life and business when he needed to.

Visit Jason Feifer's website

Subscribe to Build For Tomorrow

Follow Jason Feifer on Twitter

Follow Jason Feifer on Instagram

Join #Tweet100

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #85: Todd Henry

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3623 no #71: Steph Smith – Generating thousands of sales on Gumroad (with a side project!) https://jayclouse.com/podcast/steph-smith/ Steph Smith is a growth marketer, writer, and indie maker. She's the creator of two books, Doing Content Right and Doing Time Right.  Doing Content Right is a 270-page book published in 2020. The book retails for $100 and has sold nearly 3200 copies on Gumroad. Steph creates her independent work on the side while leading Trends for the Hustle, which generates millions in ARR and has 15000+ paying subscribers. In this episode, we talk about how Stephanie found her way from chemical engineering into business, how she spends her time learning while also ensuring that she’s actively applying what she learns, her strategy for marketing and selling digital products, and why she believes we all have a TON of Agency to change our own lives and impact the world around us. Visit Steph Smith's website Learn more about Doing Content Right Learn more about Doing Time Right See Steph Smith's Open page Follow Steph Smith on Twitter Join #Tweet100 Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #103: Sam Parr *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 07 Sep 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Steph Smith – Generating thousands of sales on Gumroad (with a side project!) full 1 71 Jay Clouse Steph Smith is a growth marketer, writer, and indie maker. She's the creator of two books, Doing Content Right and Doing Time Right. Steph Smith is a growth marketer, writer, and indie maker. She's the creator of two books, Doing Content Right and Doing Time Right.  Doing Content Right is a 270-page book published in 2020. The book retails for $100 and has sold nearly 3200 copies on Gumroad. Steph creates her independent work on the side while leading Trends for the Hustle, which generates millions in ARR and has 15000+ paying subscribers. In this episode, we talk about how Stephanie found her way from chemical engineering into business, how she spends her time learning while also ensuring that she’s actively applying what she learns, her strategy for marketing and selling digital products, and why she believes we all have a TON of Agency to change our own lives and impact the world around us. Visit Steph Smith's website Learn more about Doing Content Right Learn more about Doing Time Right See Steph Smith's Open page Follow Steph Smith on Twitter Join #Tweet100 Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #103: Sam Parr *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Steph Smith is a growth marketer, writer, and indie maker. She's the creator of two books, Doing Content Right and Doing Time Right. 

Doing Content Right is a 270-page book published in 2020. The book retails for $100 and has sold nearly 3200 copies on Gumroad.

Steph creates her independent work on the side while leading Trends for the Hustle, which generates millions in ARR and has 15000+ paying subscribers.

In this episode, we talk about how Stephanie found her way from chemical engineering into business, how she spends her time learning while also ensuring that she’s actively applying what she learns, her strategy for marketing and selling digital products, and why she believes we all have a TON of Agency to change our own lives and impact the world around us.

Visit Steph Smith's website

Learn more about Doing Content Right

Learn more about Doing Time Right

See Steph Smith's Open page

Follow Steph Smith on Twitter

Join #Tweet100

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #103: Sam Parr

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3549 no [REPLAY] #51: Dickie Bush – Building an audience, product, and community in less than one year https://jayclouse.com/podcast/dickie-bush/ Dickie Bush is a macro investor and the creator of Ship 30 for 30, a community of writers developing a writing habit in 30 days. He is passionate about providing writers and creators with the tools, resources, processes, and mindsets required to find points of leverage and achieve exponential growth—both personally and professionally. In this episode we talk about Dickie’s humble newsletter beginnings, his experimentation with Twitter, the growth of Ship 30 for 30, and why listening to feedback loops has helped him turn the flywheel of growth so quickly. Join Ship 30 for 30 and save $20 Follow Dickie on Twitter Join #Tweet100 Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #97: Dickie Bush Returns *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 02 Sep 2021 07:00:00 -0000 [REPLAY] Dickie Bush – Building an audience, product, and community in less than one year full Jay Clouse Dickie Bush is a macro investor and the creator of Ship 30 for 30, a community of writers developing a writing habit in 30 days. Dickie Bush is a macro investor and the creator of Ship 30 for 30, a community of writers developing a writing habit in 30 days. He is passionate about providing writers and creators with the tools, resources, processes, and mindsets required to find points of leverage and achieve exponential growth—both personally and professionally. In this episode we talk about Dickie’s humble newsletter beginnings, his experimentation with Twitter, the growth of Ship 30 for 30, and why listening to feedback loops has helped him turn the flywheel of growth so quickly. Join Ship 30 for 30 and save $20 Follow Dickie on Twitter Join #Tweet100 Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #97: Dickie Bush Returns *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Dickie Bush is a macro investor and the creator of Ship 30 for 30, a community of writers developing a writing habit in 30 days.

He is passionate about providing writers and creators with the tools, resources, processes, and mindsets required to find points of leverage and achieve exponential growth—both personally and professionally.

In this episode we talk about Dickie’s humble newsletter beginnings, his experimentation with Twitter, the growth of Ship 30 for 30, and why listening to feedback loops has helped him turn the flywheel of growth so quickly.

Join Ship 30 for 30 and save $20

Follow Dickie on Twitter

Join #Tweet100

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #97: Dickie Bush Returns

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3204 no [REPLAY] #35: David Perell – How "The Writing Guy" thinks about Twitter, education, and creating your own games https://jayclouse.com/podcast/david-perell/ David Perell is a writer, podcaster, and the creator of Write of Passage. His essays cross between topics like travel, culture, media, marketing, and technology, but focus on our relationship with information – especially how we make sense of the world by consuming ideas. In this episode, we talk about David’s approach to education, quitting institutional games to create your own games, how to use Twitter, and how writing can generate serendipity. Visit David Perell's website Learn more about Write of Passage Follow David Perell on Twitter Join #Tweet100 Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #128: Neville Medhora *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 31 Aug 2021 07:00:00 -0000 [REPLAY] David Perell – How "The Writing Guy" thinks about Twitter, education, and creating your own games full Jay Clouse David Perell is a writer, podcaster, and the creator of Write of Passage. David Perell is a writer, podcaster, and the creator of Write of Passage. His essays cross between topics like travel, culture, media, marketing, and technology, but focus on our relationship with information – especially how we make sense of the world by consuming ideas. In this episode, we talk about David’s approach to education, quitting institutional games to create your own games, how to use Twitter, and how writing can generate serendipity. Visit David Perell's website Learn more about Write of Passage Follow David Perell on Twitter Join #Tweet100 Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #128: Neville Medhora *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices David Perell is a writer, podcaster, and the creator of Write of Passage.

His essays cross between topics like travel, culture, media, marketing, and technology, but focus on our relationship with information – especially how we make sense of the world by consuming ideas.

In this episode, we talk about David’s approach to education, quitting institutional games to create your own games, how to use Twitter, and how writing can generate serendipity.

Visit David Perell's website

Learn more about Write of Passage

Follow David Perell on Twitter

Join #Tweet100

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #128: Neville Medhora

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3457 no #70: Nick Huber – What online creators can learn from sweaty startups https://jayclouse.com/podcast/nick-huber/ Nick Huber started Sweaty Startup in December of 2018 because he believed the Shark Tank and TechCrunch culture was ruining the real spirit of low-risk entrepreneurship. Today, Nick has more than 140,000 followers on Twitter, two podcasts, a Real Estate Masterclass, and more than $20 million in self storage assets under management. He founded a pickup and delivery student storage company with a partner in 2011 as an undergrad in college. The company has grown to 34 major colleges in 9 states and we service over 10,000 customers each year with a team of 5 full-time employees and over 200 part-time employees.  In this episode, we talk about Nick’s experience building a “sweaty startup,” Nick’s approach to building a following on Twitter, why Twitter has accelerated his career 20 years, and how you can make your creative business stand out by getting a little sweaty. Visit the Sweaty Startup Website Learn more about Bolt Storage Follow Nick Huber on Twitter Join #Tweet100 Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #93: [GREATEST HITS] Codie Sanchez *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 24 Aug 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Nick Huber – What online creators can learn from sweaty startups full 1 70 Jay Clouse Nick has more than 140,000 followers on Twitter, two podcasts, a Real Estate Masterclass, and more than $20 million in self storage assets under management. Nick Huber started Sweaty Startup in December of 2018 because he believed the Shark Tank and TechCrunch culture was ruining the real spirit of low-risk entrepreneurship. Today, Nick has more than 140,000 followers on Twitter, two podcasts, a Real Estate Masterclass, and more than $20 million in self storage assets under management. He founded a pickup and delivery student storage company with a partner in 2011 as an undergrad in college. The company has grown to 34 major colleges in 9 states and we service over 10,000 customers each year with a team of 5 full-time employees and over 200 part-time employees.  In this episode, we talk about Nick’s experience building a “sweaty startup,” Nick’s approach to building a following on Twitter, why Twitter has accelerated his career 20 years, and how you can make your creative business stand out by getting a little sweaty. Visit the Sweaty Startup Website Learn more about Bolt Storage Follow Nick Huber on Twitter Join #Tweet100 Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #93: [GREATEST HITS] Codie Sanchez *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Nick Huber started Sweaty Startup in December of 2018 because he believed the Shark Tank and TechCrunch culture was ruining the real spirit of low-risk entrepreneurship.

Today, Nick has more than 140,000 followers on Twitter, two podcasts, a Real Estate Masterclass, and more than $20 million in self storage assets under management.

He founded a pickup and delivery student storage company with a partner in 2011 as an undergrad in college. The company has grown to 34 major colleges in 9 states and we service over 10,000 customers each year with a team of 5 full-time employees and over 200 part-time employees. 

In this episode, we talk about Nick’s experience building a “sweaty startup,” Nick’s approach to building a following on Twitter, why Twitter has accelerated his career 20 years, and how you can make your creative business stand out by getting a little sweaty.

Visit the Sweaty Startup Website

Learn more about Bolt Storage

Follow Nick Huber on Twitter

Join #Tweet100

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #93: [GREATEST HITS] Codie Sanchez

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2995 no BONUS: Managing Creative Overwhelm with Nick Wignall on Minds & Mics https://nickwignall.com/managing-creative-overwhelm-with-jay-clouse/ In this episode of Minds & Mics, I talk with my friend Nick Wignall. Nick and I get into the details of creative overwhelm and burnout and how I (try to) manage it. Subscribe to Minds & Mics Follow Nick on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 19 Aug 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Managing Creative Overwhelm with Nick Wignall on Minds & Mics bonus Jay Clouse In this episode of Minds & Mics, I talk with my friend Nick Wignall. Nick and I get into the details of creative overwhelm and burnout and how I (try to) manage it. In this episode of Minds & Mics, I talk with my friend Nick Wignall. Nick and I get into the details of creative overwhelm and burnout and how I (try to) manage it. Subscribe to Minds & Mics Follow Nick on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices In this episode of Minds & Mics, I talk with my friend Nick Wignall. Nick and I get into the details of creative overwhelm and burnout and how I (try to) manage it.

Subscribe to Minds & Mics

Follow Nick on Twitter

Full transcript and show notes

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2763 no #69: Jack Rhysider – 300,000 downloads per episode as an indie podcaster https://jayclouse.com/podcast/jack-rhysider/ Jack Rhysider is the creator and host of Darknet Diaries, audio stories specifically intended to capture, preserve, and explain the culture around hacking and cybersecurity. Darknet Diaries was started in 2017 and receives more than 300,000 downloads per episode. Jack has a Patreon with nearly 6,000 patrons for a total of nearly $20,000 per month. Darknet Diaries adheres to journalistic standards by fact-checking and ethical sourcing of information. They adopt principles of truthfulness, accuracy, objectivity, impartiality, fairness, and public accountability. Jack is a veteran of the security world. He gained his professional knowledge of security by working in a Security Operations Center for a Fortune 500 company, a place where threats are detected and stopped. During that time he was exposed to hundreds of client networks ranging from schools to government, to banks, and to commercial organizations. In this episode, we talk about Jack’s full production process, how he built an audience in the early days, why he turned down the opportunity to join a big network, and how his tenacity helps him market the show and secure great guests for Darknet Diaries. Learn more about Darknet Diaries Darknet Diaries on Patreon Darknet Diaries on Twitter Jack Rhysider on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #74: Bad Bunnies NFT *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 17 Aug 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Jack Rhysider – 300,000 downloads per episode as an indie podcaster full 1 69 Jay Clouse Jack Rhysider is the creator and host of Darknet Diaries, audio stories specifically intended to capture, preserve, and explain the culture around hacking and cybersecurity. Jack Rhysider is the creator and host of Darknet Diaries, audio stories specifically intended to capture, preserve, and explain the culture around hacking and cybersecurity. Darknet Diaries was started in 2017 and receives more than 300,000 downloads per episode. Jack has a Patreon with nearly 6,000 patrons for a total of nearly $20,000 per month. Darknet Diaries adheres to journalistic standards by fact-checking and ethical sourcing of information. They adopt principles of truthfulness, accuracy, objectivity, impartiality, fairness, and public accountability. Jack is a veteran of the security world. He gained his professional knowledge of security by working in a Security Operations Center for a Fortune 500 company, a place where threats are detected and stopped. During that time he was exposed to hundreds of client networks ranging from schools to government, to banks, and to commercial organizations. In this episode, we talk about Jack’s full production process, how he built an audience in the early days, why he turned down the opportunity to join a big network, and how his tenacity helps him market the show and secure great guests for Darknet Diaries. Learn more about Darknet Diaries Darknet Diaries on Patreon Darknet Diaries on Twitter Jack Rhysider on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #74: Bad Bunnies NFT *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Jack Rhysider is the creator and host of Darknet Diaries, audio stories specifically intended to capture, preserve, and explain the culture around hacking and cybersecurity.

Darknet Diaries was started in 2017 and receives more than 300,000 downloads per episode. Jack has a Patreon with nearly 6,000 patrons for a total of nearly $20,000 per month.

Darknet Diaries adheres to journalistic standards by fact-checking and ethical sourcing of information. They adopt principles of truthfulness, accuracy, objectivity, impartiality, fairness, and public accountability.

Jack is a veteran of the security world. He gained his professional knowledge of security by working in a Security Operations Center for a Fortune 500 company, a place where threats are detected and stopped. During that time he was exposed to hundreds of client networks ranging from schools to government, to banks, and to commercial organizations.

In this episode, we talk about Jack’s full production process, how he built an audience in the early days, why he turned down the opportunity to join a big network, and how his tenacity helps him market the show and secure great guests for Darknet Diaries.

Learn more about Darknet Diaries

Darknet Diaries on Patreon

Darknet Diaries on Twitter

Jack Rhysider on Twitter

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #74: Bad Bunnies NFT

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3625 no #68: Roberto Blake – The story behind 12 years, 531K+ subscribers, and nearly 35 million views on YouTube https://jayclouse.com/podcast/roberto-blake Roberto Blake is dedicated to building the Creator Economy. He’s focused on helping Creators and Influencers build brands and businesses online. His YouTube channel has grown to more than 500K subscribers and more than 34 million views. He has nearly 50K followers on Twitter, and another 23K on Instagram. Founder of Awesome Creator Academy, Roberto educates and motivates small business owners and content creators, and helps them in building their brands and businesses. He is known for his direct and transparent way of teaching education-based content with a strong motivational message of empowerment. Roberto is a Keynote speaker who travels far and wide to connect with creators and entrepreneurs, dedicated to delivering on the promise of their potential. In this episode, we talk about how Roberto built his channel, his rule for diversifying the platforms you invest time into, the six streams of income he’s cultivated, why he’s decoupling his business from YouTube, and how he’s had to adapt all along the way. Roberto Blake's YouTube Visit Roberto Blake's website Follow Roberto Blake on Instagram Follow Roberto Blake on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #141: Sean Cannell *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 10 Aug 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Roberto Blake – The story behind 12 years, 531K+ subscribers, and nearly 35 million views on YouTube full 1 68 Jay Clouse Roberto Blake is dedicated to building the Creator Economy. He’s focused on helping Creators and Influencers build brands and businesses online. Roberto Blake is dedicated to building the Creator Economy. He’s focused on helping Creators and Influencers build brands and businesses online. His YouTube channel has grown to more than 500K subscribers and more than 34 million views. He has nearly 50K followers on Twitter, and another 23K on Instagram. Founder of Awesome Creator Academy, Roberto educates and motivates small business owners and content creators, and helps them in building their brands and businesses. He is known for his direct and transparent way of teaching education-based content with a strong motivational message of empowerment. Roberto is a Keynote speaker who travels far and wide to connect with creators and entrepreneurs, dedicated to delivering on the promise of their potential. In this episode, we talk about how Roberto built his channel, his rule for diversifying the platforms you invest time into, the six streams of income he’s cultivated, why he’s decoupling his business from YouTube, and how he’s had to adapt all along the way. Roberto Blake's YouTube Visit Roberto Blake's website Follow Roberto Blake on Instagram Follow Roberto Blake on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #141: Sean Cannell *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Roberto Blake is dedicated to building the Creator Economy. He’s focused on helping Creators and Influencers build brands and businesses online.

His YouTube channel has grown to more than 500K subscribers and more than 34 million views. He has nearly 50K followers on Twitter, and another 23K on Instagram.

Founder of Awesome Creator Academy, Roberto educates and motivates small business owners and content creators, and helps them in building their brands and businesses.

He is known for his direct and transparent way of teaching education-based content with a strong motivational message of empowerment. Roberto is a Keynote speaker who travels far and wide to connect with creators and entrepreneurs, dedicated to delivering on the promise of their potential.

In this episode, we talk about how Roberto built his channel, his rule for diversifying the platforms you invest time into, the six streams of income he’s cultivated, why he’s decoupling his business from YouTube, and how he’s had to adapt all along the way.

Roberto Blake's YouTube

Visit Roberto Blake's website

Follow Roberto Blake on Instagram

Follow Roberto Blake on Twitter

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #141: Sean Cannell

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3543 no #67: Gina Bianchini – Powering the business of community with Mighty Networks https://jayclouse.com/podcast/gina-bianchini/ Gina Bianchini is the founder and CEO of Mighty Networks. Mighty Networks helps creators bring their community, courses, memberships, and events together in one place under their brand. Mighty Networks has more than 10,000 paying creators, brands, and coaches today. Users include established creators and brands such as YouTube star Adriene Mishler, Xprize and Singularity University founder Peter Diamandis, author Luvvie Ajayi Jones, comedian Amanda Seales, Girlboss founder Sophia Amoruso and brands such as the TED conference and wellness scheduling platform MINDBODY. Before Mighty Networks, Gina was CEO of Ning, which she co-founded with Marc Andreessen. Under her leadership, Ning grew to 100 million people in 300,000 active social networks across subcultures, professional networks, entertainment, politics, and education. In this episode, we talk about the opportunities for creators to build a membership business, what the most successful community builders are doing today, the major problems with Facebook Groups, and why Gina believes that great sustainable memberships can be built with fewer than 30 members. Learn more about Mighty Networks Follow Gina Bianchini on Twitter Enroll in my Community Building Crash Course Enroll in my Memberships & Advanced Community Building Workshop Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 03 Aug 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Gina Bianchini – Powering the business of community with Mighty Networks full 1 67 Jay Clouse Gina Bianchini is the founder and CEO of Mighty Networks. Mighty Networks helps creators bring their community, courses, memberships, and events together in one place under their brand. Gina Bianchini is the founder and CEO of Mighty Networks. Mighty Networks helps creators bring their community, courses, memberships, and events together in one place under their brand. Mighty Networks has more than 10,000 paying creators, brands, and coaches today. Users include established creators and brands such as YouTube star Adriene Mishler, Xprize and Singularity University founder Peter Diamandis, author Luvvie Ajayi Jones, comedian Amanda Seales, Girlboss founder Sophia Amoruso and brands such as the TED conference and wellness scheduling platform MINDBODY. Before Mighty Networks, Gina was CEO of Ning, which she co-founded with Marc Andreessen. Under her leadership, Ning grew to 100 million people in 300,000 active social networks across subcultures, professional networks, entertainment, politics, and education. In this episode, we talk about the opportunities for creators to build a membership business, what the most successful community builders are doing today, the major problems with Facebook Groups, and why Gina believes that great sustainable memberships can be built with fewer than 30 members. Learn more about Mighty Networks Follow Gina Bianchini on Twitter Enroll in my Community Building Crash Course Enroll in my Memberships & Advanced Community Building Workshop Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Gina Bianchini is the founder and CEO of Mighty Networks. Mighty Networks helps creators bring their community, courses, memberships, and events together in one place under their brand.

Mighty Networks has more than 10,000 paying creators, brands, and coaches today. Users include established creators and brands such as YouTube star Adriene Mishler, Xprize and Singularity University founder Peter Diamandis, author Luvvie Ajayi Jones, comedian Amanda Seales, Girlboss founder Sophia Amoruso and brands such as the TED conference and wellness scheduling platform MINDBODY.

Before Mighty Networks, Gina was CEO of Ning, which she co-founded with Marc Andreessen. Under her leadership, Ning grew to 100 million people in 300,000 active social networks across subcultures, professional networks, entertainment, politics, and education.

In this episode, we talk about the opportunities for creators to build a membership business, what the most successful community builders are doing today, the major problems with Facebook Groups, and why Gina believes that great sustainable memberships can be built with fewer than 30 members.

Learn more about Mighty Networks

Follow Gina Bianchini on Twitter

Enroll in my Community Building Crash Course

Enroll in my Memberships & Advanced Community Building Workshop

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2911 no #66: Chris Sutherland – How a Physics professor built an audience of 2M+ followers on TikTok (in less than two years!) https://jayclouse.com/podcast/chris-sutherland/ Chris Sutherland is a former collegiate Physics professor turned full-time content creator. Chris began posting videos to TikTok in January 2020, quickly going viral and building an audience of more than 2 million followers. Chris parlayed that audience into 144K+ Instagram followers, 60K YouTube subscribers, and 30K followers on Twitter too. Today, Chris is building a new TikTok profile focused on crypto and building an online course too. In this episode, we talk about Chris’s path to becoming a collegiate professor, how Humor helped him grow his TikTok audience so quickly, the differences from Instagram Reels and YouTube Shorts, why he left academia, and what’s next for him. Follow Chris Sutherland (sutherlandphys) on TikTok Follow Chris Sutherland (sutherlandcrypto) on TikTok Follow Chris Sutherland on YouTube Follow Chris Sutherland on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #40: Matty Benedetto *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 27 Jul 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Chris Sutherland – How a Physics professor built an audience of 2M+ followers on TikTok (in less than two years!) full 1 66 Jay Clouse Chris Sutherland is a former collegiate Physics professor turned full-time content creator. Chris began posting videos to TikTok in January 2020, quickly going viral and building an audience of more than 2 million followers. Chris Sutherland is a former collegiate Physics professor turned full-time content creator. Chris began posting videos to TikTok in January 2020, quickly going viral and building an audience of more than 2 million followers. Chris parlayed that audience into 144K+ Instagram followers, 60K YouTube subscribers, and 30K followers on Twitter too. Today, Chris is building a new TikTok profile focused on crypto and building an online course too. In this episode, we talk about Chris’s path to becoming a collegiate professor, how Humor helped him grow his TikTok audience so quickly, the differences from Instagram Reels and YouTube Shorts, why he left academia, and what’s next for him. Follow Chris Sutherland (sutherlandphys) on TikTok Follow Chris Sutherland (sutherlandcrypto) on TikTok Follow Chris Sutherland on YouTube Follow Chris Sutherland on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #40: Matty Benedetto *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Chris Sutherland is a former collegiate Physics professor turned full-time content creator. Chris began posting videos to TikTok in January 2020, quickly going viral and building an audience of more than 2 million followers.

Chris parlayed that audience into 144K+ Instagram followers, 60K YouTube subscribers, and 30K followers on Twitter too.

Today, Chris is building a new TikTok profile focused on crypto and building an online course too.

In this episode, we talk about Chris’s path to becoming a collegiate professor, how Humor helped him grow his TikTok audience so quickly, the differences from Instagram Reels and YouTube Shorts, why he left academia, and what’s next for him.

Follow Chris Sutherland (sutherlandphys) on TikTok

Follow Chris Sutherland (sutherlandcrypto) on TikTok

Follow Chris Sutherland on YouTube

Follow Chris Sutherland on Twitter

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #40: Matty Benedetto

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2907 no #65: Austin Kleon – 10 years as a full-time writer and stealing like an artist https://jayclouse.com/podcast/austin-kleon/ Austin Kleon is the New York Times bestselling author of a trilogy of illustrated books about creativity in the digital age: Steal Like An Artist, Show Your Work!, and Keep Going. He’s also the author of Newspaper Blackout, a collection of poems made by redacting the newspaper with a permanent marker. His books have been translated into dozens of languages and have sold over a million copies worldwide. He’s been featured on NPR’s Morning Edition, PBS Newshour, and in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal.  New York Magazine called his work “brilliant,” The Atlantic called him “positively one of the most interesting people on the Internet,” and The New Yorker said his poems “resurrect the newspaper when everybody else is declaring it dead.” He speaks for organizations such as Pixar, Google, SXSW, TEDx, and The Economist. In previous lives, he worked as a librarian, a web designer, and an advertising copywriter. In this episode, we talk about how Newspaper Blackout led to Steal Like An Artist, when he knows it’s time to write another book, the pros and cons of self-publishing, why Austin doesn’t believe he’s business savvy, and the role of Luck in Austin’s ability to make a living as a full-time writer. Visit Austin Kleon's website Follow Austin Kleon on Twitter Follow Austin Kleon on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #2: James Clear *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 20 Jul 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Austin Kleon – 10 years as a full-time writer and stealing like an artist full 1 65 Jay Clouse Austin Kleon is the New York Times bestselling author of a trilogy of illustrated books about creativity in the digital age: Steal Like An Artist, Show Your Work!, and Keep Going. Austin Kleon is the New York Times bestselling author of a trilogy of illustrated books about creativity in the digital age: Steal Like An Artist, Show Your Work!, and Keep Going. He’s also the author of Newspaper Blackout, a collection of poems made by redacting the newspaper with a permanent marker. His books have been translated into dozens of languages and have sold over a million copies worldwide. He’s been featured on NPR’s Morning Edition, PBS Newshour, and in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal.  New York Magazine called his work “brilliant,” The Atlantic called him “positively one of the most interesting people on the Internet,” and The New Yorker said his poems “resurrect the newspaper when everybody else is declaring it dead.” He speaks for organizations such as Pixar, Google, SXSW, TEDx, and The Economist. In previous lives, he worked as a librarian, a web designer, and an advertising copywriter. In this episode, we talk about how Newspaper Blackout led to Steal Like An Artist, when he knows it’s time to write another book, the pros and cons of self-publishing, why Austin doesn’t believe he’s business savvy, and the role of Luck in Austin’s ability to make a living as a full-time writer. Visit Austin Kleon's website Follow Austin Kleon on Twitter Follow Austin Kleon on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #2: James Clear *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Austin Kleon is the New York Times bestselling author of a trilogy of illustrated books about creativity in the digital age: Steal Like An Artist, Show Your Work!, and Keep Going.

He’s also the author of Newspaper Blackout, a collection of poems made by redacting the newspaper with a permanent marker.

His books have been translated into dozens of languages and have sold over a million copies worldwide. He’s been featured on NPR’s Morning Edition, PBS Newshour, and in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal. 

New York Magazine called his work “brilliant,” The Atlantic called him “positively one of the most interesting people on the Internet,” and The New Yorker said his poems “resurrect the newspaper when everybody else is declaring it dead.”

He speaks for organizations such as Pixar, Google, SXSW, TEDx, and The Economist. In previous lives, he worked as a librarian, a web designer, and an advertising copywriter.

In this episode, we talk about how Newspaper Blackout led to Steal Like An Artist, when he knows it’s time to write another book, the pros and cons of self-publishing, why Austin doesn’t believe he’s business savvy, and the role of Luck in Austin’s ability to make a living as a full-time writer.

Visit Austin Kleon's website

Follow Austin Kleon on Twitter

Follow Austin Kleon on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #2: James Clear

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3799 no #64: Charli Marie Prangley - Building a YouTube Channel with 200K subscribers (on the side!) https://jayclouse.com/podcast/charli-marie-prangley/ Charli Marie Prangley is the creator of the YouTube Channel CharlieMarieTV. Every week, she shares insights into life as a professional designer alongside tutorials and advice on design tools and concepts. The channel has nearly 200,000 subscribers. But by day, Charli works as the Creative Director at ConvertKit while building her channel and podcast, Design Life, on the side. New Zealand-born and half-British, Charli currently lives in Valencia, Spain. She's passionate about side projects and helping creatives improve their craft and process. In this episode, we talk about how Charli balances her creative projects with her full-time job, hiring help, why she still isn’t interested in making her channel a full-time thing, and why commitment has helped her build her channel to nearly 200K subscribers. Visit Charli Marie Prangley's website Subscribe to CharliMarieTV Follow Charlie Marie Prangley on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #72: Jason Feifer *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 13 Jul 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Charli Marie Prangley - Building a YouTube Channel with 200K subscribers (on the side!) full 1 64 Jay Clouse Charli Marie Prangley is the creator of the YouTube Channel CharlieMarieTV. Charli Marie Prangley is the creator of the YouTube Channel CharlieMarieTV. Every week, she shares insights into life as a professional designer alongside tutorials and advice on design tools and concepts. The channel has nearly 200,000 subscribers. But by day, Charli works as the Creative Director at ConvertKit while building her channel and podcast, Design Life, on the side. New Zealand-born and half-British, Charli currently lives in Valencia, Spain. She's passionate about side projects and helping creatives improve their craft and process. In this episode, we talk about how Charli balances her creative projects with her full-time job, hiring help, why she still isn’t interested in making her channel a full-time thing, and why commitment has helped her build her channel to nearly 200K subscribers. Visit Charli Marie Prangley's website Subscribe to CharliMarieTV Follow Charlie Marie Prangley on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #72: Jason Feifer *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Charli Marie Prangley is the creator of the YouTube Channel CharlieMarieTV. Every week, she shares insights into life as a professional designer alongside tutorials and advice on design tools and concepts.

The channel has nearly 200,000 subscribers. But by day, Charli works as the Creative Director at ConvertKit while building her channel and podcast, Design Life, on the side.

New Zealand-born and half-British, Charli currently lives in Valencia, Spain. She's passionate about side projects and helping creatives improve their craft and process.

In this episode, we talk about how Charli balances her creative projects with her full-time job, hiring help, why she still isn’t interested in making her channel a full-time thing, and why commitment has helped her build her channel to nearly 200K subscribers.

Visit Charli Marie Prangley's website

Subscribe to CharliMarieTV

Follow Charlie Marie Prangley on Twitter

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #72: Jason Feifer

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3353 no [REPLAY] #37: Ali Abdaal – Making a living as a part-time YouTuber https://jayclouse.com/podcast/ali-abdaal/ Ali Abdaal is a Cambridge University medicine graduate, now working as a junior doctor in the UK's National Health Service (NHS). He started making YouTube videos in his final year of medical school at Cambridge University in the summer of 2017. As of October 2020, his channel has 1.1 million subscribers and earns over £100,000 ($130k) each month, with 5-10 hours of effort each week. In this episode we talk about going to medical school in the UK, why he started his YouTube channel, how you can get started on YouTube, and why Efficiency has allowed him to do this on the side while becoming a doctor. Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 06 Jul 2021 07:00:00 -0000 [REPLAY] Ali Abdaal – Making a living as a part-time YouTuber full Jay Clouse Ali Abdaal is a Cambridge University medicine graduate, now working as a junior doctor in the UK's National Health Service (NHS). Ali Abdaal is a Cambridge University medicine graduate, now working as a junior doctor in the UK's National Health Service (NHS). He started making YouTube videos in his final year of medical school at Cambridge University in the summer of 2017. As of October 2020, his channel has 1.1 million subscribers and earns over £100,000 ($130k) each month, with 5-10 hours of effort each week. In this episode we talk about going to medical school in the UK, why he started his YouTube channel, how you can get started on YouTube, and why Efficiency has allowed him to do this on the side while becoming a doctor. Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Ali Abdaal is a Cambridge University medicine graduate, now working as a junior doctor in the UK's National Health Service (NHS). He started making YouTube videos in his final year of medical school at Cambridge University in the summer of 2017.

As of October 2020, his channel has 1.1 million subscribers and earns over £100,000 ($130k) each month, with 5-10 hours of effort each week.

In this episode we talk about going to medical school in the UK, why he started his YouTube channel, how you can get started on YouTube, and why Efficiency has allowed him to do this on the side while becoming a doctor.

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3857 no #63: Jay Acunzo – How to tell great stories with a professional speaker and veteran podcaster https://jayclouse.com/podcast/jay-acunzo/ Jay Acunzo is an author, speaker, and showrunner. He's the host of 3 Clips (recently acquired by Castos) and Unthinkable, which he describes as Radiolab for creators. Jay writes a weekly newsletter called Playing Favorites, a membership called Make What Matters, and in 2018 he published his book, Break The Wheel: Question Best Practices, Hone Your Intuition, and Do Your Best Work. With a combined 15+ years of public performance and creative projects working with companies like Google, ESPN, and HubSpot, Jay's goal is to demystify the creative process – because anyone can make things that make a difference.  In this episode, we talk about how Jay built an appreciation for creative nonfiction, what it takes to be a good speaker, the storytelling frameworks you can use, and why Tension is at the core of a good story. Full transcript and show notes Listen to Unthinkable Subscribe to Jay Acunzo's newsletter Follow Jay Acunzo on Twitter *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #99: Amanda Natividad *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 29 Jun 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Jay Acunzo – How to tell great stories with a professional speaker and veteran podcaster full 1 63 Jay Clouse Jay Acunzo is an author, speaker, and showrunner. He's the host of 3 Clips (recently acquired by Castos) and Unthinkable, which he describes as Radiolab for creators. Jay Acunzo is an author, speaker, and showrunner. He's the host of 3 Clips (recently acquired by Castos) and Unthinkable, which he describes as Radiolab for creators. Jay writes a weekly newsletter called Playing Favorites, a membership called Make What Matters, and in 2018 he published his book, Break The Wheel: Question Best Practices, Hone Your Intuition, and Do Your Best Work. With a combined 15+ years of public performance and creative projects working with companies like Google, ESPN, and HubSpot, Jay's goal is to demystify the creative process – because anyone can make things that make a difference.  In this episode, we talk about how Jay built an appreciation for creative nonfiction, what it takes to be a good speaker, the storytelling frameworks you can use, and why Tension is at the core of a good story. Full transcript and show notes Listen to Unthinkable Subscribe to Jay Acunzo's newsletter Follow Jay Acunzo on Twitter *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #99: Amanda Natividad *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Jay Acunzo is an author, speaker, and showrunner. He's the host of 3 Clips (recently acquired by Castos) and Unthinkable, which he describes as Radiolab for creators.

Jay writes a weekly newsletter called Playing Favorites, a membership called Make What Matters, and in 2018 he published his book, Break The Wheel: Question Best Practices, Hone Your Intuition, and Do Your Best Work.

With a combined 15+ years of public performance and creative projects working with companies like Google, ESPN, and HubSpot, Jay's goal is to demystify the creative process – because anyone can make things that make a difference. 

In this episode, we talk about how Jay built an appreciation for creative nonfiction, what it takes to be a good speaker, the storytelling frameworks you can use, and why Tension is at the core of a good story.

Full transcript and show notes

Listen to Unthinkable

Subscribe to Jay Acunzo's newsletter

Follow Jay Acunzo on Twitter

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #99: Amanda Natividad

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3718 no #62: Jay Clouse (interviewed by Ryan Hawk!) – Turning the tables for a crossover episode with The Learning Leader Show https://jayclouse.com/podcast/jay-clouse-ryan-hawk/ Today is a special crossover episode. Last week, I interviewed the creator and host of The Learning Leader Show, Ryan Hawk. After a while, all podcast hosts are asked by their listeners to spend some time talking about THEIR OWN journey. But it's weird to talk about yourself, and borderline insane to interview yourself. Luckily, my recent guest (and incredible podcast host) Ryan Hawk asked if he could turn the tables and interview me for a special crossover episode of Creative Elements and the Learning Leader Show. In this episode, we talk about my “Why,” how I tapped into my creativity, my journey with podcasting, the Smart Passive Income acquisition, and why I believe Commitment is the most important creative skill today. Enroll in Podcast Like The Pros Follow me on Twitter Listen to me interview Ryan Hawk Subscribe to the Learning Leader Show Follow Ryan Hawk on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 22 Jun 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Jay Clouse (interviewed by Ryan Hawk!) – Turning the tables for a crossover episode with The Learning Leader Show full 1 62 Jay Clouse Today is a special crossover episode. Last week, I interviewed the creator and host of The Learning Leader Show, Ryan Hawk. Today is a special crossover episode. Last week, I interviewed the creator and host of The Learning Leader Show, Ryan Hawk. After a while, all podcast hosts are asked by their listeners to spend some time talking about THEIR OWN journey. But it's weird to talk about yourself, and borderline insane to interview yourself. Luckily, my recent guest (and incredible podcast host) Ryan Hawk asked if he could turn the tables and interview me for a special crossover episode of Creative Elements and the Learning Leader Show. In this episode, we talk about my “Why,” how I tapped into my creativity, my journey with podcasting, the Smart Passive Income acquisition, and why I believe Commitment is the most important creative skill today. Enroll in Podcast Like The Pros Follow me on Twitter Listen to me interview Ryan Hawk Subscribe to the Learning Leader Show Follow Ryan Hawk on Twitter Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Today is a special crossover episode. Last week, I interviewed the creator and host of The Learning Leader Show, Ryan Hawk.

After a while, all podcast hosts are asked by their listeners to spend some time talking about THEIR OWN journey. But it's weird to talk about yourself, and borderline insane to interview yourself.

Luckily, my recent guest (and incredible podcast host) Ryan Hawk asked if he could turn the tables and interview me for a special crossover episode of Creative Elements and the Learning Leader Show.

In this episode, we talk about my “Why,” how I tapped into my creativity, my journey with podcasting, the Smart Passive Income acquisition, and why I believe Commitment is the most important creative skill today.

Enroll in Podcast Like The Pros

Follow me on Twitter

Listen to me interview Ryan Hawk

Subscribe to the Learning Leader Show

Follow Ryan Hawk on Twitter

Full transcript and show notes

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3841 no #61: Ryan Hawk – How a top podcaster approaches outreach, interviewing, and prioritizing new projects https://jayclouse.com/podcast/ryan-hawk/ Ryan Hawk is a keynote speaker and the host of the Learning Leader Show. The show has been listened to by millions of people in more than 150 countries, and Forbes called it, “the most dynamic leadership podcast around.” He is also the author of Welcome to Management: How To Grow From Top Performer To Excellent Leader. Previous to the Learning Leader Show, Ryan worked in corporate America for 12 years. I started as an entry-level telephonic sales rep and worked my way to manager, director, and ultimately VP of sales for a multi-billion dollar company. Ryan has delivered hundreds of keynote speeches all over the world. He’s worked with Fortune 500 companies, conference organizers, and leaders in the academic world. He has a passion for speaking on stage and immediately impacting the actions of each attendee. In this episode, we talk about leaving his sales job to become a creator, compare our methods of cold outreach, the interviews that still make us nervous, and why his commitment to Preparation has helped him stand out above the noise. Visit The Learning Leader website Subscribe to the Learning Leader Show Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #119: Omar Zenhom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 15 Jun 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Ryan Hawk – How a top podcaster approaches outreach, interviewing, and prioritizing new projects full 1 61 Jay Clouse Ryan Hawk is a keynote speaker and the host of the Learning Leader Show. Ryan Hawk is a keynote speaker and the host of the Learning Leader Show. The show has been listened to by millions of people in more than 150 countries, and Forbes called it, “the most dynamic leadership podcast around.” He is also the author of Welcome to Management: How To Grow From Top Performer To Excellent Leader. Previous to the Learning Leader Show, Ryan worked in corporate America for 12 years. I started as an entry-level telephonic sales rep and worked my way to manager, director, and ultimately VP of sales for a multi-billion dollar company. Ryan has delivered hundreds of keynote speeches all over the world. He’s worked with Fortune 500 companies, conference organizers, and leaders in the academic world. He has a passion for speaking on stage and immediately impacting the actions of each attendee. In this episode, we talk about leaving his sales job to become a creator, compare our methods of cold outreach, the interviews that still make us nervous, and why his commitment to Preparation has helped him stand out above the noise. Visit The Learning Leader website Subscribe to the Learning Leader Show Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #119: Omar Zenhom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Ryan Hawk is a keynote speaker and the host of the Learning Leader Show. The show has been listened to by millions of people in more than 150 countries, and Forbes called it, “the most dynamic leadership podcast around.”

He is also the author of Welcome to Management: How To Grow From Top Performer To Excellent Leader.

Previous to the Learning Leader Show, Ryan worked in corporate America for 12 years. I started as an entry-level telephonic sales rep and worked my way to manager, director, and ultimately VP of sales for a multi-billion dollar company.

Ryan has delivered hundreds of keynote speeches all over the world. He’s worked with Fortune 500 companies, conference organizers, and leaders in the academic world. He has a passion for speaking on stage and immediately impacting the actions of each attendee.

In this episode, we talk about leaving his sales job to become a creator, compare our methods of cold outreach, the interviews that still make us nervous, and why his commitment to Preparation has helped him stand out above the noise.

Visit The Learning Leader website

Subscribe to the Learning Leader Show

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #119: Omar Zenhom

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3405 no #60: Brennan Dunn – Combining personalization and automation for next-level email marketing https://jayclouse.com/podcast/brennan-dunn/ Brennan Dunn is the creator of Double Your Freelancing, RightMessage, and Mastering ConvertKit. Brennan is one of the most well-regarded email marketers on the planet. Using cutting-edge techniques in personalization, Brennan has generated millions of dollars in sales of his products – and a lot of that is automated. After starting Double Your Freelancing as a blog in 2015, Brennan realized that he could more effectively sell his courses using personalization on his website and in his email. In 2018, the founders of ConvertKit, Teachable, and convinced Brennan to create a software platform called RightMessage. Brennan teaches his advanced use of email marketing in his popular course, Mastering ConvertKit. In this episode, we talk about how Brennan built his broad skillset, the job that changed the way he thought about sales, why he built an agency and ultimately closed it down, and how Personalization creates a better experience for your audience while also increasing your revenue. Visit DoubleYourFreelancing.com Learn more about RightMessage Subscribe to Create & Sell Learn more about Mastering ConvertKit Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #107: Chanti Zak *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 08 Jun 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Brennan Dunn – Combining personalization and automation for next-level email marketing full 1 60 Jay Clouse Brennan Dunn is the creator of Double Your Freelancing, RightMessage, and Mastering ConvertKit. Brennan Dunn is the creator of Double Your Freelancing, RightMessage, and Mastering ConvertKit. Brennan is one of the most well-regarded email marketers on the planet. Using cutting-edge techniques in personalization, Brennan has generated millions of dollars in sales of his products – and a lot of that is automated. After starting Double Your Freelancing as a blog in 2015, Brennan realized that he could more effectively sell his courses using personalization on his website and in his email. In 2018, the founders of ConvertKit, Teachable, and convinced Brennan to create a software platform called RightMessage. Brennan teaches his advanced use of email marketing in his popular course, Mastering ConvertKit. In this episode, we talk about how Brennan built his broad skillset, the job that changed the way he thought about sales, why he built an agency and ultimately closed it down, and how Personalization creates a better experience for your audience while also increasing your revenue. Visit DoubleYourFreelancing.com Learn more about RightMessage Subscribe to Create & Sell Learn more about Mastering ConvertKit Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #107: Chanti Zak *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Brennan Dunn is the creator of Double Your Freelancing, RightMessage, and Mastering ConvertKit.

Brennan is one of the most well-regarded email marketers on the planet. Using cutting-edge techniques in personalization, Brennan has generated millions of dollars in sales of his products – and a lot of that is automated.

After starting Double Your Freelancing as a blog in 2015, Brennan realized that he could more effectively sell his courses using personalization on his website and in his email. In 2018, the founders of ConvertKit, Teachable, and convinced Brennan to create a software platform called RightMessage.

Brennan teaches his advanced use of email marketing in his popular course, Mastering ConvertKit.

In this episode, we talk about how Brennan built his broad skillset, the job that changed the way he thought about sales, why he built an agency and ultimately closed it down, and how Personalization creates a better experience for your audience while also increasing your revenue.

Visit DoubleYourFreelancing.com

Learn more about RightMessage

Subscribe to Create & Sell

Learn more about Mastering ConvertKit

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #107: Chanti Zak

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3072 no #59: Mignon Fogarty – Making the case for shorter podcasts with a Podcasting Hall of Famer and New York Times best-selling author https://jayclouse.com/podcast/mignon-fogarty/ Mignon Fogarty is the founder of the Quick and Dirty Tips network and creator of Grammar Girl. Grammar Girl has published more than 700 episodes since 2007. The podcast provides short, friendly tips to improve your writing and feed your love of the English language. It's one of eleven shows on the Quick and Dirty Tips network. She is an inductee in the Podcasting Hall of Fame and a five-time winner of Best Education Podcast in the Podcast Awards. In this episode, we talk about the growth of Grammar Girl and the Quick and Dirty Tips Network, trends in podcasting, book publishing, and how her obsession with Learning has steered her creative career. Enroll in Podcast Like The Pros Visit Mignon Fogarty's website Subscribe to the Grammar Girl Podcast Subscribe to Grammar Girl on YouTube Learn more about The Quick and Dirty Tips Network Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #115: Jason Sew Hoy *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 01 Jun 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Mignon Fogarty – Making the case for shorter podcasts with a Podcasting Hall of Famer and New York Times best-selling author full 1 59 Jay Clouse Mignon Fogarty is the founder of the Quick and Dirty Tips network and creator of Grammar Girl. Mignon Fogarty is the founder of the Quick and Dirty Tips network and creator of Grammar Girl. Grammar Girl has published more than 700 episodes since 2007. The podcast provides short, friendly tips to improve your writing and feed your love of the English language. It's one of eleven shows on the Quick and Dirty Tips network. She is an inductee in the Podcasting Hall of Fame and a five-time winner of Best Education Podcast in the Podcast Awards. In this episode, we talk about the growth of Grammar Girl and the Quick and Dirty Tips Network, trends in podcasting, book publishing, and how her obsession with Learning has steered her creative career. Enroll in Podcast Like The Pros Visit Mignon Fogarty's website Subscribe to the Grammar Girl Podcast Subscribe to Grammar Girl on YouTube Learn more about The Quick and Dirty Tips Network Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #115: Jason Sew Hoy *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Mignon Fogarty is the founder of the Quick and Dirty Tips network and creator of Grammar Girl.

Grammar Girl has published more than 700 episodes since 2007. The podcast provides short, friendly tips to improve your writing and feed your love of the English language. It's one of eleven shows on the Quick and Dirty Tips network.

She is an inductee in the Podcasting Hall of Fame and a five-time winner of Best Education Podcast in the Podcast Awards.

In this episode, we talk about the growth of Grammar Girl and the Quick and Dirty Tips Network, trends in podcasting, book publishing, and how her obsession with Learning has steered her creative career.

Enroll in Podcast Like The Pros

Visit Mignon Fogarty's website

Subscribe to the Grammar Girl Podcast

Subscribe to Grammar Girl on YouTube

Learn more about The Quick and Dirty Tips Network

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #115: Jason Sew Hoy

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3099 no BONUS: Freelance to Founder https://millo.co/podcasts/freelancetofounder I’m sharing with you an episode of Freelance To Founder, another show here on the Podglomerate Network. Freelance to Founder features real-time coaching sessions with freelancers who want to scale their service business. In each episode, show co-hosts Preston Lee and Clay Mosley—who have both scaled their one-person businesses to something bigger—help guests and listeners on their journey to finally achieve “founder” status. Freelance to Founder strives to provide real-world, practical, and actionable advice to take your service-based business to the next level—with occasional surprise guest experts or deep dives on must-have skills for success. This episode I’m sharing is a coaching call with web designer Keegan Lanier of Redefined Creative.  Keegan is a side hustler who's desperate to take the leap and work on his business full-time. But he's hesitant to make such a dramatic life change when he doesn't really know where his clients come from. He gets a lot of referral business (enough to build 3-4 websites per month) but he's always nervous referrals could dry up without notice.  So Clay and Preston walk him through a few critical client-finding tactics, including how to harness the power of local clients by becoming an expert in your area—allowing you to charge more and build a predictable pipeline of new work. New episodes air each Thursday. You can subscribe to Freelance to Founder using the link in the show notes, or visit FreelanceToFounder.com. Subscribe to Freelance to Founder *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 27 May 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Freelance to Founder bonus 1 Jay Clouse Real-world, practical, actionable advice to take your service-based business to the next level I’m sharing with you an episode of Freelance To Founder, another show here on the Podglomerate Network. Freelance to Founder features real-time coaching sessions with freelancers who want to scale their service business. In each episode, show co-hosts Preston Lee and Clay Mosley—who have both scaled their one-person businesses to something bigger—help guests and listeners on their journey to finally achieve “founder” status. Freelance to Founder strives to provide real-world, practical, and actionable advice to take your service-based business to the next level—with occasional surprise guest experts or deep dives on must-have skills for success. This episode I’m sharing is a coaching call with web designer Keegan Lanier of Redefined Creative.  Keegan is a side hustler who's desperate to take the leap and work on his business full-time. But he's hesitant to make such a dramatic life change when he doesn't really know where his clients come from. He gets a lot of referral business (enough to build 3-4 websites per month) but he's always nervous referrals could dry up without notice.  So Clay and Preston walk him through a few critical client-finding tactics, including how to harness the power of local clients by becoming an expert in your area—allowing you to charge more and build a predictable pipeline of new work. New episodes air each Thursday. You can subscribe to Freelance to Founder using the link in the show notes, or visit FreelanceToFounder.com. Subscribe to Freelance to Founder *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices I’m sharing with you an episode of Freelance To Founder, another show here on the Podglomerate Network.

Freelance to Founder features real-time coaching sessions with freelancers who want to scale their service business.

In each episode, show co-hosts Preston Lee and Clay Mosley—who have both scaled their one-person businesses to something bigger—help guests and listeners on their journey to finally achieve “founder” status.

Freelance to Founder strives to provide real-world, practical, and actionable advice to take your service-based business to the next level—with occasional surprise guest experts or deep dives on must-have skills for success.

This episode I’m sharing is a coaching call with web designer Keegan Lanier of Redefined Creative. 

Keegan is a side hustler who's desperate to take the leap and work on his business full-time. But he's hesitant to make such a dramatic life change when he doesn't really know where his clients come from. He gets a lot of referral business (enough to build 3-4 websites per month) but he's always nervous referrals could dry up without notice. 

So Clay and Preston walk him through a few critical client-finding tactics, including how to harness the power of local clients by becoming an expert in your area—allowing you to charge more and build a predictable pipeline of new work.

New episodes air each Thursday. You can subscribe to Freelance to Founder using the link in the show notes, or visit FreelanceToFounder.com.

Subscribe to Freelance to Founder

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2897 no #58: Courtland Allen – Building (and selling!) a business creating community for Indie Hackers https://jayclouse.com/podcast/courtland-allen/ Courtland Allen is the creator of Indie Hackers, the largest online community of startup founders. He created the site in August 2016 and it was acquired by Stripe in April 2017. He is an MIT graduate, Y Combinator alum, full-stack web developer, and professional designer. Today, Courtland continues to run the Indie Hackers team at Stripe and hosts the Indie Hackers podcast. In this episode we talk about how Courtland learned web design, why he doesn’t recommend quitting your job, selling Indie Hackers to Stripe, trends he’s seeing in indie hacking, and why he’s Optimistic about the future of online business. Visit Indie Hackers Follow Courtland Allen on Twitter Subscribe to the Indie Hackers podcast Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 25 May 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Courtland Allen – Building (and selling!) a business creating community for Indie Hackers full 1 58 Jay Clouse Courtland Allen is the creator of Indie Hackers, the largest online community of startup founders. Courtland Allen is the creator of Indie Hackers, the largest online community of startup founders. He created the site in August 2016 and it was acquired by Stripe in April 2017. He is an MIT graduate, Y Combinator alum, full-stack web developer, and professional designer. Today, Courtland continues to run the Indie Hackers team at Stripe and hosts the Indie Hackers podcast. In this episode we talk about how Courtland learned web design, why he doesn’t recommend quitting your job, selling Indie Hackers to Stripe, trends he’s seeing in indie hacking, and why he’s Optimistic about the future of online business. Visit Indie Hackers Follow Courtland Allen on Twitter Subscribe to the Indie Hackers podcast Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Courtland Allen is the creator of Indie Hackers, the largest online community of startup founders. He created the site in August 2016 and it was acquired by Stripe in April 2017.

He is an MIT graduate, Y Combinator alum, full-stack web developer, and professional designer.

Today, Courtland continues to run the Indie Hackers team at Stripe and hosts the Indie Hackers podcast.

In this episode we talk about how Courtland learned web design, why he doesn’t recommend quitting your job, selling Indie Hackers to Stripe, trends he’s seeing in indie hacking, and why he’s Optimistic about the future of online business.

Visit Indie Hackers

Follow Courtland Allen on Twitter

Subscribe to the Indie Hackers podcast

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #153: Tina Roth Eisenberg

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3554 no #57: Let's talk about comparison traps https://jayclouse.com/podcast/ Hello my friend! Welcome to a special solo episode of Creative Elements… I’ve been thinking that I’d start sharing some more short episodes like this where I go a little bit deeper on topics that have come up both on the show and in my life… And today I want to talk a little bit about comparison traps. Subscribe to my email newsletter Let's talk about this in the community Follow me on Twitter or Instagram *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 20 May 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Let's talk about comparison traps full 1 57 Jay Clouse We've all fallen prey to comparison traps. But today I want to talk about why our comparisons are flawed. Hello my friend! Welcome to a special solo episode of Creative Elements… I’ve been thinking that I’d start sharing some more short episodes like this where I go a little bit deeper on topics that have come up both on the show and in my life… And today I want to talk a little bit about comparison traps. Subscribe to my email newsletter Let's talk about this in the community Follow me on Twitter or Instagram *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Hello my friend! Welcome to a special solo episode of Creative Elements…

I’ve been thinking that I’d start sharing some more short episodes like this where I go a little bit deeper on topics that have come up both on the show and in my life…

And today I want to talk a little bit about comparison traps.

Subscribe to my email newsletter

Let's talk about this in the community

Follow me on Twitter or Instagram

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 731 no #56: Allen Gannett – Writing The Creative Curve, receiving feedback gracefully, and tapping into your innate creativity https://jayclouse.com/podcast/allen-gannett/ Allen Gannett is the author of The Creative Curve (Penguin Random House, 2018) that shows how the creative process can be learned by anyone. He founded and served as CEO of TrackMaven, a marketing analytics platform that merged with Skyword, the leading content marketing platform, in 2018. In this episode, we talk about how Allen built TrackMaven into a multi-million dollar company in his twenties, the challenges that come from being ambitious, how to receive feedback, strengthening your innate creativity, and how all the Inputs we receive better inform our creative work. Visit Allen Gannett's website Learn more about The Creative Curve Follow Allen Gannett on Twitter Follow Allen Gannett on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #81: Jay Acunzo *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 18 May 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Allen Gannett – Writing The Creative Curve, receiving feedback gracefully, and tapping into your innate creativity full 1 56 Jay Clouse Allen Gannett is the author of The Creative Curve (Penguin Random House, 2018) that shows how the creative process can be learned by anyone. Allen Gannett is the author of The Creative Curve (Penguin Random House, 2018) that shows how the creative process can be learned by anyone. He founded and served as CEO of TrackMaven, a marketing analytics platform that merged with Skyword, the leading content marketing platform, in 2018. In this episode, we talk about how Allen built TrackMaven into a multi-million dollar company in his twenties, the challenges that come from being ambitious, how to receive feedback, strengthening your innate creativity, and how all the Inputs we receive better inform our creative work. Visit Allen Gannett's website Learn more about The Creative Curve Follow Allen Gannett on Twitter Follow Allen Gannett on Instagram Full transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #81: Jay Acunzo *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Allen Gannett is the author of The Creative Curve (Penguin Random House, 2018) that shows how the creative process can be learned by anyone.

He founded and served as CEO of TrackMaven, a marketing analytics platform that merged with Skyword, the leading content marketing platform, in 2018.

In this episode, we talk about how Allen built TrackMaven into a multi-million dollar company in his twenties, the challenges that come from being ambitious, how to receive feedback, strengthening your innate creativity, and how all the Inputs we receive better inform our creative work.

Visit Allen Gannett's website

Learn more about The Creative Curve

Follow Allen Gannett on Twitter

Follow Allen Gannett on Instagram

Full transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #81: Jay Acunzo

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3505 no BONUS: Behind the scenes of Creative Elements and my creative career (Everything Is Marketing) https://www.swipefiles.com/everything-is-marketing/22 I wanted to share a little bit of a different episode with you this week. Back in episode #49 of this show, I spoke with Corey Haines, the creator of Swipe Files. Corey and I spent the majority of that episode talking about his approach to Product Hunt, and so we didn’t dive as deeply into Swipe Files as we probably should have. But a big part of Swipe Files is Corey’s podcast, Everything Is Marketing. And in April, Corey interviewed me for that show. He caught me at a really interesting time. And Corey got me talking about a few things that I’ve never talked about on any other podcast before, including: The step by step process of developing Creative Elements My secret plans of writing a book while I'm building this podcast How I stair-stepped my way from selling services to selling digital products And the number of random, lucky breaks that I grabbed ahold of over the years We cover a lot of ground, and this really goes behind the curtain of both how I make this show and my own creative career up to this point. Listen to my interview with Corey Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 11 May 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Behind the scenes of Creative Elements and my creative career (Everything Is Marketing) bonus 1 Jay Clouse Creating a top 1% podcast, community as culture, and unfair advantages in distribution I wanted to share a little bit of a different episode with you this week. Back in episode #49 of this show, I spoke with Corey Haines, the creator of Swipe Files. Corey and I spent the majority of that episode talking about his approach to Product Hunt, and so we didn’t dive as deeply into Swipe Files as we probably should have. But a big part of Swipe Files is Corey’s podcast, Everything Is Marketing. And in April, Corey interviewed me for that show. He caught me at a really interesting time. And Corey got me talking about a few things that I’ve never talked about on any other podcast before, including: The step by step process of developing Creative Elements My secret plans of writing a book while I'm building this podcast How I stair-stepped my way from selling services to selling digital products And the number of random, lucky breaks that I grabbed ahold of over the years We cover a lot of ground, and this really goes behind the curtain of both how I make this show and my own creative career up to this point. Listen to my interview with Corey Full transcript and show notes *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices I wanted to share a little bit of a different episode with you this week.

Back in episode #49 of this show, I spoke with Corey Haines, the creator of Swipe Files. Corey and I spent the majority of that episode talking about his approach to Product Hunt, and so we didn’t dive as deeply into Swipe Files as we probably should have.

But a big part of Swipe Files is Corey’s podcast, Everything Is Marketing. And in April, Corey interviewed me for that show.

He caught me at a really interesting time. And Corey got me talking about a few things that I’ve never talked about on any other podcast before, including:

  • The step by step process of developing Creative Elements
  • My secret plans of writing a book while I'm building this podcast
  • How I stair-stepped my way from selling services to selling digital products
  • And the number of random, lucky breaks that I grabbed ahold of over the years


We cover a lot of ground, and this really goes behind the curtain of both how I make this show and my own creative career up to this point.

Listen to my interview with Corey

Full transcript and show notes

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 5849 no #54: Corbett Barr – Why this pioneering digital creator is rebooting his entire online identity https://jayclouse.com/podcast/corbett-barr/ Corbett Barr is the creator of Fizzle, a membership combining courses, podcasts, and community for creators. Corbett started Fizzle in 2012, and has been self-employed on the Internet since 2005. He recently decided to start over to refocus on writing and re-evaluate his digital self. In this episode we talk about what brought Corbett into the nascent world of digital creators in 2005, the evolution of Fizzle, cultivating community, and why a digital reboot is a step we may all want to consider. Read transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #9: Jason Zook *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 27 Apr 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Corbett Barr – Why this pioneering digital creator is rebooting his entire online identity full 1 54 Jay Clouse Corbett Barr is the creator of Fizzle, a membership combining courses, podcasts, and community for creators. Corbett Barr is the creator of Fizzle, a membership combining courses, podcasts, and community for creators. Corbett started Fizzle in 2012, and has been self-employed on the Internet since 2005. He recently decided to start over to refocus on writing and re-evaluate his digital self. In this episode we talk about what brought Corbett into the nascent world of digital creators in 2005, the evolution of Fizzle, cultivating community, and why a digital reboot is a step we may all want to consider. Read transcript and show notes *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #9: Jason Zook *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Corbett Barr is the creator of Fizzle, a membership combining courses, podcasts, and community for creators.

Corbett started Fizzle in 2012, and has been self-employed on the Internet since 2005. He recently decided to start over to refocus on writing and re-evaluate his digital self.

In this episode we talk about what brought Corbett into the nascent world of digital creators in 2005, the evolution of Fizzle, cultivating community, and why a digital reboot is a step we may all want to consider.

Read transcript and show notes

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #9: Jason Zook

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3412 no Introducing Trail Weight https://link.chtbl.com/Tq-uEiTv?sid=creativeelements Hey! I'm dropping in today to share with you a new show from the Podglomerate called Trail Weight. After 30 years of feeling stuck, Andrew Steven attempted to get in shape for a month-long backpacking trip through the Sierra Nevadas. Looking at his career for inspiration, Andrew finds an unlikely revelation by imagining his life’s narrative arc. But after a death in the family, he found himself in a story of repeating loss. Trail Weight chronicles Andrew’s journey as he narrates a year of his life. Through audio diaries, recordings from the trail, and conversations with authors, experts, Olympians, and special guests, Andrew takes listeners through an eye-opening adventure of self-discovery. Click here to listen to Trail Weight *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 22 Apr 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Introducing Trail Weight bonus Jay Clouse A new show from the Podglomerate Hey! I'm dropping in today to share with you a new show from the Podglomerate called Trail Weight. After 30 years of feeling stuck, Andrew Steven attempted to get in shape for a month-long backpacking trip through the Sierra Nevadas. Looking at his career for inspiration, Andrew finds an unlikely revelation by imagining his life’s narrative arc. But after a death in the family, he found himself in a story of repeating loss. Trail Weight chronicles Andrew’s journey as he narrates a year of his life. Through audio diaries, recordings from the trail, and conversations with authors, experts, Olympians, and special guests, Andrew takes listeners through an eye-opening adventure of self-discovery. Click here to listen to Trail Weight *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Hey! I'm dropping in today to share with you a new show from the Podglomerate called Trail Weight.

After 30 years of feeling stuck, Andrew Steven attempted to get in shape for a month-long backpacking trip through the Sierra Nevadas. Looking at his career for inspiration, Andrew finds an unlikely revelation by imagining his life’s narrative arc. But after a death in the family, he found himself in a story of repeating loss. Trail Weight chronicles Andrew’s journey as he narrates a year of his life. Through audio diaries, recordings from the trail, and conversations with authors, experts, Olympians, and special guests, Andrew takes listeners through an eye-opening adventure of self-discovery.

Click here to listen to Trail Weight

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 495 no #53: Bijan Stephen – Digging into internet culture and what it takes to stream on Twitch https://jayclouse.com/podcast/bijan-stephen/ Bijan Stephen is a writer, editor, and video correspondent based in Brooklyn, NY. He covers Twitch and Streaming at The Verge and a music critic at The Nation. Independently, he co-hosts a show on Twitch called One Time On The Internet, streams, and is a character on an actual play podcast called Fun City. In this episode we talk about Bijan’s experience in journalism, why he decided freelancing wasn’t for him, the differences between gaming and streaming, what it takes to get started streaming, and a whole bunch of other things internet culture. Read Bijan's guide to streaming on The Verge Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #86: Mitch Long *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 20 Apr 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Bijan Stephen – Digging into internet culture and what it takes to stream on Twitch full 1 53 Jay Clouse Bijan Stephen is a writer, editor, and video correspondent based in Brooklyn, NY. He covers Twitch and Streaming at The Verge and a music critic at The Nation. Bijan Stephen is a writer, editor, and video correspondent based in Brooklyn, NY. He covers Twitch and Streaming at The Verge and a music critic at The Nation. Independently, he co-hosts a show on Twitch called One Time On The Internet, streams, and is a character on an actual play podcast called Fun City. In this episode we talk about Bijan’s experience in journalism, why he decided freelancing wasn’t for him, the differences between gaming and streaming, what it takes to get started streaming, and a whole bunch of other things internet culture. Read Bijan's guide to streaming on The Verge Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #86: Mitch Long *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Bijan Stephen is a writer, editor, and video correspondent based in Brooklyn, NY. He covers Twitch and Streaming at The Verge and a music critic at The Nation.

Independently, he co-hosts a show on Twitch called One Time On The Internet, streams, and is a character on an actual play podcast called Fun City.

In this episode we talk about Bijan’s experience in journalism, why he decided freelancing wasn’t for him, the differences between gaming and streaming, what it takes to get started streaming, and a whole bunch of other things internet culture.

Read Bijan's guide to streaming on The Verge

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #86: Mitch Long

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2677 yes #52: Cole Cuchna – Dissecting how an indie podcaster went from side hustle to full time as a Spotify Original https://jayclouse.com/podcast/cole-cuchna/ Cole Cuchna is the creator of Dissect, a serialized music podcast that examines a single album per season, one song per episode. Dissect was named "Best podcast of 2017" by Quartz, and the following year was named "Best podcast of 2018" by the New York Times.  In this episode, we talk about Cole’s attempt at being a professional musician, his love of creative writing, the beginning of Dissect, and how his perseverance through late nights paid off in helping him create Dissect full time. Listen to Dissect Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #89: Hrishikesh Hirway *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 13 Apr 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Cole Cuchna – Dissecting how an indie podcaster went from side hustle to full time as a Spotify Original full 1 52 Jay Clouse Cole Cuchna is the creator of Dissect, a serialized music podcast that examines a single album per season, one song per episode. Cole Cuchna is the creator of Dissect, a serialized music podcast that examines a single album per season, one song per episode. Dissect was named "Best podcast of 2017" by Quartz, and the following year was named "Best podcast of 2018" by the New York Times.  In this episode, we talk about Cole’s attempt at being a professional musician, his love of creative writing, the beginning of Dissect, and how his perseverance through late nights paid off in helping him create Dissect full time. Listen to Dissect Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #89: Hrishikesh Hirway *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Cole Cuchna is the creator of Dissect, a serialized music podcast that examines a single album per season, one song per episode.

Dissect was named "Best podcast of 2017" by Quartz, and the following year was named "Best podcast of 2018" by the New York Times. 

In this episode, we talk about Cole’s attempt at being a professional musician, his love of creative writing, the beginning of Dissect, and how his perseverance through late nights paid off in helping him create Dissect full time.

Listen to Dissect

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #89: Hrishikesh Hirway

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3631 yes #51: Dickie Bush – Building an audience, product, and community in less than one year https://jayclouse.com/podcast/dickie-bush/ Dickie Bush is a macro investor and the creator of Ship 30 for 30, a community of writers developing a writing habit in 30 days. He is passionate about providing writers and creators with the tools, resources, processes, and mindsets required to find points of leverage and achieve exponential growth—both personally and professionally. In this episode we talk about Dickie’s humble newsletter beginnings, his experimentation with Twitter, the growth of Ship 30 for 30, and why listening to feedback loops has helped him turn the flywheel of growth so quickly. Join Ship 30 for 30 and save $20 Follow Dickie on Twitter Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #97: Dickie Bush Returns *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 06 Apr 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Dickie Bush – Building an audience, product, and community in less than one year full 1 51 Jay Clouse Dickie Bush is a macro investor and the creator of Ship 30 for 30, a community of writers developing a writing habit in 30 days. Dickie Bush is a macro investor and the creator of Ship 30 for 30, a community of writers developing a writing habit in 30 days. He is passionate about providing writers and creators with the tools, resources, processes, and mindsets required to find points of leverage and achieve exponential growth—both personally and professionally. In this episode we talk about Dickie’s humble newsletter beginnings, his experimentation with Twitter, the growth of Ship 30 for 30, and why listening to feedback loops has helped him turn the flywheel of growth so quickly. Join Ship 30 for 30 and save $20 Follow Dickie on Twitter Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #97: Dickie Bush Returns *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Dickie Bush is a macro investor and the creator of Ship 30 for 30, a community of writers developing a writing habit in 30 days.

He is passionate about providing writers and creators with the tools, resources, processes, and mindsets required to find points of leverage and achieve exponential growth—both personally and professionally.

In this episode we talk about Dickie’s humble newsletter beginnings, his experimentation with Twitter, the growth of Ship 30 for 30, and why listening to feedback loops has helped him turn the flywheel of growth so quickly.

Join Ship 30 for 30 and save $20

Follow Dickie on Twitter

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #97: Dickie Bush Returns

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3093 no #50: Nick DenBoer aka Smearballs – From construction to early YouTube remixing, working on Conan, and selling NFTs https://jayclouse.com/podcast/smearballs Nick DenBoer (also known as Smearballs) a director, animator, editor, music producer, remix artist and self-proclaimed "all around great guy." With a following of 75,000 on Instagram and 25,000 subscribers on YouTube, Nick has worked with clients including Conan, deadmau5, KFC, Old Spice, Wieden + Kennedy, and more. Nick has an incredibly unique style of animation, and has recently begun selling his work independently as NFTs on the crypto art platform SuperRare. In this episode we talk about Nick’s creative process, the origin of the name Smearballs, his evolution on YouTube working with Conan, NFTs, and how his personal projects have opened new doors for him all along the way. Visit Nick DenBoer's website Follow Smearballs on Instagram Follow Smearballs on YouTube Follow Smearballs on SuperRare SEXTAPE remix video Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #78: Marie Poulin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 30 Mar 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Nick DenBoer aka Smearballs – From construction to early YouTube remixing, working on Conan, and selling NFTs full 1 50 Jay Clouse Nick DenBoer (also known as Smearballs) a director, animator, editor, music producer, remix artist and self-proclaimed "all around great guy." Nick DenBoer (also known as Smearballs) a director, animator, editor, music producer, remix artist and self-proclaimed "all around great guy." With a following of 75,000 on Instagram and 25,000 subscribers on YouTube, Nick has worked with clients including Conan, deadmau5, KFC, Old Spice, Wieden + Kennedy, and more. Nick has an incredibly unique style of animation, and has recently begun selling his work independently as NFTs on the crypto art platform SuperRare. In this episode we talk about Nick’s creative process, the origin of the name Smearballs, his evolution on YouTube working with Conan, NFTs, and how his personal projects have opened new doors for him all along the way. Visit Nick DenBoer's website Follow Smearballs on Instagram Follow Smearballs on YouTube Follow Smearballs on SuperRare SEXTAPE remix video Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #78: Marie Poulin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Nick DenBoer (also known as Smearballs) a director, animator, editor, music producer, remix artist and self-proclaimed "all around great guy."

With a following of 75,000 on Instagram and 25,000 subscribers on YouTube, Nick has worked with clients including Conan, deadmau5, KFC, Old Spice, Wieden + Kennedy, and more.

Nick has an incredibly unique style of animation, and has recently begun selling his work independently as NFTs on the crypto art platform SuperRare.

In this episode we talk about Nick’s creative process, the origin of the name Smearballs, his evolution on YouTube working with Conan, NFTs, and how his personal projects have opened new doors for him all along the way.

Visit Nick DenBoer's website

Follow Smearballs on Instagram

Follow Smearballs on YouTube

Follow Smearballs on SuperRare

SEXTAPE remix video

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #78: Marie Poulin

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3531 yes #49: Corey Haines of Swipe Files – Five pillars of growth and a tactical guide to sharing your work on Product Hunt https://jayclouse.com/podcast/corey-haines/ Corey Haines is the creator of Swipe Files, a membership site that provides content, community, and courses to help you master marketing. Corey curates marketing examples, copywriting help, and more through his newsletter, membership community, and podcast. In this episode we talk about Corey’s five pillars of Growth, how he achieved early traction with Swipe Files, why he decided to go full time, and a complete strategy for using Product Hunt to get in front of potential fans and customers. Click here to join Swipe Files. Save 50% by using promo code "ELEMENTS" Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #71: Steph Smith *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 23 Mar 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Corey Haines of Swipe Files – Five pillars of growth and a tactical guide to sharing your work on Product Hunt full 1 49 Jay Clouse Corey Haines is the creator of Swipe Files, a membership site that provides content, community, and courses to help you master marketing. Corey Haines is the creator of Swipe Files, a membership site that provides content, community, and courses to help you master marketing. Corey curates marketing examples, copywriting help, and more through his newsletter, membership community, and podcast. In this episode we talk about Corey’s five pillars of Growth, how he achieved early traction with Swipe Files, why he decided to go full time, and a complete strategy for using Product Hunt to get in front of potential fans and customers. Click here to join Swipe Files. Save 50% by using promo code "ELEMENTS" Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #71: Steph Smith *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Corey Haines is the creator of Swipe Files, a membership site that provides content, community, and courses to help you master marketing.

Corey curates marketing examples, copywriting help, and more through his newsletter, membership community, and podcast.

In this episode we talk about Corey’s five pillars of Growth, how he achieved early traction with Swipe Files, why he decided to go full time, and a complete strategy for using Product Hunt to get in front of potential fans and customers.

Click here to join Swipe Files. Save 50% by using promo code "ELEMENTS"

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #71: Steph Smith

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3135 #48: Rosie Sherry – What community building really looks like (beyond the hype) https://jayclouse.com/podcast/rosie-sherry Rosie Sherry is the creator of Rosieland, a community and resource hub for community builders. She previously led community for Indie Hackers, a community of more than 140,000 independent makers. In this episode we talk about Rosie’s history of building community with Ministry of Testing, what she learned through her time at Indie Hackers, the different forms “community” can take, and why trust is at the heart of improving community participation. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #58: Courtland Allen *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 16 Mar 2021 07:00:00 -0000 Rosie Sherry – What community building really looks like (beyond the hype) full 1 48 Jay Clouse Rosie Sherry is the creator of Rosieland, a community and resource hub for community builders. Rosie Sherry is the creator of Rosieland, a community and resource hub for community builders. She previously led community for Indie Hackers, a community of more than 140,000 independent makers. In this episode we talk about Rosie’s history of building community with Ministry of Testing, what she learned through her time at Indie Hackers, the different forms “community” can take, and why trust is at the heart of improving community participation. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #58: Courtland Allen *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Rosie Sherry is the creator of Rosieland, a community and resource hub for community builders. She previously led community for Indie Hackers, a community of more than 140,000 independent makers.

In this episode we talk about Rosie’s history of building community with Ministry of Testing, what she learned through her time at Indie Hackers, the different forms “community” can take, and why trust is at the heart of improving community participation.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #58: Courtland Allen

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3062 no BONUS: Building Community and Being Acquired (Indie Hackers) https://jayclouse.com/podcast In this bonus episode, I'm talking with Courtland Allen, the founder of Indie Hackers. As I’ve shared a couple times over the last few months, my accelerator and community Unreal Collective was acquired by Smart Passive Income in January of this year. I wrote an article about the acquisition, and it got quite a bit of attention. One of the places it got shared was on Indie Hackers, a massive online community of nearly 30,000 people trying to build profitable side projects. It was originally shared by Rosie Sherry, the then-community manager for Indie Hackers. And the founder of Indie Hackers, Courtland Allen, left a really thoughtful comment on the piece too. Indie Hackers itself was once acquired by Stripe, and now Courtland works for Stripe while building the community full time. So we had a lot of common ground. In this episode, Cortland and I talk about the acquisition, earning a living as a creator, why I don’t really like Clubhouse, and how to build a community online. Courtland is an incredibly smart creator himself, and I’m excited to interview HIM on Creative Elements here soon. *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 11 Mar 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Building Community and Being Acquired (Indie Hackers) bonus Jay Clouse A casual conversation between two community builders In this bonus episode, I'm talking with Courtland Allen, the founder of Indie Hackers. As I’ve shared a couple times over the last few months, my accelerator and community Unreal Collective was acquired by Smart Passive Income in January of this year. I wrote an article about the acquisition, and it got quite a bit of attention. One of the places it got shared was on Indie Hackers, a massive online community of nearly 30,000 people trying to build profitable side projects. It was originally shared by Rosie Sherry, the then-community manager for Indie Hackers. And the founder of Indie Hackers, Courtland Allen, left a really thoughtful comment on the piece too. Indie Hackers itself was once acquired by Stripe, and now Courtland works for Stripe while building the community full time. So we had a lot of common ground. In this episode, Cortland and I talk about the acquisition, earning a living as a creator, why I don’t really like Clubhouse, and how to build a community online. Courtland is an incredibly smart creator himself, and I’m excited to interview HIM on Creative Elements here soon. *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices In this bonus episode, I'm talking with Courtland Allen, the founder of Indie Hackers. As I’ve shared a couple times over the last few months, my accelerator and community Unreal Collective was acquired by Smart Passive Income in January of this year.

I wrote an article about the acquisition, and it got quite a bit of attention. One of the places it got shared was on Indie Hackers, a massive online community of nearly 30,000 people trying to build profitable side projects.

It was originally shared by Rosie Sherry, the then-community manager for Indie Hackers. And the founder of Indie Hackers, Courtland Allen, left a really thoughtful comment on the piece too.

Indie Hackers itself was once acquired by Stripe, and now Courtland works for Stripe while building the community full time. So we had a lot of common ground.

In this episode, Cortland and I talk about the acquisition, earning a living as a creator, why I don’t really like Clubhouse, and how to build a community online.

Courtland is an incredibly smart creator himself, and I’m excited to interview HIM on Creative Elements here soon.

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3114 no [REPLAY] #10: Amy Landino – Leveraging YouTube, building an audience, creating a persona, and being all in for the conversation forever. https://jayclouse.com/podcast/amy-landino/ Amy Landino is the creator of the award-winning series AmyTV and author of the best-selling book Vlog Like a Boss; How to Kill It Online With Video Blogging. With nearly 400K YouTube subscribers and over 23 million views, Amy has empowered people from over 100 countries all over the world to go after the life they want. In this episode we talk about leveraging YouTube, building an audience, creating a persona, and how Routine has been at the center of her entire content journey. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #152: Paddy Galloway *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 09 Mar 2021 08:00:00 -0000 [REPLAY] Amy Landino – Leveraging YouTube, building an audience, creating a persona, and being all in for the conversation forever. full Jay Clouse Amy Landino is the creator of the award-winning series AmyTV and author of the best-selling book Vlog Like a Boss; How to Kill It Online With Video Blogging. Amy Landino is the creator of the award-winning series AmyTV and author of the best-selling book Vlog Like a Boss; How to Kill It Online With Video Blogging. With nearly 400K YouTube subscribers and over 23 million views, Amy has empowered people from over 100 countries all over the world to go after the life they want. In this episode we talk about leveraging YouTube, building an audience, creating a persona, and how Routine has been at the center of her entire content journey. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #152: Paddy Galloway *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Amy Landino is the creator of the award-winning series AmyTV and author of the best-selling book Vlog Like a Boss; How to Kill It Online With Video Blogging. With nearly 400K YouTube subscribers and over 23 million views, Amy has empowered people from over 100 countries all over the world to go after the life they want. In this episode we talk about leveraging YouTube, building an audience, creating a persona, and how Routine has been at the center of her entire content journey.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #152: Paddy Galloway

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3561 no #47: Lalese Stamps – How a 100 day project can change your life and career https://jayclouse.com/podcast/lalese-stamps/ Lalese Stamps is a ceramicist and the founder of Lolly Lolly Ceramics, a small-scale ceramics production and design studio. Since undertaking a 100 day project at the end of 2019, Lolly Lolly Ceramics has grown to more than 100K followers on Instagram. In this episode we talk about Lalese’s start to ceramics, the process of making a mug, growing a large following overnight, brand partnerships, and how her tenacity has helped her to make the most out of her opportunities. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #130: Sarah Renae Clark *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 02 Mar 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Lalese Stamps – How a 100 day project can change your life and career full 1 47 Jay Clouse Lalese Stamps is a ceramicist and the founder of Lolly Lolly Ceramics, a small-scale ceramics production and design studio. Lalese Stamps is a ceramicist and the founder of Lolly Lolly Ceramics, a small-scale ceramics production and design studio. Since undertaking a 100 day project at the end of 2019, Lolly Lolly Ceramics has grown to more than 100K followers on Instagram. In this episode we talk about Lalese’s start to ceramics, the process of making a mug, growing a large following overnight, brand partnerships, and how her tenacity has helped her to make the most out of her opportunities. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #130: Sarah Renae Clark *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Lalese Stamps is a ceramicist and the founder of Lolly Lolly Ceramics, a small-scale ceramics production and design studio.

Since undertaking a 100 day project at the end of 2019, Lolly Lolly Ceramics has grown to more than 100K followers on Instagram.

In this episode we talk about Lalese’s start to ceramics, the process of making a mug, growing a large following overnight, brand partnerships, and how her tenacity has helped her to make the most out of her opportunities.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #130: Sarah Renae Clark

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2886 no #46: Sarah McAllister of GoCleanCo – Building a Cleaning Army of nearly 2M Instagram followers https://jayclouse.com/podcast/sarah-mcallister/ Sarah McAllister is the Founder, Director and CEO of GoCleanCo, a widely sought after cleaning company in Calgary, Alberta, Canada.  The GoCleanCo Instagram account serves more than 1.8M followers today with cleaning hacks and tips. In this episode we talk about Sarah’s scrappy beginnings, how hard it was to even pay herself in the early days, accidentally selling out products on Amazon, and Sarah’s best advice for growing a following on Instagram. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #140: Maurizio Leo *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 23 Feb 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Sarah McAllister of GoCleanCo – Building a Cleaning Army of nearly 2M Instagram followers full 1 46 Jay Clouse Sarah McAllister is the Founder, Director and CEO of GoCleanCo, a widely sought after cleaning company in Calgary, Alberta, Canada. Sarah McAllister is the Founder, Director and CEO of GoCleanCo, a widely sought after cleaning company in Calgary, Alberta, Canada.  The GoCleanCo Instagram account serves more than 1.8M followers today with cleaning hacks and tips. In this episode we talk about Sarah’s scrappy beginnings, how hard it was to even pay herself in the early days, accidentally selling out products on Amazon, and Sarah’s best advice for growing a following on Instagram. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #140: Maurizio Leo *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Sarah McAllister is the Founder, Director and CEO of GoCleanCo, a widely sought after cleaning company in Calgary, Alberta, Canada. 

The GoCleanCo Instagram account serves more than 1.8M followers today with cleaning hacks and tips.

In this episode we talk about Sarah’s scrappy beginnings, how hard it was to even pay herself in the early days, accidentally selling out products on Amazon, and Sarah’s best advice for growing a following on Instagram.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #140: Maurizio Leo

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3603 no BONUS: Pat Flynn interviews me on SPI 460! https://www.smartpassiveincome.com/podcasts/start-freelancing-now/ Last week, I was featured on the Smart Passive Income podcast. The SPI Podcast is one of the biggest shows in online business. The host, Pat Flynn, has been podcasting for nearly a decade, has published somewhere close to 2,000 episodes of his shows, and the SPI podcast has had more than 60 million downloads all time! Pat was on the show back in August of 2020 with his business partner, Matt Gartland. And the two of them spoke about the future of SPI, and how they were focused on growing the business through partnerships and acquisitions. Well, as you may or may not know, back in December 2020, SPI acquired one of my businesses – my accelerator and private community, Unreal Collective. And as a result, I now lead Community Experience for SPI. They’ve been wildly supportive and encouraging of my other projects, including my writing, this podcast, and Freelancing School. In fact, this episode with Pat on the SPI podcast is talking specifically about freelancing, and how I’m serving freelancers THROUGH Freelancing School. And at the end of this episode, I offer for listeners to save 25% on my Freelancing School courses using the code “SPI” at checkout.  Save 25% on Freelancing School Transcript and show notes can be found here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Thu, 18 Feb 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Pat Flynn interviews me on SPI 460! bonus 1 Jay Clouse The Easy Way to Start Freelancing Now to Make Money and Change Your Life Last week, I was featured on the Smart Passive Income podcast. The SPI Podcast is one of the biggest shows in online business. The host, Pat Flynn, has been podcasting for nearly a decade, has published somewhere close to 2,000 episodes of his shows, and the SPI podcast has had more than 60 million downloads all time! Pat was on the show back in August of 2020 with his business partner, Matt Gartland. And the two of them spoke about the future of SPI, and how they were focused on growing the business through partnerships and acquisitions. Well, as you may or may not know, back in December 2020, SPI acquired one of my businesses – my accelerator and private community, Unreal Collective. And as a result, I now lead Community Experience for SPI. They’ve been wildly supportive and encouraging of my other projects, including my writing, this podcast, and Freelancing School. In fact, this episode with Pat on the SPI podcast is talking specifically about freelancing, and how I’m serving freelancers THROUGH Freelancing School. And at the end of this episode, I offer for listeners to save 25% on my Freelancing School courses using the code “SPI” at checkout.  Save 25% on Freelancing School Transcript and show notes can be found here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Last week, I was featured on the Smart Passive Income podcast.

The SPI Podcast is one of the biggest shows in online business. The host, Pat Flynn, has been podcasting for nearly a decade, has published somewhere close to 2,000 episodes of his shows, and the SPI podcast has had more than 60 million downloads all time!

Pat was on the show back in August of 2020 with his business partner, Matt Gartland. And the two of them spoke about the future of SPI, and how they were focused on growing the business through partnerships and acquisitions.

Well, as you may or may not know, back in December 2020, SPI acquired one of my businesses – my accelerator and private community, Unreal Collective. And as a result, I now lead Community Experience for SPI.

They’ve been wildly supportive and encouraging of my other projects, including my writing, this podcast, and Freelancing School.

In fact, this episode with Pat on the SPI podcast is talking specifically about freelancing, and how I’m serving freelancers THROUGH Freelancing School.

And at the end of this episode, I offer for listeners to save 25% on my Freelancing School courses using the code “SPI” at checkout. 

Save 25% on Freelancing School

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2659 no #45: Jess Cordova Kramer and Stephanie Wittels Wachs of Lemonada Media https://jayclouse.com/podcast/lemonada-media/ Jessica Cordova Kramer and Stephanie Wittels Wachs are the co-creators of Lemonada Media, a podcast network that shares the unfiltered version of the human experience. In 2015, Steph lost her brother, beloved comedian Harris Wittels, to a heroin overdose. And in 2017, Jess lost her newly-married brother Stefano Cordova, Jr. to a fentanyl overdose. In this episode we talk about creating Last Day, how Stephanie produces their narrative shows, how Jessica’s intuition led to creating Lemonada Media, and why creativity can help us express grief. Transcript and show notes can be found here If you or someone you know is struggling emotionally or feeling hopeless, it’s important to talk to someone about it now. In the show notes I’ve included resources for free, confidential conversations with a trained counselor anytime. National Suicide Prevention Lifeline: 1-800-273-8255 Crisis Text line: Text “Connect” to 741-741 *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #119: Omar Zenhom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 16 Feb 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Jess Cordova Kramer and Stephanie Wittels Wachs of Lemonada Media full 1 45 Jay Clouse Turning life's lemons into lemonade, one podcast at a time Jessica Cordova Kramer and Stephanie Wittels Wachs are the co-creators of Lemonada Media, a podcast network that shares the unfiltered version of the human experience. In 2015, Steph lost her brother, beloved comedian Harris Wittels, to a heroin overdose. And in 2017, Jess lost her newly-married brother Stefano Cordova, Jr. to a fentanyl overdose. In this episode we talk about creating Last Day, how Stephanie produces their narrative shows, how Jessica’s intuition led to creating Lemonada Media, and why creativity can help us express grief. Transcript and show notes can be found here If you or someone you know is struggling emotionally or feeling hopeless, it’s important to talk to someone about it now. In the show notes I’ve included resources for free, confidential conversations with a trained counselor anytime. National Suicide Prevention Lifeline: 1-800-273-8255 Crisis Text line: Text “Connect” to 741-741 *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #119: Omar Zenhom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Jessica Cordova Kramer and Stephanie Wittels Wachs are the co-creators of Lemonada Media, a podcast network that shares the unfiltered version of the human experience.

In 2015, Steph lost her brother, beloved comedian Harris Wittels, to a heroin overdose. And in 2017, Jess lost her newly-married brother Stefano Cordova, Jr. to a fentanyl overdose.

In this episode we talk about creating Last Day, how Stephanie produces their narrative shows, how Jessica’s intuition led to creating Lemonada Media, and why creativity can help us express grief.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

If you or someone you know is struggling emotionally or feeling hopeless, it’s important to talk to someone about it now. In the show notes I’ve included resources for free, confidential conversations with a trained counselor anytime.

National Suicide Prevention Lifeline: 1-800-273-8255

Crisis Text line: Text “Connect” to 741-741

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #119: Omar Zenhom

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2388 yes #44: Jordan Harbinger – The secret to effective sales, dating, and hosting a popular podcast https://jayclouse.com/podcast/jordan-harbinger/ Jordan Harbinger is a Wall Street lawyer turned podcast interviewer with an approachable style and knack for securing high-profile guests. His show, The Jordan Harbinger Show was selected as part of Apple’s “Best of 2018.” And today, the Jordan Harbinger Show generates more than 6 million downloads per month. In this episode, we talk about building strong relationships, effective sales strategies that people actually appreciate, being a great podcast host, and ALL of it really comes down to relationships. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #138: Chris Williamson *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 09 Feb 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Jordan Harbinger – The secret to effective sales, dating, and hosting a popular podcast full 1 44 Jay Clouse Jordan Harbinger is a Wall Street lawyer turned podcast interviewer with an approachable style and knack for securing high-profile guests. Jordan Harbinger is a Wall Street lawyer turned podcast interviewer with an approachable style and knack for securing high-profile guests. His show, The Jordan Harbinger Show was selected as part of Apple’s “Best of 2018.” And today, the Jordan Harbinger Show generates more than 6 million downloads per month. In this episode, we talk about building strong relationships, effective sales strategies that people actually appreciate, being a great podcast host, and ALL of it really comes down to relationships. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #138: Chris Williamson *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Jordan Harbinger is a Wall Street lawyer turned podcast interviewer with an approachable style and knack for securing high-profile guests.

His show, The Jordan Harbinger Show was selected as part of Apple’s “Best of 2018.” And today, the Jordan Harbinger Show generates more than 6 million downloads per month.

In this episode, we talk about building strong relationships, effective sales strategies that people actually appreciate, being a great podcast host, and ALL of it really comes down to relationships.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #138: Chris Williamson

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3481 no #43: Emily Clouse – Our podcast illustrator talks drawing, breaking into comedy, and our childhood https://jayclouse.com/podcast/emily-clouse Emily Clouse is a Los Angeles-based comedy writer and cartoonist who illustrates this show! Her work can be found in The Onion, The New Yorker, Reductress, McSweeney's, American Greetings and other, more unspeakable places. In this episode we talk about our childhood, her interest in drawing, moving to Chicago, Uganda, and LA, and why holding space to explore her interests have led her to pursue a career in comedy writing. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #39: Chris McAlister *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 02 Feb 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Emily Clouse – Our podcast illustrator talks drawing, breaking into comedy, and our childhood full 1 43 Jay Clouse Emily Clouse is a Los Angeles-based comedy writer and cartoonist who illustrates this show! Emily Clouse is a Los Angeles-based comedy writer and cartoonist who illustrates this show! Her work can be found in The Onion, The New Yorker, Reductress, McSweeney's, American Greetings and other, more unspeakable places. In this episode we talk about our childhood, her interest in drawing, moving to Chicago, Uganda, and LA, and why holding space to explore her interests have led her to pursue a career in comedy writing. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #39: Chris McAlister *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Emily Clouse is a Los Angeles-based comedy writer and cartoonist who illustrates this show!

Her work can be found in The Onion, The New Yorker, Reductress, McSweeney's, American Greetings and other, more unspeakable places.

In this episode we talk about our childhood, her interest in drawing, moving to Chicago, Uganda, and LA, and why holding space to explore her interests have led her to pursue a career in comedy writing.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #39: Chris McAlister

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2923 no #42: Alex Cattoni – From behind-the-scenes copywriter to front-of-camera YouTuber https://jayclouse.com/podcast/alex-cattoni/ Alex Cattoni is a copywriter, marketer, and the founder of The Copy Posse, where she teaches people to become freelance copywriters. In 2017, Alex started her YouTube channel where she now has 75,000 subscribers and more than 1.5M views. In this episode we talk about Alex’s start at MindValley, her decision to freelance, the connection between marketing and copywriting, the massively successful launch of her coaching program, and why thinking about what she values has helped her push the boundaries of her comfort zone. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #95: Josh Hall *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 26 Jan 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Alex Cattoni – From behind-the-scenes copywriter to front-of-camera YouTuber full 1 42 Jay Clouse Alex Cattoni is a copywriter, marketer, and the founder of The Copy Posse, where she teaches people to become freelance copywriters. Alex Cattoni is a copywriter, marketer, and the founder of The Copy Posse, where she teaches people to become freelance copywriters. In 2017, Alex started her YouTube channel where she now has 75,000 subscribers and more than 1.5M views. In this episode we talk about Alex’s start at MindValley, her decision to freelance, the connection between marketing and copywriting, the massively successful launch of her coaching program, and why thinking about what she values has helped her push the boundaries of her comfort zone. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #95: Josh Hall *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Alex Cattoni is a copywriter, marketer, and the founder of The Copy Posse, where she teaches people to become freelance copywriters.

In 2017, Alex started her YouTube channel where she now has 75,000 subscribers and more than 1.5M views.

In this episode we talk about Alex’s start at MindValley, her decision to freelance, the connection between marketing and copywriting, the massively successful launch of her coaching program, and why thinking about what she values has helped her push the boundaries of her comfort zone.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #95: Josh Hall

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3467 no #41: Tim Urban – Why the author of Wait But Why focuses on quality over consistency https://jayclouse.com/podcast/tim-urban/ Tim Urban is the writer of the blog Wait But Why. Tim writes about topics including artificial intelligence, brain-computer interfaces, alien life, the size of the universe, and more. His articles are often tens of thousands of words – the length of finished novels. The success of his blog has garnered millions of unique page views, thousands of patrons and famous fans like Elon Musk. In this episode we talk about the beginning of Wait But Why, his research and writing process, how Tim thinks about A+ work, and why he loves the struggle of writing online. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #2: James Clear *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 19 Jan 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Tim Urban – Why the author of Wait But Why focuses on quality over consistency full 1 41 Jay Clouse Tim Urban is the writer of the blog Wait But Why. Tim writes about topics including artificial intelligence, brain-computer interfaces, alien life, the size of the universe, and more. Tim Urban is the writer of the blog Wait But Why. Tim writes about topics including artificial intelligence, brain-computer interfaces, alien life, the size of the universe, and more. His articles are often tens of thousands of words – the length of finished novels. The success of his blog has garnered millions of unique page views, thousands of patrons and famous fans like Elon Musk. In this episode we talk about the beginning of Wait But Why, his research and writing process, how Tim thinks about A+ work, and why he loves the struggle of writing online. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #2: James Clear *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tim Urban is the writer of the blog Wait But Why. Tim writes about topics including artificial intelligence, brain-computer interfaces, alien life, the size of the universe, and more.

His articles are often tens of thousands of words – the length of finished novels. The success of his blog has garnered millions of unique page views, thousands of patrons and famous fans like Elon Musk.

In this episode we talk about the beginning of Wait But Why, his research and writing process, how Tim thinks about A+ work, and why he loves the struggle of writing online.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #2: James Clear

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3270 yes #40: Matty Benedetto of Unnecessary Inventions https://jayclouse.com/podcast/matty-benedetto/ Matty Benedetto is the creator of Unnecessary Inventions. Unnecessary Inventions solves problems that don’t really exist by creating products that no one is really asking for. Each product is editorially shot to resemble a real marketing campaign for a product you can not get your hands on. He has nearly 650K followers on Instagram and over 100K subscribers on YouTube. In this episode we talk about being self taught, his experience with Kickstarter, building on Instagram, YouTube, and why his willingness to just do the things he wants to do has gotten him to where he is today. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #106: Dan Klitsner *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 12 Jan 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Matty Benedetto of Unnecessary Inventions full 1 40 Jay Clouse The evil genius of Unnecessary Inventions creates products no one is asking for Matty Benedetto is the creator of Unnecessary Inventions. Unnecessary Inventions solves problems that don’t really exist by creating products that no one is really asking for. Each product is editorially shot to resemble a real marketing campaign for a product you can not get your hands on. He has nearly 650K followers on Instagram and over 100K subscribers on YouTube. In this episode we talk about being self taught, his experience with Kickstarter, building on Instagram, YouTube, and why his willingness to just do the things he wants to do has gotten him to where he is today. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #106: Dan Klitsner *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Matty Benedetto is the creator of Unnecessary Inventions. Unnecessary Inventions solves problems that don’t really exist by creating products that no one is really asking for.

Each product is editorially shot to resemble a real marketing campaign for a product you can not get your hands on. He has nearly 650K followers on Instagram and over 100K subscribers on YouTube.

In this episode we talk about being self taught, his experience with Kickstarter, building on Instagram, YouTube, and why his willingness to just do the things he wants to do has gotten him to where he is today.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #106: Dan Klitsner

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3150 no #39: Chris McAlister – Meet my business and creative coach https://jayclouse.com/podcast/chris-mcalister/ Chris McAlister is the founder of SightShift, a company that helps ambitious people be courageous and kind. He’s authored 5 books, spoken to thousands of people, and loves the work of helping others unblock their best leadership. In this episode we talk about separating who you are from what you do, what it means to be proving and hiding, and why becoming more comfortable with your identity can be key to unlocking your creativity. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #43: Emily Clouse *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 05 Jan 2021 08:00:00 -0000 Chris McAlister – Meet my business and creative coach full 1 39 Jay Clouse Chris McAlister is the founder of SightShift, a company that helps ambitious people be courageous and kind. Chris McAlister is the founder of SightShift, a company that helps ambitious people be courageous and kind. He’s authored 5 books, spoken to thousands of people, and loves the work of helping others unblock their best leadership. In this episode we talk about separating who you are from what you do, what it means to be proving and hiding, and why becoming more comfortable with your identity can be key to unlocking your creativity. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #43: Emily Clouse *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Chris McAlister is the founder of SightShift, a company that helps ambitious people be courageous and kind.

He’s authored 5 books, spoken to thousands of people, and loves the work of helping others unblock their best leadership.

In this episode we talk about separating who you are from what you do, what it means to be proving and hiding, and why becoming more comfortable with your identity can be key to unlocking your creativity.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #43: Emily Clouse

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3571 no [REPLAY] #23: Kwame Christian https://jayclouse.com/podcast/kwame-christian Kwame Christian is one of the foremost experts in the field of negotiation and conflict resolution. He’s the Director of the American Negotiation Institute, the host of the Negotiate Anything podcast, and the author of Finding Confidence in Conflict: How to Negotiate Anything and Live Your Best Life. In this episode we talk about Kwame’s brief look into politics, how to lead negotiations, thinking long term, taking risks, how he manages his time, and why Strategy has been at the heart of all of his decisions. Click here to enroll in Podcast Like The Pros Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #6: Grant Baldwin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 29 Dec 2020 08:00:00 -0000 [REPLAY] Kwame Christian bonus Jay Clouse How an expert negotiator thinks strategically about expanding his reach Kwame Christian is one of the foremost experts in the field of negotiation and conflict resolution. He’s the Director of the American Negotiation Institute, the host of the Negotiate Anything podcast, and the author of Finding Confidence in Conflict: How to Negotiate Anything and Live Your Best Life. In this episode we talk about Kwame’s brief look into politics, how to lead negotiations, thinking long term, taking risks, how he manages his time, and why Strategy has been at the heart of all of his decisions. Click here to enroll in Podcast Like The Pros Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #6: Grant Baldwin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Kwame Christian is one of the foremost experts in the field of negotiation and conflict resolution. He’s the Director of the American Negotiation Institute, the host of the Negotiate Anything podcast, and the author of Finding Confidence in Conflict: How to Negotiate Anything and Live Your Best Life. In this episode we talk about Kwame’s brief look into politics, how to lead negotiations, thinking long term, taking risks, how he manages his time, and why Strategy has been at the heart of all of his decisions.

Click here to enroll in Podcast Like The Pros

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #6: Grant Baldwin

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3499 no #38: The 12 Clips of Christmas https://jayclouse.com/podcast/christmas-2020/ Do you remember watching TGIF on ABC in the 90s? They’d have new episodes of Boy Meets World, Sabrina the Teenage Witch, Two Guys, a Girl, and a Pizza Place… And then, inevitably towards the end of the season, they’d run a clip show. Instead of running a totally new episode, they’d pull together memorable clips from the other episodes that season and stitch them altogether. In this episode, I’m going to share with you 12 memorable clips from 12 different episodes of Creative Elements this year. Enroll in my new course, Podcast Like The Pros Transcript and show notes can be found here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 22 Dec 2020 08:00:00 -0000 The 12 Clips of Christmas full 1 38 Jay Clouse A look back at some of the gifts guests have given us this year Do you remember watching TGIF on ABC in the 90s? They’d have new episodes of Boy Meets World, Sabrina the Teenage Witch, Two Guys, a Girl, and a Pizza Place… And then, inevitably towards the end of the season, they’d run a clip show. Instead of running a totally new episode, they’d pull together memorable clips from the other episodes that season and stitch them altogether. In this episode, I’m going to share with you 12 memorable clips from 12 different episodes of Creative Elements this year. Enroll in my new course, Podcast Like The Pros Transcript and show notes can be found here *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Do you remember watching TGIF on ABC in the 90s? They’d have new episodes of Boy Meets World, Sabrina the Teenage Witch, Two Guys, a Girl, and a Pizza Place…

And then, inevitably towards the end of the season, they’d run a clip show. Instead of running a totally new episode, they’d pull together memorable clips from the other episodes that season and stitch them altogether.

In this episode, I’m going to share with you 12 memorable clips from 12 different episodes of Creative Elements this year.

Enroll in my new course, Podcast Like The Pros

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2855 no #37: Ali Abdaal – Making a living as a part-time YouTuber https://jayclouse.com/podcast/ali-abdaal/ Ali Abdaal is a Cambridge University medicine graduate, now working as a junior doctor in the UK's National Health Service (NHS). He started making YouTube videos in his final year of medical school at Cambridge University in the summer of 2017. As of October 2020, his channel has 1.1 million subscribers and earns over £100,000 ($130k) each month, with 5-10 hours of effort each week. In this episode we talk about going to medical school in the UK, why he started his YouTube channel, how you can get started on YouTube, and why Efficiency has allowed him to do this on the side while becoming a doctor. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 15 Dec 2020 08:00:00 -0000 Ali Abdaal – Making a living as a part-time YouTuber full 1 37 Jay Clouse Ali Abdaal is a Cambridge University medicine graduate, now working as a junior doctor in the UK's National Health Service (NHS). He started making YouTube videos in his final year of medical school at Cambridge University in the summer of 2017. Ali Abdaal is a Cambridge University medicine graduate, now working as a junior doctor in the UK's National Health Service (NHS). He started making YouTube videos in his final year of medical school at Cambridge University in the summer of 2017. As of October 2020, his channel has 1.1 million subscribers and earns over £100,000 ($130k) each month, with 5-10 hours of effort each week. In this episode we talk about going to medical school in the UK, why he started his YouTube channel, how you can get started on YouTube, and why Efficiency has allowed him to do this on the side while becoming a doctor. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Ali Abdaal is a Cambridge University medicine graduate, now working as a junior doctor in the UK's National Health Service (NHS). He started making YouTube videos in his final year of medical school at Cambridge University in the summer of 2017.

As of October 2020, his channel has 1.1 million subscribers and earns over £100,000 ($130k) each month, with 5-10 hours of effort each week.

In this episode we talk about going to medical school in the UK, why he started his YouTube channel, how you can get started on YouTube, and why Efficiency has allowed him to do this on the side while becoming a doctor.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #192: I coached Ali Abdaal on building a membership

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3772 no #36: Matt Ragland – Becoming a full time YouTube creator after 10 years of side hustling https://jayclouse.com/podcast/matt-ragland/ Matt Ragland is an independent creator. His YouTube channel showcases videos on the Bullet Journal process, productivity, and time management. Previous to going full time as a creator in 2020, Matt worked in customer success as employee #5 at ConvertKit and later as a Director of Customer Success at Podia. In this episode we talk about Matt’s journey starting with blogging in 2010, his time at ConvertKit and Podia, how to construct multiple products at different price points, breaking through on YouTube, and how his curiosity has helped him find a path to going all in as a full-time creator. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #48: Rosie Sherry *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 08 Dec 2020 08:00:00 -0000 Matt Ragland – Becoming a full time YouTube creator after 10 years of side hustling full 1 36 Jay Clouse Matt Ragland is an independent creator. His YouTube channel showcases videos on the Bullet Journal process, productivity, and time management. Matt Ragland is an independent creator. His YouTube channel showcases videos on the Bullet Journal process, productivity, and time management. Previous to going full time as a creator in 2020, Matt worked in customer success as employee #5 at ConvertKit and later as a Director of Customer Success at Podia. In this episode we talk about Matt’s journey starting with blogging in 2010, his time at ConvertKit and Podia, how to construct multiple products at different price points, breaking through on YouTube, and how his curiosity has helped him find a path to going all in as a full-time creator. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #48: Rosie Sherry *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Matt Ragland is an independent creator. His YouTube channel showcases videos on the Bullet Journal process, productivity, and time management.

Previous to going full time as a creator in 2020, Matt worked in customer success as employee #5 at ConvertKit and later as a Director of Customer Success at Podia.

In this episode we talk about Matt’s journey starting with blogging in 2010, his time at ConvertKit and Podia, how to construct multiple products at different price points, breaking through on YouTube, and how his curiosity has helped him find a path to going all in as a full-time creator.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #48: Rosie Sherry

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3904 no #35: David Perell – How "The Writing Guy" thinks about Twitter, education, and creating your own games https://jayclouse.com/podcast/david-perell/ David Perell is a writer, podcaster, and the creator of Write of Passage. His essays cross between topics like travel, culture, media, marketing, and technology, but focus on our relationship with information – especially how we make sense of the world by consuming ideas. In this episode we talk about David’s approach to education, quitting institutional games to create your own games, how to use Twitter, and how writing can generate serendipity. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #128: Neville Medhora *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 01 Dec 2020 08:00:00 -0000 David Perell – How "The Writing Guy" thinks about Twitter, education, and creating your own games full 1 35 Jay Clouse David Perell is a writer, podcaster, and the creator of Write of Passage. David Perell is a writer, podcaster, and the creator of Write of Passage. His essays cross between topics like travel, culture, media, marketing, and technology, but focus on our relationship with information – especially how we make sense of the world by consuming ideas. In this episode we talk about David’s approach to education, quitting institutional games to create your own games, how to use Twitter, and how writing can generate serendipity. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #128: Neville Medhora *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices David Perell is a writer, podcaster, and the creator of Write of Passage.

His essays cross between topics like travel, culture, media, marketing, and technology, but focus on our relationship with information – especially how we make sense of the world by consuming ideas.

In this episode we talk about David’s approach to education, quitting institutional games to create your own games, how to use Twitter, and how writing can generate serendipity.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #128: Neville Medhora

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3282 no #34: 5 things for creatives to be thankful for https://jayclouse.com/podcast/thanksgiving-2020/ It’s a weird year for Thanksgiving. It’s a hard year to feel very thankful. There's a lot to be angry about in 2020. There's a lot to be sad about and there's a lot to be hurt about. But today, and this week, let's instead fill that space with gratitude. It won't make the bads and the sads go away forever, but it'll be a nice little break. And you deserve that break! This is a solo episode – our first solo episode of Creative Elements! And I want to share with you 5 things that I am thankful for as a creator in 2020. Transcript, show notes, and everything mentioned in this episode can be found here Click here to see the tools mentioned in this episode *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 24 Nov 2020 08:00:00 -0000 5 things for creatives to be thankful for full 1 34 Jay Clouse A special Thanksgiving solo episode! It’s a weird year for Thanksgiving. It’s a hard year to feel very thankful. There's a lot to be angry about in 2020. There's a lot to be sad about and there's a lot to be hurt about. But today, and this week, let's instead fill that space with gratitude. It won't make the bads and the sads go away forever, but it'll be a nice little break. And you deserve that break! This is a solo episode – our first solo episode of Creative Elements! And I want to share with you 5 things that I am thankful for as a creator in 2020. Transcript, show notes, and everything mentioned in this episode can be found here Click here to see the tools mentioned in this episode *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices It’s a weird year for Thanksgiving. It’s a hard year to feel very thankful. There's a lot to be angry about in 2020. There's a lot to be sad about and there's a lot to be hurt about.

But today, and this week, let's instead fill that space with gratitude. It won't make the bads and the sads go away forever, but it'll be a nice little break. And you deserve that break!

This is a solo episode – our first solo episode of Creative Elements! And I want to share with you 5 things that I am thankful for as a creator in 2020.

Transcript, show notes, and everything mentioned in this episode can be found here

Click here to see the tools mentioned in this episode

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 1183 no #33: Brian Clark – A content marketing pioneer talks about its evolution https://jayclouse.com/podcast/brian-clark/ Brian Clark is founder of the pioneering content marketing website Copyblogger, the personal growth newsletter Further, and Unemployable, a resource that provides smart strategies for freelancers and entrepreneurs. Both the Guardian and Advertising Age have recognized Copyblogger as one of the most powerful and influential blogs in the world. In this episode we talk about what content marketing looks like today, curation, creating software, how to prepare for a sale of your business, and why empathy has been the key to creating so much value for himself and others. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #149: Daniel Pink *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 17 Nov 2020 08:00:00 -0000 Brian Clark – A content marketing pioneer talks about its evolution full 1 33 Jay Clouse Brian Clark is founder of the pioneering content marketing website Copyblogger, the personal growth newsletter Further, and Unemployable, a resource that provides smart strategies for freelancers and entrepreneurs. Brian Clark is founder of the pioneering content marketing website Copyblogger, the personal growth newsletter Further, and Unemployable, a resource that provides smart strategies for freelancers and entrepreneurs. Both the Guardian and Advertising Age have recognized Copyblogger as one of the most powerful and influential blogs in the world. In this episode we talk about what content marketing looks like today, curation, creating software, how to prepare for a sale of your business, and why empathy has been the key to creating so much value for himself and others. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #149: Daniel Pink *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Brian Clark is founder of the pioneering content marketing website Copyblogger, the personal growth newsletter Further, and Unemployable, a resource that provides smart strategies for freelancers and entrepreneurs.

Both the Guardian and Advertising Age have recognized Copyblogger as one of the most powerful and influential blogs in the world.

In this episode we talk about what content marketing looks like today, curation, creating software, how to prepare for a sale of your business, and why empathy has been the key to creating so much value for himself and others.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #149: Daniel Pink

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3565 no #32: Dan Andrews – Helping location independent entrepreneurs build businesses and find community https://jayclouse.com/podcast/dan-andrews/ Dan Andrews is the creator and host of the Tropical MBA podcast, a show for location independent entrepreneurs. The show has been downloaded millions of times since 2009. Dan is also the author of Before The Exit and co-founder of Dynamite Jobs. In this episode we talk about Dan’s journey building the TMBA universe, being ahead of business trends, building community, business partners, and why the Legitness of Dan’s message has attracted that audience and built that community. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → BONUS: Breaking down my journey on Tropical MBA *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 10 Nov 2020 08:00:00 -0000 Dan Andrews – Helping location independent entrepreneurs build businesses and find community full 1 32 Jay Clouse Dan Andrews is the creator and host of the Tropical MBA podcast, a show for location independent entrepreneurs. Dan Andrews is the creator and host of the Tropical MBA podcast, a show for location independent entrepreneurs. The show has been downloaded millions of times since 2009. Dan is also the author of Before The Exit and co-founder of Dynamite Jobs. In this episode we talk about Dan’s journey building the TMBA universe, being ahead of business trends, building community, business partners, and why the Legitness of Dan’s message has attracted that audience and built that community. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → BONUS: Breaking down my journey on Tropical MBA *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Dan Andrews is the creator and host of the Tropical MBA podcast, a show for location independent entrepreneurs. The show has been downloaded millions of times since 2009.

Dan is also the author of Before The Exit and co-founder of Dynamite Jobs.

In this episode we talk about Dan’s journey building the TMBA universe, being ahead of business trends, building community, business partners, and why the Legitness of Dan’s message has attracted that audience and built that community.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ BONUS: Breaking down my journey on Tropical MBA

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3680 no [REPLAY] #2: James Clear – Habits, research, and how to create A+ work from a New York Times best selling author https://jayclouse.com/podcast/james-clear/ James Clear is a personal development keynote speaker and New York Times bestselling author of Atomic Habits. His book sold over 1 million copies in its first 12 months and received a ton of critical acclaim. In this episode, we discuss the lessons learned from writing a best selling book, the sacrifices required, and what it truly means to do A+ work. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #41: [REPLAY] Tim Urban *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 03 Nov 2020 08:00:00 -0000 [REPLAY] James Clear – Habits, research, and how to create A+ work from a New York Times best selling author bonus Jay Clouse James Clear is a personal development keynote speaker and New York Times bestselling author of Atomic Habits. James Clear is a personal development keynote speaker and New York Times bestselling author of Atomic Habits. His book sold over 1 million copies in its first 12 months and received a ton of critical acclaim. In this episode, we discuss the lessons learned from writing a best selling book, the sacrifices required, and what it truly means to do A+ work. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #41: [REPLAY] Tim Urban *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices James Clear is a personal development keynote speaker and New York Times bestselling author of Atomic Habits. His book sold over 1 million copies in its first 12 months and received a ton of critical acclaim. In this episode, we discuss the lessons learned from writing a best selling book, the sacrifices required, and what it truly means to do A+ work.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #41: [REPLAY] Tim Urban

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3434 no #31: Sahil Lavingia – Gumroad and the evolution of online creators https://jayclouse.com/podcast/sahil-lavingia/ Sahil Lavingia is the founder and CEO of Gumroad. Gumroad is an online platform that facilitates the sale of products by creators directly to consumers. Sahil left his job at Pinterest to start the company in 2011. Today, Gumroad serves nearly 75,000 creators earning more than $12M every month. In this episode, we talk about the beginning of Gumroad, how the creator landscape has changed in the last decade, trends in audience building, and how Honesty is key for creators. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #96: Nathan Barry *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 27 Oct 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Sahil Lavingia – Gumroad and the evolution of online creators full 1 31 Jay Clouse Sahil Lavingia is the founder and CEO of Gumroad. Gumroad is an online platform that facilitates the sale of products by creators directly to consumers. Sahil Lavingia is the founder and CEO of Gumroad. Gumroad is an online platform that facilitates the sale of products by creators directly to consumers. Sahil left his job at Pinterest to start the company in 2011. Today, Gumroad serves nearly 75,000 creators earning more than $12M every month. In this episode, we talk about the beginning of Gumroad, how the creator landscape has changed in the last decade, trends in audience building, and how Honesty is key for creators. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #96: Nathan Barry *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Sahil Lavingia is the founder and CEO of Gumroad. Gumroad is an online platform that facilitates the sale of products by creators directly to consumers.

Sahil left his job at Pinterest to start the company in 2011. Today, Gumroad serves nearly 75,000 creators earning more than $12M every month.

In this episode, we talk about the beginning of Gumroad, how the creator landscape has changed in the last decade, trends in audience building, and how Honesty is key for creators.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #96: Nathan Barry

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3093 no #30: Anne-Laure Le Cunff – From burnout to mindful productivity and quickly building an audience https://jayclouse.com/podcast/anne-laure-le-cunff/ Anne-Laure Le Cunff is an entrepreneur, an ex-Googler, and a neuroscience student. She’s the creator of Ness Labs and a Masters of Science in Applied Neuroscience candidate at King's College. She writes a lot about "mindful productivity," and every week she sends a newsletter called Maker Mind with practical content at the intersection of neuroscience and entrepreneurship. Her work has been featured in WIRED, Forbes, FT, Rolling Stone, and more. In this episode we talk about how Anne-Laure quickly grew her Twitter audience, Ness Labs, and how Mindfulness has allowed her to be prolific in her writing while getting a graduate degree in applied neuroscience. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #102: Tiago Forte *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 20 Oct 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Anne-Laure Le Cunff – From burnout to mindful productivity and quickly building an audience full 1 30 Jay Clouse Anne-Laure Le Cunff is an entrepreneur, an ex-Googler, and a neuroscience student. Anne-Laure Le Cunff is an entrepreneur, an ex-Googler, and a neuroscience student. She’s the creator of Ness Labs and a Masters of Science in Applied Neuroscience candidate at King's College. She writes a lot about "mindful productivity," and every week she sends a newsletter called Maker Mind with practical content at the intersection of neuroscience and entrepreneurship. Her work has been featured in WIRED, Forbes, FT, Rolling Stone, and more. In this episode we talk about how Anne-Laure quickly grew her Twitter audience, Ness Labs, and how Mindfulness has allowed her to be prolific in her writing while getting a graduate degree in applied neuroscience. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #102: Tiago Forte *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Anne-Laure Le Cunff is an entrepreneur, an ex-Googler, and a neuroscience student. She’s the creator of Ness Labs and a Masters of Science in Applied Neuroscience candidate at King's College.

She writes a lot about "mindful productivity," and every week she sends a newsletter called Maker Mind with practical content at the intersection of neuroscience and entrepreneurship. Her work has been featured in WIRED, Forbes, FT, Rolling Stone, and more.

In this episode we talk about how Anne-Laure quickly grew her Twitter audience, Ness Labs, and how Mindfulness has allowed her to be prolific in her writing while getting a graduate degree in applied neuroscience.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #102: Tiago Forte

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3117 no #29: Khe Hy – Leaving Wall Street success to find fulfillment and start an email newsletter https://jayclouse.com/podcast/khe-hy/ Khe Hy is the creator of RadReads, a weekly newsletter covering how to live an intentional life. He's also the creator of notion.courses, a set of courses to supercharge your productivity through the tool, Notion. Previous to RadReads, Khe spent 15 years on Wall Street, working his way to Managing Director at BlackRock, the largest asset manager in the world. In this episode we talk about shedding his golden handcuffs, the angel investment he made in himself, getting media attention, and why consistency has helped him find a new kind of success. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #78: Marie Poulin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 13 Oct 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Khe Hy – Leaving Wall Street success to find fulfillment and start an email newsletter full 1 29 Jay Clouse Khe Hy is the creator of RadReads, a weekly newsletter covering how to live an intentional life. Khe Hy is the creator of RadReads, a weekly newsletter covering how to live an intentional life. He's also the creator of notion.courses, a set of courses to supercharge your productivity through the tool, Notion. Previous to RadReads, Khe spent 15 years on Wall Street, working his way to Managing Director at BlackRock, the largest asset manager in the world. In this episode we talk about shedding his golden handcuffs, the angel investment he made in himself, getting media attention, and why consistency has helped him find a new kind of success. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #78: Marie Poulin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Khe Hy is the creator of RadReads, a weekly newsletter covering how to live an intentional life. He's also the creator of notion.courses, a set of courses to supercharge your productivity through the tool, Notion.

Previous to RadReads, Khe spent 15 years on Wall Street, working his way to Managing Director at BlackRock, the largest asset manager in the world.

In this episode we talk about shedding his golden handcuffs, the angel investment he made in himself, getting media attention, and why consistency has helped him find a new kind of success.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #78: Marie Poulin

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3001 yes #28: Bryce Conway – How a travel hacker evolved to become a content creator and affiliate marketer https://jayclouse.com/podcast/bryce-conway/ Bryce Conway is the Founder of 10xTravel.com and Author of Takeoff: How to Travel the World for Next to Nothing and How to Fix Your Credit: Do it Once. Do it Right. Get on with Your Life. Bryce’s work has been featured in multiple national media outlets including Good Morning America, Money Magazine, and ABC Nightline News. In this episode, Bryce talks about how he accidentally started GetFreeFlights, the rebrand to 10xTravel, the shift in his business model that made a huge impact, and why his willingness to iterate on the business led to his success. Transcript and show notes can be found here. *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #26: Ryan Robinson *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 06 Oct 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Bryce Conway – How a travel hacker evolved to become a content creator and affiliate marketer full 1 28 Jay Clouse Bryce Conway is the Founder of 10xTravel.com and Author of Takeoff: How to Travel the World for Next to Nothing and How to Fix Your Credit: Do it Once. Do it Right. Get on with Your Life. Bryce Conway is the Founder of 10xTravel.com and Author of Takeoff: How to Travel the World for Next to Nothing and How to Fix Your Credit: Do it Once. Do it Right. Get on with Your Life. Bryce’s work has been featured in multiple national media outlets including Good Morning America, Money Magazine, and ABC Nightline News. In this episode, Bryce talks about how he accidentally started GetFreeFlights, the rebrand to 10xTravel, the shift in his business model that made a huge impact, and why his willingness to iterate on the business led to his success. Transcript and show notes can be found here. *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #26: Ryan Robinson *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Bryce Conway is the Founder of 10xTravel.com and Author of Takeoff: How to Travel the World for Next to Nothing and How to Fix Your Credit: Do it Once. Do it Right. Get on with Your Life.

Bryce’s work has been featured in multiple national media outlets including Good Morning America, Money Magazine, and ABC Nightline News.

In this episode, Bryce talks about how he accidentally started GetFreeFlights, the rebrand to 10xTravel, the shift in his business model that made a huge impact, and why his willingness to iterate on the business led to his success.

Transcript and show notes can be found here.

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #26: Ryan Robinson

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3509 no #27: Ran Segall – How a freelance designer's YouTube hobby paved the way to becoming an educator https://jayclouse.com/podcast/ran-segall/ Ran Segall is the creator of Flux Academy. Previous to Flux, Ran was a freelance designer with nearly 20 years of experience. Flux Academy started in 2015 as a YouTube channel called Flux. That channel has 200K subscribers and more than 9M views. In this episode we talk about Ran’s experience freelancing, what he learned working in a design agency, why he created the Webflow Masterclass, how he pre-sold it to his audience, and why Consistency has allowed him to build an audience and a business larger than himself. Transcript and show notes can be found here. *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #95: Josh Hall *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 29 Sep 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Ran Segall – How a freelance designer's YouTube hobby paved the way to becoming an educator full 1 27 Jay Clouse Ran Segall is the creator of Flux Academy. Previous to Flux, Ran was a freelance designer with nearly 20 years of experience. Ran Segall is the creator of Flux Academy. Previous to Flux, Ran was a freelance designer with nearly 20 years of experience. Flux Academy started in 2015 as a YouTube channel called Flux. That channel has 200K subscribers and more than 9M views. In this episode we talk about Ran’s experience freelancing, what he learned working in a design agency, why he created the Webflow Masterclass, how he pre-sold it to his audience, and why Consistency has allowed him to build an audience and a business larger than himself. Transcript and show notes can be found here. *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #95: Josh Hall *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Ran Segall is the creator of Flux Academy. Previous to Flux, Ran was a freelance designer with nearly 20 years of experience.

Flux Academy started in 2015 as a YouTube channel called Flux. That channel has 200K subscribers and more than 9M views.

In this episode we talk about Ran’s experience freelancing, what he learned working in a design agency, why he created the Webflow Masterclass, how he pre-sold it to his audience, and why Consistency has allowed him to build an audience and a business larger than himself.

Transcript and show notes can be found here.

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #95: Josh Hall

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3270 yes #26: Ryan Robinson – How to write blog posts that rank on page one of search results https://jayclouse.com/podcast/ryan-robinson/ Ryan Robinson is a full-time blogger, podcaster and content marketing consultant. His blog teaches people how to start a blog and grow a profitable side business. Ryan's site attracts more than 500,000 visitors per month and earns more than $450,000 in affiliate income per year. In this episode we talk about starting his blog, his process for creating headlines and outlines, ranking for search, and how great Planning allows him to consistently publish and compete for search traffic. Enroll in Ryan's Built to Blog course Transcript and show notes can be found here. *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #28: Bryce Conway *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 22 Sep 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Ryan Robinson – How to write blog posts that rank on page one of search results full 1 26 Jay Clouse Ryan Robinson is a full-time blogger, podcaster and content marketing consultant. Ryan Robinson is a full-time blogger, podcaster and content marketing consultant. His blog teaches people how to start a blog and grow a profitable side business. Ryan's site attracts more than 500,000 visitors per month and earns more than $450,000 in affiliate income per year. In this episode we talk about starting his blog, his process for creating headlines and outlines, ranking for search, and how great Planning allows him to consistently publish and compete for search traffic. Enroll in Ryan's Built to Blog course Transcript and show notes can be found here. *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #28: Bryce Conway *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Ryan Robinson is a full-time blogger, podcaster and content marketing consultant. His blog teaches people how to start a blog and grow a profitable side business. Ryan's site attracts more than 500,000 visitors per month and earns more than $450,000 in affiliate income per year. In this episode we talk about starting his blog, his process for creating headlines and outlines, ranking for search, and how great Planning allows him to consistently publish and compete for search traffic.

Enroll in Ryan's Built to Blog course

Transcript and show notes can be found here.

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #28: Bryce Conway

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3280 no #25: Eric Jorgenson – Creating a full-length book from Tweets, interviews, essays, and podcasts https://jayclouse.com/podcast/eric-jorgenson/ Eric Jorgenson is the author of The Almanack of Naval Ravikant: A Guide to Wealth and Happiness (also called Navalmanack). The Almanack is a collection of insight from Naval Ravikant that Eric curated from from Twitter, Podcasts, and Essays over the past decade. In this episode we talk about Eric’s process of creating the book, how he created his own constraints, how he managed to make progress while doing this as a side project, and why he believes Curation opens the door for more books like this. Transcript and show notes can be found here. *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #148: Kevin Espiritu *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 15 Sep 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Eric Jorgenson – Creating a full-length book from Tweets, interviews, essays, and podcasts full 1 25 Jay Clouse Eric Jorgenson is the author of The Almanack of Naval Ravikant: A Guide to Wealth and Happiness (also called Navalmanack). Eric Jorgenson is the author of The Almanack of Naval Ravikant: A Guide to Wealth and Happiness (also called Navalmanack). The Almanack is a collection of insight from Naval Ravikant that Eric curated from from Twitter, Podcasts, and Essays over the past decade. In this episode we talk about Eric’s process of creating the book, how he created his own constraints, how he managed to make progress while doing this as a side project, and why he believes Curation opens the door for more books like this. Transcript and show notes can be found here. *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #148: Kevin Espiritu *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Eric Jorgenson is the author of The Almanack of Naval Ravikant: A Guide to Wealth and Happiness (also called Navalmanack). The Almanack is a collection of insight from Naval Ravikant that Eric curated from from Twitter, Podcasts, and Essays over the past decade. In this episode we talk about Eric’s process of creating the book, how he created his own constraints, how he managed to make progress while doing this as a side project, and why he believes Curation opens the door for more books like this.

Transcript and show notes can be found here.

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #148: Kevin Espiritu

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2631 no #24: Tiffany Aliche, The Budgetnista – Paying off debt, saving for retirement, weathering a recession, and building wealth https://jayclouse.com/podcast/tiffany-aliche/ Tiffany "The Budgetnista" Aliche is an author, speaker, and founder of the Live Richer Academy. Since 2014, The Budgetnista’s LIVE RICHER Challenge movement has helped over 1 million women from 100+ countries save more than $100 million, and pay off over $75 million in debt, purchase homes and transform the way they think about their finances. In this episode, we talk about Tiffany’s financial education, the scam that left her with $35K in credit card debt, how she paid off that debt, the way she thinks about home buying, savings, and how her focus on service helped her build a multi-million dollar business. Transcript and show notes can be found here. *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #88: Tori Dunlap *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 08 Sep 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Tiffany Aliche, The Budgetnista – Paying off debt, saving for retirement, weathering a recession, and building wealth full 1 24 Jay Clouse Tiffany "The Budgetnista" Aliche is an author, speaker, and founder of the Live Richer Academy. Tiffany "The Budgetnista" Aliche is an author, speaker, and founder of the Live Richer Academy. Since 2014, The Budgetnista’s LIVE RICHER Challenge movement has helped over 1 million women from 100+ countries save more than $100 million, and pay off over $75 million in debt, purchase homes and transform the way they think about their finances. In this episode, we talk about Tiffany’s financial education, the scam that left her with $35K in credit card debt, how she paid off that debt, the way she thinks about home buying, savings, and how her focus on service helped her build a multi-million dollar business. Transcript and show notes can be found here. *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #88: Tori Dunlap *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tiffany "The Budgetnista" Aliche is an author, speaker, and founder of the Live Richer Academy.

Since 2014, The Budgetnista’s LIVE RICHER Challenge movement has helped over 1 million women from 100+ countries save more than $100 million, and pay off over $75 million in debt, purchase homes and transform the way they think about their finances.

In this episode, we talk about Tiffany’s financial education, the scam that left her with $35K in credit card debt, how she paid off that debt, the way she thinks about home buying, savings, and how her focus on service helped her build a multi-million dollar business.

Transcript and show notes can be found here.

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #88: Tori Dunlap

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3818 no #23: Kwame Christian – How an expert negotiator thinks strategically about expanding his reach https://jayclouse.com/podcast/kwame-christian/ Kwame Christian is one of the foremost experts in the field of negotiation and conflict resolution. He’s the Director of the American Negotiation Institute, the host of the Negotiate Anything podcast, and the author of Finding Confidence in Conflict: How to Negotiate Anything and Live Your Best Life. In this episode we talk about Kwame’s brief look into politics, how to lead negotiations, thinking long term, taking risks, how he manages his time, and why Strategy has been at the heart of all of his decisions. Transcript and show notes can be found here. *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #6: Grant Baldwin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 01 Sep 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Kwame Christian – How an expert negotiator thinks strategically about expanding his reach full 1 23 Jay Clouse Kwame Christian is one of the foremost experts in the field of negotiation and conflict resolution. Kwame Christian is one of the foremost experts in the field of negotiation and conflict resolution. He’s the Director of the American Negotiation Institute, the host of the Negotiate Anything podcast, and the author of Finding Confidence in Conflict: How to Negotiate Anything and Live Your Best Life. In this episode we talk about Kwame’s brief look into politics, how to lead negotiations, thinking long term, taking risks, how he manages his time, and why Strategy has been at the heart of all of his decisions. Transcript and show notes can be found here. *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #6: Grant Baldwin *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Kwame Christian is one of the foremost experts in the field of negotiation and conflict resolution. He’s the Director of the American Negotiation Institute, the host of the Negotiate Anything podcast, and the author of Finding Confidence in Conflict: How to Negotiate Anything and Live Your Best Life. In this episode we talk about Kwame’s brief look into politics, how to lead negotiations, thinking long term, taking risks, how he manages his time, and why Strategy has been at the heart of all of his decisions.

Transcript and show notes can be found here.

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #6: Grant Baldwin

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3348 no #22: Pat Flynn and Matt Gartland – Why Pat acquired Matt's agency in order to grow Smart Passive Income https://jayclouse.com/podcast/smart-passive-income/ Pat Flynn and Matt Gartland are the partners behind Smart Passive Income (SPI). Smart Passive Income is a media company elevating entrepreneurs to within reach of their dreams. The Smart Passive Income podcast is one of the top Business podcasts with more than 60 million downloads. In this episode we talk about Pat’s journey starting SPI, Matt’s parallel journey building Winning Edits, their successful and failed projects, and ultimately why they decided an acquisition made sense. Transcript and show notes can be found here. Get started with BetterHelp and save 10% Try Podia and save 15% for life as a Creative Elements listener Earn money by sharing this show Join our community on Facebook Want to support this show? Click here to buy me a coffee. Brought to you by The Podglomerate *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #122: Patt Flynn and Matt Gartland *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 25 Aug 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Pat Flynn and Matt Gartland – Why Pat acquired Matt's agency in order to grow Smart Passive Income full 1 22 Jay Clouse Smart Passive Income is a media company elevating entrepreneurs to within reach of their dreams. Pat Flynn and Matt Gartland are the partners behind Smart Passive Income (SPI). Smart Passive Income is a media company elevating entrepreneurs to within reach of their dreams. The Smart Passive Income podcast is one of the top Business podcasts with more than 60 million downloads. In this episode we talk about Pat’s journey starting SPI, Matt’s parallel journey building Winning Edits, their successful and failed projects, and ultimately why they decided an acquisition made sense. Transcript and show notes can be found here. Get started with BetterHelp and save 10% Try Podia and save 15% for life as a Creative Elements listener Earn money by sharing this show Join our community on Facebook Want to support this show? Click here to buy me a coffee. Brought to you by The Podglomerate *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #122: Patt Flynn and Matt Gartland *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Pat Flynn and Matt Gartland are the partners behind Smart Passive Income (SPI). Smart Passive Income is a media company elevating entrepreneurs to within reach of their dreams.

The Smart Passive Income podcast is one of the top Business podcasts with more than 60 million downloads.

In this episode we talk about Pat’s journey starting SPI, Matt’s parallel journey building Winning Edits, their successful and failed projects, and ultimately why they decided an acquisition made sense.

Transcript and show notes can be found here.

Get started with BetterHelp and save 10%

Try Podia and save 15% for life as a Creative Elements listener

Earn money by sharing this show

Join our community on Facebook

Want to support this show? Click here to buy me a coffee.

Brought to you by The Podglomerate

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #122: Patt Flynn and Matt Gartland

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 4034 no #21: Matt D'Avella – Freelancing, filmmaking, podcasting, and finding success on YouTube. https://jayclouse.com/podcast/matt-davella/ Matt D'Avella is a filmmaker, YouTuber & podcaster that explores what it means to live a good life. Matt directed Minimalism: A Documentary About the Important Things, which was acquired by Netflix in 2016. His YouTube channel has nearly 3 million subscribers, and his videos have been viewed more than 175 million times. In this episode we talk about his experience creating the Minimalism documentary, managing his creative energy, crafting a good story, and how Experimentation has helped him find success on YouTube. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #112: Thomas Frank *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 18 Aug 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Matt D'Avella – Freelancing, filmmaking, podcasting, and finding success on YouTube. full 1 21 Jay Clouse Matt D'Avella is a filmmaker, YouTuber & podcaster that explores what it means to live a good life. Matt directed Minimalism: A Documentary About the Important Things, which was acquired by Netflix in 2016. Matt D'Avella is a filmmaker, YouTuber & podcaster that explores what it means to live a good life. Matt directed Minimalism: A Documentary About the Important Things, which was acquired by Netflix in 2016. His YouTube channel has nearly 3 million subscribers, and his videos have been viewed more than 175 million times. In this episode we talk about his experience creating the Minimalism documentary, managing his creative energy, crafting a good story, and how Experimentation has helped him find success on YouTube. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #112: Thomas Frank *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Matt D'Avella is a filmmaker, YouTuber & podcaster that explores what it means to live a good life. Matt directed Minimalism: A Documentary About the Important Things, which was acquired by Netflix in 2016. His YouTube channel has nearly 3 million subscribers, and his videos have been viewed more than 175 million times. In this episode we talk about his experience creating the Minimalism documentary, managing his creative energy, crafting a good story, and how Experimentation has helped him find success on YouTube.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #112: Thomas Frank

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3393 no #20: Morgan Nield – Selling on Etsy, building a marketing strategy, Pinterest, and transitioning from physical to digital products https://jayclouse.com/podcast/morgan-nield/ Morgan Nield helps Etsy sellers go from part-time hustle to full-time income. Morgan built her Etsy shop, Little Highbury, into a 6-figure business in under a year, and had fulfilled more than 23,000 orders before shutting the business down to focus on digital products. In this episode we talk about her Etsy journey, her decision to shut that store down, the digital marketing system she helps her clients build, how to use Pinterest, and how she leverages a Facebook Group. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #95: Josh Hall *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 11 Aug 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Morgan Nield – Selling on Etsy, building a marketing strategy, Pinterest, and transitioning from physical to digital products full 1 20 Jay Clouse Morgan Nield helps Etsy sellers go from part-time hustle to full-time income. Morgan Nield helps Etsy sellers go from part-time hustle to full-time income. Morgan built her Etsy shop, Little Highbury, into a 6-figure business in under a year, and had fulfilled more than 23,000 orders before shutting the business down to focus on digital products. In this episode we talk about her Etsy journey, her decision to shut that store down, the digital marketing system she helps her clients build, how to use Pinterest, and how she leverages a Facebook Group. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #95: Josh Hall *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Morgan Nield helps Etsy sellers go from part-time hustle to full-time income. Morgan built her Etsy shop, Little Highbury, into a 6-figure business in under a year, and had fulfilled more than 23,000 orders before shutting the business down to focus on digital products. In this episode we talk about her Etsy journey, her decision to shut that store down, the digital marketing system she helps her clients build, how to use Pinterest, and how she leverages a Facebook Group.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #95: Josh Hall

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3201 no #19: Miles Beckler – Affiliate marketing, building an audience, earning trust, and making money online https://jayclouse.com/podcast/miles-beckler/ Miles Beckler is an internet marketer. In 2009, he and his wife Melanie started a website about mindfulness and meditation, and that site now receives over 8M visitors per year. In 2016, he decided to begin teaching what he’d learned for free on YouTube. And now, more than 600 videos later, Miles’s YouTube channel has nearly 150K subscribers. In this episode we talk about his path to online marketing, his 90 day content challenge, his ATM method for earning money online, and why giving away his knowledge for free actually earns him more than if he put it behind a paywall. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #26: Ryan Robinson *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 04 Aug 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Miles Beckler – Affiliate marketing, building an audience, earning trust, and making money online full 1 19 Jay Clouse Miles Beckler is an internet marketer. In 2009, he and his wife Melanie started a website about mindfulness and meditation, and that site now receives over 8M visitors per year. Miles Beckler is an internet marketer. In 2009, he and his wife Melanie started a website about mindfulness and meditation, and that site now receives over 8M visitors per year. In 2016, he decided to begin teaching what he’d learned for free on YouTube. And now, more than 600 videos later, Miles’s YouTube channel has nearly 150K subscribers. In this episode we talk about his path to online marketing, his 90 day content challenge, his ATM method for earning money online, and why giving away his knowledge for free actually earns him more than if he put it behind a paywall. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #26: Ryan Robinson *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Miles Beckler is an internet marketer. In 2009, he and his wife Melanie started a website about mindfulness and meditation, and that site now receives over 8M visitors per year.

In 2016, he decided to begin teaching what he’d learned for free on YouTube. And now, more than 600 videos later, Miles’s YouTube channel has nearly 150K subscribers.

In this episode we talk about his path to online marketing, his 90 day content challenge, his ATM method for earning money online, and why giving away his knowledge for free actually earns him more than if he put it behind a paywall.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #26: Ryan Robinson

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3050 no #18: MICK – The early days of being a DJ, building relationships, failing micro, and future-proofing your brand. https://jayclouse.com/podcast/mick/ MICK is a Brooklyn-based DJ, style influencer, tech investor, speaker, music curator, and brand consultant. Inc Magazine referred to MICK as a “combination of Gary Vaynerchuk and Questlove.” MICK has spun private events for some of the world’s most prominent celebrities and brands including HBO, NBC, Fast Company, Hillary Clinton, Instagram, Jay Z, LeBron James, Michelle Obama, and Prince. In this episode we talk about the early days of being a DJ, running a college radio station, building relationships, and why his brand has helped him build his multi-hyphenate career. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #8: Adam Turla *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 28 Jul 2020 07:00:00 -0000 MICK – The early days of being a DJ, building relationships, failing micro, and future-proofing your brand. full 1 18 Jay Clouse MICK is a Brooklyn-based DJ, style influencer, tech investor, speaker, music curator, and brand consultant. MICK is a Brooklyn-based DJ, style influencer, tech investor, speaker, music curator, and brand consultant. Inc Magazine referred to MICK as a “combination of Gary Vaynerchuk and Questlove.” MICK has spun private events for some of the world’s most prominent celebrities and brands including HBO, NBC, Fast Company, Hillary Clinton, Instagram, Jay Z, LeBron James, Michelle Obama, and Prince. In this episode we talk about the early days of being a DJ, running a college radio station, building relationships, and why his brand has helped him build his multi-hyphenate career. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #8: Adam Turla *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices MICK is a Brooklyn-based DJ, style influencer, tech investor, speaker, music curator, and brand consultant. Inc Magazine referred to MICK as a “combination of Gary Vaynerchuk and Questlove.”

MICK has spun private events for some of the world’s most prominent celebrities and brands including HBO, NBC, Fast Company, Hillary Clinton, Instagram, Jay Z, LeBron James, Michelle Obama, and Prince.

In this episode we talk about the early days of being a DJ, running a college radio station, building relationships, and why his brand has helped him build his multi-hyphenate career.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #8: Adam Turla

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3059 yes #17: Jude Brewer – Publishing, performing, becoming a producer, and adapting stories for different formats https://jayclouse.com/podcast/jude-brewer/ Jude Brewer is an American author, producer, and podcast host. Jude's writing has appeared in both the US and the UK through various lit journals, anthologies, and short films. He is the host and creator of Storybound, a podcast produced by Lit Hub Radio and The Podglomerate, a joint venture inspired from Jude’s original literary "radio theatre" podcast Storytellers Telling Stories. In this episode we talk about building a career as a writer, traditional vs. self publishing, his struggle to keep a regular job, Portland’s literary scene, and why Adapting his stories for different mediums has helped his career take off. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #77: Andy J. Pizza *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 21 Jul 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Jude Brewer – Publishing, performing, becoming a producer, and adapting stories for different formats full 1 17 Jay Clouse Jude Brewer is an American author, producer, and podcast host. Jude Brewer is an American author, producer, and podcast host. Jude's writing has appeared in both the US and the UK through various lit journals, anthologies, and short films. He is the host and creator of Storybound, a podcast produced by Lit Hub Radio and The Podglomerate, a joint venture inspired from Jude’s original literary "radio theatre" podcast Storytellers Telling Stories. In this episode we talk about building a career as a writer, traditional vs. self publishing, his struggle to keep a regular job, Portland’s literary scene, and why Adapting his stories for different mediums has helped his career take off. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #77: Andy J. Pizza *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Jude Brewer is an American author, producer, and podcast host. Jude's writing has appeared in both the US and the UK through various lit journals, anthologies, and short films. He is the host and creator of Storybound, a podcast produced by Lit Hub Radio and The Podglomerate, a joint venture inspired from Jude’s original literary "radio theatre" podcast Storytellers Telling Stories. In this episode we talk about building a career as a writer, traditional vs. self publishing, his struggle to keep a regular job, Portland’s literary scene, and why Adapting his stories for different mediums has helped his career take off.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #77: Andy J. Pizza

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3026 no #16: Puno – Finding freelance clients, managing your time, building a business to support your lifestyle, and creating exceptional courses. https://jayclouse.com/podcast/puno/ Puno is a web designer and digital entrepreneur. She is the Founder of ilovecreatives, a platform connecting and edu-taining creatives living that slashie life. She also co-created PeopleMap.co, an Instagram marketing tool where you can strategically find, grow, and track your community. You can find her vlogging on YouTube and doing photoshoots with her cat. In this episode we talk about freelancing, time management, building a business to support your lifestyle, and creating exceptional courses. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #80: Lauren Hom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 14 Jul 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Puno – Finding freelance clients, managing your time, building a business to support your lifestyle, and creating exceptional courses. full 1 16 Jay Clouse Puno is a web designer and digital entrepreneur. Puno is a web designer and digital entrepreneur. She is the Founder of ilovecreatives, a platform connecting and edu-taining creatives living that slashie life. She also co-created PeopleMap.co, an Instagram marketing tool where you can strategically find, grow, and track your community. You can find her vlogging on YouTube and doing photoshoots with her cat. In this episode we talk about freelancing, time management, building a business to support your lifestyle, and creating exceptional courses. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #80: Lauren Hom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Puno is a web designer and digital entrepreneur. She is the Founder of ilovecreatives, a platform connecting and edu-taining creatives living that slashie life. She also co-created PeopleMap.co, an Instagram marketing tool where you can strategically find, grow, and track your community. You can find her vlogging on YouTube and doing photoshoots with her cat. In this episode we talk about freelancing, time management, building a business to support your lifestyle, and creating exceptional courses.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #80: Lauren Hom

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2815 no #15: Natalie Franke – Starting a photography business, competition, entrepreneurial loneliness, and the role of community https://jayclouse.com/podcast/natalie-franke/ Natalie Franke is the Head of Community at HoneyBook and co-founder of the Rising Tide. Since the Rising Tide and HoneyBook joined forces in 2015, the community that Natalie built has grown to more than 75K small business owners who meet monthly around the world. In this episode we talk about the unexpected start to Natalie’s photography business, the loneliness creative entrepreneurs feel, the complicated reality of competition, and why community is such an important part of our lives. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #48: Rosie Sherry *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 07 Jul 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Natalie Franke – Starting a photography business, competition, entrepreneurial loneliness, and the role of community full 1 15 Jay Clouse Natalie Franke is the Head of Community at HoneyBook and co-founder of the Rising Tide. Natalie Franke is the Head of Community at HoneyBook and co-founder of the Rising Tide. Since the Rising Tide and HoneyBook joined forces in 2015, the community that Natalie built has grown to more than 75K small business owners who meet monthly around the world. In this episode we talk about the unexpected start to Natalie’s photography business, the loneliness creative entrepreneurs feel, the complicated reality of competition, and why community is such an important part of our lives. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #48: Rosie Sherry *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Natalie Franke is the Head of Community at HoneyBook and co-founder of the Rising Tide. Since the Rising Tide and HoneyBook joined forces in 2015, the community that Natalie built has grown to more than 75K small business owners who meet monthly around the world. In this episode we talk about the unexpected start to Natalie’s photography business, the loneliness creative entrepreneurs feel, the complicated reality of competition, and why community is such an important part of our lives.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #48: Rosie Sherry

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3014 no #14: Jonathan Mendonsa – Becoming debt free, how to cut your living expenses, saving for retirement, and investing https://jayclouse.com/podcast/jonathan-mendonsa/ Jonathan Mendonsa is the co-founder of the ChooseFI podcast. Jonathan started his career as a pharmacist with $168,000 in student loans. He aggressively paid off the loans in 4.5 years and using the tenets of Financial Independence to cut his life expenses significantly, and left his corporate job to focus on full-time entrepreneurship 9 months after starting the podcast. In this episode, we talk about becoming debt free, how to drastically cut your living expenses, saving for retirement, investing, and why Financial Literacy can be the key to freedom. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #24: Tiffany Aliche *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 30 Jun 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Jonathan Mendonsa – Becoming debt free, how to cut your living expenses, saving for retirement, and investing full 1 14 Jay Clouse Jonathan Mendonsa is the co-founder of the ChooseFI podcast. Jonathan Mendonsa is the co-founder of the ChooseFI podcast. Jonathan started his career as a pharmacist with $168,000 in student loans. He aggressively paid off the loans in 4.5 years and using the tenets of Financial Independence to cut his life expenses significantly, and left his corporate job to focus on full-time entrepreneurship 9 months after starting the podcast. In this episode, we talk about becoming debt free, how to drastically cut your living expenses, saving for retirement, investing, and why Financial Literacy can be the key to freedom. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #24: Tiffany Aliche *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Jonathan Mendonsa is the co-founder of the ChooseFI podcast. Jonathan started his career as a pharmacist with $168,000 in student loans. He aggressively paid off the loans in 4.5 years and using the tenets of Financial Independence to cut his life expenses significantly, and left his corporate job to focus on full-time entrepreneurship 9 months after starting the podcast. In this episode, we talk about becoming debt free, how to drastically cut your living expenses, saving for retirement, investing, and why Financial Literacy can be the key to freedom.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #24: Tiffany Aliche

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3079 no #13: Cat Coquillette – Leaving the agency world, selling art online, art licensing, and being a digital nomad https://jayclouse.com/podcast/cat-coquillette/ Cat Coquillette (CatCoq) is a location-independent artist and designer. Her work is most known for its bright pops of color, vibrant typography, and a blend of hand-painted brushwork and clean vector illustration. You can find her illustrations on art prints, home decor items, tech accessories, apparel, and more. She partners with a variety of brands like Target, Urban Oufitters, Modcloth, and more to transform her paintings into best-selling products. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #80: Lauren Hom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 23 Jun 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Cat Coquillette – Leaving the agency world, selling art online, art licensing, and being a digital nomad full 1 13 Jay Clouse Cat Coquillette (CatCoq) is a location-independent artist and designer. Cat Coquillette (CatCoq) is a location-independent artist and designer. Her work is most known for its bright pops of color, vibrant typography, and a blend of hand-painted brushwork and clean vector illustration. You can find her illustrations on art prints, home decor items, tech accessories, apparel, and more. She partners with a variety of brands like Target, Urban Oufitters, Modcloth, and more to transform her paintings into best-selling products. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #80: Lauren Hom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Cat Coquillette (CatCoq) is a location-independent artist and designer. Her work is most known for its bright pops of color, vibrant typography, and a blend of hand-painted brushwork and clean vector illustration. You can find her illustrations on art prints, home decor items, tech accessories, apparel, and more. She partners with a variety of brands like Target, Urban Oufitters, Modcloth, and more to transform her paintings into best-selling products.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #80: Lauren Hom

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2833 no #12: Michael Sacca – Building an agency, launching software products, choosing a job, and maintaining creative outlets https://jayclouse.com/podcast/michael-sacca/ Michael Sacca is the VP of Product at Dribbble and cohost of Rocketship.fm. He started his career 15 years ago as a Product Designer, eventually founding a cutting-edge product agency that built applications for Scholastic, GE, Nike, Siemens, Kobe Bryant and more. In this episode we talk about building an agency, launching software products, working a 9-5 job, creative outlets, and the role that Constraints play in all of our decisions. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #119: Omar Zenhom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 16 Jun 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Michael Sacca – Building an agency, launching software products, choosing a job, and maintaining creative outlets full 1 12 Jay Clouse Michael Sacca is the VP of Product at Dribbble and cohost of Rocketship.fm. Michael Sacca is the VP of Product at Dribbble and cohost of Rocketship.fm. He started his career 15 years ago as a Product Designer, eventually founding a cutting-edge product agency that built applications for Scholastic, GE, Nike, Siemens, Kobe Bryant and more. In this episode we talk about building an agency, launching software products, working a 9-5 job, creative outlets, and the role that Constraints play in all of our decisions. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #119: Omar Zenhom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Michael Sacca is the VP of Product at Dribbble and cohost of Rocketship.fm. He started his career 15 years ago as a Product Designer, eventually founding a cutting-edge product agency that built applications for Scholastic, GE, Nike, Siemens, Kobe Bryant and more. In this episode we talk about building an agency, launching software products, working a 9-5 job, creative outlets, and the role that Constraints play in all of our decisions.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #119: Omar Zenhom

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2640 no #11: Vanessa Van Edwards – Conversation starters, overcoming awkwardness, passive income, and pivoting around challenges https://jayclouse.com/podcast/vanessa-van-edwards/ Vanessa Van Edwards is Lead Investigator at Science of People. She is also the bestselling author of Captivate: The Science of Succeeding with People. Her book has been translated into 15 different languages and more than 30 million people watch her on YouTube.In this episode we talk about how she recovered from awkwardness, earns a living online, her challenges in doing so, and why her ability to Pivot has served her well. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #2: James Clear *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 09 Jun 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Vanessa Van Edwards – Conversation starters, overcoming awkwardness, passive income, and pivoting around challenges full 1 11 Jay Clouse Vanessa Van Edwards is Lead Investigator at Science of People Vanessa Van Edwards is Lead Investigator at Science of People. She is also the bestselling author of Captivate: The Science of Succeeding with People. Her book has been translated into 15 different languages and more than 30 million people watch her on YouTube.In this episode we talk about how she recovered from awkwardness, earns a living online, her challenges in doing so, and why her ability to Pivot has served her well. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #2: James Clear *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Vanessa Van Edwards is Lead Investigator at Science of People. She is also the bestselling author of Captivate: The Science of Succeeding with People. Her book has been translated into 15 different languages and more than 30 million people watch her on YouTube.In this episode we talk about how she recovered from awkwardness, earns a living online, her challenges in doing so, and why her ability to Pivot has served her well.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #2: James Clear

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2800 no #10: Amy Landino – Leveraging YouTube, building an audience, creating a persona, and being all in for the conversation forever. https://jayclouse.com/podcast/amy-landino/ Amy Landino is the creator of the award-winning series AmyTV and author of the best-selling book Vlog Like a Boss; How to Kill It Online With Video Blogging. With nearly 400K YouTube subscribers and over 23 million views, Amy has empowered people from over 100 countries all over the world to go after the life they want. In this episode we talk about leveraging YouTube, building an audience, creating a persona, and how Routine has been at the center of her entire content journey. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #152: Paddy Galloway *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 26 May 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Amy Landino – Leveraging YouTube, building an audience, creating a persona, and being all in for the conversation forever. full 1 10 Jay Clouse Amy Landino is the creator of the award-winning series AmyTV and author of the best-selling book Vlog Like a Boss; How to Kill It Online With Video Blogging. Amy Landino is the creator of the award-winning series AmyTV and author of the best-selling book Vlog Like a Boss; How to Kill It Online With Video Blogging. With nearly 400K YouTube subscribers and over 23 million views, Amy has empowered people from over 100 countries all over the world to go after the life they want. In this episode we talk about leveraging YouTube, building an audience, creating a persona, and how Routine has been at the center of her entire content journey. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #152: Paddy Galloway *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Amy Landino is the creator of the award-winning series AmyTV and author of the best-selling book Vlog Like a Boss; How to Kill It Online With Video Blogging. With nearly 400K YouTube subscribers and over 23 million views, Amy has empowered people from over 100 countries all over the world to go after the life they want. In this episode we talk about leveraging YouTube, building an audience, creating a persona, and how Routine has been at the center of her entire content journey.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #152: Paddy Galloway

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3487 no #9: Jason Zook – Learning the foundation, owning your weird, fighting fear, and showing up week after week https://jayclouse.com/podcast/jazon-zook/ Jason Zook is a serial entrepreneur who has made millions through various "weird" methods: wearing t-shirts, auctioning off his last name (twice!), and selling off his future (BuyMyFuture.com). He lives in San Diego, CA with his wife Caroline. They co-own the business Wandering Aimfully and act as un-boring business coaches who help online business owners like you earn more so you can live more. In this episode we talk about learning the foundational skills of running an online business, owning your weird, fighting fear, and showing up week after week. Transcript and more can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #54: Corbett Barr *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 19 May 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Jason Zook – Learning the foundation, owning your weird, fighting fear, and showing up week after week full 1 9 Jay Clouse Jason Zook is a serial entrepreneur who has made millions through various "weird" methods: wearing t-shirts, auctioning off his last name (twice!), and selling off his future (BuyMyFuture.com). Jason Zook is a serial entrepreneur who has made millions through various "weird" methods: wearing t-shirts, auctioning off his last name (twice!), and selling off his future (BuyMyFuture.com). He lives in San Diego, CA with his wife Caroline. They co-own the business Wandering Aimfully and act as un-boring business coaches who help online business owners like you earn more so you can live more. In this episode we talk about learning the foundational skills of running an online business, owning your weird, fighting fear, and showing up week after week. Transcript and more can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #54: Corbett Barr *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Jason Zook is a serial entrepreneur who has made millions through various "weird" methods: wearing t-shirts, auctioning off his last name (twice!), and selling off his future (BuyMyFuture.com).

He lives in San Diego, CA with his wife Caroline. They co-own the business Wandering Aimfully and act as un-boring business coaches who help online business owners like you earn more so you can live more.

In this episode we talk about learning the foundational skills of running an online business, owning your weird, fighting fear, and showing up week after week.

Transcript and more can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #54: Corbett Barr

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2561 yes #8: Adam Turla – Going on tour, building a fanbase, launching albums through kickstarter, and playing cave shows https://jayclouse.com/podcast/adam-turla/ Adam Turla is the guitarist, lead singer, and founding member of Murder By Death, a five-piece band from Louisville, Kentucky. They have a unique sound that's somewhere between folk, rock, and spooky western. Even more unique is their cult-like following that has supported them for the last 20 years. In this episode, we’re talking about how Murder By Death has built such a loyal following. We talk about the early days on tour, how they accidentally got lumped in with the Emo movement, why they use Kickstarter, and how Gratitude has allowed them to keep this band going now, 20 years later. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #52: Cole Cuchna *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 12 May 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Adam Turla – Going on tour, building a fanbase, launching albums through kickstarter, and playing cave shows full 1 8 Jay Clouse Adam Turla is the guitarist, lead singer, and founding member of Murder By Death, a five-piece band from Louisville, Kentucky. Adam Turla is the guitarist, lead singer, and founding member of Murder By Death, a five-piece band from Louisville, Kentucky. They have a unique sound that's somewhere between folk, rock, and spooky western. Even more unique is their cult-like following that has supported them for the last 20 years. In this episode, we’re talking about how Murder By Death has built such a loyal following. We talk about the early days on tour, how they accidentally got lumped in with the Emo movement, why they use Kickstarter, and how Gratitude has allowed them to keep this band going now, 20 years later. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #52: Cole Cuchna *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Adam Turla is the guitarist, lead singer, and founding member of Murder By Death, a five-piece band from Louisville, Kentucky. They have a unique sound that's somewhere between folk, rock, and spooky western. Even more unique is their cult-like following that has supported them for the last 20 years. In this episode, we’re talking about how Murder By Death has built such a loyal following. We talk about the early days on tour, how they accidentally got lumped in with the Emo movement, why they use Kickstarter, and how Gratitude has allowed them to keep this band going now, 20 years later.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #52: Cole Cuchna

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3160 no #7: Val Geisler – Email, imposter syndrome, and trading the corporate ladder for a spiral staircase https://jayclouse.com/podcast/val-geisler/ Val Geisler is the founder and CEO (that's Chief Email Officer) of Fix My Churn. She focuses on email copywriting for DTC and SaaS companies to help them better retain their customers. In this episode we talk about trading the corporate ladder for a spiral staircase, how her background in theatre and wedding planning prepared her for writing emails, imposter syndrome, and how believing that Everything is Figure-out-able has allowed her to create a successful online business. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #4: Ash Ambirge *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 05 May 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Val Geisler – Email, imposter syndrome, and trading the corporate ladder for a spiral staircase full 1 7 Jay Clouse Val Geisler is the founder and CEO (that's Chief Email Officer) of Fix My Churn. Val Geisler is the founder and CEO (that's Chief Email Officer) of Fix My Churn. She focuses on email copywriting for DTC and SaaS companies to help them better retain their customers. In this episode we talk about trading the corporate ladder for a spiral staircase, how her background in theatre and wedding planning prepared her for writing emails, imposter syndrome, and how believing that Everything is Figure-out-able has allowed her to create a successful online business. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #4: Ash Ambirge *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Val Geisler is the founder and CEO (that's Chief Email Officer) of Fix My Churn. She focuses on email copywriting for DTC and SaaS companies to help them better retain their customers. In this episode we talk about trading the corporate ladder for a spiral staircase, how her background in theatre and wedding planning prepared her for writing emails, imposter syndrome, and how believing that Everything is Figure-out-able has allowed her to create a successful online business.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #4: Ash Ambirge

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2506 no #6: Grant Baldwin – Having a professional work ethic, getting clear on your message, and how to get paid to speak https://jayclouse.com/podcast/grant-baldwin/ Grant Baldwin is the creator of The Speaker Lab and author of The Successful Speaker: Five Steps for Booking Gigs, Getting Paid, and Building Your Platform. But before either of those things existed, Grant was on the road. He’s delivered nearly 1,000 presentations to over 500,000 people across 47 states. He’s been the keynote for events with audiences as large as 13,000 people. In this episode, we talk about getting professional results, his SPEAK framework for getting paid speaking gigs, and why Clarity is at the root of it all. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #23: Kwame Christian *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 28 Apr 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Grant Baldwin – Having a professional work ethic, getting clear on your message, and how to get paid to speak full 1 6 Jay Clouse Grant Baldwin is the creator of The Speaker Lab and author of The Successful Speaker: Five Steps for Booking Gigs, Getting Paid, and Building Your Platform. Grant Baldwin is the creator of The Speaker Lab and author of The Successful Speaker: Five Steps for Booking Gigs, Getting Paid, and Building Your Platform. But before either of those things existed, Grant was on the road. He’s delivered nearly 1,000 presentations to over 500,000 people across 47 states. He’s been the keynote for events with audiences as large as 13,000 people. In this episode, we talk about getting professional results, his SPEAK framework for getting paid speaking gigs, and why Clarity is at the root of it all. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #23: Kwame Christian *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Grant Baldwin is the creator of The Speaker Lab and author of The Successful Speaker: Five Steps for Booking Gigs, Getting Paid, and Building Your Platform.

But before either of those things existed, Grant was on the road. He’s delivered nearly 1,000 presentations to over 500,000 people across 47 states. He’s been the keynote for events with audiences as large as 13,000 people.

In this episode, we talk about getting professional results, his SPEAK framework for getting paid speaking gigs, and why Clarity is at the root of it all.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #23: Kwame Christian

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3494 no #5: Matt Giovanisci – A self-proclaimed "pool nerd" talks about web design, affiliate marketing, getting comfortable with money, and producing a rap album. https://jayclouse.com/podcast/matt-giovanisci/ Matt Giovanisci is the creator of several online businesses including Swim University, Roasty, Brew Cabin, and Money Lab. He is an experience affiliated marketer who has earned over $400K in one year through his main content business, Swim University. In this episode, the self-proclaimed "pool nerd" talks about web design, affiliate marketing, getting comfortable with money, and producing a rap album. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #148: Kevin Espiritu *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 21 Apr 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Matt Giovanisci – A self-proclaimed "pool nerd" talks about web design, affiliate marketing, getting comfortable with money, and producing a rap album. full 1 5 Jay Clouse Matt Giovanisci is the creator of several online businesses including Swim University, Roasty, Brew Cabin, and Money Lab. Matt Giovanisci is the creator of several online businesses including Swim University, Roasty, Brew Cabin, and Money Lab. He is an experience affiliated marketer who has earned over $400K in one year through his main content business, Swim University. In this episode, the self-proclaimed "pool nerd" talks about web design, affiliate marketing, getting comfortable with money, and producing a rap album. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #148: Kevin Espiritu *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Matt Giovanisci is the creator of several online businesses including Swim University, Roasty, Brew Cabin, and Money Lab. He is an experience affiliated marketer who has earned over $400K in one year through his main content business, Swim University. In this episode, the self-proclaimed "pool nerd" talks about web design, affiliate marketing, getting comfortable with money, and producing a rap album.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #148: Kevin Espiritu

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3007 yes #4: Ash Ambirge – Humble beginnings, the Middle Finger moment, setbacks, and the unexpected impact Rihanna had on her life https://jayclouse.com/podcast/ash-ambirge/ Ash Ambirge is an internet entrepreneur, creative writer, speaker, and advocate for women being brave and doing disobedient things with their careers and their lives. She is the founder of The Middle Finger Project®, which is both the name of her hallmark lifestyle blog as well the title of her first book. In this episode, we talk about humble beginnings, her Middle Finger moment, setbacks, and the unexpected impact Rihanna had on her life. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #7: Val Geisler *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 14 Apr 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Ash Ambirge – Humble beginnings, the Middle Finger moment, setbacks, and the unexpected impact Rihanna had on her life full 1 4 Jay Clouse Ash Ambirge is an internet entrepreneur, creative writer, speaker, and advocate for women being brave and doing disobedient things with their careers and their lives. Ash Ambirge is an internet entrepreneur, creative writer, speaker, and advocate for women being brave and doing disobedient things with their careers and their lives. She is the founder of The Middle Finger Project®, which is both the name of her hallmark lifestyle blog as well the title of her first book. In this episode, we talk about humble beginnings, her Middle Finger moment, setbacks, and the unexpected impact Rihanna had on her life. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #7: Val Geisler *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Ash Ambirge is an internet entrepreneur, creative writer, speaker, and advocate for women being brave and doing disobedient things with their careers and their lives. She is the founder of The Middle Finger Project®, which is both the name of her hallmark lifestyle blog as well the title of her first book. In this episode, we talk about humble beginnings, her Middle Finger moment, setbacks, and the unexpected impact Rihanna had on her life.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #7: Val Geisler

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2958 yes #3: Danielle Evans – The creator of food typography on earning a living, competition, and changing creative directions https://jayclouse.com/podcast/danielle-evans/ Danielle Evans is an art director and designer that uses real life objects to create pause in a fast paced, digital world. She pioneered Food Typography in 2013 and has worked with the LA Times, Disney, Target, TheGuardian, McDonald's, (RED) campaign, Wix, Aria, Kellogg, Frito Lays, Cadillac, Tesco, and PwC just to name a few. In this episode, we talk about earning a living, competition, and changing creative directions. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #80: Lauren Hom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 07 Apr 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Danielle Evans – The creator of food typography on earning a living, competition, and changing creative directions full 1 3 Jay Clouse Danielle Evans is an art director and designer that uses real life objects to create pause in a fast paced, digital world. Danielle Evans is an art director and designer that uses real life objects to create pause in a fast paced, digital world. She pioneered Food Typography in 2013 and has worked with the LA Times, Disney, Target, TheGuardian, McDonald's, (RED) campaign, Wix, Aria, Kellogg, Frito Lays, Cadillac, Tesco, and PwC just to name a few. In this episode, we talk about earning a living, competition, and changing creative directions. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #80: Lauren Hom *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Danielle Evans is an art director and designer that uses real life objects to create pause in a fast paced, digital world. She pioneered Food Typography in 2013 and has worked with the LA Times, Disney, Target, TheGuardian, McDonald's, (RED) campaign, Wix, Aria, Kellogg, Frito Lays, Cadillac, Tesco, and PwC just to name a few. In this episode, we talk about earning a living, competition, and changing creative directions.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #80: Lauren Hom

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3138 yes #2: James Clear – Habits, research, and how to create A+ work from a New York Times best selling author https://jayclouse.com/podcast/james-clear/ James Clear is a personal development keynote speaker and New York Times bestselling author of Atomic Habits. His book sold over 1 million copies in its first 12 months and received a ton of critical acclaim. In this episode, we discuss the lessons learned from writing a best selling book, the sacrifices required, and what it truly means to do A+ work. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #41: Tim Urban *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 31 Mar 2020 07:00:00 -0000 James Clear – Habits, research, and how to create A+ work from a New York Times best selling author full 1 2 Jay Clouse James Clear is a personal development keynote speaker and New York Times bestselling author of Atomic Habits. James Clear is a personal development keynote speaker and New York Times bestselling author of Atomic Habits. His book sold over 1 million copies in its first 12 months and received a ton of critical acclaim. In this episode, we discuss the lessons learned from writing a best selling book, the sacrifices required, and what it truly means to do A+ work. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #41: Tim Urban *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices James Clear is a personal development keynote speaker and New York Times bestselling author of Atomic Habits. His book sold over 1 million copies in its first 12 months and received a ton of critical acclaim. In this episode, we discuss the lessons learned from writing a best selling book, the sacrifices required, and what it truly means to do A+ work.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #41: Tim Urban

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 3320 no #1: Seth Godin – Art, freelancing, building a personal brand, and the problem with being authentic https://jayclouse.com/podcast/seth-godin/ Seth Godin is one of the most prolific writers on the planet. He is also a perfect example of the new model for creators made possible by the internet. In this episode, we talk about art, freelancing, building a personal brand, and why he disagrees with the idea of authenticity. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #2: James Clear *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 24 Mar 2020 07:00:00 -0000 Seth Godin – Art, freelancing, building a personal brand, and the problem with being authentic full 1 1 Jay Clouse Seth Godin is one of the most prolific writers on the planet. Seth Godin is one of the most prolific writers on the planet. He is also a perfect example of the new model for creators made possible by the internet. In this episode, we talk about art, freelancing, building a personal brand, and why he disagrees with the idea of authenticity. Transcript and show notes can be found here *** RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE → #2: James Clear *** WHEN YOU'RE READY 📬 Creator Science Newsletter 🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system) 🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community) 🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer *** CONNECT 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 💼 Connect on LinkedIn 📹 Subscribe on YouTube *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Seth Godin is one of the most prolific writers on the planet. He is also a perfect example of the new model for creators made possible by the internet. In this episode, we talk about art, freelancing, building a personal brand, and why he disagrees with the idea of authenticity.

Transcript and show notes can be found here

***

RECOMMENDED NEXT EPISODE

→ #2: James Clear

***

WHEN YOU'RE READY

📬 Creator Science Newsletter

🚀 Get CreatorHQ (creator operating system)

🧪 Join The Lab (private membership community)

🧞‍♂️ Get a Personalized Offer

***

CONNECT

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

💼 Connect on LinkedIn

📹 Subscribe on YouTube

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 2288 no Trailer – Creator Science https://podcast.creatorscience.com Creator Science explores how to succeed as a professional content creator. Each week, Creator Science digs into the details of how creators are finding success today. Not what worked 2, 5, or 10 years ago, but specific strategies and tactics that are working TODAY. You’ll hear conversations with some of today’s top professional creators including James Clear, Ali Abdaal, Tim Urban, and Codie Sanchez. You'll also hear firsthand experiments and actionable advice from the host, Jay Clouse. Jay is the founder of Creator Science and he documents how he earns more than $500,000 per year as a professional creator himself. Creator Science (formerly Creative Elements) is a Signal Award-winning podcast and part of the HubSpot Podcast Network, the audio destination for business professionals. *** CONNECT 📬 Subscribe to the newsletter 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 🎵 Connect on TikTok 🙏 Make a guest or mailbag request 📝 Check out our curated Playlists *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 📞 Leave me a voicemail 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Tue, 10 Mar 2020 13:00:00 -0000 Trailer – Creator Science trailer 1 Jay Clouse Become a part of the creator economy Creator Science explores how to succeed as a professional content creator. Each week, Creator Science digs into the details of how creators are finding success today. Not what worked 2, 5, or 10 years ago, but specific strategies and tactics that are working TODAY. You’ll hear conversations with some of today’s top professional creators including James Clear, Ali Abdaal, Tim Urban, and Codie Sanchez. You'll also hear firsthand experiments and actionable advice from the host, Jay Clouse. Jay is the founder of Creator Science and he documents how he earns more than $500,000 per year as a professional creator himself. Creator Science (formerly Creative Elements) is a Signal Award-winning podcast and part of the HubSpot Podcast Network, the audio destination for business professionals. *** CONNECT 📬 Subscribe to the newsletter 🐦 Connect on Twitter 📸 Connect on Instagram 🎵 Connect on TikTok 🙏 Make a guest or mailbag request 📝 Check out our curated Playlists *** SPONSORS 💼 View all sponsors and offers *** SAY THANKS 📞 Leave me a voicemail 💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts 🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices Creator Science explores how to succeed as a professional content creator.

Each week, Creator Science digs into the details of how creators are finding success today. Not what worked 2, 5, or 10 years ago, but specific strategies and tactics that are working TODAY.

You’ll hear conversations with some of today’s top professional creators including James Clear, Ali Abdaal, Tim Urban, and Codie Sanchez.

You'll also hear firsthand experiments and actionable advice from the host, Jay Clouse. Jay is the founder of Creator Science and he documents how he earns more than $500,000 per year as a professional creator himself.

Creator Science (formerly Creative Elements) is a Signal Award-winning podcast and part of the HubSpot Podcast Network, the audio destination for business professionals.

***

CONNECT

📬 Subscribe to the newsletter

🐦 Connect on Twitter

📸 Connect on Instagram

🎵 Connect on TikTok

🙏 Make a guest or mailbag request

📝 Check out our curated Playlists

***

SPONSORS

💼 View all sponsors and offers

***

SAY THANKS

📞 Leave me a voicemail

💜 Leave a review on Apple Podcasts

🟢 Leave a rating on Spotify

Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices

]]> 125 no